Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history; zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


Atte. 
Aad AM 0. 
ath. 
SM, HMM atte 
ate Sattngy ooh Neate. 
PNK ct 


. esa hei RA tas 
ieedhs A ale ~~ . vn > eitapcer entice “ 3 ae e f 
AES One oy r rete a Jed 
Vt te ‘ E 7 


erp ‘ 
atteae, ees 

Ama 7 

Rt, 

et ed 


Maes 
Sans Be ay 


aa ‘ “a te ere 

, - \ eee E = rire 
2. a, . 2 % % 2 ~ a gen “| 
“ * Ate tm am "i cee 7 Pen 
. i ’ spain ee er EW Arewtenaseily eee 
a ‘ 2 tere rire ; AL MALL iy. a Gen md 

fo Mita Ed oh eat een Se b y u oaks PN, ” xe 
rat inchatepienteen 
Ne Ma chia Mia Neo ml 
Ae Swe 


CPE he Aa 
8 Ht 
sot 


ia-aen ciaua, aN 
core 


Maui! 
LF a ted, 


ae th oer 
poe 


saiyuvadg 


INSTITUTI! 
Sal1u¥vudg 


INSTITUT] 
-~ WS 
2 
WN 

Le 
S 3 ha Vveued 


RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥Vd 


” Z wn z a) 

= i S 4, pas S 

bar ay VY fy, Z —_ Y 
VE 5 G6h 3 5 Up. 
RAQQHH Ww) - yy” 
SSN oO Se re) Yl fll, x eo) 
SEE = 2, as 2, 
\S > = a = > 

< ”) z n” Z 


JLSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVY9I7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN a 


T10 
z 


j Se “3 


r = 
: 


NVINOSHLINS SJIYVHG 


NOILNLILSNI! 
7, 
F tz, 
Vy 


S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES 
NOILNLILSNI 


NOILNILILSNI 


RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


SSIaAVeBI 1 LIBRARIES 


Fs ‘ z ) 

bk a —_ 

= th = AS = 

4 - ron 

a ria = 

Z Zz = —uugs q 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI 


\ 


NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥Va9dl LIBRARI ES 


NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 


SMITHSONIAN 


SMITHSONIAN 


. 


* 


RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SA1YVed 


LIBRARIES 
& 


LIBRARIES 


LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥Vudi1 LIBRARIES 


~ 


Ss 


RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


*. ; 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI( 


INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 
S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES 


S31y¥vydl 
S3'1yvugly 


NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVvua 


»S : 
LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYEIT LIBRARIES 


ra 


w” Ww wn ; 
=“ 5 oa y 
\ x 5 = a 
SSS ” ie Ye 
BN fe) as 8 oO oO Fe fa 
S SE E 2, 2. 
\ a = > S 
0p) z 


RARIES SMITHSONIAN 


a n ‘nit 

z Fo 

7) ‘ a O K2aN> 

= XY joa ra. iS oe 

=, _ 4 (= 5 
% : < 

= Ye SAN load = a Pat | 


ow = wo = o 

a IN = a is a 

> \SRE a = = 

al ‘y Ye x ae 20 | —_— > 0 | 

— \y D = oe = 

a eae = a = 7) 
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y 

. n” = * Y es n 
= < = WL < = 4 
z 3 2 23 5 z= % 
SY 2 y =: Jed g 8G 
NK" 2 Fe 8G fe = Z, 7 

Ss > = nS >’ = > 

ig 2 72) iba = ” = 
OILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI 

_. NV! - ae - i 

2 ri 2 _ Zz 

n = 7) 7) 

= e z= eS ot 

= . 5 . = 

re) ; = re) ee Oo 

=z all = =} = 
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NWINOSHLINS SJI? 

c= Lie Zz i i z 

2) = fe) = ay. S) 

i — w = 

i w 2 Pe) »2 = 

=) : > => f : < =) 

a is, i= > le 

= - = = 

Ww m ” mi w 

z n z wn = 
OILNLILSNI S3!1YVHYdaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST 
= z z \e < a 
‘S 5 *S NS = z N 
S B ZR 2 a 
i 2 E MO 2Z = \ 

a 

a 3 a eae = 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I? 

w > ”) = aoe 29) 

= ' Pa) = w QA: = 

mn ny, ‘a 4s = XS - 

| 0 <a Pf a co _— SY Y ~ 

<x} Z ro < a < 

© GY = * 4 rs 

0 “Gs re = 5 S 

ai z= J Zz TS eed 
NVINOSHLINS S3S!IHYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_ INST 

Eat z a z i = 

is = = = wo 

wa = aA = _ vw 

Be fe x = — So 

m YW 2 mn 3° i 

Bi nts: = o <= (a7) 
IBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _ NWINOSHLIWS (S3 [e 

A as 

= ee ae = 
= rs 4 = =. 4G 
z es ig 5 Y 
fo) SANS ? O ¢ 
z E We. - 34 

> = aN >’ = > 

Fa “” ate > w = 
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI 

2 7 Zz “yO Nj; es Yy Zz 

Pa << oS a) Uhr 

Cc tr cle w+ GFL cet 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GHOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIL LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL II[STORY.’) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. 


eee 


VOR) XV.—sIXTH: SERTES: 


a ROT ; \wnsonian Ing 


LONDON: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CoO., LD.; 
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIFRE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 


1895. 


“Omnes res creatze sunt divine sapientiz et potentia testes, divitia felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini; 
ex ceconomiad in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linnavs. 


“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.’’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden» 


1767. 


fel sten i feria ee Chelsylyanspowers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
AU, all to us unlock their seeret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 

J. Taynor, Norwich, 1818, 


CONTENTS OF VOL, XV. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


NUMBER LXXXV. 


Page 
I, On two Deep-bodied Species of the Clupeoid Genus Diplo- 
mystus. By A.SmirH Woopwarp, F.LS. (Plate I. figs. 1-4.) .. 1 


II. Note on a supposed Tooth of Galeocerdo from the English 
Chalk. By A. Smrrx Woopwarp, F.L.S. (Plate I. figs. 5-7.) .. 4 


IIT. New Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. By Col. C. Swrnuor, 


I Ares Le. Seq) Wale baioe: pehaaperslarsua.c: Wl 2k) cagare aie GA Iete og Geka a aoe iia 5 
IV. Notes on Crustacea. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. STEBBING, 
VIE Nera (ELUM: tet rctantare areca tics cichw sinter ae sidtabele Snete aptie orevae 18 


V. Notes on British Spiders, with Descriptions of new Species. 
By the Rev. F, O. Prokarp-CamBriper. (Plates III. & IV.) .... 


bo 
or 


VI. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from the 
Eastern Islands and Tropical America, By Herpert Druce,F.L.S. 41 


VI. On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By THomas 
Scort, F.L.8., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and 
ANDREW Scorv, Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool. 
PEACE RAV OG VE LED) Mute cok cid se, inka e tee ce iets |s a,uieis da she’s os ha cetera? 70 


VILL. Noteson the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—No. XX XI. 
Some Devonian Species. By Professor T. Ruperr Jones, F.R.S., 


ARE yy eee GEN Cee LNS))) pe yehcict.-e ccoe se kya ora, sin vey Scalclaye eee stare 59 
IX. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By 

Con LAIRM EMIS SR OUN: Gree atc tas a daca 6. dele aces so ceanberes 67 _ 
X. On the Brush-tailed Porcupine of Central Africa. By Oxp- 

AREIIED EEN O MUNG ete asyane agian oe tet rare celvign + gee eke ae ole 88 


XI. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the 
Fishery Board for Scotland)—No. XV. By Prof. M‘Lyrosu, M.D., 
TURRETS KOUCG Sah ot street sas dae ee okie 44.5 diva oh gene aane 90 

XII. On the Type of the Genus Massospondylus, and on some 
Vertebree and Limb-bones of M.(?) Browni. By H. G. SrEnry, 

ES Ls. CR NS ME SA eo. 2. 5 Fact «ayes 6. «'s sip 4 «eR SMe E ave os 102 


XIU. Adris sikhimensis, anew Form of the Ophiderid Group of 
Noctuid Moths? By A.'G. Burinr, Ph. Di&e.. 280 sn ccc ce nes 126 


lv CONTENTS. 


Page 
New Book :—A Monograph of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of 
the British Isles. By Jonn W. Taytor. Part I. .......... 126 


On the Embryology of Gebia littoralis, by P. Butschinsky, of the 
University of Odessa; On Gill-like Organs in certain Species of 


Sipunculus, by Dr. W. Fischer, of Bergedorf............ 128, 


NUMBER LXXXVI. 


XIV. On the Luminosity of Midges (Chironomide). By PETER 
Scumip7, of the Zoological Laboratory of the Imperial University at 
SE APG LERS UTE 1). fo. %. v's alate eis, ose javt wie pias ele sere ae in dernetaier= aioe 


XV. Description of a new Eagle-Ray from Muscat. By G. A. 
IBOULENGER: 2 RES e hii: sf g..2 ele tvs arareldted aaron Reh cle te aioe ei tte rege pete 


XVI. On the Devonian Ichthyodorulite, Byssacanthus. By A. 
SMTA WOODWARD \PLiS.2 2s Limte.cs ee crete ests ne Sa eee eens 


XVII. On Thecodontosaurus and Pale@osaurus. By H. G, SEELEY, 
ABREU socio evs Hissin: Bd Bash 15 Nola Sueno) ise ESR at pp te RRS oon RC ee 


XVIII. Descriptions of Four new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca 
from South Africa. By James Cosmo Matviit, M.A., F.L.S., and 
JoHN Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plate XID) .:..........605. 


XTX. On a New and Natural Grouping of some of the Oriental 
Genera of Mygalomorphe, with Descriptions of new Genera and 
Species. By Kh. lL Pocock: “Plate X.)y 7 cis soe hes ater eee 


XX. List of the Freshwater Fishes collected by My. A. Everett on 
Palawan and Balabac. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S............. 


XXI. Diagnoses of Two new Hast-African Mammals. By Oxp- 
RTE DU OMAG iG, boas iin tia eee ees, oe opie miailets ioe po Pet a euominiens 


XXII. An Analysis of the Mammalian Generic Names given in 
Dr. C. W. L. Gloger’s ‘Naturgeschichte’ (1841). By OLpFimxp 
CTSLOMEASY we seta ierevete eo store ee fers we ates eae @ EpAGIo ohne canta arene een 


XXIII. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By 
Chpiain Dios, .BROUN ste, miele eve acta 's nie atatle sph teihae iets tins oe 


On some Insects collected in the State of Chihuahua, Mexico, by 
T. D. A. Cockerell, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricul- 
tural Experiment Station ; On the Nutrition of Two Commensals 
(Nereilepas and Pinnotheres), by M. Henri Coupin ...... 204, 


131 


133 


141 


142 


144 


165 


185 


210 


CONTENTS. Vv 


NUMBER LXXXVII. 
Page 
XXIV. On the Genus Alicia (Cladactis), with an Anatomical 
Description of A. coste, Pane. By J. E. Dumrpen, A.R.C.Sce. 
(Lond.), Curator of the Museum of the Institute of Jamaica. 
(eke anes WNMe ee ets Pastas spteteb sh ie 66s one) ate) sVecike se deals iieig'Sce syacae a 213 


XXV. On some new Species of Coleoptera in the Museum of the 
Elon. Walter Rothschild: -By Dr: Ki JORDAN 2. i... c024.005-00% 218 


XXVI. A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part I. The Genus 
Stomasaporan) By J. Wi. GREGORY, DSc) B.G.S.. . 0.5 os onan 220 


XXVII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Preride captured by 
Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton in New Georgia, Solomon 


slam U seeing tes GuROSE) SMULE coca nar cleie e =i oe a lw wie ced aie ay 228 
XXVIII. Descriptions of new Species of Land-Shells from New 
brctarta crea by Vor WD AEE AN VETS ET ya eres lt era) oAereh chal ele aioavenaty ola 230 
XXIX. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By 
Captain THos. BROUN ..... Biker narra ots Se afopelahs st hetaleeenaieset cls ee 234 
XXX. On an Abnormal Crab (Cancer pagurus), By James R. 
TosH, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory.............. 245 
XXXI. Descriptions of Two new Fishes obtained by Mr. C. Hose 
injedtawakee by'G.cA. BOULENGER, FIRS. .):..c 0.0 © a)sul sie eee 247 


XXXII. A new Species of Lepton from Guernsey. By GEORGE 
emt EWA IOR acer Be oer oels thee ero. fave Groen thdcsas eeie ses: chet e tect 248 


XXXII. On Charaxes azota of Hewitson, a rare Butterfly of 
which the Type Specimen is not in Hewitson’s Collection. By A. G. 


PN Hi ie Mette eH Les QC, 2 oa cette vive A oo opald aw tigi at ele els nate wb. 
XXXIV. On the Cistelide and other Heteromerous Species of 

Vagineeoy Gn Wwiss LS. «(Plater VIM) ncnts asj.6%e cass mo ale 250 

Proceedings of the Geological Society... 6.2... ede hens: 278, 279 


On the Cephalic Lobe of Euphrosine, by Emile-G. Racovitza; On 
the Development of the Kidney and of the Coelome in Cirri- 
pedes, by A. Gruvel; On the Formation of New Colonies by 
WeIIC a ULCY] UTUSs DM WS EOLOD "isha din evete arsiets Wicd Sig bea ye ave 279—283 


NUMBER LXXXVIII. 


XXXYV. Contributions to the Phylogeny of the Arachnida,—On 
the Position of the Acarina; The so-called Malpighian Tubes and 
the Respiratory Organs of the Arachnida. By Juntrus WAGNER .. 285 


XXXVI. A List of the Scolytide collected in Ceylon by Mr. George 
Lewis, with Descriptions of new Species. By W. F.H. BLanpForp, 
INTER R/Fhs Roel o05 3 SS MI ce ee oa RY ge a 315 


vi CONTENTS. 


XXXVII. Note on a West-African Apodal Batrachian hitherto 


confounded with Cecilia seraphinié of Aug. Duméril. By G. A. 


PO MTMNGHE, ERAS oc. eels Fine oan ie moc ares ooo 5 hee 


_XXXVUI. Description of a new Snake from Borneo. By G. A. 
BOING GHEE EULA) 11/ 3 022 io bie cnatsbaicss aus Calo eee Gieikiee ek ee souks 3 Shea 


XXXIX. On the American Box-Tortoises. By G. A. BouLENGER, 
AUS eth oraleohin ose Ue wees @Rne Ge.e mise miei Meath uit. epomiae ko ae gee 


XL. Description of a new Species of Helictis from Borneo. By 
OLDIIELD THOMAS’... .2...00.0. a cTal eet oteca ensue Paste ven e veut a) oka afacas aes 


XLI. Description of a new Species of Papilio from West Africa. 


By unprer aun, FGSe aso ccckaress coos eet aan oe : 


XLII. On the Development of the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur 
(Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, Phillips, sp.) from the Oxford Clay. By 
C. W. ANDREWS, F'.G.S8., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural 
EVSEOTVI) IN... shea 5s. 0scaesiees od Sioned he nO ORE ar eee 


XLII. Report upon the Chilopoda and Diplopoda obtained by 
P. W. Bassett-Smith, Esq., Surgeon R.N., and J. J. Walker, Esq., 
R.N., during the Cruise in the Chinese Seas of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin,’ 
Commander W. U. Moore commanding. By R. I. Pocock, of the 
British Museum of Natural History. (Plate XI.)................ 


XLIV. On a new Species of Hespertide of the Genus Amenis, 
Watson. By F. D. Gopman and 0. SALVEN.......025.. ume ae 


New Book :—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and 
Burma. Published under the authority of the Secretary of 
State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Bianrorp. 


Moths:—Vol. DE “By Gy: PLAMPSON 5.7 noe oeecrner eee : 


The Irish Stoat distinct from the British, by Oldfield Thomas and ° 


G. E. H. Barrett Hamilton; Description of a new Suctorial 
Millipede sent from Trinidad by Mr. J. H. Hart, of the Royal 
Botanical Gardens, Trinidad, by R. 1. Pocock; On the Dates of 
Shaw and Noddeyr’s ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany, by C. Davies 


HERON ssc casi sveinane cos Voss syepetheeiers wieectahe wales eg meee eee 374, 2 


NUMBER LXXXIX. 


XLY. On the Specimens of the Genus Cutcterebra and its Allies 
(Family Gistride) in the Collection of the British Museum, with 
Descriptions of a new Genus and Three new Species. By E. E. 
AvsteEN, Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plate XIII.) .. 


XLVI. Two new Amphipods from the West Indies. By the Rev. 
Toomas R. R. Steppine, M.A. (Plates XIV. & XV.) ........%. 


XLVII. On a Group of the Aplyside, with Description of a new 
Species. By J. Grucurist, Ph.D. &c. (Plate XVIIL).......... 


397 


CONTENTS. Vil 


XLVIII. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By 
Ce oialnerOsmEROUN: Meee tls oee eclae oa ts Gs oes eee 805 0 6) 6) = 40! 


XLIX. On the Significance of the Proliferated Epithelium in the 
Foetal Mammalian Jaw. By R. Broom, M.B., B.Sc. ............ 420 


L. On the Cistelide and other Heteromerous Species of Japan. 
nya Cram MPrInVIE US ec revo A cists epee soi gnéid «clave Shove ee ajed cide 38 sae wae one 422 


LI. Descriptions of Two new South-American Characinoid Fishes. 
VG PPO ULUN GOR. HokuSs, 6. tec acme 8's ais esas ties ee 6s dinieee eas 449 


LIT. On a Genus of Frogs peculiar to Madagascar. By G. A. 
ES GHUSPIDNIGHEO ED mE NEURO eHUEe Sy crctayeng Petes D's Se isles sreld wes cab cdee Gees 450 


LIII. On the Representatives of Putorius ermineus in Algeria 
andeHerchana.. (By OuDriEED THOMAS J o..ccuera s+ s 24 stance elses 451 


LIV. Note on the Genus Goniopleura, Westwood, with the 
Description of a new Species. By C.J. Gawan, M.A. .......... 454 


Description of a new Species of Butterfly from Taganac Island, 
N.E. Borneo, by H. Grose Smith, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.8., &e..... 456 


NUMBER XC. 


LV. On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By THomas 
Scott, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and 
ANDREW Scott, Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool. 
GETRC SGN Pere MOVIE oe ooo sate cates wisi Rieia hs ale <b. eis oe ce tha ato se 2 457 


LVI. The Amphipoda of Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British Sessile- 
eyed Crustacea. By ALFRED O. WALKER ...........0..000055 464 


LVII. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon 
INGRAINED Clin ES. GcCs. ca scicsde er stake sass ood. eekin: 476 


LVIII. Insects collected by Messrs. J. J. Quelch and F. McConnell 
on the Summit of Mount Roraima. By CHarLes O. WaTERHOUSE. 494 


LIX. Observations on the supposed Semiaquatic Phasmid, Cotylo- 
soma dipneusticum, W.-M. By Cuar.es O. WATERHOUSE 


LX. Notes, Morphological and Systematic, on the Madreporarian 
Genus Turbinaria. By H. M. Brrnarp, M.A. Cantab., F.LS., 
Hepsi (CE ACS NUONE ANE FERO NG) Pax, at cteiny oy crerts Sie lniceS enn) Siw w s-ctel Seatalienneene 499 


LXI. Description of a new Batrachian (Oreophryne Quelchii) 
discovered by Messrs. J. J. Quelch and F. McConnell on the Summit 
of Mount Roraima. By G. A. Boutenasr, F.R.S............... 521 


LXII. Description of a new Anolis from Brazil. By G. A, 
SO UTMNGEE am kur Ees Gh) Siopcie.ccctaic cis «ool 6. «1s «0 etna es a 522 


LXIII. Notice of Reptiles and Batrachians collected in the 
Eastern Half of Tropical Africa. By Dr. A. Ginrner, Keeper of 
the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plate XXI.) ...... 523 


Vill CONTENTS. 


Page 
LXIV. On a special Mountain Race of the Plantain Syuirrel from 
Mount Dulit, E. Sarawak. By OLDFIELD THOMAS .....+.+..+0+5 529 
LXV. On a new Banded Mungoose from Somaliland. By Oxp- 
TIE DALELOMPAGH - ee anes nie noe eamietee eee Aer =e 62 ae 
Proceedings of the Geological Society ..... x. .5....s0cess ss erese 532 


On a new Method of Studying Cell-motion, by Charles Lester 
Meonsrd MMe gees aces ha cine aaa Bi remy See tre Btw Sens a eR 539 


Hin cl Sitters ade ene che ra Neo marin irene ates reetane icrole te elena a heye ce ete ote ee 535 


PLATES IN VOL. XV. 
PratE I. Diplomystus longicostatus, D. Birdi, and tooth of Galeocerdo 
Jaekeli. 
II. New Crustacea. 


iUOt ise Se 
at British Spiders. 


a New Scottish Crustacea. 
VII. Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 
VII. New Japanese Cistelidee. 
IX. Anatomy of Alicia costz. 
X. New Mygalomorphe. 
XI. New Chilopoda and Diplopoda from the Chinese Seas. 
XII. New South-African Mollusca. 
XII. New Species of Cutiterebra and Bogeria, 
MIN: 
XV 
VE 
XVII. 
XVIII. Aplysia Mouhoti and A. piperata. 
ne Morphology of the genus Turbinaria. 


XXI. New East Tropical-African Reptiles. 


New Amphipods. 


New Scottish Crustacea. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SIXTH SERIES. ] 


See acarevedococstead per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”” 

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1. 


No. 85. JANUARY. 1895. 


Il.—On two Deep-bodied Species of the Clupeoid Genus 
Diplomystus. By A. Smita Woopwarb, F.L.S. 


[Plate I. figs. 1-4.] 


SEVERAL of the doubly-armoured herrings of the genus 
Diplomystus * are much deepened in the abdominal region ; 
but none are so remarkable in this respect as J). longicostatus, 
from the Cretaceous of Brazil, and a smaller form from the 
Upper Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon, which seems to have 
hitherto escaped notice in collections among specimens of the 
so-called Plataz minor. An accurate technical description of 
the former has already been published by Professor Cope f, 
but a good figure of a typical specimen is still wanted; no 
notice of the latter has hitherto appeared, and it will therefore 
be interesting to point out its characters. Good examples 
of both species are preserved in the British Museum, and 
form the subject of the following notes. 
* K. D. Cope, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Territ. vol. iii. (1877) p. 808. 


t+ E. D. Cope, “A Contribution to the Vertebrate Paleontology of 
Brazil,’ Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc. vol. xxiii. (1886) p. 3. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xv. 1 


2 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on two 
Diplomystus longicostatus, Cope. (Pl. I. fig. 1.) 


The type specimen of this species, now in the collection of 
Professor Cope, Philadelphia, was discovered by Mr. Joseph 
Mawson, F.G.S.; in the Cretaceous of Itacaranha, near 
Bahia, Brazil. Other fragments were met with at the same 
time, and some presented to the British Museum * ; but it 
was not until quite lately that our national collection became 
enriched by another complete specimen of the fish, discovered 
by the same indefatigable explorer of the Brazilian Cretaceous. 
This fossil, which seems to be imperfect in the anterior 
dorsal region, is shown of the natural size in Pl. I. fig. 1, 
and partly confirms, partly extends, Cope’s original description 
of the species. 

The general form and proportions of the fish are seen to 
be exactly as already described, while the numbers of the 
dorsal and anal fin-rays have been correctly given. Now 
for the first time, however, the pelvic fins are indicated, of 
very small size, arising opposite the origin of the dorsal, and 
the pectoral fins are not placed quite so high upon the flank 
asin the type specimen. ‘The skeleton is obscured in places 
by a thin film of matrix ; but it is clear that there were about 
twenty-four abdominal vertebra, as stated by Cope, while the 
number of caudals is twelve (not ten). The long ribs extend 
to the ventral border, and the hindermost five or six pairs are 
attached to rapidly elongating processes, the ribs shortening 
in proportion as the latter increase. The neural arches are 
all fused with the vertebral centra; but in the anterior caudals 
the line of union between each neural arch and its spine can 
be distinguished. There are also traces of intermuscular 
bones in the dorsal region. The dorsal and anal fins are 
imperfect, but the slender caudal lobes are especially well 
shown. The dorsal ridge-scales are also obscured or destroyed 
and the contour of the back apparently distorted, but the 
characteristic ventral ridge-scales appear to be more satisfac- 
torily displayed than previously. In the anterior half of the 
abdomen these scales are of normal size; but immediately 
behind the pelvic fins they begin to increase, and the three 
hindermost scales are relatively gigantic. Hach exhibits a 
long posteriorly directed point, and is apparently smooth. 

The new example of D. longicostatus thus described was 
obtained by Mr. Mawson from the beach between Itacaranha 
and Plataforma; and to complete our knowledge of the 
species it now only remains to discover the dentition and the 
squamation of the flank. 

* A. S. Woodward, “ Notes on some Vertebrate Fossils from the 
Province of Bahia, Brazil, collected by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S.,” 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. ii. (1888) p. 152. 


Deep-bodied Species of Diplomystus. 3 


Diplomystus Birdi, sp. un. (Pl. I. figs. 2-4.) 


Type.—Nearly complete fish ; British Museum. 

Sp. Char.—A small deep-bodied species, attaining a length 
of about 0:06 metre. Dorsal region much elevated, the margin 
rising to the origin of the dorsal fin, where it is almost angu- 
larly bent ; caudal region relatively long. Maximum depth 
of trunk nearly or quite as great as its length from the pectoral 
arch to the base of the caudal fin; length of head with 
opercular apparatus equalling about two thirds of the same 
measurement. Abdominal vertebre 14 to 16, caudals 18 in 
number. Dorsal fin arising well in advance of the middle of 
the back, with about 16 cr 18 rays; anal fin not completely 
behind the dorsal, comprising 25 rays. Dorsal ridge-scales 
with a prominent median acumination; ventral ridge-scales 
nearly regular in size, not excessively enlarged, sharply 
pointed. 

Obs. The species thus defined was first observed by the 
present writer in the collection of the Rev. William Bird, 
A.M., of Abeih, now in the Museum of the Syrian Protestant 
College, Beyrout. It may therefore be named D. Birdi, in 
honour of one of the most devoted students of Syrian geology. 
There are, however, several examples of the fish also in the 
British Museum, and three of these are shown of the natural 
size in Plate I. figs. 2-4. The second (fig. 3) is to be 
regarded as the type specimen. ‘The species seems to have 
been moderately robust, for the various examples are much 
distorted by crushing ; but the study of a series suggests that 
the type specimen shows the nearly normal form of the trunk, 
while the head is better preserved in the original of fig. 2. 
Figs. 3 and 4 show the small pelvic fins opposed to the origin 
of the dorsal; and the first has one side ot the pectoral arch 
somewhat displaced backwards. The deeply cleft caudal fin 
is indicated in figs. 8 and 4. The much-thickened neural 
spines supporting the dorsal ridge-scales are shown in all the 
specimens, and intermuscular bones are conspicuous both 
above and below the vertebral column. ‘The dorsal ridge- 
scales seem to have been broader than long, with one promi- 
nent median point and some apparently also with one or two 
pairs of lateral denticulations. ‘he squamation of the flanks 
ig shown to have been very thin. 

Diplomystus Birdi is most closely related to the associated 
D. brevissimus, but differs in the much deepened form of its 
trunk and the arched contour of the back. 

Formation and Locality. Upper Cretaceous; Hakel, 


Mount Lebanon. 
1* 


4 On a supposed Tooth of Galeocerdo. 


I1.—Note on a supposed Tooth of Galeocerdo from the 
English Chalk. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.L.S8. 


[Plate I. figs. 5-7.] 


For some years a small Selachian tooth from the English 
Chalk has been exhibited in the British Museum among the 
doubtfully determined series of Motidanus in the anticipation 
that it might eventually prove to be an abnormal tooth of this 
genus. Quite lately, however, two more teeth of precisely 
the same character have come under the writer’s notice from 
the collection of the Jate Prince of Mantua; and by the kind- 
ness of Mr. R. F. Damon, who has purchased the collection, 
these remarkable fossils are now made available for study and 
description. That the form of tooth in question is normal 
may thus be assumed with considerable certainty ; and such 
being the case, it is of extreme interest as exhibiting no 
superficial features by which it can be distinguished from the 
genus G'aleocerdo, a member of the family Carchariide. As 
is well known, all evidence hitherto obtained as to the occur- 
rence of sharks of this family in Cretaceous formations is very 
uncertain ; and it is only by examining the inner structure of 
the detached teeth that they can be distinguished from those of 
Lamnide. It is to be hoped, therefore, that an illustrated 
description of the three new teeth may soon lead to the dis- 
covery of additional specimens which can be sliced and micro- 
scopically examined, 

The teeth are shown of the natural size in Plate I. 
figs. 5-7, the first or type specimen being exposed from the 
inner aspect, the others exhibiting the outer face. The crown 
is very low and its apex turned sharply backwards; the 
anterior coronal margin is gently arched and marked towards 
the base with a few feeble denticulations ; the apex above the 
posterior notch is small and narrow; the margin below the 
posterior notch is much elongated and exhibits from seven to 
nine conspicuous denticles, decreasing in size backwards. 
The root is narrow, and the nutritive foramen on the inner 
side is in a deep vertical groove (fig. 5). 

These Cretaceous teeth are much smaller than those of the 
typical Galeocerdo of ‘Tertiary and Recent date, and differ 
from the majority in their remarkably low crown and the 
relatively small size of the apex of the tooth. ‘They are most 
nearly paralleled by the teeth named Galeocerdo latidens from 
the Eocene of Bracklesham; but even the latter exhibit a 
much more prominent apex and relatively smaller posterior 


~ 


On new Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 5 


denticles. They are thus distinctly new and may receive the 
provisional name of G'aleocerdo Jaekelt, in compliment to the 
author of the most important contribution hitherto made to 
our knowledge of the extinct Carchariidz *. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Diplomystus longicostatus, Cope. Fish in lateral aspect, probably 
wanting the anterior dorsal margin. — Cretaceous; Bahia, 
Brazil. [Brit. Mus. no. P, 7109. ] 

Figs. 2-4, Diplomystus Birdi, sp. n. Three fishes in lateral aspect.— 
Upper Cretaceous; Hakel, Mount Lebanon, Syria. [Brit. Mus. 
nos. P. 83, P. 96, P. 96 a.] 

Fig. 5. Galeocerdo Jaekeli, sp.n. Tooth, inner aspect.—Chalk; Kent. 
Brit. Mus. no. 41706 a. } 

Figs. 6,7. Ditto. Two teeth, outer aspect.—Chalk, Kent. [Mantua 
Collection. | 


[All the figures are of the natural size. ] 


II.—New Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 
By Col. C. Swinor, M.A., F.L.S., V.P.E.S. 


[Continued from vol. xiv. p. 443.] 


Noctuide. 
TRIFINE. 
Genus Acronycra, Ochs. 
Acronycta gastridia, sp. n. 
¢- Thorax grey : fore wings greyish white, irrorated with 
brown atoms; orbicular round and black-ringed; reniform 
brown, with a thin black bar on each side; basal and ante- 
medial double crenulated black transverse lines; a discal 
black line, with sharp outward dentations on the veins; an 
indistinct submarginal whitish dentated band and black points 
on the margin: hind wings grey, with a darker lunular mark 
at the end of the cell. Underside: fore wings greyish brown; 
hind wings greyish white, with a grey lunular mark at the 
end of each cell. 
Expanse of wings 14 inch. 
Murree. One example. 
Somewhat akin to the European A. ps?, Linn. 


* O. Jaekel, ‘Die eociinen Selachier vom Monte Bolca’ (1894), 
pp. 156-175. 


6 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Genus BomByctA, Steph. 
Bombycia hodita, sp. n. 

@. Brown: fore wings tinged in parts with pinkish grey ; 
three yellowish dots on costa near the apex; subbasal line 
indistinct ; postmedial line outwardly curved, composed of 
pale lunular marks with black borders; a pale sinuous sub- 
marginal line and black lunular spots on outer margin; orbi- 
cular and reniform large, the former indistinct, the latter white 
and prominent: hind wings blackish brown; cilia of both 
wings ochreous grey, interlined with brown. 

Expanse of wings 1, inch. 

Murree. One example. 

Easily Teri from B. meterythra, Hampson (which 
is also to be found at Murree), by its large white and very 
prominent reniform and indistinct brown orbicular, that species 
having both black with pink centres. 


Genus CARADRINA, Ochs. 
Caradrina picta, sp. n. 
Caradrina picta, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. 

p- 268. 

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish brown, with white 
scales; abdomen with a metallic black and gold mark near 
base. Both wings bright chestnut, suffused with white 
scales : fore wings with a broad central dark suffusion ; a pale 
lunule at end of cell; ante- and postmedial lines indis- 
tinct, hardly visible, some bright pmk marks near apex: 
hind wings with a large central blackish-brown spot and a 
discal dark band; an orange and whitish patch at anal angle ; 
both wings with the marginal line dark; cilia with whitish 
marks. Underside ochreous grey: fore wings with a small 
brown spot in the cell; a large square brown mark at the 
end and brown suffusion in the space below : hind wings with 
a large central brown spot ; both wings with a pinkish-brown 
discal band. 

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch. 

Cherra Punji. In great numbers; all males. 


ACONTIINA. 


Genus XANTHOPTERA, Guen. 
Xanthoptera magna, sp. n. 
Xanthoptera magna, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. c. p. 320. 


@. Greenish ochreous: fore wings suffused with dark 


Spcetes of Eastern Lepidoptera. (/ 


reddish orange on the lower and outer portions; adark brown 
discal square mark divided by vein 4; a brown band from 
the hinder margin at two thirds, which rans straight up 
outside the mark, and includes a row of black and white 
minute points, and then bends on to the outer margin below 
the apex; the space between this band and the margin 
brownish, the hinder margin black: hind wings blackish 
brown, pale and tinged with ochreous towards the abdominal 
margin ; cilia of both wings ochreous, with a grey inner band ; 
black marginal dots on both wings. 
Expanse of wings 1,4 inch. 
Cherra Punji. "Three examples. 


Xanthoptera nigridia, sp. n. 
Xanthoptera nigridia, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, Z. c. 


3. Dark pink-brown: fore wings with the orbicular and 
reniform large and pale; a black square mark in the disk, as 
in the last species, but very indistinct; the outer band from 
just below the apex running into the black patch, and is there 
lost in the rich black suffusion which covers all the outer 
and lower portions of the wings; a row of discal, indistinct, 
very minute, white points ; cilia crenulate: hind wings dark 
brown, nearly black, and fairly uniform in colour; cilia with 
a pale basal line, then brown with ochreous ends. 

os Ochreous . grey, suffused in parts with brown, with the 
black discal patch and a brown band running through it to 
the hinder margin distinct; cilia crenulate as in the male: 
hind wings ochreous brown, paling towards the base, with 
black marginal points. 

E:xxpanse of wings 14 inch. 

Cherra Punji. One pair. 

The markings much resemble those in XY. magna; the 
examples, however, are perfectly fresh and in good condition, 
and the crenulated cilia of this Species in both sexes appears 
to be very distinctive, and in this genus many otherwise 
totally different species have very similar markings. 


PaLInpduUNaz. 


Genus Doranaca, Moore. 
Doranaya soliera, sp. n. 


g. Antenne and palpi black: thorax and fore wings 
reddish brown, the latter with a small patch of white suffu- 
sion at the apex, from which there is a diffuse brown band 
to the centre of the hinder margin; the space outside this 


8 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


band paler than the rest of the wing, caused by a suffusion 
of white scales: hind wings ochreous grey, darkest towards 
the outer border; cilia of both wings ochreous grey, with a 
pale basal line. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Shillong. Four examples. 

Allied to D. leucospila, Walker, but quite distinct ; differs 
in the shape of the band on fore wings and in the position 
of the apical patch, which in leucospzla is prominent, pure 
white, and subapical, being on the costa, whereas the patch 
in this species is merely a white smear and cuts off the entire 
apex. 


SAROTHRIPINA, 
Genus Hysiaa, Fabr. 


Hyblea hypocyana, sp. n. 
Hyblea hypocyana, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. ¢. p. 372. 
3+ Dark blackish brown, speckled with black: fore wings 


with subapical spot on outer margin: hind wings with the 
usual orange spots indistinct. Underside: fore wings black ; 
costa and two subcostal patches ochreous, hinder margin 
ochreous white: hind wings black, the entire surface except 
the outer margin covered with white scales. 

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch. 

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Nine examples. 

The abdomen below in two examples has crimson bands, in 
the others they are absent; but the real difference between 
this species and /. constellata, Guen., is in the white instead 
of bright orange hind wings below. 


STICTOPTERIN2. 
Genus STICTOPTERA, Guen. 


Stictoptera anthyalus, sp. n. 
Stictoptera anthyalus, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. ce. p. 403. 


g- Greyish brown, slightly tinged with ochreous. Fore 
wings: double subbasal, antemedial, and postmedial waved 
blackish lines, edged with pale ochreous grey ; a lunular pale 
ochreous-grey submarginal band; black marginal line inter- 
rupted at the ends of the veins; cilia grey, interlined with 
brown, and with blackish patches opposite the veins. Hind 
wings brown ; cilia grey, with a brown internal line. 

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch. 


ie) 


Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 


Cherra Punji. Many examples. 
The hind wings have no hyaline internal space, as is usual 
with species of this genus. 


GONOPTERINZ. 
Genus CArEA, Walker. 


Carea albopurpurea, sp. n. 
Carea albopurpurea, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. ¢. p. 424. 


6 ¢. Head and collar brown: thorax and fore wings 
white, thorax with some grey hairs; abdomen grey: fore 
wings white, with the basal and lower portions suffused with 
purple; an antemedial waved brown line inwardly edged 
with white; a discal waved brown double line, filled in with 
white, widening upwards and enclosing a rufous patch; a 
submarginal series of rufous specks; upper portions of cilia 
brown, lower portion white: hind wings white, with the 
abdominal area suffused with pale purplish brown. 

Expanse of wings 1,!, inch. 

Shillong. Five examples. 


QuADRIFIN#. 
Genus TRISULOIDES, Butler. 


Trisuloides lutecfascia, sp. n. 
Trisuloides luterfascia, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. ¢. p. 437. 


?. Blackish red-brown, irrorated with grey; abdomen 
fulvous on sides and beneath: fore wings with a pale thin 
discal band, much outwardly curved: hind wings with broad 
medial orange-coloured band and pale lunules on the margin. 
Underside: fore wings orange, with blackish-brown costa 
and outer border and a large square brown mark at end of 
cell: hind wings brown, with a large orange patch near anal 
angle. 

Expanse of wings 2,7, inches. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


Genus Hypocata, Guen. 


Hypocala holcona, sp. n. 


@?. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings yellowish sand- 
colour, the latter irrorated with brown and black atoms, 
without markings, except for some black marginal points ; 


10 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


cilia with a pale basal line; abdomen and hind wings greyish 
yellow, with a broad brown marginal border, black marginal 
points, and ochreous-grey cilia. Underside greyish yellow ; a 
grey lunule at the end of each cell, and pale greyish discal 
bands. 

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch. 

Port Blair, Andaman Islands. Two examples. 


Genus PANDESMA, Guen. 


Pandesma glenura, sp. n. 


?. Palpi blackish brown, with some pale hairs and pale 
tips; head and thorax covered with brown, grey, and white 
hairs: fore wings rich pinkish brown ; orbicular and reniform 
pale, large, the latter ear-shaped, marked with black on its 
inner side; a pale space near the base; double blackish 
waved antemedial and postmedial lines filled in with whitish, 
the former touching the inner edge of the orbicular, the latter 
touching the outer edge of the reniform ; a pale straight and 
suffused band from hinder margin at two thirds to the apex, 
where there is a whitish patch ; this band is margined out- 
wardly by a pale waved thin band, which is doubly dentated 
outwards in its middle; marginal lunules black; cilia 
brownish grey, with a pinkish base: hind wings blackish 
brown ; cilia greyish white, with white tips. 

Expanse of wings 1,95 inch, 

Cherra Punji. One example. 

The markings on the fore wings are very beautiful. 


Genus PLECOPTERA, Guen. 


Plecoptera holostoma, sp. n. 


g. Of a uniform olive-brown colour; palpi and head 
blackish brown ; abdomen with ochreous-grey tip. Fore wings 
with antemedial and postmedial brown straight lines, the 
former inwardly and the latter outwardly edged with ochreous, 
the former erect, the latter inclining slightly outwards and 
sharply elbowed beyond the cell, inwards on to the costa; a 
brown spot at end of cell; a submarginal lunular ochreous 
line, with the lunules filled in with blackish brown ; costal 
and marginal lines ochreous. Hind wings with the com- 
mencement of a pale straight line above the anal angle; 
marginal line ochreous. 

lixpanse of wings 1,2, inch. 

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples. 


Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 11 


Genus Bantana, Walker. 


Baniana rigida, sp. n. 


3. Palpi brown; body and wings ochreous grey. Forewings 
with three black bands, divided by the veins and margined 
with white; the first subbasal, inclining outwards from the 
hinder angle to the subcostal vein; the second postmedial, 
erect, and ending on the subcostal ; the third subapical, con- 
sisting of two large spots connected by a small one and with 
an adjacent line of three spots on the inner side; marginal 
lunules black ; cilia ochreous, with brown marks opposite the 
veins, Hind wings pale ochreous brown, with a pale discal 
band, black marginal lunules, and ochreous-grey cilia. 

Expanse of wings 14 inch. 

Gilolo. One example. 

Allied to B. polyspila, Walker; the central erect and com- 
plete band very distinctive, in polyspila it is distorted and 
altogether different. 


Genus Puusta, Ochs. 


Plusia eneofusa, sp. n. 
Plusia eneofusa, Swinh. MS, ; Hampson, ¢. ¢. p. 576. 


3g. Head, collar, and front of thorax orange-yellow, re- 
mainder of body brown ; anal tuft with some pale hairs. Fore 
wings bronzy brown, with the lower half and an angular 
patch on outer margin bright glistening brassy golden ; three 
transverse straight brown lines—antemedial, postmedial, and 
discal, the two latter rather close together ; a submarginal 
sinuous brown indistinct line. Hind wings brown; cilia 
brown, with a pale basal line and pale tips. 

Expanse of wings 14 inch. 

Darjiling, one example; Cherra Punji, four examples. 


Genus PotycurisiA, Hiibn. 


Polychrista crassipalpus, sp. n. 
Plusia crassipalpus, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, /. ec. 


$. Palpi long and stout, third joint half as long as the 
second, thinly clothed with hair to the tip ; palpi, head, thorax, 
and fore wings rich chocolate-brown ; a black basal streak in 
the middle, another on hinder margin; antemedial, post- 
medial, and discal pink double bands nearly erect ; a black 
longitudinal shade running through the lines below the median 
vein, and on this shade between the first and second lines is a 


12 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


silvery Y-shaped mark, with a silvery spot on its outer side 
and a silvery dot above it; a submarginal pale line dentated 
outwards below the costa; the space between this line and 
the discal line is blackish, and between it and the outer border 
pale pinkish; some golden-orange spots above the hinder 
angle ; a black spot near the apex. Hind wings pale brown, 
whitish towards the base. 

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch. 

Cherra Punji. Two examples. 


Genus THERMESIA, Hiibn. 


Thermesia sthenoptera, sp. n. 


3. Palpi black ; body and wings above blackish brown : 
fore wings with an ochreous dot in the middle of the cell; a 
small similarly coloured spot at the end ; a very indistinct pale 
subbasal waved line, two more distinct similar discal lines, 
each terminating on costa in a small ochreous spot ; marginal 
lunules pale, with black inner margins: hind wings with a 
dentated medial black line on a pale and somewhat ochreous 
tinted space ; a discal whitish waved line and marginal lunules 
as in fore wing. Underside dull black: fore wings with a 
white lunule at the end of the cell; a submarginal row of 
white points: hind wings with a black lunule at end of cell 
and two dentated discal white lines. 

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 

The wings are shaped as in Badiza ereboides, Walker ; 
the palpi have the last joint long and smooth, not tufted with 
long hairs as in that genus. 


Foctrrinz. 
Genus Mecoprna, Guen. 


Mecodina oxydata, sp. n. 


& ¢. Pale olive-brown, tinged with ochreous, and irrorated 
with brown atoms: fore wings crossed by three broad pale 
brown bands—basal, medial, and discal ; the last is accom- 
panied by a pale band formed by a sinuous brown line on its 
inner side, the space from this band to the margin nearly as 
dark as the band: hind wings greyish brown, the margin of 
both wings with black points edged with whitish. Underside 
ochreous grey: fore wings inwardly suffused with brown, and 
with a brown discal band; a brown lunule at end of cell: 


; 


Species of Hastern Lepidoptera. 13 


hind wings without suffusion; a black dot at end of cell; a 
black discal crenulate line across both wings. 

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch. 

Shillong. One ‘pair. 


Genus Bapiza, Walker. 
Badiza distorta, sp. n. 


3 9. Palpi with the second and last joints with tufts of 
thick hairs ; antenne with fine bipectinations, which in the 
middle are thickened on one side for a short distance; body 
and basal half of wings greyish ochreous. Fore wings with a 
small white spot in the middle of the cell, a larger one at the 
end: both wings crossed by a medial white band, containing 
a sinuous purple line, the band suffused with ochreous on fore 
wings, margined inwardly with purplish suffusion on hind 
wings, followed by a broad purple discal band limited out- 
wardly by a submarginal sinuous white line; the marginal 
space marked with white at apex and hinder angle on “fore 
wings, and suffused with white in parts on the hind wing 
marginal lunules black. The female differs from the male in 
having the basal part of both wings more or less suffused 
with purple. 

Eixpanse of wings 1,%, inch. 

Ternate, one male and two females; Gilolo, three males 
and one female. 

The costa of fore wings, which are long and narrow, is 
rather deeply excavated in the middle, much more so than in 
Badiza ereboides, Walker, and makes the wings upturned, and 
gives the insect a peculiarly distorted appearance. 


Genus OaiLasa, Walker. 


Oglasa albodentata, sp. n. 


3 ¢.- Palpi, head, and collar red-brown: thorax and fore 
wings purplish pink-grey ; a black dot for the orbicular ; reni- 
form pale, ringed with brown; antemedial, medial, and post- 
medial indistinct waved brown lines; a black angular patch 
on costa near apex, a pale mark on costa on each side of it; 
a brown streak from the patch to the outer margin (in the 
male only) and a white, highly dentate, discal line: hind 
wings blackish brown, with indistinct antemedial, medial, 
and discal waved black lines, the last with some "ochreous 
spots on the outside of its upper half and a large pinkish- 
ochreous patch on the margin above the anal angle. The 


14 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


female is paler than the male; the dentate white discal line 
of fore wings is absent, and the anal patch and discal line of 
hind wings are accompanied by a deep black suffusion on the 
inner side. 

Expanse of wings, g 14%, 9 14% inch. 

Cherra Punji. Two males and one female. 


Genus SENERATIA, Moore. 


Seneratia odontophora, sp. n. 


3. Palpi, head, and collar orange; body and wings 
pinkish brown ; tip of abdomen ochreous. Fore wings paler 
than hind wings; a black dot for the reniform; orbicular 
large, square, blackish, lined with black; transverse lines 
brown, subbasal, medial, and discal, the last curving out- 
wards and slightly dentate in its middle, all rather indistinct, 
and outside the discal line are faint indications of other lines 
(pale and dark), and a brown subapical streak, pale-edged, 
from costa one fourth from apex to outer margin above the 
middle, and marginal black lunules. Hind wings with indica- 
tions of a pale discal band; cilia of both wings dark grey, 
with a brown internal band. 

Expanse of wings 14% inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


Genus BLeprina, Guen. 
Bleptina perfusca, sp. n. 


g. Dark brown: fore wings with a pale lunule at the end 
of the cell; antemedial and postmedial erect straight pale 
lines and a discal pale much waved line: hind wings with a 
pale postmedial line corresponding to the second line of the 
fore wings, and an indistinct discal crenulate line; cilia of 
both wings with a pale line at its base. Underside brown, 
with two discal pale lines and pale anteciliary line. 

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch. 

Shillong, two examples; T'ernate, one example. 

The Ternate example only differs from the others in having 
the lines and markings above and below more distinct and 
ochreous tinged, and the costal line cchreous ; the markings 
are identical. 


Genus Eanasia, Walker. 
Egqnasia rectilineata, sp. n. 


&¢ ¢. Varying in colour in both sexes from orange tinged 


Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 15 


with grey to dull greyish olive ; a hyaline distorted mark at 
the end of each cell, more or less lunular in shape in the fore 
wing, which has a black dot in the middle of the cell and a 
subbasal waved and outwardly curved brown line; _ both 
wings crossed by medial and discal crenulated brown lines, 
rather close together, the former touching the outside of the 
hyaline marks on both wings; a marginal black line and 
black ends to the cilia. Underside: fore wings with a black 
dot in middle of cell; transverse lines brown ; no inner line ; 
medial line waved, discal line straight and slightly bent 
inwards on to the costa of fore wings ; marginal line and cilia 
as above. 

Expanse of wings 1-5-1, inch. 

Shillong and Cherra Punji. A fine series. 

Allied to E. ephyrodalis, Walker ; markings above some- 
what similar, but quite different below, ephyrodalis having 
the discal line highly crenulate. 


Eqnasia tripuncta, sp. n. 


3 ¢. Greyish ochreous, irrorated with brown atoms. Fore 
wings with a small white spot in middle of cell and three 
small black spots with pale rings at the end ; transverse lines 
brown, with pale outer borders, bent inwards above the 
median vein of fore wings on to the costa; fore wings with 
three at even distances—subbasal, medial, and postmedial ; 
hind wings with two—antemedial and postmedial—corre- 
sponding with the second and third lines of fore wings, a 
black spot at end of cell, and a black patch at anal angle ; 
both wings with a series of black discal dots and black duplex 
marginal line. 

E:xpanse of wings 1 inch. 

Shillong. Three examples. 


Genus CaTaDA, Walker. 
Catada nigrobasis, sp. n. 


3d. Purple-brown; palpi and collar black. Fore wings with 
a deep black patch at base, limited by a pale line from hinder 
margin a little before the middle to the costa near the base ; 
a brown lunular indistinct mark at the end of cell; an irregu- 
Jar discal transverse line of whitish marks: hind wings 
slightly darker than fore wings, slightly paler towards the 
base; both wings with a black marginal line. 

Expanse of wings 5°, inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


16 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Genus Aprapsa, Walker. 


Adrapsa abnormalis, sp. n. 


9. Dark ochreous brown: fore wings with nearly the 
basal two thirds blackish brown, limited by a sinuous pale 
line with a small outward bend in its middle; remainder of 
the wing much paler and ochreous tinged, with a discal band 
of disconnected and distorted brown spots: hind wings 
blackish brown, with central and discal pale lunular lines; 
both wings with marginal lunules black, and cilia with pale 
basal line. Underside of a uniform pale ochreous brown; a 
black mark at end of each cell ; both wings with a prominent 
middle black transverse line; pale indistinct sinuous discal 
line; margin and cilia as above. 

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch. 

Shillong. One example. 


Hyprnine. 
Genus TALAPA, Moore. 


Talapa albigutta, sp. n. 


$ ?. Purplish brown: fore wings with a white comma- 
like mark at the end of the cell anda black dot in the middle ; 
a deep black square subbasal patch in interno-median inter- 
space, a black streak on costa above it; a black discal trans- 
verse line, which passes outside the white cell-mark, curves 
outwards, and turns in on the costa above it ; this line up to 
the comma mark is accompanied on its inner side by a broad 
black band; outside it 1s a highly waved black line marked 
with different-sized black spots on its upper portions, and a 
short black apical streak: hind wings brown; both wings 
with a black marginal dentate line, with black points, marked 
with white between the veins, with black streaks opposite 
them on the cilia. ‘The female differs from the male in being 
much blacker, with the markings indistinct. 

Expanse.of wings 1% inch. 

Shillong. One male and three females. 


Genus HyPEna, Schrank. 


Ilypena uncipennis, sp. n. 


d. Head, thorax, and fore wings ochreous brown, the last 
irrorated and striated with black, the irrorations thickened 
into a blackish spot in the centre of the interno-median inter- 


Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 17 


space, and a broad discal transverse band from the hinder 
angle to the discoidal interspace, where it bends out to the 
apex ; marginal and submarginal points black : hind wings 
brown, without markings; cilia of both wings ochreous grey, 
interlined with brown. 

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch. 

Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples. 


Fypena castaneipalpis, sp. n. 

3 ?. Palpivery long, with the tip upturned, bright chest- 
nut-colour, with some brown scales at the sides; thorax and 
fore wings chestnut-brown, suffused with greyish white, with 
the exception of the outer border, the suffusion giving a 
whitish streak at the apex and making the hinder marginal 
space nearly white; a black dot within the cell, a white dot 
at the end; a straight brown line from middle of hinder 
margin angled opposite the end of the cell, where it bends in 
on to the costa; a row of black points in the disk: hind 
wings blackish brown; cilia of both wings brown, with 
ochreous tips. 

Expanse of wings 4%) inch. 

Cherra Punji. Numerous examples. 


Thyridide. 
Genus RHopONEuRA, Guen. 


Ehodoneura stylophora, sp. n. 


g. Head and body chestnut-red; both wings with the 
inner two thirds dark chestnut-red, the outer third pale 
pinkish-ochreous white: fore wings with three very large pale 
pinkish-ochreous spots or patches along the centre of the dark 
portion, the outer one ear-shaped ; two thin discal bent red 
Imes: hind wings with the apex and hinder angle suffused 
with red. Underside pale pinkish-ochreous grey, with two 
black inner dark brown bands on fore wing and one on hind 
wing; fore wings with a large tuft of metallic-coloured scales 
in the cell. 

Expanse of wings 58, inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


Rhodoneura tritropha, sp. n. 
g. Orange pinkish, suffused with grey and striated with 
very fine brown striations: fore wings with three small white 
spots in a longitudinal row at the end of the cell; the grey 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 2 


18 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 


suffusion over all the interior of the wing, leaving the borders 
pale; some black dots on costa before apex: hind wings with 
transverse deep black bands, basal and medial, the latter not 
reaching the costa, and accompanied by a grey band on its 
outer side, which broadens towards the anal angle, where 
there is a deep black patch. Underside bright chestnut-pink ; 
a black medial line on hind wings, and with a pretty marbled 
appearance on both wings formed by black and white marks. 

Expanse of wings 1,2) inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


Rhodoneura hebra, sp. n. 


¢. Chocolate-brown, striated with a regular network of 
very fine brown lines, many of the interspaces thereby formed 
being filled up with white, so as almost to form antemedial, 
medial, and postmedial transverse bands, which are better 
defined on the underside, where the ground-colour of the 
wings is more ochreous, and the spaces between the bands 
pink, with white suffusion also on the apical portions. 

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch. 

Cherra Punji. One example. 


1V.—WNotes on Crustacea. 


By the Rev. Toomas R. R. Stepprne, M.A. 


[Plate II.] 


Two new Pedunculate Cirripedes. 


Dichelaspis Hoeki, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. A—D.) 


General appearance.—Capitulum compressed, the breadth 
nearly three quarters of the length; the valves opaque, ap- 
proaching one another closely at certain points, but nowhere 
coming in contact; the external membrane translucent, 
closely speckled almost all over with little clear spots, pro- 
ducing an appearance similar to that of an empty test of a 
Globigerina. ‘The membrane is also traversed by strongly 
marked lines, some smooth, others wrinkled and denticulate, 
to a certain extent, though roughly, following the contours of 
the valves and presumably representing successive stages of 
the animal’s growth. The peduncle is shorter than the 
capitulum, sometimes very much so. 

Scuta.—The occludent segment long, narrow, slightly 


Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 19 


curved, acute at the base, the rounded apex closely ap- 
proaching the excavated margin of the tergum; the basal 
segment shorter than the occludent, but very much wider, 
triangular, the longest side slightly convex, lying very near 
to the inner margin of the occludent segment ; the lower side 
overlapping the basal part of the carina; the inner side 
slightly convex at the centre. The junction of the two seg- 
ments is not solidly calcified. 

Terga.—The upper part projecting with an obtuse or acute 
apex towards the occludent margin of the capitulum, the valve 
widening downwards, so that the outer margin is deeply 
excavate, while the inner or carinal margin is nearly straight. 

Carina.—Strongly bowed, overlapping the terga for more 
than half their length; the basal part at right angles to the 
remainder, and externally concave, so that it is not possible 
to see the two parts of the valve dorsally in one view; the 
distal border of the base is not emarginate. 

- Mandibles.—There are five teeth, that at the extremity of 
the convex margin the largest and remote from the others, 
the furthest from it of the remaining four being compara- 
tively broad and denticulate. 

First Maxille.—The notch which follows the principal 
spines is shallow. 

Cirrt.—The first and shortest pair are not very remote 
from the second ; the rami have six or seven joints of no great 
length, carrying numerous spines; the rami of the other pairs 
have from eight to ten joints apiece, the sixth pair having the 
smaller number. The setose spines are not numerous. 

The one-jointed caudal appendages are short and narrow, 
tipped with a group of seta-like spines of various lengths, and 
carrying one or two of no great size below the apex. The 
penis has a group of spines or sete on the narrow blunt apex, 
and some setules are scattered over the surface, which in the 
two specimens dissected was greatly widened at the middle. 

Size.— The specimen represented in fig. B is a little over 
three twentieths of an inch, the peduncle being rather more 
than one twentieth and the capitulum rather more than two 
twentieths, the parts to some extent overlapping one another. 

The species is named in compliment to Dr. P. P. C. Hoek. 
‘The specimens were sent me by my obliging correspondent, 
W. AR. Forrest, Esq., from Antigua, where he found them on 
the mouth-organs of a Palinurid. 


Dichelaspis antique, sp.n. (PI. IL. figs. E-G.) 
At the first glance I supposed this species to be merely a 
variety of the preceding; but upon dissecting a specimen and 
2%. 


20 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 


examining further I found it impossible to retain that view. 
The differences are, in fact, rather numerous. The valves 
occupy a larger proportion of the capitulum and are much 
less opaque. In consequence of the latter characteristic they 
allow the “ primordial valves”? at the umbones of the terga 
and scuta to be seen much more clearly than they are in the 
other species. Moreover, the membrane is devoid of the 
foraminate appearance which it has in Dichelaspis Hoekt, and 
the peduncle is relatively shorter. 

Terga.—These, instead of widening downwards, are con- 
tracted below. 

Carina.—The distal margin of the base is distinctly though 
not deeply emarginate. 

Cirrt.—These are all more elongate than in Dichelaspis 
Hoeki, although taken from a smaller specimen. The rami 
of the first pair have from seven to eight joints, those of the 
other pairs from twelve to fourteen, the joints themselves 
being more slender, more elongate, and with more numerous 
spines than in the preceding species. 

The caudal appendages are also longer and more slender, 
with longer spines at the apex, and none on the margin 
below it. The penis is not peculiarly widened. 

Size.—The specimen represented in fig. E is less than three 
twentieths of an inch, and the capitulum is not quite two 
twentieths. 

Both in this and in the specimens of Dichelaspis Hoekt 
(figs. B, C, D) there were large numbers of narrowly oval 
eggs. The young specimen of Dichelaspis antigue (tig. G) 
has a capitulum measuring one twentieth of an inch in length. 
In this specimen the sieve-like appearance of the primordial 
valves is clearly seen. Fig. G (sc.) shows one of the scuta of 
this specimen, from which it tan be seen that up to rather a 
late stage the two segments remain solidly united. 

Mr. Forrest informs me that he took the Cirripedes above 
described from the maxillipeds of three different Palinurids, 
one of which weighed twelve pounds, and ‘had a carapace 
104 inches long, a pleon of 11 inches, and antenne con- 
siderably truncated, but still measuring 24 inches in length. 
Whether the two species of Dichelaspis came from different 
species, or even different specimens, of Palinuride, I am not 
in a position to decide. The Trichelaspis Forresti, described 
in this Magazine in May last as taken on a crayfish, is a 
guest of Panulirus argus (Latreille), which, according to the 
modern use of the terms, may be more properly ealled a 
crawfish. 


Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. A 


The synoptical table of the species of Dichelaspis given by 
Dr. Hoek in his Report of the Cirripedia of the ‘ Challenger’ 
may now be enlarged as follows :— 


I. Carina terminating in a disk. 


1. Basal segment of the scutum twice as 

wide as the occludent segment. Habi- 

tat: eastern waters, on acrab.......- D. Warwiekwi (Gray). 
2. Basal segment of scutum three times as 

wide as the occludent segment ; tergum 

widening downwards. Habitat: West 

levees; onlay Palimurid..\.)...6. s/s 22 06% D. Hoeki, sp. n. 
3. Basal segment of scutum three times as 

wide as the occludent ; tergum narrow- 

ing downwards. Habitat: West Indies, 

CURA ESET ay paysite 6's, wiieiel evel'e vreiol sxe! ate) 3 D. antigue, sp. 0. 
4. Basal segment narrower than the occlu- 

dent segment. Habitat : probably 

oriental, attached to the skin of a sea- 

SACO Nace a) cree ons Shs Mes natal ae ek atetta eaeet 8 D. Gray, Darwin. 
5. Basal segment much narrower than the 

occludent segment and about half as 

long. Habitat: Indian Ocean, on a 

SEAeAT OIRO MAGE ua Sela eraguin ond oft: sod ar¢ D. pellucida, Darwin. 


II. Carina terminating in a fork. 
A. Basal segment of the scutum directed 
towards the centre of the capitulum. 
6. Habitat: Moreton Bay, Australia...... D. neptunt (Macdonald), 
B. Basal segment of the scutum running 
parallel to the lower margin of the 
capitulum, 
a. Capitulum almost as long as broad. 
7. Tergum triangular. Habitat: Japan .. D. Aymonini, Lessona. 
8. Tergum divided by a deep notch. Habi- 
Eintje MLCOICETTATOAD scccs.c. 5 216% 4) o.0. 0 tee D. Darwin, De Filippi. 
b. Capitulum more than once and a half 
as long as it is broad. 
9. Habitat: Madeira, attached toa Brachy- 
MIOUS| CLAD anes sss sShcgsd «6 Be are) D. Lowet, Darwin. 


III. Carina terminating in a cup. 
10. Scutum divided into two distinct seg- 
ments. Habitat unknown, apparently 
attached to a horny coralline ........ D. orthogonia, Darwin. 
11. Scutum with a notch only, and indis- 
tinctly divided. Habitat: near the 
Azores, on the spine of an Lchinus, 
dredged from 1000 fathoms .......... D. sessilis, Hoek. 


The ink of the last sentence was scarcely dry or not dry 
when the post brought, me the highly important ‘ Studien 
iiber Cirripeden,’ just published by Dr. Carl W.S, Auri- 
villius. ‘The distinguished author gives descriptions and 


22 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 


figures of nine species of Dichelaspis, eight of which are 
distinct from those above-mentioned. The first in his list is 
Dichelaspis Warwickit (Gray), of which he records the 
occurrence in the Java Sea at Batavia, on the underside of 
the cephalothorax of Limulus moluccanus. Incidentally he 
notes that the Mediterranean Dichelaspis Darwinii is found 
on Palinurus vulgaris. Of his own species, Dichelaspis cor, 
1892, Dichelaspis angulata, Dichelaspis aperta, Dichelaspis 
cuneata have only three valves, the terga being absent, while 
his Dichelaspis bullata, 1852, has only two valves, for here 
the terga and carina are wanting, as well as the basal segments 
of the scuta. Dr. Aurivillius gives reasons for not 
establishing new genera to suit the differences of structure 
exhibited by these species, and for retaining the name Diche- 
laspis, although its meaning is obviously inapplicable to a 
species in which the scutum is not divided. It will, how- 
ever, be very difficult to uphold the name in cases where its 
meaning does not apply, in face of the fact that Darwin 
displaced older names on the very ground that they were 
suggestive of error. The three other new species are all from 
the Java Sea, and from the branchie of a Palinurus. The 
first, Dichelaspis alata, is near to Dichelaspis Warwickit, 
the second, Dichelaspis sinuata, to Dichelaspis Lowet, the 
carina terminating in a large fork, in which respect the third, 
Dichelaspis trigona, agrees with it. 


English Terrestrial Isopods. 


In an interesting paper on “The Irish Woodlice” Dr. Scharff 
has recently recalled attention to the terrestrial Isopoda of the 
adjacent island as well as to those of Ireland itself. Of seven- 
teen British species he remarks that ‘‘ twelve are common to 
Great Britain and Ireland, two are found in Great Britain 
and not in Ireland, and three in Ireland and not in Great 
Britain, so that the fauna of Ireland, though poorer in many 
respects than that of Great Britain, is richer in woodlice by 
one species.” In justice to England, however, it must be 
noted that Dr. Scharff has overlooked its recorded possession 
of Metoponorthus cingendus (Kinahan). ‘This species has 
been found by more than one observer in South Devon ; 
and by taking it into account the numbers of the land 
Isopods on the opposite sides of St. George’s Channel are 
exactly balanced. But England is, in fact, richer in this 
group than its past record shows. Several years ago I ob- 
tained at Ventnor, in the Isle of Wight, a specimen of Porcellio 
dilatatus, Brandt, which I have now had the opportunity of 


Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 23 


comparing with French examples kindly sent me by M. Adrien 
Dollfus. The Ventnor specimen, though a small one, agrees 
with these in relative breadth and in the characteristic feature 
of the rounded apex of the telson. It differs, however, in 
colour, not being dark grey on the back, but rather of a dull 
yellow, faintly marked longitudinally with two narrow adja- 
cent darkish stripes down the centre. The differences between 
Porcellio dilatatus and the common Porcellio scaber are suffi- 
ciently clear, yet that they are not overwhelmingly conspicuous 
may be inferred from the circumstance that the late Professor 
Milne. Edwards regarded the former as a synonym of the 
latter. To the well-known Armadillidium vulgare (Latreille) 
the English fauna may now add two other well-marked species 
of the same genus. During last September at Shirehampton, 
on the Avon, I found the large Armadillidium depressum, 
Budde-Lund, which is easily distinguished from A. vulgare 
by the broad projection from the epistome above the frontal 
line. M. Dollfus has obligingly sent me specimens for com- 
parison from Rome, and also one from Clifton, near Bristol, 
bearing the name of Pocock as the donor. Also during last 
September in Leigh Woods, at Clifton, I found Armadillidium 
nasatum, Budde-Lund, which has a narrower but otherwise 
more pronounced projection than that observed in depressum. 
In his ‘Catalogue of the Land [sopods of Spain’ Dollfus 
says of this nasatum that it is ‘ espéce remarquable par la 
forte saillie pré-frontale de l’écusson du prosépistome.”” Many 
years ago | met with this species at Tunbridge Wells, and 
supposed it to be a novelty ; but from want ot the requisite 
literature on the subject and pressure of other engagements 
was forced to lay it aside undescribed. It was again recalled 
to my remembrance by specimens which my nephew, Mr. Mello 
Saunders, this year collected for me in France. 

As the account at present stands there are eighteen species 
of land Isopods in England to fifteen in Ireland, the only one 
of the Irish group that has not been found in England being 
Trichoniscus vividus, Koch. It is not unlikely” that fresh 
species will be found in each of the competing districts when 
more attention is directed to these crustaceans. At present 
there are many people to whom the information that there is 
more than one kind of woodlouse comes as a surprise. 

Terrestrial Isopods of various genera may be assumed to 
have tastes much in common, for the small limestone quarry 
at Shirehampton which yielded Armadillidium depressum 
contained also Trichoniscus roseus, FPorcellio scuber, and 
Oniscus asellus, the specimens of Por -cellio and Oniscus being 
rather exceptionally fine. Such associations are not uncom- 


24 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Crustacea. 


mon, for the late Professor Kinahan is said to have found a 
dozen species of Oniscide in a garden not sixty yards square. 


Some English Marine Isopods. 


The paper on the Idoteide of the coasts of France, recently 
published by Mons. Adrien Dollfus (‘Feuille des Jeunes 
Naturalistes,’ Nov. 1, 1894), gives a readjustment of the 
nomenclature in many respects applicable to the species of 
that family which are found on the English coast. The 
species assigned to Jdotea by Bate and Westwood are distri- 
buted by Dollfus among three genera—=Stenosoma, Leach, in 
which the pleon has all the segments coalesced; Jdotea, 
Fabricius, in which the first two segments of the pleon are 
dorsally distinct and the third is laterally indicated ; Zenobza, 
Risso, in which the first three segments of the pleon are 
dorsally distinct and the fourth is lateraily indicated. 

Of these three generic names Zenobia is undoubtedly pre- 
occupied, and I therefore propose a change of it into Zeno- 
biana; the species called Jdotea parallela by Bate and 
Westwood will then become Zenobiana prismatica (Risso). 
Mr. E. J. Miers, in his ‘ Revision of the Idoteide,’ has 
regarded Jdotea acuminata (Leach) as a head-species, of 
which Risso’s appendiculata, Rathke’s capito, and some others 
are synonyms or varieties. But, as Dollfus points out, there 
are considerable differences separating several of these forms, 
so that Jdotea acuminata rightfully resumes the name Steno- 
soma acuminatum, long ago given it by Leach, while Jdotea 
appendiculata of Bate and Westwood should rather be called 
Stenosoma lancifer, a manuscript name given it by Leach 
and published by Miers. The Stenosoma appendiculatum 
(Risso) and Stenosoma capito (Rathke) are not at present 
known on the English coast. 

Eurydice spinigera, Hansen, may be added to the British 
fauna, as I have taken it in the harbour of Ilfracombe. In 
general appearance it is very like the common Lurydice 
pulchra, but attains a larger size and is deeper in colouring, 
the greater depth of hue being noticeable even in specimens 
which have been long in spirit. Of distinguishing characters 
easy to observe may be mentioned the shape of the side- 
plates, which all have the hind angle acutely produced, and 
the armature of the last segment of the pleon, which has a 
distal emargination and a couple of spines at each angle, the 
inner spine being much larger than the outer. 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 25 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


Fig. A. Dichelaspis Hoeki, sp.n. A group zm situ on one of the oral 
appendages of a Palinurid, magnified. 

Fig. B. A single specimen, magnified; n.s., natural size of the single 
specimen. 

Fig. C. Mouth and cirri of another specimen. 

Fig. D. t., tergum of another specimen; c, base of carina of the same ; 
c.a., caudal appendage and base of sixth pair of cirri of the 
same. 

Fig. E. Dichelaspis antigue, sp. n. A single specimen, magnified. .s., 
natural size of the same. 

Fig. F. c, base of the carina of another specimen; c.a., caudal appendage 
and base of sixth pair of cirri of the last-mentioned specimen. 

Fig. G. Young specimen of Dichelaspis antigue, magnified ; 7.s., natural 
size of the same; sc., scutum of the young specimen, more 
highly magnified ; ¢., tergum of the same. 


V.—WNotes on British Spiders, with Descriptions of new 
Species. By the Rev. F. O. PickarD-CAMBRIDGE. 


[Plates ITT. & IV.] 


SINCE my last communication of January 1894 several new 
species have been added to the British fauna, three of them 
being, so far as I am aware, hitherto undescribed. Of these 
three species, here described as new to science, one (Lycosa 
spinipalpis) is a large spider belonging to the group T’rochosa, 
and forms a very fine addition to our list. Pardosa purbeck- 
ensis is also a large species allied to palustris, Linn., and 
nearly as large as P. amentata, Clk. The third (Agreca 
littoralis) is one of the smaller of the ““Agrecas,” and, although 
M. Simon and Prof. Kuleznski have each described a very 
closely allied species, it is, I believe, different from either. 

In any case it is better to describe such as new, rather than 
attach it doubtfully to some species which may afterwards 
prove to be quite different. 

I have been able, thanks to the kindness of the Rev. O. 
Pickard-Cambridge, Mr. W. Evans, Mr. G. H. Carpenter, 
and Mr. C. Warburton, to examine nearly all the examples 
of the genus Tetragnatha which have been taken in 
England, Ireland, and Scotland, and, as the result of my 
examination, am able to add four species of this genus to the 
British list. 

Pardosa riparia, C. L. K., drops out of our list for the 
present, while another species of Leptyphantes—closely allied 
to tenuis, Bl.,—L. tenebricola, Wid., has been added. 


26 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


Including, then, only those species which are described or 
recorded in this paper, we have three species new to science 
and seven species added to the British list. 

Through the courtesy of Mr. W. A. Luff, of Guernsey, I 
have been enabled to draw up a list of the spiders of the 
Channel Islands, which will be published in the ‘ Transactions 
of the Guernsey Society of Natural Science and Local 
Research.’ ‘ 

This list will include the names of all species recorded 
from the year 1863 up to the present time, with localities, 
the names of the captors, or the authority who vouches for 
the occurrence of each species. 

Though not geographically, nor even geologically, really 
connected so closely with the British Islands as with the 
coast of Normandy, it has been deemed advisable to include 
the Arachnidal fauna of these islands in a list supplementary 
to that of Great Britain. 

There are at present 116 species recorded, while one only 
of these (Leliophanus Cambridget, Sim.) has not been 
hitherto found on the English side of the Channel. 

Several new species have been added to the list by 
Messrs. Warburton, Luff, and others, noticeably Salticus 
formicarius, Wlk., Scytodes thoracica, Latr., and Asagena 
phalerata, Panz. 


Three Species new to Science and Seven new to the 


British List. 
Genus AGra@cA, Westw. 
Agreca littoralis, sp. n. (Pl. III. figs. 15, a, b, c, d, e.) 


Length of adult female 6 millim., or 2 lines. 

Cephalothorax, caput, legs, and sternum pale orange. 
Abdomen dull brown, with three narrow pale bands con- 
verging towards the spinners. 

Cephalothorax oval-elongate, with two dusky bands on 
either side of the deeply indented central stria, formed by 
suffusion of the lateral strie. 

Eyes small, occupying a transverse oblong area. Posterior 
row curved, convexity backwards; eyes equal, equidistant, 
rather more than one diameter apart. Anterior row strongly 
curved, convexity backwards, occupying a narrower transverse 
space than the posterior row, almost equidistant; centrals 
much smaller, a quarter of a diameter apart. Ocular area 
set with curving black bristles. All eight eyes situate on 


black spots. 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 27 


Clypeus very narrow, equal to the diameter of central 
anterior eyes, its margin set with six or seven curving bristles. 

Falces broad, stout, convex, conical, clothed with curving 
black hairs. Inner margin set with numerous curving hairs ; 
upper margin of fang-groove bearing three teeth, lower 
margin with two. 

Paipus set with stout black spines, bearing at apex a dark 
simple tarsal claw. 

Mazxille twice as long as labium, broad, parallel-sided, 
very slightly enlarged and obtusely truncate at apex ; fringed 
with curving bristles and bearing a denser tuft of finer hairs 
on inner anterior margin and a small black tuft at apex. 

Labium oval-quadrate, truncate at apex; fringed with 
dark bristles. 

Sternum slightly longer than broad, convex, clothed with 
dark hairs, truncate in front, produced behind to a point 
between the coxee of posterior pair of legs. 

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fairly long, clothed with dark hairs. An- 
terior pairs less spinose. 

Femora 1. with 2 dorsal, 1 anterior-apical, and 1 dorsal- 
apical spine. 

Femora ii. with 3 dorsal spines. 

Femora ui. with 3 dorsal and 3 apical spines. 

Femora iv. with 2 dorsal and 3 apical spines. 

Patella of all four pairs with a single basal and apical 
spine. 

Tibie i. with two pairs of stout spines beneath. Tibia ii. 
with two spines 1—1 beneath. 

Protarsi* i. and i. with two pairs of spines beneath. 
Tibize and protarsi 11. and iv. with numerous spines on all 
sides. 

Tarsal claws two. Onychium bearing a few upturned 
bristles, but no claw-tuft. 

Abdomen oval-elongate, compressed, parallel-sided, thinly 
clothed with fine dark hairs; dull brown, witha narrow, pale 
yellow, central dorsal band extending from the base nearly to 
the spinners, flanked by a pale irregular band, extending 
from base and converging to the spinners. Ventral area pale 
yellow. Spinners short, cylindrical, situated in a quadrangle. 
Superiors slightly longer and further apart; inferiors set one 
diameter apart at base, having in front of them a lunulate 


* Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the Natural History Museum, South Kensing- 
ton, has suggested protarsus instead of metatarsus; and, seeing that we 
enumerate the joints from the basal end and arrive at the sixth joint 
before the seventh (tarsus), the term protairsus seems to describe the 
joint and its position better than the old term metatarsus, 


28 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


transverse orifice, fringed with hairs, marking the opening 
of a spiracular vessel. 

Epigyne not conspicuous, consisting of a narrow longitu- 
dinal fissure, slightly dilated in front, flanked on either side 
posteriorly by a dark suffused spot. Hpigynal area convex, 
clothed with fine hairs. 

M. Simon describes (Ar. de France, vol. iv. p. 308) a single 
young female of a species (A. lineata), which seems very 
closely allied to the above; while Prot. W. Kulcznski, of 
Crakow, also describes and figures a species, A. striata, KI. 
(Ar. Nov. in Montibus Tatricis, 1882), which is certainly 
very similar. Unless, however, a comparison of types 
confirms this supposed identity, I shall believe them to be 
distinct. 

An adult female was taken by myself from beneath a stone 
at Swanage, on the undercliff near Durlstone Head, on 
May 22, 1894, while immature specimens were taken under 
stones on the foreshore near Kimmeridge a little later in the 
year. 


Genus Lycosa. 


(Trochosa, Tarentula.) 


Lycosa spinipalpis, sp. n. 


(Pl. III. figs. 4, 5, 9, 11, 14.) 


Length of male 8 millim. Female, ceph. 4 millim., abd. 
6 millim. or 44 lines. 

Cephalothoraxy deep umber-brown, having a central pale 
band, formed of golden-yellow pubescence, which extends 
from the posterior row of eyes to the base of the thorax; 
within this band at its anterior portion lies a pair of brown 
longitudinal bars, sometimes connected with the lateral brown 
areas, sometimes entirely disconnected. Ocular area brown, 
with a pale patch on either side. Falces deep brown. 

Abdomen oval, enlarged towards the spinners, deep brown, 
with a short central, dorsal, anterior, longitudinal bright pale 
bar, formed of golden-yellow pubescence, margined with 
black, and followed to the spinners on either side by a series 
of small pale spots. Lateral areas thickly speckled with 
spots of golden-yellow pubescence. 

Sternum deep brown. 

Legs 4, 1, 2,3, olive-brown, clothed with golden pubes- 
cence. Femora more or less decidedly annulated with dusky 
black, as also are sometimes the tibize, especially in the male 
Sex, 


Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 29 


The spinous armature of the legs is as follows :— 

Femora i—2 dorsal, longitudinal; 2 lateral, anterior, 

apical spines. 

Femora 11.—2 dorsal, longitudinal; 1 lateral, anterior, 

apical spine. 

Femora iii.—3 dorsal, longitudinal; 2 lateral, anterior, 

apical; 1 lateral, posterior, apical spine. 

Femora iv.—3 dorsal, longitudinal; 2 lateral, anterior, 

apical ; 1 lateral, posterior, apical spine. 

Patella i, and ii., no spines; iii. and iv., 1 posterior cen- 

tral, 1 anterior central spine. 

Tibie (beneath only) 1.—3 pair ventral, longitudinal ; 

1 anterior, lateral, apical spine. 

Tibie 11.—3 pair ventral longitudinal (2 rudimentary 

anterior) ; 2 lateral, anterior, apical spines. 

Tibi (above and beneath) ii. and iv.—3 pair ventral, 

longitudinal; 2 lateral, anterior; 2 lateral, posterior ; 
1 dorsal, apical spine. 

Protarst (beneath only) i. and 11.—3 pair ventral, longitu- 

dinal; 1 ventral, apical; 1 anterior, lateral, central spine. 

Protarsi i. (above and beneath).—3 pair ventral longitu- 

dinal; 1 ventral apical; 3 anterior lateral; 3 posterior 
lateral spines. 

Protarst iv.—8 ventral spines ; 3 anterior lateral ; 3 poste- 

rior lateral spines. 

Falces of male similar in general respects to those of 
terricola; no tooth on outer margin of fang near base. 

Palpus of male similar in general respects to that of terri- 
cola, but the radial joint or tibia bears on the inner underside 
in front a cluster of 12 to 16 stiff, almost straight, stout spines. 
The tarsal or digital joint has no claw at tts apex. 

This fine species, apparently new to science, may be 
readily distinguished in both sexes from the other three species 
ot Lycosa, to which it is allied, by its umber-brown hue and 
pale-speckled abdomen ; in the male sex by the cluster of 
spines beneath the radial joint on the under and inner side. 

In the female sex by the epigynal area, which is longer 
than broad, while the whole area is larger in proportion than 
that of any of the others, save terricola; but in terricola the 
area is broader than long, semicircular. 

There is no difficulty whatever in recognizing the males of 
this species, though it might not be altogether easy to separate 
the females if they had lost their colour at all. But if it be 
borne in mind that this species, robusta, and ruricola exhibit 
the short pale wedge-shaped bar on the abdomen at base, and 
that the epigynal area of ruricola is very small and incon- 


30 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


spicuous, while robusta is a much larger spider with hoary 
grey pubescence, there will not be any great fear of a con- 
fusion of the three species. 

This fine new addition to the British fauna was first met 
with at the head of Lake Derwentwater in June 1893, where 
a male and female were taken from beneath a stone. In 
May 1894, however, numerous examples were obtained under 
boards, bricks, &e., in damp meadows in Dorset. 

The female makes a small cell in the damp earth for the 
spinning of the egg-cocoon, as do most of the other species of 
Lycosa. I have not received any from other parts of 
England, but have no doubt that it is abundant in suitable 
localities throughout the country. 


Lycosa robusta, Sim. (PI. ITI. figs. 3, 8, 11, 12.) 


Length of male, ceph. 5 millim., abd. 5 millim. or 43 lines ; 
female, ceph. 7 millim., abd. 8°75 millim. or 7 lines. 

Pubescence hoary white. Abdomen with pale lanceolate 
mark. Size variable, but much larger than L. spinipalpis. 
Palpus of male with an apical tarsal claw. ‘Tarsi of first pair 
of legs of male fusiform, incrassate, clothed with rich black 
pubescence. 

Fang without any tooth on outer margin. 

Numerous specimens of this fine addition to the British 
fauna were taken beneath stones on the undercliff at Swanage, 
between Durlstone Head and Peveril Point; also under 
stones in the ravines behind the lighthouse. They construct 
a large cell in the damp loam, sometimes 2 inches long by 
1 broad, and therein construct the immense white egg-cocoon, 
hatch and tend the young ones. A dozen or more females were 
taken, but only one adult male, in May 1894 by the author. 


Lycosa ruricola, De Geer. 
(PIV TED. ties. 8,6; 10; 13.) 
Length of male, ceph. 4 millim., abd. 4 millim. or 34 lines ; 
female, ceph. 6 millim., abd. 9 millim. or 43 to 64 lines. 
Pubescence yellow-grey. Abdomen with pale lanceolate 
mark. Size very variable, but smaller than the preceding 
species. Palpus of male with an apical tarsal claw. Tarsi 
of first pair of legs of male cylindrical, slender. Fang with 
a tooth on outer margin. 
Not uncommon in Dorset and other parts of Engiand. 
Adult in May and June. 


Lycosa terricola, Th. (Pl. II. figs. 2, 11, 14.) 


Length of male 3°5 millim., abd. 3°5 millim. or 33 lines; 
female, ceph. 5 millim., abd. 7 millim. or 54 lines, 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 31 


Pubescence yellow. Abdomen with no pale lanceolate 
mark. Size very variable, but smaller than Z. ruricola. 
Palpus of male without any apical tarsal claw. Protarsi i. 
incrassate. Fang without any tooth on outer margin. 

Common in most parts of England. Adult in May and 
June. 


The following table will perhaps be of some assistance 
to students :— 


Males. 
A. Palpus of male bearing a claw at the apex of the 
tarsal joint. Protarsusi.slender ............ (ruricola only). 


1. Fang of falces with a small projecting angle or 
tooth on the outer margin near the base. 


Tarsi i. cylindrical, slender ........ seeeeene ae ruricola, De Geer. 
2. Fang without angular projection. Tarsi 1. fusi- 
OPM gIMCTASSALC c.0ye/ois sels ais -iaivisysle lala steleral sane robusta, Sim. 


B. Palpus of male without any claw at apex of tarsal 
joint. Protarsus i. incrassate. 

1, Tibia (radial joint) of palpus bearing seven or 

eight stout spines on the under and inner side 


SIRO NA cata repels VAG.< He rokaisheuels «rey eae spinipalpis, F. Cb. 
2. Tibia of palpus without spines, a few hairs 
OCIA Pi OEE CRO oC Gre eo Safran terricola, Thor. 
Females. 


A. Abdomen with pale basal, central, dorsal lanceo- 
late band. 
1. General hue olive-brown. Cephalothorax with 
yellow-grey or hoary-white pubescence. Size 
larger. Epigynal area smaller. 
a. Pubescence hoary white. Epigynal area a 
little larger, with two stout tubercles at base 
on either side. Average size much larger.. robusta, Sim. 
b. Pubescence yellow-grey. Hpigynal area 
smaller, tubercles inconspicuous. Average 
Bim enemripleriants wists att oc] cereus las coe Slanevacei cease ruricola, De Geer. 
2. General hue deep umber-brown. Cephalo- 
thorax with golden-brown pubescence. Size 
smaller. Epigynal area larger ............ spinipalpis, F, Ch. 
B. Abdomen often with a basal, central, dorsal dusky- 
outlined lanceolate band; but its area is not 
paler than the rest of dorsal area. Epigynal area 
broad, conspicuous, dark red-brown, almost semi- 
CAUGUNAR MEE ec Sera ahera ale calc oveyape'e o\'e) 4 aol a Sci gists ea sai terricola, Thor. 


The males can be recognized without any difficulty what- 
ever, the palpi and the first pair of legs together furnishing 
most reliable characters. But I am unable to speak so con- 
fidently as to the distinguishing features of the females, 
though 1 fancy one might with accuracy determine the 


32 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


identity of freshly caught specimens with the help of the 
above characters. The form of the epigyne varies so much 
in different specimens of the same species, that one will not 
be inclined to place too great reliance upon any characters 
furnished by it. 

The teeth on the upper and lower margins of the fang- 
groove might, if constant, furnish good characters. 


Synonymy. 
Lycosa robusta, Sim. 1876. 


Trochosa robusta, Kulez. 1892. 


Lycosa ruricola, De Geer, 1778. 
Lycosa campestris, Bl, 1861. 


Lycosa ruricola, Sim. 1876. 
Trochosa ruricola, Cambr. 1881, Thor. 1872, Kulez. 1892. 


Lycosa terricola, Thor. 1856. 


Lycosa agretyca, Bl. 1861. 
Trochosa terricola, Thor. 1872, Cambr. 1881, Kulez. 1892. 
Lycosa terricola, Sim. 1876. 


Genus PARDOSA. 
(Lycosa.) 


Pardosa purbeckensis, sp. n. 
(PIAV tiga. 1,45 05 83:9) 

Male, ceph. 3°25, abd. 3:5 millim. or 3 lines; female, 
ceph. 4, abd. 5:5 millim. or 43 lines. 

Cephalothorax deep sienna-brown, clothed with sooty-black 
pubescence, having three narrow, longitudinal, bright yellow 
stripes—one in the centre extending from the caput, where it 
is attenuate, to the base; the others lying one on either side 
near the margin, extending from the clypeus to the base. 

Falces bright yellow, having a central basal and lateral 
basal brown streak; the inner and apical margin is also 
brown. 

Legs very long, brown on the upperside, spotted and 
streaked with black, bright yellow beneath ; furnished with 
long spines and black hair. Protarsi i. in the male are 
furnished on either side with numerous very long, stiff, oblique 
bristles. In both sexes the legs are very hairy. 

Abdomen deep brown, clothed with sooty-black pubescence 
and hairs, having an indistinct paler, lanceolate, dorsal central 
bar at the base, the pale hue being continued, though scarcely 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 33 


perceptibly, to the spinners. Ventral area black, with a 
central series and two lateral series of dull pale guttul. 

Sternum deep sienna-brown, with a pale lozenge-shaped 
central disk. 

Epigyne of female consisting of a large red-brown, shiny, 
chitinous plate, narrow in front, springing from a transverse 
oval chitinous cup, dilating posteriorly, forming a large trian- 
gular plate, whose posterior angles are produced and slightly 
procurved. The posterior margin is often a little emarginate, 
and a broad furrow or depression runs through the middle. 

This portion of the structure is exceedingly variable. It is 
impossible to give a figure which will represent all the forms, 
differing somewhat as they do in every specimen. 

The same variability is noticeable also in the females of 
the closely allied species, monéicola and palustris. 

Palpus of male large. Femoral joint black at base, pale 
yellow at apex; patella pale yellow; tibie black, clothed 
with long hairs; tarsus deep black, clothed with black hairs, 
very large (larger in proportion even than in palustris), fur- 
nished with a claw at apex. The bulbous process at the base 
of the organs is very prominent, and the organs differ in 
character from those of closely allied species. It is, however, 
so difficult to examine this structure that, since there are other 
infallible characters for determining the identity of the species, 
it is scarcely worth while to make a very elaborate analysis 
of them. 

This fine Pardosa belongs to the group which includes 
herbigrada, monticola, and palustris. ‘Uhere is, in reality, no 
difficulty in distinguishing them from each other. 

This species, one of the largest of the “Pardosas,” was 
exceedingly abundant on the western shores of Poole Harbour 
in May 1894. ‘They were tound very close to the water’s 
edge, lurking beneath the rushes, running swiftly over the 
herbage during gleams of sunshine. The long hairs on the 
legs give them quite a feathery appearance, even when 
running, while the large size and black colour render them 
very distinct from any other species of the genus. Though 
more nearly resembling in general appearance palustris, yet 
the form of the epigyne and the slender tarsi of the first pair 
recall rather monticola, while palustris, not indeed in general 
appearance, but both by the form of epigyne and by the 
dilate tarsi, seems more nearly allied to herbigrada. 


Pardosa purbeckensis, var. minor, F. Cb. 
Length of male 5 millim. or 24 lines; female 5°5 millim. or 
24 lines. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 3 


34 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


In April 1893 IT met with numerous specimens of a spider 
closely allied to monticola, as witnessed by the great simi- 
larity of the epigynal plate, amongst grass on the shores of 
the Solway. 

These I now find to be identical apparently in every 
respect, save their small size, with my new species purbeck- 
ensis. 

It is, of course, possible that more specimens might prove 
the distinctness of the two species; but at present I am 
unable to find any character which I can consider sufficient 
for the purpose. ‘There is, however, nothing extraordinary 
in the difference in size, for there is considerable difference 
between the climate of Poole Harbour and that of the more 
or less inhospitable shores of the Solway. 


Pardosa palustris, Linn. (PI. IV. figs. 6, 7, 8, 12.) 

Male, ceph. 2°5, abd. 2°75 millim.; female, ceph. 3, abd. 
3°5 millim. 

The maie may be instantly recognized by the pale yellow, 
tumid, dilate protarsi and tarsi of the first pair of legs, 
these being clothed with long silky hairs, but no long 
bristles. The central spur of the palpal organs has a very 
distinct long cusp at the base, similar to that of purbeckensis, 
but a little more curved. 

The epigyne is very variable. 

Abundant. 


Pardosa monticola, Clerck. 
(BULLY, fies, 5,175.3, dls) 

Male, ceph. 2°5, abd. 2°75 millim. ; female, ceph. 3, abd. 
3°5 millim. 

The protarsi and tarsi of first pair of legs of male not 
tumid or dilate, clothed very sparingly with short silky hairs ; 
no bristles. LKpigyne very variable; posterior angles, how- 
ever, always procurved, 7. e. curved forwards. 


Abundant. 


Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. 
(Bl. TV ,, digas 25.75,.0;.10,) 


Male, ceph. 2°5, abd. 2°75 millim.; female, ceph. 8, abd. 
4 millim. 

Protarsi and tarsi of first pair of legs of male tumid, 
dilate, clothed with silky hairs. Central band on cephalo- 
thorax constricted about the middle and dilated again at the 
caput. Kpigyne very large. 

Rare. 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 35 


The following table, though by no means exhausting the 
characters, nor based on those only which are strictly structural, 
will, I believe, be of some practical use :— 


Males. 
A. Protarsi and tarsi of first pair of legs incrassate. 
1. Cephalothoracic bands as in female ........ herbigrada, Blk. 
2. Cephalothoracic bands as in female ........ palustris, Linn. 


B. Protarsi and tarsi not dilate, slender. 
1. Protarsi i. furnished with numerous very 
long bristles. Size much larger, 3 lines .. purbeckensis, F. Ch. 
2. Protarsi i. furnished with short hairs. Size 
much smaller, 12 dinés (44). .2 600. enss. monticola, Clk. 


Females. 


A. Central white band on cephalothorax constricted 
towards caput and again dilated at its termina-~ 
tion. Marginal band very broad ............ herbigrada, Blk. 
B. Central yellow band finely attenuate towards 
caput. Marginal band very narrow. 
a. Posterior angles of epigynal plate produced 
and procurved. 


1. Size much larger, 4 lines. Black.......... purbeckensis, F, Ch. 
2. Size much smaller, 25 lines. Grey; abdo- 
men with white spots «0... .0...00000e08 monticola, Clk. 


b. Posterior angles of epigynal plate uniformly 
rounded, often dilate, but never pointed, re- 
EMIPEO Ol PLOCUMMOME 6. dare e+ cimnie tate «urd palustris, Linn. 


Synonymy. 
Pardosa palustris, Linn. 1758. 


Lycosa exigua, Bl. 1861 (in part). 

Lycosa tarsalis, L. K. 1870. 

Lycosa palustris, Thor. 1872. 

Pardosa palustris, Sim. 1876. 

Lycosa palustris, Cambr. 1881, Kulez. 1892. 


Pardosa monticola, C\k. 1757. 


Tycosa evigua, Bl. 1861 (in part). 
Lycosa monticola, .. K. 1870, Thor. 1872, Cambr. 1881, Kulez. 1892. 
Pardosa monticola, Sim. 1876. 


Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. 
Lycosa herligrada, Bl. 1861. 


Genus PorrHOMMA, Sim. 


Of the eight species noted under this genus in my last 
communication (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii, 
Jan. 1894), two at least must be relegated to separate genera. 

oe 


3* 


36 —- Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


‘Lhe species P. montigena seems, according to Prof. Kul- 
eznski, not to be P. montigena, Sim., but a distinct species. 
It will therefore resume its specific name niger, F. Cb., and 
enter the genus Oreoneta, which this author has formed for its 
reception. 

The species described as P. adipatum, L. K., unless 
there should appear any sufficient reason to the contrary, will 
fall under the genus Macrargus, Dahl. 

Thus limited, the genus Porrhomma embraces a fairly 
homogeneous group of spiders. 

By an oversight in my last paper a species is described 
under genus Porrhomma (not Linyphia, as quoted by 
Messrs. Evans and Carpenter *), with the specific name 
Meadit. ‘his species had already been described as miero- 
phthalma, but my anxiety to honour the learned dipterologist 
who virtually discovered the species caused me to forget the 
honour due to the author who had long ago given to it the 
name microphthalma; and I have to thank Messrs. Evans 
and Carpenter for kindly pointing out this error. 

The synonymy of this species should therefore run as 
follows :— 


Porrhomma microphthalmum, Cb. 
Neriene errans, Blk. (in part), 1864. 
Linyphia microphthalma, Ch. Spid. Dor. 1879. 
Linyphia incerta, Cb. Spid. Dor. 1879. 
Linyphia decens, Cb. Spid. Dor. 1879. 
Porrhomma Meadii, F. Ch. 1894. 


Porrhomma egeria, Sim. (Pl. IV. figs. 13, 14.) 


Length of male 2°5 millim. ; female 3 millim. or 14 line. 

Cephalothorax, falces, legs, and palpi bright orange-red. 
Abdomen dull olive-green or white. 

Legs furnished with long spines and hairs similar to those 
of microphthalmum, save those on the femora. 

Femora i. with three spines, two on the inner side and a 
third in front towards the apex. TF emora ii. with one single 
spine about the middle ; none on femora 11. and iv. 

The female sometimes has four spines on femora i. and two 
on femora ii., while one specimen had one on femora iii. 

Protarst without any spines. 

Caput very high, convex, clothed with short hairs. 

Eyes very minute, in some cases almost obsolete. In 
several specimens of both sexes the central anterior pair of 


* ©A List of the Spiders of Edinburgh,’ 1894, p. 560, note. 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 37 


eyes had become entirely atrophied, and not a trace of them 
remained; in some cases the posterior centrals had disap- 
peared, while in others the central anteriors had coalesced, 
forming an indistinct dark spot. Anterior row curved, con- 
vexity “forward ; centrals almost in contact, four diameters 
from laterals, Posterior row curved, convexity backward ; 
centrals two diameters apart, five from the laterals ; abe four 
centrals forming a quadrangle a little longer than broad. 

Clypeus quite twice the width of the ocular are a, clothed 
with numerous short hairs directed forwards. 

This species is closely allied to myops and oblongum, but 
can easily be distinguished from either. In myops femora 1. 
has two spines only ‘and in oblongum one only. 

I should myself have been very much inclined to have 
considered these spiders identical with myops, had not M. KE. 
Simon himself, to whom I submitted some examples, declared 
that they were without doubt egerta. I have, however, never 
seen the male of myops, and only a single specimen of the 
female. 

Numerous specimens of both sexes, adult and immature, 
were taken by myself in the large cavern near Wells called 
Wookey Hole, in May 1894. It is probable that no daylight 
has penetrated its gloomy recesses for many thousand years ; 
hence the degeneration of the visual organs in these spiders. 

The first British specimens were taken near Rosslyn, in 
Scotland, in 1893 and 1894 (‘A List of the Spiders of 
Edinburgh,’ 1894, p. 560). 

For the table of specific characters of Porrhomma, vide Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1894, p. 100, correcting as follows, 
to include egerva :— 


6. Anterior row of eyes strongly curved, convexity 

forwards. Eyes of both rows very small and 

wide apart. Central posteriors two diameters 

apart, four from laterals. 

. Femora i. with two or more spines. Clypeus 
at least twice the height of the ocular area. 

a*, Femora i. with two spines, ti. with one 


= 


SOME Mer Stet cides orn «Schickel nator ge 8, o's.» P. myops, Sim. 
b*. Femora i. with three spines, il, with one 
SiG: Sao Ae | oe OP eer penne meee P. egeria, Sim. 


2. Femora i. with a single spine only, ii. with 
none. Clypeus only one quarter higher than 
BI UVOGIE MEER aio a haiecia atthe a eae ques aie! ae P. oblongum, Cb. 
Genus TETRAGNATHA, Latr. 
Tetragnatha pinicola, L. K. 


Males were taken by myself in the Lake Districts in 


38 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


1892; males and females were also found in the collection of 


the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge. 


Tetragnatha Solandrii, Scop. 


Taken abundantly at Morden Park during the summer of 
1894: specimens were found also in all the collections sub- 
mitted to me from England, Ireland, and Scotland. 


Tetragnatha nigrita, Lendl. 


This fine species occurred only in the collection of the 
Rey. O. Pickard-Cambridge. Males and females. 


Tetragnatha obtusa, L. K. 


A few examples of this variable species occurred in my 
own collection and that of the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge. 


These four species are now recorded for the first time as 
indigenous to Britain. 


Genus LepryPpHANTES, Menge. 
Leptyphantes tenebricola, Wid. 


An adult male was found in a tube marked ‘“n., sp. ?,” 
taken at Armathwaite, near Carlisle, which certainly belongs 
to this species as diagnosed and figured by W. Kuleznski in 
‘Symb. ad Faunam Arach. Tirolensem,’ 1887, p. 320, pl. vil. 
figs. 34, 35. Four or five males were also found in a collec- 
tion from Scotland. 


Notes on Rare Species, and Remarks on Synonyms. 
Pardosa riparia, Clk. 

The examination of numbers of specimens of L. prati- 
vaga, and the comparison of them with specimens taken to be 
riparia, C. L. K., has convinced me that we have not this 
latter species in England, but only the one species prativaga. 

Immense numbers of this species were met with on May 15, 
1894, along the western shores of Poole Harbour, and many 


others were taken about the same time in other parts of the 
country. 


Drassus minusculus, L. K. 
Drassus delinquens, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 21. 


Numerous specimens of both sexes were met with on 
May 17, 1894, under dry seaweed on the shores of Littlesea, 
near Studland. 


Rey. I. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 39 
Corypheus glabriceps, F. Cb. 


M. Simon, who has examined the type specimen, declares 
this species to be identical with his Gongylidium distinctum. 
Marptusa muscosa, Clk. 


Numerous examples of both sexes were taken under the 
stones of walls upon the downs between St. Aldhelm’s Head 
and Swanage, in Sept. 1894. They were then found in all 
stages of growth, crouching beneath a small white silken 
sheet, the latter having an orifice at each end. 


Tmeticus niger, F. Cb. (Ann. & Mag. N. H., Jan. 1891). 


The synonymy of this species stands as follows :— 


Genus OrEONETA, Kuleznski, 1894. 


Oreoneta niger, F. Ch. 
Tmeticus niger, F, Cb. 1891. 
Porrhomma nigrum, O. P. C., Proc. Dor. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891. 
Porrhomma montigena, F, Ch. 1894. 
Microneta clypeata, F. Cb. (Ann. & Mag. N. H., Jan. 1894). 
This species is identical with Microneta decora, Cb. (Trans. 
Linn. Soc. xxvii.). 
Dysdera crocota, C. K. 
Males and females of this fine spider were taken at Swanage 
on May 3rd, near Peveril Point. 
Agreca tnopina, Cb. 


Adult females were taken near Peveril Point on May 3rd. 


Linyphia furtiva, Cb. 

A single adult male was taken in the Branksome Woods, 
Bournemouth, on June 12th; numerous adult females were 
taken near Bloxworth in July. 

Scytodes thoracica, Latr. 

Two young females were taken on an outhouse in Guernsey 
by Mr. W. A. Luff in 1894. 

Salticus formicarius, W1k. 


An adult male was sent me by Mr. Luff during the 
summer; taken by Mr. Marquand in Guernsey. 


40 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on British Spiders. 


Species new to Science. 


Agreca littoralis, F. Cb., 
Pei 


Lyvosa spinipalpis, FE. Cb., ps 28: 
PIL, 


p- 26. 


Pardosa purbeckensis, F. Ch., p. 82. 
Pl IV: 


Species added to the British List since January 1894. 


Lycosa robusta, Sim., p. 30. Pl. IT. 
Tetragnatha Solandritz, Scop., p. 38. 


— pinicola, L. K., p. 37. 
obtusa, C. K., p. 38. 
—— nigrita, Lendl., p. 38. 


Porrhomma egeria, Sim., p. 36. 
BLL. 

Leptyphantes Wid., 
p. 38. 


tenebricola, 


Species noted or figured. 


Lycosa terricola, Th., p. 30. Pl, III. 
De Geer, p. 30. 


ruricola, 


PP Ty: 


Pardosa monticola, Clk., p. 54. 


BIL, 


Dysdera crocota, p. 39. 
Drassus minusculus, p. 58. 


palustris, Linn., p.34. PL TV. 
herbigrada, Blk., p.34. PI IV. 


Agreca mopina, Ch., p. 39. 
Linyphia furtiva, p. 39. 

Corypheus glabriceps, ¥. Ch. p. 39. 
Porrhomma montigena, Sim., p. 36. 
Microneta clypeata, F. Cb., p. 39. 
Marptusa muscosa, p. 39. 

Scytodes thoracica, Latr., p. 39. 


| Salticus formicarius, W1k., p. 39. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate III. 


Palpus of male from outside. 
Palpus of male from outside. 
Palpus of male from outside. 
Palpus of male from outside. 


Female ; epigyne. 


Female ; epigyne. 


Fig. 1. Lycosa ruricola, De Geer. 

Fig. 2. Lycosa terricola, Th. 

Fig. 3. Lycosa robusta, Sim, 

Fig. 4. Lycosa spinipalpis, sp. n. 

Fig. 5. Ditto. Female, full figure. 

Fig. 6. Lycosa ruricola, De Geer. 

Fig. 7. Lycosa terricola, Th. Female; epigyne. 
Fig. 8. Lycosa robusta, Sim. 

Fig. 9. Lycosa spinipalpis, sp. n. 


Fxg. 10. Lycosa ruricola, De Geer. 
Fig. 11. Lycosa terricola, spinipalpis, robusta. 

Male; tarsus 1. 
Male ; protarsus and tarsus i. 
Fig. 14. Lycosa terricola, spinipalpis. 


Fig. 12. Lycosa robusta, Sim. 
Fig. 13. Lycosa ruricola, De Geer. 


Fig. 15. Agreca littor alis, sp. n. 
a. Female, full figure. 
b. Female; epigyne. 
e Female; eyes and clypeus, 
d. Female; falces. 


e, Female ; maxille and labium. 


Female; epigyne. 
Male ; 


right falx. 
Male; right falx. 


Male ; protarsus and tarsus i, 


On new Species of Heterocera. 41 


PuateE IV. 


Fig. 1. Purdosa purbeckensis, sp. n. 
a. Palpus of male from outside. 6, bulb; c.s., central spur; d, apical 
lamina ; e, lateral lamina. 
b. Palpus of male from inside. 


Fig. 2. Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. Palpus of male from outside. 

Fig. 8. Ditto. Palpus of male from beneath. 

Fig. 4. Pardosa purbeckensis, sp. n. Palpus of male from beneath. 

Fig. 5. Pardosa monticola, Clk. Palpus of male from outside and 
beneath. 

Fig. 6. Pardosa palustris, Linn. Palpus of male from beneath. 

Fig. 7 


a. Pardosa purbeckensis, sp. nu. Palpus ; central spur. 
b. Pardosa palustris, Linn. Palpus; central spur. 
ec. Pardosa monticola, Clk. Palpus; central spur. 
d. Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. Palpus; central spur. 
Fig. 8. 
a. Pardosa purbeckensis, sp. n. Protarsus and tarsus 1. 
b. Pardosa palustris, Linn. Protarsus and tarsus 1. 
c. Pardosa monticola, Clk. Protarsus and tarsus i. 
d. Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. Protarsus and tarsus i. 
Fig. 9. Pardosa purbeckensis. Female ; epigyne. 
Fig. 10. Pardosa herbigrada, Blk. Female; epigyne. 
Fig. 11. Pardosa monticola, Clk. Female ; epigyne. 
Fig. 12. Pardosa palustris, Linn. Female ; epigyne. 
Fig. 13. Porrhomma egeria, Sim. 
a. Female; central anterior eyes atrophied. 
b. Female; central posterior eyes atrophied. 
c. Male; eyes and clypeus, with relative widths. 
d.—l. Left palpus of male. 2. Falciform process. 
Fig. 14. Porrhomma egeria, Sim. 
a. Female; epigyne. 
b. Female; femur i. with three characteristic spines. 


VI.—Descriptions of some new Species of Fleterocera from 
the Eastern Islands and Tropical America. By HERBERT 
Druce, F.L.S. 


Agaristide. 
Agarista proerosia, sp. n. 
Male.—Primaries rich reddish brown, crossed about the 
middle from the costal margin almost to the anal angle by a 
rather wide cream-coloured band; the veins and several 
indistinct markings near the base thickly irrorated with 
metallic steel-coloured scales; the fringe black: secondaries 
black-brown ; a small space on the anal angle cream-colour ; 


the fringe white. Underside of both wings brown, with the 
white markings as above. Head, thorax, and abdomen 


42 Mr. H. Druce on new 


black ; front of head, underside of the palpi, and inner side of 
the tegule cream-colour; antenne and upperside of palpi 
black; underside of the thorax and anus bright orange.— 
Female very similar to the male. 

Expanse 3 inches. 


Hab. Key Island (Mus. Druce). 


Agarista daria, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries black, partly crossed from the sub- 
costal vein by three white bands—the first two quite short, 
the third extending almost to the anal angle; a waved line of 
metallic-blue scales between each white band; the fringe 
black : secondaries pure white, broadly bordered with black ; 
the fringe white. Head, antenna, palpi, thorax, and abdomen 
black ; four white dots on the front of the thorax ; underside 
of the thorax orange ; legs orange and black. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Lindi (Mus. Druce). 


This species is allied to A. ocewrata, Swinhoe. 


Agarista puciolia, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark brownish black, irrorated with 
metallic scales along the veins at the base, and crossed from 
the costal margin to near the inner margin by three pale 
yellow bands—the first near the base, the second about the 
middle and widest near the inner margin, the third beyond 
slightly convex ; the fringe black, white at the apex and anal 
angle: secondaries bright chrome-yellow. The outer and 
inner margin and a band crossing the middle of the wing 
from the costal dark brownish black ; the fringe at the anal 
angle yellow. Head and thorax black, the thorax with three 
yellowish-white stripes ; abdomen yellow, banded with black ; 
legs yellow; antenne black, the tips yellow. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Philippine Islands (A/us. Druce). 

Very distinct from any other species known to me. 


Aigocera darocana, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries creamy white, the costal margin and a 
broken band crossing the wing beyond the middle blue-black, 
the apex black, irrorated with metallic scales; the fringe 
white: secondaries pale yellow, broadly bordered with black 
at the apex. Head and thorax black, the collar cream- 


Species of Heterocera. 43 


colour ; abdomen with some spots at the base ; the anus and 
underside black ; the legs black ; antennz black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Lindi (Mus. Druce). 


Zygenide. 


Syntomis polusca, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries bright glossy bluish black; a small spot 
at the base, the cell, two spots below the cell, an oval spot on 
the costal margin, and two small spots beyond the cell all 
clear hyaline; the fringe black: secondaries yellow, broadly 
bordered with glossy bluish black. Head, antennee, and 
thorax black ; abdomen glossy blue-black, banded with yellow 
at the base and along each side; legs black. 

Expanse 1,%5 inch. 


flab. Philippine Islands (Mus. Druce). 


mist 5 Ae 
Syntomis laomedia, sp. n. 


Primaries black, a square spot at the base, the cell, and a 
row of three elongated spots crossing the wing beyond the 
cell all hyaline : secondaries deep black, with a small hyaline 
spot close to the base; the fringes of both wings black. 
Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the abdo- 
men banded with yellow at the base and on the underside 
nearest the anus. 

Expanse 1 inch. 


Hab. Philippine Islands (dus. Druce). 


Syntomis chea, sp. n. 


Primaries black; a streak at the base, the cell, a large 
square-shaped spot below the cell, and three oblong spots 
beyond the cell all hyaline: secondaries black, a spot at the 
base and a round clot at anal angle both hyaline. Head, 
thorax, abdomen, and legs black, the fourth segment of the 
abdomen bright orange-yellow ; antenne black, the tip white. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Philippine Islands (us. Druce). 


Hupyra sages, sp. 0. 

Male.—Primaries black, shot with bronze-green from the 
base to beyond the middle; hyaline white spots the same as 
in £. Salmont, with the addition of a very small spot between 
the two nearest the apex: secondaries hyaline white, broadly 


44 Mr. H. Druce on new 


bordered with black, with two very minute hyaline white 
dots close to the apex. Head, thorax, and abdomen black ; 
tegule and collar spotted with white; abdomen with a metallic- 
ereen band down the middle from the base to the anus, the 
sides spotted with white; antenne and palpi black; legs 
black, banded with white. 

Expanse 2 inches. 


Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Cosmosoma demantria, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline, the apex broadly bordered with black, 
the outer and inner margin edged with black ; a spot at the 
end of the cell and the veins black: secondaries hyaline, the 
apex, outer and inner margin edged with black ; antenne 
black, tipped with white. Head, front of the collar, and a 
small spot on each side bright metallic blue; thorax, abdo- 
men, and legs bright vermilion-red ; abdomen with a bright 
metallic-blue band, extending from the base to the anus ; the 
underside of the abdomen black and white. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Dominica (Mus. Druce). 


Eunomia daltha, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline, veins and margins black; the base of 
the wing black, shot with blue: secondaries hyaline, broadly 
bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle ; a small 
byaline spot on the black margin close to the apex. Head 
and antenne black, a small white spot on each side of the 
head ; collar metallic blue; tegule black, with a white spot 
at the base and a blue line on the inner side; thorax and 
abdomen black, the latter banded with blue on each segment ; 
abdomen with some white spots on each side; anal tuft 
black and red; front of the palpi, underside of thorax, and 
abdomen white. 

Expanse 1# inch. 


Hab. Para (Mus. Druce). 


Belemnia splendens, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries black, shot from the base not quite to 
the middle with metallic green, beyond which a dull red 
band crosses the wing near the apex, but does not reach either 
margin ; the fringe black : secondaries brilliant morpho-blue, 
bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle; upon 
the black border are a submarginal row of bright carmine 


Species of Heterocera. A5 


spots, which become indistinct near the anal angle. Head, 
antennee, and palpi black ; collar black, spotted with metallic 
green; thorax black, striped with metallic green; abdomen 
bright metallic blue, with a narrow black line down the 
middle from the base to the apex, the underside bright 
carmine. Underside: both wings black, shot with bright 
blue at the base; primaries with a wide U-shaped carmine 
mark in the middle of the wing, but not touching either 


margin ; secondaries broadly banded on the outer margin with 
carmine. 


E;xpanse 2 inches. 
Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Arctiide. 


Ischnognatha striata, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries brownish black, the veins yellow ; a wide 
. ? . a 
pale yellow band crosses the wing beyond the middle from 
the costal margin to the anal angle: secondaries bright 
5 d 5 5 
yellow, broadly bordered with black on the costal, outer, and 
inner margins. Head yellow; thorax and abdomen black, 
front of the thorax and sides of the abdomen banded with 
yellow; underside of the abdomen yellow ; anus, antenne, 


and legs black. 
Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab, Costa Rica. 


Cratoplastis romula, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries greyish black, the veins slightly paler 
near the base ; a large oval semihyaline white spot at the end 
of the cell; the fringe dark grey: secondaries semihyaline 
white, broadly bordered with bluish black on the costal mar- 
gin, at the apex, outer and inner margin. Head and anus 
bright orange ; antenne, thorax, and abdomen greyish black ; 
a greyish-white line extends from the base of the abdomen 
almost to the anus; legs greyish black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Costa Rica. 


Eucereon darantasia, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries dark brown ; the veins, a line beyond 
the cell, and a waved submarginal line pale brown ; a whitish 
spot in the middle of the cell; the fringe dark brown: 
secondaries dusky semihyaline from the base to about the 


46 Mr. H. Druce on new 


middle. Underside of both wings dusky black, almost 
_ without markings. Antenne and palpi black; head, thorax, 
abdomen, and legs dark brown; tegule dark brown, edged 
with chrome-yellow ; anus chrome-yellow on the upperside. 


E:xpanse 2 inches. 
Hab. Costa Rica. 


Eucereon rububa, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dusky white, clouded with dark brown 
about the middle, at the apex, and along the outer and inner 
margin: secondaries semihyaline white, clouded with brown 
at the apex and very slightly along the outer margin. Head, 
antennex, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs all black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Costa Rica. 


Pseudapistosia saduca, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed from the costal 
to the inner margin with four bands of pale greyish 
brown, the two bands nearest the outer margin broken into 
small lines near the anal angle: secondaries dusky hyaline 
white, the veins dark brown, the apex and outer margin dark 
brown. Head white ; palpi, antennez, and legs dark brown ; 
thorax and basal segments of the abdomen dark brown ; 
abdomen chrome-yellow, each segment edged with brown.— 
Female very similar to the male, but altogether darker in 
colour, and with the base of the abdomen banded with yellow ; 
the underside of the abdomen in both sexes deep black. 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 23 inches. 

Hab. Mexico (Mus. Druce) ; Costa Rica. 

In the Mexican specimens before me the secondaries of the 
females are darker in colour than those from Costa Rica. 


PERICOPINE. 
Eucyane rhetia, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries deep black, dark blue at the base, crossed 
beyond the middle by a narrow white band, which extends 
from the costal margin to the anal angle; the fringe white at 
the apex, black on the outer margin: secondaries black, shot 
with bright dark blue at the base and along the inner margin ; 
a row of four very minute white spots close to the anal angle ; 
the fringe white. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black ; 
abdomen above dark blue, on the underside dark red; legs 
black, banded with white.—Female similar to the male, but 


Species of Heterocera. 47 


larger, not shot with blue at the base of the primaries; a 
round red spot about the middle of the costal margin on the 
primaries. 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 3 inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Hucyane dejanira, sp. n. 


Primaries black, crossed about the middle from the costal 
to the inner margin by a wide white band; a large red round 
spot on costal margin on the inner side of the white band, 
but not joined to it; the fringe black: secondaries blue- 
black, with a wide white band partly crossing the wing near 
the apex; the fringe white at the apex and near the anal 
angle. Head, antennae, thorax, and legs black; abdomen 
blue-black above on the underside ; the three anal segments 
are edged with reddish brown. 

Expanse 2+ inches. 

Hab. South Brazil (us. Druce). 


Hucyane ruscia, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries black, crossed from the middle of the 
costal margin to the anal angle by a wide orange-yellow 
band: secondaries blue-black, with three orange-yellow spots 
on the middle of the outer margin ; the fringe of both wings 
black; head, palpi, antenna, and thorax black; abdomen 
blue-black. 

Expanse 2+ inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Pericopis meta, sp. n. 


Primaries black, crossed about the middle by a wide uneven 
pale yellow band, which becomes narrow near the apex; a 
row of small yellow spots close to the apex, and a submarginal 
row of small spots extends from the apex to the anal angle ; 
the fringe black: secondaries pale yellow; the veins black, 
each vein being broadly edged with black on both sides; the 
outer margin narrowly edged with black. Head, antenna, 
thorax, and legs black; abdomen dark brown above, pale 
yellow on the underside. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab, Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Anthomyza Swainsont, sp. n. 


Anthomyza tiresia, Swains. Zool. Ill. ser. 2, vol. iii. t. exxiv. fig. 1; 
Dune. Nat. Libr., Exot. Moths,, p. 97, t. iv. fig. 2 (nec Cramer). 


Hab. South-east Brazil (Mus. Druce). 


48 Mr. H. Druce on new 


The species figured by Swainson and Duncan is quite 
distinct from that figured by Cramer, and requires to be named. 
The specimens before me are identical with both figures 
above quoted, 


Anthomyza brotes, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries deep black, crossed by two pale yellow 
bands, the first about the middle, the second beyond near the 
apex, the veins crossing the yellow bands black; four small 
white dots at the apex and two close to the anal angle; the 
fringe black : secondaries pale primrose-yellow, very broadly 
bordered with black; the veins black ; a spot at the apex 
and four small dots on the outer margin near the anal angle 
all white. Head, antenne, and thorax deep black ; abdomen 
blackish brown, on the underside pale cream-colour; legs 
black above, yellowish white on the underside.—Female very 
similar to the male, but slightly larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 3} inches. 

Hab. British Guiana (Mus. Druce). 


Anthomyza preaila, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries black, with three white spots on the 
costal margin close to the base and a triangular yellow mark 
on the inner margin near the base ; a wide semihyaline band 
crosses the wing about the middle from the costal margin 
almost to the inner margin, but not quite reaching it, beyond 
which a narrow semihyaline band partly crosses the wing 
near the apex ; a submarginal row of seven white spots extends 
from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries semihyaline 
from the base to about the middle ; the outer half of the wing 
deep black, with a marginal row of large white spots ex- 
tending from the apex to the anal angle. Head, antenne, 
thorax, and upperside of abdomen black, the underside yel- 
lowish; the base of the thorax banded with white.-—VFemale 
similar to the male. . 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 34 inches. 

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Anthomyza Buckley?, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries brownish hyaline; the base, a band 
crossing the wing at the end of the cell, the apex, costal, outer, 
and part of the inner margin all black; the costal margin 
close to the base spotted with yellowish white; a triangular 
yellowish-brown mark on the inner margin; four white dots 
on the apex and two on the outer margin near the anal angle: 


Species of [eterocera. 49 


secondaries brownish hyaline, bordered with black from the 
apex to the anal angle, and a submarginal row of white dots ; 
the veins and fringes of both wings black. Head, antenna, 
thorax, and abdomen black; the collar and tegule spotted 
with white; underside of the abdomen pale yellowish brown. 
—lemale very similar to the male, but paler hyaline. 

Exxpanse, ¢ 334, 9 4 inches. 

fab. Keuador (Mus. Druce). 


Laparide. 
AXenosoma gigantea, sp. Nn. 


Primaries and secondaries semihyaline white; primaries 
slightly shaded with yellow at the base and along the inner 
margin ; the fringe of both wings white. Head, underside of 
thorax, and legs pale yellow; antenne black; thorax and 
abdomen yellowish white. 

Expanse 2? inches. 

Hlab. British Honduras (Mus. Druce). 


Notodontide. 
Tifama (?) dardania, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries: the base and the costal margin nearly 
to the apex dark brown, shading inwardly to about the middle 
of the wing to bright reddish brown, where it is thickly 
irrorated with white scales; from the middle of the wing to the 
outer margin pale primrose-colour; the apex almost pink ; 
two small dark yellow spots on the middle of the outer margin ; 
the fringe primrose-colour, excepting at the apex, where it is 
almost pink: secondaries greyish brown, shading to pale 
primrose-colour on the outer margin; the fringe primrose- 
colour. Head and antenne reddish brown; collar pale 
yellow, shot with reddish brown ; tegule silver-grey ; thorax 
and abdomen brown, the sides of the abdomen and the anus 
yellow ; legs brown. 

Expanse 3 inches. 


Hab. Costa Rica. 


Heterocampa argentata, sp. n. 


Primaries silvery grey ; the costal margin, inner margin, 
and veins near the inner margin spotted with black; a rather 
large black spot close to the anal angle; the fringe alter- 
nately black and grey : secondaries pale greyish fawn-colour, 
dusky at the apex and round the outer margin; a small 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 4 


50 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


black spot at the anal angle. Head, thorax, and tegule 
silvery grey ; antenne yellowish brown; abdomen greyish 
fawn-colour ; legs grey. 

Expanse 2} inches. 


Hab. Costa Rica. 


AT, 
Nystalea sambana, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries dusky grey, with several reddish-brown 
spots at the apex ; a black curved line crosses the wing near 
the base from the costal to the inner margin; a large silvery- 
grey patch at the anal angle, extending partly along the inner 
margin: secondaries pale grey, broadly bordered from the 
apex to the anal angle by darker grey; the fringe silvery 
grey. Ths head, collar, and tegule yellowish brown ; thorax 
silvery grey; abdomen dusky grey; underside pale grey ; 
anus yellowish brown. 

Expanse 2? inches. 

Fab. Costa Rica. 


Nystalea demea, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries greyish fawn-colour; two small black 
dots at the end of the cell, from which a black line bordered 
with reddish brown and with a small white streak in the 
middle extends to the outer margin; a dark brown spot and 
streak on the inner margin close to the base; several faint 
brown marks near the anal angle: secondaries dusky fawn- 
colour, darkest at the apex and round the outer margin; the 
fringe pale greyish fawn-colour, ‘The head and front of the 
thorax reddish brown ; antenne yellowish brown; tegule and 
thorax greyish fawn-colour; the base of the abdomen yel- 
lowish, the upperside of the abdomen blackish grey, underside 
paler ; the anal tuft greyish fawn-colour.—Vemale very similar 
to the male, but larger and rather darker in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 3 inches. 


Hab. Costa Rica. 


VII.—On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By 
Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board 
for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort, Fisheries Assistant, 
University College, Liverpool. 

[Plates V. & VI] 


In the following notes we propose to record some interesting 
Scotch species of Copepoda, including, among others, a few 
that appear to be undescribed, and also a curious form 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 51 


discovered in Germany some years ago by Dr. Poppe, but 
which has not hitherto been known to occur in the British seas. 


Leptopsyllus intermedius, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 1-11.) 


Description of the Species.—Hemale. Length 58 millim. 
(7; of an inch). Body elongate, slender. Anterior antenne 
eight-jointed, short, moderately stout; the first five joints 
gradually decrease in length, the fifth and sixth are equal; 
the seventh is shorter than any of the others, while the last 
is equal to the combined lengths of the two joints immediately 
preceding. The antennz are provided with numerous mode- 
rately long sets, and a stout filament springs from the upper 
distal edge of the fourth joint. The subjoined formula shows 
the number and proportional lengths of the joints— 


Proportional lengths of the joints .. 22.13.10.9.6 -6.4.10 
: 4? Di 6 ee: 


Number of the joints ............ 1 Ee og iss 


Posterior antenne and mouth-organs somewhat similar to 
those of Leptopsyllus Robertsoni, T. and A. Scott, but smaller ; 
the end joint of the distal branch of the mandible-palp is also 
proportionally shorter (fig. 4). The outer and inner branches 
of the first pair of swimming-feet, which are both two-jointed, 
are nearly of equal length (fig. 5). The second and third 
pairs resemble those of Leptopsyllus Robertsoni (fig. 6). In 
the fourth pair the outer branches are two- and the inner 
branches one-, or indistinctly two-jointed (fig. 7). The basal 
joints of the fifth pair are coalescent and form together a 
broad lamelliform plate, subtriangular in outline ; the margin 
on each side from the apex to the secondary joint is slightly 
convex, and immediately behind the secondary joints the 
margins are produced into broad and somewhat rounded 
lobes, each lobe being furnished with a moderately stout seta ; 
the secondary joints are very small (fig. 8). Caudal stylets 
fully twice the length of the last abdominal segment and 
equal in breadth to nearly half the length; they are each 
furnished with a terminal spine nearly as long as the stylet 
(fig. 10). One ovisac containing a few large ova. 

Male. The male is similar to the female, except that the 
anterior antenne are modified and hinged for grasping, and 
resemble in structure those of Leptopsyllus Robertsont. The 
basal joints of the fifth pair of thoracic feet, which are also 
coalescent, are considerably shorter than those of the female, 
and terminate in two broadly convex lobes, one on each side 
of the median line; each lobe is fringed with minute hairs ; 


the secondary branches are very small (fig. 9). 
4% 


52 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


Habitat. In pools near low-water mark on the shore at 
Musselburgh, Firth of Forth ; not uncommon. 

Remarks. This may be distinguished from any other species 
of Leptopsyllus known to us by the structure of the anterior 
antenng and of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic feet. 


Mesochra spinicauda, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 12-25.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length °58 millim. 
(;; of an inch). Body elongate, cylindrical, slender. Ante- 
rior antenne slender, rather longer than the first cephalo- 
thoracic segment, seven-jointed; the second joint much 
longer and the fifth shorter than the others. The formula 
shows the proportional lengths of all the joints— 


Proportional lengths of the joints. . 6.20.6.8.4.8.11 
Number of the joints ........,... 1293) 45656 


The first joint of the posterior antennz is short, the second 
elongate and nearly twice the length of the last joint ; second- 
ary branch very small, articulated to the lower proximal 
half of the second joint (fig. 15). The mandible-palp consists 
of a single moderately long narrow joint, which bears a few 
marginal and terminal sete (fig. 16). The armature of the 
maxilla somewhat resembles that of the mandible, and the 
maxilla-palp is a narrow cylindrical process furnished with a 
few sete at its truncate apex and bearing a small lateral lobe, 
which forms the base of a slender hair. Posterior foot-jaws 
large; terminal joints very small and forming the base of 
long slender claws (fig. 19). Inner branches of the first pair 
of swimming-feet somewhat longer than the outer branches 
and composed of two nearly equal joints ; the first joint of the 
outer branches is about twice the length of the second, while 
the second and third are nearly of equal length (fig. 20). 
The second, third, and fourth pairs are slender and elongate ; 
the inner branches of the fourth pair, which, like those of the 
preceding pairs, are composed of two nearly equal joints, 
extend beyond the second joint of the outer branches, and 
each of the joints bears two minute spines placed widely 
apart on the inner margin, while the outer margin is partly 
fringed with small sete (fig. 21). Fifth pair foliaceous; the 
inner portion of the basal joints is produced into a subtrian- 
gular lobe that extends slightly beyond the secondary joints, 
and terminates in a stout setiform elongate spine; the inner 
margin of the basal joints is also provided with a fringe of 
minute hairs and with a slender seta near the apex ; the outer 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 53 


angles of the same joints are furnished with a long slender 
seta; the secondary branches are small and bear each four 
sete on the outer margin and apex, the apical seta being 
longer than the others, while the upper two are small (fig. 22). 
Caudal stylets short; the end of each stylet is prolonged 
interiorly into a stout spiniform process, and bears a few sete 
exteriorly (fig. 24). One ovisac, with a number of mode- 
rately large ova. 

Male, The male closely resembles the female in general 
form, but the anterior antenne are eight-jointed and strongly 
hinged, the second joint is much longer, and the third and 
fifth shorter than any of the others. he fifth pair of thoracic 
feet are nearly as in the female; the sixth pair of appendages 
(the appendages of the first abdominal segment) are small, 
subquadrate in outline, and are each armed with a stout spine 
and two sete on the apical margin, as shown in the drawing 
(fig. 23). 

flabitat. In pools near low-water on the shore at Mussel- 
burgh, Firth of Forth ; frequent. 

Remarks. The posterior foot-jaws with their extremely 
long terminal claws form a prominent character in this 
species and one by which it was readily distinguished from 
the other Copepoda among which it occurred in the shore- 
gathering from Musselburgh. ‘The peculiar appearance of the 
caudal stylets which is represented in the full-sized drawing 
(fig. 12) is also a marked character; the sete, as shown in 
the drawing referred to, extend upwards at an obtuse angle 
from the terminal spine, to which they seem to be attached 
when viewed laterally ; and this peculiar appearance was 
observed in all the specimens obtained. ‘The structure of the 
first pair of swimming-feet resembles somewhat that of the 
same pair in Mesochra Robertsoni, Brady, and in some 
species of Attheyella. 


_  Mesochra MacIntoshi, sp. 1. 
(Pl. V. figs. 26, 27; Pl. VI. figs. 1-7.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length *6 millim., 
(j; of an inch). Body elongate, cylindrical, very slender. 
Anterior antenne rather longer than the first cephalothoracic 
segment, eight-jointed, the penultimate joint being con- 
siderably shorter than any of the others, as shown by the 
formula— 


Proportional lengths of the joints. . 11.22.16. LUIS 
Number of the joints ............ i <2)" SA OaeG 


bo 
ho 
—_ 
fon) 
— 
_ 
(o) 
bole 
(o.0) 
tole 
)) 
Qo! © 


54 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


Posterior antenne three-jointed, second and third joints elon- 
gate and subequal, the first short, about half as long as the 
second; secondary branch very ell one-jointed, and arti- 
culated to the lower distal end of the first joint of the primary 
branch. Mandibles narrow, cylindrical, armed with a few 
moderately long teeth; basal portion of mandible- palp stout, 
somewhat dilated, and furnished with a small one- jointed 
branch at the apex (fig. 4, Pl. VI.). Posterior foot-jaws 
small, the first two joints moderately stout, the last very 
small and forming the base of a slender and comparatively 
short claw (fig. 26, Pl. V.). The first pair of swimming-feet 
resemble those of Mesochra Litheborgit, Boeck, except that 
the end joints of the inner branches are proportionally longer, 
being equal to about half the length of the first joint (fig. 5, 
Pl. VI.). Outer branches of the second, third, and fourth 
pairs elongate; inner branches short, two-jointed (fig. 6, 
PE Vi): “Fifth pair foliaceous, small; the basal joints are 
subquadrangular, and their width equal to nearly twice the 
length; but the slightly produced inner portion is triangular 
and furnished with two sete on. the inner margin and one at 
the apex; secondary joints subquadrate, being nearly as 
broad as Jong, and bearing six sete, arranged. at slightly 
irregular intervals round the outer margin and end; the 
second seta, counting cm the inside, is much longer than 
any of the others (fig. Pl. VI.). Caudal sty lets short, 
length rather greater ee, the width, each provided with 
several sete, the principal seta being equal to nearly three 
fourths of the length of the animal. 

No males of this species were observed. 

Habitat. In pools near low-water mark on the shore at 
Musselburgh, Firth of Forth; not uncommon. 

Remarks. This very slender Copepod does not resemble a 
typical Mesochra, but from its general form seems rather to 
belong to that peculiar group represented by Cylindropsyllus 
and Leptopsyllus. In the structure of its various appendages, 
however, it is a true Mesochra. The first pair of swimming- 
feet closely resemble those of Mesochra Lilljeborgii, differing 
only in the proportionally greater length of the end-joint of 
the inner branches. The small clawed posterior foot-jaws 
and the peculiar form of the fifth pair of thoracic feet are, 
however, very good and distinct specific characters, inde- 
pendent of the elongate and slender form of the animal. 

The species is named in compliment to Prof. W. C. 
M‘Intosh, the Scientific Director of the Fishery Board for 
Scotland. 


new and rare Crustacea Jrom Scotland. oer 


Pseudowestwoodia pygmea, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 8-16.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length °4 millim. 
(@z of an inch). Very like Westwoodia nobilis (Baird) in 
general appearance, but smaller. Anterior antenne short, 
seven-jointed ; the first two basal joints are moderately stout, 
the fourth, fifth, and sixth are subequal in length and much 
shorter than the others, as shown by the formula— 


~ 


Proportional lengths of the joints.. 12.12.11.4. 
Number of the joints ............ iW) 2a fae 4 


i5j.8 
‘Guar 


Posterior antenne slender and similar to those of Pseudo- 
westwoodia Andrewi, 'T. Scott*. The basal joint of the 
mandible-palp is slender and elongate, but the two end-joints 
are very short and are furnished with several sete. The 
maxille are small, the distal half is only about half the width 
of the comparatively broad basal portion, and is armed with 
several spine-like teeth, while three narrow processes spring 
from the large notch formed by the sudden contracting of the 
exterior margin; these processes are subequal in length and 
reach to about the middle of the biting part; they are each 
furnished with several small sete; the two inner processes 
are also armed with an elongate slender spine (fig. 10). 
Anterior foot-jaws small, provided with a strong terminal 
claw, and also with three narrow processes on the distal half 
of the inner margin, each of which bears a few small terminal 
sete (fig. 11). Posterior foot-jaws somewhat similar to those 
ot Pseudowestwoodia Andrewi, but rather more robust. ‘he 
first pair of swimming-feet are also similar to those of that 
species, but the inner branches have the first joint propor- 
tionally longer and are armed with two stout and elongate 
terminal spines; the longest of the two is about twice the 
length of the other and fully half as long as the entire length 
of the inner branch ; the end-joint of the inner branches has 
a pseudo-division extending across the middle of it (fig. 13). 
The second, third, and fourth pairs are nearly as in Pseudo- 
westwoodia Andrew? (tig. 14). Fitth pair small; the basal 
joint has a somewhat semicircular outline, but the width is 
greater than the length, and the inner portion is scarcely 
produced beyond the base of the secondary joint; there are 
tive stout sete arranged round the distal part of the margin, 
the middle seta being considerably longer than the others ; 
the exterior angle of the basal joint extends into a narrow 


* See ‘Twelfth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,’ 
part iii. p. 257, pl. ix. figs. 21-29. 


56 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


process twice as long as broad and furnished with a long 
slender terminal seta; the secondary joints are small, sub- 
ovate, with irregular margins, and carry five setee—one at 
the apex, one on the inner margin, and three on the outer 
margin; the apical seta is longer than the others (fig. 19). 
Caudal stylets very short. 

Habitat. Cromarty Firth; near Dunbar, at the mouth of 
the Firth of Forth ; Port Erin, Isle of Man. 

Remarks. This small species closely resembles Pseudo- 
westwoodia Andrewi in size and in general appearance, but 
differs distinctly from it in the structure of the anterior an- 
tenne and of the first and fifth feet. It appears to have an 
extensive distribution. 


Pseudowestwoodia major, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 17-20.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length °6 millim. 
(,, of an inch). In general appearance closely resembling 
the species just described, but larger (fig. 17). Anterior 
antenne eight-jointed, the first two stout, the others more 
slender; the two end-joints are subequal and shorter than 
any of the other six joints. The proportional lengths of all 
the joints are shown by the formula— 


.6 


3" 


Proportional lengths of the joints. . 15.15.18.12.8.8. 
Number of the joints ............ ea os: 5 6 


NT) Or 


The posterior antenne and mouth-organs are somewhat like 
those of the last species, but the second joint of the posterior 
foot-jaws bears a small seta near the middle of the imner 
margin, and both the outer and inner margins are partially 
fringed with minute hairs; there are also two sete at the 
base of the terminal claw. ‘The first pair of swimming-feet 
have the first joint of the inner branches proportionally more 
elongate than that of the same pair in either of the other two 
species of Pseudowestwoodia, the first joint of the inner 
branches in this species being equal to fully twice the length 
of the outer branches; the end-joints, like those of the inner 
branches of the first pair in the species just described, have a 
pseudodivision across the middle, while the armature of both 
the inner and outer branches is very strong (fig. 19). The 
second, third, and fourth pairs are very similar to those in 
the other two species. Fifth pair large, foliaceous; basal 
joint nearly as long as broad; the imner portion, which 


reaches to the extremity of the secondary joint, bears five | 


stout setiferous spines round the broadly and irregularly 
curved apex; the exterior angle is not produced, but 1s 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 57 


bluntly rounded and furnished with one moderately long and 
a few minute sete ; the basal joint is also fringed with small 
sete round the outer margin and end; secondary joint sub- 
cylindrical and provided with five spiniform and coarsely 
plumose terminal sete (fig. 20). Caudal stylets very short. 

Habitat. Vicinity of Granton and of Dunbar, Firth of 
Forth; rare. 

Remarks. This species is considerably larger than either of 
the other two Pseudowestwoodias, and hence the specific name 
we have adopted for it; it differs from both, particularly in 
the structure of the anterior antenne and in the form of the 
fitth pair of swimming-feet ; the inner branches of the first 
pair are also observed to be distinctly more elongate, even 
without dissection. All the three species closely resemble 
Westwoodia nobilis (Baird) in general appearance, and may, 
on that account, have been overlooked by students of the 


Copepoda. 


Huntemannia jadensis, S. A. Poppe. 
(Pl. VI. figs. 21, 22.) 
1884. Huntemannia jadensis, Poppe, “ Kin neues Copepoden Genus aus 
der Jade,” Abhandl. d. nat. Ver. zu Bremen, Bd. ix. p. 57. 
1885. Huntemannia jadensis, Poppe, “ Die Freilebenden Copepoden 
des Jadebusens,” op. cet, Bd. xi. p. 167, Taf. vii. figs. 10-20. 

We have much pleasure in recording this curious species 
for the first time for Britain. It was obtained in brackish 
pools just beyond high-water mark of ordinary spring tides, 
at the head of West Loch Tarbert, Argyllshire; several 
specimens were obtained. These West Loch Tarbert speci- 
mens agree in every particular with Dr. Poppe’s description 
and figures, except that the outer branches of the first pair of 
swimming-feet are three- instead of two-jointed, as shown by 
our drawing (fig. 22) ; but this difference may be due to local 
variation. ‘The anterior antenne are five-jointed, stout, and 
strongly setiferous (fig. 21). 

The following is Dr. Poppe’s definition of the genus :— 

“ Huntemannia, nov. gen.—Korper vollstindig gegliedert, 
mit eimem spitz ausgezogenen Rostrum versehen. Vordere 
Antennen beim @ fiinfgliederig, beim ¢ zu Greiforganen 
umgewandelt. Hintere Antennen zweigliederig, mit ein- 
gliederigem Nebenast versehen. LHrstes Fusspaar zweiistig, 
von den nachfolgenden Fusspaaren abweichend mit zwei- 
gliederigem Aussenast und eingliederigem Innenast. Die 
drei folgenden Fusspaare mit rudimentiirem Innen- und 
zweighederigem Aussenaste. Das iii. Fusspaar beim ¢ von 
dem des ? abweichend. Mandibularpalpus einistig. Un- 


58 On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 


terer Maxillarfuss schmiichtig, mit einem Greifhaken versehen. 
Furealanhiinge beim g und 9 verschieden gestaltet. Zwei 
Eiersicke.”’ 


Thalestris mysis, Claus. 


This very distinct species was during the last summer 
observed by us for the first time in the Firth of Forth. The 
large foliaceous fifth pair of swimming-feet are closely and 
obliquely striate, the stria being quite distinct. Thalestris 
mysis appears to be comparatively rare in Britain; there are 
few Scotch records for it, and its occurrence in the Forth is 
therefore of interest. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuLaTE Y. 
Leptopsyllus intermedius, sp. ui. 


Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 80 (A, front view of ovisac). 
2. Anterior antenna, X 500. 3. Posterior antenna, «x 500. 
4. Mandible and palp, x 500. 5. Foot of first pair of swim- 
ming-feet, x 380, 6, Foot of second pair, xX 380. 7. Foot of 
fourth pair, X 380. 8. Fifth pair, female, x 253. 9. Fifth 
pair, male, X 253. 10, Abdomen and caudal stylets, dorsal 
view, X 80. 11. Male spermatophore, x 580. 


Mesochra spinicauda, sp. n. 


Fig. 12. Female, seen from the side, X 80. 15. Anterior antenna, female, 
x 880. 14. Anterior antenna, male, X 3880. 15. Posterior 
antenna, X 380. 16, Mandible and palp, x 380. 17, Maxila, 
x 880. 18. Anterior foot-jaw, x 380. 19. Posterior foot-jaw, 
x 3880. 20. Foot of first pair of swimmine-feet, x 380. 
21. Foot of fourth pair, x 380. 22. Foot of fifth pair, female, 
x 880. 28. Foot of fifth pair, male (A, appendage to first 
abdominal appendage), X 880. 24. Abdomen and caudal 
stylets, dorsal view, X 80. 25. Male spermatophore, X 330. 


Mesochra MacIntoshi, sp. un. 


Fig. 26. Posterior foot-jaw, x 760. 27. Abdomen and caudal stylets, 
dorsal view, X 80. 


PuaTeE VI. 
Mesochra MacIntoshi, sp. n. 


Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 80. 2. Anterior antenna, x 253, 
3. Posterior antenna, X 253. 4. Mandible and palp, x 380. 
5. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, X 383. 6. Toot of fourth 
pair, X 253. 7. Foot of fifth pair, x 380. 


Pseudowestwoodia pygmea, sp. n. 


Fig. 8. Female, seen from the side, x 80. 9. Anterior antenna, x 380. 


On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 59 


10. Maxilla, x 880. 11. Anterior foot-jaw, xX 880. 12. Poste- 
rior foot-jaw, X 380. 18. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, 
x 253, 14. Foot of fourth pair, x 253, 15, Foot of fifth pair, 
x 380. 16. Abdomen and caudal stylets, dorsal view, x 126. 


Pseudowestwoodia major, sp. n. 


Fig. 17, Female, seen from the side, X 64. 18. Anterior antenna, x 253. 


19. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 253. 20. Foot of 
fifth pair, x 190. 


Huntemannia jadensis, S. A. Poppe. 


fig, 21. Anterior antenna, female, X 253. 22. Foot of first pair of 


swimiming-feet, X 259. 


VIII.—wNotes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.— 
No. XXXI.* Some Devonian Species. By Protessor I’. 
Ruvert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e. 


[Plate VIL] 


CONTENTS. 


I. Introduction. 
Il. Description of the Species. 


— 
OOMONDO CON = 


. Aparchites reticulatus, sp. n., fig. 4. 

. Primitia mundula, var. sacculus, nov., fig. 7. 
. Primitia nitida (Roemer), figs. 1 and 2, 

. Primitia levigata, sp. n., fig. 3. . 
. Entomas serratostriata (Sandberger), fig. 6. 

. Barychilina (?) semen, sp. n., fig. 5. 

. Beyrichia strictisuleata, sp. n., tig. 11. 

. Bollia varians, sp. 0., tigss. 8-10. 

. Drepanella serotina, sp. n., tig. 12. 

. Strepula (?) annulata, sp. n., tig. 13. 


I. Introduction. 


In the ‘ Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins fiir Natur- 
kunde,’ Jahrgang xli. 1889, Dr. Fridolin von Sandberger, 
treating of the lower division of the Devonian System in 
Nassau, enumerated certain fossil Hntomostraca trom the 
Lower Spiriter-Sandstone of Offdillen (or Offdilln), in the 
uorth part of the Dillenburg District, at pages 33, 34, 37, 38, 
and 95, namely :— 


* No, XXX. was published in the Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, 
vol, ix. 1892, pp. 802-307. 


60 Prof. T. R. Jones on the 


1. Beyrichia strictisulcata, Sandberger, MS. 


2. (Bollia) obliqua, Sandb. MS., corrected in 1890 
to devonica, Jones. 
3. (Strepula) annulata, Sandb. MS. 


4, Primitia sacculus, Sandb. MS. 


Dr. F. von Sandberger some time since favoured me with 
either specimens or drawings of these and some other Devonian 
forms, namely :— 


5. Bollia varians, Sandberger, MS. Dillenburg. 

6. Drepanella serotina, Sandb. MS. Dillenburg. 

7. Entomis nitida (F. A. Roemer). Altenau, Harz. 
8. —— ? semen, Sandb. MS. Briinn, Moravia. 

9. serratostriata {Sandb.). Cabriéres, France. 
10. ? levigata, Sandb. MS. Armenia. 

11. Aparchites reticulatus, sp. n. Armenia. 


II. Description of the Species. 


1. Aparchites reticulatus, sp. n. 


(Pl. VII. figs. 4a, 40, 4c.) 


Length. Height. Thickness of carapace. 
millim. millim, millim. 
1A *69 9) 


Somewhat scaphoid and leperditioid in shape, but without 
distinct dorsal angles, and thicker at the smaller than at the 
other end*. This has evidently alliances with the Lower- 
Silurian Aparchites mutus, Jones (Cytheropsis concinna?, 
Jones, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. i. 1858, p. 254, 
pl. ix. fig.3; Primitia muta, Jones and Holl, op. cit. vol. xvi. 
1865, p. 425; Aparchites mutus, Jones, op. cit. ser. 6, vol. iil. 
1889, p. 885), with the Devonian A. mitis, Jones (Contrib. 
Canad. Micropal., Part III., 1891, p. 91, pl. xi. fig. 15) ; and 
with the Upper-Silurian Aparchites concinnus, Jones (Cythe- 
ropsis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. 1. 1858, p. 249, 
pl. x. figs. 3,43; Primitia, op. cit. vol. xvi. 1865, p. 424, 
collated with P. minuta ¢| (Kichwald), Quart. Journ. Geol. 
Soc. vol. xlvi. 1890, p. 7, pl. ii. figs 18-23). 

* The greater convexity at the higher end of the valve is an unusual 
feature. It occurs in Primitia scitula, Jones, and in Bythocypris indian- 
ensis, Ulrich. The lower and more compressed end of the carapace is the 
anterior end in most of the Ostracoda; but the above-mentioned species 
and others seem to be exceptions to this rule. 

+ Such of these individuals as have a slight mid-dorsal depression 
belong to EK. O. Ulrich’s new genus Leperdit\t ella (‘ Lower-Silurian 
Ostracoda of Minnesota,’ 1894, p. 636). A good account of Aparchites is 
given at p. 643 of this memoir. 


f 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 61 


The foregoing have a smooth surface, as is usual with this 
genus ; whereas the specimen under notice has a minutely 
reticulate ornament. It occurs with Primitia levigata (fig. 3) 
in a micaceous and calcareous shale, thin, hard, brittle, and 
brownish, from the Arpatschai Valley in Armenia; collected 
by Dr. G. Sievens during a journey in the Caucasus (see 
Dr. Fr. v. Sandberger’s note in the ‘ Neues Jahrb. f. Min.,’ 
&e., 1873, p. 58), where these and probably other species are 
associated with Sprrifer calcaratus, J. Sow. (= Sp. Verneuili, 
Murchison), and Rhynchonella cuboides. 

The reticulation much resembles that of Bythocypris? 
favulosa, Jones, Americ. Geol., December 1889, p. 338, 
figs. land 2. ‘The latter is figured with its convex border 
upwards, and is more oblique and much narrower, 


2. Primitia mundula, Jones, var. sacculus, nov. 


Sandberger, MS. (Pl. VIL. fig. 7.) 


Length. Height. 
miilim. millim. 
8 D 


Beyrichia mundula, Jones, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvi. 
1855, pp. 90 and 174, pl. v. fig. 23, and pl. vi. fig. 26 (‘ simplex, 
var.”), and figs, 28-51. : 

Primitia mundula, Jones and Holl, ibid. ser. 8, vol. xvi. 1865, p. 419. 

Primitia mundula, Jones, Proceed. Geol. Assoc., “ Palaeoz. Biv. Entom.,” 
1869, pp. 8, 10, and 15, figs. 1. and ii. 

Primitia mundula, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 1869, 
pp: 375 and 378, pl. xvi. figs. 1 and 2, 4-9, pl. xvii. fig. 1, and wood- 
cut, fig. 2, p. 376. ; 

Primitia mundula, Jones, Americ. Geologist, December 1889, p. 337. 

Primitia mundula, var., Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlvi. 
1890, p. 5, pl. iv. fig. 7. 7a) 

Primitia mundula and varieties, Jones, Contrib. Canad. Micropaleont., 
Part III., 1891, p. 64, pl. x. figs. 8 and 9, and p. 72. 

Primitia mundula, Krause, Zeitsch. Deutsch. gevl. Gesell. vol. xliii. 
1891, p. 495, pl. xxx. figs. 5-7. 

Primitia mundula and varieties, Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 
vol. xlix. 1893, pp. 291 and 299, pl. xii. figs. 2-6, and pl. xiii. 
figs. 11-15. 

This hollow cast of the right-hand valve of Primitia is 
rather more oval than the typical form (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. p. 3876, woodeut, fig. 2, and pl. xvi. 
fig. 9). Among the many varieties that have been noticed, 
modifications in the outline of the valves and in the dimen- 
sions of the sulcus are frequent. In this instance the sub- 
oblong valve (its edges seem to be fully represented in the 
intaglio cast) has the ends not quite equal in curvature, but 
more so than in the type-form; and the sulcus stretches 


62 Prof. T. R. Jones on the 


further across the valve. It is not very different from 
P. nitida, figs. 1 and 2 of the accompanying Plate. 

This specimen occurs (with Spirigerina reticularis ?) in a 
dark grey, fine-grained, Lower- Devonian sandstone, belonging 
to the Spirifer-Sandstone of Offdillen, in the north part of the 
Dillenburg District, Nassau. It is the form referred to as 
Primitia sacculus by Prof. F. von Sandberger in the 
‘ Jahrbiich. Nassau. Naturk.,’ Heft 42, 1889, pp. 33, 34, 37, 
38; and from Prof. v. Sandberger’s information [ gather 
that a similar form occurs in the Lower Devonian at Stadtteld, 
in the Eifel. 

There are other Primitian forms in this hand-specimen, 
rather obscure, but longer and more reniform than fig. 7 ; and 
Beyrichia strictisulcata, tig. 11, is present in some abundance. 


3. Primitia nitida (F. A. Roemer). 
GPL NW MW. ses. bia. 3b.) 


Length. Height. Thickness of carapace. 
millim. millim, millim. 

Big. fs io 1:0 O 

Big. 2: 2-0 1-4 10 


Cypridina nitida, F. A. Roomer, Paleeontographica, vol. iii. part ii. 
1852, p. 28, pl. iv. figs. 20 a, 8. 

Suboblong, rounded at the ends, boldly curved on the ventral 
and nearly straight on the dorsal border; surface convex, 
more so behind than before, black and shining, but minutely 
pitted with a delicate reticulation, such as is seen on P. mun- 
dula (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, iii. pl. xvi. figs. 2 @ and 
6a), and much smaller than fig. 4¢ of the present Plate. It 
bears also the usual sulcus, more exactly mid-dorsal (fig. 2 a) 
than in P. mundula, and reaching to the centre of the valve, 
where it slightly expands (fig. 1a), and in a larger (older ?) 
shell it has contracted in its middle and left a round pit where 
it terminated (fig. 2a). ‘These features are liable to much 
modification, and Roemer’s representation of the little tubercle 
and pit at the end of the furrow may be sufficiently accurate, 
as, indeed, is his general description. 

P. nitida has nearly the shape of P. mundula (Ann, & Mag. 
Nat. Hist., Sept. 1855, pl. vi. fig. 29 a), but has a more reni- 
form outline, longer sulcus, and apparently no marginal rim. 

The two specimens here figured occur with several others 
in a piece of black limestone (with Pterinea ventricosa, 
Goldfuss, and Cardiola retrostriata, Buch), belonging to the 
Upper-Devonian Goniatiten-Kalk, at Altenau, in the Harz. 
It was sent by F. A. Roemer to Fr. von Sandberger, but 
does not seem to contain the specimen figured by Roemer. 


Paleozote Bivalved Entomostraca. 63 


4. Primitia levigata (Sandberger, MS8.), sp. n. 
(Pl. VII. figs. 3 a, 6.) 


Length. Height. Thickness of carapace. 
millim. millim. millim. 
9 D5 "4 


Scaphoid in outline, with straight back, obliquely curved 
ventral margin, semicircular hinder and contracted front 
margin, sloping upwards (broken). Sulcus on the anterior 
third, relatively large. Surface gently and uniformly convex, 
smooth, as far as shown by the small remaining patches of 
the test. 

This occurs, together with Aparchites reticulatus (fig. 4), 
in the little piece of thin Upper-Devonian limestone from 
Armenia, referred to at page 61. 


d. Entomis serratostriata (Sandberger). 


(Pl. VIL. tigs. 6a, 6.) 


Length. Height. Thickness of carapace. 
millim, millim. millim. 
iG "90 me) 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. 1890, p. 320 (for synonyms), 
pl. xi. figs. 1 a, 6, 2a, 6. 

The form of these little fossil valves is so often and so much 
modified by pressure that it is difficult to define their exact 
shape. The specimen here figured 1s probably as near to the 
original form as any we have met with. 

It occurs (with Spirigerina reticularis? and Pterinea ventri- 
cosa ?) ina dark grey Upper-Devonian Limestone (weathering 
ferruginous), from Cabiéres, near Montpellier, France. 


6. Barychilina? semen, Sandberger, MS., sp. n. 
(El EU. figs, 5.¢;.5:2.) 


Length. Height. 
millim. millim. 
“95 6 


This little oval striated valve has the aspect of being a near 
relative to Lntomis serratostriata, but it has no furrow, only 
a central pit, and its superficial ornament differs in having 
rows of definite meshes between the striz, some rectangular in 
single rows, and some in double rows, with a line of angular 
(vandyke) junction. This ornament reminds us of that of 
Entomis (Barychilina?) variostriata, Clarke (Ann, & Mag. 


64 Prof. T. R. Jones on the 


Nat. Hist., October 1890, p. 323, pl. xi. fig. 65). Possibly 
this species (¢b/d. figs. 5-8) should be separated from Entomis. 
Fig. 8 a has a resemblance to the form distinguished by E. O. 
Ulrich as Barychilina (Journ. Cincinn. Soc. N. H. vol. xii. 
1891, p. 199, pl. xiii. figs. 1-4), which has longitudinal and 
sinuous strie, with pitted interstices, unequal and_ thick 
valves, without a mid-dorsal furrow, though Ulrich’s fig. 2 @ 
seems to have a trace of it. H. vardostriata in its younger 
stages has the definite Entomidian sulcus, and, as other 
species of this genus occasionally exchange the furrow for a 
pit, it would not be necessary to make a separate genus on 
that ground. The different style of ornament, however— 
prickly ridges in one and meshed interstices in the other— 
may be a reason, as well as the coarser growth of the valves. 

Some of the Devonian Hntomides appear to have had simple 
and smooth striz (for instance, figs. 9 and 18, pl. xi., Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. 1879) ; but . serratostriata 
had prickles along its costule or raised striz (see page 521, 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. 1890), indications of 
which are little pits in the hollow casts or impressions 
(intaglio) of the valves, and not filling the breadth of the 
interspaces. ZH. vartostriata, on the contrary, shows a square 
meshwork (fig. 60, pl. xi., op. cit.), of relatively large 
pattern, filling the space between the striz. 

Among the more or less modified specimens of F. serrato- 
striata (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. 1879, p. 104, 
pl. xi.) fig. 9 shows the pit only; in figs. 2 and 14 a faint 
trace of the sulcus accompanies the central spot; and in fig. 9 
both are absent. The collocation, however, and general 
mutual resemblance of the numerous specimens support the 
idea that they are congeneric and specifically the same. 

In well-preserved specimens &. variostriata, Clarke (ibid. 
vol. vi. 1890, p. 323, pl. xi. fig. 8a), has the pit instead of 
the sulcus, whilst figs. 5-7 show the sulcus only. So also 
in Primitea we may have—(1) the furrow, (2) furrow and pit, 
(3) pit only. 

On account of the different style of ornament and the 
coarser growth of the valves there is reason for making the 
separate genus (Barychilina) ; and, even if it has no suleus 
at right angles with the hinge-line, but only a central pit, we 
find that some allied genera have similar modifications. 

Barychilina semen is from the Devonian Limestone with 
Olymenia annulata, Miiuster, at Hadiberg, near Briinn, 
Moravia. 


aleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 65 


@. Beyrichia strictisulcata, Sandberger, MS., sp. n. 
(ES Vit tis. 115) 


Length. Height. 
wmillim. millim. 
"66 °43 


This oblong Beyrichia is allied to B. Kledeni by its well- 
developed three ridges, which, as in somewhat similar forms, 
stand out nearly equal, equidistant, and almost parallel. It 
is sufficiently distinct, however, to bear Prof. von Sandberger’s 
proposed name of sérictisulcata. 

It occurs, together with Atrypa and Primitia sacculus, in 
the dark grey, fine-grained sandstone at Offdillen above men- 
tioned, and is fairly abundant. 


8. Bollia varians, Sandberger, MS., sp. n. 


(Pl. VII. figs. 8-10.) 


Length. Height. 

millim. millim, 
Pigs 827-98 zs) 
Hig os 96 “43 (distorted) 
Bie 10) 373 “36 


This characteristic Bolla is longer and more nearly oblong 
than the majority of the published figures of this genus. The 
form most closely allied is Bollia ungula (Claypole, MS.), 
Jones, Amer. Geologist, December 1889, p. 338, figs. 10-13. 
The chief differences are :—(1) in the Nassau specimens here 
fizured the inner, semicircular, or horse-shoe ridge is not so 
thick and is more open; (2) the dorsal end of one half of the 
horse-shoe forms a knob in figs. § and 10; (3) the second ridge 
is larger and more distinct than in B. ungula, though (as 
in the Pennsylvanian examples here referred to) its ventral 
portion is sometimes evanescent. : 

B. unguloidea and subequata, Ulrich, and B. semdlunata, 
Jones, are shorter, rounder, and otherwise different ; so also 
is B. Hindet, Jones, in which both tops of the horse-shoe 
ridge are contracted to knobs; and this is a feature with one 
of the tops in both unguloidea and subequata. 

The specific characters of these German specimens (figs. 8— 
10) are well marked, and the unstable features of the curved 
ridges support Prof. von Sandberger’s suggested name of 
varians for this species, which is rather rare in the Lower 
Devonian of Offdillen, Dillenburg, Nassau. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv 5 


66 On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 


9. Drepanella serotina, Sandberger, MS., sp. n. 
(PL Vile tie 122): 


Length. Height. 
millim. millim. 
‘76 "46 


For an account of the genus Drepanella see Ultich’s 
memoirs (Journ. Cincinn. Soc. N. H. vol. xiii. 1890, p. 117, 
and Geol. Surv. Minnes., Last Report, vol. ii. 1894, p. 670). 
The present form may look upon D. ampla, Ulrich (1890, 
p- 120, pl. viii. fig. 2), as a near ally, although the sickle- 
shaped ridge on the ventral region is shortened to a straight 
thick ridge, and the two pointed knobs above are represented 
by two unequal roundish tubercles. Hence the species is 
different for the German form; and von Sandberger’s name 
serotina may well be adopted for this date, if not last, represen- 
tative of the genus. 

Drepanella seems to have been an outcome of Bollia rather 
than of Beyrichia; but its evolution is not a matter for dis- 
cussion at present. 

From the Lower Devonian of Offdillen, Dillenburg, Nassau. 


10. Strepula? annulata, Sandberger, MS, sp. n. 
(PL Vil ng: 135) 


Length. Height. 
millim. millim. 
"63 316) 


This very curious little unique form was found on a large 
block of the Orthoceras-Schieter (Lower Devonian) at Off- 
dillen ; and fig. 13 is copied from the drawing supplied by 
Prof. von. Sandberger. The outer ridges and central eleva- 
tions are not quite comparable with the features of any known 
Strepula, but to that genus the present example seems to have 
the nearest affinity. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


[The figures 1-7 are magnified 20 diameters, excepting figs. 4c and 53, 
which are X60. Figs, 8-13 x30 diam. ] 


Fig. 1. Primitia nitida (F. Roemer). a, left valve; 
b, edge view. 

Fig. 2. The same, an older individual. a, left valve ;( 
b, edge view. | 

Fig. 3. Primitia levigata, sp. nu. a, left valve ; b, edge 
view. 

Fig. 4. Aparchites reticulatus, sp. n. a, right valve; 
b, edge view; ¢, portion of ornament. 


Altenau, Harz. 


Armenia. 


On new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 67 


ment, Moravia. 


France. 


cast of right valve. 
. Bollia varians, sp. 1. 
Left valve. 
Right valve. 


. The same. 
Fxg. 10. The same. 


Fig. 12. Drepanella serotina, sp. u. 
. Strepula? annulata, sp. n. 


5. Barychilina? semen, sp. n. 
6. Entomis serratostriata (Sandb.). 
Fig. 7. Primitia mundula, var. sacculus, nov. 
8 


Right valve. 


. Beyrichia strictisulcata, sp. n. 


a, vight ? valve ; }, portion of orna- 


a, left valve; b, edge view. 


Hollow 


} 
! 

| sraitien , Dillen- 
{ burg, Nassau. 


\ 
— 


1X.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 
By Captain THos. Broun. 


[Continued from vol. xiv. p. 428.] 


List of Species. 


Group PSELAPHID2. 


Pselaphus ventralis. 
Bryaxis Hectori. 
Sagola rugifrons. 
spinifer. 
eminens. 
Euplectus tumipes. 
parvulus. 
—— modestus. 
arohaensis. 
foveiceps. 
semlopacus. 
pusillus. 


Group SILPpHIDz, 


Silphotelus nitidus. 
Beosilpha rufescens. 
Mesagyrtes scabripes. 
Choleva marginalis. 
suturalis, 


Group CoLypiup&. 
Coxelus thoracicus. 


Group BoTHRIDERID&. 
Bothrideres obsoletus. 


Group Laruripup2. 


Lathridius sulcifrons. 
Corticaria clarula. 


Group Copripz. 
Saphobius tibialis, 


Group Lucanrpa. 
Mitophy lus cylindricus. 
angusticeps. 


Group MELoLonTHIDz, 
Psilodontria viridescens. 
Poecilodiscus pulcher. 
Odontria obscura. 


Group ELarEeriD2. 


Lomemus puncticollis, 
Zeaglophus pilicornis. 


Group DascyLiipz. 


Cyprobius terrenus. 
Veronatus amplus. 
Cyphon McKerrowi. 


Group Mretyrip™®. 


Dasytes nigripes. 


Group Cro1pa, 
Cis fulgens. 
pygmeeus. 
lobipes. 


5* 


68 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Group OPATRID. 
Paraphylax binodosus. 


Group TRACHYSCELID#. 


Cheerodes fuscatus. 


Group DIAPERID2. 
Menimus leevicollis. 


Group TENEBRIONID&. 
Demtrius carinulatus. 


Group CISTELID. 
Omedes apterus. 


Group SALPINGID&. 
Salpingus ornatus. 


Group OTIORHYNCHID&. 


Catoptes spermophilus. 
eequalis. 


Group ERIRH1NIDé. 
Pactola humeralis. 


Group CRYPTORHYNCHID#. 


Psepholax crassicornis. 
Dendrostyenus calcaratus. 
Schylus nigricollis. 
Scelodolichus politus. 
squamosus. 


Group CossoNnID&. 


Pentarthrum Philpotti. 
antennale. 


Group ScOLYTIDm. 
Acrantus opacus. 


Group ANTHRIBID#. 
Anthribus flavipilus. 


Group LamMimpZ. 


Somatidia picticorne. 


Group HuMOLPID&, 
Atrichatus eeneicollis. 


Group Pselaphide. 


The more complex genera have been divided into sections, 
each distinguished by. one or more easily seen characters. 
This arrangement, I am well aware, is not perfect, but it will 
be an aid to the discrimination of the numerous species now 
found to exist. The numbers prefixed to many of the names 
refer to the ‘Manual of New Zealand Coleoptera.’ 


PSELAPHUS. 


Sect. I.—Eyes moderately large and prominent. 


226. P. pauper, Sharp. 
297. P. pilistriatus, Broun. 
1156. P. dulcis, Broun. 


1867. P. citimus, Broun. 
1868. P. meliusculus, Broun. 
2462. P. Cavelli, Brown, 


Sect. II.—Eyes small or abortive. 


1696. P. cxecus, Brown. 
2462. P. sculcicollis, Brown. 


1697. P. delicatus, Brown. 
P. ventralis, Broun. 


BrYAXIS. 


Sect. I1.—Antenne 1l-articulate in both sexes. 


928. B. inflata, Sharp. 
229. B. Sharpi, Broun. 
2346. B. platynota, Broun. 
931. B. micans, Sharp. 
233. B. piciceps, Broun. 
938. B. deformis, Sharp. 


240. B. grata, Sharp. 

242, B. nasuta, Broun. 
1478. B. punctata, Broun. 
1479. B. calearata, Broun. 
1869. B. latipennis, Broun. 
11655. B. ignota, Broun. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 


Sect. II.—Antenne 10-articulate in the males; ninth joint large, 
prolonged outwardly. 


232. B. platyarthra, Broun. 2464. B. conspicua, Broun. 
1347. B. rudicorne, Broun. 2465. B. costata, Broun. 


Sect. II.—Ninth joint large, oblong or elongate. 


237. B. crassicornis, Broun. 1476. B. glabrata, Broun. 

239. B. impar, Sharp. 1477. B. nemoralis, Broun. 

243. B. fulvitarsis, Broun. 1875. B. foveatissima, Broun. 

234, B. dispar, Sharp. B. setifer, Brown, 
Sect. [V.—Ninth joint large, quadrate. 

236. B. mundula, Brown. B. diversa, Brown. 
1870. B. decens, Brown. B. Hectori, Broun. 
1872. B. forficulida, Broun. 

Sect. V.—Ninth joint large, subtriangular. 

235. B. impressifrons, Broun. 1871. B. Munroi, Broun. 
1645. B. sylvicola, Brown. B. allocera, Broun. 
1699. B. fraudulenta, Broun. 


Sect. VI.—Joints 4 to 8 transverse. 
1154. B. pagana, Broun. 


Sect. VI.—Ninth joint transverse, tenth large. 
241. B. altula, Broun. 


SaGoLa. 
_ Sect. I—Claws of posterior tarsi as large as the tarsi themselves, 


251. 8. notabilis, Broun. 
2466. 5S. macronyx, Broun. 


Sect. II.—Dilated sides of thorax marked off by the anterior 
prolongation of the lateral foveze. 


250. 8. pulcher, Brown. 1579. S. brevitarsis, Broun. 
252. S. deformipes, Broun. 1883. 8S. parallela, Brown. 
2468. S. robusta, Broun. S. citima, Broun. 


1574, 8S. excavata, Broun. 


Sect. I1l.—Head with laterally distended hind angles like Cucujus. 


1157. S. genale, Broun. 1875. S. castanea, Broun. 
1875. S. imsignis, Broun. S. eminens, Broun. 


Sect. IV. —Head with hind angles as wide as the eyes, gens 
nearly straight. 


246. S. major, Sharp. 1877. S. sobrina, Broun. 


1882. 8. ruficeps, Broun. 2467, S. mimica, Broun. 
1576, 8. osculans, Broun. S. pertinax, Brown. 


69 


70 Capt. T. Broun on new 

Sect. V.—Head rounded and narrowed behind. 
1575. 8. sulcator, Broun. S. lineata, Broun. 
1581. 8. duplicata, Broun. 247. 8. prisca, Sharp. 
1876. S. hirtalis, Broun. 248. S. misella, Sharp. 
1878. S. rectipes, Broun. 249. S. parva, Sharp. 


1580. 8. bipunetata, Brown. 


Sect. VI.—Head rounded behind, anterior femora notched in the males. 


1480. S. terricola, Broun. 1879. S. insolens, Broun. 

1577. S. fovealis, Broun. 2471. S. flavipes, Broun. 

1583. 8. convexa, Broun. S. rugifrons, Broun. 
Sect. VII.—Head broad, hind angles obtuse. 

1578. S. elevata, Broun. 253. S. denticollis, Broun. 


1881. S. fulva, Brown. 


Sect. VIII.—Head with obtuse hind angles, gene nearly straight. 


1884. S. anisarthra, Brown. 2472. S. elongata, Broun. 
1880. 8S. punctata, Brown. S. spinifer, Brown. 


Sect. [X.—Head with a fringed lamina underneath in the males, 
not narrowed behind, 
2469. S. laminata, Broun. 
2470. S. immota, probably female of 2469. 
Sect. X.—Body slender, head broad behind. 
1582. S. tenuis, Brown. 
2473. S. gracilis, Broun. 
EUPLECTUS. 


Sect. I—Head trigonal, front (sometimes middle) femora incrassate ; 
species resembling Dalma in miniature. 


1700. E. eminens, Drown. 1650. E. obnissus, Brown. 
1889. E. scruposus, Broun. E. tumipes, Broun. 

1647. E. patruelis, Broun. EK. parvulus, Brown. 
1894. E. personatus, Brown. E. modestus, Broun. 
1649. E. ovithorax, Broun. 


Sect. II.—Head large, antennal tubercles very large and 
considerably elevated. 


2475. E. levifrons, Broun. 


Sect. I1I.—Tubercles moderately elevated, eyes prominent, thorax 
with median groove. 


255. E. trisulcicollis, Brown. 1895. E. unicus, Broun. 
2476, E. spinifer, Broun. 2477. E. Munroi, Broun. 


Sect. [1V.—Thorax with median groove, eyes not prominent. 


1648. E. monticola, Broun. 1646, E, crassipes, Broun. 
1651. KE. vacuus, Broun. 258. KE. opacus, Sharp. 


—— 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 


~I 
= 


Sect. V.—Thorax without median groove, eyes moderate. 


954, E. convexus, Sharp. 1652. EH. incomptus, Broun. 
1888, E. validus, Broun. 261. EK. brevitarsis, Brown. 
1654, E. U-impressus, Brown. 257. E. longulus, Broun. 
1655, E. cereus, Broun. E. arohaensis, Broun. 


1896. E. patronus, Broun. 


Sect. VI.—Head and thorax distinctly punctured, the latter with median 


groove. 

256. KE. asper, Brown. 2479. E. coxalis, Broun. 
1701. E. auripilus, Brown. 1886. E. meerens, Broun. 
1892. E. clevedonensis, Broun. 1895. FE. Sandageri, Broun. 
2478. KE. obscurus, Brown, E, foveiceps, Broun. 


Sect. VIJ.—Head and thorax rather narrow, punctate ; thorax nearly 
oviform, with median groove; tubercles small and shining. 


262. E. ovicollis, Brown. 1897. E. verticalis, Broun. 
1898. EH. antiquus, Broun. 1548. E. tuberigerus, Broun. 
2480, E.inscitus, Broun, EK. pusillus, Brown. 
1887. E, lepiphorus, Broun. Ki. semiopacus, Broun. 


Sect. VIII.—Tubercles almost contiguous ; terminal joint of 
antenna very large. 


2483. E. claviger, Broun. 


Sect. [X.—Head broadly trigonal ; tubercles convergent in front and on 
the same plane as the thick lateral margins. 


259, E. sculpturatus, Brown. 


Sect. X.—Body rather broad, smooth; thorax with three disconnected 
fovez near base; eyes large and prominent. 


263. E. foveolatus, Brown. 


Sect. XI.—Head large, subquadrate, with peculiar sculpture. 


260. E. frontalis, Broun. 1890. E. allocephalus, Brown. 
1653. E. mirificus, Broun. 


Sect. XII.— Hind body acuminate posteriorly, its last two segments 
quite unfolded and nearly horizontal. 


1891. E. acuminatus, Broun. 
2482, E. caudatus, Broun, 


I may here add that in the memoir read before the 
Entomological Society of London by Dr. Sharp on the 2nd 
November, 1874, six New Zealand species of Bryaxis were 
described ; but the author considered that ultimately it would 
be correct to establish two new genera for theirreception. It 
is certain therefore that the thirty-six species now known, 
and which I have divided into seven sections, will have to 
be located in at least three distinct genera. 


72 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Sagola has forty-four species, but one of these (.S. gracilis) 
is, I think, the exponent of a new genus. 

As regards the numerous species referred to Huplectus, I 
may state that I would have placed the nine species in Sect. I. 
in a new genus had I not been deterred by an allusion to the 
genus Adalmus, the characters of which are unknown to me. 
These nine species may prove to belong to Herr Reitter’s 
genus, so] merely indicate their relationship. The species 
placed by itself in Sect. II. is, I believe, the representative 
of another genus, whilst those in Sects. VIII., IX., X., XT., 
and XII. will, I feel sure, require either four or five new 
genera for their systematic location. I have already made 
nine new generic names for this group, and with that I must 
be content for the present. 


Pselaphus ventralis, sp. n. 


Slender, narrowed anteriorly, very sparingly and_ finely 
pubescent, shining; red, the tarsi, antenne, and palpi 
yellowish red. 

Head elongate, oviform, finely sculptured ; when examined 
from above the central channel seems to occupy half the 
whole area, and it appears to be longitudinally divided be- 
hind; when looked at sideways a groove can be seen along 
the vertex. yes small but distinct, with coarse facets. 
Thorax oviform, longer than broad, free from sculpture, some- 
what laterally compressed near the posterior angles. /ytra 
hardly longer than broad, much narrowed towards the shoulders, 
with distinct sutural strie. Hind body larger than the 
elytra, basal segment horizontal and broadly marginated. 
Legs elongate ; femora clavate; tibie slender, slightly and 
gradually expanded towards the extremity. 

Antenne elongate, first joint minutely sculptured and 
longer than the next two ; second quite as long as and stouter 
than the third; joints 4 to 8 about equal, each evidently 
longer than broad; ninth and tenth longer than broad, only 
moderately thick ; eleventh large, oblique at one side, pointed, 
Mawillary palpi slender, quite the length of the antenne; 
fourth joint curvate, its clavate portion about a third of the 
entire length. 

Underside red, the base of the abdomen covered with 
greyish sponge-like pubescence. Metasternum with a sort of 
raised lamina in front, nearly vertical or depressed behind, so 
that there seems to be a cavity between the widely separated 
hind coxe. Basal ventral segment broadly and deeply de- 
pressed ; the depression extends from base to apex, and it 
appears to be limited behind by a slender carina. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 73 


The stature is greater than that of P. delicatus (No. 1697), 
the eyes are slightly larger, and the thighs are medially 
inflated. In No. 1697 there is a transverse depression at the 
base of the first dorsal segment; the hairs on the surface are 
more distinct and much more numerous; the sculpture and 
channel on the head are indefinite; the base of the first 
ventral segment is fringed with yellow hairs, and the central 
impression is only of moderate size and depth, and does not 
attain the apex. P. Cavell’, which also has swollen femora, 
can be easily separated. 

&. Length $, breadth quite + line. 

Mount Pirongia. Four individuals, December 1893. 


Bryaxis Hectort, sp. n. 


Nitid, nearly glabrous; sanguineous, the legs paler red, 
palpi and tarsi yellowish. 

Head subquadrate, with two obvious interocular fovee and 
a broad frontal impression. yes prominent. Thorax of 
about equal length and breadth, the middle widest, without 
sculpture. Hlytra oblong, slightly rounded laterally, mode- 
rately convex, with fine sutural striae. Hind body short, 
much deflexed, more evidently (yet only finely) pubescent 
than the rest of the body. Legs of moderate length and 
thickness, the tibize nearly quite straight. 

Antenne 10-articulate, as long as the head and thorax ; 
the basal two joints of about equal length; third rather shorter 
than second, distinctly narrowed towards the base; fourth 
and sixth small, moniliform ; fifth larger than the contiguous 
ones; seventh and eighth transverse, not broader than the 
fifth; ninth subquadrate, only very slightly longer than 
broad; tenth ovate, quite as long as the preceding one. ‘The 
two enlarged terminal joints are darker and more coarsely and 
densely pilose than the others. 

Underside rufescent. Metasternum broadly impressed. 
Basal ventral segment largest, bituberculate near apex; fifth 
broadly depressed at the base. 

6. Length 3, breadth + line. 

Tarukenga, near Rotorua. ‘Two males. 

Named in honour of Sir James Hector, the Director of the 
Colonial Museum. 


Sagola rugifrons, sp. n. 


Rufescent, legs and elytra rufo-testaceous ; tarsi and palpi 
yellow ; pubescence conspicuous. 
Flead smaller than thorax, considerably narrowed behind 


74 Capt. T. Broun on new 


the eyes, subopaque, distinctly punctured and finely trans- 
versely rugose in front; the tubercles rather small and flat, 
frontal channel moderately broad but not deep, almost as 
broad between the tubercles as at its termination in line with 
the back of the eyes; it is not very distinct when viewed 
from behind, owing to the fine transversely disposed pubes- 
cence; there are two elongate fovee on the vertex. yes 
prominent. Antenne long and stout, pubescent; first joint 
red, cylindric, punctate, about the length of the following 
three conjointly ; joints 2, 4, and 5 nearly equal, longer than 
broad ; third moderately small, longer than broad; 6 to 8 
equal, hardly longer than broad, narrowed apically ; ninth and 
tenth transverse ; eleventh short, but with a distinct terminal 
appendage. Thorax cordate, with a large impression behind 
the middle; two minute fovez near the base, and a large 
lateral fossa in front of each posterior angle. iytra oblong, 
slightly narrowed towards the base, with well-marked sutural 
and intrahumeral grooves ; they are not distinctly punctate. 
Hind body hardly longer than the wing-cases, the two basal 
segments much depressed at the base, the first with minute 
brassy scales. Legs robust. Front femora with a deep semi- 
circular notch near the base; the middle pair slender at the 
base, clavate or subangulate underneath. Z%bie stout, the 
front pair slightly arched externally, the outer extremity 
narrowed or impressed ; the intermediate thick, conspicuously 
pubescent, much hent inwardly near the extremity; the 
posterior slightly bent near the apex. ars? moderately 
slender. 

Underside simple; head pubescent behind the middle. 

9. Llytra shorter, subquadrate, more narrowed towards 
the base. Legs robust; femora not notched; middle tibie 
stout, not bent, only a little narrowed externally near the apex, 
curved outwardly. Abdomen rather larger, the first visible 
dorsal segment without minute scales. 

The intermediate tibia of No. 252 (8. deformipes) are 
much thicker, the tarsi are nearly twice as thick, and the 
head and thorax are totally different. The form and sculp- 
ture of the head, in conjunction with the structure of the 
legs, will enable S. rugz/rons to be recognized without trouble. 

Length 13-14, breadth # line. 

Mount Pirongia, March 1894, One of each sex. 

Obs. The discovery of this species, in which there can be 
no doubt regarding the sexes, isimportant. It seems to prove 
that the head of the female in this genus in form and super- 
ficial appearance does not differ from that of the male ; it also 
shows that the presence of minute scales on the basal dorsal 
segment is characteristic of the male. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 75 


Sagola spinifer, sp. n. 


Elongate, rather narrow, shining, red; elytra paler; legs 
yellow or reddish yellow ; tarsi and palpi yellow; pubescent. 

Head not broad, slightly narrowed behind; gene nearly 
straight ; tubercles rather small, obviously separated except 
at the extreme front ; frontal channel broad and deep, almost 
parallel-sided, extending to beyond the middle of the eyes; 
there are two conspicuous fovee behind ; its surface is not 
distinctly punctured. yes large. Thorax about as long as 
it is broad, widest near the middle; with a large angular 
antebasal impression; two minute fovesw near the basal 
margin and a large fovea at each side occupying the space 
between the posterior angle and the middle. Liytra oblong, 
almost parallel-sided, with the common sutural and intra- 
humeral impressions, the latter more or less evidently divided 
into two parts; pubescence elongate. Hind body rather 
longer than the elytra, fourth segment about as long as the 
third, but not marginated; the basal segment with minute 
brassy scales. Legs moderate; front tibie slightly curved 
externally, the middle pair straight, the posterior gradually 
expanded, and with a spiniform appendage lying along the 
inside near the extremity. Zars¢ moderately short. 

Antenne pubescent; first joint stout, cylindric ; second 
hardly longer than broad; third small; joints 4 to 7 nearly 
equal, 8 to 10 transverse, eleventh appendiculate. 

Underside red, shining, pubescent. Head simple, with the 
usual broad groove behind the mentum. JJetasternum rather 
long and convex, with a broad central channel. The middle 
core are rather widely separated and the mesosternal carina 
is indistinct. Abdomen elongate, basal segment with a small 
ridge between the coxe; segments 2 to 5 about equal, the 
hind margin of the fifth continuous with that of the upper 
surface ; sixth somewhat retracted. 

This species may be placed near No. 1880. It can be 
easily identified by an examination of the hind tibie. 

Var.—Thoraz evidently longer than broad, almost oviform. 

3. Length 1, breadth + line. 

Mount Pirongia. ‘Three examples found during December 
1893 and March 1894. 


Sagola eminens, sp. n. 


Subdepressed, red; elytra and legs paler, tarsi and palpi 
reddish yellow; pubescence yellow, coarser and more erect 
on the hind body than elsewhere. 


76 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Head very broad behind, its hind angles directed outwards, 
so that the back part is wider than the thorax; its surface is 
very finely and distantly punctured, the small flattened 
tubercles more distinctly ; frontal channel deep, extending as 
far as the back of the eyes; there are two fovew behind. 
Antenne rather long and stout; first joint twice as long as 
broad; second thick, longer than broad; fourth and fifth 
quite as long as broad, usually distinctly longer than broad ; 
joints 6 to 8 moniliform; ninth and tenth transversely 
quadrate; eleventh conical; third small, quite as long as 
broad. Thorax cordate, widest near the front, much narrowed 
behind, with a large impression behind the middle, two small 
foveze near the base, and a large impression at each side 
extending from the posterior angle to near the middle. Llytra 
but little longer than broad, with distinct sutural and intra- 
humeral grooves. Hind body longer and broader than the 
wing-cases. Legs moderately stout; tb¢e slightly arched 
and expanded apically ; front tarsi with the basal two joints, 
taken together, shorter than the terminal one ; claws small. 

Underside chestnut-red, pubescent. Basal segment of 
abdomen with a carina which fits in between the coxa; sixth 
conical, compressed or foveolate at each side. Head appa- 
rently depressed in the centre, with distinct yellow hairs 
there; the gene or hind angles are concave, and a second 
cavity extends inwards towards the middle. Mentum con- 
cave in front. 

The head is like that of Dryocora Howittit. The most 
nearly allied species is S. dnsignis, but this is larger, with 
longer and stcuter antenne; these, in S. dnsignis, differ in 
structure, joints 4 to 8 not being longer than broad, and they 
are more rounded. If the head of No. 1875 be looked at from 
behind, the usual basal fovez seem to be absent or obsolete ; 
they are, in fact, represented by little more than a pair of 
marginal notches. The eyes of S. emcnens are larger. The 
frontal channel in No. 1875 (S. instgnis) seems to attain the 
hind margin of the head when examined sideways. 

3S. Length 13, breadth 2 line. 

‘Tarukenga, near Rotorua, three examples; Mount Pirongia, 
one. 


Euplectus tumipes, sp. n. 


Subdepressed, clothed with fine decumbent yellowish pubes- 
cence, and with a few erect slender sete; red, the elytra, 
legs, and antenne paler, the tarsi and palpi fulvous. 

Head subtrigonal, widest in line with the prominent eyes; 
the interocular fovez are not well limited and are confluent or 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. (7 


prolonged anteriorly, the front is depressed; the vertex is 
convex and angularly produced; it is punctate, with very 
slender hairs. Yhorax hardly longer than broad, oval, the 
middle widest ; its surface more or less finely punctate, there 
is a large angular impression on the middle near the base; at 
each side an elongate fovea extends from the hind angle to 
beyond the middie ; the central channel is extremely narrow, 
and extends from the base to the apex. H/ytra longer than 
broad, wider than the thorax, indefinitely punctured; the 
sutural striae are broad and deep near the base, between each 
of these and the broad elongate impression inside the shoulder 
there is a sort of costa; the humeral angles also are a little 
raised. Hind body shorter than the elytra, the three apical 
segments deflexed; the basal with a large transverse median 
depression ; each side of this is indistinctly elevated. Legs 
stout, the front thighs incrassate and arched above; the 
middle and hind tibiz rather slender and slightly curved ex- 
ternally, the anterior a good deal swollen inwardly near the 
middle and densely ciliate below. 

Antenne rather short ; second joint nearly ‘as long as the 
first, not bead-like; third very little longer than broad ; joints 
4 to § transverse and differing but little; the seventh, how- 
ever, is slightly larger than the following one; ninth and 
tenth evidently larger than the preceding ones, ninth slightly 
larger than tenth; eleventh large, ovate, acuminate. 

Underside: head with erect sete; prosternum subcarinate 
along the middle; metasternum impressed; fifth ventral 
segment with a median impression ; coxa contiguous, the 
posterior large and prominent. 

Barely half the bulk of Dalma pubescens. The antennal 
tubercles are not much raised and are obviously separated ; 
interposed between each of these and the eye there is a smaller 
elevation. ‘The basal portion of the thorax is more distinctly 
sculptured than the disk. An examination of the anterior 
tibizw will lead to its recognition, 

Length 3, breadth quite + line. 


Hunua Range, Drury. One, April 1893, probably a male. 


Luplectus parvulus, sp. 0. 


Rufous, elytra, legs, and antenne paler ; tarsi and palpi 
yellow ; body subdepressed, narrowed anteriorly, rather 
closely clothed with short and thick hairs or setiform scales, 
as well as slender hairs; the pubescence on the head and 
thorax more scanty, longer, and quite slender. 

Head narrower than the thorax, but not much shorter, 


78 Capt. T. Broun on new 


being nearly as long in front of the antenne as it is behind 
them ; its surface is closely and minutely asperate or punc- 
tate ; the interocular fovee are not large nor are they per- 
ceptibly prolonged forwards; the front is rather flat near the 
small distant tubercles. yes moderate. Antenne rather 
short and slender ; second joint smaller than the first; third 
slightly longer than broad, narrowed towards the base ; joints 
4 to 8 nearly alike; ninth nearly twice the size of the small 
bead-like eighth joint; tenth also transverse and rather 
larger than the preceding one; eleventh large, acuminate. 
Thorax about as long as it is broad, oviform, base and apex 
of about equal width, broadest behind the middle; disk not 
quite smooth, the sides more distinctly punctate or asperate, 
but not at all coarsely ; the well-marked central channel does 
not attain the apex; near the base, in the middle, there is a 
large angular depression; the large fovea near each hind 
angle is somewhat prolonged forwards, and there is a more or 
less distinct transverse groove in front of the base. Llytra 
subquadrate, longer and broader than the thorax, indis- 
tinctly sculptured; the sutural striae and intrahumeral 
impressions are moderate; the slightly raised space between 
these seems to have a short basal stria, which is quite distinct 
from the others. Hind body rather shorter than the elytra ; 
the basal segment is slightly shorter than the second or third, 
and has a shallow median transverse impression ; the apical 
seements are deflexed. Legs moderate ; front femora incras- 
sate, nearly straight along the front or lower face, the oppo- 
site one much swollen or arched ; ¢2bie slightly arched exter- 
nally, not thick ; ¢ars¢ slender. 

E. tumipes has a broader head, larger and more prominent 
eyes, a broader and more anteriorly narrowed thorax, with a 
narrower discoidal groove. 

Length 3, breadth 4 line. 

Maketu, Hunua Range. One, probably a female. 


Euplectus modestus, sp. 0. 


Body moderately elongate, shining, obsoletely punctate ; 
dark red, tarsi and antenne reddish yellow. 

Head slightly narrowed behind the eyes; it is depressed 
across the middle, and the interocular fovezxs seem to form 
part of the depression ; the back part appears raised ; it is 
angularly produced in the middle; the antennal tubercles are 
not conspicuous, and the intervening space is nearly on the 
same level. Eyes moderate, only slightly convex. Thorax 
about as long as broad, widest near the middle, quite as much 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 79 


narrowed in front as it is behind; the central groove does not 
reach the apex, and it is a little expanded in the middle; 
near the base a transverse impression connects the centro- 
basal angular fovea and the large one at each side. Llytra 
oblong, slightly narrowed towards the shoulders ; the sutural 
and intrahumeral impressions are well-marked; close to the 
base there are two punctiform marks. Hind body not longer 
than the elytra, the basal three segments marginated and 
nearly equal, the first depressed across the base, fourth de- 
flexed and as long as the third, fifth simple. Legs moderately 
elongate, not thick, the anterior femora most robust. 

Antenne slender, the basal two joints nearly equal as to 
length ; third nearly as long as the second, but much more 
slender ; 4 to 7 differ but little ; eighth rather smaller; ninth 
and tenth larger than the preceding ones, scarcely trans- 
versal ; eleventh large, acuminate. 

Underside rufescent. _ Head simple, studded with erect 
sete, which are thickened at the extremity ; the frontal por- 
tion is short. Front and middle cove contiguous, the poste- 
rior nearly so at the base. Segments 2 to 4 subequal ; first 
densely pubescent, covered by the femora, with a central 
prominence between the coxe ; fifth hardly as long in the 
middle as at the sides; the terminal one with a fine suture, so 
that there seems to be a supplementary segment. 

This species must be placed with No. 1700 and its allies ; 
from these it may be distinguished by the slender antenne 
and sculpture. ‘The pubescence is short and slender. 

Length {, breadth nearly 2 line. 

Invercargill. One, received from Mr. A. Philpott, March 
1894. 


Euplectus arohaensis, sp. n. 


Subdepressed, not narrow, moderately nitid; red, the legs 
and antenne paler; tarsi and palpi yellowish; pubescence 
yellow, rather dense, short, and decumbent; there are also 
many erect, elongate, slender sete. 

Head large, widest behind, apparently impunctate; the 
large interocular foveee unite with the frontal depression; the 
tubercles are small and widely separated, and the frontal 
channel is bounded by the slightly raised front edge of the 
forehead. yes rather small. Thorax hardly longer than 
broad, the middle widest, the apex scarcely as wide as the 
base ; it is impunctate ; in front of the base there is an angu- 
late impression which unites with the fovea at each side; 
there is no central longitudinal groove. lytra hardly longer 
than broad, narrowed towards the shoulders ; the sutural and 


80 Capt. T. Broun on new 


intrahumeral striz are well-marked and broad, the shoulders 
are slightly raised, or seem to be so. Hind body quite the 
length of the elytra, narrowed posteriorly. Legs only mode- 
rately stout; the tébi@ nearly straight, the intermediate on 
the inside, a little above the extremity, with a small but 
distinct process directed inwards. 

Underside rufous, shining, finely and sparingly clothed. 
Metasternum with a broad longitudinal channel. Abdomen 
sometimes dusky ; first segment covered by the femora, 2 to 5 
become shorter; sixth medially emarginate and with the 
extreme apical portion hollowed out. The middle and hind 
trochanters are prominent and distinctly spined. 

Antenne about the length of the head and thorax ; second 
joint more slender than and nearly as long as the first ; 
third a little longer than the fourth ; fifth rather larger than 
those next to it; 6 to 8 small, bead-like, about equal; ninth 
not much larger than the preceding one; tenth transverse, 
larger than ninth; eleventh largest, conical, acuminate. 

Q. Tibie unarmed. JMetasternum unimpressed. Abdo- 
men simple. Zrochanters not acuminate. 

Belongs to Sect. IV. of the accompanying table. The 
male characters differentiate it from all its allies. 

Length quite 3, breadth 4 line. 

Mount Te Aroha. I was fortunate enough to find about a 
dozen examples, representing both sexes, March 1894. 


Euplectus foveiceps, sp. n. 


Rufescent; legs and antenne yellowish red; densely 
clothed with yellow, small, depressed pubescence and elongate 
slender sete. 

Head narrowed anteriorly, slightly rounded behind, punc- 
tate or asperate, the sculpture rendered indefinite by the 
minute brassy hairs, somewhat flattened, but not channelled 
in front; when examined sideways one well-marked central 
fovea can be seen. Thorax cordiform, not longer than broad, 
sculptured like the head; the angular depression in front of 
the base is prolonged forwards as a broad discoidal groove ; 
the lateral fovez are not distinctly connected with the trans- 
verse basal impression. /ytra quadrate, indistinctly sculp- 
tured ; the sutural striz are well marked; there appear to be 
cne or two other ill-defined grooves on each elytron. Hind 
body as broad as the elytra, rather longer; the basal three 
segments equal. Legs simple. 

Underside chestnut-red, shining, pubescent. 

Antenne moderate ; second joint oblong, evidently smaller 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 81 


than the first ; third slightly longer than broad; 4 to 8 differ 
but little, except that the fifth is a little larger than the con- 
tiguous ones; ninth transverse, about half the size of the 
tenth ; eleventh large, acuminate. 

3. Metasternum with a broad depression behind the 
middle. Posterior coe prominent, but not spined. Basal 
ventral segment covered by the femora and with a prominence 
between the coxe; second and third with a transverse median 
elevation; fourth with a slight depression across the middle ; 
fifth but little shorter than the preceding one; sixth large, 
not distinctly impressed. 

From all the species in Sect. VI. this may be separated by 
the less evident punctuation and the single fovea on the 
vertex. 

Length ?, breadth 3 line. 

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One of each sex. 


Euplectus semiopacus, sp. n. 


Brick-red, rather pale; elytra and legs reddish yellow; 
head and thorax closely punctured and opaque; elytra and 
abdomen slightly nitid; form elongate, but not paralicl; 
pubescence very short and slender, rather dense, but not 
conspicuous. 

Head, including the eyes, nearly as broad as the thorax, 
rounded behind; rather plane above, with two minute 
indistinct interocular fovew; there is no distinct frontal 
depression. Hyes large and convex. Thorax oviform, rather 
longer than broad; with a rather shallow antebasal trans- 
verse impression, ending in an elongate fovea at each side ; 
the dorsal longitudinal channel is only moderately impressed. 
Elytra oblong, slightly rounded laterally, indistinctly sculp- 
tured; sutural striz distinct, the intrahumeral impressions 
not perceptibly prolonged backwards. Hind body as long as 
the wing-cases, rather narrower, the basal three segments 
about equal; the first broadly depressed at the base; fourth 
somewhat swollen or convex along the middle. Legs 
moderate. 

Antenne rather short; second joint only slightly longer 
than broad; third of similar proportions, but not rounaed ; 
4 to 8 small, about equal, bead-like ; ninth and tenth trans- 
verse, the latter the broader ; eleventh conical, pointed. 

Metasternum broadly canaliculate behind. 

E. ovicollis (No. 262) is very similar; but the thorax is a 
little shining, quite glossy, and almost impunctate in front ; 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 6 


82 Capt. T. Broun on new 


its discoidal punctuation is not so close, and the eyes are not 
so large and prominent. 

Length %, breadth nearly 4 line. 

Maketu, Hunua Range. One of doubtful sex. 


Euplectus pusillus, sp. n. 


Elongate, subopaque, reddish; legs and antenne paler; 
pubescence dense, depressed, short, yellow. 

Head small, longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly ; ob- 
viously and closely punctate, without distinct . fovea or 
impressions. yes of moderate size. Thorax longer than 
broad, oviform, not so dull as the head, similarly sculptured ; 
the elongate fovea at each side and the channel along the 
middle are united in front of the base by a transverse impres- 
sion; none are deep. L/ytra quadrate, as long as the thorax, 
apparently impunctate; the sutural strie are broad, the 
impressions inside the shoulders are not prolonged backwards. 
Hind body rather longer than the elytra, the basal three seg- 
ments about equal, the first slightly depressed across the base. 
Legs stout, simple. 

Antenne short; second joint nearly as large as the basal 
one; third small, slightly longer than broad; fourth small, 
bead-like; 5 to 10 transverse, the ninth not greatly exceeding 
the eighth, tenth nearly twice the bulk of the preceding one; 
eleventh large, acuminate. 

Underside glossy, chestnut-red; ventral segments 2 to 4 
nearly equal and rather large; fifth broad, not much shorter 
than the fourth ; sixth also broad, with more pubescence than 
the others; first hidden by the femora. 

This small species must be placed near H. antiquus, which, 
however, has less prominent eyes and shorter tarsi; it is more 
shining than LH. pusillus, its thorax is rather longer and 
narrower, and the hind angles of the head, instead of being 
obtuse, are slightly prominent. 

Length 3, breadth ¢ line. 

Tarukenga, near Rotorua. Two examples. 


Var.—Head with an ill-defined longitudinal channel 
behind and obsolete interocular fovee. Basal dorsal segment 
with a fovea-like depression at the middle of the base, the 
fourth more untolded. Gene parallel-sided. Antennal 
tubercles equally small, but more shining. | 

This was found on Mount ‘le Aroha in March 1894, and I 
daresay will prove to be a distinct species ; but as I have but 
one example, of the female sex, | treat it as a variety at 
present. 


a me 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 83 


Group Silphide. 
SILPHOTELUS, gen. nov. 


Body suboblong, moderately convex, nearly glabrous. 
Hlead comparatively large and broad, not at all trigonal. 
Eyes large, rotundate, lateral, barely tree from the thorax, 
finely facetted; their inner margin is not well defined; just 
inside each eye there is a minutely sculptured swelling; this 
is limited from the vertex by a distinct depression, causing 
these organs at first sight to appear very much larger than 
they really are. Antenne I11-articulate, almost filiform, 
elongate, inserted close to the front of the eyes; their two 
basal joints cylindric, about equally stout, the second the 
shorter; joints 3 to 8 slender, gradually decreasing in length, 
the third evidently longer than the following ones; ninth and 
tenth short, broader than the preceding ones; eleventh nearly 
twice the bulk of the tenth; these three terminal joints do 
not form a distinct club. Mawillary palpi moderately elon- 
gate; basal joint minute, second narrow at the base; third 
oblong, quite as long as the second, and not broader than the 
apex of that joint; fourth rather longer than the preceding 
one, quite half its width, almost aciculate. Thorax trans- 
verse, with distinct lateral margins, base feebly bisinuate ; 
apex of about the same width as the head, subtruncate, not 
very obviously marked off from the head. Scutellum trian- 
gular, lytra ample, scarcely at all wider than the thorax 
at the base, finely marginated and but little curved at the 
sides; apices nearly quite truncate, so that the pygidium is 
usually exposed. Legs slender; tibiz simple, with fine setz 
only. Zarsi narrow ; in the male the basal joint of the front 
and middle pair are a little dilated, but quite oblong; second 
subquadrate ; third moderately small, its apex slightly emar- 
ginate, not lobate; fourth elongate ; posterior tarsi narrow and 
elongate. 

Underside.—Mentum broad and truncate at the base, nar- 
rowed anteriorly. fore part of the head like that of Choleva. 
Prosternum nearly truncate in front. Anterior core almost 
contiguous; the middle pair rather widely separated, the hind 
pair nearly approximated, the trochanters large. ‘The meso- 
sternum has a rather broad process. Metasternum large; in 
front it is much rounded and finely margined; it extends 
between the middle coxe, and there it is on nearly the same 
plane as the mesosternal process. pipleure quite linear 
behind. Abdomen on a lower level than the sternum, com- 
posed of six segments, the apical narrow. 

OF 


84 ' Capt. T. Broun on new 


The type is a minute and curious creature. The head, as 
seen from above, is more like that of a water-beetle than that 
of a Stlpha; at each side, in front of the eye, there is a narrow 
excision; this, I believe, enables the antenna to be placed 
over the head. The ventral seg ments are retractile, so that 
the pygidium is often concealed above. The antennae are 
somewhat similar to those of a Corticaria (C. pacata, tor 
example) ; their eighth joint is not at all abbreviated. The 
genus may be placed near Choleva, though I fail to detect 
more than four joints to the tarsi. 


Silphotelus nitidus, sp. n. 


Shining, variegated fuscous, with only a few minute sete 
behind; the legs, the first two joints of the antenne, and the 
thoracic lateral margins pale reddish brown; apices of elytra 
paler. 

Head nearly smooth. Antenne sparingly pilose, very 
eradually dilated apically. Zhorax much broader than long, 
slightly curvedly narrowed anteriorly ; in front of the middle 
the side margins and channels are more distinct than they are 
near the base; the apex and base are not marginated; the 
posterior angles are rectangular, the anterior are not promi- 
nent; the disk seems smooth, but towards the sides a fine 
punctuation may be seen. Slytra distinctly, rather finely, 
and not very regularly punctured, their sculpture less appa- 
rent after the middle ; there are no well-marked sutural striz. 
Legs with fine yell owish sete ; tibiee straight. 

Underside fuscous, sparingly and finely pubescent. The 
metasternum nearly smooth in the middle, its sides rather 
coarsely and closely punctured. The last ventral segment 
bears a few slender elongate pale hairs. 

Length 2, breadth 2 line. 

Hunua Range. Five examples found during two years 
amongst decaying leaves on the ground. 


BOSILPHA, gen. nov. 


Body broadly oval, narrowed posteriorly, moderately con- 
vex, obviously pubescent. Head small, immersed to the eyes, 
narrow in front. yes convex. Mentum transversely quad- 
rate. Mavillary palpi short; terminal joints very broad and 
securiform, the others small. Labial palpi indistinguishable. 
Antenne quite the length of the head and thorax, 11-articu- 
late, stout; basal two joints equally elongate; third and 
fourth longer than broad, smaller than the preceding one; 
sixth rather shorter than fifth ; eighth little more than half 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 85 


the length of, but nearly as broad as, the contiguous ones ; 
joints 7 to 11 ‘moderately dilated. Thorax transverse, much 
curvedly narrowed anteriorly ; front angles obtuse, the poste- 
rior nearly rectangular.  Scutel/wm small. Elytra of the 
same width as the thorax at the base, gradually narrowed 
behind.  Pygidiwm covered. Legs short. Femora not 
clavate. Zvbie with small terminal spines, the middle and 
hind pair more or less finely spinulose externally. Tarsi 
elongate, slender, five-jointed. ° 

Prosternum deeply emarginate at apex. Anterior coxe 
prominent and contiguous ; “middle pair distinctly separated, 
not at all prominent ; the posterior subcontiguous. /eso- 
sternum with a fine curved central carina. Metasternum of 
moderate length, transversely convex. Lpdpleurce broad 
the base, linear behind. Abdomen composed of five nearly 
equal segments. 

The sternal structure differs much from the Choleva allies. 
The broad hatchet-shaped apical joints of the maxillary palpi 
are characteristic. Though Camdarus has nearly similarly 
formed palpi, the flanks of the prosternum are not hollowed, 
as they are in Beosilpha. 


Beosilpha rufescens, sp. n. 


Shining, reddish; tarsi and palpi yellow; pubescence 
yellow, conspicuous, "put not coarse. 

Head nearly vertical in front, smooth. Antenne inserted 
near the inner and front margins of the eyes, pubescent ; 
joints 7, 9, and 10 equally broad, seventh rather larger than 
these others. Thorax nearly twice as broad as it is ‘long, its 
base feebly bisinuate, the anterior angles rounded and de- 
pressed, margins indistinct; the surface apparently quite 
smooth. Llytra with lateral margims, the sutural striz 
definite ; their sculpture is moderately fine, appearing puncti- 
form or irregularly transversely strigose, according to the 
way in which it is examined. 

Underside rufescent, shining; abdomen finely sculptured 
and bearing distinct yellow hairs ; the metasternum smooth. 

Length 1, breadth quite $ line. 

Mount Pirongia ; one example, March 1894. A second 
specimen was found at Tarukenga, near Rotorua. Both were 
taken from decaying leaves on the ground. 


MESAGYRTES, gen. nov. 


Body oblong-oval, moderately convex, closely covered with 
depressed pubescence. Antenne not as long as the head and 


86 Capt. T. Broun on new 


thorax, 11-jointed; club 4-jointed. Tarsi 5-articulate, the 
two hind pairs elongate and slender; the anterior widely 
dilated, each of the three basal joints being about twice as 
broad as long; the first and second are emarginate at the 
extremity, the third is broadly cordiform, the fourth is small, 
the fifth is elongate and slender. 7%bi@: anterior considerably 
expanded towards the extremity, oblique there, with a short 
spine at the inner angle, and with five or six minute denticles 
on the outside bélow the middle; the other two pairs multi- 
spinose externally. 

The eighth joint of the antenne is not abbreviated, as in 
Choleva and its allies. In Agyrtes the antennal club is five- 
jointed, and, as is not the case in Choleva, the tibiz are exter- 
nally spinose; the proper place for Mesagyrtes is, without 
doubt, between these two genera. The eyes are rotundate 
and convex, and are quite free from the lateral margins of 
the head. 


Mesagyrtes scabripes, sp. n. 


Oblong-oval, subopaque, fuscous, densely covered with 
peculiar yellow pubescence; legs red, palpi and tarsi paler ; 
antenne pale reddish, club infuscate. 

Head abruptly narrowed in front of the eyes, flat between 
these, very finely sculptured. Thorax about one third broader 
than long, widest at the base, more rounded and narrowed 
before the middle than it is behind, its base is truncate ; 
the anterior angles are rounded, the posterior almost rect- 
angular; it is finely marginated, and the surface is closely 
and very finely sculptured. Scwtellwm distinct, triangular. 
Elytra of the same width as the thorax at the base, very 
little narrowed posteriorly ; each elytron has a fine, slightly 
sinuous, sutural stria; the whole surface is finely and closely 
sculptured; the sculpture, however, is not well defined. 

Antenne finely pubescent, inserted close to the front of the 
eyes; first joint rather stouter and longer than the second, 
both elongate ; third and fourth longer than broad, the latter 
the shorter; sixth shorter than fifth, but not at all trans- 
verse; seventh obconical, distinctly broader than the sixth, 
but not so broad as the next one; joints 8 to 10 transverse, 
eleventh longer than the tenth. 

Underside fuscous, with fine dense clothing. Prosternum 
emarginate in front ; anterior coxee contiguous. /esosternum 
medially carinate in front, its process ona higher plane, mode- 
rately broad, and separating the middle coxw. Metasternum 
slightly flattened in the middle. The hind cove nearly touch. 
Femora broad. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 87 


The clothing is remarkable ; the hairs are arranged in lines, 
with single ones proceeding obliquely from the central ones. 

Nos. 283, 284, 285, and 286 must be placed in this genus. 

6. Length }, breadth quite 4 line. 

Hunua Range, Drury. One example. 


Choleva marginals, sp. n. 


Oval, not narrow, moderately convex, slightly nitid; 
fuscous, the legs, the apical and two or three basal joints of 
the antenne nearly chestnut-red, the front and middle tarsi 
paler; pubescence dense, very slender, cinereous; on the 
elytra there are some short erect sete. 

Thorax transverse, much curvedly narrowed anteriorly ; 
base and apex subtruncate; the posterior angles just per- 
ceptibly overlapping the shoulders, its surface very finely 
sculptured. Scutellum distinct, broadly triangular. L/ytra 
gradually attenuated posteriorly, apices subtruncate, exposing 
the pygidium; with well-marked sutural strize and close 
transversely strigose sculpture; the lateral margins are well 
developed from the shoulders to the hind thighs. Antenne 
stout, pubescent, the basal three joints equally elongate ; 
fourth and fifth a little shorter and rather stouter; sixth 
rather longer than broad, not quite so broad as the seventh ; 
eighth transverse, not. very small, not much narrower than 
the contiguous ones; tenth a little smaller than the preceding 
one. 

g. Legs stout, femora thick ; the front tibiw with a distinct 
spine at the inner extremity and a smaller one at the outside ; 
the intermediate strongly curvate, with a distinct spine at the 
inner apex, a smaller one outside, and two or three finer ones 
higher up; the posterior with elongate terminal spines, and 
eight or ten much finer ones along the outer edge. Anterior 
tarsi with the basal three joints strongly dilated. 

Underside shining, chestnut-brown, finely clothed, the 
middle of the metasternum obtusely raised. 

The nearest species are C. lugubris, Sharp, and C. fulvi- 
tarsis. From the former it differs by the shorter and broader 
form and by the presence of slender spines on the hind tibie ; 
from the latter it may be distinguished by the more slender 
and less evidently pubescent middle tibiew, shorter scutellum, 
less opaque surface, and by the more expanded elytral 
margins. 

g. Length 13, breadth @ line. 

Mount Te Aroha, two examples; Papakura, one. Found 
on the ground amongst fallen leaves. 


88 Mr. O. Thomas on the 


Choleva suturalis, sp. n. 


Narrow, subopaque; pubescence slender, dense, ash- 
coloured ; nigro-fuscous, the tibie, palpi, and the basal two or 
three joints obscure red. 

Thorax nearly twice as broad as it is long, base and apex 
nearly straight, slightly curvate, and narrowed towards the 
front. Scutellum minute. LElytra twice as long as broad, 
gradually narrowed posteriorly, slightly impressed near the 
middle; sutural striz distinct, the sutural region from near 
the apex to beyond the middle appears slightly convex; 
apices individually rounded. Legs stout, intermediate tebce 
curved, the spines of the posterior shorter than the basal 
joint of the tarsi; front ¢ars¢ with the three first joints dilated, 
fourth small. Antenne stout, longer than the head and 
thorax, the basal three joints elongate ; fourth and fifth elon- 
gate, but shorter than the preceding one; sixth quadrate ; 
seventh at least a third longer than the sixth; eighth evidently 
smaller than fifth; ninth and tenth nearly similar to the 
seventh. 

Sculpture close, consisting principally of transverse linear 
marks, that of the elytra more distinct than in C. redata. 

This is without doubt most nearly allied to No. 2350 
(C. relata), but the thorax is more transverse and its anterior 
angles are less contracted and depressed. ‘The scutellum is 
much smaller, the sutural region and apices of elytra are 
different, and the body is even narrower. 

6. Length 13, breadth quite 2 line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. One of each sex sent by 
Mr. A. Philpott, together with a female of No. 2350, in 
which the sixth joint of the antenne is transverse. 


[To be continued. } 


X.—On the Brush-tailed Porcupine of Central Africa. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


In 1887 the British Museum received, in the first and most 
valuable collection presented by [min Pasha, three skins of 
a Brush-tailed Porcupine, which, in the absence of proper 
West-African specimens for comparison, I referred * to 
Atherura africana, Gray. Since then the skulls have been 
extracted from the type and other specimens from the West 
Coast, and the Museum has also received additional material 
from that region, among which the most noteworthy is a very 


* PHS 1888"p. 15; 


Brush-tailed Porcupine of Central Africa. 89 


fine skull from Sierra Leone, collected long ago by Mr. T. 
Whitfield, but only recently rendered available for comparison. 
The additional material shows, as is not surprising, that 
Emin’s specimens, while excessively like A. africana in their 
external appearance, differ so much in cranial characters as 
to necessitate their specific distinction. 
The species may be called 


Atherura centralis, sp. n. 


Size, colour, and other external characters very much as in 
A. africana, except that the spines are rather more fimbriated, 
and those of the sides are more frequently tipped with white. 

Skull longer and slenderer, with a flatter, less inflated, and 
narrower frontal region and better defined postorbital pro- 
cesses. Anteorbital foramina higher than broad, the converse 
being the case in A. africana; posterior edge of the base 
forming their lower boundary level with or in front of the 
front edge of the anterior cheek-tooth, whether mp.‘ or 
p- 3 posterior edge of palate level with the middle of the last 
molar in place, whether m.’ or m.*, according to age. 

Teeth remarkably small and delicate, the length of the 
upper molar series scarcely more than half the diastema, while 
in the allied species this measurement is about two thirds of 
the diastema. The small size of the teeth is, of course, the 
reason for the relatively different position of p.* and the ante- 
rior zygoma-root. 

Dimensions of the type, marked by Emin as a male (in 
skin) :— 

Head and body (c.) 500 millim. ; (tail imperfect) ; hind 
foot 60. 

Skull: basal length 86, basilar length from henselion 78 ; 
greatest breadth 463; nasals, length 28; interorbital breadth 
26°8 ; intertemporal breadth 24°5; anteorbital foramen, 
height 10, width 8, distance between most distant points of 
the two foramina 35; palate length from henselion 41°7 ; 
diastema 27°7 ; upper molar series (crowns) 15:3. Length of 
lower jaw, bone only, 59; condyle to angle 21°6; length of 
lower molar series 16°8. 

Hab. Monbuttu, Central Africa. Coll. Dr. Emin Pasha. 

Lape BM: 87.12.1.98. 

The main cause for distinguishing the Central- from the 
West-African Atherura lies in the extremely small size of the 
molar teeth, a characteristic equally observable at all ages. 
This latter is a point which has to be especially noticed in 
studying the teeth of porcupines, owing to the peculiar manner 
in which wear affects the size of the teeth. 


90 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


XI.—WNotes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under 
the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. XV. By Prof. 
M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. 


. On the Ova and Larvee of Gadus virens, L. 

. On the Ova and Larva of the Turbot (?). 

. On an Egg resembling that of Arnoglossus megastoma, Donov. 
. On Lumpenus lampetreformis, Walb. 

. On Rhombus (Zeugopterus) norvegicus, Giinther. 


Ore Con 


1. On the Ova and Larve of Gadus virens, L. 
In the ‘ Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board’ * a 


few remarks were made on the ova of this species, which 
hitherto had escaped observation, notwithstanding that both 
adults and young fishes were common off the eastern shores. 
In the spring of 1892 Mr. Duthie, the energetic Fishery 
Officer at Lerwick, forwarded a few unfertilized ova; but the 
capsules alone remained on reaching the laboratory, the 
diameter of the most perfect of these being 1°1430 millim., a 
size which, it is noteworthy, corresponds very closely with 
that of the living egg, as will subsequently be shown. In 
the Eleventh Annual Report of the Board} a further note 
was made, some living eggs having been forwarded to the 
laboratory from Shetland by Mr. Duthie. As far as possible 
these were examined and figured by Mr. J. M. Anderson, 
M.A., B.Sc., during my absence; but their vitality was 
impaired, and though one or two almost hatched, yet no free 
larva was seen. 

Various efforts had been made to secure these eggs off the 
east coast of Scotland by sending a man on board steam-liners 
and other vessels, and by the examination of the green cod 
captured by the herring-boats off the Forth. Ripe males were 
occasionally found, but no ripe females. By various inquiries 
Dr. Fulton (whose ready help on this and other occasions has 
greatly aided such work) ascertained that one of the most 
promising places was Gairloch, Ross-shire; and accordingly 
a man was sent there in the second week of February. He 
found that in a single haul of the gill-nets off the mouth of 
the loch (near the Minch) occasionally as many as 640 green 
cod, besides cod and other fishes, were secured. Many ripe 
fishes were at once obtained, and the water in the loch teemed 
with the ova of this species. The first series of ova, fertilized 
on the 15th February at 2 P.M., passed through the early 
stages on this and the 16th, and on the 17th were in the 


= Pl287. T P. 242. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 91 


mulberry stage. The blastoderm had made considerable 
progress on the 19th, and on the 20th February, at 3 P.M., 
when they reached the Marine Laboratory here, the blasto- 
pore had closed and eight or nine muscle-plates had formed. 
Kupffer’s vesicle was present in some. Many of the embryos 
showed minute black specks along the body, and in one a 
black chromatophore occurred in each eye. ‘The yolk presented 
a slightly wavy aspect, which was rendered evident by careful 
adjustment of the focus; and the same feature was noticed in 
the examples of last year. The eggs are extremely buoyant, 
and measure 1°1430 millim., a size which exactly corresponds 
with the empty capsules formerly alluded to, but it is con- 
siderably larger than those sent last year from Shetland. 
Next day (21st February), at 4 p.m., the black pigment in 
some was more distinct along the body, being grouped chiefly 
at the sides, yet in front a few specks invaded the median 
region behind the eyes. In others, however, the pigment 
occurred posteriorly over the body generally. Though the tail 
was somewhat longer than in the figure of last year *, the 
muscle-plates were less distinct. The alar expansion was little 
marked, except in the pectoral region. An abnormal egg 
showed a deviation of the notochord to the right, and 
Kupfter’s vesicle was also on one side of the median line, 
On the 22nd February all the organs were more clearly 
outlined, the muscle-plates were more numerous, the lenses 
more distinct, and the pigment dotted all over the body. The 
early condition of the auditory organs in this form is inter- 
esting ; and, in addition to what is given in the “ Researches”’ f, 
it may be stated that in the green cod, after the solid thick- 
ening of the sensory layer of the epiblast has formed, the 
lumen, instead of being spherical, is elongated antero-poste- 
riorly, the slit being somewhat spindle-shaped. No cellular 
elements in the auditory cysts can be made out in the living 
forms—probably from the extreme delicacy and transparency 
of the tissues. Kupffer’s vesicle is still present in some. 
A solid longitudinal bar occurs in the region of the heart 
and a curved transverse line behind it. The comparative 
narrowness of the body of the embryo is a feature at this 
stage. The temperature at this time was low, so that develop- 
ment went on slowly. On the 23rd February the tail 
extended further round the yolk, which, moreover, had a 
peculiar oleaginous aspect, occasionally with a few streaks 
in its substance, and it was not much diminished. ‘The noto- 
* Eleventh Ann. Rept. Fishery Board for Scotland, pl. ix. fig. 2. 


‘+ M‘Intosh and Prince, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. pt. ili. 
pp. 760 and 761 (1890). 


92 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


chord was undifferentiated and Kupffer’s vesicle still visible. 
The black pigment was more distinct and some chromatophores 
were slightly stellate. A few pigment-specks occurred on the 
yolk at the sides of the alar expansions. The slits in the 
otocysts were now ovoid and proportionally shorter than 
yesterday. One or two otoliths, as a rule, were present. 

On the 25th February the otocysts formed broadly ovoid 
chambers with two otoliths. The heart showed internal 
papille, but no trace of movement. The pectoral expansions 
were larger and the notochord distinctly cellular. The pigment 
spots were stellate, and some stretched beyond the line of the 
body into the yolk. The gut formed a pale band. The 
following day (26th) distinct contractions occurred in the 
trumpet-shaped heart, the lumen of the gut was distinct, the 
alar expansions had increased, and Kupffer’s vesicle had 
disappeared, except a trace in one example. The black 
chromatophores were larger—eight or nine occurring on the 
head. Very little pigment existed on the yolk—only a few 
stellate patches close to the embryo. ‘The tail almost encircled 
the yolk. 

A considerable number were hatched on the 27th February, 
or twelve days after fertilization, the larvee floating, as usual, 
with the yolk-sac uppermost. ‘They differed in the distribution 
of the pigment from the larval cod, for the chromatophores 
were scattered and did not form the characteristic bars of the 
latter species, as indeed may be observed before extrusion. 
On the following day (28th February) the lumen of the gut 
was smaller than at first, probably from contraction, and the 
liver formed a granular swelling on each side in ventral veins. 
The pectoral folds were large. The yolk still showed a some- 
what wavy structure, and many of the chromatophores had 
become finely ramose, especially on the head. ‘The larval 
tishes became more active on the 1st March, darting forwards 
on slight irritation, a feature familiar in salmon-rearing and 
so often noticed during the development of marine fishes, and 
which was emphasized so conspicuously in the Hatchery at 
Dunbar, where the larval plaice, as soon as they had strength, 
kept their snouts to the current. ‘The otocyst now showed a 
double margin, and a strand indicating the cesophagus 
extended in front of the lens, and the liver was slightly larger. 
Two minute vesicles occurred on the body opposite the pectoral 
fins, and appeared to be the ends of the segmental ducts. The 
notochord reached as far forward as the eye, and posteriorly 
its point was nearer the caudal border. Hmbryonic fin-rays 
extended a short distance outward from the notochord in the 
tail. The rectal cone had moved slightly downward. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 93 


A second series, fertilized on the same day (15th), arrived 
at the Laboratory on the 2nd March. ‘These ova had been 
kept in open vessels on the spot, and conveyed here in the 
larval condition, viz. about the second day after extrusion. 
No difference of moment was noticeable. 

On the 3rd March the larval green cod for the most part 
floated on the water with the yolk-sac uppermost, but were 
active when interfered with. The liver had increased in size 
and the urinary vesicle was more evident. The eyes showed 
minute black pigment-specks and were slightly silvery. The 
chromatophores were everywhere more finely ramose, and were 
dotted over the head and body, being best marked over the 
pectorals, above the alimentary canal, in the region of the 
segmental ducts, and on the trunk ashort distance behind the 
yolk-sac. In some, indeed, an approach was made to the 
pigment-bars of the cod. Occasionally the yolk presents a 
minute oil-globule on one side, as an abnormality ; but, after 
all, there is no great gult between the yolk which possesses 
an oil-globule and that which does not. 

The head of the larval fish on the 5th March stood out 
more clearly from the diminished yolk, the pigment had in- 
creased in the eyes, the gall-bladder was present, and the 
chromatophores were more conspicuously ramified. The 
pigment on the trunk behind the yolk-sac was sometimes 
grouped in two bars. The embryonic caudal rays were now 
longer, a few reaching the margin. The pectoral fin was 
carried more or less erect. ‘The lateral sense-organs corre- 
sponded with those in the cod. ‘The larvee were more active, 
though still floating with the yolk-sac uppermost. 

On the 7th March the grouping of the pigment behind the 
yolk-sac was more distinct and all the organs were advanced. 
The mouth was slightly open and the mandible projected out- 
ward. ‘The embryonic rays in the caudal region passed further 
forward in the broad marginal fin. ‘I'he rectum was still high, 
and a considerable amount of yolk was present. The deve- 
lopment was comparatively slow, and though some specimens 
lived till the 13th March, the only changes were the diminu- 
tion of the yolk and the more general distribution of the 
black chromatophores over the surtace of the body. When 
viewed from the ventral aspect, however, most showed a 
somewhat regular arrangement of pigment along the sides. 

The green cod thus closely approaches the cod in its deve- 
lopment, but the arrangement of the pigment distinguishes it 
from a very early stage. In the later stages of larval lite, 
however, the one approaches the other. In the postlarval 
condition, and especially in the voung state, the eye of the 


94 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


green cod is somewhat larger proportionally, probably from 
the shorter snout, and the mandible of the cod is longer. In 
the subsequent stages the presence of a barbel in the cod, the 
increase of the black pigment on the body and fins of the 
green cod, and the absence of the characteristic spots of the 
cod are diagnostic features. 


2. On the Ova and Larva of the Turbot (?). 


In the Reports of the Fishery Board various remarks have 
been made concerning the reproduction and development of 
the turbot. It was also alluded to in the Trawling Report, 
for on the 10th July, 1884, the ripe ova of a turbot were 
procured off the Isle of May, and though these are preserved 
in spirit, the oil-globule is rendered distinct by treating with 
equal parts of spirit, 2 per cent. acetic acid and camphor. 

An examination of various ovaries of the turbot, kindly 
forwarded by Dr. Fulton, and many from Iceland and other 
parts on the pontoon at Grimsby in 1891, gave some know- 
ledge of the more or less ripe ovarian egg, one with yolk- 
spheres being figured in the Tenth Annual Report *. 
Mr. Holt, on the 18th June, 1892, found a ripe female on the 
pontoon at Grimsby, but was unable to procure a ripe male. 
The ova ranged trom ‘99 to 1:06 millim. In another ripe 
example he ascertained that after formation of the perivitelline 
space the diameter remained precisely the same, while he con- 
sidered the usual diameter to be 101 millim. ‘The oil-globule 
never varies more than from *20 to °21, the latter being the 
usual dimensions. Few of the turbot that had been examined 
at Grimsby the previous year were very ripe towards the end 
of June, though many had a few translucent eggs here and 
there. 

On the 28th April, 1894, an egg was procured in the 
bottom-net in St. Andrews Bay which differs from any 
hitherto described and corresponds with what was previously 
seen in the ovary of the turbot. The diameter is 1:0668 
millim., while the pale oil-globule is 0°21 millim., both 
measurements agreeing with those communicated by Mr. Holt. 
The blastopore has closed and Kupffer’s vesicle is present. 
The tail has not advanced beyond the yolk, which shows a 
few wrinkles or folds at the margin. ‘The perivitelline space 
is considerable. No lenses or otocysts are present. ‘The yolk 
is dotted over with traces of pigment-specks, one or two lie 
over the oil-globule, and they also occur on the body. No 


* Fishery Board for Scotland, pl. xiv. fig. 1. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 95 


tint is visible under a lens, but under a low power of the 
microscope the parts mentioned have a yellowish hue. 

Next day (29th April) the embryo was distinctly yellowish 
under a lens, the most conspicuous chromatophores being over 
the yolk and the oil-globule. Kupffer’s vesicle had disap- 
peared, and the tail extended beyond the yolk, which had con- 
siderably diminished, as if progress were rapid. The otocysts 
were indicated by two ovoid translucent structures, and the 
heart was faintly outlined. The larval fish emerged before 
8 A.M. on the Ist May, and measured 2-74 millim. The 
head, body, and yolk-sac were dotted all over with canary- 
yellow chromatophores, and at 11 a.m. a few had a tendency 
to throw out processes. ‘The yolk-sac was more finely reticu- 
lated than in the topknot *, the minute vesicles or papille 
being much smaller, while they were not conspicuous on the 
body. Moreover, no ramifying dark chromatophores existed at 
the border of the marginal fin, dorsally and ventrally. The 
oil-globule was situated about the posterior third of the yolk-sac, 
a position corresponding with that in the topknot. The 
olfactory sacs, lenses, and otoliths were present, but no pigment 
existed in the eyes. When viewed from the ventral surface 
the pectoral thickenings were distinct, and the heart formed a 
papillose tube inclined to the left. Traces of segmental ducts 
occurred at the sides of the notochord, with enlargements in 
the pectoral region. ‘The alimentary canal terminated some- 
what bluntly posteriorly, and granules lay in the centre a short 
distance within the tip. A band from the urinary vesicle 
and the end of the gut passed to the fin- border a short distance 
behind the yolk, the distinction in this respect between the 
present species and the topknot, as figured by Prof. Prince, 
being marked. The preanal portion of the fin was very small. 
The notochord was multicolumnar. The larva was very 
buoyant, keeping quite to the surface of the water, so that 
currents wafted it readily about in a vessel; and, moreover, 
it soon wriggled forward at short intervals. 

The development of this form is comparatively rapid, and, 
so far as can be observed, it most nearly approaches the 
turbot. 


3. On an Egg resembling that of Arnoglossus megastoma, 
Donov. 


An egg was met with in considerable abundance in the 
tow-nets opposite the curing-station at Gairloch, Ross-shire, 
on the 21st March, 1894. It had a diameter of 1:2573 


* Researches, zed, pl. xvii. fig. 4, 


96 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


millim., and the oil-globule measured *3810 millim. It thus 
differs from the egg of the hake (Merlucctus vulgaris) as given 
by Raffaele in being considerably larger and in having a 
larger oil-globule (‘94 to 1:03 millim., and oil-globule 
27 millim.). It is somewhat larger than that of the sail-fluke 
(Arnoglossus megastoma) described in the Tenth Annual 
Report of the Fishery Board * (1:1430 millim., and oil-globule 
‘3048 millim.), to which it had a superficial resemblance. 
The surface of the zona radiata, however, is marked with 
minute translucent vesicles, so that it appears to be variolated, 
thus differing from the rugose zona of the sail-fluke, which 
agrees with the brill and lemon-dab in being everywhere 
covered with raised lines or ridges. 

On arrival at the Marine Laboratory on the 2nd March the 
embryo was about half round the yolk, with lenses and 
numerous muscle-plates. Kupffer’s vesicle was still present. 
Shortly afterwards black chromatophores appeared over the 
oil-globule and along the sides of the body. The perivitelline 
space gradually increased in size from the diminution of the 
yolk. One larva, apparently from an earlier egg, escaped on 
the 8rd March. Its yolk-sac was minutely dotted with 
vesicles connected by intervening lines, as in the larva of the 
topknot, and the large oil-globule was situated posteriorly as in 
Arnoglossus, and in lateral view it had a slightly flattened 
outline. A small preanal portion of the marginal fin was 
present. ‘The notochord was multicolumnar. ‘The heart was 
visible on the left side. No pectoral expansion was yet present. 
The black chromatophores were nearly uniformly distributed 
over the body from the head to within a short distance of the 
tip of the tail. None appeared on the anterior part of the head, 
and none on the marginal fin, whereas in the Jarval sail-fluke 
(Arnoglossus) they occurred towards the free edge of the 
marginal fin dorsally and ventrally. Absolute reliance, how- 
over, cannot be placed on a feature of this kind, since con- 
siderable variation may exist. ‘This larva floated passively 
in the vessel till the 6th March, and the yolk-sac had con- 
siderably diminished. 

Though the spawning-period of the sail-fluke was some- 
what later, viz. towards the end of May in 1892, I should 
have been disposed to connect this egg therewith were it not 
for the structure of the zona and the difference in size. 
Further investigation, however, may clear up the relationships. 
Nothing is said about the condition of the capsule of the egg 
of the hake by Raffaele, and the present egg is also larger. 


* P 299, pl. xvi. figs. 1-10, 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 97 


The hake is a common species in Gairloch, but nothing is 
known of the sail-fluke, though it probably also occurs in 
the loch. 


4. On Lumpenus lampetreformis, Walb. 


This species was one of the additions to the British fauna 
made during the trawling expeditions for the Royal Com- 
mission under Lord Dalhousie in 1884, the first specimen 
being described and figured, with his usual care and accuracy, 
by the late Dr. Francis Day *, who laboured so long and so 
ably amongst British and Indian fishes. 

The occurrence of a perfectly fresh specimen of a female 
caught by a hook south-east of the Carr lightship on the 
23rd February, 1894, gives an opportunity of making a few 
remarks on the coloration and other features. 

The synonymy of the species is sufficiently referred to in 
Collett’s excellent account, from examples procured in the 
Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78 +. The only 
name that may be referred to 1s that adopted by Dr. Giinther 
in his ‘Catalogue’ + and ‘Introduction to Fishes’ §, viz. 
Sticheus. The total length of the present specimen is 

4 inches. The general colour is speckled greyish brown, 
with a faint olive hue, the whole dorsum being minutely 
dappled in this way. The specks over the dorsum and sides 
are small, while about seven larger touches occur on each side 
above the white line of the belly. Collett {| observes :— 
“ Colour pale yellowish brown, relieved with a number of 
greyish-brown spots, extending laterally along the body; the 
abdomen above spotless and of a somewhat more silvery 
appearance. These spots vary considerably in size; most 
middle-sized examples are marked with a row of eight, 
stretching along the sides below the mesial line, and occa- 
sionally, too, with a similar series above, the spots composing 
it, which sometimes extend beyond the bases of the dorsals, 
alternating with those in the lower row, the interspace always 
exhibiting spots and cloudings, the former frequently con- 
fluent.” The lozenge-shaped tail is prettily marked with 
seven vertical bars of the same hue. ‘The pectorals have a 
faint greenish-yellow tinge towards the tip. The ventrals 
are white ; Collett states they are without markings of any 
kind in the northern examples. The first part of the dorsal 
fin is somewhat lower than the succeeding, and has six rays 


* Proc. Zool. Soc., June 17, 1884, pl. xli. 


+ Christiania, 1880, p. 71. { Vol. iii. p. 280. 
§ P. 496. || Op. ext. p. 76. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 


98 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


and two olive-brown bands, with a small third in front. The 
rest of the dorsal is bordered with olive-brown, and touches 
slant from above downward and backward at intervals. 
Collett describes the dorsal as “ marked with oblique trans- 
verse bands.” The anal is pale, with white rays. The 
irides are olive-brown, with a golden lustre. The cheeks 
are minutely dotted with the same pigment. The beautifully 
regular rows of scales are visible to the naked eye, but more 
clearly under a lens. 

In the original British specimen the tail was thus described 
by Dr. Day :—‘‘ Caudal with one elongated ray above and 
another below, the five intermediate ones being somewhat 
concave, the remainder being shorter. Most probably this 
elongation is a sexual one, this fish beinga male.” Mr. Sim* 
found the caudal of his examples acuminate, as stated by 
Collett, and such is the condition in the present example. On 
examining the type-specimen in the University Museum here, 
it is apparent that the caudal rays have been dried and are 
more or less adherent. Not one ray, however, but several 
rays, dorsally and ventrally, are longer, the intermediate rays 
being shorter, though to a less extent than Dr. Day figures. 
These median rays seem to be more slender and to shrink 
more in spirit, so that if the longer rays were obliquely spread 
out (¢. e. dorsally and ventrally), and also the shorter external 
rays which pass from the base of the caudal over and under 
these, a different outline would readily be formed—indeed, it 
would approach that of the female. This interpretation, of 
course, 1s apart from the possible injury to these median rays 
in the original specimen. Further, on examination of the 
well-preserved female here described a somewhat similar 
appearance is observed, the longer dorsal and ventral rays 
projecting and the median receding ; yet the form of the fin 
in the fresh condition is like a broad lancet or spear-head. 
The foregoing observations therefore are given as a caution 
in regard to the apparently divergent condition of the caudal 
in the specimen first procured. 

The ovaries were slightly developed and small, the eggs 
measuring *02286 to 0°3048 millim., most ranging themselves 
round the latter diameter. ‘They were therefore at a compa- 
ratively early stage, thus proportionately corresponding with 
those procured from the Moray Firth by Mr. Sim, in which 
the roe was “‘ well advanced at the end of April, much more 
so than the milt of the males.” ‘The ripe eggs are unknown. 

Since the first recorded British specimen Mr. G. Sim has 


* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 38. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 99 


obtained it frequently from trawlers working on the so-called 
“witch ”’-ground of the Moray Firth, and has written an 
interesting account of its habits, food, and distribution. 
Mr. Thomas Scott, Naturalist to the Fishery Board for 
Scotland, has also met with various examples off the Firth of 
Forth. The species therefore is probably an inhabitant of 
the deeper water all along the eastern coast of Scotland. 
Dr. Giinther*, again, records it from the west coast of 
Scotland, but he overlooks the original description of it as a 
British fish by Dr. Day. Mr. Sim seems to think that it is 
fossorial, but no certainty exists, though allied forms have this 
habit. 

Collett states that L. lampetrwformis is known to occur on 
the coast of Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and the shores 
of North-western Europe as far south as the Cattegat. But 
few examples of the species have been hitherto obtained from 
Greenland and Iceland. Off Spitzbergen, however, it has 
been repeatedly observed, individuals having been taken on 
each of the Swedish expeditions to the Polar Sea, and its 
range extends as far north as 80°. Along the coast of 
Norway, from Finmark to the Christiania !jord, it would 
appear to be rather a common fish, and he mentions having 
taken a dozen at a single haul of a net in the Porsanger 
Fjord, West Finmark. 

Two other species of the genus, viz. L. medius and L. macu- 
latus, occur in northern waters, the tormer from Greenland 
and Spitzbergen, the latter from the same region as well as 
the shores of Norway and the eastern coast of North America, 
In LZ. maculatus the anterior part of the dorsal is somewhat 
differentiated, being furnished with short sharp spines and 
only a trace of fin-membrane. 


5. On Rhombus (Zeugopterus) norvegicus, Giinther. 


A fine example of this comparatively rare form came trom 
the same region as the preceding specimen, viz. south-east of 
the Carr lightship, on the 6th April, 1894. 

The species was first described and figured as British by 
Mr. Couch ¢ under the name of Rhombus cordina, Cuv., or 
Ekstrém’s topknot, from a specimen obtained in the Bristol 
Channel in 1863. Dr. Giinther, who pointed out the distinc- 
tion of the British form procured off Shetland, and also that 
of Fries and Ekstrém, from the Pleuronectes cordina of Cuvier, 
gave it the name of Lihombus norvegicus t. No additional 

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xy. p. 211. 
+ ‘Fishes, vol. iii. p. 175, pl. clxvii. 
t Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 412, 


100 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


specimen was obtained till 1887-88, when Dr. John Murray 
found several off the west coast, and thus the late Mr. G. Brook 
made no additional remarks on it in his interesting “ Synopsis 
of the Topknots,” published in 1887 *. Two of Murray’s 
specimens were 34 inches long, the third less. Mr. Holt ¢ 
lastly procured an example, 34 inches long, in 30-31 fathoms, 
off St. John’s Point, Donegal Bay, in 1891, the soundings 
being sand, gravel, and rock. 

The present example is 32 inches, or 85 millim., long, and 
is a female with developing ovaries. As Couch observes, the 
elongation of the body, in contrast with the other British 
topknots, is characteristic ; but in this instance it cannot be 
said that the body is proportionally thinner than in the other 
forms—it is quite as thick. ‘The scales are more distinct 
than in Miiller’s topknot, and probably also than in the others, 
considerably larger in proportion, and are more elongated 
antero-posteriorly on the sides of the body. The free edge of 
the scale is also conical, instead of forming a nearly straight 
spinous edge. ‘This bluntly conical edge is beset with a row 
of slightly curved spines, usually numbering about thirty-five 
or thirty-six, and more or less uniform in size, though the 
median are generally a little larger, besides a series of 
shorter spines—best marked at the apex of the cone—which 
occur between and behind the others. On the white surface 
the shape of the scales is the same, but the median teeth 
appear to be a little larger. These scales invade the base of 
the caudal on the right or white side, as Couch says, as far as 
they do on the left; but the fin-rays beyond, both in this and 
the other fins, have none. The character of the armature of 
the scale thus. differs quite from the condition in the other 
forms, in which eight or nine spines occur, the median, more- 
over, greatly exceeding the others. ‘The scales which cover 
the left suriace of the fin-rays are more elongate and show 
considerable variation in regard to the symmetrical position 
of the terminal spines, the character of which, however, 
remains the same. ‘he ridge between the eyes formed a 
simple curve, spread out in front and behind, and thus, though 
agreeing with Couch’s figure, differed from the examples from 
the west coast, in which the ridge is described as Co-shaped f. 
The lateral line deviated from the figure of both authors, 
since, though it inclined a little upward on approaching the 
pectoral, the abrupt upward curve did not commence till it 
reached a line falling within the tips of the pectoral rays, 

* Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1887, p. 362. 
+ Report Roy. Dubl. Soe. 
{ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xv. p. 218. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 101 


as both authors state in their descriptions. The teeth in the 
mandible and maxille form fine, almost villous rows. None 
could be made out on the head of the vomer. 

The dorsal fin begins distinctly in front of the eye, and the 
first few rays have no scales. Couch observes that it com- 
mences barely in front of the upper eye. About four or five 
of the terminal rays posteriorly pass to the right (lower) 
surface, and Couch states that in this and the anal fin the 
terminal regions on the right are “ not so near the caudal as 
in the other species.” The processes certainly appear to be 
smaller. The longest rays occur about the posterior one-sixth 
of its course, a feature not shown in Dr. Giinther’s figure *. 
The pelvic fins overlap, though they are quite separate from, 
the commencement of the anal, the longest rays of which occur 
opposite the longest rays of the dorsal. About the same 
number of rays pass to the right (lower) side as in the case 
of the dorsal. ‘The right pectoral is considerably shorter than 
the left. 

The colour of this example was remarkable, since a general 
roseate hue pervaded the left side, and was Visible after six 
weeks’ preservation in spirit. No mention is made of such a 
hue in previous notices. ‘he entire left side is also marbled 
with touches of brown of varying shades, some being dark, 
others light, and no regularity appears to exist in their distri- 
bution, except that there 1s a tendency to transverse bars 
when the body is viewed obliquely. A marked black band 
occurs at the base of the tail, with a dark spot beyond it, and 
both dorsal and anal fins have a series of dark touches. The 

same exist in the caudal, in which they have a somewhat 
crescentic arrangement. Couch observes that “the upper 
surface is yellowish brown, mottled with darker brown over 
the head, body, and fins, with leas tendency to defined spots 
than in the other species.” Giinther, again, states that it is 
“ brownish, marbled with darker; a large blotch at the com- 
mencement of the straight portion of the lateral line and a 
transverse band on the tail behind the dorsal and anal fins 
are the most conspicuous markings. ‘The rays of the vertical 
fins are irregularly annulated with blackish brown.” 

The ovarian eggs were small, ranging from 0°34 to 0152 
millim. and under, so that the spawning- period was probably 
not nearer than July. ‘This conjecture proves to have been 
near the truth, since Mr. H. C. Williamson on July 6th 
procured in the Moray Firth another example, in ale he 
noticed more or less ripe transparent eggs. 


* Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xv. pl. iv. fig. C. 


102 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


XII.—On the Type of the Genus Massospondylus, and on 
some Vertebre and Limb-bones of M. (2) Browni. By H.G. 
SEELEY, F.R.S.* 


In 1854 the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons re- 
ceived from the Harrismith district, on the border of Natal in 
the Drakensberg range, a series of bones presented by 
Dr. R. J. N. Orpen and Mr. Joseph Millard Orpen. No 
further remains of this animal have since been recovered. 
Mr. J. M. Orpen, Member of the Legislative Assembly, Cape 
of Good Hope, on August 5, 1889, wrote for me the following 
further memorandum on the locality from which they came :— 
“The spot where I obtained some large bones of a saurian 
about 1853, which my father sent home, was on a hill capped 
by sandstone on the east boundary of the farm Beaucherf, in 
the district of Harrismith, on the watershed of the Drakens- 
berg. Below the sandstone is a chocolate-coloured shale. I 
think more of the bones would be found on the spot by exca- 
vating. ‘The fossils were on the east face of the beacon-hill 
which is north-west of Beaucherf House.” I was unable to 
visit this locality, and the genus rests still upon the materials 
collected by Mr. Orpen, which have never been figured. 

Fifty-five fragments or bones, numbered 331-386, were 
selected by Sir R. Owen and briefly described in the 
‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Fossil Organic Remains of 
Reptilia and Pisces contained in the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons of England’ (4to, London, 1854), 
pp. 97-100. They were then regarded as indicating three or 
more genera or species of large extinct carnivorous reptiles, 
combining in their vertebree and bones of their extremities 
both Crocodilian and Lacertilian characters, with an indica- 
tion of a structure of the sacrum like that seen in Dinosauria. 
The species were named Massospondylus carinatus, Pachy- 
spondylus Orpent, and. Leptospondylus capensis. They were 
grouped under the Lacertilia in 1854. In Owen’s ‘ Palezon- 
tology,’ 2nd ed. 1861, p. 300, Massospondylus is mentioned 
under the Crocodilia and placed in the suborder Amphiceelia 
or Teleosauria. A later reference to the type is made in 
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvi. 1880, p. 415, where all 
the genera are compared with the Anomodont reptile Platypo- 
dosaurus, but only to indicate differences. 

An examination of the remains shows that they are not all 


* Read before the Geological Society of London as Part 6 of “Con- 
tributions to Knowledge of Saurischia,” June 22, 1892. 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 103 


referable to one individual. The presence of portions of 
three pubic bones of different sizes indicates at least three 
individuals ; but those bones show no divergence of character. 
There are three vertebree, which are of different type from the 
majority of the remains, and probably belong to other species. 
Most of the bones, however, are referable to the species 
Massospondylus carinatus. The early dorsal vertebra, of 
which the centrums are preserved, have, when taken by them- 
selves, enough resemblance to the Teleosaurian type to explain 
Sir R. Owen’s recognition of a Teleosaurian affinity. But 
the pubis of Zanclodon, which I examined in 1878 at Stutt- 
gart and Tiibingen, proved to be identical in type with Jasso- 
spondylus, and therefore fixed the systematic position of the 
genus among the Megalosaurian Saurischia. Some other 
parts of the skeleton approximate to Zanclodon, but the 
differences are considerable. The ilium conforms to the 
Triassic type, as represented by Zanclodon, Aétosaurus, &c., 
in having the vertical plate of the bone high and more deve- 
loped posteriorly than anteriorly ; but it does not develop 
descending pedicles to give attachment to the pubis and 
ischium, approaching in this respect to the type of Cetio- 
Saurus. 

My conclusions also diverge from the College of Surgeons 
Catalogue in the following osteological determinations. The 
vertebrae of MMassospondylus carinatus, which were regarded 
as probably from the tail, L believe to be cervical, from their 
resemblance to the cervical vertebre of Zanclodon. ‘The 
dorsal vertebre show a similar affinity. It seems to me not 
improbable that the caudal vertebre named Puchyspondylus 
Orpeni are the tail of this species of Wassospondylus, though 
it is impossible, in the absence of history of the specimens, to 
make the identification with certainty. ‘There 1s one sacral 
vertebra, which Professor Owen recognized as having some 
Dinosaurian characters. It is the only evidence of the sacrum 
preserved. ‘There is a close resemblance in form between 
the ischium and scapula in animals of this type. The bone 
349, regarded asa lett scapula, seems to me to be the ischium ; 
no. 350, termed upper part of the same scapula, [ regard as 
distal end of the same ischium. A similar bone, 359, 1s 
named ischium; another example, 357, was referred with doubt 
to the proximal end of the humerus. The bone 351, named 
lower end of left scapula, I regard as the proximal end of the 
pubis; and the bone 352, which is compared to the scapular 
end of a right coracoid, is also the proximal end of a pubis. 

Pachyspondylus and Leptospondylus, in the absence of 
further evidence of their characters, may be held for the 


104 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


present in abeyance, though the specimens exist on which 
definitions might be based. 


Vertebral Column. 


Few vertebra were collected; they represent the cervical, 
dorsal, sacral, and caudal regions. Since the bones belong to 
two or three individuals of different sizes, caution is necessary 
in using them as evidence for the reconstruction of the form 
and proportions of the animal. The cervical vertebre are 
most elongated; but the dorsal vertebree are more compressed 
from side to side than the cervical at the articular ends, 
and they have the centrum shorter. The single sacral 
centrum is shorter than the dorsal and has the body of the 
vertebra more depressed. The caudal vertebre, on the other 
hand, are longer than the sacral, have larger articular faces 
than the dorsal, and carry chevron-bones. 


Cervical Vertebre. (Fig. 1.) 


The specimen numbered 831 (fig. 1) was regarded as a 
vertebra probably from the tail; I interpret it as cervical. 
Compared with the figure of the cervical vertebra of Zanclodon* 
it is seen to be almost identical in plan, the obvious difference 
being that the neural spine is a little more posterior in position 
in Massospondylus and that the transverse plate, extending 
outward like a film, which makes the upper tubercular articu- 
lation for the rib, has a more posterior position. 


Left side of a cervical vertebra. About 2 nat. size. No. 33]. 


The aspect of the vertebra is somewhat elongated, with a 
strong low neural spine, strong zygapophyses (low in position 
and deeply cleft), with the centrum compressed from side to 


* ¢Popu ar Science Review,’ n. s, vol. iv. pl. ii. fig. 3. 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 105 


side, and moderately elevated long parapophysial facets for 
the rib, below the middle of the sides of We anterior face 
for the centrum. The body of the vertebra is 4;°5 inches long 
at the base and hardly more than 4 inches ee at the neural 
canal, showing that the cervical vertebra were carried in a 
curve which was convex on the anterior or ventral surface, 
from which it follows that the neck was elevated. The ante- 
rior face of the centrum is slightly distorted, but appears to 
have been circular, 1;5 inch in diameter. The surface 
appears to have been concave and bordered by a sharp margin, 
but it is imperfectly excavated. At the base of the articular 
surface is an appearance as though there may have been a 
narrow, thin, intercentral ossification, not unlike that seen in 
Paretasaurus. A somewhat similar bevelling, which I should 
attribute to a like cause, is seen below the posterior articular 
margin, and may account for the original identification of the 
vertebra as caudal. The posterior end of the centrum is 
rather larger. A sharp, straight, median ventral ridge extends 
concavely from front to back along the base. The sides of 
the centrum are greatly constricted and consist of inferior 
portions, which converge downward from the lower articula- 
tion for the rib, and superior portions, which are nearly 
vertical and parallel. The centrum is thus constricted in the 
middle to less than half its width at the ends. This con- 
striction or excavation is greatest below the transverse process, 
which is given off just above the neuro-central suture. ‘That 
process has a long base, is directed outward and a little down- 
ward; it is compressed from above downward, is slightly 
convex above and rather concave below. ‘There is no evidence 
of a pneumatic foramen on its underside. 

The neural arch, in harmony with the slender centrum, is 
chiefly remarkable for the low truncated neural spine and 
strong cleft divergent zygapophyses. Seen from above the 
anterior and posterior ridges of the zygapophyses approximate 
almost in the form of a capital X, owing to the lateral trans- 
verse constriction above the transverse processes being similar 
to that of the centrum. ‘The neural spine is 1;’ inch above 
the zygapophysial ridge; its vertical anterior border is in a 
line with the middle of the transverse process. Superiorly 
it is gently convex from front to back. Its short posterior 
border is rather in advance of the slight notch for the inter- 
vertebral nerve. From the base of the neural spine the 
zy gapophyses diverge as compressed wedge-shaped processes, 
separated throughout their length, with the articular facets 
inclined, so that the anterior pair look inward and upward. 
These facets are slightly convex. ‘The process is concave on 


106 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


its under surface from front to back and convex from side to 
side. 

Nos. 332, 333, 334, 335 are probably cervical vertebra ; 
but their condition of preservation contributes nothing to 
knowledge of the type, and I believe they pertain to another 
species. 


Dorsal Vertebre. 


The dorsal vertebree have the centrum only preserved, 
though in the specimen numbered 336 the base of the neural 
arch is seen. These vertebree, owing to the lateral com- 
pression of the centrum and the attachment of the neural arch 
along the whole length of the centrum, have a Teleosauroid 
aspect ; they measure 275 inches in length. The measure- 
ment on the neural canal exceeded that on the ventral border, 
showing that the back of the animal was arched upward in 
the antero-posterior direction. The articular ends are laterally 
compressed, being higher than wide, vertically ovate, 2-2 inches 
high by 1-7 broad, flattened but slightly concave. The 
transverse measurement in the middle of the centrum is about 
jy inch. The base is markedly concave from front to back 
and notably convex from side to side. ‘There is only a slight 
indication of the transverse widening of the neural arch. This 
vertebra apparently is figured in Cat. Foss. Rept. Brit. Mus. 
pt. iv. p. 249, 1890 *. 


Sacral Vertebre. (Fig. 2.) 
The specimen 546 (fig. 2) I regard as referable to Masso- 
spondylus carinatus. It was referred to Puchyspondylus Orpent 


Fig. 2. 


Encroachment of the sacral 
rib on the centrum. 


Ventral aspect of sacral vertebra. No, 346. 


in Sir R. Owen’s Catalogue of the Royal College of Surgeons. 
It is depressed, broadly convex on the base, with an oblique 


* The genus there rests partly upon teeth from India named Masso- 
spondylus Hislopi, from Maleri Gondwana beds, and the Mussospondylus (?) 
Rawesi, from the Lameta beds. I am not aware that any teeth from 
South Africa of the type of Massospondylus have been found. The teeth 
of Rhopalodon are not unlike those attributed to Massospondylus Hislopi. 
The Indian bones of Anomodonts hitherto known, however, are from the 
Panchet rocks. 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 107 


vertical truncation of the anterior parts of the sides, so as to 
leave only a narrow vertical median strip of the centrum to 
meet the sacral vertebra, which was placed in front. This is 
due to the encroachment of the sacral ribs, which were situate 
at the junction of the two vertebree, as in most of the Old-World 
Saurischia and as in Deuterosaurus. 'The encroachment of 
the sacral ribs, no less than the short length of the centrum, 
indicates that the sacrum was consolidated early in life. The 
centrum is less than 2 inches long, 17% inch deep, 14% inch 
wide. 


Caudal Vertebre. (Fig. 3.) 


The vertebrae which have been regarded as caudal all retain 
the transverse processes above the level of the base of the 
neural canal. The centrum (fig. 3) has a conspicuous lateral 
compression in the middle, rounded base, and large facets for 
the chevron-bones. The articular surface is conically concave 


Fig. 3. 


'Right side of centrum, early caudal vertebra. 4 nat. size. 
No. 338 reversed. 


in front and more flattened behind, with a rather small neural 
canal and depressed neural arch, with the neural spine inclined 
backward. ‘The spine diminishes in height as the vertebre 
diminish in size. The caudal vertebra are referable to more 
than one individual. 


Pelvis. 


Sir R. Owen identified the ilium 358 and the ischium 359, 
He remarks that the left illum terminates anteriorly in a 
short obtuse process in advance of the acetabulum ; but it is 
supposed that its anterior part has been broken away, and the 
bone in form and proportions was said (1854) to most resemble 
the iliac bone of /guwanodon. Notwithstanding some uncer- 
tainty in determination of the ilium in allied animals in Sir R. 
Owen’s later writings, these remarks appear to indicate that the 
pelvic affinities of the animal were rightly appreciated. 


108 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


Ilium. (Fig. 4.) 


The form of the ilium (fig. 4) is, so far as 1 am aware at 
present, without close parallel in any carnivorous member 
of the same group. 


Fig. 4. 


Superior crest. 


Ischiae articulation. —~ H 
Acetabular arch, 


Left ilium, inner lateral aspect. 3 nat. size. No. 358. 


The bone is subtriangular, with a long, superior, slightly . 
convex iliac crest, which terminates in a small preacetabular 
process and a larger postacetabular process. The length of 
the crest is 9 inches; it is gently curved from front to back, 
so that there is a slight reflexion outward of the extremities 
of the bone. Assuming that the sacral vertebra and ilium 
belong to the same animal or animals of similar size, this 
length would indicate that there were not fewer than three or 
more than four vertebre in the sacrum. ‘The vertical height 
from the articular surface of the acetabulum in front is 
54 inches, and the corresponding height from behind is 
6 inches, so that in general configuration the form of the ilium 
approaches most nearly to Aétosaurus ferratus (Fraas) ; but 
the preacetabular process is less developed, as are the 
descending processes of the ilium for the pubis and ischium. 
The acetabular arch between the limits of the ischium and 
pubis is 38} inches long; it is 2 inches wide in front and 
14 inch wide behind. The surface is divided into two por- 
tions, an external and an inner: the external portion is 
convex from the outer margin inward and increases in 
width as it extends posteriorly; the inner portion is some- 
what shorter and concave in width as well as in length. 

I suppose the superior crest to have been more or less 
parallel to the vertebral axis, so that the thickened rounded 
posterior angle of the ilium was thrown downward and did 
the major work of supporting the femur. ‘The ischiac suture 
is slightly worn; it is about 1,%; inch wide and 1 inch long 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 109 


and has a subquadrate form. The articulation for the pubis 
is semicircular, 24 inches wide and 1 inch long, the convexity 
being in front. 


The Ischium. (Fig. 5.) 


There are several examples of ischium—nos. 349, 350, 357, 
and 359 ; the last was identified by Sir R. Owen as the body of 
the left ischium. There is no certain evidence of the length 
of the bone, though its form and general characters are 
obvious. I regard the specimen 349-50 (fig. 5) as having been 
a foot long, and believe that it was articulated obliquely to 
the ilium. Its proximal end is concave on the posterior border 
and becomes straight distally; its anterior border is divided into 
two parts by a tuberosity near the proximal end, which was 
directed inward. This tuberosity has the form of the anterior 


“T\--- Pubie process. 


6be 


i 
1 
t 
f 
EY 


Distal end. 


Restoration of the ischium based upon two fragments. 4 nat. size. 


acromial crest of a scapula, and makes the anterior outline of 
the length of the bone concave. The proximal anterior 
margin above the tuberosity is thin and fractured. Thus the 
ischium is nearly 3 inches wide at the proximal extremity ; 
1 inch of the surface is for articulation with the ilium, and 
the anterior smooth concave part is a portion of the acetabular 
border. The width at the tuberosity is a little greater and at 
the posterior fracture the bone is 2 inches wide. ‘The distal 
extremity of no. 350 must have been more than 3 inches 
wide, and terminated in a flat oblique cartilaginous surface. 
If that be taken as indicating the horizontal base of the bone, 


110 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


then the ischium must have been directed backward, so that 
its posterior border was inclined at an angle of about 45°. 
The subacetabular process, which I have described, at 
21 inches below the articular surface was directed inward, so 
as to enclose a pelvic basin, as in other Saurischia. 


Pubis. (Fig. 6.) 


The hind bone of the pelvis (fig. 6) is represented in the 
College of Surgeons Museum by several specimens, some of 
which have hitherto escaped attention, and remain as originally 
received, without numbers. Nos. 351 and 3852 are the 
proximal extremities of the pubic bone, showing the articular 
surfaces. The notch beneath the acetabular margin is mor- 
phologically the remains of the foramen in the pubic bone of 
Belodon, which appears to have become modified in a way 
that can only be compared with the condition in Zanclodon 


Fig. 6. 


Acetabular Iliac 
surface. surface. 


Obturator notch © 


Anterior edge. 


Distal articular surface. 


Pubis, inner side. 3 nat. size. Restored from three fragments. 


and Staganolepis. In the drawers are preserved the middle 
portion of the pubis as well as its distal end, so that the bone 
is now known from all its parts, though these cannot be 
actually fitted together into a single specimen. ‘This is less 
important, since the left pubis of Huskelesaurus figured by 
Mons. Paul Fischer as a pelvic bone of a Dinosaurian exactly 


} 
4 
} 
| 
q 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. TTD 


parallels the conditions of the several fragments of the bone 
in Massospondylus. 

The transverse width of the head of the bone is less than 
4 inches in the largest specimen and more than 3 inches in 
the smallest, and the transverse width at the notch below the 
articular head is about 1? inch. The bone is about 14 inch 
thick proximally and the surface is divided into two portions, 
one for articulation with the ilium, and the other is part of 
the acetabulum. This acetabular portion is truncated poste- 
riorly and compressed on the underside, as thouyh it had 
extended in an antero-posterior direction to meet the acetabular 
part of the ischium. 

The middle portion of the shaft is twisted at an angle of 
about 45° to the articular head, directing the expanded distal 
plate of the bone inward. The inner margin is fractured. I 
infer that the pubes approximated towards each other poste- 
riorly, converging by the thin inner border, which thus became 
posterior, and that the bones each had a nearly straight 
though slightly concave border, which was anterior and 
external. ‘The middle portion of the shaft preserved is nearly 
4 inches Jong and fully 2 inches wide to the fracture. The 
distal portion of the pubis is about 54 inches long, less than 
2 inches wide proximally, and 24 inches wide distally, with 
the distal extremity truncated and thickened. It has a carti- 
laginous border $ inch deep on the inner side, and has the 
anterior extremity of the fragment directed a little outward. 
Hence I conclude that the pelvic girdle was constructed upon 
the same plan as in other Saurischia, in which the ischium 
and pubis are flattened elongated bones. The form of the 
pubis seems to be conclusive in indicating affinity with the 
‘Triassic Saurischia of Europe. 


The Hind Limb. 


The hind limb is known from the femur, tibia, metatarsus, 
and phalanges ; its characters are in harmony with the indi- 
cations of the pelvis. The femur, however, is more slender 
than might have been expected, and rather conforms to the 
type of Paleosaurus than that of Zanclodon. The tibia is 
similar in its characters. 


The Femur. (Fig. 7.) 


The femur (fig. 7) was relatively short and strong. It is 
known from the proximal end 360, the distal ends 361 and 362, 
and the middle of a shaft which preserves much of the internal 
lateral trochanter. The distal end shows the base of the 


112 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


lateral trochanter to be 84 inches from the distal extremity. 
The middle of the shaft shows the trochanter to have had a 
length of not less than 3 inches. The proximal fragment, 
4 inches long, shows no trace of the lateral trochanter. 
These measurements prove that the femur was more than 
16 inches long ; I assume it to have been probably not less 
than 18 inches long. 


Fig. 7 


Proximal trochanter 


Lateral trochanter (evi- 
denced by another ~~~ 
specimen). 


Restoration of the external aspect of the right femur. 
+ nat. size. 


The proximal head of the bone was directed inward, and 
measured about 4 inches transversely from the rounded head, 
which was at right angles to the shaft. Its superior surface 
is flattened, moderately convex from within outward, and 
slightly concave from front to back. ‘There is no indication 
of a twist in the shaft, and I infer the proximal and distal 
ends to have been approximately parallel to each other. 

The head of the bone is compressed from above downward, 
flattened on the underside, and convex on the superior surface. 
Below the head the bone becomes stouter, so that while the 
thickness of the head is 27% inches, and of the neck about 
1,6; inch, the thickness at the fractured lower extremity 
exceeds 2 inches, where the width from within outward is 
2,3; inches. 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 113 


The fragment of the shaft showing the lateral trochanter 
appears to belong to a smaller individual. It shows that the 
trochanter was longitudinal, compressed, and directed down- 
ward to a depth in that specimen of about 58; inch, recalling 
the condition in Palwosaurus and Zanclodon. 

The distal fragment at its proximal extremity is 2 inches 
wide, and rather thicker, owing to the breakage occurring at 
the base of the lateral trochanter. ‘The bone widens distally 
to 4 inches. ‘The external border is rather more concave 
than the internal border. The thickness is about 15°, inch 
where the elevation below the trochanter has subsided; but 
at the distal extremity the development of the condyles gives 
the bone a thickness of 275 inches. ‘The distal condyles are, 
as usual, a large internal, vertically ovate, prominent process 
and a smaller external condyle, external to which is the 
usual oblique external infero-lateral area, though much less 
compressed than usual, so that it produces a convex inflation 
of the external distal side of the bone. ‘There is a deep 
groove between the two condyles, and this divides the distal 
articular end in a broad U-shape into two nearly equal but 
unsymmetrical parts. In this respect also the bone 1s inter- 
mediate between Palwosawi us and Zanclodon. 


The Tibia. (Figs. 8 and 9.) 


The bone no. 363 is the proximal end of a right tibia (fig. 8) 
more perfect than 865, which is the corresponding proximal end 
Fig. 9. 


sox 


Fig. 8.—Proximal end of right tibia, seen from above. 

Fig. 9.—Anterior aspect of the distal end of the left tibia. 3 nat. size. 

of the left tibia; 364 is the distal end of a left tibia (fig. 9), 

probably from the same individual as 365. On the hypothesis 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 8 


114 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


that these bones are portions of one animal, the tibia would not 
be less than 15 incheslong. Both proximal and distal ends of 
the bone are typically Saurischian, and may be compared with 
Paleosaurus and Agrosaurus, but are well distinguished by 
the shaft being less constricted and the distal end more com- 
pressed from front to back. The length of the proximal 
fragment is about 63 inches, while the distal fragment 
measures 54 inches. ‘The proximal articular surface has the 
usual subtriangular form and is inclined a little backward ; 
its extreme length is 4;% inches and extreme width over 
3 inches. The internal border is convex, though the con- 
vexity is broken by two angles. The posterior surface has 
the usual intercondylar notch, and the outer side is longitu- 
dinally channelled by the fibular groove, which helps to 
define the cnemial crest, which is moderately compressed 
from side to side. ‘The anterior margin is at first slightly 
convex and the posterior margin concave, as it extends down- 
ward. The transverse width at the fracture is about 13%; inch. 
The distal end at its superior extremity is about 14 inch wide, 
but the distal articular surface has widened regularly, so that 
the bone is about 1,3; inch from back to front, and 24 inches 
from side to side, supposing the slight notch in connexion 
with the astragalus to be towards the fibular border. 

The distal articulation is irregularly four-sided, the ante- 
rior border being shorter than the posterior border, which is 
obliquely truncated by the short inner border. ‘The distal 
surface is divided into two portions, anterior and posterior, by 
a wide groove, there being a descending area for a talon 
towards the antero-external side. ‘hese limb-bones have 
large internal cavities. The forms of the ends only indicate 
a generic difference from Palwosaurus and Agrosaurus, in 
neither of which is the bone relatively so wide transversely. 


Bones of the Foot. 


All the bones of the foot which are preserved appear to 
belong to the same limb. They make known the metatarsus 
and phalanges, but do not afford any evidence.of either the 
number of digits or number of phalanges in a digit. 

The first metatarsal no. 374 is short and broad, about 
21 inches long by 1? inch wide. Other metatarsals appear 
to indicate that the longest did not exceed 6 inches in length ; 
but they are all represented by fragments. They have the 
proximal ends deep, the form of the bone slender, with the 
distal end but little expanded. No. 367 has a depth of 

1 


4 inches at the proximal end, but only 3% of an inch at the 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. 115 


distal fracture ; and no. 371, which has nearly this width at 
its proximal fracture, is 1,%, inch wide at the distal end. The 
distal extremities are rounded from above downward, some- 
times with a slight concavity in the middle, and with lateral 
pits for ligaments. 

The phalanges are as wide as the metatarsals. No. 375 


Superior surface. Lateral aspect. 


) } 
Distal. 


A metatarsal phalange. 4 nat. size. 


(fig. 10) is 1)5 inch wide at the proximal end and 12 inch at 
the distal end, 27% inches long, and 1 inch thick at its extremi- 
ties, with all its surfaces slightly concave except the pulley- 
shaped distal end, at the sides of which are the usual concave pits. 
No. 878 is smaller, being only 174 inch long, but the reduction 
in thickness is not in proportion to the less length and breadth. 
No. 379 is rather more slender and has the sides more con- 
cave. ‘These phalanges indicate a strong broad foot. The 
terminal claw-phalanges 382,383,384, 385 present two types; 
383 (fig. 11) and 3885 have the posterior articular surface, which 


Wigs 11. 


_—_ a Lateral aspect. 
— <) 


A claw-phalange. +4 nat. size. 


Articular surface. {' 


is deeply concave, raised above the ground by a deep inferior 
callosity, while in the other two there is no callosity. The 
depth of the posterior end of no. 383 slightly exceeds 14 inch; 
an oblique ridge descends the articular surtace. The claw is 
compressed from side to side, convex above, concave below, 
tapering downward in front, but imperfectly preserved for a 
length of 24 inches ; it may have lost half an inch. A small 
lateral groove runs along the middle of the side. The thick- 
ness of the bone posteriorly is only about 4 inch. No, 382, 
8* 


116 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the 


which wants the inferior callosity, is less compressed from side 
to side. These remarkably compressed claws are a character 
of some importance in defining the genus Massospondylus. 
They distinguish it readily from Huskelesaurus, just as the 
absence of the proximal externo-anterior trochanter distin- 
euishes the femur, and the comparatively small size of the 
head of the bone distinguishes the tibia from that genus, 
which is also separated by the form of its distal end. 


The Humerus. (Fig. 12.) 


The humerus is a broad flat bone with transversely ex- 
panded ends and a slender shaft, which, in its general form, 
approximates towards that figured by Sir R. Owen as Dicy- 
nodon tigriceps. ‘There are, however, many approximations 
in the skeletons of Saurischia and Anomodontia. I infer 
that the length of the bone did not exceed 11 inches, so that 
it would be much shorter than the femur. No. 354 (fig. 12) 
is the proximal end of the right humerus, no. 356 is the distal 


Fig. 12. 


Proximal articular surface. 


- Radial crest. 


Distal articulation. 


Restoration of the right humerus. 4 nat. size. The middle of the shaft, 
which is lost, may be shorter than the dotted space between the two 
ends. No. 354. 


end of the right humerus, apparently the same bone. The 
proximal end of the bone is transversely expanded, the arti- 
cular end being directed inward and thickened, as in Paleo- 
saurus, while the radial crest is similarly directed downward ; 
but the shaft of the bone appears to have been relatively 
wider and the distal end to have been modified by greater 
transverse expansion. The width of the proximal end, as 


Type of the Genus Massospondylus. LEC 


preserved, is about 54 inches, the articular head of the bone 
is about 5 inches wide. The extremity is convex from within 
outward, and forms two eminences on the superior surface, 
one at the innermost angle and the other an inch further out- 
ward, each being an inch wide, with an inch interspace 
between them. ‘The radial crest is not suddenly bent down, 
as in Belodon, but curves outward and downward, so that the 
superior surface is convex transversely and the inferior 
surface concave towards the radial crest. The remarkable 
lateral position of the radial crest, well defined from the head 
above, is a distinctive character ; it extends vertically down 
the shaft for 24 inches, and is half an inch thick at its lower 
extremity; it gives to the bone a width of less than 3 inches, 
and an inch lower down, at the fracture, the width is about 
1} inch. This condition is closely approximated to by an 
undescribed humerus in the Royal Museum at Stuttgart 
referred to Zanclodon levis ; but there the radial crest is rela- 
tively thinner, being 4 inch thick in a proximal fragment 
which is 183 inches long, and the concave external outline 
below the radial crest is less marked. The thickness of the 
humerus of Massospondylus towards the middle of the shaft 
is 1445 inch. This end of the bone may also be compared 
with the bone figured by Mr. J. W. Hulke as humerus of 
Hyleosaurns *. 

The distal end of the bone is compressed from front to 
back; but there is no evidence to show whether the 
proximal and distal ends were in the same plane, as would 
seem probable. ‘The distal fragment is a little over 3 inches 
long at the fracture and nearly 2 inches wide ; it is 3;°5 inches 
wide towards the distal articulation, which is transversely 
extended, rounded, with the articulation extending about 
4 inch on to the ventral aspect, and truncated on the internal 
border. The shaft is compressed towards the external and 
internal margins, and is broadly concave in the middle of its 
length, so that two slight rounded ridges extend downward, 
diverging towards the inner and outer angles of the articular 
surface. On the superior side there is a moderate compression 
on the external border. The compression of the distal end is 
in harmony with that of the Stuttgart humerus already 
referred to. 

There is no evidence of the scapular arch, of the ulna and 
radius, or other bones of the anterior extremity. The rela- 
tively large size of the humerus suggests ordinary quadru- 
pedal movement. 


* Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. 1874, vol. xxx. pl. xxxi, 


118 Prof. H. G. Seeley on some Vertebre and 


The specimen 386, which is compared in the College of 
Surgeons Catalogue to a segment of the lower jaw of a 
Teleosaur, does not show any characters which I recognize as 
justifying its reference to the jaw; and the bone seems to me 
more likely to be a segment from a large chevron-bone of an 
undescribed Saurischian. 


From these evidences of the structure of the vertebral 
column, pelvis, hind limb, and humerus, it seems to be 
probable that the unknown parts of the skeleton will also 
show a general resemblance to the types found in the Trias of 
Europe, such as Paleosaurus and Zanclodon. 

I express my thanks to the President and Council of the 
Royal College of Surgeons for permission to draw these bones. 


On some Vertebree and Limb-bones from the Telle River, Cape 
Colony, provisionally described as Massospondylus (?) 
Browni (Seeley). 


Mr. Alfred Brown, of Aliwal North, obtained a small series 
of bones from the Telle River, north of the Witte Bergen, in 
the Mattisi country, which are of some interest. ‘They com- 
prise the right and left femora, one and a half cervical 
vertebree in contact with each other, a dorsal vertebra, three 
small caudals, together with five fragments of metatarsal 
bones, six claw-phalanges, and fourteen digital phalanges of 
the foot, which appear to indicate five digits decreasing in size 
from the innermost outward. 

In general character the bones approximate most closely to 
Massospondylus, but they are much smaller than the bones of 
M. carinatus. Vhe extremities of the limb-bones are less 
expanded, and there is a twist and curvature in the femur of 
which the remains of JMJussospondylus carinatus give no 
evidence. ‘The neck-vertebre are similarly elongated, the 
dorsal vertebra is similarly compressed. The phalanges are 
somewhat depressed, but not to the same extent as in the 
species already described. The ciaw-phalanges are of similar 
character. It is possible that the remains may hereafter 
show generic differences ; but at present it is not inconvenient 
to refer this fossil provisionally to MJassospondylus, as a new 
species, which may be named J. Brown. 

The geological horizon is apparently above the coal of Cape 
Colony, in the Stormberg beds, to which the bones are referred 
by Mr. Brown. 


Limb-bones of Massospondylus (?) Browni. 119 


Cervical Vertebre. 


Two cervical vertebra were found in natural articulation 
with each other, but only the anterior half of the second is 
preserved. ‘They appear to be the axis and the third cervical ; 
the axis is 24 inches long, remarkably slender, probably 
narrowed a little by side to side compression ; otherwise it 
presents a resemblance to the Wiirtemberg fossil, which I 
regard as the axis of Zanclodon Quenstedtt. No odontoid 
ossification is shown in the South-African specimen, and the 
posterior zygapophyses are in a less elevated position and 
more extended transversely. The neural spine appears to be 
but slightly developed. The sides of the neural arch 
converge upward and forward from the flat inclined posterior 
zy gapophyses, which diverge outward and backward, as in 
Zanclodon. They extend as far back as the posterior 
articular face of the centrum, forming, as in Zanclodon, a 
W-like notch when seen from above, owing to a slender 
process being developed between them in the median line. 
alte posterior zygapophyses measure in transverse extension 

¢ inch; they are triangular in section, being flattened on the 
underside, on the inner side, and below. The inferior 
flattening extends laterally for fully 14 inch, because the 
zygapophyses extend transversely outward beyond the middle 
of the centrum for half the length of the vertebra. The 
centrum is compressed from side to side, is most constricted 
at the anterior third, has the lateral portions nearly vertical, 
and the base formed of two inclined surfaces which meet in a 
sharp median ridge; but posteriorly the surfaces are rounded. 
Anteriorly the angles between the lower part of the side and 
the base are prominently developed, and may have given 
attachment to slight ribs, though no facets are seen. The 
face of the centrum in front is subpentagonal and appears to 
be flattened. The neural canal is much wider than high. 
There are no indications of anterior aygapophyses. The 
greatest width of the centrum in front exceeds # inch, the 
least width where most constricted is 3 inch, aay the width 
behind, as preserved, is ? inch. The height of the vertebra 
in the middle, as preserved, is 13 inch. Except in the 
transverse extension of the zygapophysial processes beyond 
the inferior part of the neural arch and centrum, there is no 
character of importance to distinguish this vertebra trom the 
axis of Zanclodon. 

The anterior part of the third vertebra is chiefly remark- 
able for two features—first, the greatly increased width ot 
the centrum, which is 1/5 inch. ‘This is partly the result of 


120 Prof. H. G. Seeley on some Vertebre and 


lateral thickening of the anterior terminal ridges at the sides, 
apparently to form facets for the attachment of ribs, though 
these facets are not well defined. Secondly, the prolongation 
forward of prezygapophyses, which extend ? inch in advance 
of the face of the centrum, diverging as they extend outward 
to a width of 13 inch. The upper articular surfaces of these 
processes are flat, as though to allow of some lateral move- 
ment, and the lower surfaces are convex. ‘The extremities of 
the facets curve downward, as though there were also some 
degree of upward and downward movement of the slender 
neck, There is the same median ridge on the base of the 
centrum and similarly inclined parts form its base. It is 
possible that the cervical vertebrae were of unequal length. 


Dorsal Vertebra. 


Only one dorsal vertebra is preserved. It is relatively 
shorter than in Zanclodon, for while the atlas is four fifths as 
long as that of Z. Quenstedti, this dorsal vertebra is less 
than half as long. The centrum measures 1} inch from front 
to back, is compressed from side to side, with the sides flattened 
and rounded at the base. The compression may be slightly 
increased by distortion and fossilization. The anterior and 
posterior faces are much deeper than wide, measuring 14 inch 
deep by % inch wide, the width being a little greater in front. 
The neural arch is compressed and defined from the centrum 
by a longitudinal suture at the base of the neural canal, as in 
Massospondylus carinatus. At the anterior border of the base 
of the neural arch is the vertically ovate facet for the head of 
the rib, which is flat and just raised a wafer thickness above 
the level of the bone. It is fully $ inch deep. The trans- 
verse processes are directed outward and upward, more so 
than in the anterior vertebrae of Jguanodon; so that in place 
of the usual horizontal platform a concave channel appears to 
lie on each side between them and the narrow neural spine, 
which is 14 inch from front to back and } inch thick. The 
usual buttresses appear on the sides of the neural arch, the 
anterior being a slight ridge ascending from the middle of the 
summit of the rib articulation; and the posterior, which is 
longer and more concave, ascends from the hinder margin of 
the centrum. These ridges are still separated by more than 
1 inch on the underside of the short transverse process, which 
extends out #inch beyond the neural spine and rises 24 inches 
above the base of the centrum. ‘The neural spine extends as 
far back as the flattened posterior face of the centrum and as 
far forward as the margin of the facet for the head of the rib. 


Limb-bones of Massospondylus (?) Browni. 121 


Both anterior and posterior zygapophyses are broken away, 
as is the upper part of the neural spine. his is the first 
example in which the neural arch of a dorsal vertebra has 
been found preserved in a South-African Saurischian. 

The upward direction of its transverse processes recalls the 
condition in Belodon and Staganolepis, but is more marked 
than in either. It makes no approximation apparently to the 
American Ceratosaurus, in which Professor Marsh’s figure 
does not indicate any transverse process at all in the dorsal 
region. It differs from MMegalosaurus not only in the 
ascending transverse process, but in the relatively lower 
situation of the articulation for the head of the rib. 


Caudal Vertebree*. 


The only caudal vertebre collected are three small speci- 
mens from towards the extremity of the tail, which are some- 
what elongated and slightly decrease in length. The earliest 
of the three is about an inch long, somewhat distorted by 
pressure, with the articular face in tront less than half an inch 
in diameter. ‘l'he underside of the centrum is marked with 
two parallel ridges, separated by a groove, and the anterior 
face is flattened, with a slight oblique area at the basal 
margin, which may indicate a chevron attachment. The 
sides are concave in length, convex from above downward. 
The neural spine is not preserved, and the neural arch is 
narrow and appears to extend along the centrum. ‘The 
zy gapophyses are not preserved. 

‘he other two vertebre are rather shorter; they show 
indications of slight transverse tubercles. ‘The articular faces 
are concave ; the sides are convex vertically, as is the base 
transversely. ‘Ihe association of these specimens rests upon 
their being collected together. When the articular faces of 
the three vertebree are put together they form a curve which 
is concave on the underside, as though the tail hung down- 
ward, 


Bones of the Loot. 


The proximal ends of five smal] metatarsal bones are the 
only part of those bones collected. When placed together in 
contact they have a transverse width of less than 3 inches, 
The innermost has a vertically ovate articular surface, an 
inch deep and half an inch wide. It was probably oblique i in 

* There are no characters which would indicate the association of these 


vertebrie with the cervical and dorsal, as parts of the same animal; and 
I only notice them as collected at the same time. 


122 Prof. H. G. Seeley on some Vertebree and 


position, like the metatarsal in the foot of a crocodile, resting 
upon thesecond. That bone is triangular at the extremity, 
being inclined and flattened internally, flattened at the base, 
short on the outer side, which is more vertical and grooved. 
The third appears to have been the stoutest; it has the 
proximal end subquadrate, somewhat convex, and each of the 
lateral margins is concave, except the external margin. The 
fourth bone is much more compressed from side to side; 
its articular surface is somewhat oblique and rounded. ‘The 
fifth bone is very small. All the bones after the first show 
ligament-grooves on the underside. ‘There is on the whole a 
steady decrease in size from the first to the fifth, if the bones 
are rightly identified ; but the remains are very imperfect and 
chiefly interesting from their reputed association. 


The Phalanges. 


These appear to belong to two limbs, since there are not 
fewer than six terminal claw-phalanges, and probably frag- 
ments of eight are preserved. The digital phalanges 
preserved may probably be referred to five digits, in which 
case there would be no claw-phalange preserved tor the fifth 
digit; and three claw-phalanges may possibly be referred to 
the other limb. As arranged, the bones in the first digit are 
stoutest, three in number, in the second digit four in number, 
in the third five, fourth four, and in the fifth two at least are 
preserved. The phalangeal bones are stout, of moderate 
length, not depressed, but with rather a tendency towards 
lateral compression. 

In the first digit the first phalange is 14 inch long, with 
the pulley-shaped distal end 4 inch wide, and the bone almost 
as deep. A ligament-pit is developed on each side of the 
distal pulley. ‘The bone is flattened. 

The claw-phalange is imperfect ; it was about ? inch deep 
at the proximal end, where it is less than } inch wide. The 
length, as preserved, is less than 14 inch, and was probably 
not less than 13 inch. The phalange is compressed from side 
to side. The lateral surface is divided into two nearly equal 
parts by a longitudinal groove on each side, above which the 
surface is convexly rounded, and about half as wide as the 
inferior portion, which is somewhat flattened on the underside. 
In harmony with this form the proximal articular surface is 
somewhat triangular; the bone is convex both below and 
above it. 

In the second phalange the bones are somewhat smaller, 
rather more depressed, especially the last phalange. The 


Limb-bones of Massospondylus (?) Browni. 123 


total length of the four bones placed together in contact is 
rather less than 4 inches. The claw-phalange is somewhat 
broader on the upper surface, and, besides being generally 
smaller, is relatively less deep. The groove on the side of 
the phalange is chiefly developed on the inner margin; on 
the outer side it is short and shallow. There is no inferior 
thickening, but a slight thickening above the articular surface, 
which is wider below than above. 

The third digit I regard as including five phalanges and as 
having a length of 4} inches. ‘These bones are more elevated 
than in the other digits and somewhat narrower from side to 
side. They preserve the same general character, but the 
fourth phalange, if rightly referred to this limb, is small and 
short, being less than 3 inch long and 4 inch wide. The 
claw-phalange is very similar to that in the first digit. 

What I suppose to be the fourth digit is very slender, and 
the first two phalanges are much compressed from side to 
side, though the compression may be partially due to squeezing. 
The first is 7° inch long, fully 3 inch wide at the distal end, 
and about as high. ‘The second is 3 inch long and somewhat 
narrower at the distal end. The third phalange is $ inch 
shorter and more depressed ; but this depression seems to me 
to characterize the penultimate phalange in each digit. The 
claw-phalange, as preserved, has lost the extremity and is 
much compressed from side to side. It is about + inch wide 
and more than 3 inch deep. It may have been 3 inch long 
when complete. 

The fifth digit can only be restored conjecturally. A 
small bone, which has the aspect of being a proximal 
phalange, is g inch long, as deep as wide, expanded at both 
ends, the distal end being almost hemispherical, without 
any trace of the vertical median channel which charac- 
terizes all the other digital phalanges. The fourteenth 
phalange is different in shape to any other, and may have 
been a depressed penultimate phalange or have belonged to 
another limb. ‘The distal end shows no trace of the usual 
vertical superior groove, and it is only slightly indicated on 
the underside. here are slight ligamentous pits at the sides 
of the articulation, which appear to indicate that the digit 
terminated either in a claw or another phalange, which is 
not preserved. 

So tar as they admit of comparison, these bones are very 
similar to those which have been attributed to Massospondylus 
cartnatus, especially the claws, and the phalanges only differ 
in being rather better ossified. A similar type of digital 
phalange is observed in the fossil described trom Eagle’s 


124 Prof. H. G. Seeley on some Vertebre and 


Crag as Hortalotarsus, in which the proportions of such of the 
foot-bones as can be compared are almost identical. This is 
the more interesting, since that fossil is manifestly very 
unlike Massospondylus in the form of the distal end of its 
tibia, and on that basis is referred to a different genus. 


Femur. (Figs. 13 and 14.) 


Mr. Brown collected both the right and left femora, which 
are fully 94 inches long. Both bones are slightly distorted, 
and the right femur is obviously compressed at the proximal 
end, while the left is somewhat compressed at the distal end. 
The bone is Megalosauroid in type, in having the articular 
head bent inward at an angle to the distal end, so as to look 
inward and forward; it is rounded from within outward, and 
at about 3 of an inch below the proximal extremity on the 
inner side there is an impressed area continuous with the 
shaft which defines the head of the bone. The external 
trochanter is but slightly developed; it forms a ridge on the 
externo-anterior border, fully 13 inch below the proximal 
articulation. It is but slightly elevated, widens as it 
descends, and is traced for fully an inch in length. Seen 
from the side the bone has a sigmoid curve, owing to the 
proximal head being bent forward, the body of the bone 
curving forward and upward and the distal end being 
directed backward and downward. The greatest measure- 
ment of the proximal end from within outward and its greatest 
transverse measurement is 13 inch. ‘The internal lateral 
trochanter is compressed from side to side as usual, and 
directed vertically inward and downward ; it is 14 to 1? inch 
long, and approaches within less than 3 inches to the proximal 
end and 5 inches from the distal end. The bone is 
rather compressed in the shaft from side to side, so that it is 
deeper than wide, nearly vertical on the external side, flattened 
in front at the distal end. ‘The distal extremity is well 
rounded from front to back, with two well-developed condyles, 
divided from each other by a moderately deep notch. ‘The 
depth of the bone is here 1? inch in the left femur. ‘The 
internal condyle appears to be the larger; there is a com- 
pression on the hinder border of the external condyle. The 
breadth of the distal end of the bone, as preserved, is nearly 
132 inch. 

The distinctive features of this femur are, first, the ovate 
form of the articular head seen from above, which has some 
resemblance to Massospondylus; but the proximal end is not 
so broad as in Massospondylns carinatus, nor is the distal end 


Limb-bones of Massospondylus (?) Brown. 125 


so much expanded; the condyles are less developed back- 
ward, and the inner lateral trochanter appears to be more 
proximal in position. The external proximal trochanter is 
rather better marked than in J/assospondylus carinatus, but 
rather less marked than in Huskelesaurus. ‘The inner lateral 
trochanter is not quite so near to the proximal end as in 
Belodon or Paleosaurus, the bone in the latter genus being 


Fig. 14, 


Massospondylus (?) Brownt. 
Fig. 15.—Right femur, anterior aspect. 
Fig. 14.—Right femur, internal aspect. 


more slender, more compressed above the external trochanter, 
and otherwise of different character. On the whole, the bone 
approximates nearest to Massospondylus, indicating an animal 
about three fifths of the dimensions of the type, with the 
femur not more than half the diameter of the larger bone at 
its extremities. 

It is not certain that these remains may not be referable to 
FHlortalotarsus. ‘That could only be determined by discovery 
of the tibia or other distinctive element. While there is this 
possibility that the remains may belong to the Eagle’s Crag 
genus, I prefer, in the absence of evidence, not to affirm the 
identity. The differences from Massospondylus are sufticiently 
obvious to prevent inconvenience from recording the species 
as (?) Massospondylus Brownt. 

I am indebted to Mr. Brown for the opportunity of 
making this description. 


126 Bibliographical Notice. 


XIII.—Adris sikhimensis, a new Form of the Ophiderid 
Group of Noctuid Moths. By A. G. Butter, Ph.D. &e. 


For some years past we have had a single example of a 
moth in the Museum collection which I felt certain was 
distinct from the widely distributed A. tyrannus; but, as 
Mr. Hampson was inclined to the belief that it was merely an 
instance of individual variation, I abstained from describing it. 

Mr. Moore’s collection has now added three other examples 
from Darjiling, clearly demonstrating the fact that the Sikhim 
form differs constantly in certain characters from the widely 
distributed form of the East. I therefore no longer hesitate 
to name it. 


Adris stkhimensts, sp. n. 


General character and pattern of A. tyrannus, from which 
it differs in having the primaries much more largely suffused 
with moss-green; the sinus at the inner margin of these 
wings considerably longer; the curved black band on the 
secondaries with its upper portion constantly much wider and 
the large black reniform patch with its inferior lobe much 
enlarged, reducing the acuteness of the external indentation ; 
the third joint of the palpi terminates in a decidedly smaller 
expansion than in any example of 4. tyrannus. 

Expanse of wings 100-118 millim. 

Danjiling. 

1 believe this to be a perfectly distinct representative form 
of A. tyrannus; for although individuals vary in some of 
the characters which I have pointed out, there is nevertheless 
a wide difference between the nearest forms of the two types. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


A Monograph of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the British 
Isles. By Joun W. Taytor. Part I. Leeds, October 1894. 


Ir is now thirty-two years since the late Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys 
published his account of the land and freshwater shells of the 
British Islands. It formed the first volume of his well-known and 
admirable ‘ British Conchology,’ and has generally been accepted by 
the conchologists of this country as the standard work upon this 
branch of science. Other treatises have since been published, but 
none of these, with the exception of Lovell Reeve’s ‘Land and 


Bibliographical Notice. 127 


Freshwater Mollusks of the British Isles,’ pretend to the complete- 
ness and originality of Jeffreys’s work. 

The long interval since the publication of that book, and the 
numerous changes which have been made in classification and in 
nomenclature, are an answer to the question whether another 
treatise on this subject was wanted. 

Judging from the part of Mr. Taylor’s work before us, it would 
appear that the subject will be treated in a far more exhaustive 
manner than has ever been attempted previously. We know from 
the ‘Journal of Conchology’ that the author was accumulating 
material at least ten years ago, and therefore, as ample time in the 
preparation of a work of this kind is so indispensable to ensure 
thoroughness, we may anticipate a very full and detailed account of 
the subject. 

From a prospectus accompanying this part, it appears that the 
work is to be completed in two volumes. The first will be devoted 
to a general treatment of the subject, the different forms and cha- 
racters of the shell, the morphology of the animal, and descriptions 
of the structure and functions of the various organs; geological and 
geographical distribution, habits, parasites, enemies, uses, develop- 
ment, &c. The second volume will contain an account of the species 
individually, 

Part I. consists of 64 pages of text, illustrated with 136 process 
blocks and one coloured plate as a frontispiece. 

It commences with a definition of conchology and a few remarks 
upon the limitation of the subkingdom Mollusca. The following 

eight pages are devoted to classification, the scheme adopted being 
that elaborated by Professor Ray Lankester in the ‘ Encyclopedia 
Britannica.’ 

Nomenclature is then discussed, and instruction given in the 
formation of generic and specific names. In talking of synonymy 
our author informs us that for Limnea peregra “ over three hundred 
names have been catalogued, all specifically synonymous!” We 
sincerely trust that he will not burden his readers with a complete 
list of them. 

Thirty-six pages are occupied with various points in connexion 
with the shell. Its structure and chemical composition, the nume- 
rous forms it assumes, and the various kinds of surface-ornamenta- 
tion (sculpture) which adorn it are all explained, the descriptions 
being assisted with explanatory figures. The names associated with 
the various parts of shells are expounded, and the manner in which 
they are measured is also indicated. The rest of the part is occu- 
pied with some remarks upon species and varieties, and the various 
causes Which tend to their production. 

The matter contained in this part, although having special 
reference to the land and freshwater Mollusca, has a general bearing 
on the science of conchology as a whole. It contains very few new 
observations, but constitutes a clear and instructive résumé of the 
subjects treated of. 

There are many students and collectors of British land and fresh- 


128 Miscellaneous. 


water shells in this country who have not the opportunity of con- 
sulting scientific libraries, and to these a book like the present is 
particularly weleome. 

The printing, paper, and general appearance of the work are all 
that can be desired ; the figures, as a whole, are very good indeed, but 
to state beneath each by whom the specimen was collected appears 
rather unnecessary, being practically of no interest whatever to the 
general student, although perhaps gratifying to the individuals 
named, especially when the same illustration is employed several 
times and the personal information is repeated in each instance. 
The coloured plate, produced by chromo-lithography, is also very 
successful ; the outlines of the different forms represented exhibit 
great accuracy, and the coloration is not exaggerated. 

Considering the need of such a work, the style in which it is 
issued, and the completeness aimed at, there seems every proba- 
bility of its gaining a wide circulation, and, in fact, superseding all 
previous works on the subject. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Embryology of Gebia littoralis*. By P. Burscninsxy, 
of the University of Odessa. 


So long ago as the year 1882 a segmentation of the ova of 
Callianassa, belonging to the family Thalassinide, was described 
by C. Mereschkowski 7. I am now in a position to furnish a com- 
plete account of the development of Gebia littoralis. The definite 
facts which I have obtained supplement in many respects the con- 
ception of the embryonic development of the Decapods as it is 
generally represented. 

The ova of Gebiat possess a great abundance of food-yolk. The 
initial segmentation takes place with them in the interior of the 
ovum; the first segmentation nucleus divides, together with the 
accumulation of protoplasm surrounding it, into two, four, and eight 
segmentation nuclei. All these nuclei travel towards the surface of 
the ovum. The food-yolk takes no share in this process; it com- 
mences to collect more closely round the nuclei, and partly unites 


* T shall publish in Russian a complete memoir on the development of 
Gebia in the ‘Mémoires de la Société des naturalistes de la Nouvelle- 
Russie a Odessa.’ 

+ C. Mereschkowski, “Eine neue Art von Blastodermbildung bei den 
Decapoden,” Zool, Anz. v. Jahrg. no. 101 (1882). 

{ For fixing the ova I have employed boiling Perenyi’s and Kleinen- 
berg’s solutions, or alcoholic sublimate solution. The best staining 
reagents are Grenacher’s borax-carmine, Kleinenberg’s hematoxylin, and 
hematin-alum. The objects after being saturated with evaporated 
photoxylin and stained, were placed in a mixture of chloroform and 
paraflin at a temperatnre of 40°-45 C., and then in pure melted paraffin. 


Miscellaneous. 129 


with the unsegmented central yolk-mass, but in part separates 
entirely therefrom. With further multiplication of the blastoderm 
cells the division in the yolk diminishes and soon completely disap- 
pears. Finally we get a blastula stage, consisting of a superficially 
situated uniform layer of cells and an internal yolk-mass. 

I must here remark that at this time some of the cells mi- 
grate into the yolk and give rise to asmall number of yolk-cells 
(vitellophaga). These latter undergo a regressive metamorphosis 
and soon disappear almost entirely. 

The rudiment of the embryo subsequently appears on the ventral 
side of the ovum in the shape of a thickening of the blastoderm. 
In the region of this rudiment there may be observed three separate 
swellings or thickenings—a posterior thickening in the shape of 
small groups of cells (caudal section), and, a little later, the ante- 
rior paired rudiment of the optic lobes. 

The formation of the germinal layers commences very early from 
the cells, which, in consequence of the speedy multiplication of the 
blastoderm cells, appear in the region of the posterior thickening. 
It must be remarked that the entrance of the cells into the yolk 
takes place either in the shape of compact masses or of a sac-shaped 
depression. 

On further multiplication the cells of the posterior thickening 
become dispersed in the shape of a fan, for many of them pene- 
trate deep into the yolk, while others, fewer in number, spread 
out on the ventral surface. The former, on all sides separating 
equally one from another, commence to permeate the yolk. Sub- 
sequently, on the appearance of the thoracic appendages, all these 
cells pass through the yolk and collect their scattered units on the 
surface of the yolk-mass. They form the commencement of the 
endoderm layer. 

As regards the middle layer, this is also formed from the above- 
mentioned cells of the posterior thickening, which spread out upon 
the ventral surface. To these must further be added those cells 
which arise, owing to the multiplication of the ectoderm cells, upon 
the lateral thickenings of the embryo. The mesoderm cells at first 
lie upon the ventral surface, and collect for the most part in the 
protuberances, which subsequently give rise to the limbs. On its 
first appearance the mesoderm layer has a paired structure, and 
consists of cells arranged in two longitudinal rows. 

The nervous system already commences in the Nauplius-stage to 
develop from in front backwards in the shape of paired thickenings 
of the ectoderm. In the stage which is just commencing to lead an 
independent existence we may count eighteen ganglia, of which the 
last is double. 

The eyes are developed from the anterior thickenings of the ecto- 
derm, which for a very long time present the appearance of an 
undifferentiated aggregation of cells; and it is only at the period of 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xv. 9 


130 Miscellaneous. 


the formation of the whole of the limbs that the outer layer is 
divided off in the shape of more columnar cells. Subsequently, in 
the stage which is ready to emerge from the egg, we observe the 
appearance of the refractile nuclei and the pigment-mass in this 
ectodermal rudiment. 

It is interesting to note that at this stage I have observed a 
formation of the ectodermal invagination in the base of the second 
antenna. This invagination approaches the closed mesoderm sacs. 
It is probable that this structure becomes the antennary gland. 

At this period I also observed the formation of a pair of ecto- 
dermal invaginations into the branchial chamber, which gradually 
become modified into sacs. 

As regards the mesoderm cells, these form no regular somites, 
but are quite irregularly distributed. Besides the muscles, the heart 
and the generative organs are also formed from these cells. 

Until the appearance of the pigment in the eye, the heart arises 
at the boundary between the thorax and abdomen. Here there 
appears the earliest rudiment of the heart upon the dorsal side in 
the form of a paired aggregation of the mesoderm cells. Cells are 
protruded from the ventral side of these masses, and form the ventral 
wall of the groove. The dorsal side of the heart remains for a 
certain time open and covered by the ectoderm. The mesoderm 
cells of the back soon appear from these same lateral masses, and 
thus the oval sac of the heart is constituted. 

The sexual organs arise in the latest stages of embryonic life, and 
are situated as a paired mesodermal rudiment in the region of the 
mid-gut beneath the heart. Here certain mesoderm cells rapidly 
increase in bulk, and give rise to the commencement of the genital 
cells. 

The formation of the stomodeum takes place earlier than that of 
the proctodeum. Both arise as invaginations of the ectoderm. 
The mid-gut is produced from the cell-material of the endoderm, 
and its development proceeds from two primitively separate endo- 
dermal rudiments. he posterior rudiment has the form of two 
shells (cups), and lies in intimate relation to the invagination of the 
hind gut. The lips of the posterior shell are directed forwards. 
Simultaneously a similar aggregation of endoderm cells is also formed 
in the region of the stomodeeum. The lips of the anterior shell, on 
the contrary, are directed backwards. At this time the inner lips 
of the anterior and posterior shell fuse together, and thus there are 
formed two rudiments, which are composed of columnar cylindrical 
cells. Their edges grow towards each other, although at the 
moment of the escape of the embryo from the egg they have not 
yet united, so that a portion of the dorsal and ventral walls of the 
mid-gut still consists of scattered cells. At this time there may 
already be observed in the posterior endodermal sac a division in a 
longitudinal direction, which leads to the formation of the first 
hepatic sacs. 


Miscellaneous. 131 


The latest changes are accomplished after the escape of the embryo 
of Gebia littoralis from the egg.—Zool. Anzeiger, xvii. Jahrg., 
no. 452, July 16, 1894, pp. 253-256. 


On Gill-like Organs in ceriain Species of Sipunculus. 
By Dr. W. Fiscuzr, of Bergedorf. 


That the tentacles in Sipunculide possess the faculty of respi- 
ration was formerly a matter of almost universal belief. Lately, 
however, at least in respect of certain genera, many doubts have 
been expressed as to this. It had already been pointed out by 
Brandt *, that in the case of Sipunculus nudus, L., the extraordinary 
thickness of the layers of connective tissue in the tentacles would 
militate against the view that respiration could be effected by 
means of these organs. The same conclusion is also deduced by 
Ward +, who had the opportunity of observing the living Sipunculus 
nudus in an aquarium at widely different times and in very various 
situations. This author states that he has seldom seen the tentacles 
extruded and never for a longer period than from one to two 
seconds ; in the retracted condition he does not believe that they 
can be of any importance whatever for the purpose of respiration. 
Moreover, he adds that since no connection can be shown to exist 
between the blood-vascular system and the celome, the peripha- 
ryngeal vascular ring and the two short contractile vessels would 
present far too small a surface to the body-cavity to be able to 
convey sufficient oxygen from the blood-vascular system to the 
latter. 

If it was thus impossible in the case of Sipunculus nudus to 
concede to the tentacles the possession of a respiratory faculty, it 
was natural to suppose that the skin might possibly be able to 
discharge this function. In his paper on Sipunculus nudus, 
Andres ¢ had already described dermal canals, which traverse the 
entire body and lic in the region of the cutis close beneath the 
cuticle and hypodermis ; the author terms these structures integu- 
mentary canals (lntegumentalcanile). He found them generally 
packed with ova and blood-corpuscles, and he maintains that the 
dermal layer, which separates them from the exterior, is sufficiently 
thin to enable an exchange of gases to take place between the 
ccelomic fluid and the sea-water. Ward, too, agrees with this 


* Alex. Brandt, “ Anat.-histologische Untersuchungen tiber Stponculus 
nudus, L.,” Mémoires de Acad. imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, 
1870, tom. xvi. no. 8. 

+ H. B. Ward, “On some points in the Anatomy and Histology of 
Sale nudus, L.,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxi. (1891) pp. 143-182 
(3 pls.). 

E Andree, “ Beitriige zur Anatomie und Histologie des Stpunculus 
nudus,” Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. 36, pp. 201-208. 


152 Miscellaneous. 


view: “The numerous dermal canals,” he writes, ‘ which run 
close beneath the cuticle and hypodermis, are undoubtedly of 
greater value for respiration and offer a far larger surface for the 
direct transmission of oxygen to the ccelomic fluid than the entire 
vascular system” *. The integumentary canals, as has been shown 
by Vogt and Yung‘, are in connection with the general body- 
cavity, of which they are evaginations, so that their contents are 
met with again in the ecoelome; they are found in the integument 
of almost all species of the genus Sipunculus. I believe that I 
have discovered a confirmation of this view in a specimen of Sipun- 
culus mundanus, Selenka and Bilow, which was obtained by Herr 
Passler near Ksmeralda, in South America, and handed over to the 
Hamburg Natural History Museum. 

This worm at once excited my astonishment by the possession of 
long, tuft-like processes from the integument of the middle portion 
of the body, such as I had never observed before in a species of 
Sipunculus. These structures are from 1 to 13 mm. in length, and 
are consequently distinctly visible even to the naked eye. On 
examination with a lens it is seen that these appendages are 
situated upon linear elevations of the integument, which are 
inclined at a somewhat acute angle to the longitudinal axis of the 
body. Transverse sections showed that the tufts in question are 
prolongations of the integumentary cavities which traverse the 
cutis. Their contents are the same as those of the cavities, and 
they possess a very thin skin, so that I do not hesitate to regard 
them as organs of a branchial nature. They correspond in shape 
to the pectinate gills of the body-segments of certain Annelids. 

‘ I have observed similar conditions in the case of Stpunculus 
australis, Kef., which differs from all other species of the genus 
Stpunculus in the possession of wart-like papille on the proboscis 
and in the glans (Hichel), which have hitherto been termed “ dermal 
bodies ” (‘‘ Hautkérper”). Dermal bodies, however, are always 
packed with glands or else with nerve-layers, while the warts of 
Sipunculus australis contain extraordinarily wide integumentary 
canals, or even several of these structures, and are consequently 
in no way comparable to true dermal bodies, but might rather 
be interpreted as rudimentary branchial processes.—JZoologischer 
Anzeiger, xvii. Jahrg., no. 457, September 24, 1894, pp. 333-335. 


* [Ward’s actual words are:—“ The numerous dermal canals close 
under the hypodermis of S. nwdus are unquestionably of great value in 
respiration, and the region of the introvert, which is distinguished by 
thin cuticular and muscular layers, actually not so thick as the walls of 
the tentacular fold, presents a far greater surface for the transmission of 
oxygen directly to the ccelomic fluid than the entire vascular system ” 
(loe. cit. p. 164).— TRANSL. | 

+ Vogt and Yung, ‘ Lehrbuch der prakt. vergl. Anatomie,’ Bd. 1. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 86. FEBRUARY 1895. 


XIV.—On the Luminosity of Midges (Chironomide). By 
Peter ScHMIpT, of the Zoological Laboratory of the 
Imperial University at St. Petersburg *. 


Four years ago it was shown by I. D. Kusnezoff f, in a little 
memoir of a bibliographical character, that the luminosity of 
Midges (Chironomidze) had already been observed in the last 
century. 

For we find in Pallast the following lines, taken from a 
letter written by Carl Hablitz from Astrabad (Persia) :— 
“ Besides this luminous insect (Lampyris), which is of very 
frequent occurrence on the shore of the Bay of Astrabad, I 
have likewise had occasion to observe that in the dark a light 
also emanates from the gnats (Culex pipiens, L.). In fact, I 
noticed this last autumn and in the spring of the present 
year, since these insects had established themselves in multi- 
tudes on board our ships.” 

It appears to be scarcely open to doubt that the above 
quotation refers not to the luminosity of Culex, but to that 
of Chironomus §, since, on the one hand, no single subsequent 
or previous statement exists as to the luminosity of the first- 

* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘ Zoologische Jahrbiicher.— 
Abtheilung fiir Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Thiere,’ Bd. viii. 
Heft 1 (Jena, 1894), pp. 58-66. 

t ‘Zur Frage nach dem Leuchten der Dipteren,” Westnik Estestwos- 
nanija, St. Petersburg, 1890, no. 4, pp. 167-171 (in Russian). 

{ ‘Neue Nord. Beitr. zur physik. u. geogr. Erd- u. Volkerschreibung,’ 
Bd. iv. 1788 (referred to by Osten-Sacken, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xv. 1878, 
no. 170, p. 43). 

§ As Kusnezoff also presumes: vide loc. cit. p. 167. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 10 


134 Herr Peter Schmidt on the 


mentioned Dipteron, while, on the other, almost all the species 
of Chironomus are extremely similar to the true gnats 
(Culicide) in outward appearance, and in a superficial deter- 
mination may easily be mistaken for them. 

For avery long time the observation in question remained 
altogether unnoticed and unconfirmed. It was not until the 
year 1874 that the interesting fact was discovered for the 
second time by W. D. Alenizyn, a member of the well-known 
Aralo-Caspian Expedition, by whom it was published in a 
communication addressed to our Naturalists’ Society of St. 
Petersburg”. 

During his sojourn on the Sea of Aral, and in the neigh- 
bourhood of the mouth of the Amu Daria, Alenizyn was able 
to observe that a multitude of actively luminous midges 
settled on board ship. He also had an opportunity of 
collecting these insects in alcohol, and of subsequently deter- 
mining them to be a species of Chironomus. 

The next statement on the subject of the phenomenon 
which we are discussing is to be found in foreign literature. 
In the year 1871 two luminous female specimens of Chiro- 
nomus were observed by Dr. Brischke on the River Kadaune, 
in Pomerania, and were determined by him to belong to 
Charonomus tendens, F.t 

In the year 1884 luminous midges were observed on Lake 
Issykkul by Prof. Ssorokin, the botanist, by whom specimens 
were collected and forwarded in alcohol to St. Petersburg. 
On arrival they were examined by I. D. Kusnezoff, but, in 
consequence of the bad state of their preservation, it was 
impossible to determine them precisely f. 

In addition to these statements from literature, I am able 
to adduce a verbal communication from Herr I. K. 'Tarnani, 
according to which luminous midges, probably also belonging 
to the Chironomide, were likewise observed near Taganrog, 
on the Sea of Azov. ‘The specimens of the insects which 
were collected by 'l’arnani have unfortunately been lost. 

During the pact year (1893) our Entomological Society 
received a luminous Chironomus in a dry condition, forwarded 
by Herr Christoph from Sarepta (Saratow). 

The foregoing paragraphs are sufficient to show that the 
luminosity of midges is a phenomenon which is of somewhat 
widespread occurrence, although seldom observed by 
specialists. 

* In the Society’s ‘ Trudy,’ vol. vi. 1875, p. xi. 

+ “Leuchtende Dipteren,” Deutsche ent. Zeit. Jahrg. xx. 1876, Heft 3. 


Entom. Monatsblitter v. D. Kraatz, Berlin. 
¢ L. D. Kusnezoff, oc, cit. p. 170. 


Luminosity of Midges. 135 


For my own part, I had the good fortune to be myself a 
witness of this interesting manifestation while staying at 
Lake Issykkul in the summer of 1892. Unfortunately I 
arrived at the lake too late to be able to witness the pheno- 
menon in the height of its brilliancy ; for, according to the 
statements of the inhabitants of Prshewalsk, the luminous 
midges are most abundant at the beginning and in the middle 
of June, while I did not reach the spot until the commence- 
ment of July. ‘This is my explanation of the fact that it was 
only with a considerable amount of trouble that I discovered 
and obtained six specimens of the luminous insects in the 
shrubs growing on the shore of the lake, for otherwise, 
according to the descriptions of the inhabitants, they frequently 
appear in such multitudes that entire shrubs appear as if 
aglow. 

The specimens observed by me, of which one proved to be 
a male and the remaining five females, shone very brightly, 
with a somewhat greenish phosphorescent light, which was 
entirely similar to that of Lampyris, but materially differed 
therefrom owing to its continuity and regularity. 

Even when touched or actually thrown into alcohol the 
insects still continue to shine, and apparently are able neither 
to diminish their light nor to cause it to cease. In alcohol 
the midges remain luminous for from three to four hours, as 
was also previously found to be the case by Alenizyn. 

Unfortunately the only preservative fluid which [ had with 
me was 70° alcohol, and I was consequently obliged to be 
content with bringing the specimens which I had collected 
to St. Petersburg in the spirit. 

Since the phenomenon that I had observed interested me 
in the highest degree, I proceeded in St. Petersburg to make 
a closer examination of my specimens, and also consulted the 
material brought back by Ssorokin and Alenizyn *, 

As a matter of fact, the collection forwarded by Ssorokin 
proved to be in a perfectly useless condition: the antenna, 
legs, and in part also the wings of the majority of the speci- 
mens were broken off, and their colour and markings appeared 
to be greatly altered, so that it was not worth while to attempt 
either a determination or description of the insects, or even 
an investigation of them by means of sections. 

On the other hand, the collection, although such a small 


* The former was kindly handed over to me by Herr J. N. Wagner, 
Keeper in the Zoological Museum of the University of St. Petersburg, 
the latter by Herr J. A. Portschinsky from the collections of our Ento- 
mological Society. I venture to take this opportunity of expressing to 
both of these gentlemen my warmest thanks. 

LO? 


136 Herr Peter Schmidt on the 


one, brought back by myself, and the fairly large series 
obtained by Alenizyn, afforded several specimens which 
were perfectly well preserved. 

On commencing the investigation I was thoroughly con- 
vinced that the luminous species of Chironomus with which I 
had to deal were new, and I consequently intended, with the 
help of the tables contained in Schiner’s classical work 
‘Fauna Austriaca: Diptera,’ to determine their systematic 
position only approximately. My astonishment may there- 
fore be imagined on finding in these tables a diagnosis which 
corresponded with the majority of the specimens down to the 
smallest details. 

For it appeared that both all the midges brought back by 
myself from Lake Issykkul, as well as the majority of those 
collected by Alenizyn, belong to Chironomus intermedius, St., 
a species which, in the opinion of Schiner, is merely a variety 
of the extremely common Chironomus plumosus, L., since the 
two forms are distinguished one from another only by size, 
and also in this respect transitional forms are found between 
them *. 

It is therefore possible that also certain females examined 
by me. which exceed the stated dimensions of Ch, intermedius, 
St., are to be regarded as belonging to Ch. plumosus, L. 

I have determined certain smaller specimens among 
Alenizyn’s insects as Chironomus tendens, Fb., but am not 
altogether convinced of the accuracy of this determination. 

Besides the above, the same collection contained several 
specimens of quite small midges, which proved to belong to 
a species of Corethra, and yet are stated by Alenizyn f to be 
actively luminous—a fact which is quite new to science. 

Untortunately I was not in a position to confirm my 
determination by a comparison of the specimens examined 
by me with any determined by a competent dipterologist. 

Nevertheless I find a confirmation, although an indirect 
one, of my opinion that the insects which I collected myself 
at Lake Issykkul are really nothing else than Chironomus 
intermedius, St., in the fact that on dredging in the lake { 
I found a few specimens of the extremely characteristic larva 
ot Chironomus piumosus, L. ‘The larve, which were like- 
wise preserved in alcohol, proved on closer investigation to 
be absolutely identical with Réaumur’s description and 


* Vide Schiner, op. cit. Bd. ii. p. 601. 
+ According to a communication from Herr J, A. Portschinsky. 
} In Kara-ssu Bay, near Prshewalsk, 


Luminosity of Midges. 137 


figures * ; it is well known, however, that the larve of the 
midges vary according to the individual species even much 
more than do the imagines, and this favours the belief that 
Chironomus plumosus, L., or Ch. intermedius, Fb., the form 
which is so closely allied to it, really occurs at Lake Issykkul. 

For the rest, however, the agreement of the diagnosis with 
the insects examined by me is so striking that I have no 
doubt whatever as to the correctness of my determination. 

It consequently follows from my investigation that the 
luminous midges belong to species which are the commonest 
and widely distributed, as had also once before been found to 
be the case by Dr. Brischke (vide supra). 

We now have to discuss the explanation of their luminosity. 

From the purely biological standpoint luminosity in animals 
in general can be referred to two causes. 

In the first place animals are luminous, which for this 
purpose are provided with special luminous organs, and in 
which this function plays one part or another in their life- 
history, though the precise ré/e may not always be manifest 
to us—such as, for instance, our own Lampyris, several exotic 
insects, luminous crustaceans and fishes living at great 
depths in the sea, &c. 

In the second place, there are animals which are luminous 
by means of luminous micro-organisms living upon them or 
in them, which indeed, as is well known, also occasion the 
luminosity of decaying substances (meat, fish, wood, and 
similar bodies). In this instance we have to distinguish two 
cases :— 

1. The micro-organisms may be harmless to the animal 
and we must consequently regard them as “ room-parasites ” 
(Raumparasiten), or even as commensals (since they perhaps 
also benefit the animal by their luminosity, by attracting 
its prey to it), The bacteria of the medusa Pelagia and 
of the mollusk Pholas, discovered by R. Duboist, may serve 
as a case in point. 

2. The micro-organisms may occur as veritable parasites, 
injurious to their host. Of this, however, we are at present 
acquainted with only a single instance, which was brought 
forward by A. Giard $, namely the luminosity of Talitrus. 


* Réaumur, ‘Mém. pour serv. a l’hist. des Insectes,’ vol. v. p. 38, tab. ve 
figs. 1-5. 

“+ R. Dubois, “ Sur le rdle de la symbiose chez certains animaux marins 
lumineux,” Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris, t. evil. 1888, p. 502. 

{ A. Giard, “Sur Vinfection phosphoresc. des Talitres et autres Crus- 
tacées,” Comptes Rendus, Sept. 23, 1889, p. 503; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(6) iv. pp. 476-478 (1889) ; referred to in Centralbl. f. Bact. u. Parasiten- 
kunde, Bd. vi. 1889, p.645 (I quote according to Héricourt, “ Les microbes 
lumineux,”’ Revue Scient. t. xly. 1890, no. 15, p, 465), 


138 Herr Peter Schmidt on the 


In the year 1889 the naturalist referred to observed a strongly 
luminous ‘Zalitrus on the sea-shore near Wimereux. A 
specimen of this animal, which hitherto had never been 
observed to possess luminous properties, shone so brightly 
even by moonlight that it was distinctly recognizable at a 
distance of several metres. The light was of a greenish hue, 
and came from the interior of the body, which glowed, not in 
its various parts, but over the entire surface, even to the tips 
of the antenne and feet, while the eyes alone formed two 
black dots upon this luminous background. The luminous 
individual moved very slowly upon the sand, instead of 
jumping about energetically like the other non-luminous 
members of the same species. On examining a foot belonging 
to the luminous crustacean under the microscope, it was 
found that it swarmed with micro-organisms (JMicrococcus 
phosphoreus ?) between the muscles, and that the muscles 
themselves were seriously injured by them, which was a 
sufficient explanation of the sluggish movements of the 
creature. Giard also succeeded in infecting with these 
luminous micro-organisms the healthy non-luminous crus- 
taceans, and in thereby inducing luminosity in them. The 
animals became luminous in less than three days, continued 
to be so for from three to six days, then commenced gradually 
to become languid and motionless, and perished, as was also 
the case with the original specimen, after from three to four 
days more, while their bodies still continued to be luminous 
for some hours. 

It appears to me that the luminosity of the midges (Chiro- 
nomidee) can, with the greatest probability, be regarded as 
belonging to the same category as the case above recorded, 
which, so far as ] am aware, is at present entirely unique ; 
this view is supported by the following points :— 

1. The luminosity appears not in peculiar specially luminous 
species, but in the most common and widely distributed 
forms *. 

2. The luminosity is (both in accordance with my own 
observations, as also with the statements of Alenizyn and 
Ssorokin) not localized at any one point, but embraces the 
entire body and all its appendages (legs and antenne). The 
luminosity is also entirely independent of the will of the 
animal, and still persists for a long time even in alcohol (wide 
supra). I have even found a Chironomus which was caught 
in a spider’s web and already partially sucked dry by the 

* The luminous specimens of the species of Corethra brought back 


by Alenizyn likewise appear to belong to one of the most ordinary forms; 
but I did not succeed in determining them more precisely. 


Luminosity of Midyes. 139 


spider (the head was bitten off), and nevertheless its body 
was luminous, although not so brightly as in the case of the 
living insects. 

3. The luminous insects are very sluggish, whereby they 
differ considerably from our own midges belonging to the 
same species. In his communication on the subject of the 
luminous insects observed on the Sea of Aral, Alenizyn writes 
as follows * :—“ J have observed no independent movements 
on the part of the insects; those that I took in my hands 
remained perfectly motionless. On being touched a few 
individuals appeared to make indistinct movements, but they 
usually fell down when this was done, and, since they 
collected for the most part on the outside of the ship’s 
bulwarks, they thus dropped into the water.” Almost the 
same statement is also made by Ssorokin as to the luminous 
Chironomide on Lake Issykkul +, and from my own expe- 
rience J can but confirm his words. According to the state- 
ments of the inhabitants the luminous insects are very rarely 
seen in flight, but always sit almost motionless on the 
branches of the bushes, a fact of which I was likewise able 
to convince myself. It is sufficient to hold a small box, a 
glass, or simply one’s open hand beneath the luminous insect, 
and to shake the branch slightly, whereupon the midge falls 
down into the box or into the hand, and does not even 
attempt to fly away. Altogether the luminous insect conveys 
the impression of a sickly and, at any rate, an abnormal 
individual. 

4. Neither by Kusnezoff {, who examined the collection 
forwarded by Ssorokin, nor by myself by means of making 
sections (borax-carmine and paraffin) were any structures 
whatever discovered resembling luminous organs. The fairly 
well-preserved midges which were obtained by Alenizyn (my 
own are in a much worse state of preservation, since I had 
carried them in tubes with ordinary corks, in consequence of 
which the spirit probably evaporated to a certain extent) 
exhibit in the sections only a strongly developed fat-body 
with its typical widely areolate cells. 

5. The males are luminous as much as the females, and, 
consequently, the luminosity can scarcely be of service from 
a sexual point of view ; it 1s self-evident that the luminosity 
cannot either serve as a lure, since the midges are not preda- 
ceous insects. 

The analogy between the first three points and the above- 
quoted observations of Giard is so obvious that it scarcely 

* Loe. cit. vol. xii. + L. D. Kusnezoff, loc. cit. p- 170, 
t Loe. cit. p. 170. 


140 On the Luminosity of Midges. 


needs further discussion. This analogy, as also the last two 
points, tends, however, to show that the cause also of the 
luminosity is the same as in the case of Valitrus, and that, 
consequently, we are here likewise confronted with an infection 
by luminous micro-organisms. 

In order to convince ourselves of the justice of this 
assumption, manifestly the simplest plan would be, as Giard 
has done, directly to demonstrate the presence of the micro- 
organisms. 

Herein, unfortunately, owing to the fact that the state of 
preservation of the objects leaves so much to be desired, I 
have not succeeded. 

I have attempted to employ various staining reagents for 
bacteria (methylene-blue-eosin, gentian-violet, Gram’s and the 
Gram-Giinther method), but without obtaining a distinctly 
positive result. 

It is true that in many cells of the fat-body, enclosed in 
plasma, granules were to be seen which took a strong stain ; 
but whether these are micro-organisms or merely some kind 
of concretions or decomposition-products of the cells, it is 
impossible to determine, so long as one is not in a position to 
examine a fresh specimen, or, at least, preparations for the 
purpose of comparison derived from the ordinary non-luminous 
Chironomus. 

Manifestly the best proof would be the success of attempts 
at infection, as in the case of Talitrus. 

As yet, therefore, we must forego, for a while, the final 
decision of the interesting question as to the causes of the 
Juminosity of the midges, since all the points adduced are 
to be regarded really as only indirect, not as direct, proofs ; 
and if I have ventured to decide in favour of the bacterial 
cause of a phenomenon which has at present received so little 
investigation, it is on account of two reasons :— 

1. Because I am convinced that the arguments which 
have been adduced are still fairly weighty ones, and render 
the bacterial origin of the luminosity at least in the highest 
degree possible. 

2. Because I considered that any explanation of the 
interesting phenomenon whatever, based upon facts, is at 
any rate better than none. 

It was also my purpose once more to direct the attention 
of naturalists to the phenomenon in question, and thereby, 
perhaps, to stimulate someone to make a closer investigation. 

It appears to me to be possible that the luminous midges 
also occur in Western Europe, as is already shown by the 
observation of Brischke, isolated at present though it be. 


On a new Kagle-Ray from Muscat. 141 


Above all, however, Russian naturalists have good oppor- 
tunity to make closer acquaintance with the phenomenon, 
since in our territories in certain localities (e. g. on Lake 
Issykkul) it may be observed not as an exception, but rather 
as the rule. 

The question as to the causes of the luminosity of the 
midges appears to me to possess a high biological interest and 
to be worth an exhaustive investigation, even for the reason 
that, should my hypotheses be confirmed, this phenomenon 
would constitute the second instance of bacterial-pathological 
luminosity in animals. 


St. Petersburg, 
March 1894. 


XV.— Description of a new Eagle-Ray from Muscat. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Lhinoptera Jayakari. 


Teeth in nine rows, those of the median row of the upper 
jaw eight times as broad as long, and nearly twice as broad 
as those next to them; median teeth of the lower jaw six 
times as broad as long and once and a half as broad as those 
next to them. Disk once and three fourths as broad as long. 
‘Head as long as broad; snout emarginate ; the width of the 
mouth nearly equals its distance from the end of the snout. 
Skin smooth. ‘Tail two fifths of the total length. Blackish 
above, whitish beneath. 


millim 
Migtallenctn 155. 252.5 asceems 740 
lengthy Gh diske 3%. 3)... acre 450 
Niidithwomatslcats sj. «0. astra 750 
length of head ...........- 130 
Wadthrofheadie.... os sade. 130 
IDE OF Cho soeab aes co 15 
Witcher Geman, Goooaccoac 85 


A single male specimen, a skin; presented to the British 
Museum by Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. Jayakar. 

By its dentition this species stands nearest to the Atlantic 
R. Jussieui, Cuv. (brasiliensis, J. Miill.), which is only 
known to me from the descriptions; but it can be easily 
distinguished by its short tail, the tail of A. Jussteut being 
more than twice as long as the disk. 


142 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the 


XVI.—On the Devonian Ichthyodorulite, Byssacanthus. 
By A. SmirnH Woopwarp, F.L.8. 


Amone@ the remarkable Paleozoic fish-spines still awaiting 
determination, the Devonian fossil Byssacanthus is one of the 
most interesting. It was originally described by Agassiz * 
as related to the contemporaneous Elasmobranch fin-spine 
Onchus, differing from the latter in the great expansion of its 
hollow base. The typical specimens, ascribed to two species 
both by Agassiz t and E, von Eichwald }, were obtained from 
the Devonian of the Government of St. Petersburg, Russia. 
Another form was described by Barrois in 1875§ from the 
Upper Devonian cf Couvin, in the Ardennes; while some 
difficultly determinable spines (perhaps Cephalaspidian cornua) 
from the Old Red Sandstone of Bromyard, Herefordshire, 
were also placed under the generic name Byssacanthus in 
Agassiz’s work already cited |. 

The specimens from Herefordshire may be neglected as 
worthless ; and the present writer has not yet had the privi- 
lege of examining the fossil described by Dr. Barrois. A 
study of all the examples of the typical Byssacanthus, how- 
ever, now to be seen in the Museums of Jurjeff (Dorpat) and 
St. Petersburg has convinced the writer that a slight advance 
can already be made in determining its affinities. The 
following notes are thus published in the hope of directing 
attention to the subject. é 

The most satisfactory specimens, all nevertheless frag- 
mentary, are preserved in the Geological Museum of the 
University of Jurjeff (Dorpat); and, by the kindness of 
Professor Loewinson-Lessing, one duplicate example has now 
been exchanged with the British Museum. All these were 
obtained from the Devonian of Livonia (in association with 
Psammosteus, Heterosteus, Homosteus, and Asterolepis), and 
they appear to belong to the type-species of the genus, Byssa- 
canthus crenulatus. 

The spine exhibits a small central cavity even in its more 
constricted part, and its expanded basal portion is correctly 
described as hollow; but, as shown by the specimen in the 


* L. Agassiz, ‘ Poiss. Foss. Vieux Grés Rouge’ (1845), pp. 111, 116. 
+ Loe. cit. 
{ E. von Eichwald, ‘ Lethea Rossica,’ vol. i. (1860) p. 1598. 
C. Barrois, “Sur le Byssacanthus Gosseleti,’””» Comptes Rendus Assoe, 
Frang. 1874 (1875), pp. 381, 582. 
|| Op. cit. p. 111 (= Onchus arcuatus, L, Agassiz, ‘ Poiss. Foss,’ vol. iii. 
p. 7, pl. 1. figs. 3-5). 


Devonian Ichthyodorulite, Byssacanthus. 143 


British Museum (no. P. 7031), these two cavities are entirely 
separated. The slightly hollow spine, in fact, is fixed upon 
a ridge-shaped plate, and the concavity of the latter is not 
directly continued into the central canal of the former. Other 
specimens afford still further information, and one of the best 
at Jurjeff is roughly outlined in the accompanying diagram. 


Byssacanthus crenulatus, Agassiz; outline of imperfect plate, (a) from 
below, (6) from the side, of the natural size.—Devonian; Livonia. 
[University of Jurjeff (Dorpat). } 


This fossil, though wanting the upper part of the spine and 
imperfect on one side of the base, proves that Byssacanthus 
was originally fixed to (and continuous with) the keel of a 
plate, which had well-defined boundaries for articulation with 
adjoining plates. It seems to have been bilaterally sym- 
metrical, though this is not absolutely certain ; and its outline 
when viewed from below (fig. a) bears a remarkable resem- 
blance to that of the anterior median dorsal plate of the Astero- 
lepide. If there is any justification for this comparison, the 
spine is shown to have been directed backwards. The super- 
ficial ridged ornament of the spine terminates below and 
passes Into a tubercular ornament on the basal plate. 

The zidge of the plate is scarcely thickened, and the tissue is 
very dense in all parts of the fossil, exhibiting only minute 
vascular spaces when viewed in section with a lens. The 
visceral aspect of the plate is quite smooth, though pierced with 
minute vascular canals, and fractured surfaces show that its 


144 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


innermost layer is formed of superposed delicate lamellae. A 
transverse section of the spine in the British Museum 
examined microscopically exhibits neither bone-cells nor 
distinctly recognizable vascular dentine. The small vascular 
canals are surrounded by concentric lamellae of seemingly 
structureless tissue; and the only appearances suggestive of 
the canaliculi of vascular dentine are observed in the series of 
prominences which are thrust from the central core into the 
distinctly separable outermost layer of the spine. ‘There is 
no thick zone of lamelle concentric with the median cavity, 
such as is described by Rohon in Onchus * ; but some are con- 
centric with the wavy border of the peripheral layer already 
mentioned, and it is unfortunate that the precise nature of the 
latter cannot be discerned in the section examined. 

Byssacanthus is thus proved to be not an ordinary Elasmo- 
branch spine; and it is extremely probable that the fossil 
belongs to a totally distinct group. At present the writer 
would compare it with the spinous plate of the Ostracoderm 
Ceraspist, though this is distinguished by its remarkable 
thickness of coarsely cancellated tissue, and we as yet have 
no information concerning its microscopical structure. Among 
known Ostracodermi the histology of Byssacanthus is most 
nearly paralleled by that of the Pteraspidians ; and the recog- 
nition of the other elements which must have entered into the 
same armature as the spinous plate will be awaited with 
interest. 


XVII.— On Thecodontosaurus and Paleeosaurus. 


By H. G. SEELEY, F.R.S.+ 
THE well-known memoir by Dr. Henry Riley and Mr. Samuel 


Stutchbury on three distinct Saurian animals discovered in 
1834 in the Magnesian Conglomerate on Durdham Down, 
near Bristol, was communicated to the Geological Society in 
1836, and published in the Transactions of the Society in 
1840. Those fossil animals from the Trias became known 
as Thecodontosaurus antiquus (Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. 


* J. V. Rohon, “ Die Obersilurischen Fische von Oesel,” Mém. Acad. 
Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, [7] vol. xli. no. 5 (1893), pp. 41-45, pl. il. 
fig. 58. 

“+ C. Schliiter, Sitzungsh. niederrhein. Gesell. Bonn, 1887, p. 120; A.S. 
Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. 11. (1891) p. 233. 

t{ Read before the Geological Society of London, June 22, 1892, as 
Part 5 of “ Contributions to Knowledge of the Saurischia of Europe and 
Africa.” 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleeosaurus. 145 


vol. v. pl. xxix. figs. 1 and 2), Palcosaurus cylindrodon (. c. 
fig. 4), and Paleosaurus platyodon (I. c. fig.5). The separa- 
tion of these genera has not been uniformly adopted, though 
they appear to have been founded upon good characters. In 
Thecodontosaurus the serrations upon the cutting-margins of 
the teeth are inclined obliquely upward, somewhat like the 
condition in Dimodosaurus. In Paleosaurus the corre- 
sponding serrations are at right angles to the cutting-margin 
of the tooth, as in Aegalosaurus. Therefore the dental 
characters suggest a possible reference of the fossils to distinct 
families. But the nature of the serration has not always 
been accurately represented, since in the British Museum 
Catalogue of Fossii Reptiles, part i. p. 174, fig. 3, the lateral 
serrations on the tooth of Palwosaurus platyodon are shown as 
though they were directed obliquely upward; and, in harmony 
with this figure, the species is referred to the genus Theco- 
dontosaurus. 

Messrs. Riley and Stutchbury made no attempt to divide 
the bones which they found between their two genera. 

Sir R. Owen, in 1841-42, in the Report of the British 
Association, recognized a resemblance between the teeth of 
Thecodontosaurus, which he describes correctly, and the teeth 
ot Rhopalodon of Fischer, which are serrated in a different 
way *, though there may be no implication that the serrations 
are identical, since, while Thecodontosaurus is said to have 
the serrations directed vertically upward, the tooth-crown in 
Paleosaurus is said to be traversed by “ two opposite finely 
serrated ridges, as in T’hecodontosaurus and Rhopalodon.” 

The authors who first made these animals known described, 
in addition to teeth and jaw, vertebra, ribs, chevron-bone, 
and bones which were regarded as coracoid, humerus, radius, 
ischium, femur, tibia, fibula, metatarsal or metacarpal bones, 
and claw-phalanges. Sir Rh. Owen (/. c.) grouped the more 
important bones under the genus Paleosaurus. He recog- 
nizes resemblances in the vertebre to Teleosaurus and 
Rhynchosaurus, in the humerus to Rhynchosaurus, and in the 
femur to Crocodiles and Megalosaurus. The tooth in both 
genera is regarded as Lacertian in form, and Vhecodont in 
implantation. ‘The pectoral and probably the pelvic arch 
are regarded as Lacertian. The double-headed ribs and 
other vertebral characters, and the proportions of the limbs, 
are interpreted as Crocodilian. 

These animals were afterwards referred to a distinct order 
under the name Thecodontia; and when they were redescribed 
in Sir R. Owen’s ‘ Palexontology,’ ed. 2, 1861, p. 275, the 

* (Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. B evi. 1894, pl. Ixiii, fig, 2.) 


146 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


comparison with Rhopalodon was omitted. An affinity is 
recognized with Dinosaurs and Crocodiles in the articulation 
of the ribs by a head and tubercle. The sacrum is said to 
include at least three vertebre; and there are said to be 
obscure indications of a clavicle. 

In 1869-70 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxvi. p. 42) 
Prof. Huxley adduced evidence that these animals might 
be conveniently classed under the Dinosauria, and he 
doubted their generic separation. In revising the state of 
knowledge at that time he regarded the teeth of one as 
Scelidosauroid and of the other as Megalosauroid. All the 
bones are spoken of as Thecodontosaurian, without attempt 
to refer them to the two generic types. The coracoid of 
Messrs. Riley and Stutchbury was interpreted as a frag- 
mentary ilium, and the radius as a tibia. Prof. Huxley may 
be inferred to have doubted the identification of the ischium, 
since it is mentioned, like the coracoid and radius, in inverted 
commas; but no other interpretation is suggested. 

Professor v. Zittel has kept these genera separate (Handb. 
d. Palecntologie, i. pp. 721, 722), and has given a good 
figure of the serrations upon the tooth of Paleosaurus. 

After examining the collection exhibited in the Bristol 
Museum, I regard the ischium of 1836, which is still em- 
bedded in the matrix, as an imperfect example of a 
humerus. From this it would follow that the deposit contains 
two types of humerus as well as two types of teeth. 

If the specimen of humerus originally figured in 1840 (Z. e. 
pl. xxx. fig. 1) is associated with the jaw with vertically 
serrated teeth as Thecodontosaurus, then the humeri nos. 118 
and 37, Bristol Museum, and the specimen in question (no. 66) 
may be the type of another genus, such as is indicated by 
the teeth of Falcwosaurus. 

If the ium which Prof. Huxley figured (Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc. vol. xxvi. pl. ii. fig. 7) is accepted as the type 
ilium of Falwosaurus, then the iliac bones preserved in the 
slab numbered 63 must be referred to two species. That 
which shows the external aspect of the left ilium is not unlike 
the specimen just referred to, except that itis smaller. It 
has the same general form as the ilium of Zanclodon Quenstedti 
(Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. B xlvi. 1889, p. 283). There is 
the same kind of open acetabular arch, the same prolonga- 
tion forward of the pubic pedicle, a like convexity of the 
superior iliac crest, which has similar anterior and posterior 
extension. The only differences which could be regarded as 
specific are that the Bristol fossil has the ischiac pedicle 
relatively rather wider, and the posterior process of the crest 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 147 


of the ilium rather longer and deeper, though these differences 
are no more than might be attributed toage. Since the teeth 
of Zanclodon appear to be of the same general type as that of 
Paleosaurus platyodon, there is strong probability that this 
ilium is rightly referred to Pulcwosaurus. 

The second example in slab 63 is a mould from the internal 
surface of an ilium. It closely resembles in contour the ilium 
of an alligator. The acetabulum appears to be more nearly 
closed than in the first specimen, and the anterior contour of 
the pubic process is convex from above down, instead of being 
straight, and it appears to be relatively wider than the ischiac 
process. Hence, although the bones are right and left, are 
similar in size and general form, and occur in proximity in 
the same slab, it cannot be inferred that they belong to the 
same individual or the same species of Paleosaurus. 

There is a slab in the Bristol Museum containing a bone 
which is broken at each of its four extremities, at present 
without number, which may possibly prove to be the ilium of 
Thecodontosaurus when divested of matrix. 

The bones have unfortunately become scattered, so that the 
unique treasures, which derive their chief value from being 
naturally associated portions of skeletons, can never again 
be brought together. The Bristol collection is by far the 
most important. Some of the bones, like the scapula and 
femur, differ considerably in size. The bones retained at 
Bristol comprise dorsal, sacral *, and caudal vertebra, scapula, 
and apparently the coracoid, humerus, ulna, metacarpals, 
ilium, femur, tibia, fibula, metatarsals, and phalanges. The 
bones which are fairly complete are the ilium, femur, tibia, 
humerus, and ulna; and upon them the dimensions of the 
animals must be based. 


The Vertebre. 


‘the vertebra are short and slender relatively to the length 
of the limb-bones ; and the tail gives no indication of large 
size of the bodies of the vertebre, which is seen in some 
Saurischia. 

There is a somewhat elongated specimen in the Bristol 
Museum named cervical vertebra, which does not show any 
typical characters of that region of the skeleton. ‘lhe re- 
maining ten vertebrae are dorsal and caudal. It is impossible 
to distinguish the genus to which they belong, though the 
characters of the sacrum make it probable that they belong 


* T have not seen the sacrum, It is figured in Quart. Journ. Geol. 
Soe. vol. xxvi. pl. i. figs. 9, 10, 


148 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


to Paleosaurus. The vertebre already figured are indicated 
by the numbers 17, 18, 19, 25, 27, and 38. The new 
materials show that the caudal vertebre steadily decrease in 
length as they diminish in size, and that the neural spine is 
inclined backward, and finally disappears, though the zyga- 
pophyses persist in the smallest vertebra: preserved. 


A dorsal rib of Paleosaurus, showing eapitular and tubercular 
articulations. In slab no. 65 (Brist. Mus.), 4 nat. size. 


A slender dorsal rib is preserved in slab 68 (fig. 1), which 
shows the tubercular and capitular facets to be nearly equal, 
each about 38; inch wide, and divided by a notch which is 
somewhat wider. ‘The rib appears to have been directed down- 
ward, as though it were an early dorsal. ‘The specimen 
numbered 32 is stouter, has larger articular facets, and a 
greater depth over the articulation; only about 3 inches of 
its length is preserved. ‘These ribs are compressed from 
front to back and are flattened on the external curved surface. 
The fossil described as a clavicle has much the aspect of a rib. 

The dorsal vertebra no. 13 Brist. Mus. has the charac- 
teristic excavation beneath the transverse process, which is 
margined by anterior and posterior buttresses, which diverge 
as they descend. The centrum is 1,9 inch long. _ Its articular 
face is flattened, with a margin slightly rounded ; it is 1 inch 
deep and somewhat narrower. The sides of the centrum are 
gently concave in length, with a flattened aspect ; the base is 
rounded from side to side. ‘The zygapophysial processes are 
well developed. 

No. 14 Brist. Mus. shows the anterior position of the para- 
pophysial facet for the head of the rib. It also shows that 
the neural spine is compressed from side to side and elevated, 
though only preserved for a height of 7% inch. Below the 
neural arch the centrum shows on the side a longitudinal 
concave impression. 

No. 10 Brist. Mus. is a dorsal vertebra showing a thick 
vertical neural spine and strong transverse processes, which 
appear to be notched out in the anterior margins, as among 
Crocodiles. 

The caudal vertebra no. 17 Brist. Mus. has the centrum 
1,% inch long, 85 inch high in front, and 3'5 inch high behind. 
The measurement from the hinder border of the base of the 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 149 


centrum to the summit of the neural spine is 1,8; inch. It is 
interesting as preserving the chevron-bone in natural articu- 
lation and for showing that the posterior facet for this bone is 
twice as wide as the anterior facet. The proportions of the 
centrum are Crocodilian rather than Saurischian. 

The caudal vertebra in slab 63 Brist. Mus. is 1,3; inch 
long. The articular faces of the centrum are about 75; inch 
deep anteriorly and posteriorly. The vertebra is posterior in 
position to no. 17, for the transverse process has become 
reduced to a tubercle. The height to the summit of the 
neural spine is 1;% inch. (See fig. 3, c.) 

No. 19 Brist. Mus. includes three small caudal vertebrae 
in which the neural spine is lost. ‘The centrums are each 
about 35 inch long. ‘The postzygapophyses are received 
between the prezygapophyses, indicating a vertical movement. 
The contour between the zygapophyses longitudinally is 
concave. 


Ilium of Paleosaurus. (Figs. 2 and 3.) 


The iliac bones already referred to which occur in the slab 
no. 68 are associated with a caudal vertebra, double-headed 
ribs, proximal end of a tibia, a fragment of fibula, and other 
remains. ‘The anterior angle of the ilium is small and appears 
to be imperfect, and the posterior angle is worn. The gently 
convex superior crest is 34 inches long as preserved. Its 
middle part approximates towards the sacrum, owing to the 


Fig. 2. 


Pubic process. Ischiae process. 


External aspect of left ilium of Paleosaurus. 
Brist. Mus. no. 63, 3 nat. size. 


outward reflexion of the anterior angle, which makes the 
superior contour of the crest of the bone concave in length. 
The posterior angle of the crest is much more prolonged than 
the anterior angle, so that one half of the bone is behind the 
posterior border of the acetabulum. The superior and inferior 
edges of this process converge, but they are subparallel and 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 11 


150 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


the process is about 7 inch deep. The anterior process is 
indistinctly defined, and was produced somewhat forward 
to a point which was not in advance of the pubic process. 

The acetabulum is an arch with its anterior side inclined 
forward at an angle of 45°; the posterior side is shorter and 
more vertical. The pubic process which forms the anterior 
border is 1,3; inch long and margins the front of the acetabu- 
lum, with a long oblique ridge. 

The hinder border of the acetabulum is at first sharp, but 
as it ascends it is reflected upward, so as to be flattened or 
concave on the underside of the posterior process of the ilium. 
The acetabulum is perforated by an arch which is similar in 
contour to the external outline of the acetabulum. This 
specimen differs from that figured by Professor Huxley in 
being smaller, in a more acute notch between the anterior 
process of the ilium and the pubic process, in the much less 
excavation of the notch between the pubic and ischiac pro- 
cesses, in the relatively greater length of the pubic process 
and of the anterior process of the ilium, which characters 
may possibly be more than individual variation. 


Natural impression from the internal surface of the right ilium of a 
species of Paleosaurus. A caudal vertebra (c) in the same slab is 
drawn posterior to the ilium. Brist. Mus. no. 63, 3 nat. size. 


An example of a right ilium on slab 63, which shows the 
internal aspect (fig. 3), does not display any marks of attach- 
ment to the vertebra, resembling in this Megalosaurs rather 
than Crocodiles. It is as large as in an alligator about 10 feet 
long. There is the same large development of the posterior 
process of the ilium seen in all Triassic Saurischia, which is 
also present in existing Crocodiles, but the margins of the 
posterior process appear to approximate more rapidly, so as 
to terminate in a rounded extremity. Only the crest of the 
ilium is preserved, and this shows that the anterior angle was 
reflected outward, making the bone concave in length. All 
the lower portion of the ilium is indicated by a mould of the 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 151 


bone which is lost, which is convex from front to back and 
does not show a very distinct outline between the pubic and 
ischiac processes. ‘lhe anterior border of the ilium is convex 
from above downward, and the notch between it and the 
anterior process of the ilium is more open than in the other 
specimen. The bone is larger, has the pubic process stronger, 
and the notch between the processes evidently less excavated, 
so that it appears to indicate a distinct type of animal. 


? Ilium of Thecodontosaurus. 


Another type of ilium, if correctly identified, is referable to 
a different genus. With this type of ilium I should be 
disposed to associate the humerus originally figured by Riley 
and Stutchbury (/. c. pl. xxx. fig. 1) and the fragments of 
jaw referred to Thecodontosaurus. 1 have not seen any form 
of femur which could be attributed to Thecodontosaurus, and 
the bulk of the remains are referable to Paleosaurus both on 
the grounds of osteological affinity between the several parts 
of the skeleton and of association. 


Femur of Paleosaurus. (Fig. 4.) 


The femur no. 67 is the type figured by the original 
describers of Paleosaurus. As preserved it is more than 
10 inches long, is exposed on the ventral aspect, and has a 
slight sigmoid curve. The proximal articular surface is 
transversely truncated and the head of the bone is convexly 
rounded and directed inward. ‘The transverse measurement 
through the head of the bone outward is 232; inches; below 
the head the bone contracts and the lateral contour is concave. 
The infero-lateral trochanter, regarded as the trochanter 
minor, begins about 2 inches below the proximal end. It is 
a longitudinal plate, compressed from side to side, about 
2 inches long; a slight ridge is prolonged from it down the 
shaft towards the inner condyle. Below the lateral trochanter 
the shaft becomes slightly narrower. It widens again in its 
lower third, where the direction of the bone is a little down- 
ward, so that the superior surface is convex. The inferior 
surface of the head of the bone is convex from side to side, 
and the inferior surface of the distal end is concave both in 
length and breadth. The lateral position of the trochanter 
minor necessarily gives an aspect of great depth in that 
position, and the bone has an inflated aspect at the inner side 
about the trochanter. ‘The distal end of the bone is flattened 
on the inner side, but rounded. ‘The transverse width at the 

jude 


152 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


terminal fracture was at least 2,3; inches. The bone appears 
to have been reconstructed. 

Many other specimens indicate portions of femora, and are 
catalogued under the numbers 68, 69, 72, 75, 37, 82, 89, and 
99. Some of these are free from matrix and show the 
characters of the femur in detail. 


Fig. 4. 


Proximal articulation. 


‘\\ Trochanter major. 


Trochanter 
minor. 


External Superior 
aspect. aspect. 


Left femur of Paleosaurus. Brist. Mus. no. 68. 4 nat. size. 


No. 68 (fig. 4) is the proximal end of a femur which shows 
both the external and lateral trochanters. The head of the bone 
is compressed from above downward, flattened superiorly, and 
more convex on the underside. It is less directed inward 
than in the type, fully 1,5 inch broad, and 4% inch thick. 
The internal border is concave, the external border convex. 
At 15% inch from the proximal end, where the head of the bone 
has contracted somewhat both in breadth and thickness, is the 
small external trochanter major, which is a small spur 
directed upward, scarcely separated from the shaft, suggesting 
in this respect the similar trochanter in Zanclodon, though in 
characters of the bead of the bone Palawosaurus is less Mega- 
losaurian. ‘The inferior lateral trochanter is in the corre- 
sponding position to that of Zanclodon. It is 275 inches from 
the proximal end, and therefore less like Dimodosaurus. 
The external trochanter is much less distinctly defined than is 
usual in Saurischians. By means of three rugosities it 
extends transversely across the upper surface of the head of 
the bone. 

No. 69 illustrates the character of the distal end*. The 


* Three distinct specimens are indicated under this number. 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 153 


distal condyles are rounded from back to front, flattened on 
the inner side, and oblique on the external border. The bone is 
1; inch thick at the condyle. This larger condyle is sepa- 
rated by a concavity which extends on to the base of the 
articular surface from the smaller external condyle, beyond 
which is the oblique compressed external border of the bone. 
The transverse width of the distal end is 2;°; inches. The 
specimens of femur differ considerably in size and character ; 
some apparently indicate bones not more than 6 inches in 
length and more slender than others, as though different 
species were mixed together. 


The Tibia of Paleosaurus. (Fig. 5.) 


The tibia figured in 1840 still remains the only complete 
specimen. It is apparently in less excellent preservation at 
the distal end than when originally drawn, and without the 
aid of a second specimen its characters might have remained 
in uncertainty. The specimen no. 76 is 7 inches long, very 
slender in the middle of the shaft, and expanded at both 
extremities. The transverse width of the proximal end is 
2;%5 inches as exposed, measuring obliquely from the anterior 
border of the cnemial crest to the inner posterior angle of the 
articulation. ‘The width of the bone behind is about 14 inch, 
and its external lateral measurement is about as much. Ag 
in the specimen 77 a figured by Professor Huxley, the external 
border has a distinct fibular concavity ; but the forms of the 
proximal articular surfaces of the two specimens are different. 
The cnemial crest is elevated slightly above the articular 
surface for the femur. The posterior margin of the proximal 
femoral articulation of the tibia is rounded in the usual way, 
as though for contact with the condyles of the femur. The 
shaft is slightly more than $ inch wide in the middle, the 
distal end is 1;% inch wide, notched on the anterior border, 
and has a subquadrate form. 

There is a remarkable general resemblance between this 
bone and the tibia which I have deseribed as Agrosaurus 
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1891, vol. xlvii. p. 164), in which, 
however, the expansion of the proximal end appears to be 
relatively greater; and the notch at the distal end appears 
to be in about a line with the cnemial crest, while in 
Agrosaurus it is obviously lateral and on the fibular side. 

No. 53 (fig. 5) is a fragment a little over 3 inches long, 
showing the distal end of a more slender tibia, in which the 
bone wants the transverse expansion which characterizes the 
type species no. 76. The distal end is subquadrate, about 


154 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


;* inch in each measurement, and slightly oblique, asin Agro- 
saurus. It is shown to be aright tibia by the manner in 
which the surface from which the astragalus has become lost is 
excavated on its external border, as in Ayrosaurus ; so that the 


Anterior aspect. |) Fibular aspect. 


Matrix. is Distal articular 
ae y surface. 


Distal end of the left tibia of Pal@osaurus. Brist. Mus. no. 53. 
4 nat. size. 


astragalus must have been subquadrate, but, as in many Saur- 
ischians, deepest on the fibular border. There is an indication 
by an ascending groove of a small ascending talon, making 
some approach to Dimosaurus. 

The tibia on slab 63 shows less than 6 inches of its proximal 
end, which is only 2 inches wide, and has the cnemial crest 
defined by a small superior cavity, which is continued down- 
ward by the fibular groove on the external aspect. The 
shaft of the bone is about 385 inch wide in the middle, and 
appears to be expanding slightly towards the distal fracture. 


The Fibula of Paleosaurus. (Fig. 6.) 


A bone which I regard as being the left fibula agrees 
closely with the tibia in its length, is of about the same 
dimensions as the tibia no. 76 in the shaft, though but 
little expanded at the proximal and distal ends. It may have 
belonged to a species with rather more robust bones, such as 
is indicated by the slab tibia, no. 63. The distal extremity, 
which is exposed in lateral view, is strong and moderately 
expanded, like the distal end of the tibia no. 76, which it 
resembles in size. It has a convexly truncated distal end, 
which is about 152; inch wide. The bone is somewhat 
imperfect in fracture, but has aslender shaft 4 inch wide, with 
subparallel sides; the oblique proximal end widens to about 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 155 


1 inch, chiefly prolonged on the posterior margin. The 
proximal end has therefore the aspect of being inclined a 
little backward, and compressed at the articulation. It 


Fig. 6. 


Proximal. 


Nt DS 
WAZ 


SY Distal. 


Lateral aspect of the fibula of Palzosaurus, Brist. Mus. no. 42. 
+ nat. size. 


appears to be flattened from side to side. The proximal 
atticulation appears to be at right angles to that of the 
distal end. ; 

No tarsal bones are preserved. 


The Metatarsus of Paleeosaurus. 


The metatarsus is represented by several bones. No. 79 
is a left metatarsal 44 inches long, +3 inch wide at the distal 
extremity, and 4 inch wide above the distal articulation. Its 
proximal end is stout, fully an inch wide, oblique to the 
distal end, and inclined outward. 

The type specimen is 3} inches long, 78; inch wide at the 
distal end, 54; inch wide in the lower third, and 17/5 inch 
wide at the proximal end, which, as usual, is concave on the 
under surface and oblique. No. 83 is a little smaller, the 
metatarsal being 3 inches long, with the proximal end 79 inch 
wide and 35 inch deep. ‘These measurements are such that the 
bones might all belong to one foot, and they are provisionally 
referred to Paleosaurus. 


156 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


The number of phalanges preserved is small; the longest, 
1,4; inch long and 8; inch wide, is a flattened bone, concave 
on the external border and straight on the inner border. Its 
articular surfaces are particularly well ossified, and rounded 
distally in pulley shape, like those of the metatarsal bones. 
Another phalangeal bone is 1;5 inch long. These measure- 
ments are in harmony with those usual in allied animals. I 
have nothing to add to the account of the claw-phalanges 
given by Riley and Stutchbury. 

No. 87 is compressed from side to side, is about 2 inches 
long, and presents a type very similar to the claws of 
Dimodosaurus, but less wide. 

From the close similarity of form which these metatarsal and 
phalangeal bones offer to the bones of the foot in Crocodiles, 
I am led to believe that the animals were plantigrade. 
The ease with which a joint is made by the astragalus does 
not seem to necessarily imply a vertical position for the meta- 
tarsus, although that pulley-joint is found in birds. The meta- 
tarsus of most birds is not adapted for application to the ground 
in the same way as the wide metatarsus formed of separate 
bones which is found in these Saurischia. 


The Shoulder-girdle in Paleosaurus. 


Various examples of the scapula and coracoid occur, but 
they are all very imperfect. The principal specimens are 
numbered 89, 90, 91, 97, 59. Notwithstanding the imper- 
fection of preservation, there is no doubt that the scapula was 
comparatively slender and short. It expanded a little at the 
free end, had both the anterior and posterior margins concave, 
widened greatly towards the coracoid, where it extended 
transversely forward. The different specimens vary a good 
deal in the width of the shaft. One of the smallest specimens, 
no. 90, very imperfect on the anterior coracoid end, and 
obviously broken at the extremity of the blade, is 6 inches 
long. As preserved the coracoid end is 2 inches wide, with 
an indication of a notch in the middle, which I take to mark 
the limit of the foramen towards the articular portion of the 
bone. ‘The blade narrowsin the middle to 7'5 inch, and expands 
towards the free end, probably tomore than 1}inch. No. 91, 
which has the form of the blade of a scapula, is 1 inch wide in 
the narrow part and 2 inches wide at the free extremity. It, 
however, shows no indication of the proximal end, and I 
cannot affirm that the bone is certainly a scapula, for its form 
is not unlike what might be expected in the blade of a pubis. 


Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 157 


No. 97 is an instructive fragment (fig. 7), showing the 
articular end of the scapula in an uncompressed condition. 


* Humeral articular 
surface. 


Coracoid 
articulation, 


Scapula of Paleosaurus. Brist. Mus. no. 97. + nat. size. 


The principal specimen, no. 89, is exposed on the internal 
aspect, and consequently shows no indication of the articular 
surface and only a slight film of the coracoid and a portion of 
the impression from which the bone is lost. The scapula is 
concave in length on the posterior surface, with a sharp ante- 
rior border, which was reflected outward in the region in 
which the thickening of the anterior crest of the scapula is 
usually found. The “bone does not appear to have been more 
than 54 inches long ; it is 14 inch wide towards the free end, 
1 inch wide in the TBE 2; inches wide towards the 
humeral articulation ; but it is fractured in front, and probably 
had a width of 34 inches. The coracoid is very imperfectly 
indicated in this and the other specimens in which it appears 
to be partially preserved. The substance of the coracoid is 
$y inch thick, which is only half the thickness of the fractured 
anterior margin of the scapula. There is some indication that 
the surfaces of scapula and coracoid, which contributed to 
make the articulation for the humerus, met each other at an 
angle. Both these surfaces exceed an inch in length. There 
is a slight eminence on the surface on the cast in the region 
of the “coracoid, which may indicate a foramen. It seems 
probable that the scapule here referred to belong to different 
species ; and it might be anticipated that Paleosaurus will 
have a comparatively large and strong articulation in the 
shoulder-girdle when compared with Thecodontosaurus. It is 
possible that the bone no. 90 may pertain to the latter genus 


158 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


if it is to be regarded as scapula, while 89 and 97 may be 
referred to Paleosaurus. 


Humerus of Thecodontosaurus. 


The specimens 95 and 96 are portions of the same bone, 
and are the type of the humerus of Thecodontosaurus, which is 
remarkable for the comparative straightness of its inner side, 
the concavity of its external border, and the relatively small 
proximal expansion given to the bone by the radial crest, which 
appears to be equalled by the width of the distal end, though 
the radial crest is imperfectly preserved. This humerus is 
remarkably flattened, and has the proximal and distal articu- 
lations in the same plane. The bone is exposed, so as to 
show the superior surface at the proximal end, and the inferior 
aspect at the distal end. The bone is much straighter, less 
twisted, more expanded transversely at the distal end, and 
less expanded in the radial crest than any Saurischian 
humerus known to me; and it differs in all these characters 
from the other humeri found in the same deposit. The 
length of the bone is 64 inches; the least width of the shaft, 
3% inch, is above the middle. The greatest width of the 
articular part of the head of the bone exceeds an inch; the 
head is slightly tumid and directed upward; while the radial 
crest, which is not conspicuously separate from the shaft, 
increases the width on the radial side to about 2 inches. 
There appears to have been a smooth, sharp, short margin 
between the articular head and the compressed vertical 
tuberosity of the outer border of the crest, which was about 
4 inch long. 

The distal end widens to about 23% inches. ‘The external 
margin is prolonged in a convex curve on to the distal 
margin. ‘The distal articular surface is concave from side to 
side, and therefore saddle-shaped, seeing that it is rounded 
from above downward. Above the articular surface the bone 
is slightly impressed, as though by the ulna. ‘lhe contours 
ot the bone at first sight approximate to those of Belodon ; 
but the resemblance is superficial, since in that genus it is 
the internal border of the bone which is concave and the 
external which is nearly straight. There can be no doubt 
that, in so far as the bone diverges from ordinary Saurischia, 
it approaches towards existing Lizards. 


Humerus of Paleosaurus. (Figs. 8 and 9.) 


Besides the Thecodont type, there is the badly preserved 
bone originally described as ischium, which is a large right 


Thecodontosaurus and Palosaurus. 159 


humerus. It has lost both proximal and distal ends, but has 
the radial crest preserved, showing a type in which the 
proximal end of the bone was greatly expanded relatively to 
the distal end; and this type conforms to the Saurischian 
plan. It is very well represented by the humerus 118, which 
is similarly imperfect distally and has lost the radial crest, but 
preserves the articular head. The right humerus no. 37 also 
has the articular head and radial crest imperfect, but preserves 
the distal end of the bone. These specimens appear to be 
referable to more than one species ; but the plan of the bone 
is the same in them ali, so that an idea of the form of the 
humerus in Palwosaurus may be gathered from them. 


\ Proximal articulation. 


Radial crest. 4) 


Distal fracture. 


Inferior aspect of a right humerus of Palcosaurus, showing the proximal 
articulation ; imperfect distally. Brist. Mus. no. 118. 4 nat. size. 


The transverse width of no. 66 at the base of the radial 
crest is 34 inches; but since the head of the bone is broken 
away, the transverse measurement was probably not less than 
4 inches. The shaft is % inch thick, and the compressed 
tuberosity of the radial crest is 14% inch long. The large 
radial crest extends for a considerable distance down the 
leneth of the shaft, and the length of the bone, of which 
indications are preserved, amounted to 7 inches, without 
evidence of the extremity of either proximal or distal end. 

No. 118 is a smaller bone (fig. 8), with a transverse width 
of the shaft of about 8; inch, which is similar in size to no. 37. 
The complete proximal outline of the articular head is convex. 
The head is directed inward at an angle of 45° to the length of 
the shaft, and appears also to be twisted at an angle of 45° to 


160 Prof. H. G. Seeley on 


the distal end. It is about 14 inch long. Beyond this 
articular surface the unusually expanded radial crest is 
exposed, so that it is reflected downward, forming an open 
angle with the head. The measurement from the inferior 
border of the radial crest to the proximal articular surface is 
33 inches, and the extreme width of the proximal end, as 
preserved, 32 inches. This expanded proximal surface is 
concave from side to side, with a median depression pro- 
longed distally till it passes into the ridge which divides the 
distal end into a narrow oblique internal area, and a wide 
flattened external area, inclined to the inner surface at a great 
angle. The proximal articular surface, compressed from 
above downward, becomes narrower from within outward, and 
appears to have much the same relation to the radial crest 
as the corresponding parts of the humerus in Crocodiles. ‘The 
radial crest at its outer inferior border is fully 345 inch thick, 
and the length of its inferior border, as preserved, is about 
27%) inches. At the distal fracture the bone is about 1,45 inch 
wide and 3% inch thick, and thickest on the inner border. 


Distal articulation. 


Right humerus of Pale@osaurus, showing part of the distal articulation ‘ 
the proximal end is imperfect. Brist. Mus. no. 37. 4 nat. size. 


No. 37 (fig. 9) appears to indicate the length of the bone 
as being 6} inches, with the articular ends less perfectly ossified 
than in Thecodontosaurus; the large radial crest is prolonged 
for about halfway down the length of the humerus. There 
appear to be two condyles at the distal end, which measure 
about 1,5; inch from side to side as preserved. There is a 


Thecodontosaurus and Palseosaurus. 161 


concavity above the distal condyles, and the bone has a com- 
pressed aspect on this inferior surface. The condyles are 
rounded, moderately developed; the internal condyle is 
broken. The bone has the usual slight sigmoid curve ; it 
thickens towards the proximal articulation. The measure- 
ment from the proximal articular surface to the inferior angle 
of the radial crest is 3,3; inches. This bone is similar to the 
humerus of Zanclodon tigured by Plieninger in all its cha- 
racters, except that its radial crest appears to have a rather 
greater transverse width. 


Uina. (Fig. 10.) 


A specimen, no. 46 (fig. 10.), originally figured by Riley and 
Stutchbury as the tibia, may be the ulna of Paleosaurus. The 
absence of curvature in the bone is not opposed to its being so 
identified, and the development of the proximal olecranon 
process is an approximation to Pareiasaurus, which is also 
found in Stegosaurus (Marsh, Am. Journ. Sci. vol. xix. 
pl. viii. fig. 3). 


Fig. 10. 


Proximal end, 


Distal end, 


Lateral aspect of the ulna. Brist. Mus. no. 46. + nat. size. 


The ulna is about 4355 inches long, concave on the anterior 
and posterior outlines, 1;45 inch wide, with the distal end 
convex from front to back, without sign of excavation of the 
distal end. 

The proximal end is 14 inch wide, with the articular 
surface slightly concave from front to back, margined by a 
distinct anterior edge like that seen in other examples of 
the Saurischian ulna, with the articular surface inclined to 
look upward and forward. There is a wide compressed 


162 On Thecodontosaurus and Paleosaurus. 


olecranon crest, which extends proximally above the articula- 
tion, somewhat like the cnemial crest of the tibia in Dimodo- 
saurus. The middle of the shaft is } inch wide. On the 
supposition that the specimen is exposed on its internal 
aspect, the condition of the distal end would present nothing 
remarkable. The relative shortness of the bone as compared 
with the humerus of Pa/wosaurus seems to me in harmony 
with what might be expected from the known proportions of 
the fore and hind limbs. 


The only element of the fore limb, besides the ulna, which 
can be recognized with any probability is a small metacarpal, 
which is much more slender than the metatarsal bones and 
more pertectly rounded at the distal extremity, and it is 
shorter. 

In all parts of Paleosaurus which can be compared with 
Zanclodon, such as the ilium, humerus, femur, and scapula, 
there is a strong resemblance, though the differences are 
marked in the tibia and details of the femur, especially the 
distal end, so that it does not follow that the pubis and 
ischium were quite the same in both generic types. The 
proportions of Palwosaurus appear to have been those of a 
Crocodile, though the tail was probably shorter. The femur 
may be taken at 103 inches long and the tibia at 7 inches; so 
that it is difficult to believe that the body of the animal was 
lifted off the ground by the limbs. The humerus is 7 inches 
long and the ulna nearly 5 inches long. ‘The Crocodilian 
character and size of the ilium are remarkable in relation to 
this shortness of the limbs, as showing persistence of character 
in the iliac bone, and presumably of habit in the animals 
thus characterized. 


IT desire to thank Mr. Swayne and Mr. E. Wilson for the 
facilities afforded me in examining the collection of bones in 
the Bristol Museum. 


After these notes on English ‘Triassic Saurischia were 
written and in the hands of the Geological Society of London, 
Professor Marsh published notes on Triassic Dinosaurs in the 
‘American Journal of Science’ in June 1892. The text 
which refers to the Bristol specimens is limited to a few 
lines ; the fossils being classed under the genus Thecodonto- 
saurus, Which is compared with the American genus Anchi- 
saurus. 


On new Mollusca from South Africa. 163 


Professor Marsh figures the base of the skull of [ Theco- 
dontosaurus| platyodon, of which no example is known in this 
country in any museum, 

Figures are also given of the bones of the left fore leg of 
the same species, in which are shown the scapula and cora- 
coid, the humerus, radius, ulna, two carpal bones, and five 
metacarpals. ‘There are three digits bearing claws with two, 
three, and four phalanges; the fourth digit has three minute 
phalanges, and in the fitth a hypothetical phalange is indi- 
cated. ‘The claws decrease in size from the first to the third. 
No such specimen exists in this country. The forms of the 
bones are similar to those which I have attributed to Paleo- 
saurus platyodon, with which they correspond in proportion, 
though, as the figure is one-fourth natural size, the animal 
appears to be slightly smaller than that of which I have given 
particulars. It is unexpected to find so Crocodilian a type of 
limb with the metatarsals extended as thongh they were 
carried vertically. 

As the Bristol Museum specimens all came from a working 
long since closed, it would be interesting to learn the source 
from which these important new materials have been obtained. 


XVIII.—Desecriptions of Four new Species of Terrestrial 
Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo MELVILL, 
M.A., F.L.5., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.5. 


[Plate XII. j 


Zingis delicata, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 1, 1a.) 


Z. testa imperforata, depresso-orbiculari, tenui, nitida, corneo- 
succineata ; anfractibus sex, apud suturas impressis, fere levibus, 
sub lente infra suturas et circa regionem umbilicarem transversim 
tenuissime striatis, striis mox evanidis, longitudinaliter irregu- 
lariter oblique liratis, ultimo anfractu apud medium leeyvissimo ; 
apertura ovata; peristomate tenui, axi columellari albescente, 
paullum incrassato. 

Long. 9, lat. 16 mill. 


Hab. Knysna (Cox). 

An extremely beautiful, imperforate, transparent species, of 
a dark brown warm amber colour; thin, fragile, depressed 
orbicular in form, six-whorled, with much flattened spire and 
apex; apparently quite smooth and shining, but with the aid 
of a lens the surface below the suture is seen to be very finely 


164 On new Mollusca from South Africa. 


transversely striate, and this is also the case round the 

umbilical region, the striae towards the middle of the last 

whorl soon ceasing; the mouth is thin, simple; aperture 

rotund-ovate, columellar axis slightly thickened, white. 
Several specimens. 


Helix (Trachycystis) Alcocki, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 2, 2 a.) 


H., testa anguste umbilicata, depresso-conica, apice mammillato, ad 
peripheriam obtusangulata ; anfractibus sex, ventricosulis, undique 
transyersim tenui-striatis, striis sericeis, longitudinaliter epider- 
mide evanida contectis, oblique costulatis, ultimo, apud periphe- 
riam precipue, setifero; apertura lunata, compressa ; peristomate 
tenui, simplici, apud marginem columellarem paullum reflexo. 


Long. 4, lat. 8 mill. 
Hab. Kowie (Crawford). 


Several specimens of a little shell apparently distinct from 
its allies. In the setose epidermis it resembles H. tricho- 
steiroma, M. & P., and is also near H. Loveni (Kr.), but is more 


depressed than that species. 


Achatina Churchilliana, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.) 


A, testa pyramidato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, apud apicem obtusa ; 
anfractibus septem, tumidulis, ad suturas subimpressis, supra, 
apud suturas, indistincte granato-striatis, infra applanatis, levibus, 
epidermide tenui cinereo-ochracea tectis, anfractu ultimo pro- 
ducto ; apertura oblonga ; peristomate simplici. 

Long. 3, lat. 1°50 une. 


Hab. Natal (G. C. Churchill, Esq.). 

This plain-looking Achatina is doubtless one of the natal- 
ensis group, but we cannot identify it with any of the hitherto 
described species. The limits of variation in this genus have 
not, so far, been studied, and the local forms merit more 
attention than they have yet received. ‘The label attached to 
the specimen, now unique, in the Owens College Museum, Man- 
chester, is as follows :— Bulimus. G.C. Churchill, Esq. 
Port Natal.” 

We have much pleasure in connecting with this shell the 
name of our friend Mr. Churchill, of Clifton, Bristol, so well 
known in botanical and other scientific circles. 


Cyclostoma foveolatum, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 4, 4a.) 


C. testa anguste sed profunde umbilicata, effuso-pyramidata, cinerea ; 
anfractibus quinque, ventricosis, nunc unicoloribus, nunc vittis 


On some Oriental Genera of Mygalomorphe. 165 


transversis bi- vel tri-cingulatis (ultimo rapide accrescente), trans- 

versim obscure angulato-costatis, simul ac ad basin, circa umbili- 

cum, et confertim (precipue circa anfractum ultimum) punctis 

vel foveis interstitialibus regularibus transversim clathrato- 

succinctis; apertura rotunda, ochracea; peristomate albo, con- 

tinuo, simplici, parum reflexo ; operculo paucispirali, normali. 
Long. 17-50, lat. 15 mill. 


Habe ios. Aavica 

This particularly interesting form seems uniformly to 
differ from both the protean C, ligatum, Miill., and all other 
allies in the deep transverse interstitial pitting, espe- 
cially conspicuous on the penultimate and last whorls, and 
giving a character to the shell at first sight. We have 
seen several specimens, all precisely similar in character, but 
differmg in marking, some being plain and ash-coloured, 
without any transverse banding. ‘That this banding is 
present (though often obscured) in all specimens is, however, 
evident by the markings showing through the ochraceous 
interior; the peristome is white, continuous, slightly reflexed. 
The specimens we have seen have the ordinary normal oper- 
culum of ligatum &e. 


We also give additional figures of Natalina Chaplini and 
Dorcasia inhluzana, supplementary to those in our last paper 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv., August 1894, 
plate i.). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Figs. 1, 1a. Zingis delicata. 

Figs. 2, 2a. Trachycystis Alcockt. 

Eg. 3. Achatina Churchilliana. 

Lg. 4, Cyclostoma foveolatum. 

Fig. 4a. Ditto, showing sculpture (enlarged). 
Figs. 5-56. Natalina Chaplini. 

Figs. 6, 6a. Dorcasia inhluzana, 


XIX.—On a New and Natural Grouping of some of the 
Oriental Genera of Mygalomorphe, with Descriptions of new 
Genera and Species. By R. 1. Pocock. 


[Plate X. ] 


THE spiders which form the subject of the present paper have 
been recently referred by Mons. EK. Simon* to three distinct 


* Hist. Nat. des Araignées, i. pt. 1, pp. 182, 174. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 1 


166 Mr. R.I. Pocock on a New and Natural Grouping 


sections of his subfamily Aviculariine, namely the Phlogiee, 
Nelenocosmiex, and the Pcecilotheriee, which may be tabu- 
Jated in the following order :— 


1. Purogin®.—*Orphnecus, Luzon; Chilobrachys, Ceylon; Phlogius, 
Indo- and Austro-Malaya ; Cor emrocnemis, Pinang. 


to 


. SELENOCOSMIEA.—*Loxomphalia, Phoneyusa (syn. Harpaxotheria), 
Hysterocrates, Harpactira, *Pelinobius, Ethiopian Region; *Kn- 
cyocrates, Madagascar ; * Ephebopus, loc. ? ; Selenocosmia, Indo- 
Malaya ; * Lampropelma, Ins. Sangir; *Haplopelma, Borneo; 
* Cyriopagopus, 'Tenasserim ; ; Huploclastus, S. India; and, possibly, 
Omothymus, Pinang. 


. PaciLoTHERIz®.— Peecilotheria, 8, India, Ceylon; Scodra, W. Africa, 


(Je) 


It is to be supposed that the above were regarded as natural 
groups ; and since the Poecilotherieze were treated quite apart 
from the rest of the Old-World genera and in connexion with 
the Neotropical group of Aviculariex, we may conclude that 
these two groups were looked upon as related to each other, 
and that the Indian genus Pecilotheria was not regarded as 
having any near relationship with other Oriental forms. 
Moreover, the above-given arrangement of the genera indi- 
cates, I take it, that the Oriental genera of Selenocosmiez 
are more nearly allied to the African genera of the same 
group than they are to the Oriental Phlogiexw. But, after 
working over some of the material of the Aviculariide con- 
tained in the British Museum, the conclusion has been forced 
upon me, firstly, that Simon’s sections are largely artificial, 
and, secondly, that the genera referred to them may be other- 
wise grouped, so as to form assemblages which may be 
regarded as natural, inasmuch as they agree, (1) in the 
possession of constant characters, and (2) in their geographical 
distribution. 

In the first place it may be stated that none of the Oriental 
genera appear to me to be especially related to the Hthiopian, 
or, to put it more accurately, the genera composing either of 
the two groups into which the Oriental genera fall are more 
nearly related inter se than any one of them is to any Hthio- 
pian genus known to me. ‘This conclusion serves at once to 
separate off the Ethiopian genera, which [| do not propose to 
deal further with here, except to state that I provisionally 
divide them into the following three sections :— 


* Genera that are unknown to me in nature are marked wath an 
asterisk. 


of some Oriental Genera of Mygalomorphe. 167 


a. Scodra, 
b. Loxomphalia, Phoneyusa (sic), Hysterocrates, Pelinobius * 
c. Harpactira. 


But I do not yet wish to express any opinion regarding 
the relationship of these groups to each other or to any other 
section of the Aviculariide. 

Turning now to the Oriental forms, we find that they fall 
into two distinct sections, which I propose, at least provi- 
sionally, to regard as families. They may be grouped as 
follows :— 


1. ORNITHOCTONID&.—Ornithoctonus, Poc., Mergui; Omothymus, Tho- 
rell, Pinang; Phormingochilus, nov., Borneo; Citharognathus, 
nov., Borneo ; Melopeus, nov. (=Selenocusmia, Simon, in part), 
Siam. 

2. SELENOcosmMup®.—aploclastus, Sim., 5. India ; Pecilotheria, Sim., 
S. India, Ceylon ; Chilobrachys, Karsch, 8. India, Ceylon; Musa- 
getes, nov., Burma to Mergui (? Phlogius of Simon and Thorell, 
in part); Lyrognathus, uoy., Assam; Coremiocnemis, Simon, 
Pinang ; Selenotypus, nov., Queensland ; Selenocosmia, Auss., Java 
&e.; Phlogius, Simon, Austro-Malaya; Psalmopeus, nov., East 
Indies. 


These two families are based mainly upon the presence 
of the stridulating-organs that they possess between the outer 
surface of the mandible and the inner surface of the coxa of the 
palp. One of these organs, which was briefly described many 
years ago by Prof. Wood-Mason, is found well developed in 
all the genera of Selenocosmiide, with the single exception 
of Haploclastus, where the club-shaped rods are wanting ; 
and the other, which has already been described by myself in 
‘ Natural Science’ for January 1895, is found with but little 
structural variation in all the genera of Ornithoctonidex. Of 

~ course I have not been able to establish the presence of either 
of these organs in genera that are unknown to me; but 
analogy leads me to suppose that either one or the other will 
be found in Haplopelma, Lampropelma, Cyriopagopus, and 


* Mons. Simon appears to me to have fallen into error over the deter- 
mination of some of these genera. For instance, the type of Phoneyusa 
is not Greefi of Karsch, as he states, but belandana of Marsch (cf. Berl. 
ent. Zeitschr. 1884, p. 348), because this was the only species referred to 
the genus when the latter was first established. But since, according to 
Simon, belandana is congeneric with his species anfilope, ‘which is the 
type of Harpavotheria, it necessarily follows that Harpuacotherva is syno- 
uymous with Phoneyusa. This leaves the so-called genus of which Greefi 
of Karsch is the type without a name. I hesitate, how ever, to supply 
this apparent deficiency, on the ground that the material at my disposal 
seems to indicate that Greefii is congeneric with the type of Hysterocrates. 

+ “ Musical Boxes in Spiders.’ ° Fi ig. 9 of this paper should have been 
described as a Musagyetes, and not as a » Phor mingochilus. 

12* 


168 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on a New and Natural Grouping 


Orphnecus. And if one may be permitted to guess, T would 
suggest that the first-named will perhaps fall into the Ornitho- 
ctonide and the last three into the Selenocosmiide. 

No organ resembling either of those mentioned above is 
found in any genus that I have examined of the following 
Neotropical groups :—Aviculariex, Eurypelmater, Thera- 
phosez, and Homoeommatex ; nor yet in the African genera 
above enumerated. The South-African Harpactira, how- 
ever, has a peculiar arrangement of hairs on the outer surface 
of the mandible, there being a dense scopula above and a 
naked space below it ; but upon this naked area there is one 
or more curved rows of hairs which have evidently been 


derived from the fringe which borders the lower edge of the 
mandible. 


Family Selenocosmiide, nov. 


With the exception of Haploclastus, which will, perhaps, 
have to be separated from it, this new family is tolerably 
compact. It is characterized by the possession of a stridu- 
lating-organ, composed of a series of thickened rods, upon 
the inner surface of the coxa of the palp, and of a corre- 
sponding series of spiniform hairs or of spicules upon the 
lower half of the external surface of the mandible. The 
fovea on the carapace is generally small, linear, transverse or 
crescentic, with the concavity forwards (it is larger in Psalmo- 
pous). The legs are either without spines or with merely a 
few short ones at the apex of the protarsi or tibiw. In the 
male, so far as is known, there is no spur on the tibia of the 
anterior legs. ‘This, at least, is the case in the male of 
Pecilotheria, Chilobrachys, Musagetes, Phlogius, and Seleno- 
cosmia. 

Yet, although thus intimately allied, the genera with which 
I am acquainted fall readily into the following sections :— 


A. Pecilotheria. 

B. Chilobrachys, Musagetes. 
©. Selenocosmia, Phlogius. 
D 


. Coremiocnemis, Lyrognathus, Selenotypus. 
E. Psalmopeus. 


The mutual affinities of these sectionsare at present puzzling 
and it is impossible to represent them accurately in a dighere: 
mous synoptical table. It seems to me that A is related to 
B, B to C, C to D, C to E, and E to A. I venture therefore 


to attempt to express this roundabout relationship by the 
ollowing diagram :— 


of some Oriental Genera of Mygalomorvhe. 169 


At present I am disposed to think that, on the whole, the 
most primitive of these groups is C or D. For example, 
the strikers on the mandible in C are much less specialized 
than in A or B, since they are clearly nothing but long 
thickened hairs, whereas in A and B the hairs have been 
modified into granuliform spicules or genuine rigid spines. 
Moreover, A appears to be more specialized than B in the 
great development of its scopule, which, I take it, is a criterion 
of specialization. In the same way E is more specialized 
than C, and thus approaches A; and, lastly, if the larger 
size of the fourth leg is a primitive character, as seems not 
unlikely, the group D is more primitive than C. 


N.B.—The species coming from British India, Burma, and 
Ceylon, which are here briefly described, I propose to discuss 
at greater length on some future occasion. 


Synopsis of the (renera. 


a. Coxa of palp furnished inside with scattered irre- 
gularly arranged longer and shorter spines and 
spiniform sete; without a fringe below the 
suture; mandible with a few iregularly ar- 
ranged, long, stout, but apically filiform sete, 
mixed up with the inferior fringe of red hairs.. Hajloclastus, Sim, 

6, Coxa of palp furnished inside with a cluster or 
row of club-shaped rods. 

a', The outer surface of the mandible furnished 
below and behind with long stout sete, as in 
Haploclastus ; the inner surface of the coxa 
of the palp without so definite a fringe below 
the suture, the “ keys” composed of a thick 
cluster of club-shaped rods (except Psalmo- 
poeus). 

a’, Legs of the fourth pair noticeably stronger 
than those of the first and clothed dis- 
tally with long erect setz; tarsal pads of 
the fourth leg completely divided by a row 
of setee. 

a*, The fourth leg stouter than the first, its 
protarsal pad entire and extending, at 
least on the inner side, almost up to the 


170 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


base of the segment; pad on protarsus of 
third covering almost the whole of the 
segment 


ie) a. 10) Ale \e 4) @)e\\v'78) eke le is ve ip, 6! 01618 0) '¢ @rene © 


6°. The fourth leg scarcely stouter than the 


first ; its protarsal pad divided and situa- 
ted on the distal fourth of the length of 
the segment; protarsal pad of third 
covering about half or two thirds of the 
segment, 


a‘, Kyes of anterior row straight, the lateral 


only a little smaller than the median, 
the posterior lateral of largish size ; 
fovea small, narrower than ocular 
tubercle; labium narrower, only a 
little wider, than the ocular tubercle. . 


bt. Eyes of the front row recurved, the 


lateral a little behind the median and 
only about half their size; the poste- 
rior lateral eyes also minute; ocular 
tubercle high, not wide, narrower than 
the fovea, which is very deep and 
strong; labium very large, nearly twice 
as wide as the ocular tubercle ...... 


b?. Legs of the fourth pair shorter and thinner 
than those of the first, and normally hairy. 
a>’, Pads on the legs narrower, those on the 


third protarsus covering only half the 
segment; pad on tarsus of fourth wholly 
or partially divided by setee; mandible 
without an external scopula, but with 
many spiniform sete below ; keys on the 
coxa of palp numerous; fovea on the 
carapace shallow and crescentic........ 


4’, Pads and hairs on the legs developed 


almost as in Pecilotheria ; protarsus of 
third leg scopulate to the base; pad of 
the fourth tarsus entire; mandible with 
external scopula and only a few spiniform 
setze ; keys composed of a single series of 
rods; fovea deep and straight trans- 
Vetsely) ones cen serene etn eerie 


b'. The outer surface of the mandible furnished 


below and behind with a cluster of granules 
or short spines, which increase in length to- 
wards the loweredge, which bears, in addition, 
a few longer spines; the “keys” on the coxa 
of the palp composed of a single series of rods, 
between which and the suture there lies a 
thick fringe of long hairs. 
a®, Pads on the feet very wide; the tarsal pad 
of the fourth undivided ; fovea small, trans- 
versely linear ; with one or more tubercles 
amongst the keys on the coxa of palp .... 
b°. Pads on the feet narrower; the tarsal pad of 
the fourth wholly or partially divided by 


Lyrognathus, nov. 


Coremiocnemis, Sim. 


Selenotypus, nov. 


Selenocosmia, Auss., 
and Phlogius, Sim. 


Psalmopeus, nov. 


Pecilotheria, Sim. 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 171 


setee; keys on the palp and strikers on the 

mandible more numerous; no tubercles 

mixed up with the keys on the palp. 
a", Claws of the legs toothed ............ Chilobrachys,Karsch. 
7, Claws of legs simple, unarmed ........ Musagetes, noy. 


Genus Pa@cILOTHERIA, Simon, 


Synopsis of the Species. 


a. Femora of all the legs brown or black beneath, at 
least not striped; fringes of hairs on the maxille 
and mandibles brighter red; carapace adorned with 
very distinct fine whitish lines, radiating from the 
fovea; sides of the upper surface of the abdomen 
blacker, the median band shorter and generally 
indistinctly divided into two series of large pale 
spots; the tubercle on the coxa of the palp lying 
in the middle of the line of keys .............. subfusca, sp. n.* 

6, Femora of some or all of the legs white or yellow 
beneath and ornamented with strong black stripes ; 
carapace without distinct radiating whitish lines, 
but (at least in the female) with a pair of brown 
bands, which extend from the ocular tubercle to 
the posterior border; the pale band on the abdo- 
men larger and defined by a narrowish brown 
border, -from which brown stripes extend exter- 
nally on to the paler sides of the abdomen; fringes 
round the mouth less brightly coloured, often 
blackish ; the tubercles on the maxillz at the end 
of the line of keys. 

a‘, Black bands on the under surface of the femora 
of the first and second legs narrow, only a little 
wider than the yellow area above them; these 
femora clear lemon-yellow, the others greyish 
SVU LO op wot srstani ci haya sci Peron nt fico Fasciata (Latr.) ft. - 

b', Black bands on the under surface of the anterior 
two pairs of femora very wide, at least twice 
the width of the pale area above them. 

a’, The anterior two pairs of femora yellower ; 
the under surface of the femora, patelle and 
tibize, and proximal end of protarsi of the 
second and third pairs of legs yellowish or 
greyish white, with a broad black band on the 
femora and tibiz; only a very small black 
stripe at the base of the four femora; with 
two tubercles on the inner surface of the 


* Of this species, which appears to be the commonest of the genus, 
the British Museum has thirteen specimens (male and female) from 
Ceylon. I have little doubt that hitherto it has been confounded with 
P. fasciata. 

+ I have seen five specimens (male and female) of this species from 
Ceylon. These are, I think, referable to the species figured by Koch, 
Walckenaer, and Seba. 


172 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


maxilla; scopula on fourth protarsus covering 

only about one fourth of the segment ...... striata, sp. n.* 
b?, The anterior two pairs of femora much whiter 

beneath; the under surface of the third and 

fourth legs not distinctly banded, covered 

with long hairs of a brownish-grey tint; the 

black stripe at the base of the femora larger ; 

the maxilla with only one tubercle on its 

inner side; pad on fourth protarsus covering 

half the segments. jee eee ee clea '- > == vittata, sp. 2. T 


Genus MUSAGETES, nov. 


I select 1. Masoni as the type of this genus. The species 
known to me may be recognized by the following table :— 


a. The keys distally increasing in size, strength, and 
distinctness, proximally fusing almost indistin- 
euishably with the fringe above them ; strikers on 
the mandible arranged in definite parallel rows. . fumosus, sp. 0. 
b. The keys proximally increasing in size and dis- 
tinctness, distally becoming crowded together, 
smaller, and more or less blending with the 
fringe above them; the strikers on the mandible 
not arranged in definite rows, 
a. The keys distally lying two or three layers 
deep, the cluster much wider at this end than 
at the other, the row close to the internal 
(lower) fringe composed of short distinct rods. Andersonii, sp. 0. 
b'. The key cluster narrower at its distal end than 
in the middle, and composed of only about one 
row of longer and shorter hairs, which blend 
with the fringe. 
a®, The upperside of the femora of the palpi and 
legs much darker than the rest of the seg- 
ments; the lower surface of the coxa, tro- 
chanter, and femur of the palpi and first and 
second legs internally black, externally 
ochre-yellow, the two colours meeting 
but not blending in the middle of the seg- 
WUCHES) sik ss seamen Sain aioe Bye EIE Nola ore eae. 6 bicolor, sp. n. 
b?. All the appendages of a normal and uniform 
pattern of colouring. 
a*, Legs longer; body and legs clothed with 
chocolate-brown hairs, relieved by pale 
stripes. on the lersy: see ee emiien er ate Masont, sp. n. 
b*. Legs shorter; body and limbs clothed with 
pale yellowish hairs; legs not striped.... Hardwickit, sp. n. 


Musagetes Andersonii, sp. n. 


Selenocosmia javanensis, Pocock, ‘On the Fauna of the Mergui Archi- 
pelago,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 3817 (1892). 


Colour.—Trunk and limbs covered above and below with 


* A single female specimen from Pinang (Hardwicke Coll.). 
+ A single male example from 8. India. 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 173 


a clothing of uniformly brownish-yellow hairs; the longer 
sete of very much the same tint. 

Carapace oval, considerably longer than wide, not very 
high anteriorly, the radiating grooves well-marked ; the fovea 
strong, crescentic, a little wider than the ocular tubercle; 
tubercle of medium size, scarcely a trace of any clypeal 
border; distance between anterior eyes and anterior edge 
equal to about twice a diameter. yes of anterior row slightly 
procurved, large, subequal, and equidistant from each other, 
the distance between them distinctly less than the diameter of 
a median eye; eyes of posterior row straight, the two on each 
side not very unequal in size, the lateral considerably smaller 
than the anterior lateral. 

Mandible with 14 teeth along the outer edge of the lower 
border, which is granular behind ; keys on the maxilla about 
four rows deep distally, the rows near the oral (internal) fringe 
quite distinct from the fringe below the suture: proximally the 
keys are arranged in two distinct rows near the middle of the 
segment; one row, close to the external fringe, is composed 
of small spiniform sete, the other, nearer the oral fringe, of 
stout distinct rods, which rapidly decrease in length towards 
the base of the segment. 

Labium nearly square, only a little wider than long, with 
its sides slightly converging, densely spinulose, its width 
much greater than that of the ocular tubercle and greater than 
that of the fovea. Sternwm a shade longer than wide, as wide 
between the coxe of the first as of the third legs; distance 
between the posterior impressions almost equal to the width of 
the labium. 

Legs long and slender, the first stouter than the fourth, but 
a little shorter, all of them attenuate, with narrow scopule ; 
scopula on protarsus of third covering nearly the whole of the 
segment, that on the fourth covering about half the segment 
and divided; that on the fourth tarsus divided by a band of 
sete in its basal half; patella and tibia of fourth shorter than 
of first and equal to length of carapace; protarsus of fourth 
just exceeding width of carapace and about equal to the 
length of the protarsus and tarsus of the second leg; patella 
of second and of fourth about equal; tarsus of fourth a little 
longer than of first. Spinners as long as tibia of fourth. 

Measurements tn millimetres.—Length of carapace 23°5, 
width 20; length of sternum 10:2, width 10; length of 
labium 3°5, width 4; length of palp 45, of first leg 70, of 
second 62, of third 56, of fourth 74:5. 

Loc. Mergui (Dr. John Anderson). A single female 
example. 


174 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 
Musagetes Masoni, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 6.) 


This species, of which the British Museum has a con- 
siderable number of specimens from Silhet, much resembles 
M. Andersonii in general features. 

The carapace, mandibles, and bases of the limbs are 
clothed with yellowish-brown hairs; the legs with blackish- 
brown hairs relieved by paler lines, especially noticeable on 
the patelle, and by a spot of the same colour upon the distal 
extremity of the femur and following three segments; the 
lower surfaces of the trunk and limbs are deep velvety blackish 
brown. 

The legs closely resemble those of Andersoni?, but the 
fourth do not appear to be quite so long, e. g., the protarsus 
is noticeably shorter than the width of the carapace ; more- 
over the scopule of the front legs are rather wider than in 
Andersonii. 

Total length 40 millim.; length of carapace 19:5, 
width 17°5. 

Musagetes Hardwickit, sp. n. 


A smaller species than MW. Mason?, with yellowish-brown 
colouring and shorter legs, the patella and tibia of the fourth 
being less than the length of the carapace (which is about 
equal to these segments in the first leg), and with the fourth 
protarsus also much shorter than the width of the carapace. 

Total length 33 millim.; length of carapace 17°5, width 
14:5. 

Loc. Burdwan, India (Hardwicke coll.). 

Musagetes bicolor, sp. n. 

This species is based upona handsome male example ob- 
tained by Mr. E. W. Oates in Kijouske (Upper Burma). 
The colouring of the appendages is perhaps its most striking 
feature. : 

Musagetes fumosus, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 7.) 

A uniform brownish-black colour all over, with the fourth 
legs longer than the first apparently, the patella and tibia of 
the first being only a little longer than of the fourth, the 
protarsus of the fourth shorter than the width of the cara- 


ace. 
Total length 37 millim.; length of carapace 17°5, width 


almost 15. 
Loc. North India (probably Assam). A single dried 


female. 


In addition to the above it is probable that the Burmese 
species referred to Phlogius by both Simon and Thorell, 


Spectes of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 175 


namely P. sortcinus, Thor., and P. flavopilosus, Sim., will 
fall into this genus, and also Mygale stridulans of Wood- 
Mason, the type of which I hope is still in the Museum at 
Calcutta. The figure of stridulans is not accurate enough to 
do more than show that the anterior legs are stronger than 
the posterior, which seems to prove that specimens which 
Mr. Peal has subsequently sent to England from Assam as 
stridulans are not in reality that species; for these speci- 
mens, for the opportunity to examine which I am indebted 
to Mr. O. E. Janson, are referable to my genus Lyrognathus, 
with very strong hind legs. 


Genus LYROGNATHUS, nov. 
Lyrognathus crotalus, sp. n. 


This species is based upon a spider from Assam which 
offers the characters pointed out in the generic diagnosis. I 
may further add that the carapace is moderately high in 
front, is much longer than wide, and has a crescentic fovea. 
The scopulz on the legs are very well developed, especially 
that on the fourth postarsus, and all are entire, except that on 
the tarsus of the fourth, which is completely divided. 

The cluster of keys on the maxilla blends both proximally 
and distally, and externally with the external fringe of hairs, 
the two together occupying nearly the whole of the area 
between the suture and the internal or oral fringe; the keys 
lying next the oral fringe are the longest of all, distinct from 
the rest, and strongly clavate. There appear to be only 8, 
or perhaps 9, teeth, which posteriorly decrease in size, on the 
internal side of the lower edge of the mandible. 

Total length 26 millim.; length of carapace 13°5, width 
LO: 

In some of its characters, e.g. in the approximate equality 
in length of the protarsus and tibia of the fourth leg, and 
the much greater length of the patella and tibia of the 
fourth than of the first, as well as in the large size of the 
scopule, this genus approaches Cyriopagopus of Simon from 
Tavoy. But in the latter the scopula on the fourth protarsus 
is divided by a line of sete, and occupies only the distal third 
of the segment. 


Genus COREMIOCNEMIS, Simon. 
Coremiocnemis, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, 1892, p. 146. 


Coremiocnemis validus, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 5.) 
Apparently resembling the type, C. cunicularius, from 


176 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


Pinang (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. 279), in the structure 
of its legs, but differing in size (cf measurements), colour, 
and probably in many other characters. 

@. Colour reddish brown, clothed with yellowish hairs. 

Carapace not high, flattish, a little longer than wide; eyes 
decreasing in size in the following order—ant. median, ant. 
lateral, post. lateral, post. median ; fovea strongly crescentic, 
small, narrower than the ocular tubercle. 

Labium much wider than long; its width less than half 
the length of the posterior edge of the maxilla, and only a 
little greater than the width of the ocular tubercle. Sternum 
wide, oval, width between the posterior impressions about 
equal to the length of the labium. 

Mandible with strikers composed of a relatively small 
number of stout, apically filiform sete situated close to the 
fringe of red hairs, and passing above into fine whitish hairs ; 
the area on which the fang closes bounded externally with 
15 teeth, and granular behind. 

Palp with the keys or notes composed of a thick cluster 
(3 or 4 rows) of clavate apically-pointed rods. 

Legs unarmed, except for a few (1 or 2) spines at the apex 
of the protarsi; long and slender; scopule normal, that on 
the protarsus of the third covering two thirds of the segment ; 
that on the tarsus of the fourth divided by a very fine line of 
setee; patella and tibia of fourth longer than of first ; pro- 
tarsus of fourth longer than protarsus and tarsus of first. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of carapace 20, 
width 17°5; length of abdomen 25, of palp 35, of first leg 
55, second leg 48, third leg 46°5, fourth leg 68, of posterior 
spinner 11°85. 

Loc. East Indies. A single specimen. 


Genus SELENOTYPUS, nov. 
Selenotypus plumipes, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 2-2 b.) 


9. Colour a uniform reddish brown, covered with brownish- 
red hairs, those on the three distal segments of the posterior 
legs long. 

Carapace considerably longer than broad, radiating grooves 
conspicuous ; head-region high; fovea very strong, crescentic, 
the area around it slightly depressed, wider than the ocular 
tubercle; ocular tubercle elevated, not wide, running right 
up to the edge of the carapace, so that there is no true clypeus, 
the distance between the anterior median eye and the front 
edge of the tubercle nearly or perhaps quite twice the diameter 
of the eye; the anterior eyes about equidistant from each 
other, the distances being about equal to the diameter of the 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 177 


lateral or half the diameter of the median; eyes of posterior 
row recurved, the lateral separated from the anterior lateral 
by at least twice their diameter, and much smaller than them ; 
the median nearly as large as the lateral, and very distinctly 
separated from them. 

Labium very wide, densely spinulose, its width almost 
equal to half the posterior length of the maxilla, and nearly 
twice as great as the distance between the posterior sternal 
impressions. 

Sternum oval, only a little longer than wide. 

Mandible not scopulate externally, but furnished behind 
with a depressed setose area; strikers composed of a large 
number of stout spiniform, but apically filiform, setee, lying 
above behind and fusing with the fringe, the groove for 
the fang granular behind and bordered externally with 12 
stout teeth; the keys on the maxilla composed of a long 
cluster of numerous club-shaped rods, which proximally and 
distally decrease in size and blend with the hairs of the fringe 
lying above them. 

Legs unspined, except on the apices of the protarsi; length 
4,1, 2, 3, the fourth longer than the first by nearly twice the 
Jength of the former’s tarsus; all the legs rather slender ; 
scopulee narrow, that on the third protarsus covering about 
half the segment, that on the fourth protarsus covering about 
one third of the segment and completely divided ; scopula 
on fourth tarsus divided by a very narrow band of sete; patella 
of first and of fourth about equal; tibize very unequal ; protarsi 
of fourth longer than tarsus and protarsus of first, and just 
about equal to the width of the carapace, the patella and 
tibia of fourth slightly exceeding the length of carapace; the 
long hairs on the posterior legs straight and not woolly. 

fosterior spinner a little longer than the fourth tarsus, its 
apical segment one third longer than the second. 

Measurements in millimetres—Length of carapace 21, 
width 17; length of abdomen 81, width 19; length and width 
of sternum 8°8; width of labium 4:3, length 2°3; length of 
palp 41°8, of first leg 62, of second 53, of third 50:2, ot fourth 
74; first leg: femur 14°5, pateila 9, tibia 10°5, protarsus 9, 
tarsus 6; fourth leg: femur 16°2, patella 9, tibia 12°2, pro- 
tarsus 17, tarsus 8:2. 

Loc. Major's Creek, Townsville in Queensland. One 
example. 

This spider was discovered by Mr. Dodd 8. Clarke at a 
distance of two feet below the surface of the ground. It 
was kindly presented to the British Museum by Mr. Florence 
O’ Driscoll. 


178 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


Genus PSALMOP@US, nov. 


Psalmopeus Cambridgii*, sp.n. (PI. X. figs. 3-3 6.) 


2. Colour (possibly faded) : upperside of trunk and limbs 
clothed with greyish-yellow hairs; the lines on the limbs 
with whitish hairs; a reddish-yellow pad on the upperside 
of the tarsi and a stripe of the same colour on the protarsi ; 
lower surface of carapace and coxe chocolate-brown ; the 
long fringes on the appendages yellowish red; the fringe on 
the mandible and maxille blood-red; the upperside of the 
abdomen marked with a darker median band. 

Carapace moderately high in front, a little longer than 
wide, the radiating grooves strongish; the fovea strong, deep, 
transverse, a little narrower than the tubercle; tubercle large, 
wide, projecting slightly beyond the anterior border, which 
is thus convex at this spot; distance between front edge of 
tubercle and median eye about equal to diameter of latter. 
Eyes of front row about straight, equidistant, median the 
largest and separated by a space which is less than their 
diameter; posterior lateral a little smaller than anterior 
lateral; length of carapace a little less than that of patella 
and tibia of fourth leg, width equal to length of protarsus and 
half the tarsus of the same leg. 

Sternum oval, noticeably longer than wide, equally wide 
between the coxe of the legs of the second and third pairs ; 
distance between the posterior impressions less than the width 
of the tubercle, equal to that of the fovea, and greater than 
that of the labium. Labcum as long as wide, parallel-sided, 
densely spinulose, separated from the sternum by a very deep 
smooth groove. 

Mandible with a well-developed external velvety pad of 
long simple hairs, naked below, the strikers consisting of a 
small number of apically filiform spinitorm sete arranged on 
the lower edge behind the red fringe; the margin granular 
behind, armed internally with eleven large teeth. 

Maailla scantily clothed with sete below the suture ; the 
keys composed of a single curved row of fourteen stout rods ; 
proximally these rods are short and stout, but distally they 
become gradually longer, thinner, and more club-shaped, and 
ultimately pass into the hairs of the thick fringe, each is 
tipped with a minute hair. 

falp with its trochanter and base of femur furnished 
externally and internally with a scopula of short brown hairs. 

Legs long, the first pair the longest, the second as long as 
the fourth, unarmed except for a few sinall spines at the 
apices of the tibie; the tibiae, protarsi, and tarsi furnished 


* In honorem amici mei, F, O. P. Cambridge. 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 179 


externally and internally with thick fringes of long silky 
hair, the femora also, especially the anterior pair, with a 
strong external fringe ; all the scopule wide, well-developed, 
and entire, except that on the fourth protarsus, which is 
divided and extends over the distal third of the segment, the 
scopula on the lower surface of the third protarsus covering 
nearly the whole of the segment. 

(Spinners fractured.) 

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of carapace 20, width 
18:5; length of palp 38, of first leg 69, of second and fourth 
about 63, of third 52. 

A single female specimen, ticketed ‘ Kast Indies,’ possibly 
from Pinang, since the specimen was taken from a bottle 
which also contained an Omothymus. 


Family Ornithoctonide, nov. 


Mandible furnished externally and below with a dense pad 
(scopula) composed of short feather-like hairs; the area below 
this pad smooth, but bearing at the base a small number of 
large, curved, barbed sete, which spring from the scopula 
above. The adjacent surface of the maxilla sparsely setose, 
but armed above and below the suture with tuberculiform 
spines. Pads on the tarsi large and entire. ‘Tibia and pro- 
tarsi of legs apically spined. 

Synopsis of Genera. 
a. Legs of the fourth pair measured from base of 
femur longer than those of the first and no- 
ticeably stouter ; their tibize thicker than their 
femora, and, like the protarsi, spinulose .... Citharognathus, nov. 
6. Legs of the fourth pair not longer than those 
of the first, and thinner; their tibia much 
narrower than their femora. 
a’, Legs short and robust; width of anterior 
and posterior tibixe more than a third of 
their length; ocular tubercle small; clypeus 
TACOS CRA Oe AAR Eig cal oe eon emer Seas Ornithoctonus, Poe. 
b', Legs longer and thinner; width of anterior 
and posterior tibiz less than a third of 
their length. 
a’, Carapace high; ocular tubercle small, 
high, not much wider than iong; cly- 
PCUSHOMMIS MRA te ec tye a aids « wia.e oe canes Melopeus, nov. 
b?. Carapace lower; ocular tubercle low, very 
wide, nearly twice as wide as long; 
clypeus short. 
a°®, Sternum oval, as wide between the 
first coxee as between the third (tarsal 
pads wider, protarsal pads shorter, pro- 
tarsisslenderer)) HF. es... ek obs Omothymus, hor. 
b*, Sternum narrowed in front, much wider 
between the third than between the 
FUTST CORE a cmigielae sass <a ee Senta aene Phormingochilus, nov. 


180 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


Genus Omotuymvus, Thorell. 
Omothymus, Thor. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiy. no. 2, p. 11 (1891). 
Type, O. Schiwdte?, Thorell, from Pinang. 


The British Museum has specimens (male and female) 
of this genus. The female from Pinang is probably to be 
named Schiedte’; possibly also the male, which has no nearer 
locality than East Indies, is the same species. At all events 
it does not differ apparently in any characters that are to be 
relied upon from the male of Schtwdtet as described by 
Thorell. 

Genus ORNITHOCTONUS, Poe. 


Ornithoctonus Andersonit, Poc. 
Ornithoctonus Andersonii, Poc. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. pp. 317, 
318, pl. xxii. figs. 1-3 (1892). 
Loc. Mergui; also Burma (Mus. Brit.). 


Genus MELOP@US, nov. 


This genus is based upon several specimens in the British 
Museum from Siam and Hong Kong, which I believe are 
referable to the species described by Simon as Selenocosmia 
albo-striata*. The maleis unknown to me, but according to 


Simon it has a short process upon the tibia of the first leg. 


Genus PHORMINGOCHILUS, nov. 

Phormingochilus Everettti, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 4-4 6d.) 

@. Colour. Carapace, mandibles, and limbs covered with a 
yellowish-ashy clothing of short hairs; the long sete red- 
dish grey, black at the base; the abdomen reddish yellow, 
with an obscure median blackish band, from which blackish 
stripes pass laterally; lower surface of abdomen, the ster- 
num, and the coxe blackish; fringes of blood-red hairs on the 
maxille and mandibles. 

Oarapace somewhat as in Selenocosmia but lower, the 
radiating grooves conspicuous; the fovea shallowish, its 
anterior and posterior walls nearly contiguous, transverse, 
straight, not so wide as the ocular tubercle; tubercle low, 
very wide, wider than long, distance between it and the 
front edge of the carapace equal to about half the length of 
the tubercle. yes of anterior row procurved, anterior edge of 
the median on a level with the middle of the lateral; lateral 
elliptical ; median circular and a little larger, evenly spaced, 
the distances between them about equal to the small dia- 
meter of one of the lateral; posterior row straight, the median 
small, the lateral elliptically elongate, smaller than anterior 
lateral. 

* Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xl, p. 161 (1886), 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 181 


Mandible armed below with about 11 teeth, which are 
larger in front and behind, and mixed up in the middle with 
small teeth, continuous with the granules which cover the 
hinder half of the area. 

Labium smallish, much wider than long, narrower than 
the ocular tubercle, separated by a deep groove from the 
sternum, densely spinulose like the internal angle of the base 
of the maxilla. 

Sternum considerably longer than wide, widest between 
the coxe of the third leg, narrower forwards, distance be- 
tween the posterior impressions about equal to the width of 
the ocular tubercle. 

Legs 1, 4, 2, 3, long and slender, the first pair stouter as 
well as longer than the fourth; patella and tibia of first longer 
than of fourth, and a little longer than the carapace, the 
length of which is a little greater than the patella and tibia 
of the fourth; tarsus and protarsus of first equal to width of 
carapace, shorter than those of fourth by one third of the 
tarsus; tarsus of first the longest, of second and fourth 
about equal; tarsus of palp longer than that of first leg, and 
measured to apex of scopula longer than tibia of palp ; protarsi 
of first only slightly longer than that of third ; tibiz of first 
and fourth about equal; patelle of third and fourth almost 
equal, and shorter than that of the second; scopule wide, 
entire, except that on protarsus of fourth, which is divided 
and covers rather more than one third of the segment, that 
on the third covering more than half. Posterior spinners 
about equal in length to the protarsus of the third; second 
segment shorter than first or third, which are about equal. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Carapace, length 28°5, width 
of tubercle 4°5, length 3:2; abdomen (somewhat shrivelled), 
length 26, width 18; length of sternum 12-5, width between 
coxe of third legs 10, between those of first legs 8. Ap- 
pendages: length of palpi 50, of first leg 81, of second 74, 
of third 65, of fourth 79; posterior spinner 12°5. 

Loc. N.W. Borneo (probably mainland opposite Labuan). 
One specimen obtained by A. Everett, Eisq., in 1888. 


Phormingochilus tigrinus, sp. n. 


@. Colour.—Carapace clothed with yellowish-red hairs, 
redder at the sides; abdomen reddish, with strongly defined, 
lateral, fuscous spots and stripes and a median fuscous band ; 
the lower side of the body, and of the coxee and femora, a very 
deep blackish green; scopule olive-green; the long sete on 
the limbs and trunk reddish. 

Carapace a little wider than in Hveretti, the width being 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 13 


182 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera and 


about equal to the distance lying between the posterior edge 
of the tubercle and the hindermost point of the posterior 
border, whereas in Hvereétid it is distinctly less; moreover, 
the slope from the tubercle, along the middle line, to the pos- 
terior edge is gradual, whereas in Hveretti? there is a very 
noticeable and abrupt alteration of level in front of the fovea; 
in the eyes of the anterior row the lateral are larger and 
closer to the median and to the posterior lateral, which are 
also relatively larger than in Hverett??. 

Sternum wider than in Lveretti/, the length only just 
exceeding the width, which, between the cox of the second 
leg, is greater than the length of the tibia of the palp; 
whereas in Lveretti’ the sternum at this spot is, if anything, 
less than the tibia of the palp; distance between the posterior 
impressions less than the width of the tubercle. 

Legs as in Lveretti’, except that the first is a little shorter 
than the fourth (the two measured along the upperside from 
the base of the proximal end of the trochanter to the apex of 
the claws) ; the femur and trochanter of the first shorter than 
the carapace (just about equal in Hverettiz) ; the first leg 
only excelling the length of the third by a little more than 
its tarsus, whereas in Hverettid the excess amounts to the 
tarsus and nearly half the protarsus. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of carapace 18°5, 
width 16°5; length of abdomen 17, of palp 82, of first leg 53, 
of second 47°5, of third 44, of fourth 54, of posterior spinner 
8:5. 

Loc. Kuala Lama, N. Borneo (A. Everett, Esq.). One 
specimen. 

With this specimen was the following note in Mr. Everett’s 
handwriting :—“ Found in a bird’s nest, in which it had 
killed the young bird. Under surface of feet iridescent, with 
fine metallic-blue and green reflections. ‘The small spider 
was taken on the large one.” ‘The said small spider proves 
to be a Scytodes of some kind or other. 

I separate this species from Lveretti? on the characters 
mentioned in the diagnosis. The specimen appears to be 
mature, so there are no reasons for supposing that the species 
has been based upon immature characters. 


In addition to the types of the two above-described species 
the British Museum has a third specimen, a male, from Borneo, 
which is, I think, probably the male of Hveretti?. The palpi 
and legs are very long, as in the male of Omothymus—the 
palpi being about 24 times the length of the carapace, with the 
tibia twice the length of the patella. The carapace, which 


Species of Oriental Mygalomorphe. 183 


measures 15°5 millim. long and 13 wide, is much flatter than 
in the females. The tarsus of the palp is apically truncate, the 
bulb is furnished with a stout shortish process, which seems 
to be semicircularly curved when viewed from the outside, 
its internal edge being carinate. 

Unlike the male of Omothymus, there is no trace of a 
process on the tibia of the first leg. 


Genus CITHAROGNATHUS, nov. 
Citharognathus Hosei, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 1-1 6.) 


? .—Colour. Carapace, abdomen, and limbs clothed with 
yellowish-grey hairs ; the abdomen and posterior legs finely 
spotted with black spinules, the former with an obscure, median, 
fuscous, longitudinal stripe and transverse fuscous stripes 
parting from it: legs apically redder, the long sete on legs 
and abdomen yellowish red; apices of femora, patellee, tibize, 
and protarsi whitish ; lower side chocolate-brown, 

Carapace low, head-region but little elevated, much longer 
than wide, the radiating grooves shallow; the fovea straight, 
conspicuous, with anterior and posterior walls nearly in con- 
tact, not so wide as the ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle about 
one third wider than long, its front edge close to edge of 
carapace ; the width of the clypeus not more than half the 
diameter of anterior median eye; the anterior lateral eye 
separated from the edge by a space which is distinctly less 
than its long diameter. yes large, the anterior row pro- 
curved, the median the largest, the distance between them 
equalling about half their diameter and equalling the distance 
between the median and lateral; the lateral not much more 
than half the size of the median, elliptical; the posterior 
lateral about as large as the anterior lateral and the same 
shape, the distance between them a little less than their short 
diameter; posterior median largish and closer to the lateral 
than to the anterior median. 

Mandible furnished below with a series of 14 teeth bound- 
ing the internal edge of the inferior area; this area granular 
behind. 

Labium small, wider than long, its sides converging for- 
wards, its anterior border lightly concave, spinulose. Sternum 
wide, a little longer than wide, as wide between the coxze of 
the first as of the second; distance between the posterior 
impressions a little greater than the width of the labium. — 

Abdomen large, closely covered above with short back- 
wardly directed spinules. 

Legs 4, 1, 2,3, the patella and tibia of the first a little 

i3* 


184. On new Genera and Species of Mygalomorphe. 


shorter than those of the fourth, and about equal to the 
length of the carapace; the tibia about three times as long as 
wide, armed at its distal end externally and internally with a 
row of small close-set spines; the scopule covering the pro- 
tarsi below, except for a fringe of hairs at the base: second 
leg like the first, except shorter, its coxa noticeably shorter 
than that of the first: third leg stout, with its protarsus, tibia, 
patella, and the distal end of the femur closely studded with 
spiniform sete ; the tibia a little wider than the tibia of the 
first, its width half its length; its protarsus as long as that 
of the first, slightly bowed at the base above, its basal third 
below not covered with the scopula: fourth leg much like the 
third, but considerably longer and much stouter; the tibia the 
widest segment, wider in the middle than at the two ends, 
lightly convex when viewed from the side or from above, a 
little more than twice as long as broad and a very little 
shorter than the protarsus, which is slightly bowed at the base 
and has its distal half covered below by a divided scopula ; 
the tarsal scopule are all wider than the tarsi, and the claws 
are, so far as can be seen, unarmed. 

Falpi stretching past the middle of the tibia of the first leg ; 
the tarsus (not including claws) about equal to the patella and 
slightly shorter than the tibia. 

Spinners about as long as the tibia of the first leg; the 
first and second segments subequal, the third the longest. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of carapace 17°5, 
width 14; length of abdomen 26, width 16; length of palp 
29, of first leg 48°5, of second 44, of third 41, of fourth 53, 
of posterior spinner 9. 


Loc. Sarawak (type); Baram. Collected by C. Hose, Esq. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X., 


Fig. 1. Citharognathus Hosei, sp. n.; carapace, nat. size. la. Ditto, 
posterior leg, nat. size. 16. Ditto, sternum, nat. size. 

Fig. 2. Selenotypus plumipes, sp. n.; carapace, nat. size. 2a. Ditto, 
posterior leg, nat. size. 26, Ditto, sternum, nat. size. 

tg. 3. Psalmopeus Cambridgu, sp. 0.; carapace. 38a. Ditto, external 
surface of mandible. 3. Ditto, inner side of maxilla. 

Fig. 4. Phormingochilus Everetti, sp. n.; carapace of 2, nat. size. 4a. 
Ditto, sternum of 9, nat. size. 46. Ditto, external view of 
mandible of ¢, 

Fig. 5. Coremiocnemis validus, sp. n.; 2, posterior leg. 

Fig. 6. Musagetes Masoni, sp. n.; external view of mandible. 

Fig. 7. Musagetes fumosus, sp. n.; external view of mandible. 


On Freshwater Fishes from Palawan and Balabac. 185 


XX.—List of the Freshwater Fishes collected by Mr. A. 
Everett on Palawan aud Balabac. By G. A. BOULENGER, 
F.R.S. 


SMALL as it is, the collection of freshwater fishes made by 
Mr. Everett on the islands of Palawan and Balabac is of 
great interest, as affording the first information on this part 
of the fauna of these islands, which, as first pointed out by 
Mr. Everett, shows a mingling of Bornean and Philippine 
elements, with a marked predominance of the former. All 
that was previously known of the fishes of Palawan is con- 
tained in a short list of marine and estuarine species quite 
recently published by Vaillant (N. Arch. Mus. (3) v. 1893, 
Ol). 

: The Philippines proper (east of Mindoro Straits) are 
believed to be particularly poor in Cyprinoids, only four 
species being on record, viz.:—Dangila philippina, Heck., 
Cyrene cyanoparia, Heck., the correct habitat of both of 
which is, however, still somewhat doubtful; and Barbus 
(Puntius) Montanoi, Sauvage*, and Rasbora philippina, Gthr., 
from Mindanao. It is therefore gratifying to find three out 
of the thirteen species recorded below belong to that family. 
Siluroids, which likewise appear to be scantily represented 
in the Philippines, are unfortunately not at all represented in 
this collection. 


1. Gobius giuris, Ham. Buch. 


Palawan. 
Freshwaters and coasts of India to Southern China and 


the whole Malay Archipelago. 


2. Gobius grammepomus, Blkr. 


Palawan. 
Inhabits the whole Malay Archipelago. 


3. Stcydium cynocephalum, C. & V. 


Palawan. 
Recorded from Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Bali, Flores, 


Celebes, and Batjan. 
4, Hleotris aporus, Blkr. 


Palawan, Balabac. 
Freshwaters and coasts of Borneo, Sumba, Batjan, the 
Moluccas, and the Fiji Islands. 


* With which Giinther’s Barbus maculatus, yar., is no doubt identical. 


186 On Freshwater Fishes from Palawan and Balabac. 


5. Eleotris butts, Ham. Buch. 


Palawan. 

Freshwaters and coasts of India to Southern China and the 
whole Malay Archipelago. Recorded from Palawan by 
Vaillant. 


6. Eleotris fusca, Bl. Schn. 


Palawan, 
Coasts of the Indian Ocean (ascending rivers) to Polynesia. 


7. Asterropteryx Hveretti, sp. n. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 to 33 times in 
total length. Head longer than deep; diameter of eye equal 
to length of snout, } length of head ; interorbital width ? to 
+ length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior 
border of eye. Dorsal VI, 19; longest rays of first dorsal 2 
to 2 length of head, of second dorsal 3 to #. Anal I 11; 
longest rays $ to 3 length of head. Pectoral # length of head. 
27 or 28 scales in a longitudinal series, 8 or 9 between origin 
of dorsal and origin of anal. Pale olive-brown; a small 
black humeral spot ; caudal faintly barred ; dorsals black in 
the male, with round white spots, greyish in the female. 

Total length 65 millim. 

Six specimens from Palawan. 

‘This species is nearest allied to A. compressus, Krefft, 
from Queensland. 


8. Ophiocephalus melanosoma, Blky. 
Balabac. 
Recorded from Borneo and Banka. 


9. Barbus palavanensis, sp. n. 


Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 23 to 3 times in 
total length, length of head 32 to 4 times. Snout rounded, 
not prominent, a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 
41 to 5 times in length of head; rostral barbel 14 to 13 as 
long as diameter of eye, a little shorter than maxillary barbel. 
Dorsal III 8; spine strong, feebly serrated, its stiff portion 
about half length of head, opposite to inner ventral ray, and 
equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal IIL5; 
longest ray about 3 length of head. Scales 24-25 ee 24 scales” 
between lateral line and base of ventral. Olive above, yel- 
lowish beneath; three more or less distinct round blackish 
spots on each side, the first just above the lateral line between 
the origin of the dorsal and the base of the ventral, the second 


Mr. O. Thomas on Two new East-African Mammals. 187 


just above the lateral line above the origin of the anal, the 
third on the lateral line in front of the base of the caudal. 

Total length 160 millim. 

Three specimens from Palawan. 

Very closely allied to B. maculatus, C. & V., and B. Mon- 
tanot, Sauv. 

10. Rasbora Everetti, sp. n. 

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total 
length. Snout as long as or a little longer than diameter of 
eye, which is 4 times in length of head; interorbital width 
3 times in length of head; no barbels. Dorsal IT 7, origi- 
nating halfway between end of snout and base of caudal and 
above inner ventral ray. Anal II 5. Pectoral # or 2 length 
of head, not reaching ventral. Scales 27-28 $3 one scale 


between lateral line and base of ventral. Olive above, silvery 
white beneath ; some of the scales black-edged ; a blackish 
band from the shoulder to the base of the caudal; posterior 
border of caudal blackish. 

Total length 100 millim. 

‘Two specimens from Palawan. 

This species is nearest allied to Rasbora calliura, Blgr., 
recently discovered by Mr. Everett in Sarawak. It differs in 
the form of the caudal fin, the lobes of which are not un- 
usually prolonged, and in the coloration. 


11. Nematabramis Everett’, Blgr. 
This fish was described by me a year ago from specimens 
obtained in Sarawak and North Borneo by Mr. Everett. I 
am now able to record its occurrence on Palawan. 


12. Murena polyuranodon, Blkr. 
Palawan. 
Coasts of Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Celebes, and the Mo- 
luccas, ascending rivers. 


13. Doryichthys pleurostictus, Ptrs. 
Palawan. 
Previously known from the freshwaters of Luzon. 


XXI.—Diagnoses of Two new East-African Mammals, 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Neotragus Haggard, sp. n. 

About the size of N. hastatus, Pet., but the skull with the 
muzzle shorter and much more compressed across the region 
of the lacrymal vacuities. 

Horns longer, much stouter and more prominently ringed 


188 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new East-African Mammals. 


than in any other species of the genus. Rings about eight 
in number, sharply defined, and very different from the low 
and little- defined rings of N. hastatus, scoparius, &c. Postero- 
external aspect of the horns angular or even developed into a 
longitudinal keel. Direction of horns more nearly in the line 
of the nasal bones than in the allied species, their anterior 
profile slightly curved backwards basally, forwards terminally, 
but the curvature is so slight as to be hardly worth men- 
tioning. 

Dimensions of the typical skull (¢):— 

Basal length 142 millim.; greatest breadth 76; muzzle to 
orbit 86; nasals 57x20; palate length 91; gnathion to 
front of p.” (alveolus) 46. 

Horns: length in a straight line 130; basal circumference 
63 ; greatest basal diameter 21. 

Hab. Lamu, British East Africa. 

Type: B.M. 87.3.9.2. Presented and collected by Consul 
J. G. Haggard. 

This species is based on three skulls, which, when they were 
received in 1887, I very doubtfully referred to NV. hastatus, 
Peters, the Zambezi Oribi, a reference which has caused it to 
be known by the latter name to Hast-African sportsmen gene- 
rally *. Now, however, that the Museum has obtained some 
Oribis from Nyasa, representing Peters’s species, | am enabled 
to see that the Lamu animal is really quite distinct. 

Further details, with figures, will be given in the ‘ Book of 
Antelopes.’ 

Mr. Haggard and Mr. Jackson both agree in stating that 
the Swahili name of this antelope is “‘ Taya.” 


Anomalurus cinereus, sp. 1. 


Similar in size, character of fur, and proportions of ears to 
A. orientalis, Pet., to which it is evidently most nearly allied, 
but the general colour above, instead of being brown, is ashy 
grey, and below pure white instead of rufous; the extreme 
bases of the belly-hairs are, however, still pale slaty grey. 
The pale colour of the chest runs forwards as far as the chin, 
instead of stopping on the throat, and on each side it extends 
upwards as a prominent white half-collar to the ears. Hairs 
at back of bases of ears brown, without the usual ashy tips. 

Hind foot 62 millim. 

Hab. Upper Rovuma River, towards Lake Nyasa. 

Type: B.M. 95.1.17.1. Collected by the Rev. J. Hains- 
worth, and presented to the National Museum by Canon 
HB. Tristram, ¥-R-S:; 

(aso ee Jackson, ‘ Badminton Big-Game Shooting,’ ii, pp. 285 and 800 


On Dr. Glozer’s Mammalian Generic Names. 189 


XXII.—An Analysis of the Mammalian Generic Names given 
in Dr. C. W. L. Gloger’s ‘ Naturgeschichte’ (1841). By 
OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


In Gloger’s work on Natural History, which, although the 
titlepage bears the date 1842, was really published in 1841 *, 
a large number of mammals were given new generic names ; 
and it is the purpose of the present paper to analyze these 
names and to see how far they demand recognition, as they 
have hitherto been practically overlooked by mammalogists. 

Fortunately examination proves that very few of them 
supersede names now in use; but in any case it seems advis- 
able that the names should be systematically analyzed, the 
synonyms sorted, and the valid ones put forward for the accept- 
ance of such zoologists as, like myself, believe that the sooner 
we reinstate, at any inconvenience to ourselves, the names 
which are technically correct, the sooner zoological nomen- 
clature will attain some stability. 

In the present case, although Gloger’s work contains no 
less than seventy-three new generic terms for mammals, apart 
from those given to other animals, yet scarcely half a dozen 
are of any importance, as will be shown below. Gray alone, 
to whom I owe the reference, with his usual extraordinary 
knowledge of out-of-the-way literature, has occasionally 
quoted Gloger’s generic names, but by other mammalogists 
they seem to have been systematically ignored. 

The names themselves are for the most part given to each 
genus as a whole, commonly without mention of species, and 
often with the old generic name appended, the author, like 
Illiger and others, assuming a right to change such names as 
he thought barbarous or unclassical. In these cases therefore 
no further subdivision of the genera will bring Gloger’s names 
into use, as whatever species may be the type of the earlier 
and quoted generic names will remain the type for Gloger’s 
substituted one. 

The work of preparing the present paper has been much 


* At least, so far as the mammals are concerned. This statement is 
based on the fact that in the number of ‘Isis’ for May 1841 (Heft v. 
p. 379) there is a review of Gloger’s ‘ Hefts 1 and 2, pages 1-160,” which 
were therefore clearly published at this date. ven so far as regards the 
remaining parts of the volume, although not criticized until May 1842 
(Heft v. p. 594), they are there spoken ofas “ Hefts 3 and 4, pages 161-400, 
1841,” a fact which must be borne in mind by ornithologists who may 
be interestedgin the question, although it may be a mere misprint. The 
mammals extend to p. 174, but there are no names affected by this ques- 
tion in the fourteen last pages, 


Page. 
34, 


34, 
35. 
36. 
38. 


41. 
43. 
49, 
50. 


54, 


100. 
106. 


190 


Mr. O. Thomas’s Analysis of 


facilitated by Gloger’s commendable plan of italicizing the 
new names, although in some few cases the italics have been 


wrongly applied. 


The following is a complete list of the new names, those 
which are not simple synonyms of earlier ones being printed 


in italics and examined more fully below. 


Where no type is 


mentioned, Gloger’s name was either applied to the genus as 
a whole or there was only one species in it. 


Name. Synonym of Remarks. 

Hylanthropus. Anthropopithecus, Blainy. 

1839. 
Symphalangus. Siamanga, Gray, 1843. 
Salmacis. Macacus, Lac. 1801. Macaques generally. 
thinalazon. Nasalis, Geoff. 1812. 
Maimon. Mormon, Less. 1840. Mandrill and Drill, as op- 
posed to other Baboons, 
Cercoptochus. Cacajao, Less. 1840. Ouakaris generally. 
Tropocus. Avahis, Jourd. 1834. 
Chiropetes. Cheiromeles, Horsf. 1824. 
Synotis. Synotus, Keys. & Blas. 1840, 
Thalassarctos. Thalarctos *, Gray, 1825. 
Syarctus. Arctonyx, F. Cuv. 1825. 
Arcteelurus. fElurus, F. Cuy. 1825. 
Melitonyx. Mellivora, Storr, 1780. 
Mydaon. Mydaus, F. Cuv. 1825. 
Rhinozolis. Conepatus, Gray, 1837. 
Odmeelurus. Genetta, G. Cuy. 1817. 
Ozolictis. Ictidonyx, Kaup, 1835. 
Rhinogale. Helictis, Gray, 183i. 
Asagis sew Notagogus. Marmosa, Gray, 1821 F. 
Peralopex. Thylacinus, Temm, 1827. 
Ascoguale. Phascologale, Temm. 1827, 
Cercartetus. Pseudochirus, Og. 1836. 
Psilogrammurus. Trichosurus, Less. 1828. 
Cercoptenus. Acrobates, Desm. 1817. 
Xenochirus. Petaurus, Shaw, 1791. 
Macroschus. Sciurus, Linn. 1758. For the Guerlinguets, type 
S. estuans, a renaming 
of Macroxus. 
Acosminthus. Acomys, Geoff. 1840. 
Peromyscus. Sitomys, Fitz. 1867. Type, “ Cricetus myoides, 
Gapper.” 
Lagurus. Eremiomys, Poliak. 1881. : 
Dicrostonyx. Cuniculus, Wagl. 1852, nec 
Briss. 

Enchomys. Echimys, Desm. 1817. 

Pygeretmus. Platycercomys, Brandt, Type, ““Dipus platyurus.” 
1844, 


* Though this name may, and, in fact, should be emended to Thalass- 


arctus, Gray, and not Gloger, must be considered its author. 

+ Med. Repos. xv. p. 808 (1821). This name must take the place of 
Micoureus (Less. 1842) for the group of opossums of which Didelphys 
murina is the type. 


Dr. Gloger’s Mammalian Generic Names. 


Page. Name. 
106, Beloprymnus. 
106. Scarturus. 

112. Dryoryx. 

112. Eurypterna. 
113. Pseudotroctes, 
114, Arizostus. 

114. Zonoplites. 

114. Polygomphius. 
119. tGamphotherium. 
124, +Trimenodon. 
125. Dicerorhinus. 
125. Opsiceros. 

127. }Potamotherium. 
180. Capriscus. 

130. Cheerelaphus, 
131. Dinocherus. 
134. Dromedarius. 
137. Lagonebrax. 
138. *Thaumatherium. 
138. +tAboloceros. 

140, Passalites. 

140. Dorcelaphus. 
143. Alcelaphus §. 
144, Tarandus. 

148. . Criotaurus. 

(154, Oritragus. 

154. Minytragus. 
163. Pelagocyon. 
163. Stemmatopus. 
163. Physorhinus. 
164. Pontoleo; Platyrhynchus. 
166. +Halibutherium. 
166. Hydropithecus. 
169. Lissodelphis. 
169. Argocetus. 

170. Rhamphocetus. 
170. Dipterocetus. 
174. Ptychocetus. 


Synonym of 
Alactaga, F. Cuv. 1836. 
Scirtomys, Brandt, 1844. 
Tamandua, Gray, 1825. 
Cyclopes, Gray, 1821*. 
Dasypus, Linn. 1753. 


Xenurus, Wagl. 1830. 


Tatusia, F. Cuv. 1822. 
Prionodon, F. Cuy. 1822. 
Mastodon, G. Cuv. 1806. 
Lophiodon, G. Cuy. 1822. 
Ceratorhinus, Gray, 1867. 
Atelodus, Pom. 1855. 
Hexaprotodon, Fale. & 
Cautl. 1836, 
Sus, Linn. 1758. 
Babiroussus, Gray, 1821. 


Phacochcerus, G. Cuy. 1817. 


Camelus, Linn. 1758. 


Tragulus, Pall. 1779. 
Sivatherium. 
5) 


Coassus, Gray, 1845. 
Cariacus, Less. 1842. 
Alces, Ham. Sm. 1827, 
Rangifer, Ham. Sm. 1827. 
Ovibos, Blainv. 1816. 
Oreotragus, Gray, 1846. 


Neotragus, Ham. Sin, 1827. 


Monachus, Flem. 1822. 
Cystophora, Nilss. 1820. 
Macrorhinus, F. Cuy, 1824. 
Otaria, Péron, 1816. 
Halitherium, Kaup, 1838. 
Tursio, Wagl. 1830. 
Delphinapterus, _Lacép. 
1804. 
Delphinorhynchus, 
1804 


Oxypterus, Raf, 1814. 
Balzenoptera, Lacép. 1804. 


Lacép. 


19 


Remarks, 


Type, “Encoubert, Ps. se- 
tosus.” 
Type, “Cabassu, 4. gym- 


nurus.” 


Type, Mastodon angustidens. 

Type, ‘L. tapirotherium ” f. 

Type, RA. swmatrensis. 

Type, Rh. bicornis. 

Type, tippopotamus  sival- 
ensis, 

Type, Sus papuensis. 


For Ph. ethiopicus, as op- 
posed to Ph. africanus. 

For C. dromedarius, Camelus 
being restricted to C. 
bactrianus. 


“Fossil stag-like animals, 
allied to the Giratfe.” 


For O. jubata only, 


See below. 


Of the above names the great majority, as already men- 
tioned, are simply synonyms of earlier ones, and can only 
become of importance should any of these prove to be un- 


* Med. Repos. xv. p. 305. 


+ Fossil. 


t¢ Presumably L. tapiroides, Cuv. 
§ Nec De Blainville, 1816, 


Cyclothurus, Gray, 1825, auctorum, 


Page. 
34. 


95. 


we) 
“I 


97. 


106, 
106. 
al 


192 


tenable, owing to their being preoccupied in other groups. 


Mr. O. Thomas’s Analysis of 


But 


the following cannot be dismissed so easily, as they represent 
the first names for proposed new groups, and, whether these 
are valid or not, must be more closely considered :— 


Name. 


Type 
Symphalangus. 


S. syndactylus. 


“ Cricetus 


myoides, 
Gapper.” 


Peromyscus. 


“TL.  migratorius,” = 
Myodes  lagurus, 
Pall. 


Dicrostonyx. a stwiare se teres 


Lagurus. 


Pygeretmus. P. platyurus. 


Scarturus. “Dipus  tetradactylus, 
Licht.” 


+Gamphotherium, Mastodon angustidens. 


Dicerorhinus. 


Opsiceros. Rhinoceros bicornis. 


Rhinoceros sumatrensis. 


Remarks. 

Antedates Stamanga, Gray, 1843. 
Must be adopted if the Siamang is 
considered generically distinct 
from the other Gibbons, 

Antedates Sitomys, Fitzinger, 1867, 
which has been recently revived in 
place of Vesperimus, Coues, 1874, 
Must be used for the North- 
American White-footed Mice *. 

Equals Eremiomys, Poliakoff, 1881, 
which it antedates. 


No type mentioned, but, from the 
description, the name is clearly 
given to the Arctic Lemmings, 
commonly known as Cuniculus, 
Wael. Cuniculus, however, in 
this sense, though dating from 
1832, is preoccupied by Brisson, so 
that Gloger’s name must stand for 
the genus. 

Equals Platycercomys, Brandt, 1844, 
which it supersedes. 

Equals and __ supersedes 
Brandt, 1844. 

Species placed in Mastodon by Ly- 
dekker {; but as a subgenus Gam- 
photherium would antedate both 
Trilophodon, Falconer, 1857, and 
Tetrabelodon, Cope, 1884. 

Supersedes Ceratorhinus, Gray, 1867. 

Supersedes Atelodus, Pomel, 1853 §. 


Scirtomys, 


* Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, to whom I am indebted for much assistance 


in connexion with this paper, has pointed out to me that the name 
americanus, revived by Coues (Am. Nat. 1879, p. 784), and again by 
Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. iii. p. 294, 1891), for the common white- 
{ooted mouse, from Kerr’s Mus agrarius americanus, 1792, is quite un- 
tenable, as Kerr himself, four pages before in the same work (Linn. An. 
K. p. 227), has described a Mus americanus, clearly a wholly different 
animal, so that the name is effectually barred for the white-footed 
mouse. The familiar and appropriate name /ewcopus will therefore again 
deserve adoption, combined with, as shown above, the generic name of 
Peromyscus. Gloger at the same time adds another synonym to Pero- 
myscus leucopus by renaming the species P. arboreus. 

+ Fossil. 

¢ Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. iv. p. 28 (1886). 

§ Diceros, Gray, Med. Repos. xv. p. 506, antedates Opsiceros, but is 
preoccupied by Lamarck, 1805, and others, 


Page. 
130. 
131. 


154. 
140. 


140. 


154. 
166, 


Dr. Gloger’s Mammalian Generic Names. 193 
Name. Type. Remarks. 

Capriscus. Sus papuensis. No reason for separation from Sus. 

Dinocheerus, Phacochcerus eethiopicus. No reason for separation from Phaco- 
cherus. 

Dromedarius. Camelus dromedarius. No reason for separation from Camelus, 

Passalites, P. nemorivagus. Antedates Coassus, Gray, 1843. But 
other earlier names may have to 
come in for this and the next 
genus. 

Dorcelaphus. “Cervus virginianus.” Equals and antedates Cariacus, Lesson, 
1842. 

Oritragus. O. oreotragus. Antedates Oreotragus, Gray, 1846, 

Hydropithecus, “ Manatus simia, Ill.” Formed for an indeterminable animal 


seen by Steller. 


It will thus be seen that the changes necessitated by the 
recognition of Gloger’s work are both few and unimportant. 
The genera hitherto known as Sttomys, Cuntculus, and Platy- 
cercomys have to bear wholly strange names; Cardacus and 
Coassus, as dating from Lesson, 1842, and Gray, 1843, are 
antedated, unless still earlier references are found for them, 
and several subgenera of greater or less validity need different 
titles to those by which they are usually referred to. 

With regard to the most important of the animals affected, 
the American Deer, it unfortunately happens that the diffi- 
culties in the way of deciding between the rival claims of 
Mazama, Rat., Panalladon*, Raf., Odocotleus *, Raf., Ele- 
phalces, Brookes, Passalites, Glog., and Dorcelaphus, Glog., 
are so great that 1 am compelled to leave the question open 
for the decision of such other zoologists as may find time to 
attack this intricate subject. 

But all the other cases are quite clear, and in bringing 
them forward and abolishing the remainder of Gloger’s long 
list of names it is hoped that the happy day may be a little 
hastened when we shall have got back to the earliest names 
for all mammalian genera, so that younger generations of 
workers will grow up knowing the proper names, and will 
not have to suffer the endless inconvenience that our own 
has had to bear. 


* I owe these names to Mr. T. S. Palmer, of the Department of Agyri- 
culture, Washington, who has been investigating this and kindred 
questions. 


194 Capt. T. Broun on new 


XXIII.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 
By Captain THos. Broun. 


[Continued from p. 88.] 


Group Colydiide. 
Coxelus thoracicus, sp. n. 


Cblong, opaque, ferruginous ; clothed with short, erect, 
pale and dark setiform squame; legs and antenne paler red. 

Head granulate ; epistome nearly smooth, separated from 
the sides by oblique depressions; the sete rather slender, 
yellow. yes small, with apparently an external swelling 
behind and below each. Antenne finely pubescent, first 
joint scarcely discernible from above, second rather large, 
third slightly longer than fourth, the following five short ; 
tenth abruptly enlarged, eleventh not so broad as the pre- 
ceding one. Thorax subquadrate, slightly curvedly nar- 
rowed towards the prominent front angles, nearly straight 
and but little narrowed posteriorly ; marginal channels rather 
shallow, the sides less explanate behind than in front; the 
disk is without well-marked impressions, but, close to the 
basal margin, there is a linear transverse impression which, 
in front of the scutellum, becomes a sort of fovea; the 
granules on its surface are rather distinctly separated from 
one another, they are not large. lytra with coarser sete 
than the thorax, their sculpture quite serial and regular ; 
there is a small scutellar depression only; the base is 
medially emarginate, but nearly truncate towards the sides, 
so that the humeral angies are almost rectangular. Tvbie 
with short slender sete. 

Underside dull, bearing fine yellowish sete ; metasternum 
granulate, the rest of the sculpture more or less indefinite ; 
fourth ventral segment depressed behind. 

Var.—Body piceous; legs and antenne pale brick-red ; 
granules on thorax coarser; size larger (1 x }). 

Length 13, breadth 3 line. 

Wellington. Discovered by Mr. J. H. Lewis on the 
underside of wet stones just above high-water mark. 

Obs. I have selected two or three diagnostic characters of 
each species as an aid to identification :— 

No. 850.—Thorax uneven, elytra without depressions, 
tibiee with coarse sete. 

No. 851.—Like No. 350, tibia with fine hairs only. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 195 


No. 352.—Larger than No. 350, eyes more prominent, 
thorax with a slight median channel and depressed near 
posterior angles. 

No. 1357.—Sete erect, rather slender, quite yellow, short 
and slender on tibie. 

No. 1711.—Thorax with four dorsal impressions; setx 
yellow, not scale-like, fine and hair-like on tibiz. 

No. 1931.—Sides of thorax considerably dilated anteriorly, 
surface rather flat and with feeble impressions only. 

No. 1932.—Elytra with rather acute and slightly produced 
apices. 

No. 1933.—Thorax oviform, with a narrow central groove. 
No. 1934,—Distinguished from No. 1711 by the squami- 
form sete on elytra. 

No. 2354.—Elytra on top of posterior declivity, at the 
suture, with a raised black spot; the patch of sete behind 
each eye very prominent. 

No. 2355.—Small; antenne piceous. 

No. 2356.—Four hind tibie acutely prolonged at inner 
extremity. 

No. 2499.—Elytra with regular series of small distinctly 
separated tubercles ; body rather elongate. 

C. thoracicus——Thorax and elytra without discoidal de- 
pressions ; sete coarse. 


Vitiacus incertus, var. of V. costatus. 


The sculpture of the elytra between the suture and the 
first costa seems to consist of two series of small tubercles or 
granules (V. costatus, when examined sideways, presents the 
same appearance) ; the third costa or elevation is absent, but 
the curvate elevation proceeding from the apex, but quite 
distinct from the lateral margin, is well developed. 

The front coxe are placed close to the base of the pro- 
sternum ; before each there is a large depression; they. are 
separated by a rather narrow process. The mesosternum has 
a broad longitudinal depression in the middle. The sutures 
between the ventral segments are very deep and broad. The 
intermediate and posterior cove are much more widely 
separated than the anterior. ‘The /abrum is prominent and 
red. 
This may be treated as a varietal form of V. costatus (Man. 
N. Z. Coleopt. p. 1087) until further material of both 
becomes available for comparison. 

Length 13, breadth $ line. 

Mount Te Aroha. ‘l'wo, amongst leaves, March 189. 


196 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Group Bothrideride. 


Bothrideres obsoletus, sp. 0. 


Elongate, glabrous, slightly nitid; black, antenne and 
tarsi pitchy red. 

Head rather finely punctured. yes large and prominent. 
Antenne pubescent ; first joint thick and subglobose; second 
smaller, third longer than broad; 4 to 8 short, nearly equal 
to one another; ninth larger than the preceding one, tenth 
nearly thrice the width of the ninth, eleventh rounded 
apically. Thorax of about equal length and breadth, dis- 
tinctly narrowed behind the middle ; near the centre there is 
a large impression ; this has a small lanceolate mark in the 
middle ; there are three small basal impressions, the one in 
front of the scutellum is linear; the disk is finely punctured, 
quite obsoletely in the middle ; the punctuation, however, 
becomes more distinct towards the sides. Llytra elongate, 
broader than the thorax, narrowed posteriorly, the shoulders 
with well-defined margins; their striz are sharply marked, 
but only obsoletely punctured; interstices rather broad and 
flat, finely and indistinctly punctate, the third, fourth, and 
fifth and the suture are more or less evidently cariniform 
behind. Legs elongate and slender. 

Underside with fine scanty greyish pubescence. Pro- 
sternum moderately coarsely punctured, its flanks nearly 
smooth. Metasternum more closely sculptured. The abdo- 
men finely and sparingly punctured. 

T'wo other species occur in New Zealand (Nos. 367 and 
1951); B. obsoletus may be easily distinguished by the very 
much finer sculpture. 

Length 24, breadth # line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. Mr. A. Philpott forwarded 


two examples for examination on the 29th March, 1894. 


Group Lathridiide. 
Lathridius sulcifrons, sp. n. 


Suboblong, moderately convex; fusco-piceous ; femora 
reddish, the tibiae and antenne nearly testaceous, tarsi 
yellowish ; head and thorax opaque, elytra slightly nitid. 

Head broad, much narrowed anteriorly, its punctuation 
close, rather coarse, but not deep ;.with a central longitudinal 
groove. Antenne feebly pubescent, their first joint large, 
red, second oviform ; joints 3 to 8 slender, the third rather 
shorter than the fourth; club elongate, its middle joint 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 197 


shorter than the others. Thorax subquadrate, rather broader 
than long, widest in front, gradually narrowed backwards, 
but with a slight incurvature near the middle of each side ; 
the apex has a slight sinuosity behind each eye, the front 
angles are obtuse, the posterior are nearly rectangular, the 
disk is moderately transversely convex, but the sides are 
explanate ; its sculpture is like that of the head. lytra 
large, much broader than the thorax, their sides a little 
rounded and broadly margined ; they are punctate-striate, the 
punctures are distinct and close, but the sutural striz are 
nearly effaced behind ; interstices simple, the outer one, near 
each shoulder, is, however, more costiform than any of the 
others. Tarst slender, their basal joint evidently shorter 
than the second, third longest. 

Underside piceous, slightly shining, moderately finely 
punctured ; the hinder portion of the head is depressed, but 
the sides are raised ; the metasternum is large, with a strongly 
curved, slightly elevated suture near the middle coxze; abdo- 
men with deep broad sutures, the basal segment as long as 
the following three, and more distinctly sculptured than 
those are. 

No. 1603 (L. puncticeps) is, I think, the nearest ally. 
This is much larger, with large prominent eyes, The groove 
on the head may be best seen from the side; the furrow on 
the thorax is hardly visible from behind and is widely inter- 
rupted in the middle. 

Var.—Hlytra castaneous. 

Length 1, breadth quite $ line. 

West Plains, Southland. Discovered by Mr. A. Philpott. 


Corticaria clarula, sp. n. 


Subovate, rather elongate, shining, red, legs and antennae 
fulvous; pubescence yellow, slender and depressed, but on 
the elytra erect and conspicuous, and intermingled with elon- 
gate erect fuscous sete. 

Head distinctly punctured. yes large and prominent. 
Antenne with outstanding hairs; basal joint stout, longer 
than broad; second much more slender and rather shorter 
than the first; 8 to 8 decrease in length; ninth and tenth 
longer than broad, dilated inwardly; eleventh oval, longer 
than tenth. Thorax rather longer than broad, narrowed in 
front and behind, the middle of each side prominent; it is 
distinctly punctured, the sides more closely than the disk ; 
between the middle and the base it is broadly transversely 
depressed, close to the base there is a deep groove which 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 14 


198 Capt. T. Broun on new 


extends right across, the basal margin appears asperate and 
cariniform.  Scutel/lum punctate, rounded behind.  Elytra 
large, subovate, distinctly but not coarsely punctured ; near 
each shoulder there is a rather broad oblique impression; the 
sutural region is very slightly depressed, but just below the 
top of the hind slope the depressions or stria are deeper, and 
at this point the suture is more distinct than it is elsewhere. 
Legs stout, finely pilose. Tarst yellow, but infuscate near 
the extremity; first joint longer than the second and very 
slightly prolonged below it ; third quite as long as the basal 
two, thickened apically ; claws rather large and curved, with 
basal lobes. 

This most nearly resembles No. 423. 

Var.—Elongate sete on hind body more slender and quite 
yellow. One was found near Howick several years ago. 

Length ?, breadth 3 line. 

Hunua Range, Drury. One, on the ground, June 1893. 


Group Copride. 
Saphobius tibialis, sp. n. 


Body broadly oval, subopaque, clothed with short, some- 
times bent or curled, fulvous sete ; fuscous, legs red, antenne 
and tarsi paler. 

Head moderately bidentate in front, distinctly and closely 
punctured. Thorax twice as broad as long, its sides nearly 
straight, but curvedly narrowed in front; its sculpture is not 
close and cannot be termed puncetiform ; it consists of oviform 
ring-like impressions, with a minute puncture in the middle 
of each. Slytra gradually curvedly narrowed from the 
shoulders backwards; they are feebly striate; the interstices 
are broad and plane, with dense, excessively minute, granular 
sculpture. 

Tibie finely setose, the anterior rather long, slightly curved 
and feebly tridentate externally, the apex almost quite trun- 
cate and considerably prolonged inwardly, so as to be twice 
the width of the middle portion. 

This is intermediate between S. sguamosus and S. setosus as 
regards size. ‘The inner apical dilatation of the front tibia is 
more abrupt, @. ¢. shorter in the longitudinal direction and 
more prolonged laterally, than in any other species known 
as yet. 

3d. Length 1%, breadth 13 line. 

Mount Pirongia, one example; a second was found near 
Mr. Kusab’s saw-mill at Ohaupo, January 1893. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand, 199 


Group Lucanide. 
Mitophyllus cylindricus, sp. n. 


Subparallel, moderately transversely convex, a_ little 
shining; red, the tarsi and antenne paler; sparingly clothed 
with decumbent yellow hairs. 

Head short, closely punctured, the forehead almost quite 
truncate, and with a more or less distinct margin. Mandvb/es 
short, much curved apically. yes prominent, rotundate, 
finely but distinctly facetted. Antenne short, their basal 
joint with pale slender sete ; club short, finely pubescent, its, 
third joint shorter and thicker than the second. Thorax one 
third broader than long, slightly narrowed towards the front, 
its sides minutely crenate and hardly at all curved; base 
feebly sinuate, with obtuse angles, the anterior subacute; the 
surface is moderately closely and coarsely punctured. Scu- 
tellum punctate. Hlytra parallel-sided, as wide as the thorax 
at the base, the shoulders slightly rounded; their sculpture is 
somewhat ill-defined, consisting of shallow striz aud punc- 
tures ; the spaces between the punctures are more or less 
raised transversely, so that the surface appears a little rugose. 
Legs pilose; front tibie curvate and finely denticulate or 
crenate externally, with an apical spine, and a straight one 
between it and the middle; the intermediate arched and 
asperate, but without any distinct central spine ; the posterior 
nearly straight. 

The unspotted surface, subcylindrical outline, and small 
size will prevent its being mistaken for any of its allies. 

9. Length 33, breadth 1 line. 

Wellington. Mr. J. H. Lewis found two specimens under 
the bark of a Rimu; one of these he sent to me. 


Mitophyllus angusticeps, sp. n. 


Subovate, slightly convex, opaque; smoky black, tarsi 
piceous, antenne and palpi pitchy red ; sparingly and irregu- 
larly clothed with elongate, depressed, pale testaceous scales. 

Head very elongate and narrow, coarsely punctured, quite 
closely behind the eyes. Mandibles rather short and flat, 
bifid at apex. yes subdepressed, free, remote from the 
thorax. Antenne short, the basal joint long and curvate, 
with a few elongate, erect, pale sete; seventh slightly pro- 
duced inwardly; club finely pubescent, its terminal joint 
thickest. Thorax nearly twice as broad as it is long, base 
bisinuate and wider than the front, its sides only moderately 
rounded, the angles obtuse; it is more finely punctured than 

% 


14 


200 Capt. T. Broun on new 


the head, more closely near the sides than on the disk; the 
squame are irregularly disposed, so that large areas are bare. 
Scutellum punctate and squamose. /ytra oblong, their 
punctuation, like that of the thorax, more regular, but not 
quite serial. Sront tibie closely and finely denticulate, with 
a prominent external tooth near the apex and another below 
the middle; the intermediate with a central tooth, the poste- 
rior have none. Tarsi feebly pubescent, the terminal joint 
of the anterior about as long as the preceding four; the hind 
pair short, claws much bent. 

This is a peculiar species. The head is even longer and 
narrower than that of J/. gibbosus (No. 1666). ‘The squa- 
mosity does not form distinct spots. 

?. Length 33, breadth 13 line. 


Wellington. One from Mr. G. V. Hudson, numbered 195. 


Group Melolonthide. 


PSILODONTRIA, gen. nov. 


Body subdepressed, ovate-oblong, nearly glabrous. Clypeus 
quadrate, with strongly elevated borders, truncate, or only 
slightly rounded in front. Hyes moderately convex. Labrum 
emarginate. MJazillary palpi moderately elongate, terminal 
joint subcylindrical. Antenne §8-articulate, basal joint 
- slender, but clavate at apex; second half the size of the first ; 
third one half longer than broad; fourth shorter, obliquely 
articulated ; fifth very transverse ; club elongate, compressed, 
formed of three leaflets. Thorax transverse, marginated, base 
bisinuate. Scutellum large. LElytra oblong, partially covering 
the pygidium. Legs long, robust; anterior tibice bidentate, 
the female with an additional obtuse tooth above the middle. 
Tarst longer than the tibie; claws slender, with a membra- 
nous appendage underneath. 

Fosterior cove briefly spiniform inwardly. Intermediate 
coxe separated by a narrow process; this is horizontal, but 
on a lower plane than the coxe themselves; it is curved 
towards the breast, but does not extend forwards beyond the 
coxe, 

In sternal structure the genus approaches Odontria, but 
the bare polished upper surface distinguishes it. From Pyro- 
nota it differs by the absence of the conspicuous sternal 
process, which fits in between the anterior coxe, by the short, 
curved, hind coxal spines, more robust legs, longer club, and 
flatter surface. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 201 


Psilodontria viridescens, sp. n. 


Shining, smooth, pale green; legs and antenne infuscate, 
club black. 

Head smooth behind the median suture, distantly but 
distinctly punctured in front. Thorax about a third broader 
than long, rather more narrowed in front than it is behind, 
the sides near the middle obtusely angulate ; anterior angles 
blunt and less depressed than in Pyronota, and the base less 
sinuate ; posterior angles rectangular or nearly so; near each 
side there are a few fine punctures, but the disk appears to be 
impunctate. lytra oblong, striate, the strie with rather 
fine punctures ; interstices broad, only slightly convex, with 
some minute punctures, and appearing feebly rugose. Tars?¢ 
(anterior) inserted in line with the apex of the second tooth ; 
the spine on the inside of the tébca but little developed ; 
middle and hind tibie asperate, bearing coarse grey sete and 
armed with distinct spines at the inner extremity. 

The pubescence is variable. The forehead bears some fine 
erect hairs; there are others along the sides of the body, and, 
in some cases, a few scattered quite indistinct ones may be 
noticed on the elytra. 

Underside fuscous, shining, sparingly punctate, with 
numerous elongate grey sete. 

9. Antenne and tarsi shorter ; legs not so stout. 

Var.—Thorax feebly rufescent; the legs, antenne, and 
palpi rufo-testaceous ; the sides of the thorax not angulate. 

&. Length 3, breadth 13 line. 

Ashburton. Mr. W. W. Smith, to whom we are indebted 
for the discovery of this species, informs me that he found 
three males and a female under stones near a creek which 
flows towards the centre of the broad river-basin. 


Obs.—Pyronota. On examining two species (P. festiva, 
Fabr., and P. lugubris, Sharp) I found that Hope’s diagnosis 
is incorrect. He describes the antenne as nine-jointed; in 
reality their structure is as follows :— 

Antenne 8-articulate; first joint clavate at apex, second 
about half as long as first, third and fourth cylindric (the 
latter the shorter), fifth short ; club triarticulate. 


PCILODISCUS, gen. nov. 


Allied to Stethaspis. The sternal process is horizontal, 
but does not extend forwards beyond the intermediate coxa ; 
in front it is vertical. The posterior coxe differ from those of 


202 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Stethaspis in being flatter and less curved and acuminate 
externally towards the front. The metasternum is depressed 
and grooved along the middle. The abdomen is shorter. 
The tars? and claws are similar. 


Pecilodiscus pulcher, sp. n. 

Subovate, moderately convex, nearly glabrous, shining, 
variegate. 

Head green, with coarse shallow punctures in front, behind 
with quite fine and distant ones; forehead marked off by a 
sinuous suture, the frontal and lateral margins reddish and 
somewhat reflexed; clypeus widely emarginate. Thorax 
metallic green on the middle, more or less infuscate behind ; 
each side has a broad pale testaceous space, and an irregu- 
larly formed pallid mark extends from the front towards the 
centre of the disk ; it is about a third broader than long; the 
sides are rather finely margined, they are almost gradually 
narrowed from the base forwards, rather more narrowed but 
not abruptly before the middle; the base is strongly bisinuate 
and appears rounded in the middle, the apex is widely emar- 
ginate ; the posterior angles are nearly rectangular, but obtuse, 
and are quite as wide as the shoulders, the anterior are more 
acute; its surface is moderately punctured, with a shallow 
interrupted median groove, and near each side there is an ill- 
defined impression. Scutellwm green, with red margins ; it 
is large and bears a few punctures. Llytra suboblong, 
slightly narrowed towards the shoulders, distinctly margined, 
apices quite rounded ; they are punctate-striate; the inter- 
stices are convex, the second is straight and becomes flat 
towards the extremity, the fourth and sixth unite behind ; 
these, like the margins, are more or less greenish yellow, the 
rest of their surface is infuscate green. Legs elongate, femora 
fuscous, tibiee viridescent. 

Underside fuscous, clothed with greyish hairs similar to 
those along the side of the upper surface ; coxee pallid. 

This beautifully variegated insect recalls to mind some 
tropical Cetoniide. ‘The antenne are broken off from the 
fourth joint; the first is stout and elongate, with white sete ; 
the next two are hardly longer than broad ; the fourth rather 
longer. 

Length 63, breadth 23 lines. 

Gow’s Creek, Switzers, Central Otago, altitude about 
4000 feet. One individual, found by Mr. John Frances, 
December 1892, was forwarded to me for examination by 
Professor Hutton. The type was presented by its discoverer 
to the Canterbury Museum, 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 203 


Odontria obscura, sp. n. 


Ovate, moderately broad; opaque, fuscous, head reddish 
brown and a little shining; legs testaceous, the tarsi and 
palpi rather darker ; pubescence elongate and slender, decum- 
‘bent, greyish yellow, intermingled with coarser erect infuscate 
hairs, which, however, are nearly or quite absent on the 
hinder portion of the elytra. 

Head rotundate, its punctuation coarse and rugose in 
front, not so close behind; clypeus strongly curved, not in the 
least truncate or emarginate, with raised margins. Thorax 
one half as long as it is broad, narrowed anteriorly, nearly 
straight behind the middle; moderately finely and not closely 
punctured ; near the middle of the base the clothing is pallid, 
dense, and slender. Scute/lum nearly impunctate behind, 
densely pilose in front. lytra widest behind, only obso- 
letely striate; on each elytron there are four or five dark 
streaks; the intervals are moderately finely punctured. 
Pygidium with rather small shallow punctures, with erect 
hairs, some of which are much finer than the others. Legs 
of normal structure. 

Underside infuscate; the sternum dull, punctate, and 
bearing elongate slender pubescence; abdomen a _ little 
shining, unspotted, the sides and the apex of the fourth 
segment testaceous ; fifth segment very short, broadly lobed 
in the middle at the apex; its pubescence is short and sub- 
depressed. 

3. Antenne with the basal joint as long as the following 
three; second joint as broad as it is long, third scarcely 
longer than fourth, fifth less than half the size of the club ; 
this is not very elongate, and is composed of three equal 
leaflets. 

9. Antenne: fourth joint shorter than third, fifth very 
short, not wider than the apex of the fourth. 

The description of O. cinnamomea is not applicable to this 
species ; it is, however, the nearest ally. 

Length 63, breadth 3? lines. 

Wellington. Discovered by Mr. J. H. Lewis. 


[To be continued. ] 


204 Miscellaneous. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On some Insects collected in the State of Chihuahua, Mexico. By 
T. D. A. Cockrrett, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 


THE species recorded below were collected by the -writer partly in 
May 1893, under the circumstances mentioned in Ann. & Mag. Nat, 
Hist., July 1893, and partly during an hour or two spent at Juarez 
on Aug, 26, 1893. The latter locality is on the northern boundary 
of the State, just across the river from El Paso, Texas. Montezuma, 
the locality for some of the species, is the name of a station-house 
on the Mexican Central Railway. 

The whole of the territory now considered strictly belongs to the 
arid Sonoran region—a region, however, which is more diverse in 
its fauna and flora than might be expected from the unusually 
uniform physical features. This diversity is perhaps to be accounted 
for by the fact that it is the meeting-ground of the Neotropical and 
Nearctic species, which mingle in different proportions according to 
the trend of the valleys, the altitude, and so forth. Once the 
Mexican tableland is left for the tropical sea-coast, the absolute 
dominance of the Neotropical fauna is beyond question; but on the 
plateau it cannot be said that the Nearctic forms occur to the 
exclusion of the Neotropical, although they certainly appear to have 
the upper hand. The warfare, if we may so term it, is carried on 
under peculiar conditions, owing to the inhospitable nature of the 
country, and the contest becomes largely one of endurance. Thus 
certain plants, such as the Argemone, may intrude into a zone (the 
mid-alpine) of which they are not typical, simply from their ability 
to flourish in waste and arid land. The same may be said of certain 
Cactacese, which at 8000 feet in Colorado look incongruous by the 
side of pines, spruces, and poplars. 

The collections now enumerated may throw a little new light on 
these matters, being in many cases apparently the first records of 
the species from Mexico. 


COLEOPTERA. 


I am indebted to Mr. H. F. Wickham for the identification of 
these. 
Coccinellide. 


1. Hyperaspis lateralis, Muls. 
Juarez. 
2. Scymnus tenebrosus, Muls. 


Juarez. (Houston, Texas; Arizona: Wickham.) 


3. Scymnus near cinctus, Lec. 
Juarez. A fine red-brown species. 


Elateride. 
4, Anelastes Drurii, var. Latreille:, Lee. 


Samalayuca. (New Mexico, Arizona, &c.: Wickham, The 
species goes to the mid-alpine in Colorado.) 


Miscellaneous. 205 


Malachiide. 
5. Collops 4-maculatus, Fabr. 
Juarez. (Eastern U. 8. to Texas and Arizona: Wickham.) 


Scarabeide. 
6. Trow scutellaris, Say. 


Between Montezuma and Ojo Caliente. (Mo. to Tex., Kans., 
New Mex., Ariz.: Wickham. See also Horn, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. 
1874, p. 3. Localities in Mexico are given in Biol. Centr.-Am.) 


Cerambycide. 


7. Tylosis maculata, Lec. 


Juarez, (Santa Fé, N. M.: Boyle. Albuquerque: Wickhum. 
Arizona, Texas: Zeng, in Ent. Amer. 1886, p. 118, Originally 
described from a specimen collected by Dr. Wizlizenus in New 
Mexico, probably west of Santa Fé.) 


Chrysomelide. 
8. Pachybrachys, sp. n. 
Juarez. (New Mexico: Wickham.). 
9. Metachroma, prob. sp. n. 


Juarez. 

10. Diabrotica, sp. 

Juarez. Appears intermediate hetween D. vittata, Fb., and 
D. trivittata, Mann., having antenne like the former and legs like 
the latter. 

11. Diachus auratus, Fab. 


Juarez. (Common alli over the western U.8., Colo., Ariz., New 
Mex., Calif., Vane. I., &.: Wickham.) 
12. Epitrie parvula, Fab. 
Juarez. (Mesilla Valley, N. M.: Chil. U.S. and West Indies: 


Wickham.) 
13. Cassida pallidula, Boh. (tevana, Cr.). 


Juarez. (Mesilla Valley, N. M.: Ckll. Albuquerque, N. M.: 
Wickham. It breeds on Solanum eleagnifolium, and its distribution 
may probably coincide with that of the host-plant. The larva, 
found at Las Cruces on Aug. 24, 1894, is green, with lateral spines. ) 

Dermestide. 


14. Trogoderma sternale, Jayne. 
Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Ckii.). 


Tenebrionidz. 
15. Argoporis bicolor, Lec. 
Between Montezuma and Ojo Caliente. (Arizona: Wickham.) 


206 Miscellaneous. 
Anthicide. 


16. Notovus serratus, Lec. 
Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M., Chaffee Co., Colo.: Ckll.) 


Curculionide. 
17. Anthonomus inermis, Boh. 
Juarez. (‘ California.’’) 
18. Macrorhoptus near hispidus, Dietz. 
Near Santa Rosalia, on a malvaceous plant. 


ORTHOPTERA. 
Gryllide. 


19. Gryllus mewicanus, Sauss. 
Montezuma. 


Acridiide. 
20. Haldemanella robusta, Bruner. 
Montezuma. (Arizona: Bruner, Pr. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1889.) 
21, Hippiscus (Xanthippus) zapotecus, Sauss. 
Montezuma, 


The above three were kindly identified by Prof. L. Bruner, of 
Lincoln, Nebraska. 


HYMENOPTERA. 

The aculeate species, except the ants, were identified by Mr. Fox, 
of Philadelphia ; the others went to the U. S. Department of Agri- 
culture. Mr. C. Robertson assisted me with some of the bees. 

Apidae. 
22. Diadasia diminuta, Cress. 
Juarez. (El Paso, Tex., Las Cruces, N.M.: Chil. Colo.: Cress.) 
23. Melissodes ayilis, Cress. 
Juarez. (Texas: Cresson.) A 
24. Perdita albipennis, Cress. 
Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Chkll. Colo., Tex.: Cresson.) 
25. Perdita hyalina, Cress. 
Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Ckll. Colo.: Cress.) 


Andrenide. 
26. Cilissa, sp. n.? 
Juarez. 


Miscellaneous. 207 


27. Colletes, sp. 
Juarez. 


28. Colletes consors, Cr. 
Juarez. (Colo., Texas: Cresson.) 
29. Colletes americana, Cr., 3. 
Juarez. (Eastern States.) 
30, Augochlora pura, Say. 
Juarez. (Mesa Co., Colo.: Ckll. North to Canada.) 


Philanthide. 
31. Cerceris Kennicottii, Cress, ? 
Juarez. 
Scoliide. 
32, Myzine hamata, Say. 


Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Townsend, Chil. Cresson gives 
this as equivalent to MW. interrupta, Say, from Pennsylvania.) 


Mutillide. 
33. Spherophthalma Foxi, Ckll. 
Juarez. (Not known from any other locality.) 


Formicide. 
The ants were kindly identified by M. E. André. 


34. Tapinoma analis, André. 

Terrazas. (Only known from this locality.) 

M. E. André has recorded Dorymyrmex pyramicus as found by 
me at Montezuma; but this is an error—the specimens were from 
Kl Paso, Texas. It may be well also to mention that I collected 
Kctatomma concentricum at Moneague, Jamaica, not Kingston, as 
M. André has it. 

Myrmicide. 
35. Aphenogaster Cockerelli, André. 

Montezuma. (Only known from this locality.) 


36. Atta octospinosa, Reich. 
Montezuma. (Torreon, Mexico: Ckll. Apparently not found in 
the U.S. Dalla Torre cites “« Am. Mer.”) 
37. Pogonomyrmex barbatus, Sm. 


Between Montezuma and Ojo Caliente; Ortiz. (Las Cruces, 
N. M.: Ckll. Texas, Arizona; Cresson, Dalla Torre cites 
Mexico.) 


208 Miscellaneous. 


. Cynipide. 
38. Eucoila, sp. 
Juarez. 
39. Holcaspis, sp. 
Juarez. 
Both of these were new to Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Braconide. 
40. Bathystomus, sp. 
Juarez. (The genus does not seem to occur in the U. 8.) 


41. Idiasta, sp. 


Juarez. 
Both of these new to Coll. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 
Chalcidide. 
42. Eurytoma, sp. 
Juarez. 
43. Glyphe, sp. 
Juarez. 


Both of these new to Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. 


LEPIDOPTERA. 
Pieridae. 
44. Pieris protodice, Bdv. & Lec. 
Juarez. (North to Canada.) 
Nymphalide. 
45. Synchloé lacinia, Geyer. 
Juarez. (Neotropical, and north to Las Cruces, N. M.) 
45a. Synchloé lacinia, aberr. rufescens, Ckll. 


Juarez. 
Lycenide. 


46. Lycena eailis, Boisd. 
Juarez. (Garfield Co., Colo., Las Cruces, N. M., Santa Fé, N. M. 
(one only): Ckll. Texas, Fla., Ariz., Calif.: W. H. Edwards.) 
Hesperide. 
47. Pholisora catullus, Fabr. 
Juarez ; identified by Dr. Skinner. (Colorado &c.) 


Psychide. 
48, Oiketicus Townsendi, Riley, MS., Towns. | 


Juarez. (Also Las Cruces, N. M., on tornillo, apple, and locust. 
Townsend only described the larva; the male moth has the cell 


Miscellaneous. 209 


conspicuously dark brown, with a pale streak along its upper 
margin; otherwise it is not so very different from the description of 
O. Abbotit as given by Neumegen and Dyar, In. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 
1894, p. 118.) 


Noctuide. 
Kindly identified by Prof. J. B. Smith. 


49. Carneades insignata, Walk. 

Montezuma. Prof. Smith gave me this name; but in his Cata- 
logue (1893) he places it as a synonym of C. insulsa, Walk., which 
extends to Nova Scotia. 

50. Cirrhobolina mexicana, Behr. 

Montezuma. (Colo., New Mex., Ariz., Tex.: Smith. The species 

belongs to the arid region, but it is of a Neotropical type.) 


Geometridae. 
Kindly identified by Mr. Hulst. 


51. Semiothisa californiata, Pack. 


Montezuma. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Ckll. Calif., Texas, Kansas, 
Nebraska: Packard.) 


52. Phibalapteryx intestinata, Gn. 
Montezuma. (Extends to Maine and Canada: Puaci-.) 


HOMOPTERA. 
Membracidez. 
53. Stictocephala festina, Say. 
Juarez. (Las Cruces, N. M.: Chil. Florida: Say.) 


Coccide. 
54. Ceroplastodes niveus, Ckll. 


Montezuma. (Not known from elsewhere; the genus has one 
other species, from the Mesilla Valley, N. M.) 


55. Ceroplastes irregularis, Cll, 


Between Montezuma and Ojo Caliente. (Mesilla Valley, N. M.: 
Ckil.) 

I will take this opportunity of giving some fresh information 
about C. irregularis, based on the study of Mesilla Valley specimens. 
It is found on Atriplea canescens, and when alive is much whiter 
and more regular than my original types, which were old and injured 
by drying. The female with the wax removed is 44 millim. long, 
nearly the shape of Lecanium hemisphericum ; the dorsum is 
rounded, smooth and shiny, and has no boss; the sides show irre- 
gular gibbosities; the caudal spine or tail is short and stout, but 
distinct. 


210 Miscellaneous. 


On March 13, 1894, females were found with eggs, which are 
pink in colour. The number of eggs laid by one female is very 
great; I estimated them at a thousand. From the Mesilla Valley 
specimens I bred some numbers of a Chalcidid parasite, the Aphycus 
ceroplastis of Howard. 


Looking over the above list of Chihuahua State insects, it will be 
seen that the Nearctic types largely preponderate, and that some few 
are even boreal. But it is proper to state that several of the species 
taken have not yet been identitied; and as the specimens were 
mostly submitted to specialists who are much more familiar with 
the Nearctic than the Neotropical fauna, it may be assumed that the 
unnamed species were probably largely Neotropical. Consequently, 
had everything found been named, the percentage of Neotropical 
types might have been larger. 

The localities cited are all over 3000 feet above sea-level ; Juarez 
is about 3700 feet, Montezuma about 4500 feet, Damalayuca about 
4200 feet, Ojo Caliente about 4200 feet, Ortiz about 3800 feet. 


Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A., 
Nov. 13, 1894. 


On the Nutrition of Two Conimensals (Nereilepas and Pinnotheres). 
By M. Henrt Covrin. 


It is a well-known fact that in the whelk-shells inhabited by 
hermit-crabs the annelid Nereilepas fucata is very frequently found. 
This worm takes up its abode in the first whorls of the spire—that 
is to say, in a chamber which is almost completely closed by the 
posterior portion of the crab. It is, however, very well developed, 
in no way foul, and is, so to speak, resplendent with health. 
Herein there is nothing that need astonish us, as it is admirably 
protected against injuries and enemies from without. But the 
question arises. as to how it is able to obtain food. It is generally 
supposed that it is contented with consuming the excrement of the 
hermit-crab, which is voided in the very spot in which it is found. 
With a view to ascertaining if this is really the case J made 
various observations and experiments, which show that this hypo- 
thesis has no foundation in fact. 

Let us actually examine a hermit-crab having a Nereilepas as its 
co-tenant. The crab has two principal modes of feeding. Under 
ordinary circumstances it is content to devour the particles which 
are brought into contact with its mouth by the rapid movements of 
its appendages: the refuse of these matters after digestion passes 
to the exterior in the shape of a cylindrical roll, more or less elon- 
gated, about 1 millim. in diameter, and easily to be distinguished 
from the feces of the worm, which are filiform. If the worm 
devoured these evacuations, it is very evident that they would not 
be seen to pass out of the shell. During the whole of the time that 


Miscellaneous. SUT 


this feeding lasts the annelid gives no external sign of life: it 
awaits the favourable moment. 

But the procedure is different when we give the crab a morsel of 
large size, as, for instance, a half or a quarter of a cockle (Cardium). 
Well pleased with this prize, the crab is seen to masticate it 
forthwith with animation ; it even protrudes a portion of its body, 
and feeds, if I may be permitted to use the expression, like a glutton. 
But almost immediately, between the cephalothorax and the bases 
_ of the limbs on the right side, the anterior portion of the worm is 
seen to make a slow forward movement. ‘The creature, without 
hesitation, proceeds to explore its comrade’s mouth ; on encounter- 
ing the morsel of cockle there, it nips it forcibly with its powerful 
mandibles and thenceforth does not relax its hold. Retracting its 
body, it draws the booty to itself. Then one of two things 
happens: either the hermit-crab also clings to the prey, without 
noticing, moreover, the cause of its impending loss, and the annelid 
redoubles its efforts so effectually that the fragment is finally torn in 
two; whereupon the worm drags its portion into the interior of the 
shell, to devour it unmolested. Or else the crab lets go its prey, 
and the annelid carries it off bodily; in this manner I have seen 
the worm take away a Cardium almost whole, so that it could 
not even make it pass through the narrow orifice left between the 
crustacean and the shell. By dragging very hard, however, the 
annelid almost always succeeded in accomplishing its purpose. 

There is no need to believe that the worm perceives the near 
presence of prey by smell, for, as I have been able to determine by 
withdrawing it from the shell, its organs of sense are greatly dulled. 
It is curious to find that it is the hermit-crab itself that, uncon- 
sciously of course, informs its comrade of the presence of prey of 
considerable size; the irregular movements in which the crusta- 
cean indulges indicate to the annelid that it is time to show itself; 
the worm is never seen to emerge at any other time. Another fact 
of interest to be noted is the indifference of the crustacean with 
regard to the robber with which it lives and which, to use a popular 
expression, comes to “snatch the morsel out of its mouth.” I have 
often seen the annelid, after the hermit-crab had inadvertently let 
its prey fall, introduce its head and the foremost annuli of its body 
between the maxillipeds and right into the mouth of the crustacean. 
Apparently nothing would have been easier for the latter than to 
ingest the worm and to rid itself of it once for all; but it left it 
absolutely alone. The Nereilepas profits by the opportunity to 
devour the fragments of food that still remain in the mouth of the 
crab, and to carry them off into its retreat. 

The above observations were made in aquaria. There is no 
doubt, considering their frequency, that the phenomena take place 
in the same way in a state of nature at the bottom of the sea. The 
annelid feeds upon the large substances that the hermit-crab intends 
to devour. But perhaps it will be asked whether, in addition, the 
worm does not eat, if not the whole, at least a portion of the feces 


212 Miscellaneous. 


of the crustacean, The following experiment proves that this is 
not the case. 

To a hermit-crab that has been starved by fasting for some days 
there is given a Cardium impregnated with carmine. Immediately 
the annelid, which is likewise starving, shows itself, it is made to 
withdraw by being touched with a brush: it is driven away in this 
manner each time it returns. During this time the crab devours 
the Cardiwm and the carmine. After a few hours there is seen in 
the basin the excrement of the crustacean stained a vivid red. To 
ascertain whether the annelid has eaten a portion of the feces, we 
break the shell and dissect the worm: I. have never discovered 
carmine in its alimentary canal. 

Nereilepas, therefore, does not devour the excrement of the 

hermit-crab. This discovery, it seems to me, is interesting from 
the point of view of the nature of the association between the crab 
and the annelid. In the opinion of P.-J. van Beneden this is a case 
of commensalism. Now, according to the definition of the celebrated 
zoologist, ‘‘ the commensal does not live at the expense of its host : 
all that it desires is a home or its host’s leavings; the parasite 
instals itself with its neighbour temporarily or permanently ; with 
or without the latter’s consent, it extorts from it board and, very 
often, lodging.” This last definition applies admirably to the case 
of Nereilepas. The creature evidently injures the hermit-crab, since 
it abstracts a considerable portion of the latter’s food: it is a 
veritable parasite, in the sense in which the word is understood in 
ordinary language. 
. Pinnotheres, another commensal, which is equally well known, 
leads us to identically the same conclusion. On dissecting the 
stomachs of specimens of Pinnotheres and those of the Acephala with 
which they live I have discovered the presence of the same sub- 
stances, composed for the most part of lower forms of plant-life. 
There is not, as certain rash hypotheses would endeavour to make 
us believe, a division of the particles into two groups: the animal 
particles for the Pinnotheres and the vegetable ones for the mollusk. 
On the contrary, the Pinnotheres diverts for its own benefit a portion 
of the food-matter intended by the mollusk for itself. Although 
the injury may be very slight, it exists none the less. It matters 
little whether the food-matter be abstracted in the alimentary 
canal itself, as is done by Tania, Echinorhynchus, and many Nema- 
todes, or at the entrance of the mouth; on the same grounds that 
the Helminthes, which do not attack the tissues, are parasites of 
their host, Pinnotheres is a veritable parasite of its mollusk, as is 
Nercilepas of the hermit-crab. This is the conclusion at which it 
was my desire to arrive; by the study of other commensals it will 
doubtless be strangely extended.— Comptes Rendus, t. exix. no, 13 
(September 24, 1894), pp. 540-543. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 87. MARCH 1895. 


XXIV.—On the Genus Alicia (Cladactis), with an Anatomical 
Description of A. coste, Panc. By J. EH. DUERDEN, 
A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.), Curator of the Museum of the Institute 
of Jamaica. 


[Plate LX.] 


WHILE investigating, in conjunction with Prof. Haddon, the 
anatomy and relationships of a collection of sea-anemones 
from Port Phillip, Australia, it became necessary, in order to 
determine the systematic position of one of them— Cystiactis 
tuberculosa, Quoy & Gaim.,—that a study of the genus Alicva 
should be made. No specimen in this genus, so far as we 
are aware, has ever been submitted to microscopic examina- 
tion, a condition which is now absolutely necessary before 
the relationship of any form of sea-anemone can be deter- 
mined. 

The genus Alicia was founded by J. Y. Johnson (1861) 
for a new form of sea-anemone—Alcia mirabilis—from 
Madeira. Andres (1884), disregarding Johnson’s priority, 
places this species under the genus Cladactis, founded by 
Panceri in 1868 for a Mediterranean Actiniarian, Cladactis 
coste. Verrill (1869), quite independently, founded a genus 
of the same name for a new Panaman species, Cladactis 
grandis. Prof. Haddon and Miss Shackleton (18938) restore 
Johnson’s Alicia in place of Cladactis, and add a new species, 
Alicia rhadina, which they regard as undoubtedly allied to 
Actinia pretiosa, Dana, from Fiji. They therefore show the 
genus Alicza to include the following :—A. mirabilis, Johns. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 15 


214 Mr. J. E. Duerden on the Genus Alicia. 


(the type species) ; A. coste, Panc.; A. grandis, Verr.; A. pre- 
ttosa, Dana; A. rhadina, Hadd. & Shackl. Unfortunately 
only the second species, A. coste, is available for microscopic 
investigation; but until this is done the generic relationship 
of the others, founded entirely upon external characters, must 
be assumed. 

Johnson thus defines his genus Alicia :—“ Base adherent 
at pleasure; greatly exceeding column. ‘Tentacles simple. 
Margin of disk simple, without spherules. Column beset with 
stalked appendages.” 

His figures and description of A. mirabilis appear suffi- 
ciently clear to enable one to recognize the species, while the 
character of the genus— Column beset with stalked append- 
ages ’’—is sufficient as an external feature to separate it from 
all other previously described genera, and would certainly 
include Panceri’s and Verrill’s species. 

Verrill, however, has evidently mistaken the relationship 
of the disk and column in the genus. He speaks of the disk 
as “broad, with a naked area or ‘ fosse’’ between the tentacles 
and the margin,” and the marginal tubercles as ‘ elongated, 
pedunculated, the end divided into two to six rounded lobes.” 
In A. coste this naked area or “ fosse ” is certainly the distal 
portion of the column, as is well shown in Andres’s figure, 
and from the fact that the sphincter muscle occurs in this 
place. 

The genus has generally been placed under the family 
Bunodide, from the fact that the column possessed what were 
regarded as tubercles mainly disposed in vertical series. ‘The 
characters of the family Bunodide are now defined by 
McMurrich (1889) as the following :—“ Actiniz adhering to 
foreign bodies by a flat contractile base. Column occasionally 
smooth, but usually provided with tubercles, either simple or 
compound. No cinclides. Sphincter muscle is strong and 
circumscribed. Perfect mesenteries usually numerous, those 
of the first cycle, with the exception of the directives, being 
gonophoric. No acontia. Tentacles smooth, cylindrical, and 
entacmeous.”’ Hertwig (1888) considers “ the endodermal 
sphincter [circumscribed] must occupy the first place in the 
diagnosis.” The Cystiactis we had under consideration from 
Australia has, from Quoy and Gaimard’s figure, always been 
taken to be one of the Bunodide, on account of possessing 
what appeared to be tubercles disposed in a vertical series. 
Histologically, however, we found it to differ from that family 
in the salient character of having a well-developed diffuse 
endodermal sphincter in place of a circumscribed one, and 
also in the fact that the so-called tubercles are really hollow 


Mr. J. E. Duerden on the Genus Alicia. 215 


vesicles. Hence arose the necessity of examining if the 
various species of Alicia, to which Cystiactis bears some 
external resemblance, agreed with it or the typical Bunodide. 
The sphincter of A. coste is shown on PI. IX. fig. 1, from 
which it will be seen that it is a somewhat weakly developed, 
but greatly elongated, diffuse endodermal muscle. A section 
through a vesicle is shown in fig. 2, exhibiting a hollow 
structure. Since our Australian form and A. coste agree in 
such an important essential as the sphincter, and also in the 
nature of the outgrowths on the column, it becomes necessary 
that a new family should be established for their reception 
and others closely allied to them, as they are obviously 
different from any of those at present described. I propose 
the family name Aliciide, after the genus Alicia, with the 
following characters :— 


Fam. Aliciide. 


Hexactine with a large flat contractile base. Tentacles 
simple, cylindrical, and entacmeous. Column with simple 
or complex hollow processes or vesicles over the greater part 
of its surface, arranged mostly in vertical rows. No cinclides. 
Sphincter muscle endodermal and diffuse, variable in amount 
of development. Perfect mesenteries few or numerous. No 
acontia. 

The family, as thus defined, includes the genera Alicia 
and Cystiactis, and possibly others, such as Bunodeopsis, &c. 

The relationships of the Actiniaria are still in a very un- 
satisfactory condition, and will be so until a greater number 
have been examined anatomically. It is therefore somewhat 
premature to discuss the position of the Aliciide. External 
characters alone would place them near the Bunodide ; but 
they are now shown to be separated by such an important 
character as that of the sphincter muscle. 

The genus Cystiactis will be more fully discussed in a 
paper shortly to be published by the Royal Dublin Society. 


Genus ALICIA. 


Tissues very delicate. Tentacles elongated, more or less 
retractile. Column with the distal vesicles pedunculated 
and much divided, the proximal vesicles simpler and more or 
less sessile. Sphincter muscle feebly developed. Mesenteries 
not very numerous ; two pairs of directive mesenteries. 

Should A. mirabilis, Johns., when histologically examined, 
be found to differ fundamentally from the foregoing definition, 

15* 


216 Mr. J. E. Duerden on the Genus Alicia. 


then, as it is the type of its genus, it will retain the name 
Alicia, and A. cost, Panc., will be referred to its original 
genus Cladactis, with the definition given above. 


Alicia cost, Pane. 


The description of the external characters is sufficiently 
well given by Andres, who also devotes a beautiful plate to 
the species. The following details refer only to the histo- 
logical features. 

Column.—The column is thin and delicate, somewhat 
thicker in the region of the sphincter muscle, but very thin in 
the vesicular region. The ectoderm is regular and covered 
on the outside with a delicate cuticle. The sphincter region 
of the ectoderm is crowded with elongated nematocysts, 
showing very distinctly the internal spiral thread ; somewhat 
above and below this region the nematocysts are arranged in 
groups, as in the tentacles. In the vesicular region the 
ectoderm is much thinner and nematocysts are rare. 

The mesogloea varies in thickness, as does the ectoderm. 
It is homogeneous in structure, except for the presence of a 
few minute cells. 

The endoderm is very thin throughout and shows a weak 
endodermal muscle. 

Vesicles (Pl. IX. fig. 2).—The stem or peduncle of the 
vesicle shows a regular ectoderm with a thin cuticle, but 
without any nematocysts; the mesoglcea is thicker than that 
of the enlarged portions, and the endoderm forms a weak 
basal muscle. ‘The distal portions of the vesicles possess a 
thicker ectoderm, with a few nematocysts. ‘The ectoderm 
seems largely made up of elongated unicellular glands, which 
stain deeply. It is probable that the vesicles are partly glan- 
dular in function. They are not batteries of nematocysts. 
The mesogloea is very thin, and the endoderm contains 
markedly the pigment granules which give the bright colo- 
ration to the vesicles in the living animal. 

Lentacles (Pl. 1X. fig. 3).—The walls of the tentacles are 
very thin, with small batteries of nematocysts arranged at 
intervals all over the surface. The nematocysts are large, clon- 
gated, and show the spiral thread distinctly. Accompanying 
them are deeply staining unicellular glands. The mesogloea 
appears only linear in section. The endoderm is about half 
the thickness of the ectoderm and evenly arranged. A very 
weak ectodermal muscle can be distinguished in transverse 
sections and an endodermal one in longitudinal sections. 

Disk.—In the disk the ectoderm is very thick and shows 


Mr. J. E. Duerden on the Genus Alicia. 2a 


few or no nematocysts. ‘The mesoglea is very thin and the 
endodermal muscle very weak, except towards the periphery 
of the disk. Here, close to the tentacles, the disk in spirit- 
specimens has a deep fold; the mesoglcea is plaited somewhat 
as at the sphincter mascle, and the endodermal muscle is 
clearly seen. Nematocysts occur in the fold. 

Lsophagus.—Vhe ectoderm of the cesophagus possesses 
numerous large elongated nematocysts, which do not stain ; 
the mesogloea has increased considerably in thickness and 
the endoderm has what seem to be glandular cells. A weak 
endodermal muscle is present. There is no indication of a 
groove opposite the directives. 

Sphincter Muscle (Pl. IX. fig. 1).—The sphincter muscle 
is weak, endodermal, and diffuse in character. It is very 
elongated, extending from just below the tentacles to where 
the vesicles commence. The mesoglcea is thrown into delicate 
plaits to support it. 

Mesenteries (Pl. LX. fig. 4).—The mesenteries are few and 
regular in arrangement. ‘There are six pairs of perfect 
mesenteries, two pairs of these being directives. Alternating 
with the perfect mesenteries are six pairs of secondary 
mesenteries, and with these again twelve pairs of tertiaries. 
In structure they are very thin and delicate, except where the 
retractor muscle is developed. Here the mesoglcea is 
thickened and becomes plaited in a more or less delicately 
dendriform manner to support the weak muscle-fibres. There 
is also a weak muscle on the side opposite the retractor, and 
in the lower part of the column the muscle and plaitings of 
the mesogloea are about equally developed on each side. The 
endoderm is feebly developed and has small deeply staining 
cells. 

Gonads.—In the specimens examined there were no gonads 


present. 


References. 


(1861) Jonnson, J. Y.—“ On the Sea-Anemones of Madeira.” Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 298, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. 
1862, p. 177. 

(1869) Verriti, A. E.—“ Notes on Radiata.” Trans. Connect. Acad. 
vol. i. p. 471. 

(1884) Anpres, A.—‘ Le Attinie,’ p. 224, pl. vii. 

(1888) Hrrrwie, R.—“ Report on the  Actiniaria. —Supplement,” 
Report. H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xxvi. 

(1889) McMurricu, J. P.— Actiniaria of the Bahamas.” Amer. 
Journ. Morphol. vol. iii. no. 1, p. 22. 

(1893) Happon AND SHACKLETON.—“ Deseription of some new Species 
of Actiniaria from Torres Straits.” Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. 
vol. vill. (n. s.) p. 128. 


2 


18 Dr. K. Jordan on some 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Reference letters. 


ect.=ectoderm. mes. = mesogloea. 

end. = endoderm. nem,=nematocyst. 

end, mus. = endodermal muscle. sph. m.=sphincter muscle. 
gid. c.=gland-cell. rec, m.=retractor muscle. 


Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of the portion of the column of Alicia coste, 


Fig. 


£ 


y* 


Pane., between the tentacles and the commencement of the 
vesicles, showing the diffuse endodermal sphincter muscle, con- 
siderably folded. Magnified 35 times. 

Section through one of the large vesicles. Slightly magnitied. 

Transverse section through a flattened portion of an extended 
tentacle, showing the arrangement of the nematocysts in limited 
areas. Magnified 33 times. 

vg. 4. Transverse section of a middle portion of a mesentery in the 

region of the cesophagus. Magnified 33 times. 


0g. 


go bo 


+: 


XXV.—On some new Species of Coleoptera in the Museum of 


the Hon. Walter Potkecl aa. By Dr. K. JORDAN. 


1. Trichius ornatus, sp. n. 


3 Q. Tr. obscure viridis, infra eneo-nitens. Caput seepe parum 


purpurascens ; clypeo latitudine parum longiore, precipue in 9°, 
grosse punctato; tronte et vertice in ¢ minute sat sparsim, in 
2 dense subreticulato-punctatis, duabus maculis frontis, duabus- 
que lateralibus elongatis verticis luteis. Antenne pallide rufis, 
articulo primo apice viridescente, clava maris ea feminw parum 
longiore. Palpi rufi. 


Prothorax longitudine parum latior, apice rectus, basi rotundatus, 


lateribus pone angulos anticos prominentes, in ¢ minus quam in 
2 rotundatos, leviter sinuatus, retrorsum gradatim ( ¢ ) vel rotun- 
datim (? ) parum ampliatus, angulis posticis rotundatis; sulco 
mediano longitudinali, sulcis transversis uno apicali, altero basali, 
limbo laterali medio angustiore, utrinque macula disci obliqua 
postmediana, altera minore subapicali, tertia laterali mediana cum 
limbo ac sepe cum macula prima connexa, luteis, his maculis 
impressis ; disperse, ( ¢ ) minute, ( 2 ) crasse punctatus. 


Scutellum triangulare, longitudine latius, marginibus exclusis 


luteum. 


Elytra latitudine sexta parte Jongiora, leviter striato-punctata, 


interspatiis tertio ceteris multo latiore et primo parum elevyatis ; 
vitta mediana longitudinali longitudine ac latitudine variante, in 
humeris sepe dilatata, rufa; linea longitudinali interspatium 
secundum occupante, guttis septem in utroque elytro luteis— 
1* basali mediana, 2* basali marginali, 3* dorsali antemediana in 


new Species of Coleoptera. 219 
punctos divisa, 4*, 58, 6 lateralibus sequidistantibus, 7* ad angu- 
lum suturalem sita. 

Pygidium utrinque macula plus minus magna lutea signatum, 
(3) subcireulariter, ( 2 ) irregulariter strigulosum, ( 2 ) lateribus 
etiam parum punctatum. 

Infra luteo-notatus, variabilis, luteo-pilosus, sat rude punctatus ; 
abdomen (3) medio sensim depressum, segmento anali ( 9 ) 
emarginato. Pedes luteo-rufi, viridi-nitentes. 

Long. 15 mm., elytr. 74, lat. 63. 


Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. Six males, six females. 

Resembles in outline Zr. Janson, Gestro [Ann. Mus. Civ. 
Gen. (28) x. p. 854, t. ii. fig. 12, 1892 (Burma)], but other- 
wise it is quite different. 


2. Trichius discolor, sp. n. 


¢. Caput nigrum, ante oculos fascia transversa rufa, intra oculos 
densissime longitrorsum irregulariter strigulosum, ante pronotum 
et ad marginem oculorum punctulatum ; clypeus latitudine parum 
longior, lateribus sat reflexis rectis, angulis anticis autem valde 
rotundatis, sublevis. Antennee rufze, clava funiculo longiore. 

Prothorax rufus, tenuiter nigro-limbatus, lateribus reflexo-mar- 
ginatis, postice rotundatus, a medio antrorsum angustatus, pone 
angulos anticos prominentes subrectos vix sinuatus ; dorso 
utrinque pone medium parum depressus, disco paucis strigulis 
luniformibus instructus ; puncto nigro impresso marginali ante- 
mediano, macula indistincta basali laterali obliqua eodem colore, 
preeterea sulculo marginali, linea mediana pro parte, ac utrinque 
puncto discoidali luteis. 

Scutellum triangulari-semicirculare, medio excluso punctulatum, 
nigrum. 

Elytra rufa, marginibus angustis et plaga magna mediana disci 
nigris ; hee plaga duo puncta, unum medianum dorsale, alterum 
postmedianum laterale, lutea includit: irregulariter punctato- 
striata, striis dorsalibus postice evanescentibus ; apex singuli 
elytri valde, fere regulariter, rotundatus. 

Pygidium atrum, splendens, utrinque plaga lutea notatum, paucis 
punctis instructum. 

Infra niger, luteo-signatus; metasternum lateribus macula rufa 
notatum. Pedes rufi, genibus et tibiarum apice nigris leviter 
eenescentibus, pauce punctati; dentes tibiarum anticarum sat 
parvi. 

9. A mare differt: splendens; clava antennarum nigra; clypeo 
fortius sculpturato: prothorace punctis magnis lateribus densis 
instructo, linea media magis impressa, macula basali laterali nigra 
multo majore triangulari; elytris magis regulariter et fortius 
punctato-striatis, apice haud levibus, atris, macula basali, altera 
subapicali rufis, gutta mediana lutea majore ; pygidio rufo, supra 


220 Dr. K. Jordan on some 


levi, macula laterali minuta; corpore infra rufo, sternis lateribus 
nigro-signatis ac luteo-guttatis. 
Long. 11 mm., elytr. 6, lat. 42. 


Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. One male, one female. 


3. Calodema plebeius, sp. n. 


@. Caput viridi-ceruleum, impressionibus levibus irregularibus 
punctisque sat densis grossis instructum, vertice medio sulco 
profundo notato. Antenne viridi-znez, apice obscuriores. Pro- 
thorax elytris latior, apice basi fere duplo angustior, lateribus 
rotundatis ante basin latioribus; basi utrinque latius sinuatus 
quam in C. regali; convexus, medio canaliculatus, disco antice 
leviter biimpressus, alteris impressionibus utrinque versus latera 
pone medium sitis, dense fortiter subumbilicatim punctatus, 
punctis antice sparsioribus minutioribus ; cum elytris ruber, limbo 
apicali medio triangulariter dilatato et lobi antescutellaris apice 
viridi-eeneis, margine laterali apicali angustissimo cyaneo sicut 
margine basali laterali. 

Scutellum transversum, rotundatum, excavatum, lave, viridi- 
cyaneum. Elytra prothoracis colore, margine basali angusto 
eenescente, sutura angustissima nigrescente, postice cum margine 
apicali angusto et signaturis elytrorum obscure cyaneis: macula 
parva communi postbasali fere V-formi, fascia transversa post- 
mediana in sutura latiore (ubi circiter dimidio latitudinis elytri), 
in medio disci parum constricto, ad marginem Jateralem angus- 
tata, macula parva transversim triangulari anteapicali suturali ; 
sat conspicue striato-punctata, parum rugulosa, interstitiis pro 
parte subconvexis; margine apicali bidentato versus suturam 
subangulato-convexo. 

Subtus cyanea, leviterviridescens. Prosternum magis elevatum quam 
in C. regali; sterna lateribus et abdomen dense fortiter punctata. 
Segmenta 2""—4"™ lateribus macula parva irregulari rubra, totum 
segmentum ultimum (macula parva basali, margine angusto 
apicali exceptis) etiam rubrum. Pedes sat fortiter punctati, 
cyanei, tibiis tarsisque senescentibus. 

Long. 40 mm., elytr. (sut.) 30, lat. (proth.) 27, lat. (hum.) 253. 


Hab. Cairns, North Queensland. One female. 

I have compared this insect with specimens of the three 
Calodema-species hitherto known—- C. regalis, Cast. & Gory, 
O. Ribbet, Foll., and C. Wallacet, Deyr.,—and find that 
it is different from them; in its broad prothorax it recalls 


somewhat C. Ribbe’, and resembles in the red colour of the 
upperside C. Ribbet and C. Wallacez. 


4, Crioprosopus amenus, sp. n. 


9. Cr. ater, splendens, rubro- ac rubrescenti-ochraceo-signatus. 


new Species of Coleoptera. 221 


Caput antice depressione trapeziformi, intra antennas preter suleum 
medianum utrinque irregulariter sat profunde suleatum ac rudibus 
punctis instructum, vertice dense punctatum. Antenne corpore 
parum longiores, basi excepto griseo-pubescentes ; articulis 1° 
basi impressione transversa, supra altera longiore leviore notato, 
inequaliter punctato, 3°—5° canaliculatis. 

Prothorax corallinus, macula oblonga mediana parva postmediana 
atra, ante eam striola subnigra; fortiter, fere «equaliter convexus, 
utrinque dorso impressione mediana parva, lateribus ante dentem 
conicum amplior quam post dentem, sed hic vix gibbosus, disperse 
punctatus, basi utrinque fere levis. 

Scutellum triangulare, impunctatum, latitudine vix longius. Elytra 
basi prothorace (cum dentibus) parum latiora, retrorsum attenuata, 
humeris rotundatis, sed haud valde obliquis, minute punctata, 
basi transverse rugulosa; maculis duabus pallide rubrescenti- 
ochraceis transversis intra marginem elevatam lateralem et 
suturam, hance non attingentibus, extensis: 1* postbasali majore 
parte atra basali elytri angustiore, ad marginem lateralem versus 
basin dilatata, ad suturam rotundata, 2* minore suboblonga antice 
magis quam postice rotundata, ante quartam partem apicalem 
elytri sita ; angulo apicali suturali recto, exteriore dentato. 

Prosternum transverse rugulose punctatum. Processus meso- 
sternalis antice perpendicularis, margine superiore antice con- 
vexo medio subtuberculiformi. Metasternum lateribus dense, 
versus medium multo sparsius sed rudius punctatum. Abdomen 
rubrum, segmento 1° atro, ceteris marginibus nigrescentibus, 
ultimo sat dense punctato late leviter emarginato. 

Pedes atri, femoribus medio corallinis, tibiis quatuor posticis com- 
pressis subsulcatis sat grosse punctatis. 

Long. 32 mm., elytr. 23, lat. 103. 


Hab. Bebedero, Costa Rica (Underwood coll., 1894). One 


female. 


A very conspicuous insect, which is not nearly allied to any 
other species of Crioprosopus. 


5. Sternotomis transversonotatus, sp. n. 


Q@. St. niger, infra pube luteo-ochracea, supra nigra, capite hic et 
inde, antennis basi pedibusque subglauca vestitus, pronoto luteo-, 
elytris lacteo-signatus, 

Caput utrinque macula anteoculari ac gutta in medio frontis sita 
luteis notatum, omnino punctulatum; fronte antice transverse 
impressa, medio convexa, sat profunde canaliculata, canaliculo 
in vertice leviore, pone elevationem intra-antennalem postice sulco 
transverso arcuato sat profundo determinatam in impressionem 
profundam punctiformen dilatato; oculis luteo-glauco-cinctis ; 
tuberculis antenniferis magis quam in St. amena, Westw., 
elevatis, dense punctulatis. Antennz corpore parum longiores, 


griseo-tomentose, basi subglauce, articulo primo cicatrice rudi 
instructo. , 


222 On some new Species of Coleoptera. 


Prothorax longitudine latior, basi profunde sat anguste constrictus, 
disco ante hoc sulcum magis elevato quam in St. Murrayi, Chevr., 
et St. amena, Westw., antice sulculo transverso recto supra in 
medio haud retrorsum arcuato, dente laterali robusto, supra 
punctis rudibus ac linea mediana antice sensim impressa instruc- 

' tus; nigro-velutinus, sulco basali et utrinque macula antemediana 
suboblonga transversa luteis. 

Scutellum albo-luteum, rotundatum. LElytra basi prothorace (cum 
dentibus) vix latiora, humeris leviter productis rotundis; in 
utroque elytro tribus maculis lacteis: 1* laterali ad humerum 
incipiente retrorsum latiore, totum latus occupante, limbo tenui 
excepto, intus pone medium emarginata; 2* basali a humero 
versus suturam descendente, suturam ac medium elytrorum haud 
attingente, parum latiore quam spatium nigrum intra maculas 
1 et 2"; 3" suboblonga dorsali postmediana. 

Processus prosternalis angustus, postice declivis, versus basin 
rotundato-declivis, sulcatus, antice fere perpendicularis, apice 

, rotundato autem parum producto. Processus mesosternalis etiam 
sat angustus, supra parum convexus, apice leviter productus ac 
medio anguste paulo emarginatus, cum processu prosternali pilis 
longis vestitus. Abdomen lateribus luteo-ochraceum, medio 
glaucum. 

Long. 30 mm., elytr. 21, lat. 10. 


Stanley Pool, Congo. One female. 

When a series of this peculiar species is procured, we shall 
probably find that the colour of the tomentum of the under- 
side is liable to variation. 

The elytra appear less triangular than in the allied species 
(St. amena, Westw., crua-nigra, Hope, Murray, Chevr., &c.), 
as they are narrower at the base. 

The structure and pattern of the pronotum, the form and 
pattern of the elytra, and the structure of the sternal inter- 


coxal processes distinguish this species from its allies. 


6. Ceroplesis Harrison, sp. 0. 


Q. C. niger, elytris rufo-testaceo-fasciatus. Structura (haud signa- 
tura) C. fisse, Har., similis, multo robustior; prothorace dente 
laterali majore, pronoto fortiter punctato-rugato, antice trans- 
versim plicato, basi sat fortiter biplicato, sulco brevi antebasali 
mediano levi instructo; elytris basi fortiter rugato-punctatis ; 
processu mesosternali minus elevato, fere equaliter declivi, cum 
processu prosternali brunneo-nigro-piloso. 

Elytra nigra, fascia prima antemediana parte basali nigra angus- 
tiore, secunda postmediana illa parte vwquilata, tertia quartam 
partem apicalem elytrorum occupante, ac limbo laterali tenui 
(basi excepta) rufo-testaceis signata ; fasciis n7grzs submediana et 
altera anteapicali equilatis im sutura seepe parum latioribus, 

Long. 30 mm., elytr. 21, lat. 103. 


A Revison of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 223 


Hab. Congo (from between Stanley Pool and Lukolele, 
and from Upoto). Three females. 

Named in honour of the Rev. F. G. Harrison, who pro- 
cured this and many other interesting and rare insects during 
his journeys on the Congo between the Stanley Pool and 


Lukolele. 


XXVI.—A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part I. The 
Genus Stomatopora. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S. 


I. The Specific Characters of the Cyclostomata. 


The diagnosis of species of Cyclostomatous Bryozoa has 
always been regarded as a difficult and unsatisfactory task. 
The Cheilostomata offer nine useful characters, some of which 
appear to be very reliable. In this group the form of the 
zoarium, the shape of the orifices and of the zocecia, the 
structure of the front wall, the characters of the ocecia or 
goneecia, the arrangement of the avicularia and vibracula, 
the distribution of the spines and macule, and the superficial 
ornamentation give a combination of characters which enables 
species to be defined with considerable precision. Unfor- 
tunately in the typical Cyclostomata only the least trust- 
worthy of these characters are available. We have to rely 
only on the form of the zoarium, the length of the zocecia, 
the size and position of the mouth, the shape of the ocecia 
(when present), and the ornamentation of the wall. The 
zocecia in the Cyclostomata are, however, so very simple in 
structure that their characters are far less reliable than in 
the more specialized subclass, the Cheilostomata. It seems 
therefore at first sight almost impossible to diagnose species 
while even the genera appear to vary to a hopeless extent. 

‘I'wo opposite methods of treatment have therefore been 
adopted for the Cyclostomata. On the one hand, numerous 
species have been founded on insignificant and individual 
variations ; on the other, many authors have thought that 
this subclass affords an illustration of the theory of the “ per- 
sistence of type,” that was once applied, but has been 
discontinued in the case of many other groups. They have 
therefore abandoned the effort to separate species of different 
ages; they have lumped together the forms of such different 
geological horizons that, if their example be followed, the 
study of the group becomes valueless. 

To find a mean between these extremes is not easy. The 


224 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision 


general facies of the Cyclostomatous faunas of the various 
geological systems is, however, strikingly different; this can 
at once be seen by a comparison of lists of the genera. Le 
the genera vary it is almost certain that the species must do 
so likewise. The specific characters are variable and slight. 
But if we examine good series of specimens, and compare the 
normal types of the zocecia and equivalent zocecia in the two 
zoaria, then certain fairly constant differences appear. ‘Thus, 
if we take a Jurassic specimen in which the zoarium contains, 
say, two hundred zocecia, and compare it with one of a closely 
allied recent species with as many zocecia, it 1s not improb- 
able that one zocecium in each may be found to be identical. 
But that does not seem sufficient reason for ignoring the 
constant differences between the majority of the zocecia in 
each. ‘The embryos and young forms of different species of 
Mollusea are often indistinguishable ; but that does not lead 
malacologists to merge the species “when there are definite 
differences in the adults. The variations in the zocecia of a 
zoarium of a bryozoon is an analogous case to this; some 
zocecia are young and immature, others are cramped and 
malformed. ‘To draw up a diagnosis which shall accurately 
describe each zocecium in a colony, and shall at the same time 
be sufficiently definite to characterize the species, is impossible. 
Nevertheless, if we take the normal adult zocecia and compare 
equivalent ones in different species, there seems sufficient 
reason for supporting the practical validity of species in 
this group. 


Il. Revision of the Species. 


The genus Stomatopora affords a very convenient illustra- 
tion of the difficulties, but yet of the possibilities, of the 
diagnosis of the Cyclostomata. It is, moreover, the first 
genus represented in the Jurassic that comes under considera- 
tion in the preparation of a catalogue of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 
It may be useful to publish a synopsis of each of the leading 
genera as they are finished. 


Family Tubuliporide. 


Genus Stomaropora, Bronn, 1825. 


Alecto, Lamouroux, 1821. 

Aulopora, pars, Goldfuss, &e. 

Diagnosis.—Tubuliporide with the zocecia forming flat 
adnate zoarla, composed of uniserial lines. These branch 


of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 225 


dichotomously or irregularly, and sometimes anastomose into 
a reticular web. The peristome is flush or slightly raised. 
Zocecia tubular or subpyriform. 

‘Type species: S. dichotoma (Lamouroux). 


1. Stomatopora dichotoma (Lamx.). 

Alecto dichotoma, Lamouroux, 1821, Exp. méth. Polyp. p. 84, pl. Ixxxi.. 
figs. 12-14. 

Stomatopora dichotoma, Bronn, 1825, Pflanzenth. pp. 27, 48, pl. vii. 
fie. 3. 

Aulopora dichotoma, Goldfuss, 1831, Petref. Germ. Bd. i. p. 218, 
pl. Ixv. fig. 2 (P non 2 a). 

Stomatopora antigua, Haime, 1854, Mém. Soc. géol. France, sér. 2, 
t..v. p. 162, pl. vi. fig. 7. 

Stomatopora Haimer, Terq. & Piette, 1865, ibid. sér. 2, t. viii. p. 124, 
pl. xiv. figs. 29, 30. 

Stomatopora dilatans monthvaltifornis, Vine, 1885, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 
1882, p. 251. 

Stomatopora Terquemt, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 164, pl. vi. tig. 4. 

Stomatopora Waltont (non Haime), Vine, 1884, Quart. Journ. Geol. 
Soe. vol. xl. p. 787. 

Stomatopora spirata, Walford, 1889, ibid. vol. xlv. p. 564, pl. xviii. 


oO 
5° 


Stomatopora porrecta, Walford, 1889, ibid. vol. xlv. p. 565, pl. xviii. 
figs. 7, 8. 

Diagnosis.—Zoarium typically forming a loose irregular 
network ; the lines radiate from the centre and repeatedly 
branch dichotomously. Hight or ten zocecia may occur 
between two points of bifurcation. Such series are often 
curved (var. spirata, Walf.). Young forms consist of a 
single line, which may at first branch very sparingly (var. 
porrecta, Walf.). Crowded growths occur. 

Zoecia regularly cylindrical. 

Peristomes well raised, varying in height from half to one 
and a half times the diameter of the zocecia. Surface punc- 
tulate and transversely wrinkled. The wrinkling is_ best 
seen in young zocecia. ‘The normal zocecia vary in length 
from one and a half to three times the diameter. 

Oecia small; appear as small hemispherical tubercles ; 
diameter about half that of the zocecia; punctulate. 

Distribution. — England: Lower Lias to Cornbrash. 
Foreign : Sinemurian to Kimeridgian ; France and Germany. 


2. Stomatopora dichotomoides (d’Orb.). 


Alecto dichotomordes, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 288. 

Stomatopora dichotomoides, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. Frang¢., Terr. Crét. 
t. v. p. 834. 

Stomatopora Bouchardi, Haime, 1854, Mém. Soc. géol. France, sér. 2, 
t. v. p. 164, pl. vi. fig. 6. 


226 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision 


Stomatopora jurensis, Etallon, 1861, Mém. Soc. Emul. Doubs, sér. 3, 
t. vi. p. 211. 

Stomatopora corallina (? d’Orb.), id. 1861, ibid. p. 210. 

Stomatopora Waltoni (pars.), Vine, 1884, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol. xl. p. 787, fig. 26 (non 2 a). 

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of uniserial zocecia branching dicho- 
tomously or irregularly. Typically it is very loose. Long 
unbranched series occur. Crowded varieties with tufted ends 
to the branches also occur. 

Zoewcia at first regularly cylindrical, but soon becoming 
pyriform or subpyriform; obscurely transversely ridged ; 
surface punctulate. 

Peristomes slightly raised, usually not on the median line. 

Oecta unknown. 

Distribution.—England : Inferior Oolite to Corallian. 
Foreign: Bajocian to Corallian; France, Germany, and 
Austria. 


3. Stomatopora Walton, Haime. 


Stomatopora Waltoni, Haime, 1854, Mém. Soc. géol. France, sér. 2, 
t. vi. p. 162, pl. vi. figs. 3 a and 5. 

Alecto bajocensis, V@Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 288. 

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of uniserial zocecia forming delicate, 
radiating, and very divergent lines; these branch repeat- 
edly, occasionally interlace, and end in loose tufts. 

Zoecia long, cylindrical, and very thin; transversely 
ridged. 

Peristomes have thickened rims, but are not reflexed. 

Distribution —England: Fuller’s Earth to Cornbrash. 
Foreign : Bajocian, france. 


4. Stomatopora Smithi (Phillips). 

Cellaria Smithi, Phillips, 1829, Geol. Yorks. pt. i. p. 143, pl. vii. fig. 8. 

Hippothoa Smithi, Morris, 1843, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 39. 

Alecto Smithi, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t.i. p. 317. 

Diagnosis.—Zoarium hippothoiform, uniserial; branches 
crowded and irregular; entirely adherent. 

Zoecia pyriform ; long slender proximal ends; front wall 
well raised, rounded, and punctate; orifice small, circular, 
surrounded by a low rim. 

Leristomes slightly raised. Flat regular rims surround each 
of the zocecia. 

Distribution.—Adherent to Cardium citrinoidum. Corn- 
brash, near Scarborough. Only the type specimen known. 


of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 227 


5. Stomatopora intermedia (Miinst.). 
Aulopora intermedia, Minster, 1831, in Goldfuss, Petref. Germ. Bd. i. 
p- 218, pl. lxv. fig. 1. 
Stomatopora intermedia, Bronn, 1849, Ind. Pal. p. 1202. 
Alecto intermedia, VOrbigny, 1850, Prod. Pal. t. ii. p. 25. 
Diagnosis.—Zoarium forming a crowded network. 
Zowcia cylindrical, very short. 
Peristomes raised and much thickened. 
Distribution.—Corallian, France and Germany. 


Synopsis of Species. 
I. Zocecia regularly tubular. 


Peristomes well raised ; zocecia short....... .... dichotoma. 

Peristomes slightly raised ; zocecia long .......... Waltone. 

Peristomes thickened............... a ere intermedia, 
BIE ZO CELA PY MILO 8, a ere: aleve sa gentsatalntee rapetarne anor we dichotomordes. 
nbn Aooecia bippothoitorm.. i. oc aes vw. agnosie Smithi. 


IIL. Relations of the Jurassic Species. 


The four main characters used in the diagnosis of these 
species are as follows :—The elevation of the peristome (7) ; 
the shape of the zocecia (c); the size, and especially the 
length, of the zocecia (/); and, last and least, the arrange- 
ment of the zoarium (7). In order to show the relations of 
these Jurassic species to those of later periods formule are 
very convenient. Hach of the characters may be represented 
by a letter, and numbers adopted for the principal variations. 

Thus, let p stand for peristome; if it is flush it may be 
indicated by 0, if well raised by 2, and if slightly so by 1. 


In the subjoined formule the signs denote as follows :— 


Pane Shape of Length of 7 ee 
Peristome. . Dw Zoarium. 
Zocecia. | Zocecia. 

p. Cy | l. if 
0 Flush. Cylindrical. Short. | Uniserial; long thin 
series. 
|1 Slightly raised. Fusiform. Median. | Uniserial ; branches 
| | tufted at ends. 
2| Well raised. Pyriform. Long. | Uniserial; branches 
tend to become 
double at ends. 
| 
3| Highly raised. | Hippothoiform. | Very long. | Multiserial. 


228 Mr. H. G. Smith on Two 


Intermediate variations may be indicated by the use of 
dashes beside the figures. 
Thus we may represent the different series as follows :— 


S. dichotoma series. 


De vies” fds ap 
S. dichotoma (Lamx.) .......... 2 0 1 1 Jurassic. 
S. granulata, M.-Edw. (non auct.) 2’ O' | 1 Cretaceous. 
S.atvaricata, Reuss ..% 5a eke: 2’ 0O' 1’ O” Miocene. 
S. trahens, Couch (S. granulata, 
OUNSE.) "6. chee eee 240" I~ 2) oecent: 


S. dichotomoides series. 


Do en ULF 
S. dichotomordes (d’Orb.) ........ Le 2 a0 Jurassict 
S. plicata, COrb. snd cskaweeee 1 2' 1 O Cretaceous. (Or- 

namentation differs.) 
S, vestculosa (Mich.) ............ 1 2” 1 O Miocene. 
S. Waltoni series. 

DCs" milena: 
S. Watton, Haime .. 2... 3..." 1 OF 20S Jiurassic: 
S:longiscata, d'Or: =. fees eo 1” 0 2 O - Cretaceous. 
NOS iy ty Goa 4G Gnnease 2 0 2 0 £Mhiocene. 


Each of these three sets of formulee shows a gradual increase 
in the degree of development of the distinguishing cha- 
racters. ‘This fact isclearly brought out by the formule. In 
some species the later types, however, are simpler than their 
Cretaceous representatives, for the genus attained its maximum 
in the Mesozoic, and has been on the wane throughout the 
Cainozoic. The different stages may be called either species 
or varieties. It probably does not matter which name is 
adopted, so long as the differences between them are marked 
and the forms grouped together in series round the best- 
known type. 


XXVII.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Pieridee cap- 
tured by Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton in New 
Georgia, Solomon Islands. By H. Grose SMirH. 


Delias georgiana. 
Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, with the costal 
margin, costal and subcostal nervures black; the third sub- 


* Aulopora divaricata, Reuss (non Roemer), Foss. Polyp. Wien. Tert. 
1847, p. 53, pl. vii. fig. 18. 


new Spectes of Pieride. 229 


costal nervule very broadly black; the apical area broadly 
black, the inner edge of which is irrorated with white and 
extends rather obliquely as far as the extremity of the lowest 
median nervule, whence to the posterior angle it becomes 
linear ; between the veins near the apex are five white 
streaks, of which the third is the longest and broadest, the 
others being more or less irrorated with black scales. 
Posterior wings white, with the outer fourth from the apex 
to the inner margin black, the black area being widest in 
the middle and its inner edge irregular and irrorated with 
grey scales. 

Underside. Anterior wings white, with the black area 
more extended than on the upperside, and invading the upper 
part of the cell, where, towards the base, it is irrorated with 
white and tinged with yellow; the upper discocellular 
nervule is black; the rows of white spots in the apical 
black area are much larger and more distinct than on the 
upperside and six in number, with a narrow marginal 
whitish streak between the two lowest median nervules. 
Posterior wings with the basal two thirds yellow, shading 
into white towards the apex; the outer third black, with a 
submarginal row of six greyish-white bars, angulated exter- 
nally in the middle. 

Head and thorax black, clothed with long white hairs ; 
abdomen white. 

Expanse of wings 24 inches. 

Belongs to the group of Delvas isse, Cram. 

One specimen only. In Mr. Grose Smiti’s collection. 


Appias gisco, 


Male.— Upperside. Both wings pale yellow, with very 
broad black margins. On the anterior wings the basal fourth 
is densely irrorated with grey scales; the black area extends 
broadly along the costa and covers the apical and outer 
marginal fourth, terminating on the inner margin at three 
fourths distance from the base; its inner edge on the disk is 
deeply indented between the ves. On the posterior wings 
the outer fourth from a little above the apex to a little above 
the anal angle is black, with its inner edge rather wregular 
and irrorated with yellow scales. 

Underside as above, but on the anterior wings the basal 
area is yellow, clouded with grey. On the posterior wings 
the inner three fourths is orange-yellow, slightly darker orange 
on the costal margin ; the outer fourth being brown-black as 
above. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 16 


230 Mr. E. A. Smith on new 


Antenne black; head and thorax dark grey; abdomen 
grey above, yellowish grey below. 

Expanse of wings 2 inches. 

Belongs to the group of A. panda, Godt., to the female of 
which on the upperside it bears considerable resemblance. 

One specimen only. In Mr. Grose Smith’s collection. 


XXVIII.—Descriptions of new Species of Land-Shells from 
New Guinea. By EnGar A. SMITH. 


THE species about to be described were collected by Mr. 
William E. Armit during an exploring expedition on the 
north-east coast of British New Guinea, on Mount Maneau, 
on the mainland, and on Mount Moratau, Goodenough 
Island; also at the back of Cloudy Bay, on the south coast. 
It is to be regretted that the exact locality of the species can 
only be given in one or two instances. 


1. Nanina amblytropis *. 


Testa orbicularis, subacute carinata, spira brevi convexe conoidea, 
anguste perforata, supra fusca, haud nitida, subtus pallidior, 
corneo-lutescens, polita; anfractus 6, lente crescentes, leviter 
convexiusculi, inferne ad suturam impressi, submarginati, lineis 
incrementi obliquis arcuatis, prope suturam subplicatis, striisque 
microscopicis radiantibus et minute rugulosis sculpti, ultimus ad 
peripheriam acute angulatus, subtus nitens, haud microscopice 
striatus, lineis incrementi modo sculptus ; apertura obliqua, angu- 
latim sublunata, intus albida vel livido-alba; peristoma tenue, 
margine columellari leviter incrassato, superne expanso, foramen 
umbilicale semiobtegente. 

Diam. maj. 23 millim., min. 20, alt. 18; apertura 7 alta, 11 lata. 


I am inclined to think that this species does not exceed the 
dimensions given above. ‘The spire is convex and terminates 
in an obtuse apex. The sculpture consists, besides the lines 
of growth, of exceedingly fine wrinkly striz in the same 
direction. It is this minute striation which produces the dull 
surface. Underneath, where they are not present, the shell 
is highly glossy. 


2. Nanina lissorhaphe f. 
Testa N. Catrnit similis, sed spira minus conoidea, anfractibus 
* apBdvs, blunt; tpdzes, keel. 


t Avoods, smooth: pady, a seam or suture. 
t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, vol. xix. p. 417, pl. xv. fig. 5. 


Land- Shells from New Guinea. 231 


lentius accrescentibus, lineis incrementi confertis, fortioribus 
sculpta, anfr. ultimo infra carinam haud concave impresso, subtus 
striis concentricis vix visibilibus. 

Diam. maj. 254 millim., min. 22, alt. 13; apertura 9 alta, 13 lata. 


This species is seen at a glance to be distinct from 
N. Catrnt, which it resembles in colour and the width of the 
umbilicus. The sculpture of the upper surface is quite 
different. The close strie stop short just below the suture, 
which is consequently margined beneath with a smooth 


border. 
3. Rhysota Armiti. 


Testa perforata, orbicularis, carinata, supra saturate fusca, versus 
apicem livido-purpurea vel rufescens, haud nitida, infra polita, 
olivaceo-fusca, versus umbilicum pallidior, subflavida; spira 
depresse conoidea, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 6, lente accres- 
centes, vix convexiusculi, lineis incrementi oblique arcuatis 
tenuissimis minute subrugulosis sculpti, ultimus oblique rugosus 
et irregulariter indentatus, ad peripheriam acute angulatus, infra, 
concentrice substriatus, neers incrementi tenuibus ornatus, versus 
labium inferius leviter inflatus vel saccatus; apertura obliqua, 
sublunata, saturate livido-fusca; peristoma intus incrassatum, 
carneum, margine columellari supra umbilicum breviter expanso 
et reflexo. 

Diam. maj. 45 millim., min. 39, alt. 22; apertura 134 alta, 23 lata. 


This species is allied to R. hercules of Hedley, but is 
separable on account of its smaller size, the less elevated 
spire, the slightly more acute keel, the less convex whorls, 
the rather more distinct concentric striation on the lower 
surface, and the peculiar inflation of the base. In colour the 
two species are rather similar, but R. hercules is greener 
beneath and has a rosy or pink peristome, which, in the 
present species, is of a flesh-colour and not so pink. Slight 
differences of sculpture are also discernible; but these are 
more readily seen by a comparison of the two forms. 


4. Helix (Hadra) stirophora*. 


Testa depresse subglobosa, ad peripheriam obtuse carinata, late 
umbilicata, saturate castanea; spira convexe conoidea, ad 
apicem obtusa; anfractus 53, convexiusculi, lineis incrementi 
striati, ultimus antice breviter descendens ; apertura late lunata, 
obliqua, saturate fusco-purpurea; peristoma undique mediocriter 
expansum et reflexum, pallide purpurascens, margine columellari 
albo, latius expanso. 

Diam. maj. 34 millim., min. 28, alt. 23: apertura 13 alta, 17 lata. 


Hab. Cloudy Bay. 
* greipopdpos, keeled. 
16* 


932 Mr. E. A. Smith on new 


This species recalls the small form (var. semicastanea) of 
fH. bipartita, but is distinguished by the obtuse keel, wider 
umbilicus, less elevated spire, colour, &c. 


5. Helix (Dorcasia) subplicifera. 

Testa depresse globosa, mediocriter umbilicata, solidiuscula, pallide 
fuscescens, subtus pallidior, lineis incrementi oblique curvatis, in 
anfr. ultimo subpliciformibus, sculpta; spira brevis, conoidea, ad 
apicem obtusa ; anfractus 5, convexi, sublente accrescentes, sutura 
profunda sejuncti, primus minute punctatus, ultimus antice 
descendens ; apertura obliqua, late lunata, dilutissime rufescens ; 
peristoma albidum, anguste expansum et reflexum, margine 
columellari superne dilatato, umbilicum partim obtegente. 

Diam. maj. 203 millim., min. 17, alt. 14; apertura intus 82 alta, 
9 lata. 


This species bears some resemblance to /7. argillacea, 
Férus., when viewed from above. It is, however, less 
globose, more depressed, more widely umbilicated, has a 
smaller aperture, and is more plicately sculptured. Only the 
apical whorl is punctate. 


6. Felix (Chloritis) ephamitla*. 


Testa H. Leet simillima, sed plerumque paulo major, spira leviter 
altiore, apertura latiore, livida, labro latius expanso, umbilico yix 
granulato. 

Diam. maj. 34 millim., min. 27, alt. 23; apertura intus 13 alta, 
14 lata. 


This form may be the var. papuensis of H. Leet, which is 
referred to by Mr. Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W. 1891, 
vol. vi. p. 83), and it is with considerable hesitation that I 
venture to distinguish it specifically from that species. Be- 
sides the differences above mentioned, it may also be remarked 
that the colour of the peristome is reddish in H. Leet and 
livid in the present species, becoming much darker in some 
specimens at the umbilicus. All the examples are clothed 
with an olivaceous epidermis, beset with very short stiff 
bristles. These are generally more or less worn off, but their 
position js indicated by minute pitting all over the surface. 
A curious difference in the relative weight of the different 
parts of the shell is shown by the position it assumes when 
placed on a flat surface with the aperture downwards. In 
H. Leet the peristome rests upon the surface, the spire being 
lateral, whereas in H. ephamilla the apex is vertical and the 
lip stands erect. 


* eapiddos, rivalling. 


Land- Shells from New Guinea, 233 


7.. Helix (Chloritis) perambigua. 


Testa I. ephamille similis, sed epidermide levi, haud setosa amicta, 
spira paulo altiore, anfractu ultimo minus inflato, peristomate 
minus expanso. 

Diam. maj. 32 millim., min. 25, alt. 23; apertura intus 12 alta, 
15 lata. 


There are two specimens of this species, agreeing in form 
and epidermis, but differing in size and colour. The larger 
one, the dimensions of which are given above, is purplish red 
at the apex, like H. ephamilla, the rest of the shell being 
livid beneath the epidermis. The smaller example is only 
22 millim. in its greatest diameter and of a purplish red 
throughout. The epidermis, however, is quite smooth, with 
the exception of the lines of growth, as in the larger specimen. 
The aperture in the latter is bluish, and purplish red in the 
small example. 

The general resemblance of this species to H. ephamilla is 
so remarkable that, unless carefully observed, its distinctness 
would be passed by unnoticed. It seems to me, however, 
that the differences referred to sufficiently separate the two 
forms. 


8. Helix (Cristigibba) Musgravet. 


Testa H. semirase similis, sed minor, fascia angusta unica nigres- 
cente supra ornata, superficie minute et confertim punctata ; 
peristomate albido. 

Diam. maj. 14 millim., min. 12, alt. 63. 


Hab. Back of Cloudy Bay. 

This species, H. semirasa, and I1. leptochila are closely 
related. HH. semirasa resembles the present species in form, 
but differs in size, sculpture, banding, and colour of the peri- 
stome. 1. leptochila, Canefri, from the Molucca Islands, is 
larger, has a broader colour-band above, a rosy peristome, 
and, judging by the figure, is of a different form. In this 
species the pitting of the surface (indication of a pilose epi- 
dermis) 1s very minute and close, but in /Z. semirasa ‘it 1s 
comparatively scattered and remote. No mention is made by 
Canefri of this kind of sculpture upon H. leptochila; but, 
being difficult of observation, it may have been overlooked. 


234 Capt. T. Broun on new 


X X1X.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 
By Captain Tuos. Broun. 


[Continued from p. 203.] 


Group Elateridz. 


Lomemus puncticollis, sp. n. 


Elongate, not parallel, slightly nitid; smoky black, legs 
yellow, basal three joints of antenne a little rufescent; the 
pubescence on the elytra ash-coloured and slender for the 
most part, but near the shoulders and on the thorax it is 
yellow and conspicuous. 

Head densely and distinctly punctured; the forehead 
rounded in front, its edge smooth, but not sharply defined. 
Thorax longer than broad, slightly and gradually narrowed 
anteriorly ; posterior angles not divergent ; its surface densely 
and moderately coarsely punctured, with a feebly marked 
longitudinal groove down the middle. /ytra moderately 
narrowed posteriorly, apices slightly dehiscent; evidently 
striate ; the stria not perceptibly punctured, they are more or 
less obsolete near the base, but the sutural ones are deepened 
behind ; interstices finely transversely rugose; near the base 
the sculpture 1s almost granular. 

Antenne serrate, reaching backwards to beyond the middle 
thighs, with fine pubescence only; second and third joints 
short, and conjointly about a third shorter than the fourth, 
which is rather longer than the fifth ; joints 4 to 10 with the 
outer angles a little prolonged. 

9. Subparallel, not narrow ; pubescence cinereous, with 
scarcely any yellow; thorax but little narrowed towards the 
front ; antenne nearly filiform, the second and third joints as 
long as the fourth, rufo-fuscous. 

Var. (3 ).—Shoulders and thoracic angles fusco-testaceous. 

The densely and very obviously punctured thorax and obso- 
letely punctate elytral striz differentiate this from L. flavipes, 
Sharp, whilst the even curvature of the forehead and larger 
size show that it cannot be the L. similis of the same author. 

6. Length 22, breadth 2 line. 

Ngatira, on the Rotorua railway. One pair. 


ZEAGLOPHUS, gen. nov. 
lead rather small. Forehead curved in front, without 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 235 


distinct margins, nearly horizontal; when seen from the side 
the middle appears somewhat angulate and depressed. Cly- 
peus inflexed-perpendicular. Labrum moderately large, its 
basal suture distinct. Antennal cavities shallow, widely 
separated. yes large. Antenne elongate and _ slender, 
filiform; basal joint short and stout, second abbreviated. 
Tarsi elongate, slender, simple ; fourth joint of the posterior 
more than half the length of the third, the basal joint rather 
longer than the fifth. 

Chin-piece well developed, much curved, so that an evident 
gap exists between it and the rather acute anterior angle of 
the thorax. Prosternal sutures not distinctly duplicate. — Pro- 
sternal process hastate, narrow, of only moderate length, 
nowhere more than half the wigth of the space between the 
coxe; it is on an abruptly lower plane (nearer the breast), 
and is ridged along the middle. Mesosternal cavity deep and 
sharply limited, oviform, without margins, hardly extending 
beyond the front of the middle coxe; the space between 
these latter flattened or impressed. Intercowal suture well 
marked. Cowal lamina simple, its trochanteral portion about 
twice as long as the femoral. 

The type of this genus displays such peculiarities of struc- 
ture that it cannot be placed in any genus known to me. It 
should, I think, be placed near Chrosis. 


Zeaglophus pelicornis, sp. Nn. 


Elongate, moderately attenuate posteriorly, only slightly 
convex ; pubescence fine, ash-coloured, not dense; shining, 
black ; tibiz and tarsi fuscous. 

Thorax about as long as broad, much narrowed anteriorly, 
its sides behind the middle gradually but considerably 
explanate and flattened ; posterior angles rather short, thick, 
not at all divergent; the apices, indeed, are almost turned 
inwardly; the lateral portions are distinctly punctate, the 
disk is much more finely and quite distantly. /ytra 
evidently striate, the outer striz distinctly punctured, the 
posterior sculpture irregular and ill-defined ; interstices with 
fine serial punctures, not rugose. 

Underside pitchy black, with depressed greyish pubescence, 
moderately finely and closely punctured; the flanks, as well 
as the middle of the prosternum, however, bear larger and 
more distant punctures ; the metasternum is convex. 

Antenne more than half the length of the body, not serrate, 
with long outstanding, conspicuous, fuscous sete or hairs ; 
first jomt short and stout, rather shorter than the third; 


236 Capt. T. Broun on new 


second very short, barely half the length of the following 
one; fourth obviously longer than the third, about as long as 
the succeeding ones. 

This species may be easily distinguished from all the other 
New-Zealand Elateride by a glance at the form of the thorax ; 
the explanate sides are marked off behind by a carina, which 
extends forwards from the inner extremity of each hind angle. 

Length 4, breadth 1 line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. Mr. Alfred Philpott sent me 
a specimen (a female, I believe) which he found during 
August 1893. 


Group Dascyllide. 
> 


Cyprobius terrenus, sp. n. 


Oblong-oval, mnitid, densely clothed with conspicuous 
yellowish hairs ; colour variable, reddish or fusco-castaneous ; 
the legs and antenne rufescent. 

FHlead short and broad, closely punctured. Antenne elon- 
gate; basal joint very broad, second rather thicker but much 
shorter than the third. Thorax strongly transverse, the base 
much rounded, the sides little more than half the length of 
the middle; its surface is moderately finely but distinctly 
and rather closely punctured. Scutellum large, triangular, 
punctate. /ytra moderately coarsely punctured, more finely 
behind, 

Underside castaneous, closely sculptured and pubescent. 
Mentum quite as long as broad. Labial palpi not furcate ; 
the terminal joint, however, though inserted at the apex of 
the penultimate, has a tendency to extend inwards. Pro- 
sternal process acuminate in tront, scarcely reaching beyond 
the coxee at either extremity. /esosternum in front at the 
middle with a small almost diamond-shaped depression having 
raised margins. 

On comparison with the typical species (C. nit¢dus) this is 
seen to be larger and more oblong; the sculpture of the 
thorax, instead of being nearly obsolete, is well defined, that 
of the elytra is deeper and coarser. 

Length 24, breadth 12 line. 

Mount Pirongia, Waikato, March 1894. 

C. nitidus and C. undulatus were taken off shrubs, but 
this species was found on the ground amongst leaves. The 
pubescence is liable to removal by the least friction. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 237 


Ta a 
Veronatus amplus, sp. n. 


Subopaque, ferruginous, very finely and closely punctured, 
covered with fine short yellow pubescence. 

Head large, the gene obtusely dilated behind the eyes and 
extending outwardly a little beyond them; it is rather con- 
vex 3 between the eyes there is a large, scarcely elevated, 
triangular space, the apex of which extends backwards ; this 
part is less closely sculptured and pubescent than the portion 
behind it. Antenne filiform, reaching backwards beyond the 
middle thighs, their first joint thick, second very short, the 
third about one third shorter than the fourth. Thorax twice 
as broad as long, its sides finely margined and nearly straight, 
the front angles much rounded, the posterior better defined 
but obtuse ; the middle of the base and apex are broadly 
rounded ; there is an indistinct central groove near the 
middle ; halfway between the dorsal stria and the side there 
is a distinct transverse depression ; the pubescence is unevenly 
distributed. Hlytra very indistinctly tricostate, with some 
large ill-defined impressions near the sides ; the clothing is so 
arranged as to cause a somewhat maculate appearance. 

This is much larger than No. 567 ; the thoracic depressions 
and move rounded and differently sculptured head will lead 
to its recognition. The mandibles are short, and during 
repose are curved inwards just in front of the labrum ; this is 
more exposed than in V. longipalpis. The sides of the thorax 
appear broader and flatter. ‘T"he membranous space between 
the forehead and labrum is larger. 

Length 54, breadth 2} lines. 

Nelson. One example was caught on Mount Arthur by 
Messrs. Cheeseman and Urquhart. 


Cyphon McKerrowt?, sp. n. 


Oviform, not narrow, convex, shining; black, thorax 
reddish yellow, elytra with a large pale yellow spot on the 
sides betore the middle and two small contiguous ones close 
to the suture near the apex ; pubescence ash-coloured on the 
dark parts, yellow elsewhere ; legs and antenne variegated 
fuscous. 

Head finely punctured. Thorax strongly transverse, the 
middle of the base and apex obtusely rounded, its surface 
finely and distantly punctured. Scutedlum large, triangular. 
Llytra not impressed, finely punctate, with an indistinct 
sutural stria on each near the middle. Antenne stout, third 
joint barely half the bulk of the fourth, the latter rather 
longer than the fifth. 


238 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Underside nigro-fuscous, densely clothed with greyish 
pubescence. 

Subocular line indistinct, the genal space moderately broad 
and smooth. 

This is the prettiest and most distinctly marked species 
that has as yet been found in New Zealand. 

Length 13, breadth 1 line. 

Waiorongamai, about four miles from ‘T’e Aroha. 

Named in honour of Mr. James McKerrow, F.R.A.S., who, 
as a member of the Council of the New Zealand Institute, 
has done much to facilitate scientific research. 


Group Melyride. 
Dasytes nigripes, sp. ni. 

Narrow, subparallel, glossy, zneous; antenne and legs 
black, these latter slightly tinged with green; pubescence 
dense, short, depressed, almost brassy. 

Head nearly as large as the thorax, narrowed behind, feebly 
impressed between the eyes; distantly, finely, yet quite 
distinctly punctured. yes large and prominent. Antenne 
subserrate, joints 3 to 10 differ but little, eleventh much 
narrowed near extremity. Zhorax about as long as broad, 
constricted in front, much narrowed near the base; the sides 
therefore appear swollen near the middle; its punctuation 
closer and more distinct than that of the head; there is a 
broad impression near the base. Scutellum broad. Elytra 
slightly depressed before the middle, moderately coarsely 
punctured, and, except near the shoulders, transversely 
rugose. Jarsi as long as the tibia. 

This is of a more glossy brassy tinge than No. 1611 
(D. Cheesemant) ; the clothing is more conspicuous and of a 
greyish yellow, and the sculpture is more distinct. 

Length 13-2, breadth # line. 

Wellington. Taken off tussocks on the hills near the 
coast by Mr. J. H. Lewis in January 1894. 


Group Cioide. 


Cis fulgens, sp. n. 
Glossy, glabrous, rufo-piceous; the antenne, palpi, and 
tarsi yellowish ; club fuscous and opaque. 
Head small; the strongly raised protuberances near the 
eyes are widely separated in the middle, which is smooth and 
shining. yes large and very prominent. Antenne short, 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 239 


basal joint stout, second also stout, but only about half the 
length of the first; third slender and more elongate than the 
succeeding ones; joints 8 to 10 form the club. Thorax 
large, as long as it is broad, its sides margined and slightly 
rounded ; the surface finely, rather indistinctly, and distantly 
punctured. Eiytra scarcely wider than the thorax at the 
base, their sides a little rounded, so that they are widest near 
the middle; they are a good deal narrowed posteriorly, and 
they are apparently without sculpture of any kind. 

This is a rather small, convex, oblong-oval species, which 
should be placed near C. perpinguis and C. obesulus ; from 
these it may be separated by its convex eyes, obsolete sculp- 
ture, and narrower shape. 

Length §, breadth nearly 3 line. 


Mount Ve Aroha. One, March 1894. 


Cis pygmeus, sp. n. 


Nude, shining, fuscous; thorax pale yellowish grey, irre- 
gularly mottled with brown; the legs and antenne some- 
what testaceous. 

Head simple, pale, finely and distantly punctured. Thorax 
rather broader than long, the sides finely margined and slightly 
rounded; posterior angles rectangular; it is remotely and 
finely punctured. /ytra much longer than the thorax; they 
are rather more distinctly punctured than it is, but not at all 
closely. Zarsz stout. 

This is the smallest species I am acquainted with. The 
bald surface and fine sculpture will lead to its recognition. 
It is just possible that the maculation of the thorax may not 
prove to be a constant character. 

Length 4, breadth } line. 

Mount Te Aroha. Found amongst leaves on the 
ground. Mr. J. H. Lewis at the same time found a second 
specimen, which I am unable to separate, the only noticeable 
difference being the darker unspotted thorax. 


Cis lobipes, sp. n. 


Cylindric, not narrow, moderately shining, clear red; the 
antenne, tarsi, and palpi yellow; legs pale red; the yellow 
sete on the elytra are erect and conspicuous; they are not, 
however, scale-like, as in C. recurvatus; those on the thorax 
are slender and decumbent. 

Head simple, punctate. Antenne with joints 5 to 7 small 
and transverse, the third and fourth longer than broad; the 


240 Capt. T. Broun on new 


three joints of the club are rather broad and infuscate. 
Thorax hardly any longer than broad, its sides much rounded, 
so that the angles are obtuse and ill-defined ; it is closely 
and comparatively coarsely punctured. Scutellum small. 
Elytra of the same width as the thorax throughout, vertical 
and obtusely rounded behind ; closely, rather coarsely, and 
somewhat rugosely punctured. Zhe a good deal expanded 
towards the extremity, the anterior with three or four minute 
denticles; the intermediate have a sort of lobe on the outside 
near the apex ; this lobe is finely pectinate. 

The anteriorly rounded thorax, robust rough-looking body, 
and lobate tibiew distinguish this from all but C. Fultond, 

Length 3, breadth 3 line. 

Howick. 

One individual has been in my possession for several 
years. I delayed its description in the hope that others 
might be found. 


Group Opatride. 
Paraphylax binodosus, sp. n. 


Suboblong, opaque, chestnut-red; the head sometimes 
piceous, the tarsi and palpi red, antenne dark obscure red ; 
densely clothed with decumbent scale-like hairs and erect 
setee; the elevated parts and the sides of the thorax with 
pale tow-like clothing ; on the elytra the hairs are slightly 
variegate, mostly pale brown and yellowish grey; the tibie 
have one or two dark marks. 

Head impunctate, the curved interantennal suture directed 
forwards at the sides. Hyes prominent, oblique, lateral, 
coarsely facetted, almost quite truncate in front. Antenne 
elongate, setose, the fourth joint distinctly shorter than the 
third ; joints 4 to 9 longer than broad. Thorax transverse, 
narrowed towards the base, the sides broad and nearly flat, so 
that the disk appears as if it were abruptly elevated and 
uneven ; in front at the middle there are two large prominent 
elevations, separated by a broad deep channel; there is no 
distinct sculpture visible when it is denuded, but in its natural 
state it is rough and uneven with coarse scaly matter. Hlytra 
subquadrate, deeply depressed and emarginate at the base ; 
the shoulders rounded; these, owing to the coarse sappy 
matter and sete, seem elevated ; the series of punctures appear 
small as seen through the clothing ; when the latter has been 
scraped off the sutural row on each is seen to consist of 
closely placed punctures ; the three or four other series are 
directed obliquely towards the shoulders, but near the 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. ° 241 


scutellar region there are some irregular punctures; the 
posterior declivity is nearly vertical and very much narrowed ; 
the two rows of punctures on each side.of the suture do not 
form striae; in perfect specimens there are several setose 
elevations on and near the sides, but the sutural portion is 
plane. Scutellar region with grey pile. 

Underside densely clothed, mentum punctate; front coxe 
rufous, the others pale castaneous ; the inter mediate segments 
of the abdomen with deep and, when examined from behind, 
sinuous sutures. 

This differs from the typical species (No. 644) by the more 
elevated disk and flattened sides of the thorax, by the more 
prominent frontal elevations and the hair-like elytral clothing. 
From No. 645 it may be separated by a glance at the antenne ; 
these in P. vardus have shorter joints; joints 4 to 9 are not 
longer or but little longer than they are broad, according to 
sex 

Length 23, breadth 13 line. 

Capleston, Westland. Three individuals were found by 
Mr. Cavell. 


Group Trachyscelide. 


Cherodes fuscatus, sp. 0. 


Variegate, mostly fuscous ; the legs, antenne, palpi, front 
of head, the lateral and basal margins of the thorax, and 
sometimes the sides of the elytra testaceous. 

Head coarsely and rugosely sculptured. Thorax transverse, 
its sides finely margined and strongly rounded; apex in- 
curved, anterior angles obtuse, the posterior subacute ; its 
punctuation distinct, but irregular, the sides nearly smooth. 
Seutellum broad, smooth.  lytra rather broader than the 
thorax, shoulders rounded, apices obliquely narrowed ; the 
lateral margin is bent inwards at the shoulder, but does not 
extend beyond the hind angle of the thorax ; their surface is 
covered with a coarse rugose punctuation, which, though 
close on the disk, becomes more open and less rugose towards 
the sides. Legs thickly setose, the anterior tibiee with oblique 
terminal lobes extending as far as the third tarsal joint. 

Underside sordid testaceous, sparingly setose. 

This is smaller than the typical species and is more nearly 
allied to C. concolor, Sharp. The body is nearly glabrous 
and a little shining. The thorax is more closely and the 
elytra more rugosely punctured than my specimens of C. con- 
color, and the middle tibiae seem to be more densely covered 
with greyish sete. ‘he numerous examples I have seen 


242 * Capt. T. Broun on new 


exhibit no well-marked variations. Nos. 647, 648, and 649 
occur amongst alge along the east side, whereas C. fuscatus 
was found on the opposite coast. 

Length 34, breadth 2 lines. 

Manukau Harbour and New Plymouth. 


Group Diaperide. 
Menimus levicollis, sp. n. 


Convex, oval, shining, minutely pubescent ; nigro-piceous, 
legs and antenne pale red, lateral margins and front of head 
rutescent. 

Head distinctly but not coarsely punctured. Thorax 
transverse, gradually and a little curvedly narrowed towards 
the front, the margins there thinner than at the base; dis- 
tantly, quite minutely, and indistinctly punctured; base 
subtruncate, apex slightly bisinuate. Scutellum short, not 
smooth. Eiytra attenuated and narrowly marginated poste- 
riorly, of the same width as the thorax at the base, slightly 
wider behind the shoulders, with numerous almost regular 
rows of moderately coarse punctures, these become finer 
behind and are least regular near the base; a few minute 
grey hairs can be detected. Legs with yellowish pubescence. 

Underside distinctly punctate, sparsely pubescent. Pro- 
sternum nearly smooth and a little concave along the flanks ; 
its process moderately narrow, horizontal, and attaining the 
base. Aesosternum slightly raised and rather smooth in the 
middle. 

The specimens I possess cannot be referred to WM. dubdus, 
which they most resemble, because the punctuation of the 
head and elytra is evidently coarser and the eyes are rather 
smaller, though not at all minute, as in some species. It 
may be distinguished from J/. Batest, Sharp, by the rather 
shorter form and obsolete thoracic sculpture. In one example 
the femora are yellow. 

Length 13, breadth { line. 

Tarukenga. ‘Ten individuals found on the underside of 
decaying logs. 

Obs. In this genus the prosternal process passes over the 
mesosternum and touches, or nearly touches, the suture 
between the middle coxz when the body is bent; when 
relaxed and straightened the mesosternum is uncovered. 
There is no saltatorial power. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 243 


Group Tenebrionide. 


DEMTRIUS, gen. nov. 


Body elongate. Palpi short, terminal joints securiform. 
Mentum subquadrate, rather longer than broad, Tvbcée with 
small apical spines. ars? narrow, simple, finely setose 
below. Mandtbles bifid at apex. Hyes transverse, extending 
below the surface, not deeply emarginate; the thickened 
lateral margins of the forehead touch the eyes. Prosternal 
process of moderate breadth, reaching just beyond the hind 
margin of the prosternum. Tvochanters small but distinct. 
Antenne thick, inserted in round cavities near the inner and 
lower margins of the eyes, 11-articulate; first joint nearly 
concealed above, third rather longer than broad but not much 
longer than the fourth; joints 4 to 8 each a little shorter, 
but only very slightly thicker than the preceding; ninth 
and tenth transverse, only a little broader than the eighth ; 
eleventh short, oblique at apex. 

From Lorelus it differs by the shape of the eyes, the less 
broadly securiform terminal joints of the palpi, more slender 
femora, the more widely separated front and middle coxe, 
broader epipleurz, and by the simple penultimate joints of 
the tarsi. 


Demtrius carinulatus, sp. n. 


Elongate, subdepressed, nearly glabrous, having only very 
minute, hardly noticeable, grey sete ; piceous black, the legs, 
antenne, and palpi pitchy red. 

Head narrower than the thorax, curvedly narrowed in 
front of the eyes ; the margins of the forehead reddish ; it is 
moderately finely and not closely punctured. Thorax trans- 
versely quadrate, very slightly rounded and narrowed towards 
the anterior angles; behind the middle the sides are almost 
quite straight, posterior angles rectangular; lateral margins 
well developed, with distinct channels inside; base and apex 
subtruncate ; its surface moderately, not closely, and some- 
what irregularly punctured. Scutellum broad. Elytra 
broader than the thorax at the base, quite twice its length, 
their margins more explanate near the shoulders and behind 
than in the middle; their surface finely punctate and indis- 
tinctly rugose ; they have broad shallow striz ; the interstices 
are slightly and irregularly elevated, the third, fifth, and 
seventh are more distinctly raised than the others, and become 
almost carinate behind. Legs nearly bare. Antenne finely 
pubescent. 


244 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 


Underside more or less coarsely punctured, the abdomen 
much more finely; fourti ventral segment rather shorter 
than the third, fifth transversely impressed at the base; pro- 
sternum truncate in front, the flanks marked off by oblique 
sutures ; prosternal process bisulcate between the coxe. 

Length 3, breadth line. 

Invercargill. Mr. Alf. Philpott sent me a specimen, and 
Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, the Curator of the Auckland Museum, 
found a mutilated'example on Mount Arthur several years ago. 


Group Cistelide. 


Omedes apterus, sp. 0. 


Oblong-oval, slightly convex, almost glabrous, fuscous ; 
the legs and antennz testaceous, 

Head younded and narrowed behind, finely but distinctly 
and irregularly punctured ; between the eyes there is a broad 
depression ; the space between the forehead and labrum is 
very short, almost linear. Labrum reddish, pilose. yes 
large, but not protruding beyond the lateral outline of the 
head; they are touched by the raised antennal orbits and 
they are quite transverse. Antenne pubescent, reaching the 
hind thighs, third joint longer than the first, twice the length 
of the second. Thoraa broader than long, finely margined ; 
the sides rounded before the middle, nearly straight behind ; 
posterior angles rounded, base bisinuate ; its disk with rather 
fine, shallow, irregular punctures; there are two rounded 
foves: near the middle and two smaller ones close to the basal 
margin. Scutellwm triangular, transverse, red. /ytra finely 
margined, shoulders somewhat narrowed; each elytron has 
eight series of rather fine punctures ; there is an additional 
scutellar row, the sutural two almost form strive and are 
recurved at the apex; there isaslight longitudinal impression 
inside the shoulder; the interstices are minutely and densely 
sculptured and have a few very fine punctures. 

Tarst pubescent, the basal two joints of the anterior 
narrowed towards the base, the second slightly shorter than 
the first, third short and broad, with a short membrane under- 
neath ; fourth with a large semitransparent membrane, 
extending nearly halfway under the fifth; posterior pair 
elongate. 

Most nearly resembles O. fuscatus ; the terminal joint of 
the maxillary palpi more transverse and cultriform ; scutellum 
shorter and broader; hind angles of thorax more obtuse ; 


Mr. J. R. Tosh on an Abnormal Crab. 245 


elytra not depressed between the middle and the base; thorax 
shorter, the surface more shining ; body apterous. 

Length 3, breadth 1} line. 

Wellington. One, sent by Mr. J. H. Lewis. 


Group Salpingide. 
Salpingus ornatus, sp. n. 


Glossy, nearly nude ; head and thorax fusco-rufous ; elytra 
nearly black, each with a testaceous curvate mark extending 
from the shoulder to the middle, but not united to the opposite 
one, and a large subapical but less definite spot ; antenne 
red, but with three or four terminal joints piceous; legs 
fuscous. 

Head coarsely punctured. yes large and prominent. 
Thorax as long as broad, widest near the front, a good deal 
narrowed behind, anterior angles rounded; it is coarsely 
punctured, some of the punctures are longitudinally con- 
fluent. Llytra oblong, wider than the thorax at the base, 
their sides but little rounded: they are slightly flattened 
before the middle, with irregular series of coarse punctures ; 
the inner three on each elytron scarcely extend beyond the 
middle, the fifth is more prolonged, the hind portion is quite 
smooth. 

This is certainly nearly allied to S. perpunctatus (No. 702) ; 
the thorax is a little longer, not so broad near the front; the 
sides are obliquely narrowed there and the intervals between 
the punctures are not so large; the marks on the elytra are 
different and their punctuation is less regular. 

Length 1, breadth 3 line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. Two examples from 


Mr. A. Philpott. 
[To be continued. ] 


XXX.—On an Abnormal Crab (Cancer pagurus). By 
JAMES R. Tosu, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews Marine Labo- 
ratory. 


In June of 1894 a crab with a strange malformation was 
brought to the Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, by one of 
the fishermen. Prof. M‘Intosh desired me to figure it. The 
greater part of the right chela was out of sight, being situated 
in the branchial chamber, only the first three joints, a small 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 17 


946 Mr. J. R. Tosh on an Abnormal Crab. 


part of the fourth, and the tip of the sixth being visible above 
the ventral part of the carapace. he first joint alone was 
normal in size, the next two were a little less than normal, 
the next two five times and the last two six times less than 
normal. The dactylopodite was not opposable to the beak of 
the protopodite, but curved downward into the branchial 
cavity as a more or less rigid process. It had apparently taken 
the direction of least resistance. It bore no serrations. The 
same blackish hue occurred at the tips of dactylopodite and 
protopodite as in those of the functional chela. All the arti- 
culations in the limb were more or less immovable. The 
specimen was an average-sized female, and, to judge from the 
state of the ovaries, which were nearly ripe, had suffered very 
little from the condition of the claw. In the figure the dotted 
line represents the posterior edge of the shell, which has been 
removed to show the limb. It may be supposed that at the 
last moult this chela had been injured in some way, probably 
a few joints knocked off, and that, before it was restored, the 
shell had overgrown -and imprisoned it: certainly it has 
never been functional. 


pinie aes Ss Ist walking 


leg. 


—— bas. 


—_— ischiop. 


— merop. 


branch. cay. 


pro. carp. 


In Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1893, sér. 2, tome xv., M. Jules 
Richard describes a number of cases of abnormality in crus- 
tacean appendages. These fall into two classes: the first 


Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Mishes from Sarawak. 247 


contains a single case of abnormality by reversion to a simple 
type of limb occurring in one of the mouth-appendages of a 
specimen of Platycarcinus pagurus. Those of the second class 
are cases of ‘ monstruosité par excés:” they are usually con- 
fined to the chela; but in such cases the limb is more or 
less functional. Possibly the example described above is 


unique. 


XXXI.—Deseriptions of Two new Fishes obtained by Mr. C. 
Hose in Sarawak. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


Plotosus abbreviatus. 


Band of teeth in each premaxillary thrice as broad as 
long; vomerine teeth large, molar-like, in a large crescentic 
patch ; a broad band of molar-like mandibular teeth, with an 
outer series of large obtusely conical ones. Depth of body 
8 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Head 14 as 
long as broad, its depth | 3 its width ; diameter of eye 11 times 
in leneth of head, 34 times in interorbital width ; nasal barbel 
extending to praeopercle, maxillary barbel to opercle, First 
dorsal | 4, its depth 2 length of head; confluent dorsal, anal, 
and caudal with 190 rays (D. 90; C.18; A. 82). Pectoral 
with 12, soft rays, ventral with 145 pectoral spine a little 
longer an dorsal, 2 length of head. Uniform dark olive 
above, whitish beneath. 

Total length 420 millim. 


A single specimen, from the mouth of the Baram River. 


Rasbora Hosit. 


Depth of body 3§ to 34 times in total length, length of 
head 4 times. Snout as long as diameter of eye, 34 times 
in length of head ; interorbital width half length of head ; no 
barbels. Dorsal II 7, originating a little nearer base of 
caudal fin than end of snout, nearer to base of ventrals than 
to origin of anal fin, and opposite to the eleventh scale of the 
lateral line. Anal II 5. Pectoral nearly as long as head, 
not reaching ventral. Scales 28-29 3; one seule Belgreen 
lateral line and base of ventral. Caudal as long as head. 
Olive above, silvery beneath, the dorsal and lateral scales 
with a blackish edge; caudal edged with blackish. 

Total length 110 millim. 

T'wo specimens, from the Baram River. 


te 


248 Dr. A. G. Butler on Charaxes azota. 


XXXII.—A new Species of Lepton from Guernsey. 
By Grorce W. CHASTER. 


DurinG the examination of a large quantity of material 
dredged last summer off Guernsey by Mr. E. R. Sykes, B.A., 
F.Z.S., I met with several examples of a minute bivalve 
which appears to be new. Subjoined is a brief description. 


Lepton Sykesit, sp. n. 


Shell minute, nearly oval, with a tendency to a subrhom- 
boidal outline, rather convex, inzquilateral, very thin and 
hyaline, sculptured with numerous regularly disposed con- 
centric strize ; epidermis inconspicuous or absent ; umbones 
large, but not projecting ; margins rounded; teeth, in each 
valve an extremely minute erect cardinal placed beneath the 
umbo and an anterior and posterior lateral. 

Length 1 millim., height rather less. 

From the fry of L. sguamosum and nitidum this species is 
readily recognized by the want of prominence of the umbones 
and by the sculpture, and from L-suleatulum and Clarkicee 
by the different shape and hinge. In outline it somewhat 
resembles the young of Laswa rubra, though the teeth and 
sculpture are very unlike. 

I have great pleasure in associating the name of my friend 
Mr. Sykes with the species. 


XX XI1I.—On Charaxes azota of Hewitson, a rare Butterfly 
of which the Type Specimen is not in Hewitson’s Collection. 


By A. G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.8., &e. 


In 1877 Mr. Hewitson described a female Charaxes under 
the name Philognoma azota in the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly 
Magazine,’ vol. xiv. p. 82. It was obtained at Delagoa Bay 
by Mr. and Mrs. Monteiro, and was, apparently, so nearly 
related to the female of Charaxes protoclea, that it could 
hardly be expected that Mr. Hewitson, with his broad views 
respecting the variability of Butterflies, would have con- 
sidered it worthy of a name.- However, the fact remains that 
he did give it the appellation of Philognoma azota. 

The following year Mr. Hewitson, in the same volume of 
the Magazine, described a form believed to be the male of 


Dr. A. G. Butler on Charaxes azota. 249 
what he now recognized as a true Charaxes. His type of the 
latter, still in his collection, was received from Nyasaland, 
and obtained by Mr. Thelwall. 

In 1892 a specimen of the true male of C. azota was 
received from Delagoa Bay, through the Rev. Henri A. 
Junod, and in 1894 Mr. Whyte brought home a collection 
from Zomba in which was a male corresponding with 
Mr. Hewitson’s example, and clearly proving that the forms 
from Delagoa Bay and Nyasa are as distinct as C. azota 


itself from OC. protoclea. 
follows :— 


C. azota. 


Tawny border of primaries with- 
out defined spots from inner margin 
to second median branch, whence 
it separates into two series of 
tawny spots, of which the inner 
row consists of five and the outer 
of six. 


Outer tawny border of second- 
aries occupying nearly half the 
wing, its inner edge straight. 


Shining central or postmedian 
band on under surface, especially on 
secondaries, very narrow; ground- 
colour bright rufous-brown. 

Delagoa Bay. 


They may then be distinguished as 


C. nyasana. 


Tawny border of primaries with 
well-defined black spots at centre 
of each division, but undivided 
into spots to above third median 
branch, so that the inner series of 
the furea consists of two and a 
half and the outer of three and a 
half tawny spots. 

Outer tawny border of second- 
aries occupying only two fifths of 
the wing, its inner edge acutely 
zigzag from the median vein to 
the costa. 

Shining central band of all the 
wings very broad below, the 
ground-colour dull smoky rufous- 
brown. 


Nyasaland (Zomba). 


C. azota was described shortly before Mr. Hewitson’s 


death, and it is possible that the female type may never have 
been actually purchased from Mrs. Monteiro, who (in her 
work on Delagoa Bay) gives an illustration of it; at any 
rate, it is not in his collection, and was not there when 
Mr. Kirby catalogued it. The male from Nyasa, however, 
is in the series of Charazes, though only labelled with its 
locality, and corresponds tolerably closely with the specimen 
brought home by Mr. Whyte, thus clearly proving the 
Nyasa form to be constant in its characters. 


250 Mr. G. Lewis on 


XXXIV.—On the Cistelides and other Heteromerous Species 
of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


(Plate VIIT.] 


THIS paper is written to follow that of the Tenebrionide, 
published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 
pp. 377-400, and 465-485, 1894; and in some notes given 
here at the end of the Cidemeride will be found some refer- 
ences to the synonymy which is necessary to bring the paper 
of last year up to date. Of the families now treated of, 
Marseul in 1876 enumerated nearly fifty species, and about 
forty more have been described by other authors, including 
myself, and these, with the additions recorded here, bring the 
entire number to about 175. The Pyrochroide have been 
chiefly dealt with separately in a paper in the Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. pp. 167-174, 1887, and the 
Mordellidew, Rhipiphoride, Meloide, and Cantharide remain 
to be worked out before the Heteromerous series 1s complete 
so far as my Japanese collection is concerned. 

The collections in the National Museum of the later 
families in the Heteromera have not been of material use to 
me; they are not so rich in named specimens as in the 
Tenebrionide, but [ am again much indebted to Mr. G. C. 
Champion for both the loan of typical specimens and for a 
continuance of the kindly assistance given to me last year. 
It will be noticed also from the number of genera I have been 
obliged to establish that this section of the Heteromera has 
been less studied, owing partly no doubt to the greater paucity 
of material in collections than in the genera of the earlier 
series, and this too after using, as other authors have done, 
names sunk in the Munich Catalogue as synonymic. 

In the list of species at the end of this paper a reference is 
again given to the year of the ‘ Zoological Record’ in which 
some isolated descriptions may be found. ‘This only applies 
to species to which the full reference is not given here or in 
Marseul’s memoir of 1876 or the Munich Catalogue of 1869. 


Allecula cryptomeric, sp. n. 


Elongata, opaca, nigra; antennis, palpis pedibusque rufis vel ob- 
scure brunneis; thorace leviter punctulato; elytris punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis impunctatis convexis. 

L. 16-174 mill. 

Elongate, rather parallel at the sides, black, opaque ; the 
head sparingly and unevenly punctured; the thorax ob- 
scurely punctulate, with a faint median channel, nearly as 
long as broad, bisinuous at base; the scutellum almost 


the Cistelidee &e. of Japan. 251 


smooth ; the elytra deeply punctate-striate, interstices i1m- 
punctate and convex; antenne, mouth-organs, tibie and 
tarsi reddish brown, thighs darker. 

This fine species is longer and much more parallel in form 
than A. fuliginosa, Miklin; the thorax much less transverse 
and the punctures in it are so fine and sparse that in certain 
lights it appears smooth. 

flab. Chiuzenji, Nikko, and Mayebashi. Apparently 
local; found running at night on large decaying trunks of 
Cryptomeria japonica. 


Allecula fuliginosa, Miklin. 


Allecula fuliginosa, Makl. Act. Fenn. x. p. 566 (1875). 
Allecula obscura, Har. Abh. Ver. Brem., y. p. 182 (1876). 
Allecula velutina, Mars, Ann, Soc. Ent, Fr. vi. p. 322 (1876). 


Hab. Nagasaki, Kioto, and other places ; very abundant. 


Allecula melanaria, Maiklin. 


Allecula melanaria, Mikl. Act. Fenn. x. p. 569 (1875). 
Allecula rufipes, Mars. 1876, nec rufipes, Fabr. 1801. 


Hab. Yokohama and Nagasaki; taken very commonly at 
both places. 


Allecula noctivaga, sp. n. 


Klongata, brunneo-nigra, opaca, griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque 
densissime punctulatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis dense 
et minute punctatis, marginibus externis anguste rufis. 


Ibi. 64-64 mill. 


Elongate, brownish black, opaque ; the head densely and 
evenly punctulate ; the thorax even more densely punctulate 
and opaque, somewhat quadrate, nearly as broad before as 
behind ; the scutellum reddish brown, punctulate ; the elytra 
more than three times the length of the head and thorax, 
parallel for two thirds the length, then gradually narrowing 
to the apices, outer margin dull red, striz deep and punc- 
tate (especially the fourth), interstices densely and minutely 
punctured ; the antenne and legs reddish brown, thighs darker 
before their apices. 

Hab. Kashiwagi. Two examples, 22nd June, 1881. 


Allecula simiola, sp. n. 


Parum elongata, rufo-brunnea, subnitida ; capite thoraceque dense 
punctatis ; elytris marginibus internis et externis rufis. 
L. 67-74 mill. 


Rather elongate, reddish brown, somewhat shining, clothed 


252 Mr. G. Lewis on 


with tawny pubescence ; the head rather densely punctured 
and relatively wide between the eyes; the thorax wider than 
long, widest posteriorly, hind angles obtuse, punctured some- 
what similarly to the head, but a little more densely before 
the scutellum, median impression faint ; the scutellum reddish, 
punctulate; the elytra not parallel laterally, but widest 
behind the posterior coxe, punctate-striate, interstices ob- 
scurely punctulate, narrowly red on the sutural and outer 
edges, dorsal region darkest ; the antenne, mouth-organs, and 
legs wholly reddish brown. 

Larger, with a wider head and thicker antenne, but other- 
wise very similar to A. tenuis, Mars., 1876 (nec tenuis, 
Fairm., 1894). 


Hab. Kashiwagi and Nikko; one example at each place. 


Allecula eneipennis, Harold. 
Allecula eneipennis, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 80 (1878). 


Distinguished from all in this series by the green or blue 
colouring of the elytra. 

Hab. Fukushima, Kashiwagi, Nikko, and Chiuzenji. An 
abundant species where it occurs. ‘Tokio, the locality given 
by Harold, is probably an error, as I found it only at inter- 
mediate and high elevations. 


Hymenorus veterator, sp. n. 


Elongatus, brunneo-niger, pubescens, parum nitidus ; capite thorace- 
que distincte punctatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, apicalibus vage 
rufis; antennis pedibusque rufis. 

L. 62 mill. 


Elongate, brown-black, with tawny pubescence, somewhat 
shining; the head rather closely punctured; the thorax 
transverse, widest before the base, arched anteriorly, punc- 
tured like the ead, bisinuous at the base, distinctly impressed 
before the scutellum ; the elytra rather long, not quite parallel 
at the sides, punctate-striate, interstices obscurely punctulate 
and transversely rugose, apices vaguely reddish ; the antenne 
and legs clear red. 

Hab, Nikko and Maiyasan near Kobé. Three examples 


only, taken in August. 
Cistela Haagi. 
Pseudocistela Haagi, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 80 (1878). 


Harold only knew the female; the male has strongly pecti- 
nate antenne, and the thorax is, in all my specimens, red at 
and within the posterior angles only. I have one female with 
the thorax entirely black. 


the Cistelidee de. of Japan. 253 


Hab. Nikko, Miyanoshita, and Kashiwagi, in June. In 
Nagasaki as early as March. 


Mycetochares collina, sp. n. 
Picea, nigro-pubescens, nitida; elytris 4-maculatis, maculis rufis ; 


pedibus rufis. 
L. 43-53 mill. 


Piceous, clothed with black pubescence; the head rather 
wide, width especially noticeable between the eyes, irregu- 
larly and rather finely punctured; the thorax widest near 
the middle and rounded off to the anterior angles, posteriorly 
rectangular, punctured like the head, basal fovez well-marked, 
with a rather wide antescutellar depression; the scutellum 
triangular and distinctly punctured; the elytra parallel at 
the sides, with a lobe-shaped red spot behind the humeral 
angle and a second transverse spot well before the apex and 
placed midway between the outer and sutural edges, punctate- 
striate, striae not well-defined, owing to the punctuation, 
interstices vaguely rugose and punctulate; the antenne red, 


with joints 6 to 10 usually infuscate ; the legs clear red. 
Hab. Kashiwagi. 


Mycetochares mimica, sp. n. 


Nigro-brunnea, griseo-pubescens, nitida; elytris basi bimaculatis ; 
pedibus brunneis, 
L, 43-6 mill. 


Blackish brown, with greyish pubescence ; the head nar- 
rower than that of J. collina, irregularly and rather coarsely 
punctured ; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, punctured like 
the head, basal fovea not well defined ; the scutellum trian- 
gular, punctured irregularly ; the elytra not parallel at the 
sides, widest near the middle, sometimes with a small humeral 
red spot; the antenne and legs reddish brown. 

Resembles J. linearis, Ll., a European species. 

Hab. Hitoyoshi, Wada-togé, Sapporo and Junsai. 


Mycetochares scutellaris, sp. n. 
Brunnea, nigro-pubescens, nitida; capite elytrisqus infuscatis ; 
thorace obscure brunneo ; scutello rufo; antennis pedibusque rufo- 


testaceis. 
L. 44-42 mill. 


Somewhat elongate, narrower than either of the last two 
species, reddish brown, shining ; the head somewhat narrow, 
punctulate, nearly black between the eyes, anterior part and 
mouth-organs testaceous; the thorax rather finely punctured, 
brownish, darkest on the disk ; the scutellum reddish brown 


254 Mr. G. Lewis on 


or bright red; the elytra darker in colour than the thorax, 
sometimes immaculate, usually with a humeral flavous spot 
and a second transverse one before the apex, rather parallel 
at the sides, punctate-striate ; the antenne and legs reddish 
brown, the antenne being rather the darkest. 

Hab. Konosé. A series taken, 17th May, 1881. 


Pytho nivalis, Lewis. 
Pytho nivalis, Lew. Ent. xxi. p. 220 (1888). 


This is the only species at present known from Japan. 

Hab. Niohosan, and on the highest altitudes above Nikko, 
in places where the snow remains in shady spots until the 
beginning of June. 


ISTRISIA, gen. nov. 


This genus has most of the characteristics of Salpingus. 
The chief differences are: ten joints of the antennz monili- 
form, basal joint nearly as large again as the second; 2-7 
almost similar, 8-9 thicker and larger than the basal joint, 
terminal largest and conical; maxillary palpi, 2 basal joints 
short, third moniliform, terminal longer but not wider; the 
leos and tarsi are formed like those in Salpingus. ‘The thorax 
is gradually narrowed at the sides from behind the anterior 
angle; the elytra not striate. Having only one example, I 
give an outline of the body, and an enlarged drawing of the 


palpi (fig. 1). 


Fig. 1. 


Istrisia rufobrunnea, sp. n. 


Elongata, subdepressa, parallela, brunnea, punctata, nitida; tho- 
race basi angustiore; elytris punctatis, haud striatis; antennis 
pedibusque concoloribus. 


aeons 


Elongate, parallel, very slightly convex, brown, shining ; 
the head rather wide, carinate at the sides from the anterior 


the Cistelide de. of Japan. 255 


part past the antenne to the eyes, sparsely punctate, trian- 
gularly impressed between the antenne, sides parallel, with 
the eyes abruptly prominent; the thorax, punctured like the 
head, widest just behind the anterior margin, then gradually 
lessening in width to the base, where it is narrower than 
behind the neck ; the scutellum smooth; the elytra punctate, 
punctures at times vaguely arranged in longitudinal lines ; 
the legs and antenne palish brown, somewhat lighter in 
colour than the body. 


Hab. Sapporo. 
Salpingus niponicus, sp. n. 


Nigrescens, nitidus; capite thoraceque punctatis; elytris nigro- 
brunneis ; antennis articulis 1°-8™ rufis, 9°-11™ nigris. 


L. 23-31 mill. 


Blackish, shining; the head very clearly punctate, punc- 
tures rather closely set, eyes prominent ; the thorax, punctate 
like the head, arched at the sides before the narrowed base, 
usually with a fovea on the middle of the anterior edge; the 
elytra striate-punctate, interstices smooth, brown, dark brown, 
or nearly black with humeral angle brown; the antenna, 
eight basal joints reddish brown, three apical black ; the legs 
dull brown, tarsi paler. 

I did not obtain a species of Rhinosimus, but the genus 
probably occurs in the north. 

Hab. Nikko, Chiuzenji, Nishimura, and Junsai. 


Lissodema ainunum, sp. 1. 


Robustum, piceo-nigrum, nitidum ; elytris pallide testaceis, basi et 
medio dorsi infuscatis ; antennis parum brevibus. 


L. 34 mill. 


Rather robust, pitchy black, shining ; the head somewhat 
wide and rather roughly punctate, mouth-organs reddish 
brown; the thorax 4-denticulate laterally and closely punc- 
tate, with two basal fovee ; the elytra striate-punctate, pale 
testaceous, with two lobe-shaped patches at the base and a 
band across the middle of the dorsum (the band widens out 
in the sutural area) infuscate; the antenne and legs reddish 
brown, the former being shorter and stouter than those of any 
other of this series. 

Hab. Junsai. ‘Two examples only. 


Lissodema plagiatum, sp. n. 


Longiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; capite thoraceque dense punc- 
tatis ; elytris macula subhumerali flavo-testacea ; tibiis tarsisque 
pallide brunneis. 

L. 23 mill. 


256 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Black, shining ; the head a little prolonged before the eyes, 
with two lateral impressions near the bases of the antenne, 
mouth-organs palish; the thorax 4-dentate, narrowed at the 
base behind the posterior denticulation, densely punctured, 
with one very distinct fovea on each side near the base; the 
elytra punctate-striate at the base, the strie gradually 
becoming punctiform after the middle, behind the humeral 
angle and extending across the wing-case nearly to the 
sutural stria is a pale yellowish spot, more or less defined 
and in one specimen almost absent; the antenne, joints 1-8 
reddish brown, 9-10 black, terminal reddish at the apex 
only; the legs, thighs infuscate, tibize and tarsi pale brown. 

This is the most elongate species of this series. 

Hab. Junsai. Four or five examples. 


Lissodema pictipenne, sp. n. 
Breve, nigrum, nitidum; capite parum sparse, thorace dense 
punctatis; elytris distincte 4-maculatis, maculis flavis ; tibiis 


tarsisque pallide brunneis. 
L. 23 mill. 


Black, shining, body somewhat short ; the head punctured, 
punctures clear but not set closely ; the thorax, 4-denticulate 
laterally, little narrowed at the base, with two shallow fovee ; 
the elytra widest at the middle, punctate-striate, punctures 
not evanescent at or before the apices, with a transverse, 
somewhat broad, flavous spot before the base, which reaches 
from the sutural stria outwards nearly to the edge, and there is 
a second somewhat oval spot on each wing-case before the 
apex; the legs, thighs darkish, tibiz and tarsi pale brown; 
the antenne, joints 1-8 obscurely brown, 9-L1 somewhat 
large, infuscate, with the apex of the last reddish. 

The somewhat enlarged apical joints of the antenne 
distinguish this species from others of the series, except 
L. validicorne. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. One example, August 23rd, 1881. 


Lissodema laevipenne, Mars. 

This species was found originally at Nagasaki, but I met 
with it afterwards in various places as far north as the plain 
of Fujisan. 

Lissodema japonum, Reitter. 
Lissodema japonum, Reitt. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 882 (1877). 


“Oblongum, leviter convexum, nitidum, piceo-brunneum, haud 
metallo-zeneum, ore, antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis; pro- 


the Cistelidee dc. of Japan. 257 


thorace transverso, confertissime fortiter punctato, ante basin 
utrinque oblique foveolato, lateribus rotundato, quinque denticu- 
lato, basin versus magis attenuato; scutello levi, elytris thorace 
paullo latioribus et triplo longioribus, lateribus late rotundatis, 
supra fortiter seriatim punctatis, interstitiis levibus.” 

L. 2°5 mill. 


Hab. “Japan.” Iam much indebted to Herr E. Reitter 
for an example of this species. I did not meet with it, but I 
believe it was taken by Herr Hiller at Hagi, north-east of 
Shimonoseki. 


Lissodema beatulum, sp. n. 


Parum breve, rufo-brunneum, nitidum; elytris tenuiter striato- 
punctatis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 
L, 23 mill. 


Somewhat short, reddish brown, shining; the head bi- 
impressed between the antenne, clearly and rather closely 
punctured ; the thorax arched at the sides, from the anterior 
angle to the base, punctured like the head, with two basal 
fovee ; the elytra are a little paler in colour than the thorax, 
especially at the humeral angles, punctures which constitute 
the striz are irregular, largest near the bases, and becoming 
gradually finer towards the apices, interstices flat; the 
antenna, joints 9-10 and the terminal, except at the apex, 
infuscate, the others with the legs reddish brown. 

Hab, Oyayama and Nishimura in June. Two examples. 


Lissodema dentatum, sp. n. 


Brunneo-nigrum, nitidum ; capite parum dense, thorace dense punc- 
tatis, hoc lateribus distincte denticulato; elytris unicoloribus, 
punctato-striatis ; antennis basi pedibusque obscure rufis. 


L, 28-3 mill. 


Brownish black, shining ; the head clearly but not thickly 
punctured, with a small, not always very distinct, fovea 
between the eyes; the thorax more closely punctured than 
the head, 4-foveolate, with the lateral denticulations some- 
what acute and well defined ; the elytra concolorous, punctate- 
striate, with the rows of punctures along the suture more or 
less broken; the antenne, basal joints red, 9-11 infuscate ; 
the legs wholly dull red. 

Hab. Fukushima and Junsai. A series of specimens from 
both places. 


The two following species have one lateral thoracic tooth 
yery prominent :— 


258 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Tissodema validicorne, sp. n. 


Parum breve, brunneo-nigrum, nitidum ; capite utrinque carinato ; 
thorace subeeneo, dense et parum profunde punctato, in medio 
valde dentato; elytris punctato-striatis; antennis articulis 1°—6™ 
flavis, 7°-11™ infuscatis ; tibiis tarsisque brunneis. 

L. 2 mill. 


This species is rather larger than L. tomaroddes, and like 
it has one very prominent tooth on the middle of the lateral 
edge; but the chief difference is in the antenne, the four 
apical joints are nearly black, and the 3-jointed club much 
more robust. 

Hab. Oyayama, June Ist, 1881. One specimen. 


Lissodema tomaroides, sp. n\. 


Breve, brunneo-nigrum, nitidum; capite sparse punctato, utrinque 
carinato; thorace lateribus in medio valde dentato ; elytris in 
medio latioribus ; antennis pedibusque brunneis. 


L, 18-2 mill. 


Rather short, brownish black, shining ; the head carinate 
on either side over the eyes and as far as the antenne, not 
closely punctured, especially between the eyes; the thorax 
closely and more coarsely punctured than the head, the 
second lateral denticulation from the base is at the middle of 
the thoracic margin and is very prominent, two anterior 
teeth obsolete; the elytra widest in the middle, rather 
browner than the thorax, punctate-striate ; the antenne are 
slender and relatively shorter than others of this series, and 
are with the legs pale brown. 

Resembles a species of Corticaria or Tomarus. 

Hab. Miyanoshita. Found rather commonly. 


Lissodema minutum, sp. n. 


Breve, brunneo-nigrum, nitidum; capite utrinque carinato, sparse 
punctulato; thorace transverso, dense punctato; elytris late 
ovatis, punctato-striatis ; antennis basi pedibusque pallide brun- 
neis. 


L. 14 mill. 


This minute species is remarkable in having the thorax 
distinctly transverse and the elytra broadly oval. ‘The elytra 
are much broader than the thorax. 

Hab. Oyayama. One example, June Ist, 1881. 


the Cistelidee dc. of Japan. 259 


Hustrophus niponicus, Sp. Nn. 


This species is extremely like £. dermestoides, Fabr. It 
differs structurally in being a little narrower in body, thoracic 
posterior angles much less overlapping, thorax more rounded 
off behind the eye; scutellum one-fourth smaller; hind tibia 
less stout, with the tarsi longer and less robust. Tn sculpture 
the punctuation is less marked, and the carina along the base 
of thorax much less conspicuous. ‘lhe pubescence also is 
more tawny. 

Hab. Sapporo. Two examples only. 


Holostrophus orientalis, sp. u. 


Oblongo-ovalis, rufo-brunneus, pubescens ; elytris bifasciatis, disco 
rufo-bimaculato, apicibus obscure rufis ; antennis pedibusque rufo- 


brunneis. 
L. 6-62 mill. 


Oblong oval, rather densely clothed with short pubescence ; 
the head wholly red; the thorax, disk, and base more or less 
widely infuseate, anterior and lateral edge reddish, rather 
densely punctulate ; the elytra black, with a fascia at the 
base reddish brown, the fascia leaves two round dusky spots 
on the basal edge, one near the humeral angle, the other 
midway between it and the suture, posteriorly the fascia 1s 
bidentate, the inner dentation being the strongest, on the 
middle of the dorsum on each side of the suture is a reddish 
spot irregular in outline, and behind it on the outer elytral 
edge and extending two-thirds across the wing-case, 1S a 
second fascia, the apices of the elytra are also somewhat 
reddish brown ; the antenne and legs reddish brown, with the 
thicker joints of the former somewhat dusky. In one 
example the dusky spots at the base of the elytra join. 

Hab. Hitoyoshi on Rakuwayama in May, and at Niigata 
in September. 


Holostrophus dux, sp. n. 


H. quadrimaculato simillimus, at multo major et latior; capite 
rufo ; thorace nigro; elytris 4-maculatis ; subtus rufo-brunneus. 
L. 62 mill. 

This fine species in colour and elytral markings is extremely 
like H. 4-maculatus, but it is very much larger and the legs 
and tarsiare much more robust. ‘The head is red; the thorax 
black above; the elytra with four red spots, the red spot 
below the shoulder is narrower and more transverse than that 
of 4-maculatus, and it leaves a much wider margin of black 
on the outer edge e, and the anterior edge of the maculation is 


260 Mr. G. Lewis on 


obtusely dentate in the middle; the second spot is also rela- 
tively narrower and more transverse, and it leaves a wide 
margin both at the suture and on the outer margin, and it is 
also further from the apex of the wing-case. Body beneath 
reddish brown. 

Hab, Yuyama. 


Holostrophus 4-maculatus, sp. n. 
Oblongo-ovatus, subtus rufo-brunneus ; elytris 4-maculatis, maculis 
rufis, macula posteriore tranversa; antennis pedibusque rufo- 
brunneis. 
L. 33-4 mill. 

Oblong oval, clothed with short pubescence ; the head 
piceous or reddish brown; the thorax black, punctulate, some- 
times with an obscure reddish spot on the middle of the lateral 
margin ; the elytra black, with a red lobe-shaped spot before 
the base, which nearly touches the epipleure, but on the 
sutural side leaves a wide interstice, before the apex is a 
second red spot, transverse in form, sometimes it touches the 
epipleuree, and sometimes it is interrupted at the suture, but 
not usually ; the antenne and legs clear reddish brown. 

The punctuation of the thorax is more clearly defined than 
in that of H. orventalis. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Fujisan Plain, and Nikko. 


Holostrophus unicolor, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovalis, punctulatus, obscure niger, subtus brunneo-niger ; 
elytris immaculatis ; antennis pedibusque dilutioribus. 
L. 4 mill. 


This species is smaller and narrower than H. 4-maculatus, 
with the upper surface concolorous ; the antenna, palpi, tibie, 
and tarsi reddish brown, with thighs darker. ‘The surface- 
sculpture in this and the three preceding species 1s very similar, 
and the characters suitable for specific distinctions relate 
chiefly to colour. 

I am indebted to Dr. Horn, the author of the genus Holo- 
strophus, for indicating, when on a visit here, that my Hastern 
captures belong to his genus. 

Hab. Yuyama in Higo. Three specimens in May. 


Orchesia elegantula, sp. n. 


Elliptica, fusco-brunnea, pubescens ; elytris rufo-brunneis, nigro- 
fasciatis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 
164 IF mill. 


Elliptical, dusky brown, pubescent, densely and minutely 


the Cistelidee te. of Japan. 261 


sculptured above; the head reddish brown; the thorax red- 
dish brown behind the head, the rest infuscate, less pubescent 
on the reddish part than behind, thoracic fovew shallow and 
somewhat triangular ; the elytra, margins of the suture infus- 

cate, and at the ‘base of the wing-case, ‘and sometimes touching 
the basal edge, is a dark longitudinal blotch which joins the 
sutural marking and at about half its length it spreads out 


oS 
towards the lateral edge, over the second segment of the 


? 

abdomen is a dark undulating fascia which extends quite 
across the elytra, at the apex is a third dark marking which 
leaves a very narrow reddish margin on the outer edge; > the 
antenne and legs reddish brown, with 7-10 joints of fhe first 
generally dusky. moe species and the next agree with O. 
undulata, Kraatz, i 1 having the last four antennal joints 
enlarged and eine a lake 

The elytral markings of this and O. ¢mitans differ from 
O. undulata, Kraatz ; otherwise they are not very dissimilar, 


Hab. Junsai. Several specimens. 


Orchesta imitans, sp. 0. 


Elliptica, rufo-brunnea, pubescens; elytris trifasciatis, lateralibus 
in medio nigro-maculatis ; antennis pedibusque brunneo-rufis, 
L, 4-42 mill. 

Elliptical, reddish brown, densely sculptured, pubescent ; 
the head and thorax unicolorous ; thoracic fovea wide and 
shallow ; the elytra, margins of the suture infuscate, at the 
base is a somewhat similar marking to that of O. elegantula, 
but less defined in outline, the middle fascia is broader and 
in front of it near the lateral edge is a detached dark spot, 
the apical marking is rather broader and the margin less 
distinctly red; the antenne and legs reddish brown, with 
7-10 joints of the first dusky. 

Smiller than O. elegantula, with the thorax usually wholly 
reddish brown. The detached spot near the middle of the 
elytral margin is also a conspicuous specific character. 

Hab. Ichiuchi, Miyanoshita, and other places; not un- 


common in South and Central Japan. 


Orchesia ocularis, sp. n. 
Elliptica, pallide rufo-brunnea ; thorace obscure brunneo vel infus- 
cato ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 53-52 mill, 
Hlliptical, rather pale reddish brown; the eyes coarsely 
‘ranulate, very large, in male nearly meeting above, female 
with the space between the eyes much wider; the thorax 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xv. 18 


262 Mr. G. Lewis on 


faintly dusky, especially on the disk, with the fore part red- 
dish, sculpture very clear and rather larger than that of the 
head; the elytra clear reddish brown, without fasciw; the 
antenne and legs testaceous ; the eighth joint of the antenne 
is not longer than the seventh, the three terminal joints form 
a club, which is much stouter than that of O. Marseult. 

Hab. Kashiwagi, in June. 


Orchesia Marseult, sp. n. 
Orchesia micans, Panz.; Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 333 (1876). 


This species differs structurally from O. micans in being 
larger and much more elongate, the thorax less broad at the 
base, and the basal joint of the hind tarsus is more than one- 
third longer. Marseul’s determination rested on indifferent 
specimens. 

Hab. Kashiwagi, Fukushima, Chiuzenji, and Junsai. 


Microscapha japonica, Reitter. 
Lederia japonica, Reit. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 80 (1891). 


Hab. Kashiwagi and Nagasaki. Rather common in hay- 
stack-refuse at the latter place in March. 


Microscapha jfenilis, sp. n. 


Elliptica, convexa, pubescens, obscure brunnea, supra minutissime 
strigosa; antennis articulis primo et secundo robustis. 
L. 12 mill. 


This species is much broader than JZ. japonica and much 
darker in colour; the two basal joints of the antenne are 
shorter and much stouter. The abdominal segments of the 
male in both species are very curious ; there is a broad channel 
in the middle bordered by a carina: the channel equally 
occupies all the segments, but in J/. japonica it is compara- 
tivey shallow. 

The two basal joints of the antenne in this genus are 
remarkable for their size and length. 

Hab. Simabara and Nagasaki. ‘Two examples. 


Microscapha lata, sp. n. 


Ovalis, convexa, pubescens, piceo-brunnea, nitida; elytris apice per- 
spicue dehiscentibus ; antennis pedibusque testaceis. 
L. 23 mill. 

This species is at once known from the two preceding by 
its larger size, greater breadth, and the gaping apices of the 
wing-cases, and also by the absence of a sternal sulcus in 
front of the posterior coxe. ‘The abdomen is only feebly 


the Cistelide dc. of Japan. 263 


impressed where in M. japonicr and M. fonilis there is a 
conspicuous longitudinal channel, but my examples apparently 
are both females. 

flab. Kashiwagi. Two examples, 23rd June, 1881. 


Synchroa crepuscula, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 1.) 


Elongata, angustata, infuscata, subopaca, pubescens; capite thorace- 
que minute et dense punctatis; elytris distincte striatis, interstitiis 
convexis; antennis pedibusque obscure rufo-brunneis. 

L. 18 mill. 


Klongate, narrow, dusky or blackish brown, somewhat 
opaque, with short greyish pubescence; the head finely and 
densely punctured ; the thorax, sculptured like the head, 
narrowest anteriorly, feebly swollen in the middle, widest at 
the posterior angles, angles obtusely produced, depressions at 
the base wide and shallow; the elytra, very long and narrow, 
distinctly striate throughout, interstices convex and finely 
punctulate; the antenne, palpi, and legs dull reddish brown. 
The third joints in all the tarsi are shorter than those of 
S. melanotoides. 

This is the finest species of the genus known at present. 


Hab, Sapporo and Junsai. Only five specimens. 


Synchroa melanotoides, sp. n. 


Elongata, elliptica, infuscata, subnitida, pubescens ; capite thoraceque 
parum dense punctatis ; elytris striis leviter impressis; antennis 
pedibusque obscure brunneis. 

L. 10-123 mill. 


Elongate, elliptical, dusky brown, somewhat shining, with 
somewhat long tawny pubescence; the head rather densely 
but not finely punctured; the thorax narrowest anteriorly 
and gradually widening to the base, posterior angles not pro- 
duced, depressions at the base deep, somewhat triangular, 
and not widening out like those of S. crepuscula; the elytra, 
strie feebly impressed, interstices punctured like the head 
and thorax; the antenne and legs dull brown. 

This species somewhat resembles S. umbrina, Mels. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Kurigahara, Sapporo, and Junsai. 


Many specimens. 


Serropalpus niponicus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, angustatus, brunneus, pubescens; eapite thoraceque 
densissime rugoso-punctulatis ; elytris distincte striatis, interstitiis 
dense rugoso-punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 

L. 9 mill. 


This species is similar in form and colour to S. filiformis, 
Se 


264 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Mars., but the elytra are wholly and distinct striate like those 
of the European species S. barbatus, Schall. S. niponicus 
differs markedly, however, from the last-named in the elytral 
interstices being much more rugose and more convex. 


Hab, Fukushima. One example, 28th July, 1881. 


MIKADONIUS, gen. nov. 


This genus should be placed close to Serropalpus ; tlie most 
conspicuous differences consist in the prominent eyes, form of 
the thorax, and in the shortness of the third joint of the pos- 
terior tarsus. Body elongate, parallel laterally; head scarcely 
as wide as the anterior part of the thorax ; eyes prominent, 
finely granulate ; maxillary palpi, last joint cultriform and 
large, other joints triangular, enlarged on the inner edge; 
antenne filiform, long, and slender, first joint stoutest, second 
much less robust and about half the length, third as long as 
the basal joint, 4, 6, 7 equal, fifth shorter than the fourth, 
8-11 equal and rather longer than the seventh ; thorax 
widest behind, narrowest in front; scutellum somewhat 
square; legs elongate; tibie with two strong and lengthy 
spurs at the tarsal end; tarsi, the fourth joints of anterior and 
intermediate pairs short and coequal with those of the third 
joints of the posterior pair. 


Mikadonius gracilis, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, g.) 
Elongatus, angustatus. griseo-pubescens, vix nitidus, capite thoraceque 
densissime punctatis; elytris in colore variabilibus; antennis 
pedibusque testaceis. 
L. 7-12 mill. g,, 9-13 mill. 9. 


Elongate, narrow, parallel at the sides, with grey or tawny 
pubescence; the head and thorax very closely punctured, the 
latter narrowest anteriorly, slightly swollen about the middle, 
widest behind ; the elytral sculpture finer and less deep than 
that of the head and thorax. ‘The sexes differ in colour. Male: 
mouth-organs, head (except a wide black band between the 
eyes), undersides of basal joints of the antenne, legs, under- 
side of the thorax, mesosternum, and first segment of abdomen 
(partly) testaceous; metasternum and apical joints of the 
abdomen blackish brown; elytra infuscate on the margins, 
with a pale longitudinal vitta as shown in the figure. Female: 
mouth-organs, apical joints of antenne somewhat vaguely, 
tibie, and tarsi testaceous ; elytra with a short palish vitta in 
the middle of the wing-case, but close to the base, and a 
longer not well-defined second vitta, which commences near 
the humeral angle and continues down nearly to the apex, 


the Cistelidee &e. of Japan. 265 


other parts infuscate. Some allowance must be made for 
variation, but my specimens are fairly constant in colour. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Chiuzenji, and Nishimura in June. 
Ten examples. 


EURYZILORA, gen. nov. 


The species of this genus is oblong and wide, resembling 
in outline a species of Luciola. Palpi robust, last joint cultri- 
form; antenne slender, joints 4-10 scarcely obconical, last joint 
elongate; head somewhat broad, eyes rather prominent; thorax 
transverse, arched laterally ; scutellum rather wide, semi- 
circular behind; elytra parallel laterally, depressed, striate ; 
legs and tarsi more robust and shorter, but similar to those of 
Zilora. ‘The last joimt of the palpus is long and parallel at 
the sides as compared with that of Zc/ora (agreeing more with 
Phleotrya), the genus to which it is in most respects similar. 


Euryzilora lividipennis, sp.n. (Fig. 2.) 
Oblonga, piceo-brunnea, nigro-pubescens ; thorace 4-foveolato ; ely- 
tris striatis, lividis ; antennis basi pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 
L. 11-113 mill, 
Oblong, pitchy brown, with black pubescence obliquely 
erect ; the head rather wide and uneven, irregularly and not 
closely punctured ; the thorax, sometimes reddish in parts, 


punctured like the head, median channel not well defined, 
basal fovea shallow, with a second in front of it, but nearer 
the middle of the disk, deeper; the elytra rugosely striate, 
interstices rather convex and obscurely punctate: or rough, 
lateral margins narrowly dull reddish brown ; the antenne, 
three basal joints reddish, others more or less dusky ; the legs 
wholly reddish brown. 
Hab. Chiuzenji and Nikko. Three examples only. 


266 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Phleotrya bellicosa, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, infuscata, opaca; capite in medio impresso ; 
elytris granulatis, obsolete tristriatis ; antennis pedibusque ob- 
scure brunneis. 


L. 20-21 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, dusky brown, opaque ; the head densely 
and evenly granulate, with a circular impression between the 
eyes ; the thorax convex above, also densely but more coarsely 
granulate than the head, with small irregularly set nodules 
behind the neck and on the disk ; the elytra densely granulate 
like the head, with three striz more or less visible and wide 
apart; the antenne and legs dull dusky brown. 

I believe this is the largest species known. 

Hab. Buno, Nishimura, Sapporo, and Junsai. 


Phleotrya rugicollis, Mars. 

This species has more slender legs than P. bellicosa and 
relatively shorter tarsal joints ; the third joint of the hind tarsus 
is especially noticeable in this respect. 

L. 65-114 mill. 

Hab. Maiyasan near Kobe, Kashiwagi, Sapporo, and Junsai. 


Dircea flavitarsis, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.) 
Elongata, parallela, fusco-brunnea; elytris bifasciatis ; antennis 
articulo ultimo tarsisque flavis. 
L, 114-14 mill. 

Elongate, parallel, dusky brown, somewhat opaque; the 
head densely sculptured, usually with a well-marked fovea 
between the eyes; the thorax margined laterally, fuscous, 
with a median yellowish pattern, which widens out trans- 
versely on the anterior and posterior margins ; the scutellum 
yellow ; the elytra finely and very densely granulate, with a 
reddish-yellow transverse band rather before the middle with 
dentate-sinuate edges, meeting at the suture, but not touching 
the outer edges, before the apex is a lobe-shaped yellow spot 
with its anterior edges only dentate; the antenne dusky, 
with the terminal joints flavous ; the thighs and tibie dusky 
brown, tarsi yellow. : 

Hab. Yuyama, Miyanoshita, and Nikko. Found com- 
monly. 


Dircea validicornis, sp. n. 


Elongata, elliptica, nigra ; thorace canaliculato ; elytris 6-maculatis ; 
antennis funiculi articulis sensim crassioribus. 


iS amnallle 


Elongate, elliptical, black, with a bluish tinge above, some- 


the Cistelide de. of Japan. 267 


what shining, with short pubescence ; the head rather densely, 
not coarsely punctured, face nearly flat; the thorax densely 
sculptured and transversely rugose, median channel rather 
deep and a little shortened before neck; the scutellum semi- 
circular in outline; the elytra, finely and densely sculptured, 
with two lobe-shaped spots on the edge of the wing-case near 
the middle of the base, two median spots or bands on the 
space over the intermediate and posterior coxe, these spots 
touch the outer margin and leave a wide area near the suture 
dark, and are emarginate in front and feebly sinuous be- 
hind, before the apex are two bands which nearly touch the 
suture and the outer edge, and have sinuous edges, all the 
spots orange-red; the antenneg, first and second joints cylin- 
drical, third to the tenth gradually widen and flatten out, 
joints 8,9, and 10 are markedly transverse, terminal joint 
conical in outline, all densely black; the legs black, claws 
palish. 

Except the form of the antenne, which may be a sexual 
character only, I can see nothing to separate this species 
from Dircea. 

flab. Ikenchaiya near Kashiwagi. One example only, 
June 22nd, 1881. 

Dircea erotyloides, sp. n. 
Elongata, elliptica, brunneo-nigra, subnitida; elytris 4-maculatis, 
maculis flavo-rufis et dentato-sinuatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L. 84-132 mill. 

Elongate, elliptical, brownish black, somewhat shining ; 
the head clearly punctulate, some points transversely con- 
fluent, not foveolate; the thorax longer than wide, widest 
before the base, densely punctured, transversely rugose, median 
channel narrow and reaching midway only from the base ; 
the scutellum densely punctured, semicircular in outline ; 
the elytra with four reddish-yellow maculations, each strongly 
dentate-sinuate and not touching the outer or sutural edges, 
sculptured like the thorax ; the antenne, legs, and under 
surface black. 

This species resembles D. 4-guttata, Payk. 

Hab. Nikko, Chiuzenji, and Buno. 


Dircea dentato-maculata, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, nigra, opaca ; elytris flavo-maculatis ; antennis 
(basi excepta) nigris. 
L. 11-124 mill. 
Elongate, parallel, black, opaque; the head densely but 
finely sculptured, usually with a deep frontal fovea; the 


268 Mr. G. Lewis on 


thorax arched and narrowly explanate laterally, rugosely 
punctured, with irregular indentations; the scutellum black, 
nearly quadrate; the elytra finely and densely sculptured, 
with four yellow markings or blotches with dentate edges, 
the anterior ones leave the widest space at the suture, but 
they each reach equally near the outer margin ; the antenne, 
three basal joints yellow, the rest black; the palpi and legs 
black, claws and last joint of the tarsus palish. The abdo- 
minal segments are sometimes, although rarely, yellow. 

Hab. Nikko and in the forests bordering the Kumagawa, 
a river which runs through the Province of Higo. 


Dirceea obscura, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, fusco-nigra, pubescens ; antennis basi, palpis, 
ore tarsisque rufo-testaceis. 


L. 63-8 mill. 


This species is somewhat similar to D. femoralis in colour, 
but the head is smaller, the thorax is longer than wide, the 
elytra less parallel, the thighs infuscate, and tibie more 
slender. 

Hab. Nikko, Miyanoshita, and Kashiwagi. Hight ex- 
amples. 

Dircea parvula, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, fusco-brunnea, pubescens ; antennis basi, thorace 
antice pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 


L. 5-53 mill. 


This species is extremely like the last, and might even be 
taken for a small variety of it, were it not for the antenna 
being more slender. It differs in colour also, the mouth- 
organs, palpi, three basal joints of antenne, anterior thoracic 
margin, and legs wholly are reddish brown. 

Hab. Nikko, Otaru, and Junsai. Three examples. 


Dircea femoralis, sp. n. 
Elongata, parallela, fusco-nigra, pubescens ; antennis basi et femo- 


ribus flavis. 
L. 9-93 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, infuscate, somewhat opaque, with short 
greyish pubescence ; the head densely granulate, with a linear 
impression before the neck ; the thorax wi ider than long, 
rounded off anteriorly, punctate-granulate, punctures most 
conspicuous just behind the anterior margin, with a shallow 
median longitudinal channel], scutellar fovea well-marked ; 


o 
the elytra, stria obsolete, finely granulate, and somewhat 


the Cistelide &e. of Japan. 269 


rugose, the rugosities formed transversely ; the antenne, two 
basal joints yellow, others with the palpi dusky; the legs, 
tibiw, and tarsi dusky, with the apices of the tibie some- 
times yellow, thighs wholly clear yellow. 

Hab. Yuyama and Kumamoto. Several specimens. 


Abdera scriptipennis, sp. n. 
Parum elliptica, fusco-brunnea, opaca; thorace rufo-marginato ; 


elytris transversim fasciatis ; antennis (basi excepta) nigris. 
Le3 mull: 


Somewhat elliptical, dusky brown, opaque; the head 
densely and minutely sculptured ; the thorax sculptured like 
the head, with a narrow margin of reddish brown, widest at 
the posterior angles; the elytra, apical half of the lateral 
margin narrowly reddish brown, sutural margin and a fascia 
over the posterior cox, shaped like the letter Z, of the same 
colour; the antenne, two basal joints and apex of the 
terminal joint reddish ; the legs dull brown, tarsi rather paler. 

It is probable that the colour of this species is variable ; it 
may be placed near A. flewuosa, Payk. 

Hab. Junsai. One example. 


Hypulus cingulatus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, granulatus, parum opacus; capite thoraceque nigris ; 
elytris basi late rufis ; antennis pedibusque obscure rufo-brunneis. 
L. 6-8 mill. 


Klongate, surface granulate, subopaqne, with tawny pu- 
bescence ; the head sometimes with an impression between 
the eyes, black ; the thorax also black, widest in the middle} 
posteriorly rectangular, disk convex ; the elytra at the base 
and for about one third of their length dull red, over the 
hind coxe there is an oblique band of golden-grey pubes- 
cence, and behind it a broad area black, well before the apex 
is a second golden-grey transverse band with the posterior 
edge sinuous, apex and area behind the second band black ; 
the antenne and legs obscure reddish brown. 

Hab, Oyayama, Hakone, and Nikko. Chiefly taken from 
decaying beeches early in May. 


Hypulus higonius, sp. v. 

Elongatus, obscure rufo-brunneus, griseo-pubescens ; capite inter 
oculos foveolato ; thorace angulis posticis haud productis ; ely tris 
vage bifasciatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure rufo-brunneis. 

L. 7-74 mill. 


Elongate, dull reddish brown, nearly opaque, clothed with 


270 Mr. G, Lewis on 


griseous pubescence; the head slightly but widely impressed 
before the antenne, distinctly foveolate between the eyes, 
neck infuscate ; the thorax granulate, rounded off anteriorly, 
hind angles nearly rectangular, on each side near the centre 
well in front of the scutellum is a dusky, nearly black, blotch 
not very well-defined in outline; the eiytra with two dark 
vittee behind the scutellum, each vitta touching the suture at 
its base, and two similarly coloured marks near the suture 
in the middle of the dorsal fascia, dorsal fascia infuscate and 
on the area over the hind coxe, in form dentate-sinuate, the 
apices also infuscate; the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi dusky 
reddish brown, thighs darker. Beneath the meso- and meta- 
sterna are darker than the general colour of the body. 

This species most nearly resembles HH. acutangulus. 


Hab, Oyayama in Higo, in May 1881. 


Hypulus acutangulus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, granulatus, subopacus, fusco-brunneus ; fronte impressa ; 
thorace angulis posticis acute productis; elytris fasciis dentato- 
sinuatis, griseo-sericeis ornatis; antennis tarsisque obscure brun- 
neis, femoribus et tibiis infuscatis. 

L. 7-72 mill. 

Elongate, dull dusky brown, granulate, with greyish pubes- 
cence; the head somewhat widely impressed between the 
eyes; the thorax much longer than broad, with the hind 
angles acutely produced, variegated with greyish pubes- 
cence, in front of the scutellum is a median longitudinal 
shallow channel with two longer lateral ones on each side of 
it; the elytra are longer and narrower than those of H. 
higontus and darker in colour, the markings are very similar, 
but the dark band behind the posterior cox reaches further 
posteriorly as well as further in front, and the edges are con- 
spicuously sinuate-dentate, apices infuscate; the antenne 
and legs infuscate. 

Hab, Oyama in Sagami and Chiuzenji. Six examples. 


BONZICUS, gen. nov. 


The characters of this genus correspond in a great part with 
those of Melandrya. Maxillary palpi, second joint long and 
triangular, third triangular and short, terminal appears trun- 
cate if viewed one way and cultriform on the other; the antennee 
after the sixth jot are widened and flattened out, terminal 
joint conical; the thorax bisinuous at the base and emar- 
ginate before the scutellum; the elytra without striae and 


temora robust. 


the Cistelidee de. of Japan. 291 


Bonzicus hypocrita, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 4.) 


Elongatus, niger, subnitidus, parum pubescens ; elytris punctatis, 
hand Sabie azureo-Micans; antennis nigris, femoribus apice 
rufo-flavis. 


L. 12-13 mill. 


Elongate, black, with short greyish pubescence, some- 
what shining, with an azure tint above in some lights, espe- 
cially on the elytra; the head densely punctate; the thorax 
widest posteriorly, less thickly punctured than the head, 
bisinuate at base, emarginate before the scutellum, basal 
foveee wide and somewhat deep; the scutellum somewhat 
rounded off behind, rather closely punctured; the elytra 
punctured like the thorax, without strie; the antenne 
densely black, with apical joint reddish or testaceous at the 
tip; the legs black, with the apices of the femora broadly, and 
the bases of the tibia narrowly, reddish yellow or clear 
yellow. In some examples there is a red patch, more or less 
diffused, on the elytra around the scutellum, and in such 
specimens the abdominal segments are margined with red. 

During life this insect, running on timber, looks like a 
spotted buprestis, the yellow colouring of the femora appearing 
to be lateral spots on the elytra. 

Hab, Oyayama, Nikko, Chinzenji, and Nishimura in June, 
and Junsai and Sapporo in August. Not rare where there 
are large decaying beeches. 


IVANIA, gen. nov. 


‘This genus is also proposed for a species which corresponds 
generally with those of Melandrya. Maxillary palpi short, 
and formed like certain species ot Melandrya, e. g. rufipes, 
Gebl.; antenne, two basal joints as in Melandrya, third 
flattened and triangular, fourth similar but rather larger, fifth 
again larger and similar to 6, 7, 8, and 9; tenth less trian- 
oular and scarcely as wide, terminal smaller and conical ; 
head rather small, eyes a little prominent, thorax narrowest 
anteriorly, widest before the base, canaliculate in the middle ; 
scutellum nearly quadrate ; elytra 4-striate, striae with wide 
interstices. 


Ivania coccinea, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 5.) 


Elongata, nigra; thorace infuscato, parte obscure coccineo ; ely tris 
4-striatis, interstitiis dense rugoso-punctatis, in totum coccineis ; 
antennis pedibusque nigris. 


es —lemallle 


Elongate, black, with short scarlet pubescence ; the head 


272 Mr. G. Lewis on 


somewhat densely punctured, foveolate between the eyes; the 
thorax blackish, more or less scarlet in parts, especially on 
the ridges, widely canaliculate in the middle, channel open at 
the base, closed anteriorly, at the sides from the base to about 
two-thirds of the thoracic length are excavations or deep 
depressions of irregular outline, pubescence more scattered 
than on the elytra; the scutellum black; the elytra bright 
scarlet, with pubescence of the same colour, 4-striate, striz 
more or less conspicuous, interstices densely and rather 
rugosely punctured ; the abdomen, antenne and Jegs densely 
black. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Kiga, Chiuzenji, Kashiwagi and other 
places. ‘This pretty species is by no means uncommon in the 
forests in June, flying in the sunshine. 


Melandrya gloriosa, sp. n. 


Elongata, rufo-testacea, pubescens; thorace margine extus et subtus 
rufo; elytris aureo-viridis, nitidissimis, apice rufis; antennis 
(basi excepta) pedibusque rutis. 

L. 74-133 mill. 


This species is very similar to, but quite distinct from, 
M. rufipes, Gebl. The head rather small, somewhat thickly 
punctured, black, with mouth-organs and palpi testaceous ; 
the thorax black above, leaving the lateral margin broadly 
and the under surface wholly red; the elytra brilliant golden 
green, with the apex red, posterior area striate; the antenne 
somewhat infuscate at the base, gradually becoming red- 
brown towards the terminal joints; the legs and abdominal 
segments reddish brown. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Nikko, also at high elevations 
in Higo. Abundant at the time of appearance in June. 


Melandrya mongolica, Solsky. 


Melandrya mongolica, Sols. Hor. Ross. vil. p. 878 (1871) ; Lew. Ent. 
xxvi. p. 152; Mannerheim, Bull. Mose. p. 105 (1853) (indescrip.). 


“Nigra, nitida, subtiliter puberula, punctata, thorace anterius 
angustato, basi utrinque sinuato, profunde, late excavato, medio 
plus minusve canaliculato, lateribus postice explanatis subreflexis ; 
elytris nigris, subcyaneis vel subvirescentibus, crebre profunde 
sulcatis, interstitiis sulcorum costulatis ; ore cum palpis, antennis 
pedibusque nigro-piceis, plus minusve rufescentibus. 

“« U. 9-14 mill.” 


Hab. “¥. Siberia.” I found it also generally throughout 
Japan ; on the main island and in Yezo. 


the Cistelidee &c. of Japan. 273 


Melandrya modesta, sp. 0. 


Elongata, nigra, parum nitida, griseo-pubescens ; capite punctulato ; 
thorace tenui et sparse punctulato ; elytris nigris vix azureo-micans ; 
antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 


LE. 8 mill. 


Elongate, black, somewhat shining, pubescent; the head 
punctulate, punctures not closely set ; the thorax narrowest 
in front, widest before the posterior angles, less densely punc- 
tulate than the head, median channel feeble, basal fovez 
rather wide; the scutellum not transverse, semicircular in 
outline ; the elytra, strize four in number, outer one shortest, 
all evanescent well before the base, black but opalescent in 
certain lights; the antenne reddish brown, dusky at the 
base ; the legs also reddish brown, with the intermediate and 
hind femora dusky. 

This species somewhat resembles a small example of 
M. mongolica, Sols., but the elytral striz are incomplete. 

Hab. Oyama in Sagami. ‘Two examples. 


Melandrya niponica, sp. n. 
Elongata, nigra, nitida, griseo-pubescens. MJ. canaliculate forma 


simillima, at multo major. 
L. 14-19 mill. 


Elongate, black, shining, with grey pubescence; the head 
regularly and somewhat roughly punctured; the thorax 
rather widely canaliculate in the middle, with two wide 
depressions before the posterior angles, rather less thickly 
punctured than the head; the elytra striate, interstices 
rugosely punctulate ; the mouth-organs, palpi, base of an- 
tenne, legs, and the greater part of the under surface obscure 
reddish brown or piceous. 

The large size and greater breadth of the thorax distinguish 
this from the European species. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, and on Niohosan in June. Twenty 
specimens. 


Melandrya atricolor, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 6.) 


Elongata, parum angustata, atrata, nitida; elytris striis evanes- 
centibus ; palpis tarsisque brunneis. 
L. 94-12 mill. 

Elongate, black, shining, somewhat narrow and parallel at 
the sides; palpi, apical joint of antenne, and tarsi brown; the 
head irregularly and not densely nor deeply punctured; the 
thorax widest before the base, narrowest anteriorly, less dis- 
tinctly punctured than the head, median channel shallow ; 


274 Mr. G. Lewis on 


the elytra vaguely brownish at the base, striz distinctly 
traceable only in certain lights, sculpture similar to that of the 
thorax. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Six examples in June 1880, only seen 
once. 


Melandrya ordinaria, sp. n. 


Elongata, nigra, subnitida, pubescens; capite thoraceque parum 
dense punctatis; elytris haud striatis, lateralibus obscure rufo- 
brunneis. 

L, 83-93 mill. 


Elongate, black, somewhat shining, pubescent; the head 
distinctly rather closely punctured, impressed between the 
eyes; the thorax punctured like the head, widest behind the 
middle, median channel well-defined, shortened only just be- 
hind the neck, basal foves very small, situated in a wide 
depression ; the scutellum black; the elytra punctured like 
the thorax, striw obsolete (traces are seen in one example), 
with a rather broad lateral band reddish brown; the antenne 
black, apex of terminal joint reddish ; the legs blackish, tarsi 
obscurely reddish brown. ‘The elytra are wholly reddish 
brown in one example. 

Hab. Oyayama, Kashiwagi, Mayebara, and Chiuzenji. 
Nine examples. 


Melandrya ruficollis, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 7.) 


Elongata, depressa, parallela, atrata, subnitida; thorace, abdomen 
apice, rufis ; antennis brevibus. 
te nll: 


Elongate, depressed, parallel, somewhat shining, with short 
pubescence; the head, surface uneven and irregularly punc- 
tured, punctures rather small; the thorax one third wider than 
broad, rounded at the sides, sinuous at the base, clearly punc- 
tured, orange-red, with pubescence of same colour; the 
scutellum black, rather densely and finely punctured; the 
elytra, parallel at sides, sculpture close, black, with black 
pubescence ;_ the abdomen, last segment orange-red; the 
antenne, palpi and legs black, the first short, about the 
length of the head and thorax, with joints 7 to 10 ob- 
conical. 

Owing to the breadth of the thorax and shortness of the 
antenne, the facies of this species at first sight may seem to 
exclude it from the genus Melandrya. 

Hab. Ichiuchi, Yuyama (Ichibosa yama) and at Nikko near 
the temples. Only six specimens. 


the Cistelide dic. of Japan. 275 


Melandrya pictipennis, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 8.) 


Elongata, nigra, nitida, pubescens ; capite dense punctato; elytris 
flavo-maculatis, haud striatis. 
L. 64-7 mill, 

Elongate, black, pubescent, shining ; the head densely and 
clearly punctured, sometimes with a fovea between the eyes; 
the thorax rather less thickly punctured, widest before the 
base, narrowest anteriorly, basal fovesee wide and shallow, 
median channel moderately deep; the elytra, without strie, 
black, with a wide flavous band over the metasternum, which 
leaves the outer and sutural edges black, well behind the 
middle is a second band, which touches the cuter edge (but 
not the sutural) and along the edge it continues on narrowly 
almost to the apex. A second specimen has the elytral 
markings different; the base is narrowly pale, the median 
band is reduced to an elongate lateral spot and the apical 
dark area has a median flavous region along the suture; the 
antenne black, with the apex of the last joint, and three or 
four others at the base, reddish; the legs also reddish, with 
infuseate joints. 

The example figured is perhaps the most constant colour- 
form of this variable species. I do not see any reason for 
not including the species in JJelandrya, but it may be allied 
to species placed by Leconte and Horn in Prothalpia. 

Hab. Nikko, Chiuzenji, and Nishimura. I found only four 
examples. 


Penthe gapana, Mars. 


This species is like P. obliquata, in having the scutellum 
covered with orange-coloured hair. The apical joint of the 
antenne is also of the same colour. 

Hab. Common in a white arboreal fungus throughout all 
the islands. 


Scotodes niponicus, sp. 0. 


This species resembles S. annulatus, Kschsch., in colour and 
facies generally, but it is more robust; the sculpture of the 
elytra is coarser and the tarsi are shorter. The shortness of 
the tarsus is most conspicuous in the basal joint of the hind 
foot. 

L. 94 mill. 

Marseul did not notice these differences, and assigned it to 
the European species. I do not know 8S. uniforms, Motsch. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, in May. Four or five examples only. 


76 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Nothus (Osphya) orientalis, sp. n. 
Elongatus, niger, opacus, pubescens; capite thoraceque punctulatis, 
griseo-vestitis; elytris late bifasciatis; antenmis (basi excepta) 
nigris vel infuscatis. 


L. 6-62 mill. 


Elongate, black, opaque, pubescent ; the head with a short 
and close ereyish pubescence, rather closely punctulate; the 
thorax punctulate and clothed like the head, arched at the 
sides, very feebly sinuous before the scutellum the scutellum 
densely clothed with an ashen pile; the elytra, punctulate, 
with a very narrow ashen-grey margin along the suture and 
a broad ashen fascia across the wing-case over the inter- 
mediate cox and a second, rather narrower, well before the 
apex; the antenne, long and slender, three basal joints 
flavous, 4—7 black, 8-11 infuscate; the legs black, with 
bases of the tibiz pale. 

Hab, Miyanoshita and Nikko. Ten examples. 


Oruntius, Leconte, 1861. 
Elacatis, Pascoe, 1860. 


There are only two species of this genus known from 
Japan— 0. Kraatzi, Reit., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1879, p. 226, 
and O: ocularis, Lew., Emt. M. M. ser.. 2, vol. 1) 1890, 
p- 247. ‘This genus is introduced here in the serial position 
assigned to it by Leconte and Horn in the ‘ Classification of 
the Coleoptera of North America,’ 1883, p. 391. Pascoe’s 
name was preoccupied. O. Araatzi is common in all the 
inland forests of Japan, but O. ocularts is a tropical form, 
found as yet only in the region of the Kumagawa in Higo. 
The habits of the species are noticed, Ent. M. M. 1891, 
p- 248. 


Eutrapela robusticeps, sp. n. 


Elongata, eneo-nigra, nitida, hirsuta; capite thoraceque vix 
grosse punctatis ; elytris striatis, interstitiis transversim rugosis ; 
antennis pedibusque nigris. 


L. 10 mill. 


Brassy black above, the antenne and legs black, ese 
with longish hair, but not so long as that of £. elongata 
the head rather broad and punctured, punctures large, but not 
dense ; the thorax, anterior margin not raised, about as broad 
as long, punctured like the head; the elytra punctate-striate, 
interstices transversely rugose. 

In form this species agrees fairly well with £. elongata, F. ; 


the Cistelide ec. of Jupan. 277 


the thorax is rounded off anteriorly, the body is similarly 
hirsute, and the last joint but one of the antenna is short, 
like that of the Fabrician species. 

Hab. Sapporo. Two examples. 


Arthromacra viridissima, sp. n. 


Elongata, viridissima, nitida, punctata ; antennis pedibusque flavis 
vel obscure flavis. 


1b, GD reall. 


Elongate, bright metallic green, densely punctate above ; 
the head, eyes rather small and rather prominent, with a semt- 
circular raised process over the point of the antennal insertion, 
coarsely and densely punctured, surface somewhat uneven ; 
the thorax punctured like the head, cylindrical, truncate 
before and behind; the elytra nearly as wide again as the 
thorax, punctate, with the punctures inclined to be transversely 
confluent, apices obtusely acuminate ; the antenne, terminal 
joint as long as the eighth, ninth, and tenth together, testa- 
ceous,with terminal and ninth and tenth joints sometimes infus- 
cate, basal joint also sometimes dusky on the upper surface ; 
the legs testaceous, with apical portion of the femur broadly 
green, and the base of the first tarsal joint narrowly dusky, 
claws and apical parts of all the tarsi also dusky. Very 
rarely the legs are wholly pale yellow. The last joint of the 
palpus is infuscate. 

In Arthromacra enea, Say, the elytral strie are obscurely 
traceable; in the Japanese species there are no indications of 
striz. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Oyama, Tokio, Nikko, and Hitoyoshi. 
This pretty species is common in certain places in May, 
occurring in the flowers of Deutzia and Cerasus. 


Arthromacra sumptuosa, Sp. n. 


Elongata, purpureo-cuprea, nitida; antennis pedibusque obscure 
nigris. 


L. 94-102 mill. 


This species closely resembles A. viridissima in sculpture, 
but the colour is wholly different. In structure it differs in 
having shorter and more robust antenna, joints 7-10 being 
somewhat obconical, not elongate; the thorax is shorter and 
less cylindrical, with the outline nearly quadrate when viewed 
from above and the elytra are less acuminate at the apices; 
the legs and antennz wholly and obscurely black. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Apparently scarce and local. Six ex- 
amples. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xv. 19 


278 Geological Socvety. 


Arthromacra higonice, sp. ui. 


Elongata, aureo-cuprea, nitida; thorace clare punctato ; antennis 
pedibusque obscure brunneis vel infuscatis. 
L. 9-94 mill. 


Elongate, golden coppery; the head coarsely punctured, 
with a median fovea between the eyes; the thorax very 
clearly punctate, cylindrical, with the anterior and basal rim 
markedly raised; the elytra are sculptured like those of 
A. viridissima ; the antennw and legs obscurely black, with 
the intermediate and hind tarsi less dark. The antennz in 
this species are formed somewhat like those of A. sumptuosa, 
but they are more slender and joints 8, 7, 6 less obconical. 

This species is separated from the others of this series at 
once by the clear punctuation of the thorax, the punctures are 
clearly separated one from another. In form it is inter- 
mediate between A. swmptuosa and decora, 


Hab. Yuyama in Higo, May 8th, 1881. 


Arthromacra decora. 

Lagria decora, Mays. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 389, 

Marseul placed this insect in the genus Lagria; it is of a 
greenish-brassy tint, with the antennz (apex excepted), tibie, 
tarsi and base of the femora testaceous. The joints of the 
antenne are formed like those of A. higonie, but they are 
shorter and less slender. 

Hab. Kobé, near the base of Maiyasan. Apparently very 
local. I took one specimen in 1871 and on returning to the 
place on the 11th June, 1881, I found seven others. 


[To be continued. | 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


January 9, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 
‘The Formation of Oolite.”. By E. B. Wethered, Esq., F.G.S. 


In previous communications the Author has described pisolites 
formed by the growth of Girvanella, and some true oolitic granules 
having a like origin. He has long entertained the opinion that all 
oolitic granules are of organic origin, but has not, up till now, been 
in a position to prove this. 

He describes the form of the grannles, which frequently exhibit 
a series of concentric layers of calcium carbonate around a nucleus, 
and also dark striz and patches, the former placed more or less at 


Miscellaneous. 279 


right angles to the nucleus. The concentric layers often exhibit an 
irregularity which the Author maintains to be incompatible with 
their chemical origin. Again, granules are found, made of calcium 
carbonate occurring in two forms—a clear crystalline portion repre- 
senting the organic structural part, and an amorphous portion con- 
sisting of ordinary carbonate of lime, which is either infilling or 
secreted material, possibly both. 

In discussing the origin of the crusts around the nuclei the Author 
treats of the radial structure which is so marked a feature in the 
crust of oolitic granules. ‘This structure has the appearance of light 
and dark striz when seen by reflected light: the ight are tubules 
which have grown at right angles to the nucleus, while the dark are 
secondary formations. 

He refers to Rothpletz’s description of the oolitic granules of the 
Great Salt Lake, which are stated to have originated from the 
growth of lime-secreting algze, and thinks it possible that the fossil 
forms are of like origin, though not necessarily due to organisms 
allied to alge, and possibly even lower in the scale of life; Gir- 
vanella was the first type of oolite-forming organism discovered, and 
it is simply a tubule. 


February 6, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


“On Bones of a Sauropodous Dinosaur from Madagascar.’ By 
R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.R.S., V.P.G.8. 


The bones described in the paper were collected by Mr. Last to 
the east of the town of Narunda, on the north-eastern coast of Mada- 
gascar. They include vertebr, limb-bones, and portions of pectoral 
and pelvic girdles. ‘These bones are described in detail, and the 
animal which possessed them is referred to the genus Buthrio- 
spondylus, Owen: a dorsal vertebra, described in the paper, being 
taken as the type of the new species. 

The identification of the Malagasy reptile with a type occurring 
in the Jurassic rocks of England harmonizes with the reference of 
some of the strata of the island to the Jurassic period. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
On the Cephalic Lobe of Euphrosine *. By Extin-G. Racovrrza. 


Tun cephalic lobe of the Amphinomidi, in its most complicated 
condition, is provided with the following organs: an unpaired 
antenna, inserted near the posterior border, and two pairs of eyes, 
one of which is situated in front of, and the other behind, the base 
of this appendage. A pair of antennre is situated in front of the 
anterior pair of eyes. On the ventral side, in front of the mouth, 


* The investigations were conducted at the Arago Laboratory (Banyuls- 
sur-Mer). 


280 Miscellaneous. 


are found the two lips, while on the dorsal surface, behind the un- 
paired antenna, is situated the caruncle. The ewternal antenne 
(auctorum) are tentacular cirri by reason of their innervation, and 
Quatrefages (1865) justly contends that they must belong to a 
rudimentary segment. 

On studying certain series of forms belonging to the family with 
which we are dealing, two tendencies may be remarked in the modi- 
fication of the anterior extremity: (1) The parapodia of the first 
three or four segments travel more and more towards the front, so 
that their axes tend to lie in the sagittal plane of the body ; (2) the 
mouth and lips travel more and more towards the rear, and the 
anterior pair of eyes, with the paired antenne, tends to pass to the 
ventral surface. It is probable that the second tendency is but a 
result of the first. 

These modifications are exhibited to a very high degree in 
Euphrosine. In this genus the caruncle, the unpaired antenna, and 
the posterior eyes have retained their dorsal position (they have 
even been thrust slightly backwards), but the anterior eyes and the 
paired antenne are ventral. Between the paired antenne and the 
unpaired organ lies a considerable space, occupied by the terminal 
projection of the anterior extremity, which corresponds to the very 
small interval that separates the appendages in question in the case 
of the other Amphinomide. Since in Huphrosine the first segment 
is normal, the tentacular cirri appear in their primitive guise of 
parapodial cirri. 

The study of the brain not only justifies the interpretation given 
to the cephalic lobe of Euphrosine, but permits us at the same time 
to comprehend the true nature of the appendages. I agree with 
Hatschek (1893) in considering that the brain of the Polychetes 
provided with cephalic appendages is forined of three distinct regions : 
the anterior brain innervating the palpi; the middle brain giving 
off nerves to the antenne, to the eyes, and furnishing the major 
portion of the fibres of the commissures; and finally the posterior 
brain which innervates the nuchal organ. 

In Euphrosine the brain undergoes the same change of position as 
the cephalic lobe. The anterior brain is ventral; it gives off two 
large nerves, which pass each to the corresponding lip. These 
organs, formed by evaginations of the dermo-muscular layer, are 
therefore palpi. They cannot be homologous with the buecal pads 
(caussinets buccaux) of the Eunicide, as is supposed by Ehlers 
(1887), but are homologous with the palpi of those animals, as also 
of the Aphroditide. 

The middle brain exhibits great elongation and great lateral 
compression. Its median region, from being dorsal, has become 
anterior. From its anterior region, which has become ventral, issue 
the commissures which run their entire course in a plane that: is 
horizontal, and not more or less vertical as in the case of the other 
Polychetes. From the same region arise the nerves of the anterior 
eyes and those of the paired antennee. The nerve of the unpaired 
antenna and those of the posterior eyes are furnished by the 
posterior region, which is here dorsal, of the middle brain. 


Miscellaneous. 281 


The posterior brain, which, in this form, is distinctly dorsal, is 
very strongly developed ; it gives off two large nerves which pass 
into the caruncle. ‘The latter organ, which was misinterpreted by 
Ehlers (1864), has recently been described by McIntosh (1894), 
who, however, did not recognize its true nature and saw in it 
nothing but some fibres. Its innervation, however, shows that the 
caruncle is nothing else than the nuchal organ. It is formed, in 
fact, by three elongated folds of the body-wall. One of these folds 
is of greater length, and is placed between the other two ; its lower 
edges are united to the inner edges of the lateral folds. Vibratile 
furrows, which are very distinct and parallel, run the entire length 
of the folds. There are four of them on the median fold, and only 
two on the lateral ones. Two of the vibratile furrows pass 
from the caruncle on to the cephalic lobe, and extend as far as the 
paired antennz. I shall describe this arrangement in detail else- 
where. Iam lhkewise unable to dwell here upon the histological 
structure of the caruncle, which, moreover, does not differ essentially 
from that of the same organs in other Polychetes. The three folds 
indicated above are entirely similar to the occipital lappets (ailerons 
occipitaux) of e. g. Amblyosillis. Their union into a single mass 
only disguises the primitive condition which is still represented in 
Euphrosine triloba, Ehlers. 

The glandular organs which, according to McIntosh (1894), are 
found on each side of the caruncle, are nothing but masses of pigment 
deposited in the posterior lobes of the brain. Similar masses are 
also found along the pedal nerves, and also in other Polycheetes (e. g. 
ventral chain of Eunice’. Veritable glandular organs, however, 
exist. These are two pyriform masses, constituted by greatly 
elongated hypodermic gland-cells. These organs belong to the palpi ; 
for if the bodies of the cells are situated behind the brain, their 
ducts open on the surface of the palpi. 

In the genus Spinther the tendencies indicated at the commence- 
ment of this note have been realized much more completely. The 
parapodia of the first segment have become united in front of the 
cephalic lobe. The caruncle has disappeared equally with the palpi 
and the paired antenne. ‘The unpaired antenna of the Amphino- 
midze alone persists, with its four eyes at its base. 

The presence of four of these organs upon the dorsal face and at 
the base of the unpaired antenna clearly indicates that Spinther 
cannot be the direct descendant of HKuphrosine. These two genera 
form two distinct branches from the stem of the Amphinomide. 
The tendency towards radial symmetry which is displayed in Spinther 
as in Huphrosine must not be attributed to a direct parental con- 
nexion between the two forms. The explanation of the phenomenon 
is to be sought in a convergent evolution occasioned by a mode of 
life almost as sedentary as that of fixed animals.—Comptes Rendus, 
t. cxix. no. 26 (December 24, 189+), pp. 1226-1228. 


On the Development of the Kidney and of the Coelome in Cirripedes. 
By A. GRuvEL. 


In the paper which I have published in the ‘ Archives de Zoologie 


282 Miscellaneous. 


expérimentale,’ I stated, in speaking of the relations between the 
kidney and the ccelome in Cirripedes, that there was no communi- 
cation between the renal sacs and the exterior or the general body- 
cavity. Herein, as throughout my paper, I took into consideration 
only the adult forms. 

It was interesting to ascertain whether, at a certain stage of 
development, any communication whatever existed between the 
kidney and the body-cavity. As I had at my disposal some larvie 
and very young examples of Lepas pecturata, obtained at the Arago 
Laboratory, I have beeu able to make certain investigations upon 
this subject, the result of which I will brietly detail. 

On examining series of transverse sections of larvee and young 
specimens of Lepas pecturata, we are able to perceive how the 
reciprocal relations between the kidney and the body-cavity are 
modified. 

In the Cypris larva we find an extremely small csvity in direct 
communication with the exterior by means of a pair of orifices 
situated upon the palps of the lower lip, and which evidently represents 
the ccelome as it is met with in the adult. At the very bottom of 
this cavity—that is to say, on the side opposite to the external 
aperture—we notice a little cluster of scarcely differentiated cells 
with a narrow central lumen; this is the beginning of the renal 
gland. 

In proportion as the ccelome enlarges, the lumen of the renal 
gland increases more and more, and in individuals which are quite 
young and have scarcely emerged from their larval shell there exists 
a distinct communication between the body-cavity and the kidney. 
Then, as the animal grows, the renal cells become more and more 
differentiated, and the sac is entirely reconstituted, destroying the 
communication which had existed for a time between the two 
cavities In question. 

At a certain period of their development, therefore, Cirripedes, 
or at least the species that I have been studying (and there is no 
reason that the conditions should not be the same in the remaining 
forms), possess a pair of veritable segmental organs, formed by an 
excretory band scarcely differentiated, it is true, but in direct com- 
munication with the exterior. 

The accumulative pseudo-kidneys (pseudo-reins d’accumulation) 
that I have described in the adult would therefore be, at this period 
of life, genuine organs for the direct elimination of excrementitious 
products to the exterior. 

The body-cavity of the adult would be primitively a simple excre- 
tory canal, which has become, so to speak, passive in consequence of 
the obliteration of the renal sacs, the products of which it still 
eliminates to the exterior indeed, but in a manner altogether indirect, 
by the aid of the incessant osmotic exchanges which take place 
between the general body-cavity and the kidneys of the adult. 

We know that in the Crustacea the shell-gland generally opens 
upon the second pair of maxille. In reality the position of the 
excretory orifice of this gland varies enormously, not only in the 
different groups, but even according to the genera and species. 


Miscellaneous. 283 


Moreover, since the terminology of the mouth-parts in Crustacea 
is, in the majority of cases, only based upon their relative position, 
and not upon their development, I do not think it is impossible to 
regard the true larval kidney of Cirripedes (the pseudo-kidney in 
the adult) as homologous in a general way with the shell-gland of 
the other Crustacea.— Comptes Rendus, t. exix. no. 26 (December 24, 
1894), pp. 1228-1230. 


On the Formation of New Colonies by Termes lucifugus. 
By J. Pérez. 


Although the biology of the European and exotic Termites has 
engaged the attention of numerous zoologists, some of whom are of 
the highest rank, the origin of the societies of these insects still 
remains enveloped in complete obscurity. Neither de Quatrefages 
nor Lespes has observed the swarms of sexual individuals which 
at certain periods escape from the galleries, and to which has been 
attributed the mission of founding new colonies, Fritz Miiller even 
goes so far as expressly to deny that they perform such a function. 
He writes as follows :—‘‘ As to the males and females of Calo- 
termes, 1 will not absolutely refuse to admit that they possess the 
capability of continuing to exist by themselves and of commencing 
a new settlement. In the case of all species of Termes, Eutermes, 
and Anoplotermes, however, with whose mode of life I am to 
some extent acquainted, a winged pair would undertake the founda- 
tion of a new colony with precisely the same success as a pair of 
new-born children deposited upon a desert island” (‘ Jenaische Zeit- 
schrift,’ Bd. vii. 1873, p. 458, note 1). 

In spite of so absolute a denial on the part of the eminent zoolo- 
gist just quoted, it is, | think, evident that a social species devoid 
of the faculty of disseminating itself at a distance would be doomed 
to fatal and early disappearance. Dissemination must and does 
exist in the Termites. 

When a nest has furnished a swarm of winged males and females 
there are always to be found in the proximity of the colony, or even 
about the orifice of exit, a few stray individuals which have lost 
their wings. They go, as a rule, in pairs, the-one following the 
other very closely. The leader is invariably a female, while her 
follower is a male. When these couples are captured they speedily 
perish, unless they are kept under natural conditions, which appar- 
ently has never been done. 

My own method of proceeding is as follows:—In a large jar 
containing a certain quantity of earth is placed a block of old dead 
wood, it matters little whether of oak, fir, or elm. More earth is 
then added, so as to surround the lower part of the wood to a height 
of several centimetres. One or more pairs of Termites, which are 
then placed upon the wood, quickly creep between it and the earth, 
and take up their abode in some depression, either underneath or 
upon the sides of the buried portion of the wood. <A few drops of 
water added from time to time, so as to restore the moisture which 
is lost by evaporation, are sufficient to keep everything in its proper 


284 Miscellaneous. 


condition. The jar should remain open, to avoid mould. The 
insects, moreover, never make the slightest attempt to escape. 

Under these conditions the Termites live very well. At the end 
of from two to three weeks it may be seen that they have selected a 
domicile between the earth and the wood, and that they have also 
been feeding. Their abdomens, which were formerly flat, are now 
slightly convex. ‘They are very lively and extremely active. The 
narrow space wherein they are living, closed on every side, contains 
a little fine woody powder, coming from the wood the surface of 
which has been attacked. Later on they have attacked it more 
directly at some point or other, and have commenced to excavate in 
it the commencement of a gallery. 

Some pairs obtained on April 29 in the present year were alive 
and in perfect health on July 4. They had manifestly increased in 
size, and in their swollen and distended abdomens the intersegmental 
membranes appeared as fine white borders separating the black 
disks of the segments. The bulkier abdomens of certain specimens 
clearly distinguished them as females. 

On August 30 the Termites were still thoroughly alive, but some- 
what difficult to discover, since they had penetrated deeper into the 
wood, and were lodged in a globular chamber, to which access was 
given by a narrow orifice in connexion with the surrounding earth, 
The white abdominal rings were broader, and the black disks were 
entirely separated one from another. 

On October 15 I found in one of my jars six sexual Termites 
assembled in the same cavity, which a shght splitting of the wood 
had revealed. With them were two young workers, which had 
very recently emerged, since they were of very small size, especially 
one of them, whose transparent body showed no ingested matter in 
the alimentary canal. At one point of the wall was attached a large 
egg. As for the adults, they were still in perfect condition, but 
were less active than formerly and obstinately shunned the light. 
The females, however, appeared scarcely more distended than in the 
month of August, and their abdomens were still far from the 
monstrous proportions observed in the case of the normal queens of 
the old nests. This difference is easily explained by the as yet 
moderate development of the ovaries, which, at the outset of their 
functional activity, are capable of furnishing only a very limited 
number of eggs. 

Be this as it may, it is already proved by this experiment that 
the winged Termites issuing from the swarms are perfectly capable 
of living without the assistance of workers of their own species, and 
that their pairs develop into king and queen, the founders of a new 
colony. ‘Thus is to be explained the fact that the winged indivi- 
duals are always sexually immature, and have never been seen in 
coitt: they do not arrive at sexual maturity until after a somewhat 
lengthy interval, the duration of which my observations enable me 
to fix at five or six months.—Comptes Rendus, t. exix. no, 19 
(November 5, 1894), pp. 804-806. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 88. APRIL 1895. 


XXXV.— Contributions to the Phylogeny of the Arachnida.— 
On the Position of the Acarina: The so-called Malpighian 
Tubes and the Respiratory Organs of the Arachnida. By 


JULIUS WAGNER *. 


Tut Malpighian tubes and the respiratory organs of the 
Arachnids have attracted the attention of all students who 
have devoted themselves to the study of the relationship of 
the Arachnids to the remaining groups of Arthropods. For 
this reason, in investigating the embryology of Iodes I 
directed my attention especially to the development of the 
Malpighian tubes, and I have come to the conclusion that 
in the Acarina, as I have shown in my Russian paper (No. 66, 
p- 89), they are decidedly of endodermal origin, and that their 
union with the rectum is only a secondary process. 

In a similar manner I submitted the development of the 
trachex to a close investigation, and am now in a position to 
assert that in no stage of the embryonic development of Ixodes 
is a structure to be found which can be regarded as the rudi- 
ment of these organs of respiration, and that in reality the 
larve of Acarina have no traches. If we adhere to the well- 
known view as to the relationship of the Arachnids to Limu- 
lus, we must unconditionally admit that the common ancestor 
of the Arachnids had no trachee, the stigmata of which were 
situated upon the cephalothorax ; and we may therefore be- 
lieve that in this respect the relation of the larve of the 


* Translated by EK. E. Austen from the ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir 
Naturwissenschaft,’ Bd. xxix. Heft 1 (Jena, 1894), pp. 123-156, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 20 


286 Herr J. Wagner on the 


Acarina to the ancestral forms is closer than that of the adults. 
There is, however, as is well known, a whole series of forms 
which are destitute of trachee in the adult condition also 
(Acarina atracheata, Kramer, No, 87, p. 218) ; yet these forms 
cannot be regarded as the more primitive, since the majority 
of their number (the family Tyrogly phidz excepted) are para- 
sites. Asa matter of fact, parasitism more than anything 
else has affected the bodily size of the Acarina: all Acarina 
atracheata are very small, and only exceptionally attain a 
length of 1 millim.* In all probability the insignificant size 
of these Acarina occasioned the loss of the trachee. The 
same conditions are found in the case of the larval Acarina, 
and we are tempted to assume that in the Acarina the forma- 
tion of the trachez has been cenogenetically transferred to 
the postembryonic period, while they originally possessed 
trachez even in the earliest larval stage. In consideration 
of yet other indications of the secondary character of Acarine 
larve, such an assumption appears to me to be more credible 
than the former. 

When it is desired to point out the relationship between 
the Arachnids and Limulus, we proceed inter alia from the 
comparison of the lungs of the Scorpion and the branchial 
feet of Limulus, and base our view upon observations on the 
development of the lungs of the Scorpion and of the Aranea ; 
the great similarity in structure between the gills of Limulus 
and the lungs of the Scorpion has been demonstrated by 
MacLeod (No. 426), while the difference in development 
between the lungs of Aranew and the typical trachez has 
been pointed out by Berteaux (No. 8). The tracheze in the 
Arane arise by means of a further modification of the lung- 
sacs. While such an explanation of the origin of the trachee 
meets the case in certain orders of Arachnids, it is otherwise 
with respect to the tracheee of the Acarina (partly also of the 
Solifugee), the stigmata of which are situated upon the cepha- 
lothorax (the position of the stigmata in the Ixodide is 
somewhat difficult to determine; yet I consider that we may 
reasonably assume that this family forms no exception to the 
general rule). ‘The tracheee of the Acarina have certainly 
not been developed by means of the metamorphosis of any 
appendages ; yet in considerations as to their origin the first 
question that forces itself upon us is whether the common 


* An interesting exception is constituted by, e. g., Tyroglyphus myco- 
phagus, Még., the females of which, according to Mégnin, attain a size of 
1 to 1:25 millim., while according to Moniez (N 0. 47, pp. 590-591) under 
favourable conditions of life they exceed 2 millim. in size, and are then 
capable of producing living young. 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 287 


ancestor of the Arachnids possessed the cephalothoracic 
tracheee, or whether they have been developed independently 
within the class. The solution of this question is of the 
highest interest from the theoretical point of view, since the 
circumstance that the trachez, although only in the case of a 
portion of the Arachnids, arise independently in certain seg- 
ments, and have not been inherited from the common ancestor 
of the entire class, constitutes an important, albeit a negative, 
argument against grouping the Arachnids with the rest of the 
Tracheata; for it is tantamount to admitting that a charac- 
teristic feature of the whole of the Tracheata, which, according 
to ven Kennel (No. 24), is sufficient to prove the common 
origin of any two groups of Arthropods, can arise indepen- 
dently. It seems to me that, in the present state of our 
knowledge as to the development of the Arachnids and the 
structure of the simplest members of the class, we can return 
a fairly definite answer to this question, to the effect that 
the ancestor of the Arachnids had no trachee in the cephalo- 
thorax. The entire facts point to the conclusion that the 
Scorpion is the most ancient form, standing nearest to the 
ancestors of the Arachnids; and yet neither in its structure 
nor in its ontogeny do we find the slightest indication that 
it ever possessed tracheee which opened upon the cephalo- 
thorax. Secondly, we find cephalothoracic stigmata in the 
case of that somewhat divergent order the Solifuge, although 
in this instance abdominal stigmata likewise occur. Thirdly, 
in the Acarina, which in organization have diverged furthest 
from the primitive type, the abdominal stigmata have already 
been entirely lost. rom these considerations we can deduce 
two conclusions :—(1) The tubular trachez of the Arachnids, 
the stigmata of which are situated upon the cephalothorax, 
are not directly homologous with the trachez of the rest of 
the Tracheata, since they have been developed after the 
Arachnids branched off; (2) the appearance of the stigmata 
upon the cephalothorax is connected with the disappearance 
ot those upon the abdomen. ‘This latter fact is perhaps to 
be explained as being due to the considerable development 
of the muscles in the cephalothorax of these forms: on the 
one hand, with increased muscular activity a considerable 
destruction of organic matter takes place, while on the other 
the contraction of the muscles promotes aerial ventilation in 
the trachez (cf von Kennel, No. 24, p. 30, on the signifi- 
eance of the position of the stigmata close to the appendages) ; 
besides this, the relatively feeble development of the abdomen, 
which is greatly reduced in the case of the Acarina, has had 
as a consequence the disappearance of the stigmata thereon ; 


20% 


288 Herr J. Wagner on the 


the position of the stigmata is to be explained by the character 
or the degree of the development of the corresponding seg- 
ments of the body. 

If the cephalothoracic trachee have arisen within the limits 
of the Arachnida, which are Arthropods of an already fairly 
well-developed type, we are confronted with a second question 
as to the organs whence, and the manner in which, they may 
have been evolved. Von Kennel thinks (No. 25; and No. 24, 
p- 25) that the tracheee of Perdpatus, and consequently of the 
higher Tracheata also, may be derived from unicellular 
(mucus-secreting) dermal glands of Annelid-shaped ancestors 
of Peripatus; this view was previously expressed by 
Moseley (No. 49), and harmonizes with the circumstance 
that the stigmata in Peripatus Edwardsit, Blanch., are distri- 
buted over the entire body, as also with the structure of the 
tracheze of the Onychophora, in consequence of which it has 
received of late general recognition (cf. Lang’s ‘ Lehrbuch,’ 
No. 88, p. 451). In precisely the same manner we may 
explain the origin of the trachee in the cephalothorax of the 
Arachnids: they develop likewise from unicellular dermal 
glands, which were inherited from the same Annelid-like 
ancestors of the whole of the Tracheata, which explains the 
apparent similarity in structure between the trachez of the 
Arachnida and of the rest of the Tracheata. We also still 
find in the aquatic Arachnids a large number of hypodermic 
glands, which usually open in pores at the base of the sete ; 
these glands are developed in the Water-mites, and were 
regarded by the earlier observers (Dujardin) as sacs, serving 
as respiratory organs. Approximately the same view has, as 
is stated by Croneberg (No. 11, p. 8), been expressed by 
Claus in his text-book, and perhaps it was this latter circum- 
stance which occasioned the statement on the part of Lang 
(No. 38, p. 550) that “in certam Acarina short tubes or 
pouches in connexion with orifices in the external chitinous 
covering have been interpreted as rudiments of trachee.” 
According to the papers and evidence of Claparéde (No. 10, 
p- 463), Croneberg (No. 11, p. 8), Koenike (No. 80, p. 357), 
yon Schaub (No. 56, pp. 110, 111), and others, the glandular 
character of these structures admits of no doubt. It appears 
from the majority of the statements that these glands are 
destined by means of their secretion to preserve the integu- 
ment of the Water-mites from drying up on leaving the water 
(cf. the function of the “oil-glands” of the Cheese-mites 
according to Nalepa, No. 50, p. 205). In Lylais the excre- 
tory ducts of the glands consist, according to Croneberg, of 
two sections—a peripheral, more strongly chitinized portion, 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 289 


and a narrower and paler inner division, which Croneberg 
“‘never succeeded in following to the end amid the trachee 
and hypodermic cells surrounding it.” On reading this 
description we involuntarily compare it with that of the 
trachee in Peripatus furnished by von Kennel: the latter 
states that the walls of the trunk of the trachea are clothed 
with a distinctly perceptible layer of chitin, but that those 
of the actual tracheal tubules are very delicate, scarcely 
distinguishable amid the surrounding tissues, and in all 
probability do not consist of chitin, since they are easily 
soluble in cold liquor potassee. We may further point out 
that, according to Croneberg (loc. cit.), the excretory duct of 
the dermal glands of Hylats and other Hydrachnids, which 
are situated in the cephalothorax “in front of and behind the 
first segment of the fourth pair of legs, actually reminds us 
slightly of the trunk of a trachea;” while according to 
Fiirstenberg (No. 16, p. 192) the “ oil-glands,” which are 
undoubtedly homologues of the dermal glands of the Water- 
and other Mites, have the power of filling themselves with 
air. ‘The dermal glands of the Mites are, as is self-evident, 
secondary structures, and it is not from these that the develop- 
ment of the Arachnid trachez which we are discussing has 
proceeded ; yet it is perfectly natural to suppose, by analogy 
with the Acarina, that the aquatic ancestors of the Arachnids, 
after they were already provided with a firm chitinous 
covering, also possessed numerous dermal glands of a similar 
kind. Such an assumption, in my opinion already probable 
in itself, is strengthened both by comparison with the dermal 
glands of the Pantopoda, and also partly by data furnished 
by paleontology. In the Pantopoda, as is well-known, 
numerous dermal glands open upou the surface of the body, 
which they entirely envelope in a viscid layer composed of 
their secretion; as the chitinous covering is considerably 
developed, the dermal glands are enclosed in special cavities 
(caverns) within it. These cavities, which open by “ pores” 
upon the surface of the body, were regarded by Zenker 
(No. 69, p. 383), and after him by Hoek (No. 21, p. 124), as 
a special respiratory apparatus; yet the investigations of 
Dohrn (No. 13) have proved that they are only receptacles of 
the glands. A difference of opinion of this kind led Weissen- 
born (No. 67, p. 110) to assert “that originally all these 
cavities contained the dermal glands discovered by Dohrn, 
but that a portion of them gradually became subservient to 
respiration, since gas was secreted in the place of fluid.” 
This is regarded by the author in question as a proof that 


290 Herr J. Wagner on the 


the dermal glands may become transformed into respiratory 
organs *. 

It is shown by paleontology that the Gigantostraca, which 
stand very near to the ancestral forms of the Arachnids, 
occur in the lowest strata of the Silurian system in typical 
marine deposits, in the upper stratum already in company 
with Phyllocarida, Ostracoda, and Ganoid fishes, and, lastly, 
in the productive strata of the Coal-measures among remains 
of land-plants, together with those of Scorpions, Insects, 
Fishes, and ireshwater Amphibia. ‘‘ We may therefore 
assume,” remarks Zittel (No. 70, p. 647), “that they lived 
originally in the sea, and subsequently in brackish or perhaps 
even in fresh water.” Korschelt and Heider (No. 31, p. 533) 
therefore regard it as possible that the Gigantostraca became 
adapted not only to a freshwater life, but also to existence 
upon land. With respect to these paleontological data, in 
order to explain the development of two respiratory organs 
of the Arachnids which differ in their origin, I find it a 
very intelligible hypothesis to suppose that certain of the 
ancestral forms of the Arachnida, all of which were closely 
allied to the Gigantostraca, passed a certain period of the 
year or a certain stage of their postembryonic development 
out of the water; these forms (like the Gigantostraca) 
possessed branchiz completely covered externally upon 
several of the anterior segments of the abdomen, and nume- 
rous dermal glands, of which the excretory ducts, which were 
of some length, gradually became filled with air after the 
animals left the water, and so temporarily served as the seat 
of the exchange of gases in the blood. 

The dermal glands of the Arachnids, after their function 
became changed into that of respiration, may have undergone 
further development in precisely the same manner as the 
tracheze of the rest of the Tracheata, since the trachee of 
Peripatus, as well as the dermal glands, and consequently the 
primitive trachee of the Arachnids, have been developed 
from the same (mucus-secreting) dermal glands belonging to 
the Annelid-like ancestors of all the Arthropods. From 
these forms the Acarina, Solifugee, and probably also certain 
other orders of Arachnids. have arisen. ‘Their fascicular + 


* For this reason it seems to me strange that Weissenborn states, in 
combating the theory of the transformation of the gills of Limulus into 
the lungs of the Scorpion, enunciated by Ray Lankester and MacLeod, 
that, assuming such a transformation to have taken place, “the occur- 
rence of the thoracic stigmata and trachee can only be regarded as a 
formation of new structures which is difficult o explain.” 

+ I would here point out that the rosette-shaped arrangement of the 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 291 


primitive tracheze were likewise distributed over the entire 
body, as in the case of Pertpatus Edwardsii, Blanch. ; it was 
not until further development was in progress that, for 
reasons which have been stated with accuracy by von Kennel, 
out of the numerous tufts only those were left which were 
situated in the.immediate neighbourhood of the appendages. 

In the Arachnids, therefore, we find two entirely different 
structures :—(1) The lung-sacs of the Scorpion and the 
Ayanew, and (2) the traches of the Acarina (partly also those 
of the Solifuge). The respiratory organs of the remaining 
groups of Arachnids must be homologous either with the first 
or with the second division; and in this sense the solution of 
the question as to the homology of the abdominal trachez 
of the Solifugee is of especial interest. For if it should be 
found possible to compare them with the lungs of the 
Scorpicns, it would serve to confirm the view which has 
already been expressed, that the common ancestor of the 
Acarina, and probably of certain other orders of Arachnids 
also, possessed at the same time lungs (¢. e. branchiz) in the 
abdomen as well as primitive tracheze distributed over the 
entire body. On the other hand, if the abdominal trachee of 
the Solifuge, like the trachez of the Acarina, have arisen 
from dermal glands, we may assume that there is still a 
possibility that the ancestral forms possessed two kinds of 
respiratory organs; but we might then suppose that also in 
the case of certain other Arachnids (e.g. in the Phalangide 
and the Pseudoscorpions) the abdominal trache are not 
homologous with the lung-sacs of the Scorpions. ‘The solu- 
tion of the question will be rendered possible by a precise and 
comparative investigation of the development of the abdo- 
minal and thoracic trachez of the Solifuge. 

Whatever this solution may be, it may be assumed, on the 
basis of the considerations already stated, that the Arachnids 
divided into two branches at an early period: in the one 
group the trachee became very strongly developed, while the 
lung-sacs (the modified branchic) either in part persisted or 
entirely disappeared ; in the other, the dermal glands trans- 
formed into trachee altogether aborted, while in compensation 
for this the lung-sacs underwent very great development (cf. the 
division founded upon the differentiation of the abdomen into 
two sections, No. 66, p. 157). 

Since we are discussing the trachee of the Acarina, the 


dermal glands in Atax was described long ago by Claparéde (loc. cit.) ; 
each group of these unicellular glands has a common excretory duct, 
which opens by a stigma-like orifice. 


292 Herr J. Wagner on the 


present is a convenient opportunity to speak of the provisional 
organ of the aquatic and certain land-mites, which is regarded 
by Henking (No. 20) as a “primitive trachea” (‘ Ur- 
trachee’), while Kramer (No. 36) considers it to be a “sus- 
pensory apparatus ”’ (‘‘ Suspensionsapparat ’’) for the embryos. 
Henking’s view appears to me to be unfounded, since he did 
not see an actual trachea, penetrating from the organ in 
question into the body. This paired embryonic organ, which 
I did not succeed in observing in /vodes, and other observers 
failed to find in many other forms, merits special attention, 
since both in its position on each side of the body in the 
neighbourhood of one of the anterior pairs of thoracic limbs, 
as well as in its shape, with narrow base and swollen tip, it 
recalls the embryonic organ lately described by Vejdovsky 
(No. 65) in Chernes. The author in question is of the 
opinion that, from comparison with Cyphophthalmus duri- 
cornis, Joseph (No. 22), this organ, which was noticed neither 
by Metschnikoff (No. 44) nor by Barrois (No. 2) in Chelifer, 
may be compared with rudimentary stalked eyes (loc. cit. 
p. 180). It seems to me that this assumption is ill-founded, 
since the structure of the organ is but little suggestive of that 
of an eye; and, besides, the stalked eyes of Cyphophthalmus 
—a form widely distant from the Pseudoscorpionine, and at 
any rate ill-studied—or more correctly the eyes seated upon 
lateral processes of the body, might have arisen as a secondary 
character in the species itself, as, for instance, the stalked 
eyes of certain Ephemeridee among the Insects have been 
developed. 

In the same way it is possible to institute a comparison 
with the lateral organs of the Solifugee (Croneberg, No. 12), 
perhaps also with those of the Phalangidz (Faussek, No. 14), 
and finally with the provisional organs situated in Thely- 
phonus and in Phrynus at the base of the second pair of legs 
(Strubell, No, 63). 

Before proceeding to state the views of those specialists 
who would derive the Tracheata from an ancestral form, I 
would like to refer to the so-called Malpighian tubes. Since 
the homology of these organs in all Tracheata is recognized, 
it is assumed that their origin and also their function is 
similar ; their importance chiefly consists in the fact that they 
are present in all fully-developed Tracheata, but are absent 
in the Branchiata. ‘lhis, at any rate, is the view represented 
in the text-books of Lang and von Kennel. 

As regards their origin, according to my own observations 
the Malpighian tubes develop in the case of Jxodes (and 
probably in the Acarina in general) from the endoderm. As 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 293 


to the rectal vesicle, with which both glands subsequently 
become connected, I cannot express an altogether definite 
opinion; but the origin of the glands themselves is quite 
beyond doubt, as I have shown distinctly by means of figures 
in my Russian paper (No. 66, fig. 52 &c.). With reference 
to the development of the (Malpighian) excretory tubes in 
the other Arachnids, we only possess observations upon 
Scorpions and Aranez. In the first place it was shown by 
Kowalewsky and Schulgin (No. 35, p. 46) in the case of 
Androctonus ornatus that the end-gut is invaginated only to 
the length of the penultimate caudal segment, after which the 
origin of the Malpighian tubes as outgrowths of the mid-gut 
at a time when the end-gut was still quite solid was described 
by Laurie in Kuscorpius ttalicus (No. 389, p. 128). These 
two papers complete one another, and since the end-gut of 
the Scorpion is very short, and in the first stages of develop- 
ment is distinctly separated from the mid-gut, it seems to me 
that by means of these memoirs the endodermal origin of the 
excretory organs is demonstrated with sufficient clearness. 
The observations as to the development of the Malpighian 
tubes in Aranez are, as is well known, very contradictory. 
Altogether this question has been touched upon by Barrois 
(No. 3), Balfour (No. 1), Locy (No. 40), Schimkewitsch 
(No. 59), Morin (No. 48), and Kischinouye (No. 29). 
Balfour, who is followed by Schimkewitsch and Morin, con- 
siders that these organs arise from evaginations of the end- 
gut: Balfour’s description (No. 1) is very short ; early stages 
in the development of the Malpighian tubes he did uot 
observe. The other two investigators, however, differ from 
one another in details—a fact which, as it seems to me, 
deserves attention, and is due either to the difference between 
the species observed (Lycosa, Theridion, and Pholcus) or to 
insufficient accuracy in the observations themselves. Schim- 
kewitsch describes in Lycosa saccata (No. 59, p. 562) a 
longitudinal division of the blind end of the proctodeal 
invagination into an upper portion, which develops further 
into the cloacal sac (rectal vesicle), and a lower section, the 
actual rectum, which subsequently sends out two cell- 
processes, that are originally solid and constitute the first 
rudiments of the Malpighian tubes. With reference to 
Theridion maculatum, it is stated by Morin (oc. cit. pp. 161- 
162) that the blind extremity of the end-gut expands and 
becomes the cloacal sac, into which ‘the ends ot the Mal- 
pighian tubes open;” the author in question expresses 
himself more distinctly with regard to Pholeus phalangoides 
(p. 193) : “on both sides,” he writes, “‘ of the ‘ poche sterco- 


294 Herr J. Wagner on the 


rule’ two ectodermal processes arise, which are the first 
rudiments of the Malpighian tubes.” ‘The difference between 
the descriptions of the two authors deserves notice, because, to 
judge from Schimkewitsch’s figures (No. 59, pl. xxii. fig. 6: 
the requisite figures are not given by Morin), on their first 
appearance the histological structure of the rectal vesicle is 
not the same as that of the rectum. By Barrois (No. 3) 
and Kischinouye (No. 29) the Malpighian tubes of the 
Aranee are derived from the mesoderm; according to 
Kischinouye the Malpighian tubes are outgrowths of the 
rectal vesicle, which is of mesodermal origin. They are 
originally solid, as is stated by Schimkewitsch ; the union of 
the cloacal vesicle with the rectum occurs subsequently. 

Finally, according to Locy’s observations (No. 40, p. 75) 
the Malpighian tubes arise as outgrowths from the posterior 
end (“ pre-stercoral tube”) of the mid-gut. Unfortunately 
Locy’s description is not illustrated by figures; if, however, 
we compare those of his sagittal sections that pass through 
the hinder end of the mesenteron and the rectal vesicle 
(‘‘stercoral pocket,” figs. 55, 56, and 70) with Schimke- 
witsch’s figure alluded to above, we might suppose that, in 
the description of the latter, the anterior portion of the 
rectum, from which the Malpighian tubes develop, and in that 
of the former the posterior end of the ‘ pre-stercoral tube ” are 
identical. This posterior endodermal process seems to be of 
interest because it corresponds to the hinder process in Jaodes 
(No. 66, p. 100) and to the caudal process of the mid-gut in 
the Scorpion. 

It seems to me that, remembering the above-mentioned 
resemblance between the descriptions of Schimkewitsch and 
Kischinouye (namely the statement that the first rudiments 
of the excretory tubes are solid), and, further, the remark 
made by the latter to the effect that the proctodeum enters 
into connexion with the rectal vesicle at a late stage, I can, 
on the basis of my own observations upon Jaodes, and after 
comparing the same with what is known as to the Scorpion, 
harmonize the different observations upon Aranez only to the 
following extent:—In all Aranez the posterior process of 
the mesenteron, which lies close to the rectal vesicle and 
develops even before the endoderm grows round the yolk, is 
more or less distinctly marked; in certain cases the Mal- 
pighian tubes arise directly, as (at first compact) outgrowths 
of the portion of the mesenteron alluded to; in others the 
two compact rudiments of the Malpighian tubes separate from 
the posterior end of the mesenteron, which adjoins the rectal 
vesicle, and fuse secondarily with the latter (as in the case of 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 295 


Ixodes), so that, unless sufficiently early successive stages are 
studied, they may be regarded as outgrowths from the rectal 
vesicle itself. From this point of view the lower half of the 
8 in Schimkewitsch’s figure represents a portion of the 
mesenteron ; Balfour and Morin did not observe sufficiently 
early stages *, as can be proved from the fact that they did 
not notice the formation of the posterior process of thie 
mesenteron, which is distinctly visible in Morin’s fig. 30 (in 
Theridion maculatum). A necessary stage has also been 
missed by Kischinouye, since he has not observed the separa- 
tion of the rectal vesicle from the anal invagination, which in 
all probability takes place before the union of the Malpighian 
tubes with the cloacal expansion (¢. e. rectal vesicle), as is 
likewise the case in Jxodes ; it is probably this circumstance 
that has also induced the investigator in question to ascribe 
to the vesicle an independent origin (from the mesoderm). 

The difference in the development of the Malpighian tubes 
is also indicated by their relation to the alimentary canal in 
the adult Spiders: in some they open into the cloacal expan- 
sion (Bertkau, No. 9, pp. 415-416), in others into the 
posterior process of the mesenteron (Loman, No. 41). Owing 
to the place at which they open into the intestine (in Cteniza, 
and also in Epetra, Tegenaria, and Mygale), and in conse- 
quence of their structure, Loman (No. 41) regards the 
Malpighian tubes as being derived from the mesenteron. 
Without attributing great importance to the histological 
structure of the Malpighian tubes for deciding as to their 
origin, I nevertheless consider it necessary to point out that 
in the adult male of Lvodes calcaratus, Bir., and in certain 
larve (No. 66, figs. 82 and 83), the cells of the intestinal 
lobes and of the central stomach portion contained granules 
of an intense light blue or blue pigment, while this was not | 
the case in the Malpighian tubes. 

I therefore consider that, judging from the development of 
the Malpighian tubes in the Scorpion, in avodes, and Agelena, 
from their relation to the alimentary canal in the adult Scor- 
pion and in certain Spiders, and, lastly, from their structure 
in adult Spiders, the so-called Malpighian tubes in all Arachnids 
are developed from the endoderm. 

The second resemblance to the Malpighian tubes of the 
Insects (and Myriopods) is a functional one. Yet it will 
probably appear on closer investigation that this similarity is 
by no means so essential as it seems; we are already aware 
of important differences between these structures in the 


* The stages which they studied were probably those immediately 
following the one shown by Morin in his fig. 29, 


296 Herr J. Wagner on the 


Arachnids and other Tracheata. The Malpighian tubes of 
Insects have frequently been studied, and their function is 
known to us more thoroughly than that of the Malpighian 
tubes in the Arachnids, with reference to which we possess 
only isolated observations. Without submitting the subject 
to a more minute investigation, I will confine myself to 
certain statements in literature. 

According to Schindler (No. 60, p. 588) the existence of 
uric acid in the Malpighian tubes of Insects was demon- 
strated first by Keller, and afterwards by Leuckart ; Schindler 
himself has proved the presence of the ordinary urates (urate 
of soda and ammonia) in these vessels. Kowalewsky has 
recently shown (Nos. 32 and 33), by means of a series of 
experiments upon various Insects, that their Malpighian tubes 
distinctly excrete indigo-carmine (indigo-sulphate of soda) 
introduced into the body-cavity, and possess a distinctly 
perceptible alkaline reaction (for the effect upon litmus, vide 
No. 82, pp. 65-66). A precisely similar energetic behaviour 
towards indigo-carmine has also been discovered by Kowa- 
lewsky in the case of Myriopods (No. 33, p. 205). If we 
now turn to the Malpighian tubes of Arachnids, this is what 
we find :—According to the observations of Plateau (No. 52, 
p- 5380), with whom Loman (No. 41) concurs, neither free 
uric acid nor the typical urates occur in the Malpighian tubes 
of Spiders *. Kowalewsky, by whom the behaviour of the 
Malpighian tubes of Insects and Myriopods with regard to 
indigo-carmine has been so distinctly demonstrated, makes 
similar statements only with reference to the Aranes (No. 34, 
p- 203) +, in which, however, the liver plays the chief part in 
the excretion of the indigo-carmine; as to the Malpighian 
tubes of Scorpio and Solifuga, Kowalewsky is silent; in the 
Scorpion, on the other hand (and partly also in Solifuga), the 
tubular portion of the coxal gland has a function similar to 
that of the Malpighian tubes of Insects. The liver of the 
Scorpion, contrary to that of the Aranez, has an acid reaction, 
as in the case of Crustacea. ‘ This reaction of the liver,” 
says Kowalewsky (No. 34, p. 204), “in conjunction with 
the presence of a kidney (¢. e. the coxal gland), which con- 
sists of a vesicle and the urinary duct, still further confirms 


* Bertkau’s statement (No. 9) contradicting this is refuted by Loman. 
In Ixodes the Malpighian tubes and the rectal vesicle are filled with 
sphero-crystals, which are regarded by Mégnin (No, 48) as an alkaline 
salt of uric acid; uric acid and its salts have similarly been described 
by Nalepa (No. 50, p. 204) in the Malpighian tubes of T'yroglyphus. 

+ He studied chiefly Zycosa Latreilli and Eucharta castanea. 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 297 


the idea of the close relationship of the Scorpions to the 
Crustacea.” 

The signification of the coxal glands of the Arachnids as 
excretory organs can scarcely be doubted after the experi- 
ments of Kowalewsky upon the Scorpion (Nos. 32, 33, and 
34) ; while in the case of the Insects the ré/e of the excretory 
organs devolves upon the Malpighian tubes and the peri- 
cardium cells, and in the Myriopods upon the Malpighian 
tubes and certain cells of the fat-body, in the Arachnids, 
besides the latter, the liver and the coxal glands also play a 
great part. Even if these glands are homologous in the 
Myriopods and the Arachnids—a question which does not 
enter into the scheme of my observations—the part played by 
them in the two classes is nevertheless not the same. The 
signification of the coxal glands of the Arachnids is evident 
from the peculiarities observed in Phalangium and the 
Acarina. The coxal glands of Phalangium (or, more cor- 
rectly, the tubular portion of them), which were previously 
described as Malpighian tubes (Plateau, No. 53, p. 744), 
were, as is well known, correctly comprehended for the first 
time by Loman (No. 42a, pp. 93 et seg.*), and in this 
manner it has been proved that the Phalangide have no 
Malpighian tubes. ‘“ Apparently,” says Faussek (No. 14, 
p- 82), “from a morphological standpoint, among all the 
Arachnida the coxal gland reaches its greatest and fullest 
development in the Phalangide: it attains a very great 
volume, and its various parts are distinctly defined and 
strongly developed. At the same time its physiological 
significance is probably very considerable.” The absence of 
Malpighian tubes and the presence of coxal glands in Pha- 
langium must evidently be regarded as phenomena which are 
mutually dependent upon each other. Quite the opposite 
conditions are found in the majority of the Acarina; in this 
group the Malpighian tubes are relatively strongly developed, 
but up to the present time the existence of coxal glands has 
not definitely been proved. The remarks of Winkler (No. 68) 
and Henking (No. 20) are not sufficiently precise : the state- 
ment made by Michael (No. 46, and No. 45, p. 178) is worthy 
of more attention. ‘This author describes in the Oribatide a 
gland situated at the base of the second pair of legs, and in 
a general way recalling the coxal glands of the rest of the 
Arachnida; yet it is precisely these forms that, according to 
Michael’s description, possess no Malpighian tubes. Michael 
did not succeed in discovering an orifice to the coxal (“ super- 


* For the literature on the subject of the coxal glands of Phalungium 
down to the year 1890, see Faussek’s memoir (No. 14, pp. 69-82). 


298 Herr J. Wagner on the 


coxal”) glands. Long tubular glands have recently been 
described by Sturany (No. 64, pp. 16-17) in Trombidium ; 
the author did not observe either their opening upon the 
surface of the body or their union with the alimentary canal, 
and he regards them as homologous with the coxal glands. 
Yet, judging from his figure (fig. 21), it might be supposed 
that he himself commits the error with which he reproaches 
certain other observers, only in the reverse sense, namely, 
that he regards the Malpighian tubes as coxal glands. 

If with respect to their excretory organs the Phalangide 
form the extreme stage in one direction, the Acarina occupy 
the corresponding position in the other. In this way the 
Malpighian tubes of the Arachnids in the majority of cases do 
not correspond either in function with those of the rest of the 
Tracheata. The réle of the Malpighian tubes of Insects (and 
Myriopods) is in the case of the Arachnids fulfilled to a con- 
siderable degree by the coxal glands or the liver. 

From all that has been stated, it appears to me that the 
following indisputable conclusion may be drawn :—the Mal- 
pighian tubes of the Arachnids are not homologous with the 
Malpighian tubes of the rest of the Tracheates; they are 
structures analogous to the so-called Malpighian tubes in 
certain Amphipods. Should this conclusion be confirmed by 
further observations, it would be an important and positive 
argument in favour of the separation of the Arachnida from 
the Antennata. 

As regards the wide diffusion of the (Malpighian) excretory 
tubes in the Arachnids, this 1s apparently due to the very 
early occurrence of these organs in the representatives of the 
Arachnids. While speaking of this I should like to mention 
certain considerations which might possibly explain the 
absence of the organs in question in Limulus, which in all 
other respects so closely approaches the Arachnids. If we 
make a closer examination of the extent to which the so- 
called Malpighian tubes exist in Amphipods, we find that 
they occur only in a relatively small number of genera. ‘The 
majority of these genera belong, as is well known, to the sub- 
order Crevettina, and Caprella alone constitutes an exception 
to this; but the Lemodipoda must be regarded as belonging 
to the divergent forms, as is proved by their structure as well as 
by their mode of life. Among the Crevettina, however, the 
outgrowths from the posterior process of the mid-gut occur 
either in torms that live upon the sea-shore ( Orchestia, Talitrus), 
or in such as love water that is very little salt (Medta) and are 
found chiefly in fresh water (Gammarus)*. Since Malpighian 

* It is possible that the freshwater species of the genus Gammarus 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 299 


tubes are absent in the majority of the Amphipoda, and 
since the Amphipods that possess them exhibit the already- 
mentioned peculiarities in their mode of life *, we may suppose 
that adaptation to life upon the shore or in water, which is 
rich in oxygen, has occasioned the appearance of special out- 
growths of the mid-gut, which, at least to a certain extent, 
play the part of excretory organs ; such an adaptation might 
appear independently in the representatives of the various 
genera *. If we assume the same to have taken place in the 
case of the ancestor of the Arachnids, in which the posterior 
outgrowths from the mid-gut, which subsequently became 
Malpighian tubes, first appeared, we must consider it to have 
been a littoral form (such as Orchestia). I have already 
touched upon this latter question in considering the respiratory 
organs of Arachnids f. 

The Malpighian tubes of the Arachnids consequently 
develop from the posterior process of the mid-gut. This 
process merits attention for its own sake, since neither the 
Hexapods nor the Myriopods possess it. 

A comparison of the different views as to the phylogenetic 
relationship of the various groups of Arthropods has already 
been furnished several times by a number of authors (Weissen- 
born, No. 67; Fernald, No. 15; to some extent Zograff, 
No. 71; Schimkewitsch, No. 58; and others). I shall 
therefore notice only certain of the most important papers, 
the authors of which are opposed to the separation of the 
Arachnida from the Tracheata. If-we glance at the litera- 
ture of the last ten years we observe that since the appear- 
ance of Ray Lankester’s papers facts have continually been 
collected from various sides in support of the relationship 
between Limulus and the Arachnids. The most minute 
study is devoted to the structure of the lungs of the Scorpion 
and of the branchie of Limulus, to the development of these 
organs, the modification of the appendages in the Aranex, 
the structure of the blood-vascular and nervous systems, the 


originally lived at the mouths of small rapidly running streams, which 
flow into the sea, at the point where the river-water, meeting the waves, 
forms a perpetual surf. 

* In Melita we find only a single unpaired process of the mid-gut, in 
the other forms two; yet, as is well known, differences of this kind also 
occur between the Malpighian tubes of the Acarina. 

+ In the handbook of Steinmann and Déderlein (No. 62) the following 
passage occurs (p. 612) :—“ The majority of the paleeozoic Arthrogasters 
were aquatic forms; the oldest among them, at any rate, were marine ; 
while the later forms, in part those existing at the present day, are 
without exception adapted to sojourning in the air” (vde also p. 500). 
Why the authors represent this view it is impossible to explain. 


300 Herr J. Wagner on the 


development of the nervous system and especially of the 
eyes, the development of the alimentary canal, the deve- 
lopment and the structure of the coxal glands, and so on*. 
Everything convinces us of the close relationship between 
Limulus and the Arachnids; yet, just as Peripatus is no 
Millipede, so also Limulus is no Spider, although Ray 
Lankester also, by reason of the similarity between it and 
the Scorpion, attempted to assign it to the Arachnids (No. 55). 

On the other hand, paleontological investigations have 
proved beyond doubt that certain of the palsozoic Xipho- 
sura (the Hemiaspide), which (as, for instance, Prestwechia), 
as is shown by the embryology of Limulus, were closely 
allied to the forms from which the Limulide are derived, on 
the one side resembled certain Trilobites, while on the other, 
owing to the relatively smaller size of the cephalic shield, to 
the complete segmentation of the pre-abdomen and abdomen, 
as well as to their caudal spine and probably also the general 
character of the appendages, they were nearer akin to the 
Gigantostraca. If forms such as Prestwichia constitute the 
transition in question, on the other hand, as we are well 
aware, the Scorpion, on account of the general configuration 
of its body, the proportionate size of its divisions, and the 
character of its appendages, shows much closer affinity to the 
Gigantostraca than to the Xiphosura; wherefore it must be 
assumed that also in their internal structure the Gigantostraca 
displayed still more similarity to the Scorpion than did the 
Xiphosura. 

Among the scientists by whom the view of the common 
origin of the existing Tracheates is maintained, von Kennel 
and Lang are the best known and most influential. The 
authors in question have defined their views and stated them 
in detail, the former in a paper (No. 24), the latter in his 
“Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie’ (No. 38); both 
writers, while differing from each other in their ideas as to 
the relation between the Branchiates and the Tracheates, 
agree generally in their views as to the origin of the Arachnids. 
According to von Kennel’s supposition, besides other branches, 
those formed by the Annelids and the Crustaceans (Bran- 
chiata) arose from the hypothetical Protrochosphera, and 
both branches developed upon parallel lines, but inde- 
pendently. From the various forms or families of Annelids 
arose the Pertpatus-like ancestors of the Tracheata, which 
divided at the very beginning into two branches: of these, 
one was constituted by the forms of the tracheate Arthropods 


* For a precise réswmé of the comparisons between Limalus and the 
Arachnids, see Kingsley’s paper (No. 28). 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 301 


with a posterior genital aperture and unsegmented mandibles 
(Insecta and Chilopoda), while the other was composed of 
those with an anterior genital aperture and with segmented 
mandibles, and in which, moreover, contrary to what we find 
in the former, in many instances unbranched tubular trache 
have persisted (Diplopoda, Pauropoda, Symphyla, Arach- 
noidea).  Peripatus forms, in the opinion of this author, a 
divergent branch from the primitive types (‘‘ Peripatiformes ”’). 
After von Kennel has thus demonstrated the necessity of 
dividing the Arthropods into Branchiata and Tracheata, and 
the possibility of similar characters appearing independently 
in the organization of Annelids and Crustaceans, he is un- 
willing to investigate the relation of the Arachnida to the 
Crustacea (the Merostomata included, cf. No. 26, pp. 403 and 
405), since he is able to prove the common origin of the 
whole of the Tracheata (No. 24, p. 18). If we enquire how 
the latter can be done, we are told that it is proved by the 
fact that the whole of the Tracheata possess tracheew and 
Malpighian tubes *, and that consequently these organs must 
have been present in the ancestral form also. It is evident 
that this method of proof contains nothing new or original, 
and since every naturalist who sought to prove the relation- 
ship between Arachnids and Limulus had to deal with cha- 
racters of that kind, there is in my opinion nothing whatever 
to justify von Kennel in ignoring similar features in the 
organization of the Arachnids and the Merostomata. If this 
author had been prepared to handle these conditions, he must 
of necessity often have had recourse to improbabilities in order 
to explain the various similar characters ; and this he actually 
does, so soon as he considers the independent appearance of 
similar features in the Crustacea, which have been developed 
directly from unsegmented animals, and in the Tracheata, the 
descendants of the Annelids. | have already touched upon 
the question of the development of the trachee in the 
Arachnids, and shall return to it again further on; now, 
however, we are dealing only with the Malpighian tubes, 
which are regarded by von Kennel (loc. cit. p. 23) as 
nephridia that have been carried inwards with the procto- 
deal invagination. This view, which owes its origin to a 
certain functional resemblance between the two structures, is 
founded by von Kennel only upon the circumstance that 
Peripatus, in which in comparison with the T'racheata the 
anal invagination is very insignificant, has no Malpighian 


* Von Kennel seeks to explain each special exception (Peripatus, 
Japyx, Collembola, Acarina, Pauropoda (?), Tardigrada). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 21 


302 Herr J. Wagner on the 


tubes. Yet if we start from von Kennel’s assumption that 
with the lengthening of the proctodeum ‘ even one or several 
entire segments are Invaginated together with the rudiments 
of all the organs belonging to them,” we may assume with 
precisely the same justification that other glands also that 
discharged their secretion through orifices in the integument 
might be invaginated besides the nephridia. Moreover, it 
must further be pointed out that in the Aphidee, which possess 
no Malpighian tubes, the function of these organs is dis- 
charged by the entire surface of the end-gut (Kowalewsky) ; 
consequently we cannot found our conclusions upon func- 
tional resemblance alone. It is also necessary to remark that 
von Kennel bases all his assertions either exclusively or 
chiefly upon the study and the analysis of the organization of 
Peripatus and the Myriopods, whereby he sometimes entirely 
overlooks the peculiarities of the Arachnids. The fact that 
the Malpighian tubes of Hexapods and Myriopods develop 
solely from the ectoderm, which is an important and univer- 
sally recognized argument against the assumption that those 
structures are homologous with segmental organs, remains 
unrefuted. So long as it is not proved that the Malpighian 
tubes, though it be only in part, are developed from the 
mesoderm, I venture to side with the view that they arise 
only through secondary local differentiation of the walls of 
the end-gut; as is well known, this view is supported by the 
fact that certain Copepods possess the faculty of excreting 
uric acid compounds by the walls of their end-gut, as the 
process also takes place in the Malpighian tubes of Insects *. 
Von Kennel’s treatise led to the publication of the paper by 
Zograff (No. 72), wherein the latter in general entirely 
endorses the views of the former, though he deals chiefly with 
the relations of the Arthropods to the Annelids, and does 
not touch upon the question of the phylogeny of the various 
classes of the Tracheata at all, since this is a problem “ that 
is so ably discussed and almost solved (?) by Prof. von 
Kennel” (loc. cit. p. 294). From this it may be concluded 
that the author has somewhat modified the view expressed by 
him in his earlier paper on the development of the Myriopods 
(No. 71, pp. 70 and 71), though he still continues to be in 
favour of the theory of the common origin of the whole of the 
Tracheata. Considering that in his first paper the author 
writes, ‘the great similarity between the embryonic develop- 
ment of the Myriopods and that of the Arachnids, which is 
even greater than the resemblance between that of the former 


# Of. p. 296 supra. 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 503 


and that of the Insects, compels me to think that the rela- 
tionship between Arachnids and Crustaceans is a hypothesis 
which will be untenable in future ;”’ and considering further 
the fact that the most important observations on the develop- 
ment of Limulus and the Arachnids and on the structure of 
the latter—observations which von Kennel does not touch 
upon at all—were not published until after the appearance of 
Zograft’s paper, it is natural that in his last paper the scientist 
in question should wish to discuss the relations between the 
Arachnida and the rest of the T'racheata. 

Like von Kennel, Lang also (/oc. cit. pp. 560-562) finds it 
necessary to assume that the ‘lracheates divided at an early 
period into two independent branches; yet in so doing he 
proceeds not from the position of the genital aperture, a 
character to which apparently he attaches no great signifi- 
cance, but rather from the comparison of the first three or 
four pairs of appendages: consequently, in opposition to von 
Kennel, he contrasts the Arachnids with all the rest (Cheli- 
cerata and Antennata). The main reason for uniting the 
Arachnoids with the Tracheates, and for separating them from 
the Xiphosura and Gigantostraca, is the same in this case 
also, namely the presence of the Malpighian tubes and trachez 
in the Arachnoids and their absence in the Xiphosura. ‘The 
homology of the Malpighian tubes in all Tracheata is placed 
by the author beyond all doubt, but in his opinion the assump- 
tion of an independent appearance of the tubular trachec 
“could only be admitted as a makeshift.” Lang considers 
that the Scorpion must undoubtedly be regarded as the type 
nearest allied to the ancestral forms of the Arachnids, while 
with regard to the Solifugee he holds such a hypothesis to be 
probable, though still in need of confirmation (/oc. ezt. p. 558) ; 
hence he does not explain why it is that the Scorpion, which 
has retained the largest number of stigmata and primitive 
conditions generally in the segmentation of its body and in 
its organization, possesses the most modified trachewe, and 
why in the forms that exhibit the greatest divergence in 
organization, it is precisely the trachea that are less modified 
(regarding the fascicular trachez as the most primitive type) 
than in the Scorpion and the Solifuge. This discrepancy, 
neglected by Lang, has been perceived by Schimkewitsch. 
The latter regards the Scorpion as a more primitive form 
than the Spiders, which, however, he considers to be less 
modified than the Opilionide and the Acarina, while he 
believes that the original respiratory organs of the Arachnids 
were lungs, though these were developed from unbranched 


fascicular trachee (No. 57, p. 67). 
Zee 


304 Herr J. Wagner on the 


Weissenborn (loc. cit. pp. 115-116) disagrees with the 
opinion of Schimkewitsch, since with the help of it it 1s 
impossible to explain the dendriform trachez of the Solifugee, 
and he proposes another explanation. I may also add that 
if the Solifuge are less modified forms than the Spiders we 
must, on the other hand, not lose sight of the fact that in the 
same forms of Arachnids we meet with not only lung-shaped 
and fascicular tracheee at the same time, but also both 
distinctly developed kinds of fascicular trachee [e. g. in Gibbo- 
cellum, according to the description of Stecker (No. 61)*]. 
According to Weissenborn the whole of the respiratory organs 
of Arachnids have arisen from primitive unbranched short 
tracheal tufts, from which in one direction dendriform tracheal 
tufts, in another tubular trachee with considerable diminution 
in the number of the stigmata, and in a third lungs were 
developed. From this it may be inferred that in the opinion 
of the author the trachex of the Spiders with two lungs and 
the posterior lungs of those provided with four have deve- 
loped independently of each other from the primitive tracheal 
tufts of the ancestral form—a theory which, according to 
Pocock’s paper (No. 54), and since the four-lunged Hypo- 
chilus was recognized as a “ Dipneumon,” is wholly im- 
probable. 

A peculiar view as to the respiratory organs of Arachnids 
is represented by Bernard (No. 6). This author regards the 
trachez of the Acarina as the most primitive type; the ex- 
clusive presence of these organs in the Acarina is in accord- 
ance with his theory that the Acarina are a fixed larval stage 
of the Arachnids. I shall discuss the theory just alluded to 
later on. ‘The presence of the tubular trache in the Pha- 
langidee is explained by the very early separation of the latter 
from the main stem of the Arachnid class; the Solifuge 
possess the same trachee, since they are very near akin to 
the primitive type of the Arachnida; the Chernetidz lastly 
must be separated into a special group. From the tubular 
trachese have been developed the “ fan-trachez ” (“ Fiicher- 
tracheen,”’ “‘ book-leaf trachez ”’ of Bernard, No. 7, p. 521). 
This is Bernard’s view. In connexion with the term “ tubular 
tracheze,”’ he nowhere states which of the tubular trachee, 
the fascicular or the dendriform, he regards as the more 
primitive t; he simply contrasts the tube-trachee with the 

* Stecker (doc, cit. p. 839) compares the posterior tracheal tufts in 
Gibbocellum with the abdominal tracheal branches in Phalangium. 

+ [This paper was evidently written before the author had seen Ber- 
nard’s ‘‘ Notes on the Chernetide,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. pp. 410- 


430, pls. xxxi. and xxxii. (Noy. 1895), in which this question is more 
fully dealt with.—TRANs1. | 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 305 


fan-trachee (7. e. the lungs), as appears from the explanation 
which he appends to the diagram of the position of the 
stigmata in the Arachnids (/oc. cit. p. 68). The ancestors of 
the Arachnids possessed a pair of stigmata upon each segment 
of the body; as the most material proof of this fact the 
author regards his discovery in the case of the Chernetida of 
rudimentary stigmata (“ vestigial stigmatic scars’”’) upon all 
the segments of the abdomen, commencing from the fourth. 
But according to Kingsley (No. 28, p. 239) the structures 
discovered by Bernard were already known to Siebold (1853), 
though they are not rudimentary trachez, but attachments 
for the muscles upon the chitinous envelope *. ‘The deduc- 
tions of this author are on all occasions too hasty. Similarly 
I cannot say that I agree with his theory as to the develop- 
ment of the trachee in the Tracheata in general from the 
bristle-glands of Worms (No. 7). But I will not stop to 
pursue this further. I have previously expressed my view 
as to the development of the trachee of Arachnids, of which 
the stigmata are situated upon the cephalothorax, and in 
certain cases probably upon the abdomen also (in which cases 
the latter occurs must be shown by future observations; as 
regards the former, however, I can only assume that this 
holds good for the Pseudoscorpions, Solituges t, Phalangide f, 
and Cyphophthalmidez). I can now say with Korschelt and 
Heider (loc. cit. p. 635) :—“‘ We are consequently inclined 
to side with those investigators who regard the Arachnids and 
the rest of the air-breathing Arthropods as two distinct 
serics, and therefore also assume a separate origin of the 
trachee in these two divisions.” 

If now, on the basis of what I have already stated, which 
has also appeared in my paper published in Russian, we 
attempt to cast a glance at the organization of the hypothetical 
primitive type of the Arachnids (Protarachnon), our concep- 
tion of it must assume the following shape :— 

PROTARACHNON.—In the general configuration of its body 
the animal must recall the fossil Slimonia; the body was 
divided into two sections, the cephalothorax and the abdomen ; 
the segments of the cephalothorax were fused together, but 


* (The author here quotes an erroneous supposition of Kingsley’s, as is 
evident from Bernard’s “ Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida,” which 
appeared in this Magazine in August 1894 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. xiv. pp. 149-153: ef. especially pp. 150-151).—TRanst. | 

+ The structural identity between the thoracic and abdominal tracheze 
in Galeodes is pointed out by Bernard (No. 7, p. 521). 

+ The position of the stigmata in the Phalangide is apparently not 
yet precisely determined. 


306 Herr J. Wagner on the 


the last segment was separated from the remainder by a 
transverse groove. On the anterior border of the cephalo- 
thorax were situated the median eyes, and on the sides of the 
same region the lateral ones. The cheliceree placed in front 
of the mouth were feebly developed; the long pedipalpi 
served the creature for seizing its prey; the first segments of 
the pedipalpi and of the legs possessed masticatory processes, 
which bounded the oral aperture on both sides and behind. 
The last pair of legs served partly for swimming. The six 
anterior segments of the abdomen, which were provided with 
lamelliform appendages, were broader than the remainder, 
but the transition from the one group to the other was gradual ; 
the last segment was expanded and ran out into a point. 
Among the abdominal appendages the first pair was very 
feebly developed, while the following pairs concealed small 
depressions, which were situated upon the ventral surface of 
the abdomen; into these depressions projected thin-walled 
branchial processes, proceeding from the surface of the ap- 
pendages turned towards the abdomen. Upon the surface of 
the body, the last abdominal segment also not excepted, 
opened numerous unicellular dermal glands; in the cephalo- 
thorax these glands were united into groups, and possessed 
fairly long thin-walled excretory ducts; a pair of these glands 
at the base of the pedipalpi was especially strongly developed, 
and poured out a secretion which assisted in the process of 
digestion. ‘Three pairs of strongly developed coxal glands 
were present and opened at the base of the first, second, and 
third pairs of legs. ‘The genital aperture was situated between 
the appendages of the first abdominal segment. The form of 
the metastoma was cordate. The nervous system was 
suggestive of that of the Scorpion; the ganglion of the last 
pair of legs was probably not fused with the cesophageal 
ganglion; the ganglia of the chelicere, partly also those of 
the pedipalpi, were situated on both sides of the cesophagus, 
so that the cesophageal commissures, just as in the existing 
Arachnids, were not developed. ‘The development of the 
blood-vascular system was approximately the same as that in 
Scorpio; the anterior extremity of the many-chambered heart 
extended into the cephalothorax ; the anterior aorta formed 
numerous ramifications beneath the external covering of the 
cephalothorax ; in the abdomen the branchial vessels were 
strongly developed. The mid-gut was divided into numerous 
paired lobes, the anterior of which extended into the ap- 
pendages; two small evaginations, proceeding from the 
hinder end of the mid-gut, served partly as excretory organs. 
The end-gut was a short and simple tube devoid of expan- 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 307 


sions. The endosternite, from which sprang the dorso-ventral 
bundles of the cephalothoracic muscles, was strongly deve- 
loped. The Protarachnon was a littoral form, which passed a 
portion of its life in the water and the remainder upon the 
land. Oviposition took place in the water; the development 
was accompanied by a post-embryonic metamorphosis. 

From the above description it is evident that the hypo- 
thetical Protarachnon must have differed considerably from 
the primitive type of the other Tracheata. This difference 
must be acknowledged if the relationship of the Xiphosura to 
the Arachnida be assumed, since, according to this latter 
view, from the forms closely allied to the Protarachnon arose 
the branch of the Gigantostraca, which gave origin to the 
Xiphosura as a lateral offshoot. Consequently the ancestral 
form of the Arachnoidea was an Arthropod, that of the group 
Peripatus + Myriopoda+ Hexapoda, however, a Peripatus-like 
Land-Annelid. his latter form differed but little and merely 
in a quantitative respect from the ancestral form of the whole 
of the Arthropoda. From the primitive Crustacea the existing 
Crustaceans as well as the Trilobites have been developed ; 
the Protarachnon and the Gigantostraca, however, are a side- 
branch of the latter that split off at the commencement of or 
even before the Paleozoic era. The relation of the Protarach- 
non and the Gigantostraca to the Trilobites distinguishes 
the view expressed above from that of Ray Lankester. 
Without touching upon the relations of the Arachnida to the 
Crustacea, I will merely remark that this view differs alto- 
gether from that of those authors, who separate the Arachnids 
indeed from the rest of the Tracheata, but do not derive the 
Crustaceans from well-segmented Annelids (Fernald, No. 15, 
pp. 493-499 ; Oudemans, No. 51; and others). ‘To me the 
paper by Oudemans (No. 51), in which much attention is 
devoted to the Acafina, is interesting. The author seeks to 
show the artificiality of the Arthropod type, and demonstrates 
the necessity of dividing it into certain independent groups. 
In his opinion the Trilobites + Xiphosura + Gigantostraca + 
Arachnoidea (not including Acarina and Tardigrada) form a 
perfectly separate group which commences with a hypothetical 
form, Proagnostus. This Proagnostus was the larval form of 
the whole of the Arachnida (loc. cit. p. 51) ; it differed from 
the Nauplius chiefly in the fact that it consisted of at least 
six fused postoral segments, and that the formation of the 
following segments proceeded far from the posterior end of 
the body. ‘The conclusions of this naturalist are based only 
upon observations upon the metamorphosis of the paleozoic 
Trilobites (Agnostus, Phacops) ; yet at this epoch the Gigantos- 


308 Herr J. Wagner on the 


traca as well as the Arachnoidea were completely differen- 
tiated and the postembryonic metamorphosis no longer 
pursued its primitive course, as is proved by the embryology 
of the Scorpion. The author takes cognizance of external 
characters alone, without touching upon the internal organi- 
zation of the Arachnida or the Crustacea, or upon embryo- 
logical facts. Greater interest for us is to be found in the 
circumstance that Oudemans professes to support Haller’s 
attempt to separate the Acarina into an independent group— 
Acaroidea, Hall. Besides Haller’s reasons, namely the 
arrangement of the mouth-parts, and in accordance therewith 
the different number of the appendage-bearing segments, the 
boundary between the cephalothorax and the abdomen (2. e. 
according to Haller between the second and third pairs of 
legs), and a hexapod larval stage (“‘Caris-stage’’), Oudemans 
also states his own—the absence of the heart in the Acarina, 
the absence of the endosternite, and especially the position of 
the movable finger in the chele. The insufficiency of 
Haller’s arguments has been demonstrated in my paper on 
the development of Ixodes (No. 66); as regards the argu- 
ments of Oudemans himself, however, only the last of them 
deserves attention. Yet naturally this one character without 
others 1s quite inadequate to separate the Acarina as a special 
group of the Arthropods. The first two arguments are, as 1s 
well known, according to the latest observations, false. If 
the author’s last argument (oc. cit. pp. 45-46), namely that 
im all Crustacea, Pantopoda, and Acarina the movable joint 
or the finger of the chele is situated on the outer side, but in 
Limulus and all Arachnida (except the Acarina) is directed 
imwards, should be confirmed by further observations, two 
explanations are here possible. On the one hand, we might 
suppose, since certain forms of the Gigantostraca had no 
chele, that the alteration in the primitive relation of the two 
last joints of the feet to one another proceeded independently 
in the different groups of the Arachnoidea (and of the 
Crustacea) *; on the other, the chelicere perhaps change 
their original position in the movement towards the front, as 
I have shown to be the case in the pedipalpi (No. 66, p. 67; 
the common base of the latter moves during development 
trom the longitudinal into the transverse direction with 
reference to the primitive streak). The first explanation 
appears to me to be the more probable; in any case, the 
circumstance that pincers are an ordinary weapon of certain 

* Certain Arachnids have, as is well known, no chele at all; their loss 
by these forms (Araneina, Phrynus, and certain Acarina) is only 
secondary. 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 309 


appendages of the Crustacea and Arachnida, and in the other 
T'racheata do not occur at all, is not without importance. In 
cases in which structures of this kind are found in the latter 
also it is not the modified terminal segment of the appendage 
that plays the part of the movable joint, but a strongly deve- 
loped thorn (a seta); in the contrary event, however, the 
penultimate segment forms no projecting process. 

The Acarina are undoubtedly Arachnida, although greatly 
modified and divergent from the primitive type. In this diver- 
gence are expressed distinct signs of degeneration, and not a 
cessation in development, as Bernard (No. 5) considers. 
Bernard regards the Acarina as a fixed larval stage of the 
Arachnids (probably of the Aranez) ; he finds, namely from 
instituting a comparison between the segmentation of the body 
in Tetranychus tiliarum, Herm., and in the Spiders (p. 281), 
that in the abdomen of the Acarina certain (seven) segments 
are wanting. These are situated between the segment 
bearing the genital aperture and the anal segment (in Tetra- 
nychus only a single segment is found here instead of the 
eight segments in the Aranee). Owing to the absence of 
these seven segments Bernard demonstrates certain peculia- 
rities in the internal organization of the Acarina; he compares 
the heart of the Acarina with that of the Aranex, and finds 
that in the former precisely that portion of the heart (the 
first two chambers) is absent which in the Aranee lies in the 
middle abdominal segments; he finds, too, that the same is 
the case with regard to the alimentary canal and the ventral 
ganglion. The Acarina differ from the Aranee only m a 
quantitative, not in a qualitative respect. In Bernard’s 
opinion, his view on the subject of the Acarina is confirmed 
by Winkler’s statement as to a provisional fourth pair of legs 
(Gamasus) and the exclusively tubular, consequently, as 
Bernard believes, more primitive, trachee, the stigmata of 
which are situated in the cephalothorax far towards the front. 
My own observations upon the development of Jvodes have 
shown that Bernard’s theory rests upon a false basis. ‘The 
abdomen of the Acarina divides in the embryonie period into 
a larger number of segments; subsequently this number is 
reduced through fusion, but not through mcomplete develop- 
ment; the segmentation of the body in the adult Acarina 
possesses no significance at all; further, the primitive genital 
aperture does not correspond to the definitive one. Bernard’s 
considerations as to the form of the heart, of the alimentary 
canal, and of the nervous system consequently cannot be 
accepted. The author’s view on the subject of the fourth 
pair of legs I do not clearly understand; his view as to the 


310 Herr J. Wagner on the 


tracheee is contradicted by the circumstance that it is precisely 
in the Acarina, which are distinguished from the rest of the 
Arachnida by the position of the stigmata, that the trachez 
do not appear before the second postembryonic period ; in the 
embryos and the hexapod larve they are totally wanting. In 
the given case, too, as in the speculation on the origin of the 
trachee, Bernard’s reasoning is weak, and his criticism of 
already firmly established facts is insufficient or fails entirely. 
As | have already stated, like the majority of naturalists, I 
regard the Acarina as highly degenerate forms, whose 
degeneration is expressed mainly in the following peculiarities 
which they exhibit :—(1) The body is unsegmented, and all 
its sections are fused into one; (2) in connexion with this 
character the muscles of the body-walls have undergone 
degeneration ; (8) the abdominal section is relatively insig- 
nificant ; (4) in certain Acarina the claws on the legs are 
wanting ; (5) the heart, when present, is of a peculiar form, 
in other cases it is absent; (6) the eyes are feebly developed 
or entirely wanting ; (7) the coxal glands are absent; (8) the 
endosternite is wanting in many cases ; (9) in certain cases 
the trachee are absent. Other characteristic features of the . 
Acarina, such as the powerful development of the dorso- 
ventral bundles of muscles, the complete centralization of the 
nervous system, the exclusively thoracic position of the 
stigmata, the great development of the so-called Malpighian 
tubes, the form of the alimentary canal, the peculiar hexapod 
larval stage, and, finally, the great diversity of the forms, 
point to the fact that the Acarina are an extremely specialized 
type, and likewise deserve attention in analyzing their rela- 
tions to the other orders of Arachnids. 

With reference to this latter question, as also to the mutual 
relations of the Arachnidan groups in general, it must be 
admitted that our knowledge of the development, and even of 
the structure of the individual groups, is too slight to enable 
us to institute such comparisons upon a sound basis. It is 
only as a provisional theory that we can advance the one or 
the other view as to the. relations of the various groups of 
Arachnids to one another. No greater assistance for the 
decision of the question is afforded by the discoveries of 
paleontology, since in the case of the majority of Arachnids 
exceptionally favourable conditions are needed for the preser- 
vation of the soft parts; this, too, is probably the explana- 
tion of the fact that, e. g. m the Mesozoic strata, fossil 
Arachnids (with the exception of a single doubtful specimen) 
are entirely wanting; Solifuge are entirely unknown as 
petrifactions, on the other hand Acarina, Pseudoscorpions, 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. alt 


and Phalangide (unquestionable forms) first occur in the 
Cenozoic deposits (Zittel, loc. cit., adapted from Scudder). 
As I previously stated, it appears to me very probable that 
the Arachnida have divided into two branches; of these the 
one with the Scorpions at its extremity served to give rise to 
the Pedipalpi and the Aranez, while from the other, in which 
forms standing midway between the Pseudoscorpions and the 
Solifugee belong to the more primitive types, arose the rest of 
the Arachnida*. In the case of the former group there 
exists in the embryonic or even in the postembryonic period 
a distinctly segmented postabdominal division, while the 
function of respiratory organs is discharged by lungs (meta- 
morphosed branchiz) and partly by modifications of these 
organs (Dipneumones); in the latter no _ postabdominal 
division can be distinguished (with regard to Chelifer, cf. 
No. 66, pp. 157-158), the respiratory organs are represented 
exclusively by tracheze, which moreover are not infrequently 
dendriform, while in many cases the stigmata are situated in 
the cephalothorax. 

As to the mutual relations of the various orders in each of 
the groups mentioned, but especially in the second, we can in 
the present state of our knowledge of their development only 
form a partial judgment. In the first group the Aranee, in 
the second the Acarina, are most divergent; in this way the 
relation of the Aranez to the Scorpions in the first group is 
the same as that of the Acarina to the Pseudoscorpions and 
the Solifugee in the second. If we disregard the little-studied 
Cyphophthalmide (and Gibbocellum), we may regard the 
Phalangide as a branch of the primitive stem of the second 
group of Arachnids, which separated at a very early period ; 
their ancestors were probably very closely allied to certain 
Anthracomarti (families Architarbidee and Eophrynide) + of 
the Coal-measures. 


* The position of the Tardigrades is, as it seems to me, still altogether 
indefinite (cf. the parallels between the Tardigrades and Insect larve, as 
stated by von Kennel, No. 27). 

+ The order of Arachnids that occurs in the Coal-measures, the 
Anthracomarti of Scudder, is apparently an altogether artificial group. 
This is already indicated by the too considerable difference in the number 
of the abdominal segments in the various representatives of the group (in 
certain cases four, in others as many as nine), while a comparison of the 
various views on the subject of the Anthracomarti also leads to the same 
conclusion. Karsch (No. 23, p. 558) assumes, on the basis of his own 
observations, that through Protolycosa of the Carboniferous period and 
the existing Liphistius, Anthracomartus forms a direct transition to the 
typical unsegmented Araneze, while he regards the interesting fossil 
Areischeria as a form very near akin to the existing Trogulide. By 
Haase (No. 17), however, the majority of Scudder’s Anthracomarti are 


312 Herr J. Wagner on the 


It seems to me that only general observations such as these 
are possible in the present state of our knowledge of the 
development of Arachnids. Above all the development of 
the Solifugee and Pseudoscorpions must be the subject of 
further embryological investigations. These must either 
confirm or overthrow the proposed division of the Arachnida 
into two branches, and must elucidate the relation of these 
forms to the Scorpion. 


Papers quoted. 


(1) Barrour, F. M.—‘“ Notes on the Development of the Araneina.” 
Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci. vol. xx., 1880. 

(2) Barrois, J.—“ Sur le développement des Chelifers.” Compt. 
Rend. hebd. Acad. Paris, t. xeix., 1884. 


(8) ——. ‘ Recherches sur le développement des Araignées.” Journ. 
de Anat. et de la Physiol. norm. et path. de l'homme, &c., 
1877. 


(4) Bepparp, F. E.—“On the Possible Origin of the Malpighian 
Tubules in the Arthropoda.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 
vol. iv., 1889. 

(5) Bernarp, H. M.—“Some Observations on the Relations of the 
Acaridee to the Arachnida.” Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. 
vol. xxiv., 1892. 

(6) ——. “The Stigmata of the Arachnida asa Clue to their An- 
cestry.” ‘Nature, vol. xlix., no. 1255, 1893. 

(7) ——. “An Endeavour to show that the 'lracheze of the Arthro- 
poda arose from Setiparous Sacs.” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Abth, 
f. Anat. &c., Bd. v., 1892. 

(8) Berreavux, L.—‘‘ Les Poumons des Arachnides.” ‘La Cellule,’ 
v., 1892. 

(9) Berrkavu, Pu. Ueber den Verdauungsapparat der Spinnen.” 
Arch. f. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxiv., 1885. 

(10) Craparkpr, Ep.—“ Studien an Acariden.” Zeitschr. f. wiss. 
Zool. Bd. xviii., 1868. 

(11) Croneserc, A.—* Ueber den Bau von Eylais evtendens, O. F. 
Miller, &e.” (in Russian). Nachr. d. k. Gesellsch. Freunde 
Naturw., Aathrop., u. Ethnogr. t. xxix. 2 Lief., 1878. 

“Ueber die Entwickelungsstadien von Graleodes.” Zool. 
Anz., 10. Jahrg., 1887. 

(18) Dourn, A.—“ Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel.” Fauna 
u. Flora des Golfes yon Neapel, 3. Monogr., Leipzig, 1881. 

(14) Faussex, V.—“ Studien zu der Entwickelungsgeschichte und 
Anatomie der Afterspinnen (Phalangiide).” Arbeit. aus 
dem zootomisch. Laborat. d. k. Univ. zu St. Petersburg, 
no. 8, 1891. [Cf réswmé in Biol. Centralbl. xii. Bd. no, 1 


(12) 


assigned to the Phalangidw, while some are referred to the Pedipalpi, 
Ayranez, and Chernetidee. Finally Scudder (Zittel, doc. cit.) assumes that 
the Anthracomarti (sens. dat.) were related to the Pedipalpi and the 
Chernetidz (the resemblance between Arezscheria and the Pseudoscorpions 
was pointed out by H. B, Geinitz before the appearance of Karsch’s 


paper). 


Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 313 


(Jan. 15, 1892), pp. 1-8, and transl. in Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
* (6) vol. ix. 1892, pp. 397-405. | 

(15) Fernaup, H. T.—“ The Relationships of Arthropoda.’’ Studies 
from the Biol. Lab. of the Johns Hopkins Uniy. vol. iv., 
1890. 

(16) FirsrenperGc, M. H. F.—‘ Die Kratzmilben des Menschen und 
der Tiere,’ Leipzig, 1861. 

(17) Haase, E.—* Beitriige zur Kenntnis der fossilen Arachniden.” 
Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch. Bd. xlii., 1890. 

(18) Hatter, G.—* Die Mundteile und die systematische Stellung 
der Milben.” Zool. Anzeiger, 4. Jahrg., 1881. 


(19) ——. “Ueber den Bau der vogelbewohnenden Sarcoptiden 
(Dermaleichidee).” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xxxvi., 
1882. 


(20) Henxine, H.—“Beitriige zur Anatomie, Entwickelungsgeschichte 
und Biologie von Trombidiwm fuliginosum, Herm.” Zeitschr. 
f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xxxvii., 1882. 

(21) Horx, P. P. C.—“ Report on the Pyecnogonida.” The Voyage 
of H M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Zool. iii., 1881. 

(22) JosmpH, G.—* Cyphophthalmus duricornis, eine neue Arachniden- 
gattung aus der Familie der Arthrogasterordnung.” Ent. 
Zeitschr., 1868. 

23) Karscu, F.—“ Ueber ein neues Spinnentier aus der schlesischen 
Steinkohle und die Arachniden der Steinkohlenformation 
iiberhaupt.”  Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch. 
Bd. xxxiv., 1882. 

(24) v. Kennex, J.—“ Die Verwandtschaftsverhiltnisse der Arthro- 


poden.” Schrift. herausg. von der naturf. Gesellsch. der Univ. 
Dorpat, vi., 1891. 


(25) ——. “Ueber einige Landblutegel des tropischen America.” 
Zoolog, Jahrbiicher, Bd, ii. 

(26) ‘Lehrbuch der Zoologie,’ Stuttgart, 1893. 

(27) ——. Sitzungsber. der Dorpater naturf. Gesellsch. Bd. ix., 


1891. 

(28) Kinestey, J. S—“The Embryology of Zimulus, Part II.” 

Journ. of Morphol. vol. viii., 1893. 

(29) Kiscurnovyr, K.—“ On the Development of Araneina.” Journ. 
of the Coll. of Science, Imp. Univ. Japan, vol. iv. p. 1, 1890. 

(80) KornrkE, F.—* Vorliutige Notiz tiber die Bedeutung der ‘ Steif- 
driisen, Atar crasstpes (Miull.).” Zool. Anzeiger, 4. Jahrg., 
1881. 

(31) Korscuett, E., and Hr1pEr, K.— Lehrbuch der vergleichenden 
Entwickelungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Tiere,’ Jena, Heft ii., 
1891. 

(82) KowaLEwsky, A.—* Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Exkretions- 
organe.” Biol. Centralbl. Bd. ix., 1889. 

(33) ——. “Sur les organes excréteurs chez les Arthropodes ter- 
restres.” Congrés intern. de Zoologie, 2° Sess. Moscou, 


1° partie, 1892. 
(84) ——. “Ueber die Exkretionsorgane bei einigen Insekten, 


Spinnen und Tausendfisslern ’ (in Russian). Abhandl. der 
Neuruss. Gesellsch. Naturforsch. Odessa, Bd. xiy., 1889, 

(35) Kowatewsky, A., and Scuutein, M.—* Zur Entwickelungs- 
geschichte des kaukasischen Scorpions (Androctonus orna- 
tus). Ibid. Bd. xi., 1886 (in Russian); also in Biol. 
Centralbl. Bd. vi., 1886-87. 


(36) Kramer, P.—“ Ueber die Typen der postembryonalen Entwickel- 


314 On the Phylogeny of the Arachnida. 


ung bei den Acariden.” Arch. f. Naturgesch., 57. Jahrg., 
Bd. i., 1891. 

(37) Kramer, P.—* Grundziige zur Systematik der Milben.” Arch. 
f. Naturgesch., 43. Jahrg., Bd. i., 1877. 

(88) Lane, A.—‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie, 2. Abt., 
Jena, 1889. 

(39) Laurtr, M.—‘The Embryology of a Scorpion (Zuscorpius 
atalicus).’ Quart. Journ. Micr. Science (n. s.), vol. xxxi., 
1890. 

(40) Locy, W. A.—‘ Observations on the Development of Agelena 
nevia.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. xii. 

(41) Loman, J. C. C.—“Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung der 
sogenannten Malpighi’schen Gefisse der echten Spinnen.” 
Tijdschr. der Nederl. Dierkund. Vereen. (2. ser.), Deel i., 1885- 
1887. 

(42 a) 


“ Altes und Neues itiber das Nephridium (die Coxal- 
driise) der Arachniden.” Bijtragen tot de Dierkunde, Am- 
sterdam, 14. Aufl., 1888. 

(426) MacLrop, J.—“ Recherches sur la structure et les significations 
de l’appareil respiratoire des Arachnides.” Arch. de Biologie, 
t. v., 1884. 

(43) Misaniy, P.—“ Note sur la faculté qu’ont certains Acariens, avec 
ou sans bouche, de vivre sans nourriture &c....” Journ. de 
VAnat. et de la Physiol., 12 Ann., 1876. 

(44) Mretscunrkorr, E.—*“ Entwickelungsgeschichte der Chelifer.” 
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxi., 1871. 

(45) Micnartz, A. D.—‘ British Oribatidee,’ vol. i., London, 1884. 

(46) ——. “Observations on the Anatomy of the Oribatidee.” Journ. 
R. Micr. Soe. (2 ser.), vol. iii., 1883. 

(47) Montrz, R.—* Contribution a V’histoire naturelle de Tyroglyphus 
mycophagus, Mégnin.” Mém. de la Soc. Zool. de France, 
t. v., 1892. 

(48) Morty, J.—‘‘Studien tiber die Entwickelung der Spinnen” (in 
Russian). Abhandl. der Neuruss. Gesellsch, Naturfor. Odessa, 
Bd. xiii., 1888. 

(49) Mosrtry, H. N.—* On the Structure and Development of Peri- 
patus capensis.’ Phil. Trans. vol. clxiv., 1874. 

(50) Narepa, A.—* Die Anatomie der Tyroglyphen.—I. Abt.” Sitz- 
ungsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Klasse, 
Bd. xe. (i.), 18865. 

(51) OupeMans, A. C.—* Die gegenseitige Verwandtschaft, Abstam- 
mung und Klassifikation der sogenannten Arthropoden,”— 
Tijdschr. der Nederl. Dierk. Vereen. (2. s.) Deel i., 1885- 
1887. 

(52) Puarrav, F.—“ Recherches sur la structure de V'appareil digestif 
et sur les phénoménes de la digestion chez les Aranéides 
dipneumones.” Bull. de lAcad. Royale de Belgique, (2° sér.) 
t. xliv., 1877. 

(53) ——. “Note sur les phénoménes de la digestion et sur la struc- 
ture de l'appareil digestif chez les Phalangides.” bid. (2° sér.) 
t. xlii., 1876. 

(54) Pococs, R. 1—“Liphistius, and its Bearing upon the Classifica- 
tion of Spiders.” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6) vol. x., 
1892. 

(55) Ray Lankester, E.—‘Zimulus an Arachnid.” Quart. Journ. 
Micr. Sci. (2) vol. xxi., 1881. 

(56) v. Scuaus, V.—“ Ueber die Anatomie von Hydrodromus.” 


On Scolytides from Ceylon. 315 


Sitzungsber. k. Akad. ‘Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Iasse, 
Bd. xevii., 1888. 

(57) ScuimKkEwitscu, W.—“ Etudes sur l’anatomie de |’Epezra.” 
Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, (6° sér.) t. xvil., 1884. 


(58) ——. “Les Arachnides et leurs affinités.” Arch. de Biolog. 
Slaves, t. i., 1886. 
(59) ——. “ Etudes sur le développement des Araignées.” Arch. de 


Biologie, t. vi., 1885. 

(60) Scuinpier, E.—“ Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Malpighi’schen 
Gefiisse der Insekten.” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxx., 
1878. 

(61) StEcKER, A.—“ Anatomisches und Histologisches uber Gbbo- 
cellum, eine neue Arachnide.” Arch. f. Naturgesch., 42. Jahrg., 
1876. 

(62) StEINMANN, G., und D6pERLEIN, L.—‘ Elemente der Palion- 
tologie, Leipzig, 1890. 

(63) Srrupeti, A.—“ Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pedipalpen.” 
Zool. Anzeiger, 15. Jahre., 1892; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. x. 1892, pp. 419-425. 

(64) Sturany, R.—‘ Die Coxaldriisen der Arachnoideen.” Arbeiten 
aus dem Zool. Inst. der Univ. Wien, t. ix., 1891. 

(65) Vespovsky, F.—“ Sur un organ embryonnaire des Pseudoscor- 
pionides.” Congrés intern. de Zovlogie, 2° sér., Moscou, 
1° partie, 1892. 

(66) Waaner, J.—* Die Embryonalentwickelung von Lvodes calca- 
ratus, Bir.” Arbeiten aus dem Zootom. Laborat. der k. Univ. 
zu St. Petersburg, no. 5, 1894. 

(67) WrtIssENBORN, B.—‘“ Beitrige zur Phylogenie der Arachniden.” 
Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. Bd. xx. (n. F. xiii.), 1887. 

(68) WinkLER, W.—“ Anatomie der Gamasiden,” Arbeiten aus dem 
Zool. Iust. Wien, t. vii., 1888. 

(69) ZENKER, W.—“ Untersuchungen iiber Pycnogoniden.” Arch. 
fiir die Anatomie, Physiol., &c., 1852. 

(70) v. Zrrren, K. A.—‘ Handbuch der Paliontologie,’ I. Abt. Bd. ii., 
1885 (Miinchen und Leipzig). 

(71) Zograrr, N.—‘ Materialen zur Kenntnis der Embryonalent- 
wickelung von Geophilus ferrugineus, L. K., und G. proximus, 
L. K.” (in Russian), Nachrichten der k. Gesellsch. Freunde 
Naturw., Anthropol., und Ethnogr., Moskau, t. xlii., 1883. 

(72) ——. “Note sur lorigine et les parentés des Arthropodes, prin- 
cipalement des Arthropodes trachéates.” Congrés internat. 
de Zool., 2° Sess., Moscou, 1° partie, 1892. 


XXXVI.—A List of the Scolytide collected in Ceylon by 
Mr. George Lewis, with Descriptions of new Species. By 
W. F. H. Buanprorp, M.A., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


BESIDES the large collection of Scolytidee made in Japan by 
Mr. George Lewis, which has formed the subject of descrip- 
tive papers by myself, a smaller number were obtained by 
him in Ceylon and placed at the same time in my hands. 
They comprise some twenty-seven species, of which fifteen 


316 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on 


have been identified with described forms; the remaining 
species, with the exception of one or two of doubtful cha- 
racter, I now describe. Two are referred to new monotypic 
genera, one of which, Crantodicticus, is interesting and of 
doubtful relationship. 

Previous descriptions of Ceylonese Scolytide are due 
chiefly to Motschulsky and Walker. Those of the former 
author, though drawn up with some care, do not always indi- 
cate the essential diagnostic points, so as to form a reliable 
guide to identification. Those of Walker are, of course, 
useless, but his types are in the British Museum collection 
and a short account of them may be of service. Under the 
head of Tomicide he describes fourteen species (Ann. Nat. 
Hist. (3) ii. pp. 260, 261). Of these Apate submedia, 
Bostrichus mutitatus, B. vertens, and B. moderatus are Bos- 
trychide. Bostrichus testaceus and exiguus belong to the 
genus Xyleborus. Platypus minax has been placed by 
Chapuis in Crossotarsus; P. solidus and latifinis are true 
Platypt.  Hylurgus determinans is a Cossonid, Hylurgus 
concinnulus a Phleosinus. LHylesinus curvifer belongs to 
Diamerus, Er. (Acanthurus, Eichh.). This species is also 
found in the Andaman Islands, and is probably the same as 
one of the two described by Hichhoff from Sumatra. Hyle- 
sinus despectus is a true flylesinus, and Hylesinus? trresolutus 
is an Anthribid. 

The following is a list of the species taken by Mr. Lewis:— 


*Craniodicticus mucronatus, gen. *Xyleborus indicus, Lichh. 

et sp. n. *.—— interjectus, Blandf. 
Hylesinus despectus, Walk. * seminitens, sp. n. 
Phlceosinus detersus, Chap. perforans, Well. 
*Cryphalus vestitus, sp. n. parvulus, Evchh. 


* fuliginosus, sp. n. % dentatus, sp. n. 
*Cosmoderes monilicollis, Eichh. Kccoptopterus sex-spinosus, 
*Scolytomimus dilutus, gen. et Motsch. 
sp. n. *Crossotarsus Saundersi, Chap 
*Dryoccetes flavicornis, sp. n. -—— yenustus, Chap. 
(*Xyleborus Lewisi, Blandf.) Platypus solidus, Walk. 
* asperatus, Sp. n. —— latifinis, Walk. 
fornicatus, Lichh. * uncinatus, sp. n. 


— obliquecauda, Motsch. 


The species indicated with an asterisk have not been pre- 
viously recorded from the island. X. Lewist was not taken 
by Mr. Lewis, but is inserted on the authority of an example 
in the collection of the Rev. H. S. Gorham. Two or three 
undetermined species of Cryphalus and one of Hypothenemus 
are omitted. 


Scolytide from Ceylon. 317 


CRANIODICTICUS, gen. nov. 


Caput globosum, exsertum ; oculi ovales, lati, emarginati; antennze 
breves, lateraliter inserts, scapo clavato, funiculo paullo longiore, 
5-articulato, articulo i° magno, 2° obconico, ceteris transversis, 
Jatitudine haud erescentibus, clava ovali, haud compressa, tri- 
articulata, articulo 1° magno hemispheerico, sequentibus conjunc- 
tim longiore, his transversis latitudine subabrupte decrescentibus. 
Mentum ad basin angustum, versus apicem dilatatum, lateribus 
sinuatis ; palpi labiales articulis 1°, 2° tumidis, 3° cylindrico. 

Prothorax cylindricus, lateribus pro receptione femorum impressis, 
immarginatis. 

Prosternum et mesosternum brevia, metasternum elongatum, epi- 
sternis angustis. Abdominis segmenta 1™ et 5" ceteris 
singulis longiora. 

Coxe antice magne, globose, distantes; intermedie distantes. 
Femora compressa, anteriora medio dilatata; tibie breves, extus 
dilatatz, ad apicem oblique truncate, margine externo subtiliter 
dentato; tarsi tibiis longiores, articulis 2 primis brevibus, 3° 
paullo longiore ad apicem incrassato, 5° ceteris conjunctim fere 
eequali. : 


Craniodicticus mucronatus, Sp. N. 


Elongatus, cylindricus, nitidus, parcissime pilosus, niger vel nigro- 
piceus, tarsorum articulo ultimo testaceo; capite parce punctato, 
fronte medio impunctata, pilis cinereis brevibus circumdata ; pro- 
thorace oblongo, angulis posticis rotundatis, lateribus mox ante 
basin constrictis inde subparallelis, dorso antice fortiter punc- 
tato, punctis posterius sparsis, postice levi; scutello minuto ; 
elytris prothorace duplo fere longioribus, basi truncata, lateribus 
subrectis, subdivergentibus, ad apicem abrupte inflexis, margine 
apicali crenato, subacuminato, ad suturam spinulis duobus trun- 
catis armato, spinula recta majore, supra fortiter punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis angustis, convexis, In apice fortiter convexe 
declivi tuberculis piligeris instructis. 

Long. 2-2°2 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya. Several specimens. 

The frontal area has, in addition to the marginal hairs, a 
very short pubescence in some examples, probably a sexual 
character. The prothorax is gently curved from base to apex 
and is slightly constricted behind the apex so as to embrace 
the base of the head; the punctures extend back along the 
sides to the hinder third, and the anterior border is, in addition, 
very finely reticulate and scantily hairy. The base of the 
elytra is not elevated above the prothorax ; it is a singular 
feature that of the two small cylindrical spines which occur 
at the sutural angles of the elytra the right one is in all 
specimens stouter and twice as long as the left. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 22 


318 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on 


I can suggest no near relationship for this genus, which in 
the shape of the prothorax somewhat resembles Chapuisia, 
Duges. It differs, however, in the structure of the antennal 
club and the much less elongate tarsi. 

According to Mr. Lewis the specimens were taken in one 
of the creepers known as “ jungle-rope.” 


HAylesinus despectus, Walk. 
Hylesinus scobipennis, Chap. Syn. Scol. p. 30. 


Hab. Ceylon, Balangoda. One example. 

This may be identical with HA. granulifer, Motsch. 
Chapuis refers the authorship of his name to Hichhoff, who 
does not, however, appear to have published any description 
of it. 


Phieosinus detersus, Chap. 
Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya. Six specimens. 
This species varies in colour from testaceous brown to 
piceous or black, with the antenne and tarsi testaceous. It 
may be identical with Holonthogaster nitidicollis, Motsch. 


As with the preceding species, the authorship is ascribed by 
Chapuis to Hichhoff. 


Cryphalus vestitus, sp. n. 

Oblongo-ovalis, opacus, longe pilosus, fusco-piceus, antennis pedi- 
busque fusco-testaceis ; fronte punctata, medio transverse cari- 
nata, postice alutacea; oculis emarginatis; antennarum clava 
orbiculari, suturis valde curvatis; prothorace vix transverso, 
versus apicem angustato, dorso amplo convexo, anterius tuber- 
culis in plagam vix elevatam, postice rotundatam aggregatis 
scabrato, posterius granulose punctato ; elytris ad medium sub- 
parallelis, subtiliter striato-punctatis, striis ad basin impressis, 
interstitiis planis, rugulosis, pilis seriatis versus apicem longiori- 
bus instructis. 

Long. 2:2 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Bogawantalawa. One specimen. 

Among the largest species of the genus, and readily dis- 
tinguished by the long dense pubescence. ‘The transverse 
frontal carina is probably a sexual feature. The antennal 
club is large, and the sutures are so strongly curved that the 
basal joint is orbicular and the rest lunate; its surface is 
shining and finely alutaceous, with the sutural margins 
fringed. The greater or less curvature of these sutures has 
been employed for the separation of the genus into various 
subgenera ; but these are of no value, except for the division 
of the European species. ‘The curvature is always more 
marked on the upperside of the club. 


Scolytide from Ceylon. 319 


Oryphalus fuliginosus, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovalis, opacus, fuligineo-fuscus, brevissime pilosus, antennis 
pedibusque ferrugineis, earum clava ovali, suturis mediocriter 
curvatis ; prothorace subhemispheerico, antice constricto, lateribus 
modice, apice fortius rotundato, dorso gibboso, anterius plaga 
tuberculorum mox ad basin angulatim producta asperato, poste- 
rius lateraliter granulato; elytris prothorace sesqui amplius 
longioribus, ad medium subparallelis, supra convexis, subtilissime 
striatis, striis impunctatis, interstitiis planis, dense confuse punc- 
tatis, breviter fusco-squamosis et serie singula setarum per totum 
instructis. 

Long. 2:1 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Bogawantalawa. One specimen. 

The body is covered with very short, close-lying, smoky 
brown, hair-like scales. The front has a short median longi- 
tudinal carina, and is finely and thinly pubescent. The 
sutures of the antennal club are less strongly curved above 
than in C. vestitus, and are nearly straight below. The 
elytral sete are fine, short and inconspicuous. ‘This species 
is separable from C. vestitus by the absence of long 
pubescence. 

The collection contains two or three species of Oryphalus, 
which I leave undetermined. LHichhoff has described several 
from India and Burma, all on single specimens, which may 
be identical with some of these species; but as his types are 
not accessible, any attempt at identification would be 
unsatisfactory. 


SCOLYTOMIMUS, gen. nov. 


Caput rotundatum, obtectum ; oculi ovales, emarginati ; antennarum 
scapus longus, funiculus perbrevis, 6-articulatus, articulis 3°-6™ 
transversis, latitudine haud crescentibus, clava permagna, ovalis, 
compressa, solida, sutura unica obliqua in margine externo 
incipiente et medium attinente notata ; mentum oblongum, late- 
ribus incurvatis, ligula ovali medio inserta, palpis labialibus 
longis. 

Prothorax transyversus, semiorbiculatus. Scutellum magnum. 
Elytra depressa, posterius vix declivia. Abdomen versus apicem 
ascendens. 

Coxe antice approximate; tibize compresse, extus rotundate, 
antice extus serrate ; tarsi recepti, breves, articulis tribus primis 
zequalibus. 


The antennal club is three times as long as the funi- 
culus, irregularly oval, spongy, and pubescent, with a single 


conspicuous suture beginning on the outer edge near the base 
22° 


320 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on 


and running obliquely to the middle of the club, where it 
ceases. The maxillary lobe is set with fine setiform spines, 
closer at the tip; the maxillary palpi have the first two joints 
transverse, the third more than twice as long as broad; the 
mentum is oblong, narrowed in the middle, with the sides 
incurved ; the labial palpi are inserted close together, the 
first and third joints are longer than broad. 

The genus is intermediate between Xyloctonus, Hichh., 
and Scolytogenes, Kichh., and presents the same Scolytus-like 
upward flexure of the abdomen. It differs from the former 
in the much larger oval antennal club and the undivided eyes, 
and from the latter in the six-joimted antennal funiculus. 
The maxillary armature is that of a xylophagous rather than 
a phloophagous species; and these genera, which show 
certain affinities with Trypodendron, are perhaps wrongly 
placed near the Cryphali. 


Scolytomimus diluius, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovalis, opacus, glaber, fusco-piceus, elytris stramineis, 
antennis pedibusque testaceis; prothorace semiorbiculato, basi 
bisinuato, apice tuberculo unico exstructo, supra conyexe gibboso 
ante basin transverse impresso, granulato, anterius tuberculis 
magnis, discretis exstructo; elytris prothorace sesquilongioribus, 
lateraliter ad medium rectis, inde rotundatis, apice medio haud 
profunde emarginatis, supra subdepressis, punctato-striatis, 
punctis magnis, interstitiis fere planis, angustis, confuse subtiliter 
punctulatis, 9° ad apicem elevato et cum margine laterali ad angu- 
lum emarginationis externum conjuncto. Subtus piceus, abdo- 
minis segmentis 2°-5™ transverse impressis, porcatis. 

Long. 2 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Bogawantalawa. Two specimens. 

This insect can hardly be confounded with any other 
species except Xyloctonus scolytoides, Kichh., from which it 
differs by the generic characters, the very large scutellum, 
and the absence of costee on the elytra. 


Dryocetes flavicornis, sp. 0. 


Oblongus, cylindricus, sat nitidus, parce breviter pilosus, pedibus 
nigro-piceis, antennis tarsisque flavo-testaceis, fronte convexa, 
nitida, fortiter punctata, linea media subcarinata; antennarum: 
scapo longo, clava ovali, compressa, haud eyidenter articulata, ad 
apicem preecipue inferne pubescente; prothorace oblongo, mox 
ante basin latissimo, lateribus parum apice fortius singulatim 
rotundatis, angulis posticis obtusis, dorso leviter convexo, haud 
gibboso, asperato, tuberculis posterius subtilioribus, preter 


Scolytide from Ceylon. 321 


lineam mediam obsoletis ; elytris prothorace duplo fere latioribus, 
lateribus rectis posterius subampliatis, apice rotundato, supra 
striato-punctatis, stria suturali profundius punctata, interstitiis 
angustis, subconvexis, transverse rugulosis, subtiliter uniseriatim 
punctatis, in declivitate subobliqua subtiliter pilosis et uni- 
serlatim squamis erectis testaceis ornatis; tibiis angustis, anticis 
extus subrectis. 
Long. 2°5 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Bogawantalawa. One specimen. 

On account of the absence of distinct sutures on the an- 
tennal club, the comparatively long and slender scape, and 
the slender tibiae, I am in doubt whether this species should 
be associated with Dryocwtes. There is, however, no other 
genus in which it can be placed, and it approximates to 
certain species—D. dinoderoides, Blandf., &c.—also of doubt- 
ful systematic position, from Japan. 

Its generic characters require to be fully ascertained by 
dissection. 


Xyleborus asperatus, sp. n. 


2. Oblongo-cylindrica, piceo-nigra, parce longius pilosa, antennis 
pedibusque testaceis ; fronte fortiter rugose punctata, linea media 
subelevata levi; prothorace orbiculato, transverso, lateribus 
postice mediocriter antice cum apice fortius rotundatis ; dorso con- 
vexo, opaco, medio transverse obtuse elevato, per totum asperato, 
tuberculis ante medium densis, postice sparsis subtilibus, inter- 
stitiis alutaceis ; elytris prothorace duplo vix longioribus, lateribus 
post medium rectis, inde gradatim fortiter rotundatis, apice medio 
subtransyerso, supra sat fortiter lineato-punctatis, lineis parum 
impressis, interstitiis angustis, subrugulosis, punctis setigeris vix 
subtilioribus notatis ; declivitate convexa, subtus tenuiter carinata, 
preter suturam impressa, subtiliter striata, punctis obsoletis, 
interstitio 2° sat fortiter trituberculato, ceteris piligeris. 

Long. 2-4 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya. One example. 

This species is distinguishable by the finely asperate hinder 
half of the subglobose prothorax, the uniseriate punctures of 
the elytral interstices, and the convex declivity, which is 
impressed along the suture and bituberculate on each side. 


Xyleborus interjectus, Blandf. 
Hab. Ceylon, Galle, Kitugalle, Horton Piains ; Chusan Is. ; 


Japan. 
The examples from Ceylon differ from those from China 


and Japan, from which I described the species, in the more 


322 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on 


evidently impressed elytral strie ; the anterior margin of the 
prothorax is also a little more rounded. 


These differences are hardly specific. 


Xyleborus seminitens, sp. n. 


@. Oblonga, cylindrica, picea, breviter pilosa, antennis pedibusque 
ferrugineo-testaceis ; fronte convexa, subglabra, opaca, subtiliter 
sparsim punctulata, ore ciliato; oculis oblongis, profunde emar- 
ginatis ; prothorace oblongo, lateribus subparallelis, apice fortiter 
rotundato, angulis posticis obtusis; dorso ante medium trans- 
verse subelevato, anterius asperato, posterius subopaco, dense 
alutaceo et hine illine subtiliter punctulato; elytris prothorace 
vix tertia parte longioribus, lateribus ad medium parallelis, inde 
rotundatis, margine apicali singulo obliqua, subrecta, apice ideo 
acuminato ; supra ante medium nitidis, lineato-punctatis, lineis 
parum lmpressis, punctis minutis postice subdilatatis, interstitiis 
planis confuse subtiliter punctatis ; declivitate ante medium inci- 
piente, conyexa, infra carinata, pruinoso-opaca, interstitiis 
tuberculis parvis setiferis uniseriatim instructis; tibiis extus 
rotundatis, subtilissime serratis. 

Long. 3 millim. 


Hab, Ceylon, Dikoya. Two specimens. 

This species differs from any known to me in which the 
prothorax is subcylindrical by the acuminate elytra, the de- 
clivity of which is dull, with the interstices very finely and 
equally tuberculate. 


Xyleborus perforans, Woll. 
Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya, Balangoda; India, Madeira, &c. 


I have elsewhere identified the Ceylonese species, which 
has been described by Walker under the name Bostrichus 
testaceus and by Hichhoff as X. Kraatz’, with Wollaston’s 
Tomicus perforans. Possibly Anodius tuberculatus, Motsch., 
is a synonym of the same species. 


Xyleborus parvulus, Kichh. 


Hab. Ceylon, Kitugalle; India, Belgaum (Andrewes) ; 
Mauritius (Hichhoff ). 

The single example taken by Mr. Lewis differs from 
Hichhoff’s description in being a little larger (2°3 millim.), 
rather darker in colour, in having the apex of the thorax 
somewhat transverse, in possessing no tubercle at the sutural 
angle of the elytra, whereas it has additional very fine 
tubercles on the first interstice before its declivous portion 
and on the third and fourth interstices. 


Scolytidee from Ceylon. 323 


These tubercles are more conspicuous in a still larger 
specimen (2°5 millim.) taken at Belgaum by Mr. H. E. 
Andrewes. 

As Eichhoff has described under the name X. dilatatus a 
form from Mauritius which differs from the present species 
by characters precisely similar, it would appear that the two 
are merely varieties depending on the size of the individual. 


Xyleborus dentatus, sp. n. 


2. Linearis, cylindrica, nitida, ferruginea vel picea, prothoracis 
basi rufescente, antennis pedibusque ferrugineis, parcissime 
longius pilosa; fronte subconvexa, rarius sat fortiter punctata, 
spatio medio subelevata levi; prothorace oblongo, lateribus sub- 
parallelis, apice fortiter rotundato, dorso medio subnodoso, poste- 
rius nitido frequenter subtiliter punctulato, punctis in linea media 
et versus marginem basalem obsolescentibus; elytris prothorace 
sesquilongioribus, lateribus subparallelis posterius subangustatis, 
apice medio haud profunde emarginato; supra lineato-punctatis, 
linea suturali subimpressa, interstitiis planis vix perspicue seriato- 
punctatis, 1° tuberculis 2 aut 3 minutis notato, declivitate 
excavato-retusa, obcordata, fundo subconcavo, nitido, levi, 
ambitu utrinque bituberculato, tuberculis acutis. 

Long. 3-3°3 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya, Bogawantalawa. Several examples. 

The hairs on the elytra are limited to a very few at the 
apex; the terminal excavation is not very oblique nor con- 
cave, its margin is raised and thickened, and the lower acute 
tubercle is situated somewhat within it. Between the upper 
and lower tubercles are usually situated one or two smaller 
denticles. The apical emargination is narrow and shallow, 
and the angles which it forms with the posterior margin are 
thickened, but not tuberculate. 

The species appears allied to X. fallax, Eichh., which 
differs in possessing three spines on each side of the apical 
excavation which gradually increase in size. 


Eccoptopterus sex-spinosus, Motsch. 


Hab. Ceylon, Kitugalle, Dikoya. Four examples. 

This insect appears to be widely distributed. It has been 
found in Ceylon, Damma Island, Burma, Borneo, Celebes, 
Batchian and New Guinea. Some specimens from the two 
latter islands possess one or two smaller spines on the lateral 
border of the elytral declivity. This is well-marked in a 
specimen from Borneo, which has five spines on each elytron. 
But these subsidiary denticles are not constant, nor even 


394 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on 


symmetrical ; and though they do not occur in any Ceylonese 


or Burmese examples, do not appear to be indicative of a new 
species. 


In a previous paper on the Scolytide of Japan (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 127) I suggested that there were grave 
doubts as to the accuracy of the application of the sexual 
characters throughout Chapuis’s ‘ Monographie des Platypides.’ 
The hesitation [ then felt as to the necessity of reversing the 
sexual distinctions throughout his work has since been dis- 
pelled. Hopkins, in a paper on the sexual characters of 
North-American Scolytids as ascertained by dissection 
(Canad. Ent., Oct. 1894), reverses the sexes of the species of 
Platypus therein dealt with. I propose in future to do the 
same throughout the subfamily, with the exception, perhaps, 
of one or two monotypic genera which are not available for 
dissection. 


Crossotarsus venustus, Chap. 
Crossotarsus venustus, Chap. Mon. Plat. p. 88, ¢ (lege 2). 


$. Ferrugineo-piceus, capite et elytrorum apice infuscatis ; fronte 
subconcava, opaca, posterius profunde punctata, striga media 
longitudinali impressa ; vertice subopaca, subtilius irregulariter 
punctata, linea media nitida obsoleta ; prothorace latitudine sub- 
longiore, subtiliter irregulariter punctato, sulco brevi haud pro- 
fundo, disco ante suleum subimpresso; elytris lineato-punctatis, 
lineis ad basin impressis, interstitiis planis tenuiter lineato- 
punctatis, apice declivi, convexo, striato, interstitiis elevatis, 
seriato-tuberculatis et pilosis, angulis externis productis, margine 
externo singulo a lateris apice crena acuta separato, inde intus 
curvato, serrato, emarginatione media profunda, angulis sutu- 
ralibus productis acutis, impressione apicali lunata, nitida, sub- 
concava. 


Long. 4 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya. A pair. 

The male, the characters of which must refer the species to 
the Crossotarst subdepressi, appears to be nearly allied to 
C. terminatus, Chap., which it resembles in shape, having 
the apical processes of the elytra incurved and separated by a 
narrow deep emargination. It differs from the description 
and figure of that species (I have not seen the type) in the 
tact that the elytra are abruptly narrowed at the commence- 
ment of the declivous portion, the outer margins of which are 
separated from the sides by a sharp toothed angle. 


Scolytide from Ceylon. 325 


Platypus solidus, Walker. 


6. Platypus solidus, Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist. (8) i. p. 261; Chap. 
Mon. Plat. p. 267, 
2. Platypus pilifrons, Chap. Mon. Plat. p. 265, ¢. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya, Colombo ; India, Belgaum, Kanara 
(dnaeeten Generally distributed through the ’ Oriental 
region. 

The numerous examples I have seen of P. solidus and 
P. pilifrons taken together in different localities in India, 
Ceylon, &c., satisfy me of the correctness of Chapuis’s suppo- 
sition that they are sexes of the same species. 


Platypus furcatus, sp. n. 


Piceus vel ferrugineo-piceus, prothorace suboblongo ; elytris striato- 
punctatis, apice infuscato, breviter piloso. 

6. Fronte subconcava, opaca, rugosa; prothorace sparsim fortiter 
punctato, punctis ad apicem et in medio ante suleum confertiori- 
bus, sulco brevi, anterius latiore ; elytris ad apicem attenuatis 
et in processus productis, interstitiis vix convexis, subimpunc- 
tatis, 2° preter limbum internum seriato-punctato, in apice 
obliquo opacis pilosis, striis obsoletis; processibus declivibus, 
divaricatis et angulo acuto separatis, desuper aspicienti triquetris, 
spinula media longiore. 

Long. 4°5 millim. 

@. Fronte latiore, concava, subopaca, rugulosa ; prothorace sparsim 
subtilius punctato, sulco congerie lata cordiformi punctis in- 
eequalibus anterius majoribus composita circumdato; elytris 
elongatis, prothorace duplo amplius longioribus, interstitiis con- 
vexis, haud alternatis, ad basin modo punctulatis, 3°, 5° ibi 
elevatis, transverse granulatis; apice rudi, striis obliteratis, im- 
pressione postica in singulo elytro wque longa quam lata, 
granulata, subtus impressa, margine apicali convexo. 


Long. 4°6-4:8 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Dikoya. Several examples. 

This species is intermediate between P. oxyurus, Duf., and 
P. solidus, Walk., and requires careful discrimination from 
either. The male differs from P. oxyurus 9 by its shorter 
prothorax, less convex elytral interstices, and by the apical 
processes appearing simple when viewed from the side, tri- 
quetrous from above; in P. oxyurus the reverse is the case. 
From P. solidus g it is distinguished by greater length, 
coarser thoracic punctuation, indistinct punctuation of the 
elytral interstices, and the divergent apical processes. It is 
smaller than PP, Severini, Blandf., has a narrower, more 
scantily and coarsely punctured prothorax ; the elytra are 
more attenuate behind, the apical processes are longer, more 


326 Mirae. EloaBlandtordion 


acute, and less divergent, for in the latter species they are 
separated by a broad arcuate emargination. 

The female differs from P. oryurus 9 by the front being 
shorter, more concave, and less coarsely punctate, the eyes 
less prominent, the prothorax shorter, with the discoidal 
cribriform patch broader, and by the absence of an apical tooth 
to the elytra; from P. solidus 9 by its darker colour, more 
elongate form, less concave front, the absence of granules at 
the base of the fourth interstice, the greater depth of the 
elytral striz, and consequent convexity of the interstices. 

Chapuis had much reluctance in associating the Pyrenean 
P. oxyurus and the Oriental P. solidus in the same group, on 
account of their geographical remoteness and the difference in 
the shape of the mentum in the female. 

P. furcatus is not only intermediate in form, but the female 
agrees strictly with P. oxyurus in the form of the mentum ; 
and his grouping is therefore entirely justified. 


Platypus latifinis, Walk. 


6. Platypus latifinis, Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) iii. p. 261. 
Platypus excavatus, Chap, Mon. Plat. p. 280, 2. 


2. Elongata, testacea vel fusco-testacea, elytrorum postica parte 
obscuriore ; fronte oblonga, subconcaya, fortiter sparsim punc- 
tata, striga mediana brevi notata; prothorace oblongo, sat sub- 
tiliter irregulariter punctato, sulco brevi, tenui, plaga magna 
orbiculata punctis anterius paullo fortioribus composita circum- 
dato ; elytris subtiliter lineato-punctatis, interstitiis planis sub- 
impunctatis, 3°, 4°, 5° ad basin elevatis granulatis, impressione 
postica verticali, impressa, granulata, margine inferiore arcuatim 
exciso, in singulo elytro quam margine suturali breviore. 

Long. 4-7 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon, Kitugalle; a pair. India, Belgaum, Kanara 
(Andrewes) ; Burma, Bhamo (Fea). 

The length and darker colour will separate the female 
from that of any other described species in the Platypi cupulati 
except P. cupulatus, Chap. It 1s rather more slender than 
that insect, has a more concave and sharply defined frontal 
area ; the prothoracic cribriform patch is shorter and wider, 
more closely and finely punctured, like the rest of the pro- 
notum. The base of the third interstice is raised for a longer 
distance, and the interstitial punctures are so weak as to be 
practically non-existent. A typical example of P. cupulatus ? 
shows a well-marked fovea on the apical impression just 
within each sutural angle, which is absent in both females of 


Scolytide from Ceylon. 327 


P. latifinis before me. Nevertheless, even with the assistance 
of types, the females of the two species must remain very 
difficult to distinguish. 


Platypus uncinatus, sp. n. 


Linearis, testaceus, capite et elytrorum apice fusco-piceis, his ante 
medium pallidis, tenuissime lineato-punctatis, prothorace lati- 
tudine sesquilongiore sat subtiliter irregulariter punctulato; femo- 
ribus anticis subtus fortiter angulatis et ad apicem lobatis. 

3. Fronte subopaca, fortiter sparse punctata, striga brevi mediana 
impressa; prothoracis suleo tenui, marginibus anterius punc- 
tatis; elytris preter suturam stria singula notatis, interstitiis 
planis, impunctatis, 3°, 5° ad basin elevatis conjunctis, punc- 
tatis ; ante apicem valde constrictis, impressione postica lunata, 
nitida, utrinque impressa, ambitu superne transverso ad angulos 
suturales haud rotundato, extus ad angulos postremos acute pro- 
ductos subsinuato, emarginatione inferna sat profunda, lateribus 
et basi singulatim leviter curvatis, illis versus apicem subconver- 
gentibus. 

Long. 3°5 mm. 

@. Fronte minus opaca, striga media variabili ; prothoracis sulco 
congerie punctorum angusta, oblonga, circumdato ; elytris sub- 
pallidioribus, versus apicem subangustatis, stria suturali tenuiore, 
interstitio 3° ad basin granulato, depressione postica lunata, sub- 
nitida, sparse granulata, supra subcallosa, margine inferiore late 
arcuato, in singulo elytro quam suturali longiore. 

Long. 3°7 mm. 


Hab, Ceylon, Dikoya, Bogawantalawa ; several examples. 
India, Belgaum (Andrewes). 

A very distinct little species. The male is allied to P. forf- 
cula, Chap., but is less robust, shorter, and much darker at 
the apex of the elytra; the posterior impression is deeper, 
being about as long when measured along the suture as the 
length of the emargination below ; this has the sides—that 1s, 
the inner margin of the apical processes—and the base (the 
lower apical border of the elytra) separately curved, the 
former being slightly convergent and unarmed. From 
P. hamatus, Blandf., and P. calamus, Blandf., it is at once 
separated by the fact that the upper margin of the posterior 
declivity is transverse and angulate, instead of being broadly 
and obliquely rounded off at the suture. The female is 
separable trom those of the Platypi cupulati except P. pallidus, 
Chap., by the narrow, oblong, cribriform patch on the pro- 
thorax. From that species it differs in colour, in its greater 
length and tenuity, in the frontal striga, the extremely weak 


328 On a West-African Apodal Batrachian. 


lines of punctures on the elytra, and in the more strongly 
produced external apical angles (when seen from the side). 


The specimens from Dikoya were taken on the Hadley Tea 
Estate at an elevation of 83800-4200 feet ; those at Kitugalle 
and Balangoda at an elevation of 1700 feet; those at Boga- 
wantalawa at 4900-5200 feet ; those on the Horton Plains at 
6000 feet approximately ; and those at Colombo at sea-level. 


XXXVII.—Note on a West-African Apodal Batrachian 
hitherto confounded with Cecilia seraphini of Aug. Duméril. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Tue first-discovered West-African Cecilian was described 
in 1859 by Aug. Duméril. Several others have since been 
added. In the British Museum Catalogue, published in 
1882, I mainly followed the arrangement proposed shortly 
before by Peters, whose classification was based on various 
morphological features unknown in the time of the Dumérils. 
Accordingly a specimen from Lagos was referred by me to 
Hypogeophis seraphini, as defined by Peters, whilst a West- 
African specimen of the genus Ureotyphlus was made the 
type of a new species, Urwotyphlus africanus. 

Professor Vaillant having lately examined the Apodal 
Batrachians in the Paris Museum, informs me that A. Duméril’s 
Cecilia seraphini does not belong to the genus Hypogeophis, 
but to the genus Ureotyphlus, with which it agrees in the 
structure of the tentacle, the dentition, and the vacuity 
between the parietal and squamosal bones, at the same time 
sending me for the British Museum one of the type specimens 
of that species. 

IT now find that the Hypogeophis seraphini of Peters and 
myself is not only specifically different from Uraeotyphlus 
seraphint of A. Duméril, but belongs to a distinct genus, 
defined below, and that Ureotyphlus africanus is the same as 
U. seraphint. 

In a note published in 1880 (Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 
p. 55) Peters pointed out that his supposed fHypoyeophis 
seraphini (from Cameroon) differs from “1. rostratus in the 
large size of the mandibular teeth, of which there are as many 
as 14 or 15 in the second row, in this respect agreeing with 
the specimen from Lagos in the British Museum; and the 
new genus Geotrypetes was proposed. Atter examining the 


On a new Snake from Borneo. 329 


skull of this Geotrypetes, I come io the conclusion that 
the genus is valid, for the squamosals are not in contact 
with the parietals, as in Hypogeophis rostratus. It may be 
thus defined :— 


GEOTRYPETES. 
(Peters, Sitz. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1880, p. 55.) 


Squamosals separated from parietals. ‘Teeth large, nume- 
rous in inner row of mandible. Eyes visible. Tentacle 
flap-shaped; tentacular groove horseshoe-shaped, situated 
below and behind the nostril. Cycloid scales imbedded in 
the skin. | 

A single species, from West Africa: 


Geotrypetes Petersit. 


Hypogeophis seraphini, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937 ; Bouleng. 
Cat. Batr. Caud. Ap. p. 97 (1882). 


XXXVIITI.—Deseription of a new Snake from Borneo. 
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


Calamaria Brookit. 


Rostral as deep as broad, the portion visible from above 
half as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal once and 
one fourth as long as broad, much shorter than the parietals, 
thrice as broad as the supraocular; a preocular and a post- 
ocular; diameter of eye equal to its distance from the mouth ; 
five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; first 
pair of lower labials forming a suture behind the symphysial ; 
two pairs of chin-shields, in contact with each other. Scales 
in 13 rows. Ventrals 1473; anal entire; subcaudals 23. 
Tail obtusely pointed. Yellowish brown above, with five 
black stripes, the median the broadest and occupying one 
scale and two halves; head marbled with black; a black 
nuchal collar; two similar black bars on the tail, one at the 
base, the other near the end; outer row of scales, ventrals, 
and subcaudals yellowish white, the upper third of the outer 
scale black, otherwise unspotted. 

Total length 220 millim.; tail 23. 

A single male specimen, from Matang. Presented to the 


British Museum by H.H. Rajah Brooke. 


xe 


; : 
330 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the American ‘ba Tortoises. 
XXXIX.—On the American Box- Tortoises. 
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


WHEN revising the Tortoises in 1889, I felt somewhat 
perplexed as to the taxonomic rank to assign to some of the 
forms of the genus Cistudo which had previously been 
described by Gray and Agassiz. With regard to Agassiz’s 
Cistudo ornata, no doubt could be entertained that it fully 
deserves to be regarded as specifically distinct from C. caro- 
lina; the other forms, owing to the insufficient material at 
my disposal, I provisionally admitted as varieties, which, as 
I remarked, perhaps deserved to rank as species. Dr. G. 
Baur (‘ Science,’ xvil. 1891, p. 190, and Amer. Natur. 1893, 
p- 677) has since shown that the latter alternative is the more 
correct, and pointed out various important additional characters 
by means of which the species may be easily distinguished. 
In the light of this latest information I have re-examined the 
specimens in the British Museum, and fully agree with 
Dr. Baur. Moreover, I may add that Mexico is inhabited by 
at least two species of the genus Cistudo, as evidenced b 
three specimens obtained in North Yucatan by Mr. Gaumer 
and presented to the Museum by Mr. Salvin. These speci- 
mens are not so perfect as might be desired; the skins have 
been dried, and all the bones, except the skulls, are wanting. 
Nevertheless they appear to show this difference trom all the 
described species except C. major, that the digits are 
distinctly webbed, although a bony temporal arch is absent. 
The latter character was believed to be characteristic of the 
genus Cistudo until Dr. Baur pointed out the presence of a 
complete bony quadrato-jugal arch in C. major. 

We may now distinguish six species of Cistudo, for the 
determination of which the following synopsis will be of 
service :-— 


I. Plastron completely closing the shell, with- 
out trace of a bridge ; carapace with at 
least a trace of a vertebral keel; median 
fingers with three phalanges. 


A. Digits shortly butvery distinctly webbed ; 
upper jaw notched in the middle, bi- 
cuspid. 


A bony temporal arch ......... reins es 1. C. major, Ag. 
No bony temporal arch ; quadratojugal bone 
WEStIgIAl’ rs. cre ewe fale) ol le eg pee RRR Gort 7h 2. C. yucatana, Bler. 


Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Helictis. 331 


B. Digits free or with avery indistinct web. 


Upper jaw notched in the middle, bicuspid ; 

hind limb with three clawed digits ; six verte- 

eal shields rig saita anes Sethe sa Sine a's» sisce 3. C. mexicana, Gray. 
Upper jaw notched in the middle, bicuspid ; 

hind limb with three clawed digits ; five verte- 


Doral sicld sh ean wre ike Meets csc cure pss 4. C. cinosternoides, Gray. 
Upper jaw without notch ; hind limb with 
four clawed digits gen. ase eds sls ar dies 5. C. carolina, L. 


If. Plastron incompletely closing the shell, 
with a very short but distinct bridge ; no 
vertebral keel on the carapace ; fingers all 
with two phalanges ..............4... 6. C. ornata, Ag. 


In shape and size (length 145 millim.) the shell of C. yuca- 
tana resembles more C. carolina, but it is, in one of the 
specimens, rather more elongate. The shields of the carapace 
are yellowish, bordered with dark brown and with small 
irregular brown spots, or nearly uniformly dark brown. The 
plastron is yellow with large dark brown blotches, or dark 
brown with the borders of the shields yellow. 

The suture between the gular shields is longer than that 
between the pectorals, and that between the anal shields is 
nearly as long as the distance which separates them from the 
plastral hinge. 


XL.—Deseription of a new Species of Helictis from Borneo. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


THE genus Helictis, whose members range from Nepal and 
China to Java, has not hitherto been known to occur in 
Borneo, and Mr. Everett, to whom this fact was of course 
well known, was proportionally pleased when his collectors 
brought him from Mount Kina Balu four skins referable to 
this striking group of Carnivores. Two of these specimens 
have now been acquired for the British Museum, and prove 
to represent a new species, which I propose to call after its 
discoverer. 


Helictis Hveretti, sp. n. 


Size small ; form, as judged by the skull, lizht and delicate, 
Coloration generally dark, the white markings of the head 
and neck less developed than in any other species known. 


aoe 


332 Mr. H. Druce on a new Spectres of Papilio. 


General colour above dark broccoli-brown (Ridgway), this 
colour running as usual on to the limbs, and extending on the 
belly, as in HZ. orientalis, nearly or quite to the middle line, 
the chin and throat, the axille, and the inguinal region, 
however, remaining orange or white. On the head the usual 
white interorbital patch is reduced to two small spots, each 
about one third of an inch square; the postorbital marking 
is a mere narrow line, sometimes almost obsolete; while the 
prominent nuchal line is reduced to a very narrow one, barely 
reaching to the withers and more or less interrupted altogether 
on the nape. Tail rather short, brown, its terminal half 
mixed with longer whitish hairs, but less profusely so than 
usual. 

Skull light and delicate, with a slender conical muzzle ; 
zygomata diverging backwards, less boldly expanded ante- 
riorly than usual. Infraorbital foramina of medium size. 

Teeth small, almost as small as in /7/. moschata, but of the 
rounded shape characteristic of H. orventalis and its allies (see 
measurements below). 

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin, apparently a 
male) :— 

Head and body 350 millim.; tail 130; hind foot 46; 
hairy part of sole 19. 

Skull: extreme length from gnathion to occiput 72; 
greatest breadth 40°2; interorbital breadth 17:2; inter- 
temporal breadth 15°7; breadth of brain-case 28°5; greatest 
mastoid breadth 32; palate length from gnathion 33; palate 
breadth between outer corners of 2-4 and ™1! 18-4. 

Teeth: ?-4, antero-posterior diameter 5-9, greatest oblique 
diameter 6:0, distance from antero-external corner to back of 
inner lobe 4°5; ™1, greatest diameter 5°9; na, length 6:0, 
breadth 2°8. 

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo, about 4000 feet. 

Type: B.M. 95.1.23.3. 

This species seems on the whole, as is natural, to be most 
nearly allied to the Javan HH. ortentalis, Horsf., from which 
it may be readily distinguished by its smaller size, smaller 
teeth, and the reduction of the white head-markings. 


XLI.—Description of a new Species of Papilio from West 
Africa. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. 


Papilio phrynon, sp. n. 


Allied to P. ucaleyon, Hewitson: primaries reddish brown, 
a cream-coloured bifid spot near the apex considerably larger 


Development of the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur. 333 


than in P. ucaleyon ; a streak in the cell along the median 
nervure, below which, between the second and third median 
nervules, is along angular-shaped cream-coloured spot, which 
extends almost to the outer margin; a cream-coloured spot 
about the middle of the inner margin, and a long broad spot 
joining it above the submedian nervure: secondaries golden 
brown, crossed above the middle by a wide cream-coloured 
band, which is much dentated on the outer edge; the inner 
margin of the wing thickly clothed with orange-yellow hairs. 
Underside: primaries very similar to the upperside, but paler 
in colour; secondaries paler than above, the veins all black, 
the basal portion of the wing deep reddish brown, not crossed 
by a light-coloured band, as in P. ucalcyon; a large black 
spot on the costal margin and a white dot at the base. 
Head, antenne, and thorax black; abdomen brown, with a 
row of yellow spots on each side; legs black. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Upper Congo (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to P. ucaleyon, Hewitson, and 
P. auriger, Butler, but very distinct from either. P. harpagon, 
Grose Smith (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 224), 
is the same as Mr. Butler’s species, and therefore will not 
stand. 


XLII.—On the Development of the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesvo- 
saur (Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, Phillips, sp.) from the 
Oxford Clay. By C. W. AnbreEws, F.G.S., Assistant in 
the British Museum (Natural History). 


THE structure of the pectoral girdle in the Plesiosauria has 
been the subject of much controversy, and various conflicting 
views as to the homologies of some of its parts are held. It 
is not, however, necessary here to recapitulate these different 
opinions, but for the present purpose it will be sufficient to 
mention that the chief points in dispute are:—(1) The nature 
of the anterior ventral bar of the scapula; (2) the homology 
of the anterior structure, which has been variously regarded 
as omosternalia or as the clavicular arch. 

The abundant Plesiosanrian remains obtained by Mr. Leeds 
from the Oxtord Clay near Peterborough render it possible to 
describe several stages in the growth of an Klasmosaurian type 
of pectoral arch, which seem to throw some light on the points 
at issue. ‘The species, to which the remains here described 
belong, is the commonest of those found in the locality above 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 23 


334 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


mentioned, and may be provisionally referred to the genus Cryp- 
toclidus *, a division established by Professor Seeley + for the 
reception of forms which are distinguished from Mureno- 
saurus by possessing vertebree with broader, shorter, and more 
coneave centra, less cylindroid zygapophyses, and, in the 
cervical region, shorter neural spines ; coracoids with large 
postero-lateral, prolongations ; clavicles which meet in the 
middle line, the interclavicle being absent; radius of great 
vertical depth and ulna transversely elongated. It is not 
clear whether Professor Seeley himself considers Cryptoclidus 
a distinct genus or merely a subgenus of Murenosaurus, 
since he speaks of it in both ways; but there can be no doubt 
that it is entitled to generic rank, since in the number and 
form of the cervical vertebree the animals referred to it are 
totally different from the Murnosaurs ; moreover, in the rest 
of the skeleton, e. g. the pectoral arch, constant differences 
can be detected. 

The following diagnosis of the genus may be given, the 
characters being determined from the type of C. platymerus 
and other specimens in the Leeds collection :—Skull about 
one third of the length of the neck, with broad blunt snout. 
Mandible with very short symphysis. Cervical vertebre 
31-82 in number; centra short and with rather deeply con- 
cave oval articular surfaces, the width of which is considerably 
(as 7 to 5) greater than the length of the centrum; zyga- 
pophyses cylindroid, zygosphenal articulation well developed. 
There are 2 or 3 pectoral vertebree and 21 or 22 dorsal, all 
with concave articular ends. There appear to be 3 or 4 sacral 
vertebre, distinguished by bearing ribs, which are expanded 
at the outer ends and articulate partly on the centrum and 
partly on the neural arch. ‘The abdominal ribs are very 
strongly developed and are arranged in about ten transverse 
rows, each consisting of a median piece and two lateral pairs. 
The chevrons, at least in the adult, impress the vertebree both 
in front and behind them. In the adult the ventral rami of the 
scapule meet in median symphysis and extend back to meet 
the median anterior prolongation of the coracoids, closing the 
coraco-scapular foramina; anteriorly they extend beneath 
the clavicles. ‘These latter are triangular membrane-bones 
which meet in median symphysis; there is no known inter- 
clavicle. The coracoids are very thick and massive in front, 


* Jt is not improbable that this genus is identical with Colymbosaurus, 
established by Professor Seeley in 1874 on the evidence of a shoulder- 
girdle from Ely. If this should prove to be the case, the name Colymbo- 
saurus, haying the priority, must be adopted for these Plesiosaurs. 

+ Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. li. (1892) p. 145. 


the Shoulder-girdle of a Plestosaur. 335 


but thin posteriorly; their hinder outer angles are pro- 
longed into short thick rod-like projections. The humerus 
when fully grown is immensely expanded at its distal end. 
The radius is very large and vertically elongate; the ulna 
very wide transversely. On the postaxial side of this latter 
there is usually a small ossification, which may fuse with it 
or with the ulnare, and in one specimen is in contact with 
the humerus; this bone may perhaps be regarded as a 
pisiform. In the pelvis the pubis and ischium met in the 
middle line in the adult, closing the obturator foramen. ‘The 
ilium does not touch the pubis, a character, however, which 
seems to be universal among the Plesiosaurs. The femur 
is not nearly so much expanded distally as the humerus. 

In a future paper I hope to give a complete account of 
some of the more important osteological characters of this 
genus. 

With regard to the specific name of this reptile there is some 
difficulty. Examination of a considerable number of more or 
less eoplet sets of associated bones shows that there are 
two forms possessing the generic characters given above and 
differing only in size when. compared at corresponding ages as 
determined by the condition of the scapule, cervical ribs, &c. 
Mr. Leeds is of opinion that this may indicate the occurrence 
of sexual dimorphism in these Plesiosaurs, the larger bones, 
which are always proportionately more massive and possess 
more strongly marked surfaces for muscle-attachment, being 
those of males, while the smaller, more lightly built skeletons 
are those of females. Such sexual dimorphism does occur in 
reptiles; for example, it is well-marked in the case of 
Sphenodon, a circumstance of some interest, since that reptile 
shows some affinities with the Sauropterygia. At present, 
therefore, it seems best to refer all these remains to a single 
species, the name of which will be Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, 
this specific name having been applied by Phillips * to 
cervical vertebree which differ only in size from those of 
Cryptoclidus platymerus, Seeley. Moreover, Phillips rightly 
referred to the same species scapule (described as ischia), 
dorsal vertebrae, and other bones which resemble those of 
the type specimen C. platymerus, but belonged to a younger 
individual. 


Turning now to the description of the shoulder-girdle (fig. 1), 
and taking the adult condition first, we find that the scapula is 
of the usual triradiate form, consisting of a backwardly directed 


* ‘Geology of Oxford,’ 1871, p. 307. 


336 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


bar carrying the articular surfaces for the coracoid and 
humerus, an upwardly directed process, the blade, and a 
broad ventral ramus, which extends forward and inwards to 
the middle line, where it unites with its fellow of the opposite 
side. 


Riou, 


Shoulder-girdle of Cryptoclidus oxoniensis (adult), from above. 
About ¢ nat. size. ¢, clavicle. 


The posterior bar is triangular in section, Its inner edge 
forming the outer border of the coraco-scapular foramen is 
sharp, thickening slightly as it approaches the coracoidal 
surface; the upper outer border is rounded and passes into 
the posterior edge of the blade; the lower outer border rises 
into a rough ridge about 2 centim. from the glenoid surface, 
and then runs forwards and inwards, forming on the outer 


the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur. 337 


surface of the scapula the boundary between the ventral and 
lateral regions of the bone ; anteriorly it terminates at the edge 
in a strong outwardly directed tubercle (¢, fig. 2.4) bearing 
a smooth facet at its summit. 


Fig. 2. 


A.—Scapule and clavicle of Cryptochdus ovoniensis (adult), from front. 
About ¢ nat. size. ¢, clavicle. 

B&.—Symphysial surface of left scapula with clavicle (¢) in position. About 
4 nat. size, 


The surfaces for the humerus and eoracoid meet at right 
angles in an irregular slightly concave line about 6°5 centim. 
long. ‘The glenoid surface forms half a rather irregular oval 
measuring 6°5 centim. from the middle of the base to the 
vertex of the curve, while the coracoidal surface is an isosceles 
triangle, the sides of which are slightly convex and measure 
8-2 centim. in length; the base is formed by the line of 
junction with the glenoid surface. This latter is fairly 
smooth, while the surface for the coracoid is extremely 
rugose. 

The dorsal ramus of the scapula is compressed from within 
outwards and is from 4 to 5 centim. wide at the upper end, 
which is occupied by a rough depressed surface, to which a 
small suprascapular cartilage seems to have been attached. 
The anterior border, which is slightly convex, is rough, as if 
growth in that direction had not yet ceased. 


338 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


The anterior ventral ramus is the largest and most im- 
portant part of the scapula; its anterior border, a continuation 
of that of the dorsal ramus, is at first rounded and concave as 
far as the prominent tubercle above mentioned, then compa- 
ratively sharp and thin, running inwards and forwards till, by 
a sharp curve, it passes into the median border, with which it 
makes an angle of about 45°. The hinder border, forming the 
anterior as well as part of the inner edge of the coraco-scapular 
foramen, increases in thickness from without inwards and 
then backwards to the junction with the anterior prolongation 
with the coracoid, the surface for union with which is nearly 
semicircular and is at right angles to the scapular symphysis. 
This latter (fig. 2.6), which occupies the inner end of the 
thick posterior portion of the ventral ramus, forms a nearly 
rectangular surface, measuring 7 or 8 centim. long by 
5 centim. deep; its anterior dorsal angle is rounded, while 
its anterior ventral angle is prolonged forward as the inner 
edge of the thin anterior portion of the ventral ramus. The 
symphysial surface is deeply pitted and channelled by blood- 
vessels which passed into the thorax by a foramen between 
the two scapule at about the middle of the symphysis. 

The outer surface of the ventral ramus of the scapula is 
nearly flat, but the visceral surface is divided into two areas— 
a high posterior portion, where the bone is very thick and 
convex antero-posteriorly, and a thin, depressed, slightly 
concave anterior area, which is triangular in form and is 
separated from the posterior portion by a step which runs 
directly outwards from the upper anterior angle of the sym- 
physis. This anterior region of the scapula does not meet 
the corresponding portion of the opposite side in the oldest 
specimen I have been able to examine, but is separated from 
it by a narrow V-shaped interval. Probably the two sides 
were united by cartilage, and in very old individuals ossifica- 
tion may have extended inwards till they met in the middle 
line. 

The above description is founded ona left scapula (R. 1966), 
which, with an associated complete clavicle, is preserved in 
the Leeds collection at the British Museum. Recently, on 
examining Mr. Leeds’s private collection, I noticed a shoulder- 
girdle wanting the left scapula and clavicle, but found asso- 
ciated with numerous vertebree and the greater part of the 
pelvis. Comparison of the two scapule shows that they are 
exactly similar both in size and in details of structure, even 
to the vascular impressions on the symphysial surface, so that 
there can be no doubt that they belong to one and the same 
individual. The vertebrae and other bones present the 


the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur. 339 


characters of the genus given above, and appear to have been 
portions of the skeleton of a large (? male) adult animal. 

When the scapule are placed together in their natural 
position (fig. 2.4), a line drawn on their visceral surface from 
the tip of one dorsal ramus to the other forms an arc rather 
greater than a semicircle. 

The left clavicle (the right is imperfect) 1s in the form of a 
scalene triangle (c in figs. 1 and 2). Its anterior and posterior 
borders are slightly concave and meet in the thickened and 
rounded outer angle. On the ventral surface of this latter 
are irregular rugosities, which fit into the depressions in a 
corresponding roughened area on the upper surface of the 
scapula near its outer margin, so that the two bones appear 
to have united at this point in an imperfect loosely connected 
suture: in some other specimens I have been able to examine 
this connexion seems to have been more perfect. This union 
of the clavicle with the scapula is a point of considerable 
interest, since in the Nothosauride and Lariosauride the 
outer end of the clavicle is usually suturally united with 
the ventral plate of the scapula. The inner border of the 
clavicle is somewhat thickened and has a bevelled edge by 
which the bone united with its fellow of the opposite side. 
This symphysial surface presents a ridged and fibrous appear- 
ance, quite unlike that found in the cartilage bones of these 
animals. In all the clavicles examined this inner border, at 
about one third of its length from the front angle, is divided 
into two portions by an oblique notch, which runs outward 
and backwards into the bone for some distance. 

‘The clavicles of OC. platymerus figured by Seeley are simply 
the parts of those bones which lie in front of this division, the 
remainder being lost. The significance of this notch is not 
clear; it may either have allowed the passage of a blood-vessel 
or may possibly mark the position of an interclavicle which has 
either escaped notice owing to its small size or never ossified, 
The greatest thickness of the clavicle is near the inner border, 
where it measures 1°5 centim. through ; the whole surface is 
marked by lines of growth which radiate from the middle 
of the bone. Its dimensions are :— 


centim. 
Length of anterior edge ....:......... ora AW 
5 jNOSteNe A Apgepomcon or coconooe + 14 
s inner tat lai se acne caren taeda 12 


When the clavicle is in its natural position on the visceral 
surface of the scapula its hinder border rests against the 
front of the thick posterior portion of the ventral ramus of 
that bone, its anterior and inner portions extending rather 


5340 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


beyond the underlying thin portion of the scapula, so as to be 
visible on the ventral surface. Probably, however, in a later 
stage the scapula grew forward and inward, completely 
shutting: i in the clavicles and extending the symphysis of the 
scapule to their extreme anterior end. ‘This appears to have 
taken pee in the shoulder-girdle of Colymbosaurus figured 
by Seeley * and in that of Elasmosaurus figured by Cope f, 
in both of which genera, however, the clavicles are unknown. 

The general form of the coracoids at this stage is shown in 
fig. 1. These bones are extremely thick and massive in the 
inter-glenoidal region, but further back become very thin 
except at the lateral borders, which are thick and rounded 
and are produced postero- -laterally into short stout prolonga- 
tions with truncated ends. 


Successively younger stages may now be compared with 
the mature or nearly mature condition above described. 

The first of these is represented by a left scapula, which, 
allowing for more imperfect ossification, closely resembles the 
last, and no, doubt belonged to an individual of the same 
species. In this specimen the anterior ramus was already 
well developed and had grown back in the middle line for 
some distance towards the median prolongation of the coracoid, 
but had not yet quite reached it, as can be seen trom the fact 
that it terminates posteriorly in a sharp edge. 'The sym- 
physial surface is marked with pits and vascular impressions, 
but probably was still separated from the scapula of the 
opposite side. ‘he thin anterior portion of the scapula is 
much smaller than in the last stage, and does not extend so 
far forwards and inwards, so that the scapule were separated 
in front by a much more widely open V-shaped interval, and 
a much larger part of the clavicles would be visible from the 
ventral surface. ‘The dorsal ramus is shorter and its anterior 
border was incompletely ossified. ‘The clavicle is unfortu- 
nately wanting, but the impression of its posterior edge shows 
that it occupied exactly the same position in relation to the 
scapula as in the last specimen. 


The next stage is represented by a shoulder-girdle (no. 05) 
in Mr. Leeds’s collection (fig. 3 A)t; the left scapula only is 


wanting, but the bones are somewhat crushed. ‘This crushing 


does not, however, affect the anterior ramus of the scapula, 


* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. (1874) p. 447. 
+ Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xiv. (1870) p. 51, tig. 7. 
t The clavicle should be placed a little alien cae ards than is shown 
in this figure. 


the (Saulaer aardle of a Plesiosaur. 341 


the inner end of which must have been separated by a con- 
siderable interval from its fellow of the opposite side, and had 
not yet commenced to grow back towards the coracoids, so 
that the coraco-scapular foramina were widely open to one 
another in the middle line. Of the thin anterior portion 


Mig. 3. 


\ 
4 


ee oats 


A B 


A.—Right half of an immature shoulder-girdle of Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, 
from above. About 1 nat. size. 
B.—Left half of a younger specimen of the same, from above. About 


2 nat. size. , clavicle. 


supporting the clavicles only a very small part near the outer 
border is yet developed, so that the whole of the clavicle 
except a small portion of the outer limb would be visible 
from below. As in the adult, the clavicles met in the middle 
line. 


342 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


The coracoids, which must have been separated by a thick 
pad of cartilage, had commenced to grow forward in the 
middle line towards the scapule, and their anterior prolonga- 
tion already extended considerably in advance of the surfaces 
for the scapule. 


The next specimen (Leeds Coll. 37, R. 2416) is a shoulder- 
girdle wanting the clavicles and part of the right scapula, 
but found in association with the greater portion of the 
vertebral column, the paddles, and some of the pelvic bones, 
all of which, allowing for their immature condition, show the 
generic characters given above. At this age (fig. 3B) the 
anterior ramus of the scapule is very incompletely developed, 
so that the two bones were widely separated in the middle 
line. On the upper surface of the thickened anterior edge is 
a slight depression, which comparison with older stages shows 
to be that occupied by the extreme outer angle of the clavicle, 
which in this stage therefore is entirely anterior to the scapula. 
The coracoids, which were of the form shown in fig. 3 B, had 
as yet not commenced to grow forward in the middle line, and 
their outer posterior angles were not prolonged into pro- 
jecting processes. 

The last pectoral girdle (Leeds Coll. 86, R. 2417) (fig. 4) is 
that of a young individual of the smaller (? female) type. ‘The 
scapulee show that it is in about the same stage of develop- 
ment as that last described, though considerably smaller. 
This specimen is here described and figured on account of its 
completeness and because it forms part of the nearly entire 
skeleton now mounted in the Gallery of Fossil Reptiles at 
the Natural History Museum*. The cervical vertebre, 
abdominal ribs, &e. all agree essentially in structure with the 
type specimen of Cryptoclidus platymerus. The clavicles 
are of the same form as the adult specimen described above, 
but smaller and very much thinner. The structure of their 
inner border shows that they already met in median sym- 
physis, at least in front. The extreme end of the external 
angle is broken away, but the ventral surface at the fracture 
shows the beginning of the rough surface of contact with the 
anterior border of the scapula. ‘This latter is in much the 
same condition as in the stage last described, but is perhaps 
a little older. The coracoids also are very similar to those 
last described. 


* The clavicles of this specimen have been figured by Professor Seeley 
under the name Plestosaurus durobrivensis in the ‘ Proceedings of the 
Royal Society,’ vol. li, (1892) p. 183, fig. 5, where also other parts of the 
skeleton are described and measurements given. 


© 


aa 


= 


the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur. 343 


Although the elements of this pectoral arch are free from 
matrix, and in no way united with one another, there can be 
little doubt that the figure represents very nearly their rela- 
tive position during life. In the first place, the fact that the 
clavicles met in the middle line is shown by the structure of 


Complete shoulder-girdle of a young specimen of Cryptoclidus oxoniensis 
(Leeds Coll. 36). About 4 nat. size. 


their median border; in the next, the position of the outer 
ends of the clavicles with regard to the scapulee is settled by 
the depression on the anterior border of those bones into 
which the outer part of the hinder edge of the clavicle fits, 


344 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Development of 


and, as was mentioned above, a rough surface marks the exact 
position on the scapule of the outer angle of the clavicles. 
The relative position of the scapule to one another is thus 
fixed, and that of the coracoids is easily determined. 

It may here be remarked that in comparing scapule of 
these animals at different ages, one circumstance is of great 
assistance, namely that the inner edge of the bone forming 
the outer border of the coraco-scapular foramen undergoes 
scarcely any growth during life except at the ends, this thin 
sharp edge in the adult scapula being the thin edge of the 
young stages almost unchanged. If, therefore, in comparing 
an older and a younger scapula the latter be superimposed 
upon the former, so that the corresponding portions of their 
inner borders are coincident, the area added to the older bone 
since it was in the condition of the younger one is clearly 
seen. 


Turning now to the consideration of the conclusions that 
may be drawn from an examination of the series of shoulder- 
girdles above described, we find that in the condition 
shown in fig. 4 the pectoral arch, as far as its ossified 
portions are concerned, is similar in all essential respects to 
that found among the Nothosauridas and Lariosauridz, the 
scapule consisting of a hinder portion bearing the surfaces 
for articulation with the coracoids and humerus, a dorsally 
directed blade, and an anterior ventral portion, against the 
anterior edge of which the hinder end of the clavicle was 
fixed, the two bones apparently uniting in a rude suture, 
as has been already pointed out; in many members of 
the families above mentioned the sutural union of scapula 
and clavicle is very perfect. The clavicles, as in the Notho- 
sauridg and Lariosauride, met in median symphysis, but, 
owing to the antero-posterior expansion of their inner 
ends and the absence or reduction of the interclavicle, their 
symphysis is much longer. The close union of the clavicles 
with one another and with the interclavicle at their inner 
ends, and with the scapule at their outer ends, among the 
Nothosauridze and Lariosauride seems to imply the mechan- 
ical necessity of great rigidity in the ventral portion of a 
pectoral arch of these swimming reptiles, and the change 
undergone by the shoulder- sirdleot Cryptoclidus, in its ene 
from its immature condition to the adult state, all tend to 
render this rigidity more perfect. For instance, in the stage 
shown in fig. 3 A the ventral plate of the scapula is growing 
inward towards the middle line behind the posterior edge of 
the clavicle, and near the outer border it is sending a plate 


the Shoulder-girdle of a Plesiosaur. 345 


forward beneath the same bone, both tending to increase the 
firmness of their union by adding to the surface in which 
they are in contact. The continued extension inwards of the 
ventral bars of the scapule finally brings about their union in 
the middle line, and at the same time their extension forwards 
beneath the clavicles gradually shuts these bones off from the 
ventral surface, so that we are met by the anomalous condi- 
tion of the membrane-bones lying on the inner side of bones 
developed from cartilage. That this condition is a purely 
secondary one is clear from the foregoing description, so that 
the argument that the elements in question cannot be true 
clavicles on account of their deep-seated position falls to the 
ground, 

It is evident that when the ventral rami of the scapule 
have once met in the middle line, they usurp the function of 
the clavicular arch as anterior ventral support of the pectoral 
girdle to a gradually increasing extent ; this may account for 
the reduction and great variability of the clavicles in some 
forms (e. g. Murenosaurus, in which an interclavicle is 
present). For the same reason the eventual disappearance of 
the clavicular arch is very probable, and appears to have 
taken place in the Cretaceous genus Llasmosaurus. 

The changes undergone by the coracoids during growth 
also tend to increase the rigidity of the girdle. Their median 
symphysis is gradually prolonged both backwards and 
forwards ; in the latter direction it is carried far in advance of 
the glenoid cavity, and finally becomes continuous with the 
scapular symphysis, so that in the adult the scapule and 
coracoids form a continuous union in the mid-ventral line 
from one end of the pectoral girdle to the other. 

How far the above explanation of the peculiarities of the 
Elasmosaurian pectoral girdle applies to other types of struc- 
ture, such as those occurring in Pliosaurus and Plesiosaurus, 
cannot now be considered; but there appears to be no reason 
why they should not be regarded merely as less specialized 
conditions of the same kind of modification. 


As to the homology of the ventral ramus of the scapula, 
there seems no reason whatever for considering it to represent 
a precoracoidal element fused to the scapula, all the facts 
leading to the conclusion that it is merely a secondary out- 
growth from the latter. That this outgrowth is homologous 
with the ventral ray of the Chelonian scapula is highly 
probable ; and if it be so regarded, it is interesting to note that 
while in the Plesiosaurs it lies ventral to the clavicular arch, 
in the Chelonia it is dorsal to it (7. e. to the entoplastron and 


346 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


epiplastra). The name “ proscapula,” as suggested by Baur*, 
may be applied to this process both in the Chelonia and in 
the Sauropterygia; but since, as Professor Howes has pointed 
out to me, the use of the term as a substantive is open to the 
objection that it implies the existence of a distinct element, 
it will be better to speak of it as the “ proscapular process.” 


XLIII.—Report upon the Chilopoda and Diplopoda obtained by 
P. W. Bassett-Smith, Esq., Surgeon R.N., and J. J. 
Walker, Esq., R.N., during the Cruise in the Chinese Seas 
of H.M.S. ‘Penguin,’ Commander W, U. Moore commanding. 
By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural 
History. 


[Plate XI. ] 


THE following report is based primarily upon the species of 
Chilopoda and Diplopoda obtained by Messrs. J. J. Walker 
and P. W. Bassett-Smith during the cruise of H.M.S. 
‘Penguin’ in the Chinese Seas. But, to render the account 
of further interest and value, notices have been incorporated of 
all the Japanese and Chinese species of these two groups that 
are contained in the British Museum, including descriptions 
of a large number of new forms obtained by Mr. Holst prin- 
cipally in the islands of Loo-Choo and in Formosa, It is 
hoped that by this means the paper may prove to be an index 
of the affinities of the Chilopod and Diplopod fauna of the 
Chinese area. 

So far as can at present be judged from the material at 
my disposal, this fauna is a most curious mixture, being 
identical in most of its features with that of the central and 
southern part of the United States of America, with an in- 
fusion from the Indo- Malayan area of the Oriental Region and 
from the southern and central portions of the Paleearctic. 

Taking first the Chilopoda, it seems evident that such forms 
as Scutigera clunifera, Scolopendra morsitans and subspinipes 
(with its varieties), and the species of Otostigmus are migrants 
from the Oriental Region; the Lithobide are both Pale- 
arctic and North American, while Otocryptops sexspinosus is 
essentially a North-American species. In the Diplopoda the 
species of Polydesmus and of Julus show affinities with both 


* Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1891, p. 421. 


from the Chinese Seas. 347 


the Palearctic and North-American areas; the species of 
Orthomorpha and Strongylosoma seem to indicate an Oriental 
infusion, while Fontaria, Paraiulus, and Spirobolus are 
decidedly North-American elements. 

Thus, on the whole, the North-American character pre- 
dominates in the Chinese fauna; but it is interesting to note 
that Dr. Wood long ago described from Hong Kong a species 
of the genus Glomeris, which belongs to a family that is 
wholly unknown in North America, but is abundant in the 
temperate parts of Kurope. The genus Glomeris is also 
found in South Burma, Sumatra, and Borneo; and the fact 
of its having been turned up in Hong Kong seems to point 
to the conclusion that it has made its way southwards into 
the Indo-Malayan area by the Chinese route. 


CHILOPODA. (CENTIPEDES.) 
Family Seutigeride. 


Scutigera longicornis (Fabr.), subsp. clunifera (Wood). 


For descriptions and the synonymy of longicornis and 
clunifera see Haase, ‘ Die Indisch-Australischen Myrio- 
poden,’ pt. i. pp. 17-19. , 

Loc. Hong Kong (in a drain-pipe) ; Hang Chau in Che 
Kiang (J.J. Walker) ; Fatshan, 20 miles up the Pearl River 
beyond Canton (Bassett-Smith). ' 

The wide-ranging Oriental species S. longicornis is the 
largest of the genus, and it appears to attain to its greatest 
dimensions in China and Japan. ‘he specimen obtained by 
Mr. Bassett-Smith at Fatshan is, I believe, the largest on 
record ; it is 63 millim. (over 2} inches) in length. 

The prevailing colour of the upper surface appears to be a 
deep green, often tinged with or passing into brown; the 
saddles are very conspicuous on account of their large size 
and their yellowish-red colour; the legs are either pale or 
deep green or brown, sometimes obscurely annulate, with 
ferruginous tarsi. 

Dr. Haase regarded clunifera and longicornis as distinct 
species. I cannot, however, at present quite adopt this view ; 
but, upon the possibility of the species being ultimately 
capable of division into local races, [ provisionally retain 
Wood’s name for the Chinese form of it. 

In addition to the specimens obtained at the above localities, 
the British Museum has others from the following places in 


348 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


the Chinese area:—Central Japan, Ob-Sima (Loo-Choo), 
Shanghai, Kinkiang, Kinkiang Mountain. 


Scutigera tuberculata (Wood). 


Cermatia tuberculata, Wood, J. Ac. Philad. (2) v. p. 12 (1863). 
Scutigera ceruleo-fasciata, L, Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1868, p. 787. 


Loc. Hang Chau, province of Che Kiang (under loose bark) 
(J. J. We aller). 

This species may be readily recognized from the preceding 
by its much smaller size (20-25 millim.), its variegated green 
and whitish colouring, its low and inconspicuous saddles, 
short tracheal apertures, &e. 

I have also seen specimens of this species from the fol- 
lowing places :—Tsu-Shima (P. A. Holst) ; Corea (J. Kali- 
nouskt); $8.1. Corea (A. Carpenter); Che Foo, N. China 
(Miss Macomish). 

In the bottle containing the specimens collected by Com- 
mander Alfred Carpenter there is a label stating that when 
living this species is ‘f mottled white and bluish grey.” 


Family Lithobiide. 


Lithobius asperatus, L. Koch. 


Lo OTe) 


Lithobius asperatus, L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxvii. p. 788 (1878). 
Lithobius thetidis, Karsch, Zeitschr, f, Nat. Halle, liii. p. 848 (1880). 


Loc. Da-zeh Valley, 60 miles inland of Sam-Moom Bay, 
Che Kiang (P. W. Bassett-Smith). 

The British Museum also has specimens from §.E. Corea 
(A. Carpenter). 


Lithobius, sp. 


A single mutilated example of this genus, obtained by 
Mr. Bassett-Smith in Da-zeh Valley, cannot be satisfactorily 
determined. ‘The antenne and most of the legs are gone. 
Eyes of about 9 ocelli, in a subcircular cluster. ‘The ninth, 
eleventh, and thirteenth tergites have their posterior angles 
produced, the angles of the rest are nearly squared and “the 
posterior ‘borders not or hardly emarginate. Coxal teeth of 
the maxillipedes are strongly produced and furnished with 
2+2 large teeth and a smaller external tooth. Coxal pores 
rounded, uniserial, 3 or 4 in number. 

Length 12 millim. 


_—_ 


from the Chinese Seas, 349 


*| Lithobius shimensis, sp. n. 


Pale-coloured, of very small size. 

Antenne composed of 19 segments. 

Eyes composed of a small number of ocelli (5 or 6) arranged 
in two rows. 

Coxe of maxillipedes anteriorly truncate, armed with 4+44 
acute subequal teeth. 

Terga rather strongly wrinkled, the eighth, tenth, twelfth, 
and fourteenth posteriorly emarginate, the ninth, eleventh, and 
thirteenth with their posterior angles dentate. 

Cowal pores few in number, circular, and arranged in a 
single series. 

Anal legs moderately robust ; claw single ; armed beneath 
Ue (coxa) 1 3,12, /0- 

Generative ’ forceps of the female armed with two pairs of 
spurs and with trilobate claw. 

Length 7 millim. 


Loc. Tsu-Shima (Holst Coll.). | 
[Lithobius Holstit, sp. n. 


Colour castaneous, pale yellow below. 

Antenne hirsute, composed of 19 to 21 segments. 

Eyes composed of about 6 ocelli arranged in two rows. 

Coxe of maxillipedes produced and armed with 2-+2 con- 
spicuous teeth. 

Tergites moderately smooth, all the angles squared or 
nearly so. 

Coxal pores round, in a single series, 3, 4, 4, 4. 

Anal legs armed beneath 0, 1,352 0: claw with a basal 
spur. 
: Generative forceps of the female with two large diverging 
basal spines and the claw obsoletely trifid. 

Loc. Ashinoju, Japan (Holst Coll.). Also a mutilated 
specimen of what is possibly the same species from ‘T'su- 


Shima. | 


The three species here named may be recognized as 
follows :— 


a, Coxal pores very numerous and arranged in 
RHINE ES. Cede ci 6'¢ cin Cit 0 DRIES Ee . asperatus, L4. Koch. 
b. Coxal pores few in number and arranged in a 
single series, 
a. Terga wrinkled, mostly puemate, the ninth, 


* Species not obtained during the cruise of the rn are Opurea 
within brackets. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 24 


350 = =Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


eleventh, and thirteenth with their posterior 

angles acutely produced ; coxal teeth 444 .. shimensis, sp. n. 
b'. Terga not or hardly wrinkled, their posterior 

angles squared and not produced ; coxal teeth 

DAPe Rerovots epee ete a iss sjcie 6 AVENE aor eS Holsti, sp. n. 


Family Scolopendride. 


Scolopendra subspinipes, Leach, subsp. De Haanit, Brandt. 


Loc. Hong Kong (/. J. Walker). A single example 
obtained under a stone near the summit of the island, 
1700 feet alt. 


Subsp. muttlans, L. Koch. 


Loc. Tung Yung Island; Chusan and Hong Kong (J. J. 
Walker). 

The muéclans form of S. subspinipes, characterized by the 
deep green colour of the body and the chestnut tint of the 
head and first segment, takes the place in China and Japan 
of the typically coloured southern form, subspinipes, s. s. 

The British Museum has specimens from the following 
localities :—S.E. Corea; Japan, 8S. Japan, Nikko (Central 
Japan), Yokohama; Snowy Valley in Ningpo, King Kiang, 
Chung Yung, Kwan Gan-kway, in China; Great Loo-Choo, 
Tsur Island, and Formosa (Holst Coll.). 

Of the form japonica, L. Koch, which differs from mutilans 
in having the head and first tergite entirely green hke the 
rest of the body, the Museum has examples from O6-Sima, | 
Loo-Choo (A. Carpenter); ‘Tokio, Japan, and ‘T’su-Shima 
( Holst). 


[ Scolopendra morsitans, Linn. 


Loc. Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.).] 


Otostigmus orientalis, Porath. 


Otostigmus orientalis, Porath, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. iv. no. 7, 
p- 19 
Loc. Manilla (J. J. Walker). 


[ Otostigmus scaber, Porath. 
Otostigmus scaber, Porath, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. iv. no. 7, p. 20. 
Otostigmus carinatus, id. ibid., and of all authors. 
Loc. Ob-Sima (A. Carpenter); Hong Kong (J. C. Bow- 
ring). 
This species has generally been known under the name 


from the Chinese Seas. 351 


carinatus ; but there seems to me to be no satisfactory reasons 
for regarding scaber, which was described first, as a distinct 
form. | 
[ Otostigmus aculeatus, Haase. 
Otostigmus aculeatus, Haase, Die Ind.-Austral. Chilopoden, p. 71, pl. iv. 
fic. 69, 
Loc. Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring) .] 


| Otostigmus politus, Karsch. 
Otostigmus politus, Karsch, Berlin. ent. Zeitschr. xxv. p. 219 (1881). 


Loc. Pekin.] 


[ Otocryptops sexspinosus (Say). 


Scolopocryptops sexspinosus (Say), Newport, Wood, Bollman, Meinert, 
&e. 

Otocryptops punctatus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p, 159 
1891). 


Loc. 8.E. Corea (A. Carpenter) ; 'Tsu-Shima (Holst). 

This species furnishes a remarkable instance of resem- 
blance between the fauna of China and Japan and that of the 
United States of America. | 


[ Otocryptops rubiginosus (Li. Koch). 


Scolopocryptops rubiginosa, L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1878, p. 792. 
Scolopocryptops Confucii, Karsch, Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 65. 
Otocryptops rubiginosus, Haase, Die Indisch-Austral. Myriopoden, 
p. 97. 
Loc. Japan; Ashinoju, Japan (Holst) ; Great Loo-Choo 
(Holst) ; Corea (Kalinousk?) . | 


Family Geophilide. 
Mecistocephalus Smithii, sp. n. 


Colour yellow, head and maxillary somite castaneous. 

Head not twice as long as wide, gradually narrowed poste- 
riorly, coarsely punctured, biimpressed behind; maxillipedes 
thickly punctured; coxe bidentate anteriorly, the femur 
armed with two strong teeth and the two following segments 
with a small one each; claw unarmed. 

Tergites smooth, polished, the first and second not sulcate. 

Sternites at the anterior half of the body, with a median, 
anteriorly abbreviated, deep longitudinal groove. 

Anal somite of normal form ; the pre-tergal sclerite very 

24* 


352. Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


short and wide, more than twice as wide as long; the pleura 
only moderately inflated, thickly covered, except close to the 
tergite, with larger and smaller pores; sternite small; legs 
long and slender, clothed with fine hair. 

Number of pairs of legs 59. 

Length up to 80 millim, 

Loc. Da-laen-Saen, 30 miles 8.W. of Ningpo, 500-2500 
feet alt. (J. J. Walker); Wo Lee Jake, 25 miles 8S. of 
Ningpo (Bassett- Smith). 


[ Mecistocephalus mirandus, sp. n. 


Nearly allied to J. Smithi’, but differing apparently in 
having the maxillipedes and head almost smooth ; the head 
narrower, being more than twice as long as wide; the pre- 
tergal plate of the anal somite narrower, @. e. about twice as 
wide as long; the anal pleure more inflated and more 
densely porous; and, lastly, as many as 695 pairs of legs. 

Length up to 99 millim. 

Loc. Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.). 

Two examples (g, ?).] 


[Geophilus (?) Holstii, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 1, 1 a.) 


Colour pale yellow, head pale castaneous. 

Head coarsely punctured, studded with short set, narrow, 
much longer than wide, wider in front than behind, with 
widely rounded anterior angles, with two posterior longitu- 
dinal impressions ; frontal plate distinct ; busal plate narrow, 
wider than long, about as wide as the head, but much nar- 
rower than the first tergite, its sides converging. 

Antenne moderately long, hirsute, rather robust. Coxe of 
maxillipedes not covered below by the pleure, punctured, 
hairy, the anterior border mesially notched, bidentate, the 
femora largely overlapping the head at the sides, but the joint 
of the claw falling short of the anterior angle of the head, 
armed internally with a strong tooth; claw basally armed 
with a small tooth. The pleure of the maxillipedes leaving 
the external angle of the coxa uncovered above, but with 
their inner edge not raised and thickened where it touches 
the basal plate and the head. 

Terga bisulcate, punctured, hairy. 

Sterna with a median impression at the anterior end of the 
body. 

Anal segment small; the tergite much longer than wide, 
not covering the pleure, and nearly parallel-sided; pleure 


from the Chinese Seas. 353 


not strongly inflated, studded below and laterally with more 
than a dozen large scattered pores, the upper surface not 
porous; sternite narrow, longer than wide, narrowed poste- 
riory ; legs long, slender, without claw. 

Generative appendages present. 

Legs hairy, the first pair the smallest ; 41 pairs. 

Length about 20 millim. 

Loc. A single (?¢) example from Ashinoju, Japan (fols¢ 
Coll.). 

I am rather divided in opinion as to whether this species 
should be referred to Mecistocephalus or Geophilus ; and since 
there is only one specimen, I refrain from putting it to the 
necessary anatomical examination of the mouth-parts to settle 
the point. But since I can detect no definite external cha- 
racters which absolutely sever it from Geophilus, and since 
there is no trace of the thickening of the inner edge of the 
pleura of the maxillipedes, such as is seen in the other species 
of Mecistocephalus, and the basal plate is wider than in that 
genus, I decide to refer it provisionally to Geophilus. 

Possibly it is a young example of Mecistocephalus. | 


Orphneus brevilabiatus (Newp.). 
Loc. Hong Kong (J. J. Walker). 


DIPLOPODA. (MILLIPEDEs.) 
Suborder POLYDESMOIDEA. 


Family Polydesmide. 


Orthomorpha roseipes, sp. n. (Pl. XI. figs. 2-2.) 


3g .—Colour. Head and upper surface of body pitch-black, 
fading to ferruginous on the under surface; keels and caudal 
process light yellow ; antennz ferruginous, with black apical 
segment; legs reddish yellow, with nearly white tarsi. 

Antenne longish, slender; segments 3, 4, 5 long and sub- 
equal, 2 and 6 shorter but about equal. 

Segments coriaceous above, not polished; the transverse 
sulcus faint but long, beginning on the fourth and just visible 
on the eighteenth; the constriction not beaded; the keels 
rising above the middle of the side, small, with rounded 
anterior angles, and the posterior scarcely produced even at 
the hinder end of the body ; the keel of the second segment 
large, below the level of that of the first and third, rounded 
in front and behind, Caudal process rather wide, truncate, 


354 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


with an acute anterior spine on each side and four tubercles 
round the distal extremity. Anal sternite triangular, with two 
very large tubercles on each side. Lateral surface of segments 
very finely granular, much more coarsely so in front, the tracheal 
tuberosities prominent; the inferior keel strong on the anterior 
segments, but gradually dying out towards the hinder end of 
the body, just visible on the seventeenth ; even on the fourth 
segment it is represented by a flattened excrescence, projecting 
behind the posterior stigma. 

Sterna normal, not spined, that of the eighth with a long 
linguiform process directed downwards and a little forwards. 

Legs longish, hairy; femur longer than the tarsus, about 
twice as long as trochanter, but not twice as long as the tibia, 
which is only a little shorter than the tarsus; a tuft of white 
hairs on the apex of the lower surface of the trochanter, and 
the last two segments thickly clothed beneath with white 
hairs; claw conspicuous. 

Copulatory feet long, slender, the terminal portion bent 
strongly downwards, terminating in an external short, truncate, 
spatulate piece, with the flagellum and its sheath rising on 
the inner side of this, both being strongly curved and 
directed inwards, downwards, and outwards; the flagellum 
simple, the sheath apically bifid, with two short processes 
near its base. 

Length 44 millim. ; width across keels 5, width between 
the keels 3°5. 

Loc, A single male example from Chusan Island (J. J. 
Walker). 


[ Orthomorpha gracilis, C. Koch. 
Loc. Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.).| 


[ Strongylosoma Swinhoet, sp. n. 


? .—Colour black or very deep brown, the posterior half of 
each tergite with a yellow transverse band, which (except on 
the first four segments) spreads on to the posterior half of 
the keel; antenne black; legs black distally. 

Body nearly smooth, polished, finely striolate above, the 
first tergite subgranular ; keels very small, situated above the 
middle of the sides, defined above by a sulcus, without distinct 
anterior and posterior angles; that of the second segment 
below the level of those of the first and third, with its anterior 
angle strongly produced ; almost absent on the nineteenth ; the 
transverse sulcus beginning on the fifth and extending to the 


Jrom the Chinese Seas. 355 


eighteenth segment, not beaded. The sulcus marking the 
constriction not sculptured. 

‘audal process truncate, triangular, not conspicuously 
tubercular. 

Anal sternite oval, the two tubercles not projecting beyond 
the edge. 

The Jateral surface lightly wrinkled, the inferior keel 
distinct to the hinder end of the body, crescentic. 

The sterna, except at the anterior end of the body, with 
two pairs of backwardly directed blunt spines, one at the base 
of each leg. 

Legs with distinct claws, normally hairy ; femora about as 
long as the tarsi, twice as long as the trochanters, but not 
twice as long as the tibie. 

Length 35 millim. ; width across keels 38, width between 
keels 3. 

Loc. A single female example from Chee Foo (Swinhoe 
Coll.). 

This species is perhaps allied to the Japanese Oxyurus 
flavo-limbatus of L. Koch (Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxvii. p. 795, 
1878), but the latter seems to have better developed keels 
and to be differently coloured ; for the keels, including those 
of the first segment, are said to be yellow, whereas in this 
new form the first tergite is not yellow laterally and only the 
posterior portion of the keels of the rest of the segments 1s 
this colour. 

In colouring S. Swinhoet presents a strong likeness to two 
other species, namely S. transverse-teniatum of L. Koch, trom 
Australia, and S. Phipsoni, Pocock, from India. But in 
neither of these two species are the sterna spined; moreover, 
in Phipsoni the first tergite is entirely bordered with yellow, 
and in transverse-teniatum the yellow band on the tergites 
does not extend on to the keels. | 


[ Strongylosoma Holst, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 3.) 


9? .—Oolour. Head and antenne black, the segments with 
yellow just above and on the keels, and a large yellow spot 
on the middle of each; this yellow spot extends on to the 
anterior part of the segments, and thus the series of them 
forms a continuous median dorsal stripe; the lateral surface 
black above, yellow below; legs and sterna yellow. 

Antenne incrassate, with segments increasing in length 
from 2 to 6, the sixth being noticeably longer than the 
second. 

Body smooth above ; the keels small, just above the middle 


356 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


of the side, without any anterior angle, and the posterior 
angle scarcely spiniform even quite at the hinder end of the 
body, and not projecting beyond the posterior border of the 
somites, rather deeply excavated for the pore; those of the 
second segment below the level of those of the first and third, 
larger, with squared angles. The transverse sulcus extending 
trom the fifth to the eighteenth segment, not beaded, but the 
furrow separating the anterior and posterior halves of the 
segments finely beaded; caudal process, anal sternite, and 
sterna of the other segments normally formed. The lateral 
surface of the segments smooth, the inferior keel practically 
absent on the segments succeeding the fourth. 

Legs distinctly clawed; femur nowhere twice as long as 
the trochanter or tibia, sometimes only a little longer, and 
barely twice the length of the patella. 

g .— Smaller and thinner than the female, with the keels a 
little larger and a prominent process on the sternum of the 
fifth segment. 

Tarsit of anterior legs more thickly hairy below. 

Copulatory feet rather short; the flagellum and its sheath 
distinct almost from the base; the sheath twisted on itself like 
a corkscrew, and giving the appearance of being itself divided 
into two branches and terminating in a divided apex. 

Length of female 20 millim., width across keels 2; of male 
15°5, width 1°5. 

Loc. Great Loo-Choo (folst Coll.) .] 


Polydesmus Mooret, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 4.) 


Colour fuscous on the middle of the dorsum, paler on the 
keels, fuscous beneath the keels; sternal surtace flavous ; legs 
flavous, with the distal segment fuscous; antennee fusco-flavous, 
the three distal segments fuscous. 

Antenne incrassate; segments 1 and 2 about equal, third 
more than twice the second and about twice the fourth ; fourth 
to sixth gradually increasing in length and thickness, the 
latter shorter than tbe third. 

Body nearly flat, smooth, polished, wide, not manifestly 
narrowed in front or behind; the first tergite distinctly sculp- 
tured, wide, much wider than the head, with a distinct keel, 
of which the anterior angle is rounded and the posterior 
nearly squared. The rest of the segments with strong 
sculpturing ; the keels very wide, those in the middle of 
the body wider than long, nearly oblong anteriorly, the 
posterior border of the fifth in approximately the same 
straight line as the posterior border of the tergite ; the border 


from the Chinese Seas. 307 


becomes gradually and slightly more and more emarginate 
towards the hinder end of the body, but is never strongly so, 
for it is only in about the last four keel-bearing segments 
that the posterior angle of the keel is produced into a point 
which surpasses the posterior border of the tergite; the lateral 
border of the keels very lightly convex and very finely denti- 
culate, the anterior angle rectangularly or posteriorly obtusely 
rounded ; the anterior border very lightly sinuate, being 
hightly convex in its basal half and nearly straight in its distal 
half, the upper surface of the keel sculptured. The caudal 
process with a spiniform tubercle in the middle of its length, 
the tip truncate. Anal sternite not distinctly tubercular. 

Legs stoutish ; femur a little longer than the trochanter, 
but distinctly shorter than the tarsus; tibia much shorter 
than trochanter, almost twice as long as patella, but barely 
(except on the last somite) half the length of the tarsus. 

Total length 17 millim.; width across keels 3°3, between 
them 1°8. 

Loc. Da-zeh Valley, 60 miles inland of Sam-Moom (Bay, 
Che Kiang, China (Bassett-Smith). 


Polydesmus paludicola, sp. n. (PI. XI. fig. 5.) 


Very nearly allied to the preceding species in all its cha- 
racters, but with the sculpturing stronger and the keels much 
narrower, being in fact in the middle of the body scarcely 
wider than long, with the anterior border not sinuate but 
straight. The colour, too, is more of a uniform slate-grey, 
there being less red about the keels and less fuseous on the 
legs and back. 

Length 15 millim.; width across keels 2°6, between 
keels 1:6. 

Loc. Wo Lee Lake, 25 miles 8. of Ningpo (Bassett-Smith), 


[ Polydesmus compactus, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 6.) 


Colour a slate-grey, slightly tinged with red; margin of 
the keels reddish ; legs reddish yellow. 

(Antenne fractured.) 

The keel-bearing parts of the segments in contact, the keels 
overlapping each other. The dorsal surface polished; the 
first tergite large, not sculptured, its anterior border evenly 
convex, its posterior border very lightly emarginate mesially, 
and at the sides directed obliquely forwards, its angle acute, 
The rest of the segments nearly flat above, lightly convex ; 
the sculpturing into polygonal areas is weak and does not 


358 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


extend on to the keels; keels with widely rounded, strongly 
convex anterior angles, very finely denticulate lateral edges, 
and concave posterior edge; the posterior angle acutely pro- 
duced, even as far forwards as the fifth projecting beyond the 
posterior edge of the tergite. Caudal process narrow, trian- 
gular, tr uncate, with two spiniform tubercles on each side near 
the base. Anal sternite trifid, the two tubercles projecting on 
each side beyond the posterior edge. 

The sternal areas rather high, conspicuously sulcate trans- 
versely ; the distance between the posterior coxe equal to the 
length of one of them. 

Legs as in P. dentiger. 

Length 29 millim.; width across keels 5, width between 
keels 2°7. 

Loc. Tsu-Shima (Holst Coll.).] 


[ Polydesmus dentiger, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 7-7 b.) 


Colour as in P. compactus, but without the reddish tinge. 

Antenne long and slender; first segment half the second, 
second nearly half the third and about equal to the fourth, 
which is a little shorter than the fifth, but about equal in 
length to the sixth, but thinner. 

Body much thinner than in compactus, with the sculpturing 
more strongly defined, being visible on the first tergite, and 
on the nineteenth passing into ridges which project as spini- 
form processes beyond the edge of the plate. The keels 
smaller, with the anterior angle in all but the anterior seg- 
ments not projecting forwards, but widely and obtusely 
rounded ; the lateral margin finely denticulate; the posterior 
angle acute, spiniform, and from the fifth segment projecting 
beyond the "edge of the tergite ; the posterior margin bearing 
a strong triangular tooth, which is separated by a deep notch 
from the angle of the keel. 

Anal tergite not so distinctly denticulate as in compactus, 
but the sternite distinctly bifid owing to the large size of the 
lateral tubercles. 

Sternal areas almost as in compactus, but those at the hinder 
end of the body are less compressed, so that the space between 
the basal segments of the legs of the last pair is considerably 
greater than the length of one of the said segments. 

Legs covered with fine white hairs ; tarsus much the longest 
segment, longer than the femur by about one third of its 
length; femur correspondingly longer than trochanter, which 
is quite three times the length of the coxa and almost as long 
as the patella and tibia taken together, the latter not very 
unequal. 


from the Chinese Seas. 359 


Length 27 millim.; width across keels 3°8, width between 
keels 2°6. 
Loc. Ashinoju, Japan (Holst Coll.) .] 


These four species may be recognized as follows :— 


a. Of large size, with long legs and antenne ; the anal 
sternite furnished with two very large tubercles ; 
the anterior angles of the keels rounded and 
convex. 
a’, The anterior border of the keels convex and 
produced forwards beneath the keel of the pre- 
ceding segment, the posterior border evenly 
ATEHCMID NERV WIOGE aici cla neus vu yiacieitegals he ... compactus, sp. n. 
b'. The anterior border of the keels not produced 
forwards, but running backward from their 
point of origin ; the posterior border armed with 
a triangular tooth ; much narrower .......... dentiger, sp. 0. 
b. Not so large, legs and antenne shorter; anal 
sternite oval or convex, not bifid; anterior angles 
of the keels squared. 
a’. Keels very wide, with the anterior border con- 
yex.in Wisybasal haltjo5 92. 25/2 btededen%s, dake, Mooret, sp. u. 
6?, Keels much narrower, the anterior border 
straight or nearly so from the base to the angle. paludicola, sp. n. 


Polydesmus cruentatus, L. Koch (Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1878, 
p- 795), from Japan, appears to belong to the same category 
as P, compactus and dentiger, inasmuch as its author mentions 
the enlarged tubercles on the anal sternite. In measurements 
it agrees closely with dentiger ; but no tooth is described as 
occupying the posterior border of the keels, while from com- 
pactus it seems to be separable by its more slender build and 
by the sculpturing of the first dorsal plate. 

Fontaria lacustris, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 8-8 0.) 

Colour (? faded) pale yellowish white throughout. 

Terga smooth, laterally above the keels lightly wrinkled or 
coriaceous ; keels rather large, the anterior angle rounded, 
the posterior rectangular or acute, but not dentiform; the 
anterior edge of the keel with a small basal shoulder, the 
posterior edge emarginate, with a larger basal shoulder. 

Sterna and coxe of the legs studded with long hairs. Anal 
sternite furnished with a median backwardly projecting spini- 
form process. 

Copulatory feet diverging externally from the base, each 
terminating in two processes—the inferior simple, pointed, 
curved like an §, the superior inwardly directed, bifid. 

Length 20 millim. ; width across keels 3°5, width across 
cylindrical part of segment 2°5. 

Loc. Wo Lee Lake, 25 miles 8. of Ningpo (Bassett- Smith). 


360 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


[Fontaria Holstit, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 9, 9 a.) 


? .— Colour olive-green, the middle of the dorsum slightly 
paler, the borders of the keels and of the Jabrum, the distal 
ends of the antennal segments, and the tarsi flavous. 

Body smooth and polished, very slightly wrinkled just above 
the keels; dorsum evenly arched from its summit to the edge 
of the keel; keels small, rising above the middle of the side, 
directed slightly upwards and backwards, the posterior angle 
spiniform ; the posterior border of the keels directed slightly 
forwards in segments 1 to 6, and slightly backwards in 
segments 14 to 19, the margin moderately thickened. Caudal 
process triangular, apically truncate, and laterally bituber- 
culate. 

Anal sternite semicircular, bituberculate. 

Legs with the spine slender, elongate, and acute. 

3d .—Less robust, but with larger keels. 

Copulatory feet rather small, each dividing distally into an 
anterior or upper and posterior or lower ramus; the latter 
pointed, strongly curved internally and furnished along its 
inner edge with a series of long thickly-set hairs, the former 
flattened antero-posteriorly and strongly curved when viewed 
from the side, shorter than the other. 

Length of female 47 millim.; width across keels 9:5, across 
cylindrical part of segment 7. 

Length of male 47 millim.; width across keels 9, across 
cylindrical part of segment 6. 


Loc. Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.).| 


[fontaria neptunus, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 10.) 


3 .— Colour pale yellow; lower surface, antenne, and legs a 
uniform pale colour; an olivaceous spot on the front of the 
head and two connected by a transverse band on each segment, 
the cylindrical part of each segment clouded above with yellow, 
a central spot being darker. 

Copulatory feet resembling in construction those of the 
preceding species; the two rami, however, closer together, 
and each of them is tridentate at the apex. 

Length 40 millim.; width across keels 7:5, between 
keels 5°5. 

Loc. Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.). Several male 
specimens, 

This species differs from the preceding in being slightly 
smaller, differently coloured, and in having the copulatory 
foot differently formed. | 


from the Chinese Seas. 561 


[ Fontaria variata, sp.n. (PI. XI. figs. 15, 15a.) 


$.—Colour. Upper surface rather thickly clouded with 
fuscous, with a clearer spot on each side above the keels ; 
the keels and the posterior border of the tergites, the legs, 
antenne, and lower surface flavous ; a fuscous patch on the 
face. 

Allied to the two preceding species, but with the keels a 
little larger and rather more produced posteriorly. 

Copulatory feet terminating in two nearly contiguous, un- 
divided, pointed, strongly curved processes. 

Length 29 millim.; width across keels 6, across cylindrical 
part of segment 4. 

Loc, Great Loo-Choo (Holst Coll.). A single specimen. 

Differs from the two preceding in colouring, size, shape of 
keels, and structure of copulatory feet. ] 


[Fontaria coarctata, sp.n. (PI. XI. fig. 11.) 


Colour (dry example) almost entirely pale testaceous, the 
segments at the hinder end of the body tinted with yellowish 
red. 

The segments of the body not pressed together with con- 
tiguous keels; the keels above the middle of the sides 
moderately large, with the anterior and most of the posterior 
angles rounded ; the posterior angles nowhere acute and only 
projecting backwards beyond the border of the tergite in 
about the seven posterior keel-bearing segments; the keel- 
bearing area lightly impressed transversely on its upper 
surface; the caudal process not laterally spiniform, but 
apically distinctly bifid; the anal sternite posteriorly spini- 
form, as in £, lacustris. 

Legs with long spines; the distance between the posterior 
cox greater than the length of one of them. 

The copulatory foot enormously long and slender, completely 
curled backwards upon itself, with a distinct spine on its inner 
surface just before the bend; on its outer side near the end it 
bears an elongate inwardly directed lamina, which ends 
distally in three processes, two short and contiguous and one 
longer and curved; the end of the organ is divided into 
three processes, the internal being styliform, the median 
stout, more or less spatulate and hitid, and the external thin, 
compressed, pointed at the apex, and furnished with an acute 
process in front of the apex. 

Length about 40 millim.; width across keels 6, width 
between keels 4. 

Loc. Japan (J. H. Leech). A single male example. 


362 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


This species is very nearly related to #. Denitzi of Karsch 
(Zeitschr. Naturwissen. (3) v. p. 848, 1880), which is also a 
Japanese form. The two agree apparently in length, in proxi- 
mity of the keels, colours, and in a general way in the form of 
the copulatory apparatus; but in Karsch’s description of this 
latter structure no mention is made of a spine halfway along 
the length of the organ, and the apex is said to be acute, 
without any word to imply that it presents the complicated 
trifurcate extremity presented in this new form. 

Fontaria Martensii, Peters (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, 
p. 536), from Yokohama, is, like Denitz?, unknown to me; 
but judging from its description and from what Karsch (oc. 
cit.) has said about it, there seems to be no reason for 
supposing it to be identical with any of the species described 
below. | 


| Fontaria, sp. 


Loc. 8.E. Corea (Alfred Carpenter).] 


| Fontaria, sp. 
Loc. Tsu-Shima (Holst Coll.).] 


These two species are represented in the collection by soli- 
tary female examples. I consequently refrain from describing 
them. 


I have entirely failed to identify the following species of 
Polydesmide :— 


1. Strongylosoma carinulatum, Motschulsky, Bull. Nat. 
Mose. xxxix. (1866) p. 200. From Japan. 

2. Strongylosoma japonicum, Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. 
Berlin, 1864, p. 536. From Yokohama. 

3. Paradesmus pekinensis, Karsch, Arch. Nat. 1881, 
p- 39. From Pekin. Certainly differs from any 
that I have described in the granulation of its first 
tergite. 

4. Oxyurus flavo-limbatus, L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 
xxvil. p. 795. From Japan. 

5. Oxyurus rosulans, Témosvary, Term. fiizetek, ix. p. 69. 
From Japan. 


I have not seen a single example of the genus Oxyurus 
from the Chinese region. Perhaps the species named rosulans 
is a Hontaria. 


JSrom the Chinese Seas. 363 


Suborder TULOIDEA. 


Family Cambalide. 


In vol. xxxii. of the Ann. Mus. Genova, pp. 388-389, I 
proposed to unite the genera Cambala, Glyphiulus, and Trachy- 
dulus. But provisionally, at all events, perhaps they may be 
recognized until more intermediate forms come to light. More- 
over, I have thought it admissible to add two more genera to 
the series. The five that are now known may be recognized 


by the following key :— 


a. The segments of the body furnished with as 
many as 20 longitudinal crests, the crests on 
each side extending to the base of the legs; 
first tergite at most only carinate behind; 
with 4 or 5 crests on the dorsum of the 
segments. 
a', With 4 dorsal crests, the median one obso- 
lete ; all the crests undivided, the areas 
between them smooth and polished ...... Cambala, Gray. 
Type annulata (Say). 
b'. With 5 dorsal crests lying between the pore- 
bearing crests. 
a’, First tergite as in Cambala, not carinate 
ADOVOb eo eiscin wan he ot clove voce x ale donee Cambalopsis, nov. 
Type calvus (Poc.). 


Halige ¢ catav? sade ict ke. so 8 ae ee Trachyiulus, Pet. 
Type ceylonicus (Pet.). 
b. Segments furnished with from 9 to 12 keels, 
the area above the base of the legs not keeled ; 
first tergite completely covered with carine ; 
with 3 (4) crests on the dorsum of the seg- 
ments. 
a®, Segments with 11 (12) bituberculiform 
crests—three on each side below the pori- 
ferous crest, and on the dorsal area three 
tubercles behind and four in front........ Glyphiulus, Gerv. 
Type granulatus, Gery. 
b°. Segments with only 9 crests, three between 
the poriferous crests and two on each side 
CLOW UHCI alld days oye. «eo to's 5 cae g eee Cambalomorpha, nov. 
Type formosa, sp. n. 


The genera Cambala and Trachyiulus contain, I believe, 
but one species each. In addition to calvus, I refer to Cam- 
balopsis the Sumatra species cavernicola and dentata recently 
referred by me to the genus Cambala. Cambalomorpha 
contains the three enumerated below. 


364 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


Cambalomorpha formosa, sp. n. 


Colour mostly orange-yellow, with a wide black band on 
each side extending from the second segment to the end of 
the body; the upper half of the head and of the second, third, 
and fourth segments fuscous, but the first tergite or collum 
entirely yellow ; antenne and the distal half of the legs palely 
fuscous. 

Head smooth ; eyes composed of about nine ocelli arranged 
in two rows. 

Collum furnished with nine complete high keels, extending 
from the anterior to the posterior margin. On the rest of the 
segments the so-called keels are represented by two transverse 
rows of tubercles, of which the tracheal tubercle is the largest 
and rounded at the summit, while the rest are lower and more 
spiniform ; there are nine rows of these tubercles or carine, 
three rows lying between the tracheal carina and two on each 
side beneath it; the areas between the keels are densely 
sculptured with impressions which form anastomosing ridges 
arranged in a reticulated pattern; the cylindrical part of the 
segments are densely punctured in front, but behind they 
have the appearance of being gouged out into longitudinal 
furrows. 

Anal tergite with a single median dentiform tubercle, 
sculptured with a widely rounded posterior border, which 
distinctly overhangs the valves; valves sculptured, hairy, 
impressed on each side of the borders. 

Legs hairy. 

Number of segments 72. 

Length about 50 millim. 

Loc. Hong Kong (J. J. Walker). 

C. formosa is most nearly allied to C. Dorie, Pocock (Ann. 
Mus. Genov. (2) xii. p. 389), from Pegu. It resembles that 
species in having more than one series of ocelli, the collum 
carinate above, and only nine rows of tergal keels, each keel 
being completely divided into an anterior and a_ posterior 
tubercle. It may be at once recognized from Dorie by the 
fact that in the latter species the keels of the collum are 
divided into an anterior and a posterior series. 


The species of this genus known to me may be recognized 
as follows :— 


from the Chinese Seas. 365 


a. Keels on the collum entire, as in Glyphiulus granulatus. . formosa, sp. n. 
b. Keels on the collum divided into an anterior and a 
posterior row. 
a‘. Eyes nearly obsolete, only about two ocelli on each 


Sd elomine Medd) Wee tae as ccc ss ced ved eae has Fee, Poe. 
b'. Eyes well developed, 7 or 8 ocelli on each side of the 
RGR a tate eee ines ota vies snr a's a pr oystaes EA eam a2 Dorie, Poe. 


Family Tulida. 


Paraiulus coreanus, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 12, 12 a.) 


9 .— Colour black (when dry banded with pale green), the 
lower half of the face ochraceous ; antenne and legs testaceo- 
fuscous. 

Face smooth, with a strong transverse groove between the 
eyes. 

Collum with its inferior portion strongly narrowed and 
reaching behind the gnathochilarium almost to the base of 
the first pair of legs, the anterior border of this lateral portion 
strongly emarginate, deeply sulcate, like the rest of the 
segments. The rest of the segments with avery deep and 
complete transverse suleus, the area behind which is dorsally 
elevated and for the most part smooth, but laterally it is 
strongly striate or ridged nearly up to the pore in the front of 
the body, but not so high behind, while the area behind it is 
transversely ridged from summit to base and is furnished with 
a fine median dorsal carinule. Pores conspicuous, situated 
above the middle of the body and nearly halfway between 
the sulcus and the posterior border. 

Anal tergite scarcely at all produced behind, its posterior 
border being widely rounded ; valves convex, with edges not 
compressed ; sternal plate widely convex. 

$ .—Thinner than the female, the collum laterally stouter, 
the second segment of the mandible squared and notched, and 
a small tooth-like outgrowth on the promentum of the gnatho- 
chilarum; the legs of the first pair long, thick when seen 
from behind, but rather slender in profile. The protruded 
portions of the copulatory apparatus consisting of two pairs 
of processes—an anterior, each half of which is thickly clothed 
internally and for half its length externally with long sete, 
and a posterior pair, which consists of two simple, shorter, 
tongue-like pieces. 

Number of segments in female 58, in male 55. 

Length of female 46 millim., width 3. 

Length of male 39 millim., width 2. 

Loc, $8.1. Corea (Alfred Carpenter). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 


bo 
Cnr 


366 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


ANAULACIULUS, gen. nov. 


Ocelli conspicuous; forehead with punctures. Pores 
behind the suleus, and receding further and further from it 
towards the hinder end of the body, not touching it even on 
the sixth segment. The division between the halves of the 
segments very faint on the summit of the dorsum on segments 
2 to 5, on the rest of the segments only extending as a faint 
crenulate ridge laterally a little higher than the pore. The 
posterior half densely and closely striate ; the whole of the dorsal 
area of the segments sulcate, except just the antertor covered 
portion; the lateral portion of the anterior half also finely 
striolate longitudinally. Caudal process short, just sur- 
passing the valves. 

g. With the first legs hook-like and without processes on 
the coxze of the second. 


Anaulaciulus paludicola, sp. n. 


Colour brunneo-flavous, with three distinct longitudinal 
black bands, one running along the middle line of the back, 
the others on a line with the pores on each side; head clear 
yellow below, infuscate above, with a darker band between 
the eyes ; first segment with a darker anterior border; legs 
flavous; segments of antenne distally infuscate ; anal tergite 
fuscous, valves paler. 

Eyes composed of about 7 rows of ocelli. First tergite finely 
striolate along its posterior border, above the lateral angle the 
strie extend from anterior to posterior border; segments 2 to 
6 distinctly striate above. The pores at the hinder end of the 
body separated from the divisional line between the segments 
by a space which is equal to at least twice their diameter. 

Anal valves not margined, hairy, scarcely surpassed by the 
caudal process, which is rectangular. 

Number of segments 64. 

Length 30 millim., width 2; of immature male with last 
five segments apodous, length 20 millim., width 1-5. 

Loc. Wo-Lee Lake, 25 miles 8. of Ningpo (Bassett- Smith 
Coll.). 


Iulus (2s. 8.) vallicola, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 13.) 


Colour. Body longitudinally banded as in sabulosus, Linn., 
but the flavous stripes wider and occupying the whole of the 
dorsal area, except for the narrow median series of black 
spots; the lower half of the lateral surface of the segments 
flavous, although more or -less clouded with fuscous; the 


from the Chinese Seas. 367 


black stripe separating this lower flavous area from the dorsal 
flavous stripe narrow, consequently the body might with some 
accuracy be described as flavous, with three black bands ; 
these three black bands fusing together anteriorly, so that the 
front of the body, ¢. e. about the first three segments, and the 
upper half of the head are fuscous; a darker band between 
the eyes ; lower half of head and legs fulvous ; anal segment 
fuscous ; antenne infuscate, pale at the base. 

Eyes well developed, composed of six transverse rows of 
ocelli. 

Head smooth, without frontal sete. 

Antenne practically as in I. sabulosus. 

First segment larger than in sabulosus, its lateral angle 
much less narrowed, with its thickened antero-lateral border 
not emarginate; the lateral portion also striate right across, 
with fine striae extending along the posterior border up to the 
summit; second segment also larger than in sabulosus, its 
inferior portion much larger and produced forwards towards 
the mandible. The rest of the segments closely and densely 
striate from base to summit; most of the striee complete, ¢. e. 
extending from the sulcus to the hinder border, some of them 
falling short ; on segments 2 to 6 the two striz on the summit 
sensibly diverging from before backwards, and leaving a 
triangular space, which on the posterior segments becomes 
filled in with strie. Pores at anterior end of the body close 
behind the sulcus, though barely touching it, posteriorly 
gradually receding, until at the hinder end the space between 
the two is greater than the diameter of the pore; the sulcus 
scarcely sinuate opposite the pore. The anterior half of the 
segments only finely striolate. 

Anal valves and sternite as in I. sabulosus. 

Caudal process acutely angular, but only surpassing the 
valves a little, not upturned apically. 

Legs as in I. sabulosus. 

Number of segments 59. 

Length 31 millim., width 2°3. 

Loc. Da-zeh Valley, Che Kiang (Bassett- Smith). 


Family Spirobolida. 


Sptrobolus Walkeri, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 14, 14 a.) 


?.—Colour deep olivaceous, with the posterior border of 
the segments yellowish red; the anterior border of the collum 
and the posterior half of the caudal process yellowish red ; 
antennz and legs fuscous, in young examples yellowish; the 
anterior two pairs of legs always yellow. 


368 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Chilopoda and Diplopoda 


Flead striolate-punctate and mesially sulcate below, finely 
striolate above, with from 3 to 6 labral pores on each. side ; 
eyes large, separated by a space which is rather less than 
twice a diameter, composed of six transverse rows of ocelli. 

Antenne short, when extended laterally not reaching the 
posterior border of the collum. 

Collum punctulate and striolate above, laterally narrowed 
to an angle of about 45°, the apex rounded, the anterior 
margin obliquely cut away from a point nearly on a level 
with the eye, sulcate, the second segment projecting below 
the level of the first; the rest of the segments longitudinally 
striate halfway up to the pore on the anterior segments, 
and not so high posteriorly ; the upper surface very closely 
and finely transversely striolate in front and densely punctu- 
late and lightly longitudinally striolate behind; scobina 
absent; the transverse sulcus is very weak laterally and 
absent on the dorsal surface, it scarcely ascends, in fact, above 
the pore. The pore rather small, just behind or almost upon 
the transverse sulcus, above the middle of the side. Sterna 
striate. 

Anal tergite produced into an acute or rectangularly angled 
process, which just covers, without overlapping, the summit 
of the valves ; valves with rather strongly compressed borders, 
lightly punctulate ; sternal plate obtusely angled. 

Legs longish, with a single seta on the distal end of the 
lower surface of each segment. 

¢.—Thinner than the female, with the sixth and seventh 
segments swollen and the legs longer; the distal segments of 
the legs of the third to the seventh pairs inferiorly produced. 
Copulatory apparatus on the same type as that of S. americe- 
borealis; the unpaired median lamina with very slender arms, 
the inferior angle produced into a truncate subcylindrical 
process projecting between the two halves of the anterior 
lateral laminz; the latter short, with straight inner border, 
and widely but unevenly convex latero-inferior border; the 
posterior lateral lamina strongly convex externally, lightly 
concave internally, with its apex narrowed and bent into a 
strong hook; protrusible portion very stout and long, con- 
sisting of four distinct externally convex and internally 
hollowed segments, from the second of which there projects 
inwards a sclerite which ends below in an inwardly directed 
pointed process, while the distal is pointed, fringed in front 
with a series of short hairs, and is furnished apically with a 
short tongue-like process. 

Number of segments in female 50 to 51 and 56; in male 
49 to 53. 


from the Chinese Seas. 369 


@. Length 82 millim., width 8. 

6+ Length 85 millim., width 6:3. 

Loc. Chusan Island (J. J. Walker, 2 3,2 2); Da-laen- 
Saen, 30 miles 8.W. of Ningpo, 500-2500 feet alt. (J. J. 
Walker, 1 9). 

The example from the latter locality has fifty-six pairs of 
legs, but otherwise does not appear to differ from those that 
were taken at Chusan Island. 

This species is evidently nearly allied to S. eagudsitus of 
Karsch (Zeitschr. Naturwissen. (3) vi. p. 57) from Pekin ; but 
Karsch says of the latter: “ annulis profunde segmentatis,” 
and asserts that the pores are situated “ante sulcum sat pro- 
fundum longitudinalem partis postice.” 

In S. Walker’, however, there is only sometimes a trace of 
this latter sulcus, and the transverse sulcus, which Karsch 
describes as profound, is entirely obsolete dorsally and very 
weak at the sides. 

Spirobolus Bungti of Brandt, also from Pekin, may be 
identical either with eaxquisctus or Walkert. In fact, were it 
not for the difference of locality, 1 should scarcely have felt 
justified in describing Walker? as distinct from Bungit. 


Supplementary Note upon Herr Verhoeff’s Subdivisions 
of the so-called Genus Lulus. 


I feel that I cannot <dltogether pass over the genus Julus 
without commenting upon a revision of the group that Herr 
Verhoeff has recently proposed (Zool. Anz. xvi. p.479 &c., 1893; 
and Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1894, pt. ii. p. 137, &c., 1894). 
The anatomical part of this work is, it seems to me, worthy 
of all praise; and I cannot but congratulate the author upon 
the industry and perseverance he has shown in elucidating 
many points of morphological importance. But his supreme 
disregard for, or entire ignorance of, the fundamental principles 
of zoological nomenclature is certainly astonishing. It has 
resulted, moreover, in the creation of an immense amount of 
wholly unnecessary confusion, the unravelling of which will 
prove to be a task of no small difficulty. I have here taken 
upon myself to attempt to correct some of the more glaring 
errors, In order that they may penetrate no further into litera- 
ture. Firstly, however, to avoid ambiguity, I venture to lay 
down the following propositions, which, I take it, will be 
generally admitted by most thoughtful systematic workers :— 

A genus must contain one of the species originally referred 


370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Herr Verhoeff’s Subdivisions 


to it by its founder. For purposes of nomenclature generic 
and subgeneric terms are equivalent. If a genus be split into 
two or more subgenera, the subgenus which contains the type 
species of the genus must receive the genericname. A generic 
or subgeneric name must not be consigned to oblivion on the 
grounds that the species referred to it prove to be capable of 
finer division; nor yet upon the grounds that the character 
upon which it was based proves in itself to be not of generic, 
or subgeneric, or even specific value. It can only be finally 
sunk as a synonym when it has been shown that its type 
species possesses no other character of generic or subgeneric 
importance. And, lastly, when a generic name has once 
been published by. an author, neither he nor anyone else has 
the power to replace it by another, unless preoccupied, nor 
yet to transfer it from one set of species to another. 

Herr Verhoeff seems to me to have disregarded all these 
rules; nor has he been careful to avoid the use of names 
already in vogue. An instance or two will illustrate my 
meaning :—T he type of Zudus, Linn., must be either sabulosus 
or terrestris; but neither of these species is referred to Zulus 
by Verhoeff. The species named Lulus foetidus by Koch 
received the subgeneric name Uncdger from Brandt ; but, for 
no valid reasons, Verhoeff proposes Oncotulus for the same 
species. The genus Pachyiulus of Berlese is adopted, but it 
is divided into two subgenera—Megaiulus and Acanthotulus ; 
but Megatulus is equivalent to Pachyiulus, and Acanthotulus 
was used over fifty years ago for perhaps the best-marked 
genus in this same group of Diplopoda. Lepéoiulus includes 
fallax of Meinert, which is the type of Ophiulus of 
Berlese ; and since it appears to be admitted that triline- 
atus, Koch, the type of Leptotulus, is congeneric with 
fallax, it is clear that Lepétoiulus is a synonym of Ophiulus. 
Brachytulus of Berlese and Anoplotulus, Verhoeft, are syno- 
nyms, because they have the same type species, pusdllus, 
Leach; and Leucovulus is similarly synonymous with Adla- 
dulus, &e., &c. ‘To pursue further the inquiry as to the 
stability of the other genera and subgenera proposed would be 
beyond my present purpose; but the following table will, I 
think, show, at all events approximately, the genera and sub- 
genera of Kuropean IJulide. 

I may add that, since Herr Verhoeff has not seen the 
necessity to state which species out of a number is the type of 
a genus or subgenus, I have here ventured to save him this 
trouble by selecting the first. 

1. Tutus, Linn. (= Ommatoiulus, Latz.; Archiulus, Berl.; Mesoiulus, 
Verh. 1893, not 1894; Bothrovulus, Verh. 1894). 
Type sabulosus, L. 


“I 


18. 


+ 


of the so-called Genus Vulus. 371 


. Unct@Err, Brandt, 1841 (= Oncovulus, Verh.). 


Type fetidus, Koch. 


. AtLatuLus, Koch, 1847 (= Leucoiulus, Verh.). 


Type molybdinus, Koch. 


. Pacuytuus, Berl. (= Megaiulus, Verh.). 


Type varius (Fabr.). 


. (New name wanted) (= Acanthoiulus, Verh., preoccupied). 


Type fuscipes, Koch. 


. OputuLus, Berl. (= Leptoiulus, Verh.). 


Type fallav, Mein. 


. Bracuyruvs, Berl. (= Anoploiulus, Verh.). 


Type pusillus, Leach. 


. Dretoruvs, Berl. 


Type rujfifrons, Koch. 


. Mesoruruvs, Berl. (not Mesozudus, Verh.). 


Type paradovus, Berl. 


. TyPHLoIvULus, Latz. 


Type psilonotus, Latz. . 


. MicropopiuLus, Verh. (= Ophiulus, Berl., in part). 


Type lagulifer, Latz. 


. XESTOIULUS, Verh. 


Type blaniuloides, Verh. 


. Cryprorvuyus, Verh. 


Type ¢taleus, Latz. 


. CyLinpRorvLus, Verh. (= Diploiulus, Berl., in part). 


Type silvarum, Mein. (=punctatus, Leach). 


. CHromarotruuus, Verh. 


Type podabrus, Latz. 


. PALxot1uus, Verh. (= Eleutherovulus, Verh.). 


Type Olivecre, Verh. 


. Hemrpopruius, Verh. (= Mesoiulus, Verh. 1894, not 1893; not 


Mesoiulus, Berl. 1885). 
Type Karschi, Verh. 


TACHYPODOIULUS, Verh. 
Type albipes, Koch. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


ig. 1. Geophilus (?) Holstii. Head and maxillipedes from above. 
“ig. la. Ditto. Anal somite from below. 

Fig. 2. Orthomorpha roseipes. External aspect of copulatory foot. 

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Apex of the same. 

Fig. 26, Ditto, Caudal process (tubercles exagcerated). 

Fig. 2c. Ditto. Anal sternite. 

Fig. 3. Strongylosoma Holstit, Left copulatory foot from below. 

Fig. 4. Polydesmus Mooret. Keel of twelfth sezment. 

Fig. 5. Polydesmus paludicola, Weel of twelfth segment. 

Fig. 6. Polydesmus compactus, Keel of tenth segment, 

Fig. 7. Polydesmus dentiger. Keel of eleventh segment. 

Fig. 7a, Ditto. Antenna. 

Fig. 76. Ditto. Anal sternite. 


372 On a new Species of Hesperiide. 


Fig. 8. Fontaria lacustris, Left copulatory foot from below. 

Fig. 8a. Ditto. Keel of thirteenth segment. 

Fig. 8b. Ditto. Anal sternite. 

Fig. 9. Fontaria Holstit. Left copulatory foot from below. 

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Ditto, external view. 

Fig. 10. Fontaria neptunus. Left copulatory foot from below. 

Fig. 11. Fontaria coarctata, External aspect of copulatory foot. 

Fig. 12. Paraiulus coreanus. Lateral view of head and first segment. 

Fvg.12a, Ditto. Protruded portion of copulatory apparatus, 

Fig. 18. Iulus vallicola. Lateral view of tergites 1 and 2. 

Fig. 14. Spirobolus Walkert. Anterior view of half the copulatory 
apparatus. 

Fig.14a. Ditto. Inner protrusible portion of copulatory apparatus. 

Fig. 15, Fontaria variata, Left copulatory foot from below. 

Fig.15a. Ditto. Ditto, outer view. 


XLIV.—On anew Species of Hesperiide of the Genus Amenis, 
Watson. By F. D. GopMAN and O. SALyin. 


Mr. O. T. Baron, who is now travelling in Northern Peru, 
recently sent us a series of aremarkable species of Hesperiidae 
which he captured near Cajamarca at an altitude of 10,000 feet 
above the sea. ‘The species belongs to Mr. Watson’s genus 
Amenis (P. Z. S. 1893, p. 12), the wing-structure being very 
similar to that of A. pronia, the type of the genus. The cell 
of the primaries is long and narrow, and the discocellulars 
very oblique, as in that species; the third median segment is 
relatively still shorter than in A. pionia. The wings are 
shorter, the secondaries not so produced at the anal angle, the 
outer margin being rounded ; the radial of the secondaries is 
obsolete; and the hind tibie, being thickly scaled, do not 
clearly show the proximal pair of spurs. 


Amenis Baroni, sp. n. 


Costa of primaries slightly curved, outer margin convex ; 
anal angle of secondaries very slightly produced. Primaries 
golden olive, the outer and inner margins broadly black ; 
veins black ; a transverse series of three black-bordered red 
spots, the largest in the cell, the others below in the direction 
of the inner margin ; a cluster of four orange-red spots beyond 
the ceil in a black border, another of two spots in the disk : 
secondaries black, with two irregular bands of golden olive, 
one submarginal, the other through the cell, the two meeting 
near the anal angle ; fringes of both wings buff. Underside: 
primaries as above, the lowest spot of the transverse 
band orange-buff; a large patch of black on the inside of 
this band: secondaries greenish buff, the outer and inner 
margins, two narrow irregular lines across the disk, a single 


Bibliographical Notice. 373 


wider one through the cell, and another nearer the base, 
black. Head above black, spotted with buff; thorax black, 
with two longitudinal light bands on either side ; abdomen 
above black, banded with olive, the extremity buff; palpi 
beneath, thorax, abdominal bands, hind surface of the coxe, 
and dorsal fringe of the hind tibiz orange-buff, the rest of the 
legs and antenne black. 

The tegumen of the male secondary organs is split into two 
flattened lobes, beneath which is a cylindrical rod, which may 
be part of the scaphium ; the harpes are upturned and end in 
a rounded lobe with a serrate edge; on the inner surface of 
the dorsal edge is a small lobe directed backwards, and on the 
inner surface of each harpe nearer the base is an elongated 
lobe with a strongly serrated dorsal edge. ‘These organs, 
though differing in several details of structure, are similar in 
the main features to those of Amenis pionia. 

Exp. 2°2 inches. 

Female similar to the male, but rather larger and with more 
rounded wings. 


Hab. Cajamarca, Peru, alt. 10,000 feet (O. 7. Baron). 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub- 
lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in 
Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp. Moths—Vol. III. By 
G. F. Hampson. 


Notwirustanpiné the almost phenomenal speed with which one 
volume of the ‘Moths of India’ has followed another, this third 
instalment is in no respect inferior to the previous ones. The keys 
to the subfamilies and genera evidence the author’s unflagging 
industry ; and the illustrations, prepared under his supervision, 
demonstrate his perfect knowledge of the anatomical differences 
upon which these divisions are based. 

The present volume deals with the two remaining groups ot 
Noctuidse—the Focilline and Detoidine,—also the three small 
families, Epicopiide, Uraniide, and Epiplemide, of which the author 
remarks that they might perhaps be regarded as subdivisions of one 
comprehensive family, the Uraniidee ; but by far the greater part of 
the volume is occupied with the extensive family Geometridae. In 
his subdivision of this immense group of moths Mr. Hampson has 
largely followed the classification proposed by Mr. Meyrick for the 
European genera of the family. 

Unmoved alike by the open disapproval of one class of lepido- 
pterists and the praise of another, Mr. Hampson, with true scientific 
stoicism, has continued to treat both genera and species precisely 
in the same way in this as in the previous volumes: all genera 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xv. 26 


BYE! Miscellaneous. 


based upon secondary sexual characters are regarded as sections ; 
all local races or supposed varietal forms are reduced to a dead level 
as synonyms. Although it is certain that in this matter of syno- 
nymy the author of the ‘ Moths of India’ will have many opponents, 
and in the case of some species probably no followers, his action 
must yet be respected as an evidence of that indomitable self- 
reliance, without which the completion of so arduous a task asa 
comprehensive revision of the Indian Moths would have been quite 
impossible. Mr. Hampson has expressed his own honest convic- 
tions, and those who do not agree with the minor detail of syno- 
nymy are not bound to follow his lead; but in any case all true 
lepidopterists must most earnestly desire that the ability which the 
author has shown in bringing order out of chaotic confusion may 
be recognized by the sanction of a fourth volume, to include the 
Pyralide. A. G. Burrer. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


The Irish Stoat distinct from the British. 
By Otpvrieitp Tuomas and G. E. H. Barrerr Hamitron. 


{Preliminary note. | 


Tere has always been a great deal of confusion as to the identity 
of the single Irish member of the genus Putorius; but the fact that 
it has a long black-tipped tail has always been hitherto taken as 
sufficient proof that it is a stoat (P. ermineus), and not, as the 
natives call it, a weasel. The third alternative—that it is neither— 
seems never to have presented itself to anyone’s mind: but on a 
careful comparison of specimens we have now come to the conclusion 
that this animal is an insular intermediate form, with some of the 
characters of each of our two British species, and is not referable to 
either of them. 
It may be called 


Putorius hibernicus, sp. n. 


Intermediate in size between the two allied species. Light 
colour of underside white, not yellowish; not extending on to the 
upper lip, much narrowed on chest and belly, and not extending on 
limbs beyond the middle of the forearms and lower legs, the whole 
of the hands and feet being brown with the exception of a few hairs 
on the ends of the toes. ‘Tail as in the stoat, but rather shorter. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male), measured in the flesh :— 

Head and body 228 millim.; tail 88; hind foot 40; ear 21. 
Basal length of skull 41:2. 

Type from Enniskillen, killed Jan. 7, 1895; presented to the 
British Museum by J. E. Harting, Esq. 

A fuller account of this interesting animal, and our reasons for 
distinguishing it, will appear in the ‘ Zoologist’ for April. 


Miscellaneous. ao 


Description of a new Suctorial Millipede sent from Trinidad by 
Mr. J. H. Hart, of the Royal Botanical Gardens, Trinidad. By 
R. I. Pococx. 


In my report upon the Diplopoda of the West Indies, published 
in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv., I enumerated on pp. 478-479 four 
species of suctorial Millipedes as being known from the West-Indian 
area. Three of these, belonging to the genus Siphonophora, were 
from Cuba and St. Vincent, and the fourth, a Siphonotus, was from 
the latter island. No species had at the time been obtained in 
Trinidad ; consequently Mr. Hart’s recently received consignment 
of a dozen specimens of a new species of this group was of consider- 
able interest, the more so since they prove to belong to a genus, 
Siphonorhinus, which is new to the Neotropical fauna. 

This species may be called, in honour of its discoverer, 


Siphonorlinus Hart, sp. n. 


Colour (in alcohol) a reddish yellow, deeper at the anterior end ; 
a distinct black band extending along the middle line of the back 
throughout the length of the body ; the keels of the segments a little 
darker than the pale area on each side of the dark median band ; 
the head reddish brown ; antenne, rostrum, and legs pale yellow. 

Head not pyriform, four-sided, being very abruptly narrowed at 
the base of the rostrum. 

Rostrum slender, elongate, only a little thicker at the base than 
halfway up, a little more than half the length of the head. 

Antenne thick, rather short, incrassate, the second segment a 
little longer than the third, fourth, or fifth, and a little longer than 
wide, the sixth barely thicker than the fifth and not quite twice its 
length. 

Body wide, the pleurz projecting beyond the tips of the feet, the 
area of the tergal piece that les below the keel or poriferous 
excrescence nearly vertical. The elevated portion of the segments 
clothed thickly with silky pubescence; the anterior lower part 
coriaceous in front, granular behind. 

Number of segments variable; in the type 59, in others 50, &c. 

Length of type 18°5 millim., width 2. 

This species may be at once recognized from the Oriental members 
of the genus by its variegated colouring and longer and thinner 
rostrum, 


On the Dates of Shaw and Nodder’s ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany.’ 


This book is usually found bound in twenty-four volumes, with 
dedicatory titlepages ; but considerable uncertainty has been felt 
with regard to the actual dates of the species therein described for 
the first time. 

The ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany ’ came out in parts, 287 of which 


376 Miscellaneous. 


were issued ; there were 1068 plates, of which 1064 were actually 
published, the last four having been prepared, but the text never 
written, owing to the illness and death of Dr. Shaw. Now 287 
parts make up 23 years 11 months if issued monthly; and as 
Dr. Shaw died on July 22, 1813, leaving the descriptions of the 
last set of plates (1065-1068) unpublished, we may suppose this to 
have been the number for July 1813, the concluding number of the 
twenty-fourth vol. Pursuing this argument further, we find that 
the first number should have appeared as an August number in 
1789, and we find it reviewed in the ‘Gentleman’s Magazine’ Hi 
October of that year. Referring to a copy of the Nat. Mise.’ 
the British Museum (Nat. Hist. ), the required evidence is found i in 
one of the original circulars about the work, which states that it 
will be * Published in monthly numbers. Price one shilling and 
sixpence. To begin the First of August.” It is said also that 
‘“‘three, and sometimes more” plates will be published in each 
number. 

Taking these facts into consideration, as well as the dated plates, 
I believe the following to be the actual dates of publication of Shaw 
and Nodder’s ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany ’ :— 


Vol. Plates. | Vol. Plates. 

1-15 f 1789, | 117 | 493- 508 J 1801. 
L} 46. 37 We P, Se) 6005 babe ae 
Ul } 38- 52 | XIV Bal nei oe 
eee La701 | Bema iinsccls sell 1808 
Ir 75- 87 Xv 589- 612 
*)-88-10 \ 1798 on NG ss a an 
Iv } 111-125 at | XVI 636- 660 
*) 126-145 1798 an) 661— 6841 ya05 
v 146-161 : xvqit, | 685- 708 
) 162-182 Ly aa z 709- 732 1996 
VI 183-195 ? XVII 733— 756 ( 
2196-218 by 1796 ") 757- 780! yaq7 
vir } 219-230 ip XIx, | 781- 804 
" ) 231-254 ae 1796 | *) 805- al 1808 
VIt ee 255-278? | xx 829— 852 
") 2279-300 | j 70 " ) 853-8781 re9 
1X 301-324 | XXI 879— 900 | 
“A: ) 895-348 1798 *) 901- a ib 

x 349-364 Xxx 925- 948 
-) 865-396 baz 50 ey ‘OAG= cial Tea 
XI } 397-412 XXII } 973- 996 
") 418-444 1800 ae Taio 
xu 445-463 xxqy, } 1021-1044 
*) 464-492 >) 1801. 5 1045-1068 1813. 


It will be comparatively easy to fix with a fair amount of cer- 
tainty the actual month any of the above plates was issued. 
C. Davies SHERBORN 
(Index gen. et spec. anim.). 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 89: MAY, 1895. 


XLV.—On the Specimens of the Genus Cutiterebra and tts 
Allies (Family Cistridee) in the Collection of the British 
Museum, with Descriptions of a new Genus and Three new 
Species. By K. EK. Austen, Zoological Department, 
British Museum. 


[Plate XIII.] 


THE genus Cutiterebra * was founded by Bracy Clark in the 
year 1815 (Clark, ‘ An Essay on the Bots of Horses and other 
Animals,’ London, 1815, p. 70) for a group of CEstride which is 
confined to the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions, where the 
larve are parasitic in the subcutaneous tissues of Rodents and 
Marsupials. ‘he flies themselves, which are characterized 
by a large stout body, feathered arista, brown wings, and broad 
flat tarsi, include some of the largest of all Diptera, but are 
by no means frequently found in collections, although the 
Jarvee of certain species must be exceedingly common in the 
districts in which they occur. Since the publication of 
Prof. Brauer’s epoch-making work on the Cistride (‘ Mono- 
graphie der Oestriden,’ Wien, 1863), more than thirty years 
ago, which includes seventeen species of Cutiterebra, two of 
which are apparently synonyms, only one additional species 
of the genus (C. approximata, Walk.) has been described. 
The present revision proves that the British Museum possesses 
specimens of nine species of Cuttterebra, two of which are new. 
In 1887 the “ division” (Abtheilung) CUTEREBRID& (Brauer, 

* Clark wrote Cuterebra: the obviously correct form given by Scudder 
(‘Supplemental List of Genera,’ p. 93), on the suggestion of Verrall, is 
here adopted. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 27 


378 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


Wien. ent. Z., vi. Jahrg., 1887, pp. 5, 11, and 13) (which it 
would surely be better to call the subfamily CUTITEREBRIN£) 
was instituted by Prof. Brauer for Cutcterebra and the allied 
genera Rogenhofera and Dermatobia. I now find it necessary 
to introduce a fourth genus, allied to Rogenhofera, for an 
interesting new species from the ‘Mexican shore of the Gulf 
of California. 

I am aware that, as a result of the recent labours of Brauer 
and von Bergenstamm, the family Cistride is abolished, and 
its constituent genera form a “section” of the Muscide 
(“‘ Muscaria Schizometopa,” Brauer and v. Berg.). For the 

sake of convenience, however, I have decided to retain the old 
terminology in the title of the present contribution. 


Cutiterebra funebris, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. figs. 1-1 0.) 
Cuterebra atrox, Clark (?), ‘Essay: Addenda’ (1848) ; description trans- 
lated by Brauer, ‘ Monographie der Oestriden,’ pp. 241-242 (1863), 

The type of this species is a male specimen from Trinidad, 
forwarded for identification by Mr. J. H. Hart, of the Trinidad 
Botanical Department. The larva is known in the island as 
the ‘ Mosquito Worm,” and the present specimen, which is 
accompanied by its pupa-case, was bred from a spiny rat 
(Loncheres guiane, Thos.). Mr. Uart’s statement on the 
subject will be found below. ‘This species is apparently 
closely allied to C. atrox, Clk., with which after all it may 
prove to be identical. Unfortunately, owing to the fact that 
the typical specimen was sent home in a mixture of spirit and 
glycerine, many of the characters, such as pollinose markings, 
have been destroyed, while, on the other hand, in spite “of 
many attempts, 1 have not succeeded in obtaining access to 
Clark’s original description of C. atrox, which is accom- 
panied by a figure: I have therefore been forced to content 
myself with Brauer’s translation. On the whole, however, it 
seemed better to describe the present specimen as new, espe- 
cially as the type of Clark’s species was obtained from 
Mexico. Since writing the appended description I have 
discovered that the type of C. atrow is in the Oxford Museum, 
and by the kindness of Prof. Poulton I hope before long to 
have an opportunity of comparing it. 

¢@. Dimensions agreeing very well with those given by 
Brauer for C. atrox, taken from Clark’s figure: length 
24 millim. (25 millim., Brauer); length of wing 20 millim. 
(as in Brauer); width of vertex 4 millim.; width of head 
94 millim.; width of thorax at base of wings 93 millim. ; 
width of abdomen at base of third segment 113 millim. 

Black ; reddish brown on pectus, pleure, sides and posterior 
angles of dorsum of thorax, base of scutellum, and sides of 


Cutiterebra and tts Allies in the British Museum. 379 


abdomen below ; abdomen metallic greenish black, shining, 
dull reddish brown on sides of segments below ; wings dark 
brown, lighter at the base in front ; alulce blackish brown. 

Front dull, with a deep depression in the median line, 
possibly due to immaturity ; ocellar triangle large, shining 
black ; the depressed area of front reddish brown, doubtless 
originally pollinose; an impressed pollinose mark running 
from the eye on each side to the fissura frontalis opposite the 
base of the antenne ; below this, and separated from it by a 
subquadrate shining black spot, a large dull reddish-brown 
area, extending from the eye to the fissura frontalis and also 
running upwards so as to join the extremity of the former 
mark; this area would doubtless likewise be pollinose in a 
well-preserved specimen; a round subconical shining black 
tubercle on each cheek below the eye; entire head thinly 
clothed with short black pile. Antenne: first two joints 
black, with black pile; third joint short, about as long as the 
first two joints taken together, reddish brown, apparently 
pollinose; arista black, thick at the base. Antennary pit 
broad, septum not developed. Thorax and scutellum dull 
dark brown above ; the beginnings of two narrow shimmering 
silvery stripes in front of the dorsum, not reaching to the 
suture, which is very deep; a dull dark brown broader stripe 
outside these and reaching to the suture, and a similar median 
one scarcely reaching the suture, faintly indicated; thorax 
and scutellum entirely clothed with short black pile, which is 
sparse above, but thicker and longer on the pleure and along 
a line bordering the dorsum. Abdomen also thinly clothed 
with short black pile and punctuate; fifth segment more 
thickly clothed with hair and showing no blue above ; appa- 
rently it was originally more or less covered with greyish 
pollen ; the reddish area on the sides of the segments below 
was doubtless also covered with pollen; there are indications 
that the margins of the second, third, and fourth segments were 
narrowly white. Legs black and clothed with black pile; 
tibie with a very prominent fringe of bristly hairs on the 
outside, making them look very broad ; there is a faint indi- 
cation that they were originally pollinose at the base; all the 
tarsi extremely broad, the second joint of the second pair 
measuring 14 millim. in breadth, the posterior pair even 
broader. 

Trinidad (fart) ; one specimen. 

Pupa-case: length 30 millim. ; breadth across the ridge on 
the sixth segment 17} millim.; the transverse ridges very 
strongly developed ; entirely clothed with imbricated scales, 
of which those on the anterior portion of the segments, on the 


dorsal surtace at any rate, are denticulate. 
2 


380 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


Mr. Hart writes as follows :— 

“Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Trinidad, 
Dec. 11, 1894. 

“I take the liberty to forward you a circular issued by my 
office on the so-called ‘ Mosquito Worm.’ ‘This insect has 
been commonly attributed to Zpula as its originator in 
Trinidad, which of course, without experiment or argument, 
could be shown to be erroneous. Still the actual rearing of 
the imago was needed to show on the spot that it was so. 
This has now been done, as described by circular.” . . . 


The following is the circular referred to :— 

“ Botanical Department, Trinidad. 
Circular-note No. 14. 

“ On Saturday, the 13th of October, I had brought to me a 
specimen of the Spiny Rat (Loncheres guiane), which had 
been found feeding on a fruit-tree in the Royal Botanic 
Gardens. 

“¢ On examination the animal was found to be affected with 
the parasite known in Trinidad as the ‘ Mosquito Worm,’ 
whose life-history up to the present has been but imperfectly 
known. 

“The Rat was placed in a finely netted cage, and on 
Oct. 22nd, or nine days after it was captured, the animal rid 
itself of the parasite, and the latter assumed the chrysalis 
stage in one of the cage corners. 

“The chrysalis was a hard body, almost black, with nine 
[eleven] segments, and in form slightly tapered to opposite 
ends. It was over one inch and a quarter in length, and 
measured five eighths of an inch in diameter at its broadest 

art. 

“The chrysalis was kept in damp earth, and on Dee. 3rd 
(42 days) the perfect insect emerged... .. 

“The puncture in the skin of the Rat on which the fly was 
developed healed in two or three days. 


e ° 


“The term ‘ Mosquito Worm’ is therefore proved to be 
erroneously applied. 


(Signed) “J. H. Hart, F.LS.” 
“Dee, 8rd, 1894.” 


Cutiterebra approximata, Walk. 


Cuterebra approximata, Walker, ‘The Naturalist in Vancouver Island 
and British Columbia,’ by J. K. Lord, vol. 11. pp. 838-839 (1866). 


This, with C. terrisona, Walk., C. funebris, Austen, and 


Cutiterebra and its Allies in the British Museum. 381 


C. atrox, Clark, belongs to a group of black or blue-black 
species, which are clothed with black hair, either entirely or 
with the exception of a tuft of yellow pile on the pleura. 
Much more material is necessary before the limits of these 
species can be determined satisfactorily. 

Judging from the descriptions (Brauer’s translation in the 
case of that of C. atrox, Clk.), C. approximata, Walk., and 
C. atrox, Clk., are very closely allied. If the dimensions of 
the latter as given by Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ &c. p. 242) on 
the basis of Clark’s figure are to be depended upon, however, 
C. approximata is a smaller and much more slender species. 
The following are the dimensions of Walker’s type (a 
female) :—Length 21 millim. (correctly given by Walker as 
“10 lines”) ; width of vertex 3 millim.; width of head 
8 millim.; width of abdomen at base of third segment 
9 millim.; length of wing 16 millim. 

The head shows only a single flattened, deeply punctured, 
but ill-defined tubercle on each side, its base resting on 
the eye opposite the antenne; there is no tubercle on the 
cheeks beneath the eyes, as in the specimen from Trinidad, 
which I have described as C. funebris; the dorsum of 
the thorax and scutellum seems originally to have been 
shining black; the ‘ dark cinereous tomentum”’ mentioned 
by Walker is due to the dirty state of the typical specimen ; 
pleure clothed with tufts of black pile, without a trace of 
yellow ; dorsum and scutellum thinly clothed with shorter 
black pile : abdomen metallic dark violet, shining, the fourth 
and fifth segments more purple than the rest, the central 
portion of the third segment somewhat greenish blue; the 
sides of the segments below sprinkled with the usual irregular 
markings of greyish pollen, leaving rounded and irregular 
patches of the shining ground-colour; no trace of white 
margins to the segments above. Legs: femora reddish at 
the tips; tibiew pollinose at the base; tarsi apparently not 
very broad ; front tarsi, at any rate, scarcely more than half 
as broad as the corresponding pair in the typical specimen 
of C. funebris, the first joint longer, the remainder more 
compact and squarer. Wangs somewhat narrow, uniformly 
brown, not paler at the base in front. 

C. approximata, Walk., is distinguished from C. funebris, 
Austen, by its smaller size, more slender form, deeper violet 
colour of the abdomen, narrower tarsi, and the absence of a 
tubercle upon the cheeks. 

The typical specimen, which is the only one in the collec- 
tion, is from British Columbia (J. K. Lord) ; it is labelled in 
Walker’s handwriting, and the description is attributed to 


382 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


Walker in the list on p. 337 of vol. 11. of Lord’s work ; van 
der Wulp is therefore in error in crediting the species to 
Smith (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. 11. p. 2). 

Through the kindness of Mr. O. Salvin I have had the 
privilege of examining the ‘ Biologia’ specimens of Cutiterebra, 
and after a careful study of the two specimens which van der 
Wulp (loc. cit.) somewhat doubttully assigns to C. approxt- 
mata, Walk., I am able to say that neither of them belongs 
to this species. The specimen from Pinos Altos, Mexico, 
should apparently be referred to C. terrisona, Walk., while 
that from San Geronimo, Guatemala, seems to me to be a 
male of C. americana, I. 

Prof. Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ &e. p. 222) states that the 
eges of Cutiterebra are unknown, and he is inclined to think, 
on account of the structure of the abdomen of the female, 
that the flies may be viviparous. However, I found an egg 
protruding from the ovipositor of the type of C. approximata, 
and also discovered an egg adhering to the type of C. terrisona, 
Walk. The ege of C. approximata is about 14 millim. in 
length, and is yellowish white in colour ; but with the excep- 
tion of a longitudinal groove, doubtless due to drying, it 
appears to present no peculiarities. 


Cutiterebra terrisona, Walk. 


(Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 2 a.) 


Cuterebra terrisona, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. in Coll. British Museum, 
iii, p. 683 (1849). 

The typical specimen (the only one in the collection) is a 
female from Guatemala (Sal/é). Dimensions :—Length 
233 millim. (correctly stated by Walker as 11 lines); width 
of vertex 33 millim.; width of head 9 millim.; width of 
abdomen at base of third segment 10% millim.; length of 
wing 183 millim. ue 

There are five triangular spots of yellow pollen resting on 
the inner margin of each eye; the three uppermost spots are 
small, the other two much larger; the lowest, which rests on 
the inferior angle of the eye, is somewhat more quadrangular 
than the rest, while the spot above this is much the longest 
and extends to a point midway between the eye and the tip of 
the oral cleft ; the extremity of the vertical fissura frontalis 
on each side is also surrounded with an oval spot of yellow 
pollen ; the antennary pit is greyish and the occiput yellowish 
pollinose ; the head is entirely clothed with black hair, and 
there is no jagged band of yellow pollen on the posterior 
border of the cheeks below ; thorax, eacept a narrow oblique 


ae 


Cutiterebra and its Allies in the British Museum. 383 
tuft of yellow pile on the pleuree in front of the base of the 


wings, entirely clothed with black hair: abdomen shining 
plum-purple *, the anterior margins of the third and fourth 
segments narrowly yellowish pollinose; in the case of the 
third segment there is an expansion of this narrow band on 
each side, so as to include the posterior margin of the pre- 
ceding segment, and there are indications that the band at the 
base of the fourth segment is similarly expanded at the sides ; 
the sides of the first four segments below and the whole upper 
surface of the fifth sprinkled with the usual irregular 
markings of yellowish pollen, leaving connected or isolated 
dots of the shining ground-colour. Zegs: tarsi large and 
broad; last two pairs of femora with a patch of yellowish 
pollen at the base in front. Wangs broader than in C. ameri- 
cana, ’., 74 millim. in width at their broadest part, some- 
what paler towards the base on the inner side. 

Prof. Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ &c. p. 245) states that he 
regards C. terrisona as a synonym of C. americana, F., and 
that he cannot understand how Walker could separate it ; on 
this account Walker’s species is definitely referred to 
C. americana by van der Wulp (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, 
vol. il. p.1). C. terrisona is, however, a perfectly good 
species, which can at once be distinguished from C. americana 
by the pleure being entirely clothed with black pile, except 
the small fleck of yellow hair, and by the absence of the 
jagged yellow pollinose border to the cheeks in the female. 


Cutiterebra americana, F. 
Cuterebra americana, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 774, 6 (nec Walker, List 
Dipt. &e. iii, p. 683). 

Two specimens, both females—one labelled “ Georgia,” the 
other without a locality. In his description Fabricius 
writes, ‘‘thoracis lateribus canis:” in these specimens the 
pleure are clothed with cadmium-yellow pile, but herein they 
agree with Prof. Brauer’s description of the species (‘ Mono- 
graphie,’ &c. pp. 243-244) and also perfectly with Bracy 
Clark’s coloured figure of his species C. cautertum (§ An 
Essay on the Bots of Horses and other Animals,’ London, 
1815, p. 70, pl. 1. fig. 28), which is regarded by Brauer as a 
synonym of C. americana, F. ‘The colour of the pile 
clothing the pleuree is probably variable. In these specimens 
the contrast between the yellow pleuree and black dorsum is 
very sharp, and with the polished deep purple abdomen and 
unitormly deep brown wings renders the species a strikingly 


* Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colours,’ pl. viii. 


384 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


handsome one. The dimensions of the specimen from Georgia 
are as follows:—Length 23 millim.; width of vertex 33 
millim.; width of head 94 millim.; width of abdomen at 
base of third segment 103 millim.; length of wing 18 millim. ; 
greatest width of wing 6 millim. 


Cutiterebra buccata, F. 


Cuterebra buccata, Fabricius, Genera Insectorum, p. 805, 1776 (1777 ?), 
= C. horripilum, Walker (nec Clark), List Dipt. &c. ili. p. 683. 
Two specimens, both males—one from Nova Scotia (Red- 
man), the other with no locality. Prof. Brauer (‘ Mono- 
graphie,’ &c. pp. 249-250) does not mention that the outside 
of the anterior femora is thickly clothed with whitish hair. 


Cutiterebra fontinella, Clark. 


Cuterebra fontinella, Clark, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. pp. 410-41] (1827), 
= C. americana, Walker (nec Fabricius), List Dipt. &e. iii. p. 683. 

Three female specimens—two from Nova Scotia (Redman), 
the third presented by the Entomological Club, without a 
locality. These specimens have certainly nothing whatever 
to do with C. americana, F., but I refer them somewhat 
doubtfully to C. fontinella, Clk., since this species is stated 
by the author to have the last two segments of the abdomen 
white, whereas in the present specimens only the fifth 
segment is of that colour. In size, however, and other 
respects they agree very well with Clark’s description, and 
fontinella is the only species given by Prof. Brauer in his 
table (‘ Monographie,’ &c. pp. 229-250) to which it is 
possible to assign them. In ‘Insect Life,’ vol. v. p. 319 
(1893), Townsend describes two female specimens which he 
assigns to C. fontinella and which were bred from larve 
obtained near Dofia Ana, New Mexico, “ taken from Lepus 
artemisia (?), the common cottontail of the lower Rio Grande 
region in New Mexico.” Townsend states that his specimens 
are ‘ without doubt Cuterebra fontinella, Clark ;”’ but the 
correctness of the identification seems to me to be very ques- 
tionable. Clark mentions that C. fontinella is half the size 
of C. cuniculi’, Clk., which he states to be as large as Bombus 
terrestris ; but Townsend gives the length of his specimens 
as 20°5 millim. to 21 millim.,” while he adds that a third 
specimen received from Colorado, which he also regards as 
belonging to this species, is ‘£22 millim. in length.” Towns- 
end’s specimens therefore must be nearly as large as C. cundteuld 


itself. Clark calls C. fontinella the “ White-tailed Cuterebra, 


Cutiterebra and its Allies in the British Museum. 385 


or Blue Rabbit Fly,’”’ and the former of these names would 
seem to imply that the white tip to the abdomen is a con- 
spicuous feature; but in the case of the two specimens bred 
by Townsend it was not until the colour of the abdomen was 
restored with chloroform that a “ greyish bloom,” clothing 
the inferior lateral edges of the segments, was observed “ to 
extend in both specimens upon sides of abdomen and dorsum 
of last two segments, or even in places on dorsum of second 
segment.” With reference to the specimen from Colorado, 
Townsend writes :—‘‘ The dorsum only of segments 1 to 3 of 
abdomen is narrowly purplish black, the side of the abdomen 
and all of last segment being covered with the whitish bloom 
and circular purplish-black spots.” Clark’s description of the 
abdomen, however, runs as follows :—‘‘ Abdomen breve, 
atrum, lucidum, superne violaceo resplendens: segmentis 
duobus postremis hirtis, albidis, punctisque variis atris 
elevatis, glabris.” I take this to mean that the white seg- 
ments are more hairy than the rest, and clothed with pale 
pile; Townsend, however, says nothing about this, though, 
on the other hand, he states that the yellowish-white hairs 
clothing the pleure are “continued completely around edge 
of scutellum,” which is not mentioned by Clark. Our 
specimens have the scutellum entirely clothed with black 
hairs, the first four segments of the abdomen shining violet- 
purple, clothed with short black pile, the fifth entirely covered 
with whitish-yellow pollen, sprinkled, especially at the sides, 
with small round shining dots of the ground-colour, and fairly 
thickly clothed with short pale golden-yellowish pile. It 1s 
therefore evident that, whether. I am correct in assigning 
these specimens to C. fontinella, Clk., or not, they certainly 
cannot belong to the same species as ‘Townsend’s specimens. 
Except that only the last segment of the abdomen is whitish 
yellow, our specimens agree very well with Clark’s descrip- 
tion so far as it goes. The front shows two small triangular 
flecks of silvery-white pollen, resting on the eye on each side, 
which are not mentioned by Clark, and there is a similar 
fleck on the occipital margin on each side of the ocellar 
tubercle. The whole of the face and cheeks is covered with 
yellowish-white pollen and clothed with pile of a similar 
colour. In addition to the round shining spot on each cheek 
mentioned by Clark there is a similar but smaller one resting 
on the lower margin of the eye. ‘The antennary pit is greyish, 
the lower margin on each side shining black, and the vertical 
fissura frontalis terminates on each side below in the usual 
dull black triangular mark. The antenne are dark brown or 


386 Mr. E. EK. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


reddish brown, the third joint stout, rather longer than the 
first two joints taken together. The dorsum of the thorax 
greyish black, shining, clothed with short black pile; the 
pleuree clothed with longer yellowish-white pile, which 
terminates above the base of the wing in front of the posterior 
tubercle. Of the three black spots on the pleura, arranged 
in a triangle, the upper one, which consists in a tuft of black 
pile, is in one specimen almost obsolete. Legs shining dark 
reddish brown, entirely clothed with black pile. Dimensions : 
length 16 millim. ; width of vertex 3 millim.; width of head 
7 millim. ; width of abdomen at base of third segment 73-8 
millim. ; length of wing 13 millim. 

These specimens are much smaller than any other species | 
of Cutiterebra in the collection, and their size and the white 
tip to the abdomen give them a very distinctive appearance. 
One specimen has three yellowish eggs adhering to the right 
hind tarsus. 


Cutiterebra analis, Mcq. (= C. apicalis, Guér.). 

Cuterebra analis, Macquart, Diptéres Exotiques, ii. 3, pp. 22-23, tab. ii. 

fig. 5 (1843). 
Cuterebra apicalis, Guérin-Méneville, Iconographie du Régne Animal, 
Insectes, pp. 547-548 (1844), and pl. ci. fig. 1 &c. (1835). 

Two specimens, male and female—the former from Orizaba, 
Mexico (Sal/é), the latter from Tunantins, R. Amazons, 
Brazil (Bates). The male has a fleck of black pile on the 
humeral tubercles in addition to those on the pleure. 

Guérin-Méneville’s excellent coloured figure leaves no 
doubt of the synonymy above given. Macquart’s figure, on 
the other hand, is execrable; but his description is much 
more detailed than that of Guérin-Méneville. It is clear from 
internal evidence (the date 1844 is quoted on p. 531 and 
“ mars 1844” on p. 553) that the description of C. apicalis 
was not published until 1844, although the date on the title- 
page of the portion of the ‘ Iconographie’ which contains the 
Insects would lead the reader to suppose that it appeared in 
1838. The particular plate on which the figure of C. apicalis 
is given is, like certain other of Guérin-Méneville’s plates, 
not dated; but since the plates immediately preceding and 
following it bear the date “ 8re 1835,” we may safely con- 
clude that pl. ci. was published at the same time. On the 
whole, however, it seems better to adhere to the principle 
that a figure of a species unaccompanied by a description does 
not constitute publication. 


Cutiterebra and vts Allies in the British Museum. 387 


Cutiterebra rufiventris, Macq. 
(PIOSEEE tes. 3, 3.a.) 

Cuterebra rufiventris, Macquart, Diptéres Exotiques, 11. 3, pp. 21-22 

(1843) ; Brauer, Monographie der Oestriden, pp. 245-246 (1863). 

A female specimen from Ecuador, collected by Mr. Clarence 
Buckley, undoubtedly belongs to this species, which was 
described from a single male from the neighbourhood of Para 
(Brazil) : Brauer merely translates Macquart’s description 
without having seen a specimen. I therefore append a 
description of this female. 

9. Length 234 millim. (rather more than that of Mac- 
quart’s type, which he states as 9 |. (French),=20 millim.) ; 
width of vertex 33 millim.; width of head 94 millim. ; width 
of thorax at base of wings 9 millim.; length of thorax in- 
cluding scutellum 114 millim.; width of abdomen (second 
segment) 11} millim. 

Margins of the front next the eyes below bordered with 
yellowish pollen, which on each side runs out inwards in two 
triangular projections, enclosing the uppermost ‘ espace 
arrondi luisan”’ of Macquart; the lower of these triangular 
projections extends to the jissura frontalis ; the bare spots on 
the face large and very conspicuous when the head is viewed 
from in front. Thorax greyish black; scutellum reddish 
brown, darker at the sides, semitranslucent by transmitted 
light, flattened, and somewhat acuminate, yellowish pollinose 
below; a strongly marked brownish-black median stripe 
extending from the anterior margin of the thorax to the 
middle of the scutellum, about 2 millim. broad in front, and 
tapering somewhat posteriorly; on each side of this a light 
grey stripe of about half its width, and, contrary to the state- 
ment of Macquart, extending to a distance of 2 millim. beyond 
the suture ; outside the grey stripe a black one on each side 
running to the scutellum, somewhat broader than the grey 
stripe in front, but extremely attenuated behind the suture ; 
the greyish area outside the last-mentioned stripe on each 
side somewhat indistinctly divided by a broader black stripe, 
which joins the inner margins of the tubercles on the ante- 
rior and posterior angles : pectus and pleure greyish pollinose, 
two small dark brown shining spots, of which the posterior is 
the more elongated and duller, on the pleuree below the spots 
ot black pile noticed by Macquart ; the yellow pile clothing 
the pleure and pectus forming a narrow fringe, which limits 
the dorsum and extends to the posterior tubercle above the 
base of the wing; dorsum and upper surface of scutellum 
clothed with short black pile, becoming more conspicuous 


388 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


where it meets the yellow fringe ; a few short yellowish hairs 
projecting from the under surface of the scutellum posteriorly. 
Abdomen reddish chestnut, the sides of the last three segments 
below, as well as more or less of the anterior portion of the 
third, greyish pollinose ; the first fouxsegments thickly clothed 
with short, appressed, silky hairs of a ferruginous hue; the fifth 
segment thickly clothed with longer golden hairs; the second 
segment with an oblong patch of black hairs on each side, 
occupying only the anterior two-thirds of the segment, and not 
descending far down the sides ; it is probably to these patches 
that Macquart is referring when he states, “ premier segment 
noir, & bord postérieur fauve ;”’ a triangular area in the centre 
of the second segment also clothed with short black pile, 
reaching to the posterior margin in the median line, and 
surrounded on each side by a tuft of longer yellowish-orange 
pile starting from the posterior margin of the first segment ; 
central portion of third segment near the posterior margin with 
an ill-defined black band, due to short black hairs mingling 
with the ferruginous ones; posterior margin of second and third 
segments narrowly whitish. Legs: first two pairs of core 
black, greyish pollinose, the anterior pair clothed externally 
with pale yellow hairs and in front with black hairs, the 
middle pair clothed externally with yellow hairs, mingled 
with which are a few black ones; posterior coxe black, 
reddish brown behind, clothed externally with a tuft of yellow 
pile and at the extreme base with black hairs; femora, 
tébie, and tarsi brownish black, clothed with black hairs ; 
the anterior femora and the posterior side of the others at the 
base reddish brown; the bases of the femora, posteriorly in 
the case of the first two pairs and anteriorly in that of the 
the last pair, yellowish pollinose and clothed with yellow 
pile; bases of the middle femora also with traces of yellow 
pollen above and anteriorly, those of the last pair posteriorly 
slightly yellowish pollinose and with a few yellow hairs. 
Wings, alule, and squame very dark brown, the latter with 
a fine border of extremely short yellowish pile; wings not 
very large for the size of the insect, covered with conspicuous 
transverse wrinkles; alule large, subquadrate in shape, 
strongly wrinkled, and very conspicuous when the insect is 
viewed from the side with the wings at rest. 
Ecuador (Clarence Buckley) ; one specimen. 


Cutiterebra nigricincta, sp. n. 


(Pl. XIII. figs. 4, 4a.) 
¢. Length 194 millim.; width of vertex 3 millim.; width 


Cutiterebra and its Allies in the British Museum. 389 


of head 8 millim.; width of thorax at base of wings 83 
millim. ; width of abdomen (second segment) 10 millim. ; 
length of wing 163 millim. 

Black ; dorsum of the thorax, except a small area on the 
anterior margin, clothed: with black pile; central portion of 
the pleure also clothed with black pile; abdomen metallic 
brassy green, shining, thickly clothed with silky golden-yellow 
pile, with a conspicuous band of black pile on the posterior 
margin of the third segment, the base also clothed with black 

ile. 
f Head entirely clothed with shimmering pale golden pollen, 
thinly covered with short pile of the same colour, which is 
longer and thicker on the cheeks below and nearly conceals 
the oral cleft ; occipital margin of the vertex brownish, with 
a blackish-brown triangular mark enclosing the upper angle 
of each eye, and bearing a few short black hairs; ocellar 
tubercle also with a few black hairs; antennary pit greyish 
pollinose ; antenne dark brown, first and second joints clothed 
with pale golden pile above, third joint ovate, about half as 
long again as the two former taken together ; arista dark brown 
at the base, reddish brown towards the tip, cilia pale yellowish ; 
lunula frontalis brownish black, shining; on each side of the 
face and touching the margin of the eye opposite the third 
joint of the antenna a large shining black spot, with the upper 
margin straight and bluntly conical below, sparsely punctuate 
and bearing a few pale golden hairs; the upper margins of 
these spots are on a level with the base of the third joint of 
the antenna; they are separated from the fissura frontalis by 
barely half their width ; @ s¢mdlar spot, rather larger in size 
and subquadrate in shape, on the cheeks near the lower margin 
of each eye, and directly below the upper spot; a small bare 
triangular fleck between the lower spot and the eye, touching 
the lower margin of the latter. Thorax: anterior surface 
clothed with golden pile, which extends to a distance of 
2 millim. as a semilunar patch on the anterior margin of the 
dorsum; this patch is scarcely visible when looked at from 
above, but conspicuous when the insect is viewed from in 
front ; scutellum black and clothed with short black pile above, 
yellowish pollinose below, and with a few short yellowish 
hairs projecting from below the posterior margin; pectus 
clothed with deep yellow pile, which runs up on to the pleure 
in two stripes ; the anterior of these, which is the broader, 
forms an arch over the prothoracic stigma and is in connexion 
with the yellow pile on the anterior surface, while the posterior 
stripe terminates in a tuft in front of the squamee. Abdomen: 
first and second segments clothed with short black pile, sides 


390 Mr. E. EK. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


of the second segment below greyish pollinose and with a few 
short yellow hairs, a little yellow pile on the anterior angles 
of the first segment also; central portion of the third segment 
somewhat bluish, the band of black pile on the posterior 
margin very conspicuous and sharply defined when the insect 
is viewed obliquely from the front ; this band does not reach 
the posterior angles of the segment below, while the ends are 
divided by a tapering band of greyish pollen, on which the 
pile is somewhat sparser, while in front of it there is a line of 
hair projecting at a different angle from the rest, so that on 
looking at the ventral surface we appear to see the margin of 
an additional segment ; ground-colour of the fifth segment, 
when viewed from behind, tawny, with a dull greyish pollinose 
transverse band, divided in the median line and occupying 
rather more than the anterior half of the segment ; this is 
most conspicuous when the specimen is held so that the eye 
looks directly at the edge of the hind margin of the fourth 
segment; in certain positions a narrower greyish pollinose 
band is also visible on the sides of the third and fourth seg- 
ments, lying nearer to the anterior than to the posterior 
margin, but not in contact with either, and dying away on the 
dorsal surface before reaching the median line ; a narrow dull 
median longitudinal stripe is faintly indicated when the 
abdomen is viewed obliquely from behind; the pile clothing 
the fifth segment thicker and longer than elsewhere. Legs 
clothed with black pile, the posterior surface of the last pair 
of femora thinly clothed nearly to the tip with short silky 
yellowish pile ; all the coxz, the bases of the anterior femora 
above, and those of the middle pair posteriorly also with some 
yellow pile; femora and tibie reddish brown, the latter darker 
than the former; tarsi black, short and broad; claws black. 
Wings brown, somewhat lighter towards the posterior margin, 
narrow and tapering to the tips, somewhat lancet-shaped ; 
alule dark brown, of moderate size, subquadrate ; squame 
dark brown, fringed with short brown pile, and showing no 
light margin. 

Para, Brazil (Bates) ; one specimen. 

This species presents no resemblance to any of those pre- 
viously described : itis at once distinguished from Cutzterebra 
analis, Macq. (apicalis, Guér.), by the thorax and scutellum 
(with the exception of the anterior margin of the former) 
being entirely clothed with black pile instead of with golden 
yellow; while the unstriped thorax and the shining metallic 
abdomen, with its black transverse band, render it impossible 
to confuse C. nigricincta with C. rufiventris, Macq. 


Cutiterebra and vts Allies in the British Museum. 391 


BoGERIA, gen. nov. 


Large, compact, and thick-set flies, resembling Cutiterebra in 
general appearance, but with the arista bare and the tarsi, or 
at least the front and middle pairs, not expanded. 

Allied to Rogenhofera, Brauer (Verh. k. k. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 
1863, and ‘ Monographie der Oestriden,’ 1863, pp. 215-216), 
but differing as follows:—Profile of the head much more 
nearly semicircular than that of Rogenhofera as shown in 
Brauer’s figure (‘ Monographie,’ &c. tab. iv. fig. 8 a) ; viewed 
from in front the outline of the head much more nearly circular 
than that of Rogenhofera as figured by Brauer (‘ Mono- 
graphie,’ &c. tab. vi. fig. 14) ; eyes occupying rather more 
than the upper half of the head in profile, but not projecting 
above the vertex—rather on a slightly lower level when 
viewed from in front; with the head in its natural position, 
no space visible between it and the thorax, when the insect 
is viewed from the side; antennary pit small, in length equal 
to about one fourth of the greatest length of the eyes, and, 
when the head is viewed from in front, extending from a 
point opposite the centre of the inner margin of the eye to 
another slightly lower than the middle of the lower half of 
the latter ; antennw small, first two joints very short, third 
joint rounded at the tip, rather longer than the first two joints 
taken together ; arista short, stout, tapering only at the tip, 
first segment somewhat elongated and arising from the third 
joint of the antenne at a point about one third of its length 
from the base ; proboscis short, concealed in the oral cleft, at 
least in the typical species ; occipital orbits very conspicuous ; 
first pair of legs slender, the tarsi not expanded; middle and 
posterior legs, though stouter, with tarsi but slightly dilated, 
scarcely broader than the tibie, their middle joints ovate, not 
semilunar; wings shorter than in Rogenhofera, tapering to 
their tips, with no appendix to the angle of the fourth vein ; 
alule large, quadrate, with the anterior angles rounded, very 
prominent when the wings are at rest; abdomen bluntly 
conical, the basal angles rounded off abruptly. 

Pupa-case viewed from above subpyriform, much more 
regular in outline than that of Cutiterebra, since the segments 
bear no ridges as in the genus alluded to; viewed from the 
side, the under surface slightly concave, the upper strongly 
convex ; upper surface of the first four segments forming a 
cap (‘‘ Deckel”’), as in Cuttterebra, to facilitate the escape of 
the imago; terminal segment concealed in a narrow trans- 
verse slit, bearing a notch on the dower instead of the upper 
margin, as in Cutiterebra; the eighth segment the longest ; 


392 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


rather less than the anterior half of all the visible segments 
(the ‘‘ cap” is wanting in the two specimens from which this 
description is taken) surrounded by a zone of small, sharp, 
backwardly directed spines, the largest of which are about 
1 millim. in length ; a narrow and less conspicuous ring of 
smaller spines surrounds the posterior margins of the segments; 
the rest of the surface covered with small, distinct, bluntly 
conical tubercles, not scales; the three lateral rows of pro- 
tuberances exhibited by the pupa-case of Cutiterebra but very 
faintly indicated, and that only upon segments anterior to the 
seventh ; posterior stigmata reniform. 

The absence of transverse ridges upon the posterior region 
of the segments and the fact that the surface is covered with 
tubercles and spines * instead of with imbricated scales at 
once distinguish the pupa-case of Bogeria from that of 
Cutiterebra. ‘The previous stages of Rogenhofera trigonophora, 
Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ &c. pp. 217-218), the type of its 
genus, are unknown; but, according to Berg’s description 
(Stett. ent. Z., Jahrg. xxxvii. 1876, pp. 271-272) of the larva 
of fogenhofera (Cephenomyia) grandis, Guér., the only other 
species that bas as yet been assigned to Rogenhofera, the pupa- 
case in that genus also is covered with scales. 

Bogeria can be inserted in Prof. Brauer’s tables (vide 
‘Monographie der Oestriden,’ p. 45, and Wien. ent. Z., 
Jahrg. vi. 1887, p. 15) as follows :— 


C&stride. 
CUTITEREBRIN2. 
I. Arista feathered above. 
a. Tarsi broad, flattened .......... Cutiterebra, Clk. 
b. "Tarsi'slender ).j-nieerets es = 6 ss 6 Dermatobia, Brauer. 


II. Arista bare. 
a. Antennary pit large ; third joint of 
the antennz short, round, not 
longer than the second; arista 


* The spiny larva described by Coquerel and Sallé (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 
iv. sér. t. 2, 4ieme trim., 1863, p. 785, pl. xix. fig. 2) from Lepus palustris, 
Bachm., from Mexico, and assigned by the authors to an undetermined 
species of Cutiterebra, may possibly belong to this genus. In this case, 
however, the spines are apparently not arranged in definite zones, and, 
judging from the enlarged figure (pl. xix. fig. 26), they are shorter and 
broader than in Bogeria. The fact that some of them are bifid at the tip 
may be due to their being broken. Townsend (‘ Psyche,’ vol. vi. 1892, 
pp. 299-300) describes a spiny larva, assigned by him to Dermatobva, sp., 
from Lepus callotis, Wagler, from New Mexico ; but neither in this case 
are the spines arranged in zones. Townsend writes :—“ Segments after 
the first sparsely covered with short, black, curved spines. . . .” 


Cutiterebra and dts Allies in the British Museum. 393 


long, slender ; alulze of moderate 

size; wings with a short ap- 

pendix to the angle of the fourth 

VEINS Prete eo oy sisare cue die sa Rogenhofera, Brauer. 
4. Antennary pit small ; third joint of 

the antenne slightly longer than 

the first two joints taken to- 

gether; arista short, stout ; 

alule large; wings with no ap- 

pendix to ‘the angle of the fourth 

VELMA eee ea arash o.lars Aaya Shae Bogeria, nov. 


I dedicate this genus to Lieut. H. O. Boger, R.N., to whom 
the British Museum is indebted for the specimens of the 
typical species described below. 


Bogeria princeps, sp. 1. 


(Pi. XIII. figs. 5-5 3.) 


&. Length 203-214 millim.; width of front at vertex 
3-3 millim.; width of head 84 millim.; length of wing 
16 millim. 

General colour of thorax brownish grey, abdomen silvery 
grey ; ground-colour reddish brown, concealed by greyish dust ; 
thorax and abdomen nearly bare above ; pleure clothed with 
thick white pile, which extends in a stripe above the base of the 
wing to the base of the scutellum. 

Head almost precisely the same width as the thorax, the 
latter appearing slightly broader at the base of the wings, 
owing to the pilosity of the pleura: ; front thinly clothed below 
with short appressed yellowish-white bairs, and above and on 
the vertex with short erect blackish hairs, and forming a 
rounded projection in front of the eyes when the insect is 
viewed from above ; a narrow median shining black triangle 
extending forwards "from the anterior ocellus to a distance of 
134 millim.; a strongly marked ridge surrounding the anten- 
nary pit, except below, and bounded by the vertical semi- 
circular fissura frontalis ; antennary pit contracted below into 
a narrow flattened median ridge extending to the oral cleft ; 
septum separating the antenne well marked : antenne blackish 
brown, second joint reddish brown; arista bright reddish 
brown; first jomt and extreme base of the second black; a 
shining dark brown semilunar spot above the base of each 
antenna, while, on a slightly lower level, a transversely elon- 
gated shining spot of a similar colour extends upwards and 
inwards from the margin of each eye; above each of the 
latter spots a small sil very-white triangle, resting on the 
margin of the eye: face and cheeks silvery white; face covered 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 28 


394 Mr. E. E. Austen on Specimens of the Genus 


with somewhat coarse closely-set punctures, which become 
smaller below and are absent on the cheeks below the eyes ; 
face and cheeks clothed with silvery-white pile, which is very 
sparse on the former, but thicker on the latter, and partially 
conceals the oral cleft ; a curved shining black mark on each 
side of the antennary pit below, continued backwards as a 
narrow incised line on each side of the contracted portion, and 
ending in a small triangular shining spot on each side of the 
commencement of the wider portion of the oral cleft; between 
each of these spots and the eye, and nearer the latter, a con- 
spicuous, sharply defined, and somewhat rounder shining spot, 
while in the same straight line and close to the orbit lies a 
much smaller and less distinct fleck, above which and halfway 
between it and the transverse shining spot already mentioned 
is a similar mark; the extremity of the vertical are of the 
fissura frontalis on each side dull black ; occiput clothed with 
silvery-white pile ; occipital orbits silvery white. 

Thorax and scutellum thinly clothed above with short black 
pile, which becomes more conspicuous and forms a distinct 
longitudinal stripe above the thick white pile of the pleure ; 
pectus also clothed with thick white pile ; posterior border of 
the scutellum thinly clothed beneath with whitish pile, which 
projects beyond the margin, and so gives the scutellum a 
whitish rim. 

Abdomen coarsely granular above; posterior border of 
third, fourth, and fifth segments and that of the second on the 
sides narrowly shining black; upper surface thinly clothed 
with short black hairs; basal angles in the typical specimen 
clothed with longer silvery-white pile, in front of which is a 
little black pile, while the basal angles are connected by a 
semilunar band of silvery-white pile, which conceals the hind 
margin of the second segment, and in the median line projects 
on to the third segment, which is clothed in the centre behind 
this projection with brownish pile; in the other specimen the 
longer pile on the second segment is for the most part 
brownish, a little paler and thinner in the middle of the hind 
margin, while there is more black pile on the sides of the 
seement in front; ventral groove thickly clothed with whitish 
pile, except in the median line; sides of the segments below 
thinly clothed with short silvery pile; genital ring a broad 
quadrangular plate. 

Legs: cove shining black, pollinose, clothed with whitish 
pile, the posterior pair also with black hairs ; femora reddish 
brown, pollinose, apices black, extreme tips shining, clothed 
above and below with whitish pile, while the second and third 
also bear a certain number of black hairs on the inner side at 


Cutiterebra and tts Allies in the British Museum. 395 


the base and above ; tibize and tarsi black, greyish pollinose, 
the former thinly clothed, the latter fringed at the sides with 
black hairs; claws black, sometimes reddish brown in the 
middle. 

Wings uniformly light brown; alu/e and squame also 
brown, the margin of the latter paler and fringed with very 
short silvery pile; alula very conspicuous when the wings 
are at rest, directed upwards, and embracing the scutellum on 
each side. 

Pupa-case black: length 25-26 millim. ; width of seventh 
segment (the broadest) 15 millim.; posterior stigmata orange- 

ellow. 

Médano Blanco, Sta. Barbara Bay (Gulf of California), 
Mexico (Lieut. H. O. Boger, h.N.) ; two specimens, both 
males, with their pupa-cases. ‘he pups, from which the 
specimens subsequently emerged, were found in January 1893, 
when Lieut. Boger was serving on the Pacific station in 
H.M.S. ‘ Melpomene.’ The flies appeared in the following 
March. 

To the anal extremity of each of the pupa-cases are still 
adhering a number of hairs, evidently those of the host; they 
are pale yellowish brown, somewhat curling, and one of 
them has a distinct black tip. They probably belong to some 
Rodent, but I fear are not sufficient to enable one to hazard 
even a guess at the host’s identity. Lieut. Boger, however, 
informs me that jack-rabbits (Lepus callotis, Wagler) were 
abundant in the locality where the larve were found. 


DERMATOBIA, Brauer. 


Dermatobia, Brauer, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1860; ‘ Monographie,’ &c. 
1863, pp. 251-253. # 


Dermatobia cyaniventris, Macq. (=D. nowitalis, Goudot). 

nee cyaniventris, Macquart, Diptéres Exotiques, ii. 3, p. 23 

Ciherebon noxtalis, Goudot, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3° sér. t. iii, pp. 229, 230 
(1845). 

One female, from Ega, R. Amazons, Brazil (Bates). 

In spite of the fact that, as pointed out by Goudot (loc. cit. 
p- 230), Macquart does not mention that the abdomen of 
C. cyaniventris is clothed with short black pile, with whitish 
(yellowish) pile at the base, there can be no doubt that the 
descriptions of the two authors refer to the same species. The 
species is redescribed by Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ &c. pp. 267- 
268) from a specimen in the Imperial Natural History 
Museum at Vienna. 

28* 


396 On Cutiterebra and its Allies. 


In addition to the specimen mentioned above, the Museum 
also possesses two larvee of Dermatobia, both of which are 
probably in the second stage, and belong to the form known 
in Cayenne as the “ Ver macaque,” although one is con- 
siderably smaller and more attenuated than the other. 
D. cyaniventris is the only species at present described ; but 
whether either or both of these larve belong to this species or 
to some other it is, of course, impossible to say. The smaller 
larva, which was removed from the arm of Mr. EK. Bartlett 
in Chamicuros, E. Peru, in 1867, is 15 millim. in length, of 
which the more swollen portion, consisting of the first seven 
segments bearing the usual bands of spines, occupies less 
than one third. The width of this larva at the sixth segment 
(the widest part of the swollen portion) is 24 millim., while 
the width in the centre of the attenuated portion is only 
1 millim. The second larva is from Trinidad, and was 
forwarded by Mr. J. H. Hart at the same time as the 
typical specimen of Cudtiterebra funebris, Austen. This 
larva was removed from a human knee at the commencement 
of December 1894. In his letter accompanying it Mr. Hart 
writes :—‘‘ From frequent cases I think it highly probable 
that we have several species of this kind of insect in the 
colony.” This, however, remains to be seen; there may be 
several species of Dermatobia in Trinidad, but it is quite 
possible that Mr. Hart is referring to different stages of the 
larva of the same insect. The dimensions of this larva are as 
follows:—Length 93 millim.; length of swollen portion 
7 millim. ; greatest width about 4 millim.; width of attenu- 
ated portion 14 millim. Although about twice the length, in 
the ratio of the attenuated to the swollen portion of the body, 
this larva closely resembles that described and figured by 
Dr. Matas (‘Insect Life,’ i. pp. 76-80, fig. 10), which, with 
two others, was removed by the author referred to, in the 
Charity Hospital, New Orleans, from the body of an English- 


man who had recently come from Spanish Honduras. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 
Fig. 1. Cutiterebra funebris. 


Fig. 1a. Ditto. Head from in front. 
Fig. 16, Ditto. Pupa-case. 

Fig. 2. Cutiterebra terrisona, Walk. 
Fig. 2a. Ditto. Head from in front. 
Fig. 5. Cutiterebra rufiventris, Macq., ?. 
Fig.3.a. Ditto. Head from in front. 
Fig. 4. Cutiterebra nigricincta. 
Fig.4a. Ditto. Head from in front. 
Fig. 5, Bogeria princeps. 

Fig.5 a, Ditto. Head from in front. 
Fig.5b. Ditto. Pupa-case. 


On Two new Amphinods from the West Indies. 397 
Phipoas | 


XLVI.— Two new Amphipods from the West Indies. 
By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. StTepprne, M.A. 


[Plates XIV. & XV.] 


Amphithoé megaloprotopus, sp. 0. 


(Pls. XIV. and XV.B.) 


From Amphithoé, Leach, the genus Grubia, Czerniavski, is 
separated only by its possession of a one-joited accessory 
flagellum on the upper antenne. From Microdeutopus, Costa, 
Professor Della Valle distinguishes St’mpsonella by the single 
character that “ the prehensile angle of the second gnathopods 
in the male is prolonged into a more or less notable process.” 
Upon these precedents it is to be expected that the species 
now to be described will not long escape from transfer to a 
new generic name. It is, to be sure, a characteristic 
Amphithoé, except in one respect; but, contrary to the 
existing definition of that genus, it has the first gnathopods 
larger instead of smaller than the second. ‘Thus it is easily 
distinguishable from all its hitherto known congeners, and at 
the same time it shows an approximation between Boeck’s 
subfamilies of the Microdeutopine and Amphithoine, which 
Della Valle groups together with others in an extensive 
family called Corophide. 

The new species has the body flecked all over with stellate 
markings, as is commonly the case in this genus. 

Eyes placed on the front lobes of the head, rounded, of 
moderate size, black in the specimen preserved in spirit. 

Upper Antenne.—First joint long and stout, fringed with 
very long sete; second joint much thinner, but not much 
shorter than the first, with numerous tufts of setee ; third joint 
short, slightly curved; flagellum imperfect, the remnant as 
long as the peduncle, containing twenty-three small joints. 

Lower Antenne.—Impertect ; the second and third joints 
short and stout; the fourth joint robust, nearly once and a 
half the length of the first joint of the upper antenne. 

Mouth-organs.—As will be seen from the figures these are 
of the usual type. This remark applies also to the second 
maxille, which were examined, but were accidentally lost 
before they had been drawn. ‘The left mandible has six 
serrate spines in the spine-row, the right has only five; the 
secondary plate is strongly denticulate on the left, but very 
feebly on the right. The molar tubercle is partially fringed 
with spine-like teeth and carries a long seta. The third 


398 Rev. 'T. R. R. Stebbing on 


joint of the palp is nearly equal in length to the first and 
second combined. The first maxille have three small sete 
on the inner margin of the small inner plate *, the outer plate 
carries the usual ten spines. The maxillipeds are chiefly 
remarkable for the stout and prominent development of the 
chin-like base. As the figure shows, one of the palps has 
suffered an injury. It is noticeable that the cicatrice is in the 
middle of the third joint, not, as might have been expected, 
and as is the case with the likewise damaged lower antenne, 
at an articulation. 

Kirst Gnathopods.—The side-plates are very large, much 
longer than deep, produced forwards so as completely to cover 
the mouth-organs. The second joint of the limb, attached 
near the hind margin of the side-plate, is directed backwards ; 
in length it about equals the hand, but is much narrower. 
The front margin is channelled and distally lobed. The fourth 
joint has three tufts of sete on the hind margin and a small 
pointed apex. ‘The wrist is triangular, cup-shaped, scarcely 
longer than broad. The length of the massive hand ts equal 
to more than twice the breadth; its margins are nearly 
parallel, but the front is regularly though slightly convex, 
while the hinder is somewhat sinuous. ‘The palm is a little 
oblique, though at the end forming a right angle with the 
hind margin. The curved finger is stout at the hinge, and 
its apex very decidedly overlaps the palm. 

Second G'nathopods.—The side-plates scarcely half the 
length of the preceding pair; the limb very similar in struc- 
ture to that of the first gnathopods, except that the hand is 
rather shorter and rather narrower, with a much more sinuous 
palm, within the point of which the apex of the short much- 
curved finger closes down. ‘The sete on the rounded apical 
part of the hand’s front margin are very long. Both pairs of 
gnathopods are bulky, and as the base of the maxillipeds is 
also thick, it seems as if there were no room for the animal to 
draw up its “hands” into concealment between the side- 
plates, as Amphipods in general are so inconveniently fond of 
domg. The lateral view of the specimen shows the actual 
undisturbed position in which the gnathopods were observed. 

First and Second Perwopods.—Vhe side-plates are similar 
to those of the second gnathopods, and so also are the broadly 
flask-shaped branchial vesicles. Neither in these nor in the 
following pereopods were any distinguishing features 
discerned, and the general character will be sufficiently seen 
by the figures. 

* According to Della Valle the first maxille in Amphithoé are devoid 
of an inner plate; but this is contrary to my experience. 


Two new Amphipods from the West Indies. 399 


Pleopods.—Coupling-spines two; cleft spines six; joints 
of rami from seventeen to nineteen in number; the outer 
ramus slightly shorter than the inner and a little curved. 

Uropods.—The proportions and armature are sufliciently 
shown in the figures. 

Telson.—The breadth at the base is slightly longer than 
the length. There is a small apically rounded triangular 
piece produced beyond the two lateral apices, which appear to 
be constituted each by a small upturned hook. Within these 
points are backward-projecting sete, and considerably above 
them are planted other setee which diverge laterally. 

The length of the specimen from the front of the head to 
the end of the perzeon was three tenths of an inch, and the 
length of the pleon two tenths. Allowing for the overlapping 
of the segments, the animal when distended would probably 
have measured considerably less than five tenths of an inch 
from the head to the telson. 

The specific name, meaning “ with a large first foot,” refers 
to the superiority in size of the first over the second 
gnathopods. 

The specimen was obtained from seaweed on rocks at 
Antigua, and forwarded to me by the kindness of my friend 


Mr. W. R. Forrest. 


DEUTELLA, Mayer, 1890. 


In the Supplement to his ‘ Monograph on the Caprellidee ’ 
Dr. Mayer defines this genus as follows :— 

“ Mandibular-palp three-jointed. Flagellum of the antennz 
two-jointed. Rudiments of legs on the third and fourth 
segments, in the female those on the fourth segment being at 
a considerable distance from the branchiz. On the abdomen 
of the male one pair of one-jointed leg-stumps.”’ 

In the following paragraph he mentions that the rudi- 
mentary legs are two-jointed and provided with numerous 
sete. Assigned to the genus are the species Deutella cali- 
fornica, Deutella venenosa, and a third as yet unnamed. In 
the tabular view of the twenty-three genera of Caprellide 
which Dr. Mayer gives on page 8 of his exceedingly valuable 
Supplement a difficulty arises in regard to Deutella, For 
there the abdomen of the male is stated to have two pairs of 
leg-stumps, instead of only one pair as in the subsequent 
diagnosis. Moreover, the characters ascribed in the table to 
Pseudoprotella are practically the same as those given te 
Deutella, the only differences being that in Pseudoprotella the 
number of setz on the terminal joint of the mandibular palp 


400 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on 


is reckoned as 1+20+4+2, while in Dewtella it is 1+a+41, and 
the position of the penes in the former genus is median, in 
the latter almost median. A key to facilitate the discrimina- 
tion of the numerous genera is given in three different forms ; 
but it so happens that in each of these Deutella and Pseudo- 
protella are grouped together, instead of being distinguished. 
As regards the abdomen in the two genera, the illustrations 
on plate v. seem to show that there is in fact no tenable 
distinction in this respect between them. It is otherwise with 
the palp of the mandibles, for its third joint in Deutella is 
armed with very few sete, while in Pseudoprotella they are 
numerous. Yet this seems a rather precarious character on 
which to separate two genera. The species about to be 
described agrees with Deutella in the simple armature of the 
mandibular palp, but differs from it and apparently from all 
other Caprellide in the shortness of the third joint of the palp, 
herein making an approach to the genus Parvipalpus, Mayer, 
in which the third joint is altogether wanting. 

Between Pseudoprotella and Deutella there is one feature of 
distinction, which Dr. Mayer mentions, though he lays very 
little stress upon it, but which, in the absence of more striking 
differences, acquires some importance. ‘This concerns the 
relation between the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of the first 
gnathopods. In Pseudoprotella the fifth joint or wrist is 
elongate, so that the fourth joint is kept at a considerable 
distance from the hand, whereas in Deutella the wrist is so 
short that the fourth joint almost touches the base of the hand. 


Deutella Mayert, sp.n. (Pl. XV. A.) 


The head is rounded and smooth, with the skull-like 
appearance familiar in Caprella acanthifera. ‘Vhe pereon is 
smooth, its third and fourth segments being the longest and 
equal to one another in length; the second segment deep in 
the front pait, at which in both sexes the gnathopods are 
attached. 

The eyes are round and black in the specimens preserved in 
spirit. 

Upper Anienne.—The second joint much longer than either 
the first or third, the first stouter but very little longer than 
the third; the flagellum having in the male six joints, of 
which the first is much the longest and carries four hyaline 
filaments, each of the others having but one. In the temale 
the flagellum has five joints. 

Lower Antenne.—Much more slender than the upper, the 
peduncles of which they do not quite equal in length. The 


Two new Amphipods from the West Indies. 401 


fourth and fifth joints are equal to one another, and each is 
longer than the small two-jointed flagellum. 

Mandibles.—The cutting-edge and secondary plate denticu- 
late, the spine-row containing apparently not more than three 
spines, the molar tubercle prominent. The palp slight in 
structure, with the first jomt not much shorter than the 
second and longer than the third, the third carrying only two 
or three short apical sete. 

Lower Lip.—The inner lobes comparatively large, the 
outer widely separated, the mandibular processes small. 

First Maxille.—No distinet inner plate, the outer plate 
armed with five spines; the palp two-jointed, the large second 
joint carrying four sete: on its distal margin. 

Second Maxille.—The inner and outer plates each distally 
armed with three spines, the inner having an additional one 
on its inner margin. 

Maaillipeds.—The inner plates rather small, tipped with a 
few setee, the outer plates reaching halfway along the second 
joint of the palp, and armed with two spines on the apex and 
two on the inner margin. ‘The second joint of the palp the 
longest, the third ending in the pointed process which Mayer 
mentions as being found in several genera. The figure which 
Mayer gives of the maxilliped of his Deutella venenosa would 
serve for that of the present species. 

Furst Gnathopods.—These are attached so far forward that 
the base of the maxillipeds appears behind them. The short 
wrist lies beside the fourth joint, which, as usual, to use 
Spence Bate’s expression, underrides it. The hand is some- 
what triangular, broadest at the base. The finger curves 
over the whole elongate palm and is pectinate within. In 
the larger specimens the finger, at least in the oblique view, 
appears to be to a trifling degree sinuous. 

Second Gnathopods.—TVhe second joint is equal in length 
to the hand; the third is rather longer than the fourth; the 
fifth is of insignificant size and coalescent with the large 
hand, which has at the base a backward directed process 
surmounted by a spine and one or two setules. The long 
front margin is very convex. In the female the hind margin 
is also convex, the long finger curving over it as far as the 
hollow formed between it and the above-mentioned process. 
In the male the hind margin is slightly concave, distally 
forming a small sharp tooth and ending squarely between 
this tooth and the hinge of the finger. 

First and Second Perceopods.—The minute rudimentary 
limbs lie close to the bases of the branchial vesicles. The 
second joint of the limb is scarcely a third of the length of 


402. On Two new Amphipods from the West Indies. 


the first joint, and is almost devoid of setules. ‘The marsupial 
lamine in the female are large, with short filaments, chiefly, 
though not exclusively, on the first pair. The specimen figured 
had four large eggs in the slightly dehiscent marsupium. 

Third, Fourth, and Fifth Pereopods:x—These limbs are 
similar in structure, but the fourth are of larger size than the 
third and the fifth than the fourth. The hand is powerful, 
with a projection at the base, against which the long curved 
finger impinges. The basal process is followed by four or 
five of like character, but successively decreasing in size, 
along the inner margin. This form of hand is noticed by 
Mayer as occurring not only in Deutella venenosa, but also in 
the genera Paracaprella and Hemicgina. 

The length of the male specimen is three-twentieths of an 
inch, the antenne and limbs not being included. The females 
with eggs are rather shorter. A specimen from which the 
mouth-organs separately figured were dissected was smaller 
than the females; it had the appearance of being a young 
male, 

The specific name is given out of respect to Dr. Paul 
Mayer, whose works on this branch of Crustacea can scarcely 
be too highly appreciated. 

The specimens were taken from sand in shallow water at 
Antigua by Mr. W. R. Forrest. Since Mayer’s Deutella 
venenosa was taken at Coquimbo, on the west coast of South 
America, along with Caprella scaura, Templeton, it may be 
worth mentioning as a coincidence that along with the present 
species Mr. Forrest sent also a specimen of Caprella scaura. 
Moreover, he sent a specimen which appears to belong without 
doubt to the species named Aginella tristanensis in the 
Report on the ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda. This species has 
since been referred by Dr. Mayer to a new genus, Pseud- 
aginella. The ‘Challenger’ specimen was destitute of all 
the last three pairs of pereeopods: the specimen from Antigua 
has them all. In general appearance they are not very unlike 
those of Deutella Mayert, though the inner margin of the head 
is simpler ; but they have one character which is very unusual, 
namely, that the penultimate pair is notably larger than the 
ultimate. Additional specimens may hereafter show that this 
is only a casual variation. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuatEs XIV. & XV. B. 
Amphithoé megaloprotopus. 
Lateral view of the animal; the natural size indicated by the line above. 
a.s., upper antenne ; a.t., portion of lower antenne ; /.s., upper lip; m, m, 


On a Group of the Aplysiide. 403 


mandibles ; 2.., lower lip; ma.1, one of the first maxilli, and spines 
of the outer plate of the other more highly magnified ; map., maxil- 
lipeds; gn. 1, first gnathopod; gn. 2, second gnathopod; prp. 1, 3, 4,5, 
first, third, fourth, and fifth pereeopods; wr. 1, 2, 3, first, second, and 
third uropods ; T, telson. 


The mouth-organs and parts of the pleon are much more highly magnified 
than the antennz and limbs. 


PuaTE XV. A. 
Deutella Mayeri. 


Lateral view of the female above, and of the male below, the natural 
size of the male being indicated by a line on the right. 


os., the mouth-organs of the male specimen viewed laterally in situ. The 
palp of the mandible is seen overtopping the upper lip; the lower 
lip can be perceived almost edgewise below the molar tubercle of 
the mandible and above the palp of the first maxilla; between the 
latter and the prominent palp of the maxilliped are discerned the 
two plates of the second maxilla, 

1.2. lower lip; mer. 1, first maxilla; ma. 2, second maxilla; map., maxilli- 
peds ; gn. 1, first gnathopod. This group is taken from a specimen 
smaller than either the male or female specimen figured on the plate. 

a.s., upper antenna; a.2z., lower antenna; gn.1, first gnathopod; gn. 2, 
second gnathopod; prp.1, 2, 3, 5, first, second, third, and fifth 
pereeopods. 


The parts of the female are distinguished by the sign °, of the male 
by the sign ¢. 


XLVIL.—On a Group of the Aplysiide, with Description of 
anew Species. By J. Giucurist, Ph.D., &e. 


[Plate XVIIL] 


THE following description of a small group of Aplysias‘is a 
contribution to an account of the collection of Tectibranchs 
in the British Museum (Natural History). This collection 
contains a great number and variety of forms from the 
Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian Oceans, and illustrates very 
forcibly what could be done if a systematic search for these 
animals were made in almost any unexplored region. Owing 
to careful preservation and a liberal supply of spirit some of 
the specimens are ina good state of preservation and sufficient 
for purposes of identification. 

The small group to be considered here is represented by 
half a dozen specimens, more especially by Aplysia piperata 
(Smith), from Thursday Island, Torres Straits (‘ Alert’ 


404 On a Group of the Aplyside. 


collection), and by a specimen in a good state of preservation 
from Siam (M. Mouhot’s collection), 

This latter (PI. XVIII. figs. 1 and 3) appears to be a new 
species, which I am enabled to describe by permission of 
Dr. Giinther, Keeper of the Zoological Department, and which 
may be designated Aplysia Mouhot?. It closely resembles 
A. piperata (figs. 2 and 4) in the general structure of the body 
and in colouring. It is, however, well differentiated from it : 
(1) by the absence of the prolongation of the mantle into a 
long excretory siphon posteriorly (figs. 3 and 4, siph.). (2) The 
pleuropodia also are somewhat iess developed, lie closer to 
the body, and evidently do not function as swimming-organs— 
compare the plicated edge of the pleuropodia of fig. 2, pi., 
with that of fig. 1, pl. Figs. 3 and 4, pl.’, indicate the line 
of attachment of the pleuropodia to the body. The difference 
between the pleuropodia in the two species is most marked at 
their anterior end. (3) The colouring differs somewhat: in 
A. piperata there is a uniform sprinkling of black dots all 
over the animal except on the sole of the foot and under the 
mantle, showing an inclination, especially on the head and 
mantle, to run into small radiating lines. (Lhe lighter 
posterior end and dark encircling band described by Mr. Smith 
are perhaps due to accidental causes, as another and better 
preserved specimen in the collection shows no traces of 
these.) In A. Mouhoti this speckling of dark spots is absent, 
and there is a tendency rather to reticulate marking on pleuro- 
podia and linear marking on head and mantle. 

The two animals, on the other hand, possess several striking 
features in common. This is most marked in the general 
external topography of the body, a point which I have else- 
where tried to show is of special significance in the classifica- 
tion of the Tectibranchs :—(1) The pleuropodia in both cases 
start from about the posterior end of the first third of the body 
and run backwards to within a few millimetres of the end of 
the foot, being quite separate throughout their entire length. 
(2) In both the mantle, shell, and visceral mass are much 
more posterior than in, e. g., A. limacina; and, in coordina- 
tion with this, the genital opening is peculiar in being located 
somewhat anteriorly to the mantle-cavity (figs. 3 and 4, g.o.). 
In the Tectibranchs it is, as a rule, within the pallial cavity. 
(3) The most striking point of agreement, however, is found 
in the position of the rhinophora. These are situated close 
together, just between the anterior ends of the pleuropodia. 
This is such a marked feature, and is so different from what 
is found in other Aplysiide, that it would seem to justify the 
establishment of a separate genus. 


On new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 405 


Other specimens in the collection present the same features. 
A second species in M. Mouhot’s collection, also from Siam, 
seems identical with A. Mouhote, but is not sufficiently well 
preserved. The same is to be said of a specimen from 
Australia, collected by J. B. Jukes, Esq. A larger specimen 
(foot 10x 5 centim.) presents the same specific features, but 
is devoid of colour (bleached ?). 

The question of the systematic position of this group is of 
interest, as it seems to form a connecting-link between the 
Cephalaspidea and Anaspidea in the following particulars :-— 
(1) Rhinophora (cf. Acera) in close proximity to anterior 
end of pleuropodia, in contrast to the position in, e. g., 
A. limacina. (2) Visceral mass posterior (with shell and 
mantle) and not yet entirely fused with foot (vide fig. 5). 
These characteristics mark it off sharply from the genus 
Syphonota, which Adams has proposed (on very insuflicient 
grounds). If this genus is to be retained, these points must 
be taken into consideration. 

Besides these forms there are in the collection other 
unexamined and probably new forms of the Aplysiide. 
There are, moreover, many representatives of the genera 
Dolabrifera, &c., forming good material for further work, 
though unfortunately with “ spirit ’-specimens. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


Fig. 1. Aplysia Mouhoti. Nat. size. 

Fig. 2. A. piperata. Nat. size. 

Figs. 3. 4, Aplysia Mouhoti and A. piperata. gf., genital furrow ; rhin., 
rhinophora; p/., free edge of pleuropodia; pi.’, point of 
attachment of pleuropodia ; g-0-, genital opening; ct, point 
of attachment of gill; az., anus ; ‘stph. .. siphon. 

Fig. 5, Longitudinal section of Aplysia Mouhoti. sh., shell; szph., 
siphon ; v.m., visceral mass. 


XLVIII1.—Deseriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 
By Captain THos. Broun. 


[Concluded from p. 245.] 


Group Otiorhynchide. 
Catoptes spermophilus, sp. n. 


Robust, broad, moderately convex; piceous; tarsi flavo- 
castaneous, antenne obscure rufous ; densely covered with 
small, round, flat, fusco-testaceous scales ; the sete are erect 


406 Capt. T. Broun on new 


and mostly fuscous, the few that are greyish are not con- 
spicuous ; on top of the posterior declivity there is a trans- 
verse, much interrupted, pitchy space; below this the colour 
is only slightly paler than that on the dorsum. In one 
example the squame on the surface are somewhat rufescent. 

Rostrum quite one third shorter than the thorax, but little 
expanded apically, with a central carina; vertex convex. 
Scape elongate, attaining the front of the thorax. Funiculus 
with the basal two joints equally elongate; third slightly 
longer than the fourth; seventh rather longer than broad ; 
club elongate, acuminate. Thorax about one fourth broader 
than it is long, slightly wider before the middle than it is 
elsewhere ; feebly obliquely impressed towards the sides in 
front, obsoletely channelled along the middle, without aspe- 
rities. Scutellum minute. Elytra evidently broader than 
the thorax; the shoulders, however, do not exceed the base of 
the thorax in width; disk slightly convex, with regular series 
of moderate punctures ; interstices broad, the third and fifth 
but little, and rather irregularly raised, and ending in nodi- 
form elevations behind, those on the third are distinct, the 
others are cften indistinct ; the sutural region is moderately 
convex behind. Legs fusco-rufous, with scales and greyish 
sete ; tibie slightly flexuous ; third joint not very broad. 

Underside with yellowish-grey decumbent sete ; the meta- 
sternum and basal segments with fine sponge-like grey 
clothing ; the suture between the first and second segments 
strongly sinuate, fifth longitudinally impressed. Prosternum 
deeply emarginate in front. Head black, opaque, densely 
transversely strigose. 

The posterior corbels are not at all cavernous. The ocular 
lobes are broad but well developed. The eyes are oblique and 
rather flat. The swelling alongside the scutellum is quite 
indistinct. 

The minute scutellum at once distinguishes this from 
Nos. 2591 and 2592. ‘The longer antenne, broader form, 
and the vestiture of the lower surface differentiate it from 
CO. obliquisignatus. The lines of pallid sete so conspicuous 
in No. 2110 are here absent. 

@. Length (rostr. incl.) 83-4, breadth 13-1% line. 

Ashburton. Five examples were found by Mr. W. W. 
Smith in the seed-pods of Phormium tenax. 


Var.— Squamosity much darker, quite fuscous near the 
sides and on the summit of the hind slope, with a few grey 
specks here and there. Thoraa nearly as long as it is broad. 
Scutellum more distinct, longer than broad. lytra narrower 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 407 


and more parallel-sided ; the nodosities on the fifth interstices 
are indistinct. This, most likely, is the male, but only one 
has been obtained. 

Length (rostr. incl.) 3, breadth $ line. 


Catoptes equalis, sp. n. 


Subovate, rather elongate ; piceous, antenne ferruginous ; 
densely clothed with small, round, depressed, grey and 
yellowish-grey scales, and numerous nearly erect greyish 
sete ; the posterior declivity is not very pallid, and there are 
no fascize. 

Rostrum shorter than thorax, with a moderate central 
carina; just before the eyes there is a slight transverse 
impression. Thorax nearly one third broader than long, 
widest before the middle, narrowed behind, with a slight 
frontal constriction; its surface is punctate, but not at all 
rugose. Scutellum minute. Llytra elongate, not broad, the 
base slightly incurved and but little wider than the thorax ; 
they are not abruptly narrowed posteriorly ; striate-punctate, 
interstices simple. Tarst rather short, the small second joint 
not much more than half the breadth of the penultimate. 

Underside squamose. Prosternum deeply emarginate. 
Metasternum and first abdominal segment broadly impressed ; 
fifth segment with a slight longitudinal groove. 

Scape rather densely setose, attaining front of thorax. 
Funiculus with the second joint quite the length of the first, 
3 to 7 rather small, third and fourth but little longer than 
broad, Club oblong-oval, acuminate. yes obliquely oval. 
Ocular lobes moderately developed. Scrobes subapical, 
directed towards the lower part of the eyes; there is no 
groove between the eye and the scrobe itself. Posterdor 
corbels not distinctly truncate. 

This species looks like No. 1520; in it, however, the 
corbels are slightly cavernous, the eyes are much larger and 
nearly rotundate, the scrobes are directed more towards the 
lower surface, the suture near the scutellum is slightly raised ; 
the third and fifth interstices, though slightly elevated, are 
not nodose. 

Length (rostr. incl.) 24, breadth Z line, 

Ashburton. One example from Mr. W. W. Smith. 


Group Erirhinide. 
Pactola humeralis, sp. n. 


Convex, subovate, fuscous; legs fusco-testaceous, scape 
rufo-testaceous, funiculus piceous ; clothing dense, variegate, 


408 Capt. T. Broun on new 


consisting of dark brown, fusco-testaceous, and grey depressed 
scales; there are also many erect set#, the finer ones are 
fuscous, the coarser are nearly white and chiefly distributed 
on the hind part of the body. 

Rostrum rather short and broad. yes longitudinally 
oval, lateral. Antenne finely pubescent; scape flexuous, 
subclavate for nearly half its length; basal joint of the funi- 
culus nearly as long as the next four taken together, slender 
at the base, second about the length of the following two, 3 
to 7 small, moniliform; club oblong-oval, triarticulate. 
Thorax cylindric, longer than broad, slightly constricted in 
front of the middle. lytra ovate, shoulders rounded and 
narrowed and scarcely exceeding the thorax in width ; poste- 
rior declivity rather abrupt ; they are punctate-striate ; there 
are no nodosities ; the squame have a tendency to form spots. 
Legs squamose, stout. 

Underside with grey hair-like scales; metasternum mode- 
rately convex ; abdomen elongate, rather flat, fifth segment 
broadly grooved longitudinally. 

This may be mistaken for P. demissa, Pascoe; the narrow 
shoulders and the shorter elytra, which are more abruptly 
deflexed behind, are constant and reliable characters ; the 
posterior femora are usually less angulate and dentiform 
below. 

Length (rostr. incl.) 1, breadth 2 line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. Found by Mr. A. Philpott. 

About ten years ago Mr. 8. W. Fulton sent me a specimen 
which he took off a Veronica buaifolia, but it was so mutilated 
that I did not think it advisable to describe it. It is subject 
to variation; the funiculus is not always piceous. 


Group Cryptorhynchide. 


Psepholax crassicornis, sp. n. 


Convex, rather broad, opaque; antennz and tarsi piceo- 
rufous, the body darker; squamosity dense, pale ochry, 
greyish, and fuscous, causing a slightly speckled appearance. 

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, its anterior portion 
nearly double the breadth of the basal; finely and closely 
asperate behind, punctate in front, with a few yellow hairs 
there. Antenne short and thick, bearing slender flavous 
sete; the scape barely touches the eye, it is very thick; 
funiculus about a third longer than the scape; second joint 
about as long as the first, contracted at the base, joints 3 to 7 
strongly transverse, the seventh broader than the preceding 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 409 


ones ; club ovate, rather short and broad, densely pubescent, 
indistinctly articulated. Thorax depressed and abruptly 
contracted in front for nearly half the whole length, base 
strongly bisinuate, sublobate in the middle; there is a 
narrow smooth space near the middle; the rest of the surface 
is closely punctured, the squame are flat and obscure tawny 
behind; in front there are many coarse variegate sete. 
Scutellum depressed, indistinct. lytra oblong, slightly 
wider than the thorax at the base, a little wider behind the 
middle, broadly rounded behind; punctate-striate, the third 
and fifth interstices are slightly raised backwards; these 
latter are rather more elevated, but do not extend more than 
halfway down the posterior declivity; the dark scales are 
most numerous near the base and sides; there are many 
coarse, erect, greyish sete. Legs with griseous scales and 
sete ; hind femora laterally compressed, glabrous along the 
inner or hind face; intermediate tibie with median and apical 
prominences on the outside, the posterior similarly but much 
less evidently armed; penultimate joint of the front tarsi 
broadly expanded. 

The rather broad form, unusually thick antenne, short 
club, and dense clothing are good distinguishing characters. 
The scrobes, owing to the anterior dilatation of the rostrum, 
are quite open above in front, though quite lateral behind. 
The eyes are oblique. The head is globose underneath. 
The rostrum is rather longer and narrower behind than in the 
typical species. In some respects P. femoratus is the nearest 
ally, but it is oviform and much narrower ; the apices of the 
elytra are obtusely produced individually, thus causing a 
sutural gap, the third interstices are more prominent at the 
summit of the declivity, and the hind tibiz are simple. 

Length (rostr. excl.) 2%, breadth 13 line. 

Wellington. Mr.G. V. Hudson kindly sent me a specimen 
marked No. 113. 


DENDROSTYGNUS, gen. nov. 


Rostrum rather thick, not longer than the thorax, sub- 
parallel. Scrobes deep, beginning near the apex and reaching 
the eyes. Antenne inserted near the apex. Scape rather 
slender, flexuous, only moderately thickened towards the 
extremity ;.it attains the eye. Municulus 7-articulate, the 
basal two joints about equally elongate; joints 3 to 6 de- 
crease, seventh rather larger than the preceding one; none 
are transverse. Club oblong-oval, four-jointed. yes just 
uncovered, narrowed towards the front. Hemora strongly 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 29 


410 Capt. T. Broun on new 


angulate or dentate underneath. Z%bie flexuous, with long 
spurs. ars narrow and elongate, the penultimate joint 
lobate, but only moderately expanded. Thorax feebly bi- 
sinuate at the base, abruptly contracted in front. Scutellum 
absent. /ytra slightly wider than the thorax, the shoulders 
a little porrect, the middle of the base obtusely rounded. 

Tychanus and Sympedius possess a scutellum, and the 
antenne arise from or near the middle. In Criscus the 
rostrum is elongate, the second joint of the funiculus is longer 
than the first (sometimes twice as long), the antennal inser- 
tion is antemedian, and the scutellum is present, &c. Tycha- 
nopais bears most resemblance to the present genus, but it 
differs in having the eyes longitudinally oval and rather short 
from above downwards; it has short tarsi, with their third 
joint less evidently lobate, the claws are small and slender ; 
the antenne are shorter, joints 4 to 7 of the funiculus being 
transverse, and the base of the elytra is different. 


Dendrostygnus calcaratus, sp. n. 


Variegate, rostrum and thorax nigro-piceous, the apical 
portion of the latter reddish; elytra along the middle and 
behind rich pitchy brown, their sides rutescent; tarsi and 
antenne reddish ; the legs more infuscate. 

Rostrum not longer than the thorax, slightly dilated at the 
apex, broad; the anterior portion reddish, closely and finely 
punctured ; behind more coarsely sculptured, with short, erect, 
coarse dark sete ; near the eyes there are some tawny scales. 
Thorax one fourth broader than long, abruptly narrowed and 
a little prominent in front at the middle; the sides behind 
slightly narrowed ; its surface closely and irregularly punc- 
tured, the squamosity dark and indefinite on the disk, but 
near the sides it becomes pallid; there are some coarse erect 
setee; the contracted portion is nearly nude. lytra broadly 
rounded medially at the base, a little sinuate near the sides ; 
shoulders slightly prominent; sides nearly straight, the 
posterior declivity nearly vertical and narrow; their surface 
is a little uneven; along each side of the suture there are two 
series of oblong rather distant punctures; the lateral sculp- 
ture is irregular; the dark sutural portion is nearly nude and 
shining; the scales near the sides are mostly yellowish ; there 
are two or three slight prominences on each elytron near the 
summit of the hind declivity. Legs thickly covered with 
yellowish squamee. 

Underside with greyish pubescence. 

Anterior tibie bent and dilated inwardly. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 411 


Length (rostr. excl.) 24, breadth 1$ line. 
Mount Pirongia. 
This is another of the rare ground-weevils of New Zealand. 


SCHYLUS, gen. nov. 


Body convex, suboviform, narrowed towards both extre- 
mities, without superficial inequalities, clothed with hair-like 
scales and erect sete. Rostrum as long as the thorax, stout, 
hardly at all arched, subparallel. Scrobes deep, lateral, 
extending from near the apex to the eyes. Antenne inserted 
near the apex. Scape slender, gradually clavate apically ; it 
attains the front of the eye. Fwniculus rather longer than 
the scape; the basal two joints elongate and about equal; 
joints 3 to 7 decrease. Club ovate, 4-articulate. Hyes just 
uncovered, flat, coarsely facetted, longer than broad, yet 
nearly rotundate. Thorax truncate at base, gradually 
narrowed anteriorly, its apical portion projecting over the 
head. Scutellum absent. Hlytra closely applied to the thorax, 
hardly any wider at the base than that 1s, narrowed and nearly 
vertical behind. Legs long and thick. Semora elongate, 
not clavate, grooved below, the anterior toothed or angulate 
near the middle. Z%bte rather short, the front pair dis- 
tinctly, the others indistinctly, mucronate. Tarsi finely 
pilose, rather narrow, their penultimate joint broadly lobate. 

Pectoral canal deep, extending to the front of the middle 
coxe, limited by the raised borders of the mesosternum ; 
these borders touch the front coxe. Metasternum very short. 
Coxe widely separated. Abdomen with the frontal suture 
broadly rounded and very indistinct; the basal segment 
nearly as long as the following three ; second short, but little 
longer than the third, its basal suture indistinct; third and 
fourth short, with deep sutures. pipleure extremely 
narrow. 

The apex of the rostrum is almost truncate above and 
below, and the almost concealed mandibles close the aperture. 
The mentum seems elongate. The palpi are invisible. ‘The 
ocular lobes are represented by the rounded angles between 
the rostral canal and the sides of the thorax. 

In Cyclacalles, the type of which is No. 883, all the femora 
are angulate and dentate, the antenne are inserted betore the 
middle of the rostrum instead of near its apex, the meta- 
sternum, though short, is rather longer, and there is a well- 
marked suture between it and the first ventral segment ; the 
abdomen is shorter, the basal segment notably so, the tibize 
have more distinct spurs, and the body is shorter and more 


rotundate. 
29* 


412 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Schylus nigricollis, sp. n. 


Subopaque, rostrum and thorax pitchy black, elytra and 
legs rufescent, the antennz and tarsi yellowish red. 

Rostrum more or less obviously tricarinate, with some 
scale-like yellowish sete behind. Antenne slender, sparsely 
pubescent ; second joint quite as long as the first, joints 3 to 7 
decrease in length. Thorax about as long as broad, gradually 
narrowed anteriorly, not constricted there; closely and coarsely 
punctate, nearly nude, there being only a small patch of 
depressed round tawny scales near each hind angle. lytra 
a little wider behind the shoulders than at the base, cordi- 
form, apparently striate-punctate, densely covered with varie- 
gated yellow hair-like scales and erect sete. Legs long and 
stout, with clothing similar to that on the elytra. 

Underside piceous, sparingly clothed with fine yellowish 
sete. 

There can be no difficulty in identifying this insect. The 
nearly bare black thorax forms a marked contrast to the con- 
spicuously and brightly pubescent hind body. 

Length (rostr. excl.) 1, breadth nearly line. 

Mount Pirongia, Te Aroha, and Papakure. One found at 
each place within the last two years, on the ground. 


Scelodolichus politus, sp. n. 


Glossy, black ; rostrum piceo-rufous, antenna and tarsi 
ferruginous, tibie infuscate ; squamosity depressed and elon- 
gate, tawny and grey, unequally distributed, the sete erect, 
slender, fuscous. 

Rostrum hardly as long as the thorax, indistinctly punc- 
tured in front, squamose behind. Scape short, gradually 
incrassate. unicu/us double the length of the scape; second 
joint more slender than the first, but quite as long; 3 to 7 
decrease in length. Club oblong-oval, nearly as long as the 
scape. Thorax convex, longer than broad, its sides a little 
rounded behind the middle; the frontal portion almost 
abruptly depressed, with a few punctures, the rest of the 
surface smooth and polished. /ytra elongate-ovate, very 
convex, on a higher plane than the thorax, their shoulders 
so rounded as not to exceed the thorax in width; their basal 
portion is covered with slender tawny scales partially bordered 
behind with grey; the middle is bare, the posterior de- 
clivity is very sparingly clothed, principally with greyish 
scales or sete; they are striate-punctate; the sculpture is 
nowhere deep and becomes obsolete behind. Legs elongate, 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 413 


clothed for the most part with slender grey scales and out- 
standing sete; the posterior tubie somewhat inwardly bent, 
all distinctly uncinate ; tarsi narrow, their penultimate joint 
but little expanded. 

The polished impunctate basal portion of the thorax will 
enable anyone to recognize this species. 

Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth quite } line. 

Mount Pirongia. A single specimen found on the ground. 


Scelodolichus squamosus, sp. n. 


Elongate, convex, subopaque, nigro-fuscous; rostrum 
shining piceous; antenne and tarsi reddish; legs fusco- 
rufous; densely covered with narrow, slender, depressed 
testaceous squamez and moderately elongate fuscous sete ; 
there are two grey spots near the middle of the thorax, and 
its apex is of the same colour. 

Rostrum elongate, finely sculptured, with a very indistinct 
ridge along the middle, its base squamose; it is very 
gradually contracted towards the middle. Antenne inserted 
behind the centre ; funiculus elongate ; club ovate. Thorax 
as broad as it is long, broadly constricted and_ slightly 
depressed near the front, most elevated along the middle, but 
not distinctly keeled there; its punctuation rather fine and 
much concealed. lytra elongate-ovate, higher than the 
thorax ; shallow indistinctly punctate striz are visible on a 
denuded spot in the disk. Legs long, clothed like the body, 
but with more grey scales ; tibic nearly straight. 

Basal ventral segment very long and flat, second short and 
deflexed behind, third and fourth much abbreviated, fifth 
large and flat, the supplementary segment depressed behind. 

This may be placed near S. hilaris ; it is, however, much 
more convex and narrower, with longer and more slender legs 
and antenne, and the clothing and sculpture are materially 
different. 

Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth ? line. 

Mount Te Aroha. One, March 1894, on the ground. 


Obs.—S. lineithorax (No. 882). A variety occurs on the 
Hunua Range which should be recorded here. Body rather 
shorter ; tars not so slender and elongate; the erect sete not 
so coarse ; the basal ventral segment longitudinally impressed. 
If I were to treat this as a distinct species there would be 
great difficulty in distinguishing the two. 


414 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Group Cossonide. 
Pentarthrum Philpotti, sp. n. 


Nitid, nigro-piceous ; elytra and tibie rufo-piceous; the 
tarsi and antenna red; sparingly clothed with short, slender, 
erect greyish hairs. 

Rostrum slightly contracted behind the middle, distinctly 
punctured, more finely in front. Antenne medially inserted, 
stout and elongate ; second joint of the funiculus hardly at all 
longer than the third ; club distinct, ovate, its apical joints 
small. Thorax longer than broad, narrowed and constricted 
in front, its sides well rounded ; ‘the disk is only slightly 
convex, and its punctuation, especially along the middle, 
though distinct, is not close, it is closer near the sides, and in 
front of the constriction becomes quite fine. Scute//um small. 
Elytra wider than the base of the thorax, gradually narrowed 
posteriorly ; sutural region slightly depressed ; their striz are 
not very deep, but they are closely punctured ; interstices 
with fine eae punctures and slight rugosities; the apical 
margins are not explanate, the third interstice is bent behind 
and at that part there is an evident thickening of the exter- 
nal interstice ; the second does not touch the basal margin. 
Tarsi narrow, third joint not lobate. 

Underside moderately coarsely punctured, with fine grey 
sete.  Metasternum canaliculate. First segment of abdomen 
broadly impressed, its posterior margin nearly straight, the 
front broadly rounded ; fifth distinctly pubescent. 

When compared with P. zealandicum, this species is seen 
to be shorter and flatter. The rostrum is rather shorter, less 
parallel, and more arched above. The eyes are rather smaller 
and less prominent, and they are more distant from the thorax. 
The back part of the head is longer and broader, being, in 
fact, quite swollen; and although it is minutely sculptured, 
it appears smooth and glossy. The thoraaz is shorter and 
broader, its sides are more strongly rounded, and its punctua- 
tion is rather coarser. The scape is a little longer. The 
legs are not quite as long, and the tibial hooks are less 
developed. 

Although it is not closely allied to P. zealandicum, I 
decided to compare it with that well-known species; this will 
enable anyone to identify it more certainly than if I had 
chosen some rare insect he may never possess. It is not at 
all similar to the P. rufum group. Sharp’s P. cephalotes is a 
very different insect. 

6. Length 12, breadth 3 line. 


Invercargill. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 415 


The species bears the name of its discoverer, Mr. Alfred 


Philpott. 


Pentarthrum antennale, sp. n. 


Fustform-cylindric, moderately shining, _ piceo-rufous, 
sparsely clothed with yellowish, but not at all conspicuous, 
hairs; the legs and antenne red. 

Rostrum distinctly punctured, more coarsely near the eyes ; 
in front of the antennal insertion (just behind the middle) it 
is parallel and broader than the hinder portion. The back 
part of the head is smooth and shining ; it is narrowed or 
constricted immediately behind the eyes; these therefore are 
more prominent behind than they are in front. Funiculus 
longer than the scape, second joint only slightly longer than 
the third. Club rather narrow, its three small terminal joints 
marked off by fine pubescence. Thora# one third longer 
than broad, gradually narrowed anteriorly, deeply constricted 
there, its posterior angles rounded ; it is coarsely punctured, 
not so closely on the disk as it is at the sides, much more 
finely in front of the constriction; apical margin smooth. 
Scutellum small, smooth. lytra as broad at the base as the 
widest part of the thorax, gradually and slightly narrowed 
posteriorly, the margins moderately explanate behind, the 
apical sutural notch distinct; they are evidently punctate- 
striate; the punctures are coarse and close; interstices with 
fine distant serial punctures. ars? narrow, their third joint 
not expanded. 

Underside coarsely and closely punctured, with fine but 
distinct yellow hairs. Mesosternum with very few punctures. 
Metasternum a little depressed behind, and with a fine central 
line. Basal segment of abdomen broadly depressed. Ros- 
trum with two obvious longitudinal grooves, separated 
throughout by a carina, as is the case in No. 908. 

@. Rostrum cylindrical, not broad, finely but distinctly 
punctured. horax rather longer, more closely punctured on 
the middle. First segment of abdomen not impressed. An- 
tenne inserted some distance behind the middle. 

This is distinguished from Sharp’s P. porcatum by the 
presence of pubescence and interstitial punctures. From. 
Nos. 908, 1299, and 2194 it may be separated by its longer 
scape; this, though as long as that of No. 1301, is shorter 
than that of P. zealandicum. 

3g. Length 12, breadth # line. 

West Plains, Invercargill. 

Another of Mr. Philpott’s captures. 


416 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Obs. As this is one of a group of species or varieties that 
are very troublesome to identify, I have drawn up brief diag- 
noses to lessen the difficulty. The species bear the numbers 
908, 1297, 1299, 1801, 2194, and 2198. 

From P. zealandicum they are differentiated by the margins 
of the elytra being thickened or explanate near the extremity ; 
by the longer, basally contracted rostrum of the males; by 
the back part of the eyes being more prominent than the 
front ; and by the rather longer and narrower thorax. ‘They 
are all coarsely sculptured, and, except No. 1301, dark red. 

No. 908.— ¢. Scape short, quite one third shorter than 
that of No. 902. Rostrum one third longer, closely and 
rugosely punctured, coarsely near the eyes. Antennal inser- 
tion a little behind the middle. Thoraz coarsely, closely, and 
confluently or rugosely punctured. Interstices of elytra with 
fine serial punctures. Pubescence fine and scanty. 

No. 1297.— g. Rostrum nearly twice as long as that of 
No. 903, broad, flat above, densely and rugosely punctured, 
only a little contracted behind ; between the antennal insertion 
and the apex there is a very distinct transverse depression. 
Club rather short and broad. Thorax coarsely, closely, and 
rugosely punctured. Scape short. 

No. 1299.— ¢. Rostrum more slender than that of No. 908, 
more finely sculptured ; rather shorter and distinctly broader 
than in the female of No. 908, and with the antennal inser- 
tvon nearer the middle. Thorax not closely punctured along 
the middle. The smooth occiput is not so well limited from 
the sculptured portion. Scape short. 

No. 1301.— 9. Rostrum rather longer than in this sex of 
No. 908, more finely sculptured. Thorax less narrowed and 
constricted in front, the constriction obsolete above (¢. e. not 
causing a well-marked depression there). Hlytra more deeply 
striate, the punctures closer, interstices more rugose, the 
margins less explanate behind. Scape somewhat longer. 
Colour darker, nearly black. 

No. 2194.— g. Smaller than No. 908. lytra paler, their 
punctures more separated, interstices less convex. Rostrum 
rather shorter. Scape short. 

No. 2198.—This is distinguished from all the species of 
this group or series by the absence of pubescence and inter- 
stitial punctures. 

No. 1300.—Does not belong to the P. rufum series, as the 
rostrum 1s not narrowed behind the middle (it is like that of 
No. 903) and the elytral margins are not dilated near the 
extremity. 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. ALT 


Group Scolytide. 
Acrantus opacus, sp. i. 


Cylindric, subopaque, fuscous; head nigrescent ; the legs, 
coxe, and antenne pale ferruginous, club dark; densely 
clothed, the thorax with small, round, depressed brown and 
brassy scales and short erect slender sete ; on the elytra the 
squamosity is similarly variegated but less decumbent and the 
erect sete are rather paler and more conspicuous. 

Head minutely sculptured, with some yellow hairs in front. 
Thorax hardly longer than broad, narrowed and slightly con- 
stricted in front, with some yellow pubescence at the middle 
of the base; it is closely punctate. lytra individually 
rounded and minutely crenulate at the base; striate, inter- 
stices plane; the external striz are distinctly punctured. Legs 
finely pubescent ; thé expanded towards the extremity, with 
three or four denticles along each of them. Tarsz slender, 
the terminal joint as long as the basal three; claws well 
developed. 

Antenne moderately elongate ; scape elongate, very gradu- 
ally incrassate ; funiculus short, much more slender than the 
scape, its first joint stout, longer than broad, the following 
five transverse and provided with very long outstanding 
slender hairs; club elongate, opaque, indistinctly four- 
jomted ; it is rather narrow, and equals the funiculus in 
length. 

Underside with fine pale pubescence; the mesosternum 
with minute squame. Metasternum longitudinally grooved 
along the middle. First ventral segment large, 2 to 4 short, 
fifth with a broad basal suture. 

A considerable amount of individual variation occurs. In 
one the legs are fuscous, in others the clothing of the thorax 
is of a dark uniform colour and consists of hairs, and the 
antennz are quite short, with an ovate club; in these 
examples (probably females) the remarkable villosity of the 
antenne seems wanting. 

Length 14, breadth quite 3 line. 

Mount Te Aroha. Discovered by Mr. J. H. Lewis. 


Group Anthribida. 
Anthribus flavipilus, sp. n. 

Subcylindric; the dark ground-colour concealed by the 
clothing ; this is hair-like, depressed, and greyish yellow on 
the thorax, but brighter on the elytra; these latter are varie- 
gated with grey patches, as in A. vates. 


418 Capt. T. Broun on new 


Rostrum as long as broad, closely and rather coarsely 
punctured ; black, with scanty pubescence. T’horax about as 
long as broad, much narrowed towards the front, its carina a 
little curved and extending about halfway along each side; 
the surface closely but not coarsely punctured. Scutellum 
oviform, small, raised, with yellow tomentum. lytra not 
distinctly depressed before the middle and without distinct 
elevations, the apices broadly rounded towards the suture ; 
they bear series of fine punctures; the sutural series form 
striz and converge posteriorly, so that near the extremity they 
almost touch the suture. 

Antenne nearly glabrous ; their second joint is larger than 
the exposed portion of the first, and is nodiform at the apex ; 
the third is about one half longer than the second, but hardly 
any larger than the fourth; the ninth is rather longer than 
broad and subtriangular; tenth transverse; eleventh conical. 

The eyes barely touch the thorax, and are similar to those 
of A. vates; the thoracic carina and angles are similar; the 
scutellum is narrower and more elevated; the maculation of 
the elytra differs but little, though the colour does. 

Length (rostr. incl.) 24, breadth $ line. 

Ohaupo, near Mr. Kusab’s mill. One, January 1893. 


Group Lamiide. 
Somatidia picticorne, sp. n. 

Variegate; thorax pale yellowish-chestnut, covered with 
depressed yellowish hairs, these are more scanty in front, its 
sides pitchy brown; elytra of a similar pale colour, but 
across the middle a broad ill-defined space bears greyish 
hairs ; behind this pale space there is a dark irregular band, 
which is prolonged near each side towards the shoulder, but 
becomes of a lighter brown there; the hind slope is more or 
less spotted ; on the disk, just before the middle, there are two 
small blackish spots ; front femora fuscous, testaceous at the 
base, the other pairs almost wholly testaceous ; tbe testa- 
ceous, with a black spot below the knee and another lower 
down; antenne variegate, two basal joints reddish, third 
fuscous, paler at base; 4 to 10 testaceous, tipped with black. 

Thorax hardly broader than long, its sides only moderately 
rounded, moderately closely and coarsely punctured in front ; 
behind the middle the dots are rather less numerous and are 
partially concealed by the pubescence; there is a slight 
swelling near the scutellum, but there are no tubercles. 
Llytra ovitorm, much wider near the middle than elsewhere, 
of the same width as the thorax at the base; the punctures 
near the base are rather irregular, the large punctures on the 


Coleoptera from New Zealand. 419 


hind slope are serial. Legs stout, rather finely pilose. <An- 
tenne hardly as long as the body, fringed with short hairs 
underneath ; second joint short, not longer than broad ; third 
reaches beyond the base of the thorax, about a third longer 
than the fourth ; fifth longer than the sixth, about a third 
shorter than the fourth. Scutellum large, triangular. 

Smaller and flatter than S. convera, the thorax not at all 
rotundate. It is not similar to any other species. 

Length 2, breadth % line. 

Invercargill. [am indebted to Mr. A. Philpott for the 
only specimen I have seen. 


Group Eumolpide. 


Atrichatus cneicollis, sp. n. 


Convex, oblong-oval, glabrous, shining ; fusco-testaceous, 
head and thorax eeneous. 

Head moderately coarsely and irregularly punctured. yes 
prominent. Antenne inserted near the front and inner 
margins of the eyes ; they reach backwards beyond the middle 
thighs ; first joint clavate, second about half the length of the 
third. Thorax transverse, finely marginated, anterior angles 
rectangular and depressed, the posterior laterally prominent ; 
its sides curvate and more narrowed in front than behind, 
widest behind the middle; its surface moderately coarsely and 
irregularly punctured, and with minute punctures between 
some of the larger ones. Scutellum large. lytra suboblong, 
curvedly narrowed behind the middle, the shoulders slightly 
wider than the base of the thorax ; their sculpture consists of 
series of moderate punctures, these become duplicate towards 
the base, the external ones are rather larger and more 
irregular ; on the hind slope there are two sutural stria ; most 
of the punctures are pitchy brown, and other dark marks 
occur, some of them quite linear. Legs robust; tibie more 
or less grooved along the outer face, the posterior dilated 
towards the extremity and deeply excavate behind; tarsz 
with the third joint bilobed and nearly as long as the 
second. 

Underside with yellowish-grey pubescence ; abdomen 
fuscous ; metasternum rufo-castaneous. . 
The thorax is rather larger than in A. ochraceus (No. 1099) ; 
it is iridescent, and the four or five abbreviated apical striz 

on the elytra of that insect are reduced in number. 

Length 23-23, breadth 14-13 line. 

‘ Ashburton. Three examples were found by Mr. W. W. 
mith. 


420 Mr. R. Broom on the Proliferated Epithelium 


XLIX.—On the Significance of the Proliferated Epithelium in 
the Fetal Mammalian Jaw. By R. Broom, M.B., B.Sc. 


IF a transverse section be made through the anterior part of 
the lower jaw of a seven-month human fcetus, it will be 
noticed that from the outer alveolar margin and about half of 
the adjacent tooth-space arises a well-developed and projecting 
gum, which is covered, especially on the inner side, by a 
layer of epithelium many times thicker than that covering 
the adjoining mucous membrane. On the inner side of this 
epithelial covered ridge is the neck of the dental germ. 

On serial section it will be found that, though this ridge of 
gum extends all round the alveolar margin, the thick coating 
of epithelium is only met with in the region of the incisors 
and canines, and that on reaching the first milk-molar the 
epithelial armature of the gum differs little from that of the. 
general mucous membrane of the mouth. 

That this epithelial protection is directly connected with 
the requirements of the young mammal in grasping and 
retaining the nipple will readily suggest itself; but when one 
finds that, within certain limits, the younger the foetus 
examined the more is the epithelial ridge developed propor- 
tionally, one is led to think that the proliferated epithelium 
has a deeper significance than merely the strengthening of the 
gum during the short period of sucking. 

Even in the human fcetus of ten weeks there is a ridge of 
thick epithelium covering the incisor part of the jaws, but, as 
in older specimens, entirely confined to that part. A similar 
condition seems to exist in all the higher mammals, though 
in some the proliferated area extends to the premolar region. 
In Marsupials the thick layer of epithelium, besides covering 
the incisor part of the jaws, passes back to the molar region, 
and differs from the typical mammalian condition in extending 
to and covering the inner part of the lips. 

That the thickened epithelium on the sides of the mouth in 
the marsupial is not specially developed to protect the jaws 
while grasping the nipple may be inferred from the fact that 
the tongue and the palate, which have almost the entire share 
in holding the nipple, are coated with a uniform compara- 
tively thin layer of squamous epithelium. Even in placental 
mammals the epithelial armature of the jaw is developed at 
such an early date as to suggest its being the remains of an 
ancestral horny beak. 

Geological strata have not yet yielded any evidence of the 


in the Fetal Mammalian Jaw. 421 


immediate ancestors of the mammals; but there is reason to 
believe that anomodonts and mammals are diverging branches 
from a common origin, and which primitive group was 
derived from the higher amphibians, The larva of the frog 
and of most other amphibians is provided, as is well known, 
with a horny beak on the front of each jaw, which fulfils all 
the requirements of teeth. In the siren the horny sheath is 
retained throughout life. It is impossible to say with what 
armature the jaws of the young anomodonts were provided ; 
but it is highly probable that they possessed beaks, as in 
most of the groups of the order we find teeth playing a 
secondary part. In Oudenodon teeth were entirely absent, and 
the jaws have evidently been provided with a strong horny 
casing. A similar condition existed in Dicynodon, with the 
addition of a pair of large maxillary teeth. In Hndothiodon 
we find the unique arrangement of a horny beak on the pre- 
maxilla and maxilla, with a row of small teeth in addition on 
the maxilla internal to the horny edge. The theriodonts had 
a row of teeth along the alveolar margin of the premaxilla 
and maxilla, though it is probable that, as Owen believed 
(Todd’s Cyclop. Anat. and Phys., art. Teeth), these animals 
were monophyodont, and in this differed entirely from the 
ordinary reptilian type. In the remaining group of anomo- 
donts, of which Pariasaurus is the type, we find a single 
feebly developed set of teeth. 

As we find evidences of a horny beak in many of the anomo- 
donts, or a feeble development of teeth, rendering probable 
the existence of a horny armature in the young of this group, 
which is most nearly allied to the mammals of which we 
have remains, there is every reason to suppose that the pro- 
liferated epithelium which arms the front of the fcetal 
mammalian jaw is the exact homologue of the horny beak of 
the anomodont and the remains of a functional beak possessed 
by the young of the mammalian ancestor. These young were 
probably furnished with a well-developed horny beak on 
escaping from the egg, and, being probably aquatic in habit, 
derived nourishment from sucking plants and decomposing 
animal matter. 

The marsupials are probably derived from a subdivision 
of this premammalian group, in which the horny beak of 
the young was developed to a greater extent and retained to a 
later period in life, aborting the secondary tooth-germs, and 
resulting in the descendants being practically monophyodont. 


Taralga, New South Wales, 
Jan, 20, 1895. 


422 Mr. G. Lewis on 


L.—On the Cistelidee and other Heteromerous Species of Japan. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Continued from p. 278.] 


Fig. 3. 


Arthromacra decora (p. 278). 


MACROLAGRIA, gen. nov. 


This genus agrees with Arthromacra in most of its cha- 
racters. The thorax is marginate anteriorly, with the anterior 
angles somewhat projecting ; the antenne are long and slender, 
second joint alone short, shorter than that in A. enea, Say ; 
3 to 5 coequal and agreeing with Say’s species, 6 to 9 slightly 
longer and coequal, 10 scarcely so long and usually not half 
the length of the eleventh; the head slightly constricted 
behind the eyes (but not sufficiently to compare the constric- 
tion to that in Statira); the facets of the eyes are rather 
coarse, the thorax not longer than wide and the elytra deeply 
striate, with the interstices more or less convex. 

‘Type Statira rufobrunnea, Mars. 


Macrolagria fujisana, sp. n. 


Elongata, brunnea vel nigro-picea, nitida, haud pubescens ; capite 
thoraceque grosse eb sparse punctatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis convexis, levibus; antennis pedibusque brunneis vel 
obscure brunneis. 

L. 9-10 mill. 


the Cistelide dc. of Japan. 423 


This species is much smaller than M. rufobrunnea, Mars., 
but otherwise it closely resembles it. ‘The head is narrower 
and the eyes less prominent (especially noticeable in the males), 
and the joints of the antenne are less constricted at their 
bases. The colours of all my specimens are much darker than 
those of Marseul’s species. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Miyanoshita, and in other places in the 
plain of Fujisan. Beaten from flowering shrubs in June, 


Macrolagria hirsuta, sp. n. 


Elongata, nigra, nitida, hirsuta; elytris eneo-nigris, punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis transversim rugosis ; antennis piceis; femoribus 
nigris, tibiis tarsisque dilutioribus. 

L. 93-10 mill. 


Elongate, pitchy black or black, shining, clothed with long 
scattered greyish hairs ; the head, surface uneven, irregularly 
and coarsely punctate ; the thorax less coarsely and less closely 
punctured than the head; the elytra with a brassy greenish or 
bluish tint, punctate-striate, interstices irregularly and trans- 
versely rugose, apices obtusely acuminate; the antenne 
piceous, with basal joint usually darker; the legs, thighs 
blackish, tibie and tarsi less dark, usually obscurely brown 
and blackish. 

I do not think this hairy species can be generically sepa- 
rated from the last. 

Hab. Chiuzenji and Niohosan, in June. 


Monomma glyphysternum, Mars. 


This species, Marseul says, occurs in China and Formosa, as 
well as in Japan. ‘The type example came from Satzuma, 
and is unique in my collection. Monomma? japonicum, 
Motsch., appears to me to be Cyrtotriplax Maacki, Sols. ; the 
species 1s founded apparently on a specimen without legs or 
antenne, and may be considered a nondescript. 


Eurygentus niponicus, sp.n. (Pl. VILL. fig. 9.) 


Elongatus, infuscatus, griseo-brunneo-pubescens,  griseo-hirtus ; 
elytris haud striatis, dense punctatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L, 12 mill. 


Elongate, dusky, clothed with greyish-brown pubescence, 
short and thickly set, and with long grey erect hairs ; the 
head rather densely and roughly punctured, sculpture not 


424 Mr. G. Lewis on 


easily seen by reason of the pubescence; the thorax clothed 
and sculptured like the head, median channel wide and well 
defined ; the elytra long and parallel, densely clothed, with 
the surface closely and evenly set with somewhat large punc- 
tures; the antenne, palpi, and legs black; the tibiz are 
very conspicuously clothed with long greyish hairs ; claws 
reddish. 

In one specimen the elytra are entirely brown. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Several examples. 


Stereopalpus gigas, Mars. 
Macratria gigas, Mars., belongs to the genus Stereopalpus, 
Champ. Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. iv. (2) p. 195 (1890) ; Ent. 
M. M. (2) i. p. 189 (1890). 


Hab. Oyama in Sagami, in May ; also in Kawachi. 


Stereopalpus femoralis, sp. n. 


Elongatus, infuscatus, pubescens; capite valde punctato, punctis 
subocellatis ; femoribus perspicue rufis, 
L. 7-8 mill. 


Elongate, parallel at the sides, shining, and clothed with 
tawny pubescence ; the head very densely sculptured with 
rather rough subocellate punctures; the thorax, sculpture 
somewhat similar to that of the head, but without the ocellate 
points ; the elytra, sculpture again agrees somewhat with 
that of the thorax, but it is also more or less transversely 
rugose ; the antenne, palpi, and tarsi infuscate; thighs clear 
reddish brown ; tibie infuscate at base, reddish on the tarsal 
half. 

Hab. Konosé. A small series in April and May. 


Macratria cingulifera, Mars. 


Marseul inadvertently did not return me a specimen of this 
insect after describing it in 1876, and I did not afterwards 
meet with it. The type, therefore, is probably now in the 
Museum of Paris and is possibly unique. 

Hab, Hiogo. 


Macratria apicalis, sp. n. 


Elongata, subtus obscure brunnea, supra nigra, cinereo-pubescens ; 
capite basi thoraceque apice vage rufis ; elytris apicalibus distincte 
rufis; antennis pedibusque pallide rufo-brunneis. 

L. 54-6 mill. 


the Cistelide &c. of Japan. 425 


Elongate, black above, obscurely brown beneath, with 
ashen pubescence ; the head rather sparsely punctured, some- 
what reddish behind the eyes; the thorax closely and rather 
roughly punctured, faintly red anteriorly ; the elytra simi- 
larly sculptured to the thorax, except that the punctures in 
parts are vaguely arranged longitudinally ; apex narrowly 
red; the antenne, palpi, mouth-organs, and legs pale reddish 
brown. 

Hab. Numata. ‘Two examples in June. 


Macratria fluviatilis, sp. n. 


Elongata, nigra, cinereo-pubescens; antennis basi, palpis pedi- 
busque brunneo-rufis. 
L. 51-53 mill. 
This species is extremely similar to MZ. apicalis, but it is 
smaller, wholly black above, with the joints 8 to 11 of the 


antenne: distinctly black. 
Hab, Nataksugawa. Two examples, July 23rd, 1881. 


Macratria antennalis, sp. nu. 


Elongata, parum nigra, cinereo-pubescens; elytris basi obscure 
brunneis; antennis articulis 9°-11™ perlongis infuscatis, basi, 
palpis pedibusque brunneo-rufis. 

L. 42 mill. 

This species is extremely like M. fluviatilis, but it is 
smaller and narrower, with the head more shortened behind 
the eyes; bases of the elytra vaguely brownish, and the 
joints of the antenne 9 to 11 are markedly lax, and each 
joint is nearly as long again as the corresponding one in 
M. fluviatilis, and they are dusky brown, not black; joints 
4 to 8 are relatively shorter and almost moniliform. 


Hab. Numata. 


Macratria japonica, Harold. 
Macratria japonica, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 3859 (1877). 


This species is about half the size of M. fluviatilis; the 
femora at their bases are usually infuscate. 

Hab. Yamaguchi (Hiller) ; Yokohama, very common in 
winter under loosened bark of Zelkowa Keaki, Sieb. Also 
at Ichiuchi, Numata, and Niigata. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 30 


426 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Xylophilus distortus, Champion. 
Xylophilus distortus, Champ. Ent. M. M. ser. 2, i, p. 267 (1890). 


Fig. 4. 


This species is figured here to show the curious form of 
the intermediate tibice of the male (fig. 4). 
Hab. Kobé, Sakai, and Nikko. 


Notoxus Haagi, Marseul. 
Notoxus Haagi, Mars, Ab. xvii. p. 28 (1879). 


This peculiar species is without the dark elytral markings 
usual in the genus. ‘The pattern of the coloration is shown 
in fig. 5, also the form of the thoracic process. 


Fig. 5. 


Hab. Yokohama. I found. a few specimens by beating 
willows growing in the bed of ariver midway between Yoko- 
hama and Oyama, in May. Also two examples at Nikko. 

Notoxus daimio, sp. n. 


Oblongus, rufo-testaceus, griseo pubescens; elytris 4-nigro-macu- 


the Cistelide dc. of Japan. 427 


latis et in regione scutellari suturalique infuscatis; antennis 


pedibusque concoloribus. 
L, 44-5 mill. 


Oblong, reddish testaceous, with grey pubescence; the 
head, rostrum somewhat produced and truncate anteriorly ; 
the thorax, anterior process wider in the female than in the 
male, edges crenulate; the elytra paler in colour than the 
thorax, with somewhat variable dark markings. The sutural 
marking terminates before the apex at about two thirds of the 
elytral length, and in the region of the scutellum it widens 
out to half the width of the wing-case, on each side below 
the humeral angle is a marginal detached infuscate spot, and 
before the apex is a second and larger spot, which is usually 
rather circular in outline, but sometimes it is confluent with 
the sutural marking. There is a variety in which all the 
dark markings extend and join. In the female the apices of 
the elytra are rounded off; in the male they are truncate 
near the suture and feebly acuminate near the middle. 
The antenne and legs are wholly reddish testaceous. 

The general colour of this species resembles that in N. elon- 
gatus, Lef., binotatus, Gebl., and trinotatus, Pic.; the elytra 
are less elongate and less parallel than those of trinotatus, the 
species to which it is, on the whole, most similar. 

Hab. Hakodate. Not rare on the sandhills in August. 


Mecynotarsus niponicus, sp. D. 


Obscure brunneus; antennis pedibusque dilutioribus, gracilibus et 
longissimis ; elytris immaculatis. 
L. 23 mill. 


Dusky brown; antennze, palpi, legs, and thoracic protu- 
berance somewhat lighter in colour, thickly clothed with a 
minute silken whitish pubescence. ‘I'his species is somewhat 
smaller than MJ. tenuipes, Champ., with the thoracic protu- 
berance less widened at the base, and the antenn are slightly 
shorter taking them joint by joint; the legs, and especially 
the tarsi, are markedly shorter, but, except in colour, in other 
respects they are closely similar. Both these species resemble 
superticially Hypaspistes armatus, Waterh. (figured in this. 
Magazine in 1886, vol. xvii. p. 39), in the length of the 
antennze and tarsi, and I possess a third species from Ceylon 
which also agrees with it. In J. minimus, Mars., the legs 
and tarsi are much shorter and the antenne also have the last 
five joints shorter and relatively thicker. 

Hab. Odawara. On the sandhills; one specimen. 

30* 


428 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Mecynotarsus minimus, Mars. 


This species is sometimes very common in arable fields in 
early spring. I once saw it in profusion at Bukenji, near 
Yokohama, in company with a small species of Blechrus ; 
both species were running together, and were exceedingly 
active in the sunshine. 

Easily recognized from the other two species of this series 
by the shortness of the antenne and legs. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Enoshima, Kioto, Otsu, and Yokohama. 


Tomoderus clavipes, Champion. (P]. VIII. fig. 10.) 
Tomoderus clavipes, Champ. Ent. M. M. ser. 2, i. p. 325 (1890). 


Hab. Kobé. I took five examples under moist decaying 
leaves near the temple on Maiyasan, 8th June, 1881, in 
company with Apatetica princeps, Sh. 


ANTHICOMORPHUS, gen. nov. 


The general characters agree with those of the genus 
Anthicus; the important differences are :—LHyes very large, 
with very coarse facets; antenne stout, with an enlarged 
basal joint and a long and apically constricted terminal one ; 
in the males joints 3 to 8 are longer than those of the female 
and somewhat obconical; in the female these joints (espe- 
cially in A. cruculds) are more moniliform. The legs are long 
and robust. 

Type A. suturalis. 


Anthicomorphus suturalis, sp.n. (Fig. 6.) 


Rufo-testaceus, capite, thorace supra elytrisque sutura (apice 
excepta) late infuscatis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis. 
L. 5 mill. 


Elongate, reddish testaceous, shining, 
pubescent; the head and thorax infuscate 
above, densely punctured, head sometimes 
infuscate beneath ; the elytra with a broad 
sutural iufuscate area, broadest in the region 
of the scutellum, parallel in the middle, and 
terminating well before the apex ; the abdo- 
minal segments, legs, antenne, mouth- 
organs, and the sides of the elytra clear 
reddish brown. ‘The elytra are punctured 
like the thorax. 

Hab. Oyayama, Miyanoshita, 'Tsukuba- 
yama, and Kashiwagi. 


the Cistelide de. of Japan. 429 


Anthicomorphus niponicus, sp. n. 


F’, suturalisimillimus at minor ; elytris griseo-pubescentibus, obscure 
brunneis vel infuscatis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 
L, 4-4} mill. 


This species is much smaller than the last, but the punctua- 
tion throughout is very similar; the head, thorax, elytra, and 
under surface are infuscate, or, rarely, the elytra are brownish ; 
the legs and antennas wholly reddish brown. 

Hab. Hitoyoshi, Ichiuchi, Fukushima, Kashiwagi, Nikko, 
and Junsai. Apparently more widely distributed than the 
other three species. 


Anthicomorphus cruralis, sp. n. 


Rufo-testaceus ; capite, thorace tibiisque infuscatis. 
L, 33-82 mill. 


This species again is smaller than the last, but very similar 
in sculpture ; the head and thorax are dusky above, usually 
obscure reddish brown beneath; tibiz and tarsi infuscate. 
In two male examples the antenne are dusky ; in two females 
they are reddish brown, and in the last markedly moniliform. 

Hiab. Nara, Hitoyoshi, and Oyayama. Four examples 
only, two of each sex. 


Anthicomorphus puberulus. 
Anthicus puberulus, Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 467. 


This species will also come into the genus Anthicomorphus. 
Hab. Kobé (264). A few examples taken on Maiyasan 
in 1871. 


Anthicus litorosus, sp. n. 


Piceo-niger, nitidus, hirsutus; capite thoraceque nigris; elytris 
flavo-rufis, 4-maculatis, maculis piceo-nigris ; antennis elongatis. 
L. 4 mill. 


Pitchy black, shining, clothed with long tawny-coloured 
hair; the head black, nearly smooth, with a few punctures ; 
the thorax distinctly rather closely and coarsely punctate ; 
the elytra bright orange-red, with the base and region of the 
scutellum blackish, with a blackish band over the first 
segment of the abdomen which touches the outer edge but 
not the suture, apex also of the same dark colour, with the 
anterior edge of the markings sinuous; the antenne long and 
slender, would reach to the anterior edge of the dorsal band, 


430 Mr. G. Lewis on 


pitchy brown, apical joint reddish ; the legs similar in colour, 
tarsi palish; the meso- and metasterna and abdominal segments 
obscurely brown. 


Hab. Hakodate. I took a single example on the sandhills 
near Nanai. 


Anthicus coheres, sp. 0. 


Elongatus, parum conyexis, nitidus; capite thoraceque nigris ; 


elytris 4-maculatis ; antennis articulis ultimis tribus testaceis. 
L. 4 mill. 


Elongate, rather convex, shining; the head black, trans- 
verse, clearly, not closely punctured ; the thorax also black, 
relatively narrow, less wide than that of A. scoticus, much 
more densely punctured than the head ; the elytra black, with 
four lobe-shaped reddish testaceous spots, the first well 
behind the humeral angle, evanescent on the outer edge, 
leaving on the sutural side a fairly wide margin; the second 
spot, midway between the posterior coxe and the apex, leaves 
a distinct margin on the outer edge and a narrower one at the 
suture; the under surface obscurely brown; the antenne, 
joints 9 to 11 palish, male with joints 7 to 9 nearly as long 
as the tenth and eleventh together; the legs dull brown or 
sometimes infuscate, male posterior tibiz distinctly swollen 
on the upper edge of the apical half. 

Somewhat similar to A. Marseul/, Pic., but the head and 
thorax are black; the elytra more parallel, with the red 
markings wider. 

Hab. Yokohama, Kobé on Maiyasan and on the Usui-togé. 
Five examples only. 


Anthicus extus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, parum convexus; antennis, capite thoraceque nigris ; 


elytris 4-maculatis, maculis rufis; pedibus brunneis, partim infus- 
catis. 
L, 44 mill. 


This species is not very dissimilar to A. coheres, but it is 
much more robust in body, the head, thorax, and elytra being 
wider, and the thorax and wing-cases shorter ; the elytra also 
are similar in colour, but the red marking below the humeral 
angle reaches the outer edge and widens out along it, the 
punctuation also is coarser ; the antenne wholly black ; body 
beneath reddish brown; the legs, anterior pair dusky, inter- 
mediate and posterior thighs palish at the base, all the tarsi 
reddish brown. 

Hab. Sapporo. One example only. 


the Cistelide dc. of Japan. 431 


Anthicus fugiens, Mars. (Pl. VIII. fig. 11, ¢.) 


The male of this species has the elytra very curiously 
excavated on each side in the widest part; the excavation is 
somewhat oblong, and in the middle attached to the outer side 
there is a bunch of stiffish tawny hair, which extends out 
over the middle of the hollow part, and seems to serve to 
prevent any foreign substance, such as pollen, from entering 
the deepest part. The species is essentially one that frequents 
flowers. Marseul only knew the female. 

Hab. Kiga, Miyanoshita, Nikko, Nagasaki, and other 
places. Usually beaten from the flowers of Deutzia gracilis 
and an arboreous Spirea. 


Anthicus lepidulus, Mars., a very pale species, and A. negro- 
cyanellus, Mars., a pretty blue species, also frequent the flowers 
mentioned above; the second species occurs also on the 
mainland of Asia. 


Anthicus baicalicus, Muls. 


The specimens I submitted to Marseul in 1874, and which 
are mentioned by him in the paper of 1876, were maculate, 
a form of the species found in the Kobé and Yokohama 
districts ; but a long series I obtained afterwards on the sandy 
beaches of Hakodate and Niigata are uniformly olive-green 
(var. niponicus) and are entirely free of the vague reddish 
spots usually found in this species. 

Hab. Kobé, Odawara, Yokohama, Kawasaki, Niigata, and 
Hakodate. 


Anthicus perileptoides, sp. n. 


Elongatus, depressus, pallide flavo-testaceus; elytris basi vage 
nigro-maculatis, dense punctulatis; antennis pedibusque con- 
coloribus. 

L, 2 mill. 


Elongate, depressed, pale yellowish testaceous; the head 
clearly, not densely punctured, rounded off behind, feebly 
widest behind the eyes; the thorax not quite so wide as the 
head, rounded off laterally before the constriction, punctured 
like the head; the elytra behind the scutellum have two 
oblique ill-defined black marks, surface closely punctulate, 
sutural edges towards the apex slightly raised; the antennz 
and legs testaceous yellow, articulations 7 to 10 of the former 
moniliform. 

This is the only species in the present series with flattened 


432 Mr. G. Lewis on 


elytra, a form suitable to and often seen in species which live 
under stones. 

Hab. Kobé. I took an example from under a stone on the 
ro ; Perileptus japonicus, Bates, was running plentifully 
with it. 


Pyrochroa higonie, sp. n. 


I propose this name for a species which appears to be found 
only in the south of Japan. It is closely similar to Pyrochroa 
japonica, Heyd., but the vertical protuberance on the head is 
at the apex very distinctly divided into two lobe-shaped 
bosses. I referred to this form in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(5) xx. 1887, p. 171, but thought at that time the differences 
I noticed were merely individual. Isee now that the tarsi of 
the specimens are stouter and shorter, especially noticeable in 
the basal joints of the intermediate and hind tarsi, and there 
can be no doubt the differences are specific, All my specimens 
come from the southern island of Kiushiu. 

L. 11 mill. 


Hab. Oyayama and Yuyama. Three or four specimens. 


Pyrochroa japonica, Heyden. 


A figure is given of the profile of the head of this species, 
to give an idea of the curious cephalic protuberance in the 


male (fig. 7). The colour of the thorax varies in both the 
above species ; sometimes the lateral margins are infuscate, 
sometimes the central area also, and in other specimens the 
thorax is wholly red. 


Pyrochroa episcopalis, sp. n. 


Atra, subopaca, pubescens ; capite antice rufo-testaceo, palpis piceis ; 
thorace nigro; elytris obscure rufo-coccineis. 
L. 12 mill. 


The head black between the antenne; face and mouth- 
organs reddish testaceous ; palpi pitchy brown. In the male 


the Cistelide c. of Japan. 433 


there is a broad flattish protuberance on the head similar to 
that in P. atripennis, Lew.; the thorax black; the elytra 
obscurely reddish scarlet ; the antenne and legs black, with 
posterior tibie gradually but slightly enlarged from the base 
to the apex, and at the tarsal end they are as thick again as 
those ot P. atripennis, and in P. episcopalis the basal joint of 
the antenna is bulbiform. 

This species scarcely differs from P. atripennis, except in 
the colour of the thorax and elytra and in the form of the 
legs and basal antennal joint. 

Hab. Yuyama. One male example. 


STOLIUS, gen. nov. 


This genus is founded to receive a species not very dis- 
similar to Microtonus elongatus, Champ. It differs in having 
a wider and more transverse head, with the eyes occupying 
the anterior angles; the antenna has a 3-jointed club; the 
thorax is nearly as wide anteriorly as at the base; the tibie 
have very minute spines on the tarsal ends of the anterior 
and intermediate pair (only visible under a high power), but 
they are wanting on the posterior pair. 


Stolius vagepictus, sp.n. (Fig. 8.) 

Elongatus, parallelus, obscure pallido-brunneus; capite nigro; 

elytris sutura maculisque duabus vage infuscatis. 
L. 43 mill. 

Elongate, parallel at the sides, rather dull pale brown, with 
grey pubescence; the head nearly black, 
transverse, finely but thickly punctured, eyes Fig. 8. 
a little prominent; the thorax not so wide 
as the head anteriorly, but rather wider at 
the base, anterior and posterior margins 
brownish ; surface blackish, but not so dark 
as the head, punctured like the head; the 
elytra rather pale brown, with the sutural 
margin narrowly, and two rather vague spots. 
on the elytra not far from their bases, and 
two others well before the apices, infus- 
cate; the palpi pale brown; the antenne 
obscurely brown at the base, club and five 
preceding joints darker; the legs, thighs reddish brown at 
their bases, narrowly reddish at their apices, infuscate in 
the middle, tibiz: and tarsi dull brown. 

Hab. In Higo on Oyayama and at Ichiuchi. Four 
specimens. 


434 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Ditylus ruficollis, sp. n. 


Obscure brunneus; capite dense punctulato ; thorace rufo, minute 
et sparse punctulato; elytris fusco-brunneis, opacis; antennis 


pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 74-8 mill. 


Obscurely brown, with very short pubescence ; the head 
black or infuscate, rather densely punctulate, eyes not very 
prominent; the thorax red, a little constricted before the 
posterior angles, widest behind the posterior angles, punctua- 
tion minute and scattered; the elytra dingy brown, opaque, 
feebly costate, parallel on the sides, densely and minutely 
sculptured ; the antenne dusky brown ; the legs are more or 
less of the same colour; the ventral segments obscure reddish 
brown. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Two examples, male and female. 


PATIALA, gen. nov. 


The species for which this genus is founded have all the 
characters of Xanthochroa, except that the anterior tibia are 
bispurred, the second spur being strong and robust ; the basal 
joints of the antenne are very elongate and the maxillary 
palpi also longer. The last six joints of the antenne, joints 
7 to 12, are in male very short, but in female there are only 
eleven joints, and these are formed like those in Xanthochroa. 

Type P. antennata. 


Patiala antennata, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 12.) 


Elongata, parallela, fusco-brunnea, luteo-pubescens, subnitida ; 
oculis prominulis; antennis basi, femoribus partim tibiisque 
fuscis, 


L. 13 mill. 


Elongate, parallel at the sides, dull brown, scarcely shining ; 
the head prolonged anteriorly as in Xanthochroa Waterhouse, 
Har.; eyes rather prominent and posteriorly nearly circular 
in outline, space between them wider than in the next species 
and of nearly the same width throughout ; the thorax a little 
longer than wide, without dusky markings, uneven, but 
without any well-defined impressions ; the elytra sculptured 
like those of X. Waterhousez, but with the two dorsal costa 
better defined and less evanescent apically, where they appa- 
rently join; the antenne, basal joint very long, longer than 
the first and second together in X. Waterhousei, second less 
than half as long as the first, third as long as the first and 


the Cistelidee dc. of Japan. 435 


second together, fourth scarcely shorter than the third, fifth 
somewhat shorter than the fourth, sixth shorter and stouter 
than the second, seventh to the eleventh shorter than the 
sixth and coequal, apical shorter than the eleventh ; the seven 
apical joints are reddish brown, the others fuscous. 

Hab. Nara. One male specimen, taken in the deep shade 
of the forest, 29th June, 1881. 


Patiala ocularis, sp. n. 


P. antennate forma simillima at oculis obliquis; thorace partim 
infuscato. 
L. 13 mill. 


This species is extremely similar to the last, but the eyes 
are much less convex, and therefore not so prominent, and 
are obliquely set, so that the space between them is less than 
in P. antennata anteriorly, but posteriorly it widens out in a 
marked degree along the rim of the eye; the thorax is con- 
siderably longer than broad, infuscate at the sides and in the 
median area; the sculpture of the elytral interstices is also 
coarser, and the small seven terminal joints of the antenn 
are less slender. The antenne and legs are rather darker in 
colour, but I can see no other differences. 

Hab. Oyayama in Higo. One male example. 


Patiala deformis, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, fusco-lutea ; oculis vix prominulis; antennis 
articulis (septem) ultimis modice brevibus. 
L. 12-13 mill. 


This species, as regards the eyes, is intermediate between 
the last two; the eyes are nearly as convex as those of 
P. antennata, but in being somewhat oblique posteriorly they 
more resemble those of P. ocularis. The thorax is rather 
longer than broad, reddish yellow, uneven and finely punctu- 
late ; the scutellum and bases of the elytra narrowly correspond 
in colour to the thorax; the general colour of the elytra is 
darker, coste well-defined, with the interstices more finely 
sculptured than those of P. antennata. The antenne are 
very dissimilar; two basal joints agree with those of P. an- 
tennata, but the third is not longer than the first; fourth and 
fifth are shorter than the third, and thicker; sixth three- 
quarters the length of the fifth, and swollen on the anterior 
half; seventh to twelfth nearly half as long again as the 
corresponding joints in P. antennata. I have a species some- 


436 Mr. G. Lewis on 


what similar to P. deformis from the Andaman Islands; the 
sixth joint of the antenna is triangular. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Eight male examples. There is one 
female in the British Museum, taken by Mr. Maries. 


Xanthochroa Waterhouset, Harold. 
Xanthochroa Waterhouset, Har. Col. Hefte, xiv. p. 93 (1875); id. Abh. 
Brem. p. 153 (1876) ; Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 860 (1877); Heyden, 
1. c, p. B55 (1879). 
Xanthochroa cyanipennis, Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 485 (1876). 
Hab. Yokohama, Osaka, Tokio, Miyanoshita, Junsai, 
Sapporo, and other places. 


There is a small race of this species which measures only 
8-9 millim.—var. bicostata—in which the antenne and legs 
are always a clear yellow. It occurs in the neighbourhood of 
Chiuzenji, where I took eight examples. 


The species of this genus have an antenna of twelve joints 
in the male, eleven in the female, and one spuyon the anterior 
tibia. ~ 


» 


Xanthochroa airiceps, sp. tr 


Elongata, parallela, griseo-pubescens ; capite nigro ; thorace rufo- 
flavo ; elytris subcyaneis ; antennis pedibusque infuscatis. 
L. 10-11 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, clothed with grey pubescence ; the head 
black, uneven, and sparsely punctured between the eyes, 
punctures thicker set nearer the neck; the thorax reddish 
yellow, vaguely punctured, slightly constricted before the 
base; the scutellum obscurely brown ; the elytra somewhat 
obscurely blue, densely clothed with grey pubescence, rather 
more coarsely sculptured than those of X. Waterhouset, Har., 
and the apex more acute than in that species; the antenne 
dusky, with the palpi and basal joints paler; the legs infus- 
cate, joints palish; the sternaand abdominal segments dusky. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Two examples taken in August. 


Xanthochroa ainu, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, obscure fusca, griseo-pubescens; antennis 
pedibusque partim dilutioribus. 
L. 133 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, obscurely dark brown; the head some- 
what small, shining, faintly and sparsely punctured, with a 


the Cistelide: &e. of Japan. 437 


short inconspicuous carina before the middle of the neck, 
constricted behind the eyes, mouth-organs reddish testaceous ; 
the thorax longer than wide, widest a little behind the neck, 
scarcely narrowed behind, sculptured like the head, with 
three shallow ill-defined impressions—one before the scutellum, 
one on each side of the widest part; the elytra densely 
sculptured and somewhat opaque, lateral costa complete and 
well-raised, the next less elevated, and the third again is less 
conspicuous; the antenne dull reddish brown, two basal joints 
darker; the legs same colour, femora darker, tibie bispurred. 

I think I am right in assigning this curious species to 
Xanthochroa; it has the facies somewhat of the female of 
Oncomera venosa. 

Hab. Sapporo. One female example. 


Xanthochroa Hilleri, Harold. 


“ Rufo-testacea vel lurido-testacea ; antennis basi, femoribus antice 
apice, posticis cum tibiis omnino fere fuscis ; ¢ femoribus anticis 
crassioribus.” 


L. 11-132 mill. 


Five basal joints of the antenna usually infuscate, the 
others reddish brown. 

Hab, Osaka, Shiukano, Junsai, and Sapporo. Occurs in 
July and August. 


Xanthochroa luteipennis, Mars. 


This species may be recognized from the others of this 
series by its having yellowish-brown elytra, but being other- 
wise entirely black. 


Hab. Osaka, Nikko, Fukui, Nishimura, and Sapporo. 


Kosta, Semenow. 
Eobia, Semenow, Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross, xxviii. p. 455, nota (1894). 
This genus is founded to receive :— 


Asclera cineretpennis, Motsch. Bull. Mose. p. 173 (1866). 

Ananca japonica, Har. Abh. Brem. p. 133 (1876). 

Sessinia japonica, Har. Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. p. 82 
(1878). 


Sessinia remained uncharacterized until 1894 ; the type is 
now livida, F. Ananca is a name proposed by Fairmaire in 
1863, but not yet characterized. The genus Nacerdochrog 
Reitt. Wien. ent. Zeit. xii. p. 113, 1893, is very hee 
indeed to Hobia; it has the same constriction in, or false joint 


438 Mr. G. Lewis on 


to, the apical articulation of the antennee, but the antenne are 
stouter and less elongate. It agrees also with Hodia in the 
tibial spurs, but the eyes are more transverse. 

Hab. South and Central Japan, and on Oshima, one of the 
Ruikiu group. Found in August in the flowers of Clero- 
dendron, the ‘‘ Kusai noki” of the Japanese. 


Lobia florilega, sp. 0. 


Elongata, flavo-testacea, subopaca; capite thoraceque rugoso- 
punctatis; abdomine partim infuscato; antennis pedibusque 
(tarsis exceptis) flavis. 

L, 114 mill. 


Elongate, clear yellow testaceous; four basal segments of 
the abdomen, palpi, and tarsi dusky brown ; the head closely 
and rather roughly punctured, eyes somewhat wide apart (as 
compared to those of Xanthochroa Waterhouset, Har.) ; the 
thorax rather long and relatively wide (as long as that of 
X. Waterhouse’, and wider than that of X. Hiller’), widest 
before the middle, sculptured like the head, the sculpture 
being close gives an appearance of opacity; the elytra, as 
compared with those of the species noted above, are shorter 
and broader, two dorsal coste faint and evanescent towards 
the apex, sculpture similar to but finer than that of the 
thorax ; the antenne and legs are concolorous with the upper 
surface, the terminal joint is constricted in the upper half, 
and has the appearance (but falsely) of being divided into 
two parts. 

Marseul considered this species to be Nacerdes nigriventris, 
Motsch., and as such erroneously introduced Motschulsky’s 
species into the Japanese fauna. 

Hab. Kobé; three examples. I have also found it in 
Foochow, China. 


Hobia ambusta, sp. n. 


Elongata, flavo-testacea, subnitida, flavo-pubescens ; capite elytrisque 
apice nigris. 


In general sculpture and facies this species is extremely 
similar to H. cineretpennis, Motsch., but the head is clearly, 
rather coarsely, but not densely punctate, and the antenne 
are somewhat less slender. 

Hab. Nagasaki, in flowers of Clerodendron. I have two 
allied species from China—one from Amoy, the other from 
Foochow. 


the Cistelides dc. of Japan. 439 


Oxacis carinicollis, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, subnitida ; capite thoraceque eeneo-nigris, parum 
dense punctulatis ; elytris obscure brunneis; pedibus ferrugineis ; 
thorace in medio carinato. 

L. 7 mill. 


The head blackish, rather closely punctulate, with a fovea 
between the eyes, eyes small and rather prominent; the 
thorax broadest behind the anterior angles, narrowest at the 
base, with a rather large shallow fovea on either side before 
the middle, with a median carina before the scutellum, well 
marked at the base, evanescent on the disk; the elytra 
brownish, with a very faint metallic tinge, densely clothed 
with short prostrate pubescence, parallel at the sides, rounded 
off apically, coste obsolete; the antenne, first three joints 
reddish brown, the rest dusky; the palpi and legs also 
reddish brown, claws and the terminal tarsal joints darker. 

The second example, from Sapporo, has the legs and elytra 
black, with an eneous tinge. 

Hab. Hakodate and Sapporo. Two male examples. 


Nacerdes melanura, Linn, 


This species is commonly found in Japan, chiefly on the 
coast ; some of my specimens have dark-coloured legs. 


Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, Yokohama, and Hakodate. 


Anoncodes sambucea, sp. n. 


Nigro-cyanea, subnitida, griseo-pubescens; Q thorace abdomineque 
rufo-flavis. 
L. 10-122 mill. 


Dark blue, shining, with grey pubescence ; the head irregu- 
larly punctured, eyes prominent; the thorax rounded off at 
the sides behind the neck, with median impressions not well 
defined in outline; the elytra 4-costate, inner costa forming a 
sutural margin; the antenne black, 12-jointed in male, 11- 
jointed in female; palpi sometimes pitchy red, obscurely 
brown or black; male, intermediate thighs largely swollen 
and emarginate on the lower edge at the tibial end, inter- 
mediate tibize bent at the base, anterior and hind femora 
strongly and acutely toothed; female, thorax and abdominal 
segments bright orange-red, thighs simple. 

The species is notable for being of a deep blue colour, and 
it is much larger and much more robust than A. coarctata, 
Germ., A. crocetventris, Motsch., or A. nigriventris, Motsch, 
A. nigriventris is described as being ‘ nigro-viridis,” and 


440 Mr. G. Lewis on 
A. croceiventris as being “ viridi-subeneus,” and these species 
measure only 3 to 3} lines. I have used the generic name 
of Anoncodes instead of Nacerdes, because I do not consider 
any of the above-mentioned species are congeneric with Na- 
cerdes melanura, Linn. 

Hab. Junsai, in profusion in elder-flowers in August ; also 
taken on Ontake and other places of high elevation in 
Central Japan. 


Asclera brunnetpennis, sp. n. 


Elongata, parallela, nigra, subnitida; capite thoraceque nigris ; 
elytris rufo-brunneis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L. 6-8 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, black,somewhat shining; the head black, 
closely punctulate, with two shallow impressions on the face ; 
the thorax also black, punctured like the head, widest behind 
the anterior angles, then somewhat abruptly narrowed to the 
base, with a rather large shallow fovea on each side at the 
widest part; the scutellum black; the elytra reddish brown, 
with two costz parallel to the suture, but abbreviated before 
the apex, others obsolete ; the antenne, palpi, and legs dull 
black. 

Hab. Hakodate. Two examples only. 


Asclera nigrocyanea, sp. 0. 


Elongata, parallela, nigro-cyanea, opaca ; capite thoraceque densis- 
sime punctulatis; elytris 5-costatis; antennis (basi excepta) 
nigris. 

L. 7-73 mill. 

Elongate, parallel, opaque, with greyish pubescence, chiefly 
noticeable on the sutural coste; the head very densely and 
rather minutely punctured in the male, rather less densely in 
the female; the thorax punctured like the head, emarginate 
behind the anterior angle, surface uneven ; the elytra 5-costate, 
interstices closely sculptured, sculpture rather coarser than 
that of the thorax ; the antennz black, with the three basal 
joints flavous on the underside; the legs with a bluish tint, 
claws pale. 

Marseul in 1876 considered this species to be Asclera 
cineretpennis, Motsch., and specimens in his collection in Paris 
are still possibly so labelled. 

Hab. Oyama in Sagami, Nikko, and at Nagasaki on 
Mitzudake. 


the Cistelidee de. of Japan. 441 


Oncomera venosa, sp. n. 


Elongata, pallide brunnea; capite inter oculos, thorace partim 


elytrisque costis infuscatis. 
L. 14 mill. 


Elongate, dull pale brown ; the head, eyes prominent, fore- 
head and area between the eyes dusky, neck sometimes 
flavous; the thorax darkish brown, with a median longitudinal 
space, which widens out before and behind, pale; the elytra 
have a close leather-like sculpture, with dusky-coloured coste, 
outer costa complete and joined to the 
second over the metasternum by a dif- 
fused coloration on a somewhat raised 
patch in the interstice, behind this patch 
the inner costa is usually interrupted and 
bent towards the suture, it reappears over 
the hind coxe and again before the apex ; 
outside the long outer costa is a dark line, 
which towards the apex breaks up into 
dusky points (but this is a variable cha- 
racter), the lateral rim of the elytra is also 
dusky ; the antenne dusky brown, with 
the two basal joints paler; the legs pale, 
with the apices of the femora dusky ; male, 
posterior thighs largely swollen, and the 
hind tibie much shorter and thicker than those of female. 
The colour and form of the elytral coste are somewhat 
variable ; sometimes the coste join three times, as in fig. 9. 

Hab. Kiga, Hakone, and Miyanoshita. Repeatedly beaten 
from pear- and cherry-blossoms in May. 


Fig. 9. 


Gidemera sexualis, Marseul. 


This species differs from all in this series in the enlarged 
femora of the male being yellow, and in the female the 
abdominal segments are of the same colour. ; 

Hab. Nagasaki. In the flowers of Deutzia and Spirea in 
spring. 

Gdemera montana, Marseul. 

Gidemera lucidicolls, Motsch. Bull. Mose. i. p. 174 (1866). 

Oncomera vitticollis, id. ibid. 

Motschulsky’s descriptive lines seem to refer to one species, 
but from their peculiar construction appear to have been 
written at different times. Oncomera vitticollis is compared 
to Onc. flavipes, evidently meaning Gidemera flavipes, Fabr. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 31 


442 Mr. G. Lewis on 


In one description there is no mention of the antenne or the 
legs, in the other nothing is said of the elytra. The words 
“‘ thorace nigro-sneo, antice subtestaceo,” and ‘ thorace medio 
vitta testacea,” apply to G2. montana, Mars., a species which 
varies to this extent in the colour of the thorax. The colour 
of the antenne, “ nigris, basi infuscatis,” also applies to it. 
Motschulsky’s descriptions read as follow :— 


“ Edemera lucidicollis, Motsch., statura Gd. luridew sed thorace 
lucido. Elongata, parallela, subconvexa, viridi-cyanea ; thorace 
subcordato, nitido, glabro, nigro-szneo, antice subtestaceo ; elytris 
punctulatis, opacis utrinque binervis, nervo interiori abbreviato. 

“Tong. 22 lin.” 


* Oncomera vitticollis, Motsch., statura et color Onc. flavipedi sed 
pedibus anticis obscuris. Elongata, postice attenuata, depressa, 
vix nitida, viridi-cyanea; thorace medio vitta testacea ; antennis 
nigris, basi infuscatis. 

“Long. 3 lin.” 


I consider Marseul’s name is entitled to rank first, as his 
description leaves no doubt as to the species he had before 
him, and it is not quite clear whether Motschulsky had one 
or more. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Yokohama, and Miyanoshita. Abundant 
in May in the flowers of Deutzia gracilis. 


(idemera manicata, sp. 0. 


Elongata, obscure zneo-viridis ; pedibus anticis flavis. 
L. 73-92 mill. 

Elongate, obscurely green or brassy green; the head, eyes 
prominent in the male, shining and very feebly punctulate ; 
the thorax with two large fovez, one on either side near the 
middle, and a transverse impression before the scutellum, 
female roughly sculptured, male smoother ; the elytra 4-costate, 
gradually but markedly narrowed from the base to the apex, 
interstices densely sculptured; the antenne, three basal joints 
pale on the underside; the legs, anterior pair flavous, with 
bases of the femora black, all the coxze yellow, intermediate 
and hind legs bluish black. 

Hab. Plain of Fujisan, Nikko, Miyanoshita, Kashiwagi, 
and Oyama. 


Gidemera concolor, sp. n. 


Elongata, obscure viridis, griseo-pubescens ; eapite thoraceque vix 
robustis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 9 mill. 


the Cistelide de. of Japan. 443 


Elongate, rather obscurely green or bluish green, with 
greyish pubescence ; the head densely and roughly sculptured, 
somewhat opaque; the thorax widest behind the anterior 
margin, constricted behind; the elytra rather long, 4-costate, 
very slightly narrowing to the apex; the antenne and legs 
wholly brassy green or bluish green ; the claws palish. 

I only know the female of this species; it differs from 
i. manicata in the wider head and thorax, shorter antenne, 
and the elytra are scarcely narrowed behind. 

Hab. Junsai and Sapporo. Two examples. 


(demera robusta, sp. n. 


Elongata, cyanea; capite thoraceque rugoso-punctatis; antennis 
pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 62 mill. 

Somewhat deep blue; the head rather wide, roughly, 
densely and rather coarsely sculptured; the thorax also 
rather wide and sculptured like the head, with two transverse 
impressions before the middle, very little constricted before 
the base; the elytra 4-costate, costa next the suture short, 
scarcely reaching one third of the elytral length, thickly but 
not quite so coarsely sculptured as the thorax, narrowed very 
slightly and only before the apex; the antenne relatively 
short, with the terminal joint pointed at the tip, and, like the 


legs, wholly cyaneous. 
Hab. Miyanoshita and Nikko. Three examples. 


Chrysanthia viatica, sp. n. 

Elongata, parallela, pubescens; capite thoraceque viridi-cyaneis, 
subnitidis; elytris aureo-cupreis vel viridi-cupreis; antennis 
pedibusque nigris vel infuscatis. 

L. 6-62 mill. 

Hlongate, rather narrow, parallel at the sides, clothed with 
short pubescence ; the head greenish or bluish green, little 
shining, densely but not very minutely punctured ; the thorax 
of similar colour and sculpture, longer than broad, sinuous 
before the posterior angles; the elytra 5-costate, golden copper 
in colour, turning to greenish copper in a side light; the 
antennee and legs black or dusky brown. 

Hab. Wada-togé, on the 1st August, 1881, in profusion ; 
Tsumago, Torii-togé, Suwaratake, and Sapporo. 


CrPHALOON, Newman. 
In this genus the species have the head gradually narrowed 


31* 


444 Mr. G. Lewis on 


behind the eyes, the abdomen has six free ventral segments, 
and all the claws are pectinate, each claw being furnished inte- 
riorly with a long appendage. In 1883 Leconte and Horn 
(Class. Col. N. Am. p. 405) proposed the family name of 
Cephaloide, in which at present there is only one genus. 
Newman placed the genus originally in the Gidemeride. 


Cephaloon sakura, sp. n. 


Elongatum, angustatum, pallide testaceum, sericeo-pubescens; capite, 
thorace supra elytrisque marginibus infuscatis. 
L. 9-14 mill. 


Elongate, narrow, parallel at the sides, very densely and 
minutely sculptured, clothed with silken pubescence; the 
head testaceous, with upper surface in- 
fuscate ; the thorax testaceous beneath, Fig. 10. 
disk and region behind the neck dusky ; 
the scutellum somewhat dark ; the elytra 
pale testaceous, with a lateral and sutural 
infuscate border; these bands usually 
join apically, but only very rarely ante- 
riorly as in fig. 10; the antenne are 
usually testaceous, joints 9 to 10 alone 
being sometimes dusky ; the legs, ante- 
rior pair testaceous, intermediate and 
posterior pairs (with the femora near 
the tibiz) sometimes marked with a 
dusky coloration; the abdomen, the 
bases of each segment are narrowly in- 
fuscate along the edges. Some ex- 
amples are entirely testaceous. 

In all probability C. variabile and pallens, Motsch., are 
colour-varieties of one species. In sixteen examples of 
C. sakure I have before me no two are similar in colour, and 
I doubt if two could be found to match in a much larger 
series. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Subashiri, and Suyama. Beaten from 
pear- and cherry-blossoms when the trees were in full flower. 


List of 180 Species, with Synonymy. 


CisTELID®. Allecula melanaria, Mak. 
Allecula cryptomeriz. rufipes, Mars. 
fuliginosa, Mak. —— noctivaga. 


simiola. 
bilamellata, Mars. 


velutina, Mars. 
obseura, Har. 


the Cistelide de. of Japan. 


Allecula cruralis, Mars. 
— acicularis, Mars. 
—— tenuis, Mars. 
wneipennis, Har. 
Hymenorus veterator. 
Cistela oculata, Mars. 
Haagi, Har. 
Hymenalia rufipennis, J/as. 
Mycetochares collina. 
mimica. 

scutellaris. 

Cteniopus hypocrita, Mars. 


OTHNIIDZ *, 


Othnius Kraatzi, Peztt. 
— ocularis, Lew. 


PYTHID&. 


Pytho nivalis, Lew. 
Istrisia rufobrunnea. 
Salpingus niponicus. 
Lissodema ainunum. 
plagiatum. 

—— pictipenne. 

— levipenne, Mars. 
—— myrmido, Mars. 
—— japonum, fertt. 
beatulum. 
dentatum. 
validicorne. 
tomaroides. 
—— minutum. 


MELANDRYID&. 


EKustrophus macrophthalmus, fevt¢. 
1877. 

niponicus. 

Holostrophus orientalis. 

dux. 

—— 4-maculatus. 

unicolor. 

Orchesia elegantula. 

imitans. 

ocularis. 

Marseuli. 

Microscapha japonica (Lederia), 
Reitt. 

—— feenilis. 

lata. 

Synchroa crepuscula. 

melanotoides. 


445 


Serropalpus filiformis, Mars. 
niponicus. 
Mikadonius gracilis. 
Euryzilora lividipennis. 
Phlceotrya bellicosa. 
rugicollis, Mars. 
Dirczea flavitarsis. 
validicornis. 
erotyloides. 

—— dentato-maculata. 
—— obscura. 

—— parvula. 
femoralis. 

Abdera scriptipennis. 
Hypulus cingulatus. 
higonius. 
acutangulus. 
Bonzicus hypocrita. 
Ivania coccinea. 
Melandrya gloriosa. 
—— mongolica, Sols. 
— modesta. 

—— niponica. 

—— atricolor. 

—— ordinaria. 

— ruficollis. 
pictipennis. 
Penthe japana, Mars. 
Scotodes niponicus. 
Osphya (Nothus) orientalis. 


LAGRIIDA,. 
Lagria rufipennis, Mars. 
vervex, Mars. 
Eutrapela robusticeps. 
Arthromacra viridissima. 
sumptuosa. 
—— higonie. 
—— decora (Lagria), ars. 
Macrolagria rufobrunnea (Statira), 
Mars. 
fujisana. 
—— hirsuta. 


MonomMID&. 
Monomma glyphysternum, Mars. 


PEDILIDA, 
EKurygenius niponicus, 
Stereopalpus gigas 

Mars. 
—— femoralis. 


(Macratria), 


* It seems better to place this family near the Cistelidze rather than in 
the position assigned to it by Leconte. 


446 


Macratria serialis, Mars. 
cingulifera, Mars. 
apicalis. 
——- fluviatilis. 
antennalis. 
japonica, Har. 
Xylophilus distortus, Champ. 
japonicus, Champ. 1890. 
rubrivestis, Mars. 
brunneidorsis, Mars. 
rufulus, Mars. 
cinctus, Mars. 
— 4-maculatus, Mars. 
amabilis, Sahlb. (Phyto- 
beenus). 
bisbimaculatus, Hampe. 
scapularis, Mars. 
gibbulus, Mars. (Aderus). 
Scraptia livens, Mars. 


ANTHICID®. 


Notoxus Haagi, Mars. 

daimio. 

Mecynotarsus 
1891. 

niponicus. 

minimus, Mars. 

Tomoderus clavipes, Champ. 

Anthicomorphus suturalis. 

niponicus. 

cruralis. 

puberulus (Anthicus), Mars. 

Anthicus litorosus. 

—— Marseuli, Pie. 1895. 
scoticus, Mars. 

coheeres. 

extus. 

fugiens, Mars. 

—— monstrosicornis, Mars. 

Confucii, Mars. (Laf. ined.). 

baicalicus, Mauls, 

—— lepidulus, Mars. 

pilosus, Mars. 

—— valgipes, Mars. 

prostensus, Mars. 

nigro-cyanellus, Mars. 

—— levipennis, Mars. 

perileptoides. 

Formicomus cribriceps, Mars. 

bengalensis, Weedem. 

—— Lewisi, Mars. 

—— braminus, Laf. 

trigibber, Mars. 


tenuipes, Champ. 


PYROCHROID#. 
Ischalia patagiata, Lew. 1879. 


Mr. G. Lewis on 


Pyrochroa japonica, Heyden, 1879. 
? rufula, Motsch. 1866. 

—— higoniz. 

vestiflua, Lew. 

brevitarsis, Lew. 

—— peculiaris, Lew. 

atripennis, Lew. 

episcopalis. 

Schizotus rubricollis, Lew. 

auritus, Lew. 

cibbifrons, Lew. 

Dendroides niponensis, Lew. 

ocularis, Lew. 


(CHDEMERID ZX, 


Microtonus brunneus 
Mars. 
dimidiatus (Scraptia), Mars. 
Stolius vagepictus. 
Ditylus ruficollis. 
Patiala antennata. 
ocularis. 
— deformis. 
Xanthochroa Waterhousei, 
1875. 

cyanipennis, Mars. 1876. 
—— atriceps. 
ainu, 
—— Hilleri, Har. 1878. 
luteipennis, Mars. 


(Scraptia), 


Har. 


Eobia_ cinereipennis (Asclera), 
Motsch. 
japonica, Har. (Ananca). 
cinereipennis, Har. (Ses- 
sinia) 
— florilega. 
ambusta. 


Oxacis carinicollis. 

Nacerdes melanura, Z. 

Anoncodes sambucea. 

Asclera brunneipennis. 

nigrocyanea. 

Oncomera venosa. 

(Edemera sexualis, Mars. 

—— montana, Mars. 
lucidicollis, Motsch. 
vitticollis, Motsch. 

—— manicata, 

concolor. 

—— robusta. 

Chrysanthia viatica. 


CEPHALOIDZ. 


Cephaloon sakure. 


the Cistelide: ce. of Japan. 447 


The following notes refer to the paper on the {lenebrionidx 


published last year. 


1. Phellopsis suberea, Lew., and Pseudonosoderma amurense, Heyd., are 
distinct species. P. amurense is less elongate than P. suberca, as the 
figures of the two species which have been given show, and there are 
several other differences, notably the absence of cephalic nodules in 
Heyden’s species. This note is made necessary, (1) by my stating that 
P. suberea was represented in the Pascoe collection by a specimen from 
E. Siberia (the example belongs to P. amurense), and (2) by Champion 
concluding the two species were identical and stating that the names 
were synonymous (Ent. M. M. xxx. p. 114,1894). It was unfortunate that 
Heyden made a new genus for amurense, and also that his name was 
overlooked at the time, as the notice of it in the Zool. Record of 1885 
occurs amongst the Byrrhide. I have lately been able to set the matter 
right through the kindness of Major L. von Heyden, who has sent me 
over one of his two examples for comparison. 


2. Platyscelis strigicollis, sp. n. 


Ovata, convexa, nigra, subnitida; capite grosse et rugose punctato ; 
thorace undique punctato, utrinque strigoso; elytris totis punctatis, 
costis vagis et evanescentibus. : 

L. 13 mill. 

Oval, convex, black, somewhat shining; the head roughly and coarsely. 
punctate, punctures sometimes confluent and a little strigose before the 
neck; the thorax more clearly punctate on the disk than on the head, 
with a few confluent punctures, strongly strigose longitudinally on each 
side from behind the eyes to the base, anterior angles obtuse, posterior 
angles nearly rectangular, faintly turning outwards; the scutellum very 
narrow and transverse and usually covered by the thorax; the elytra 
much less clearly punctate than the thorax, punctures smaller and more 
irregular, least dense on the disk, and sometimes vaguely arranged in 
rows ; coste vague and evanescent, lateral rim evenly and narrowly 
raised; the antennz, terminal joint reddish apically, otherwise like the 
legs, black. 

In size this species is intermediate between P. hypolithos, Pall., and 
P. rugifrons, Fisch., and it differs from P. punctatissima, Fairm., in the 
punctuation ; the last species I know by description only. 

Hab. “ Japan” (Heyne). 

I am much indebted to Major L. von Heyden for an example (@ ) of 
this species, which introduces a new genus to the Japanese fauna. There 
are eight examples in the Bates collection, labelled “ Manchuria,” which. 


I believe belong to this species. 


3. Lichenum seriehispidum, Mars. 


Mr. J. J. Walker has taken this species on the coast of China; and 
Mr. Champion notes that the head is carimate, not canaliculate, as mis- 
printed in the French ‘ Annals.’ 


4, Epiphaleria.—P. 382, line 28, for mesosternum read metasternum. 


5. Letochrinus, Westwood, 1883. 
Fairmaire states (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 26, 1893) that Ades, Guer., 


448 On the Cistelide &c. of Japan. 


Hades, Thoms. 1860, and Pimplema, Pasc., are names of genera synony- 
mous with “ Ziochrinus.” This is not correct as regards Hades and 
Pimplema; the species of these genera belong to the Leiochrinine, but 
they are not congeneric. Thomson’s name of Hades was occupied by 
Westwood in 1851, but otherwise the genus is founded on valid characters. 
Ades, Guérin, I do not know. 


6. Platydema subfascium, Walker. 


Alphitophagus subfascius, Walk. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, ii, p. 284 
(1858). 

Alphitophagus japanus, Mars. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vi. p. 109 (1876). 

Haplocephala celeba, Chevrol. Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 177 (1877). 

Haplocephala diversidens, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lxii. p. 20 (1893). 


Champion (Ent. M. M. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 47, 1895) has revived Walker's 
name after examining the type at South Kensington, and places the species 
in Platydema. A. pallidicollis, Lew., may also be included in Platydema. 


7. Eutochia lateralis, Boheman. 


Alphitobius lateralis, Boh. Res. Eugen. p. 94, 1858 (nec lateralis, 
Motsch. 1859). 

Holanarna picescens, Fairm. 1885. 

Holanaria dorsalis, Mars. 


Fairmaire has recorded this species as occurring in Japan (Ann. Soe. 
Ent. Fr. xii. p. 20, 1893), but without giving his authority or any special 
locality. It was originally found in Hong Kong, and it is a species likely 
to be distributed by commerce. The synonymy given is partly Fair- 
maire’s. F. Bates has published a note on the genus Eztochia (Ent. 
M.M. ix. p. 93). Antara, Leconte, 1859, was preoccupied, and Holanaria 
is not required. 


8. Misolampidius morio, Kolbe, 1886,= Helops clavicrus, Mars., 1876,= 
Misolampidius clavierus, Mars., Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 476 
(1894). 

Additions to the List of Tenebrionide. 


Platyscelis strigicollis. 
Eutochia lateralis, Boh. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Fig. 1. Synchroa crepuscula. Fig. 7. Melandrya ruficollis. 
Fig. 2. Mikadonius gracilis. Fig. 8. pictipennis. 

Fg. 3. Dircea flavitarsis. Fig. 9. Eurygenius niponicus. 
Fig. 4. Bonzicus hypocrita, Fg. 10. Tomoderus clavipes. 
Fig. 5. Ivania coceinea. Fig. 11. Anthicus fugiens, 3. 


Fig. 6. Melandrya atricolor. Fig. 12. Patiala antennata. 


On Two new South-American Characinoid Fishes. 449 


LI.—Descriptions of Two new South-American 
Characinoid Fishes. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S. 


Leporinus semivittatus. 


Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 4 
times. Upper profile of head straight ; jaws equal ; incisors 
pointed, brown-edged; snout 14 diameter of eye, which 
is 4 times in length of head; interorbital width 24 times 
in length of head; eye equally distant from the end of 
the snout and the gill-opening. Dorsal 13, equally distant 
from the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, the sixth 
ray opposite to the first ventral. Anal1l0. Pectoral 2 length 


of head, widely separated from the ventral. Scales 38 et 


Olive above, silvery beneath ; an interrupted black stripe on 
each side, on the lateral line, originating above the base of 
the ventral; fins whitish. 

Total length 115 millim. 

A single specimen from Manaos, Rio Negro, collected by 
Mr. J. C. Antony. 


Xiphostoma lateristriga. 


Depth of body 84 times in total length, length of head 33 
times. Snout a little more than half length of head, ter- 
minating in a cartilaginous appendage; cleft of mouth half 
length of head; diameter of eye 4 times in length of snout 
(without appendage), 3 times in postorbital part of head, 3 
interorbital width. Dorsal 10, a little nearer base of caudal 
than base of ventrals. Anal 10, originating opposite to fourth 
dorsal ray. Pectoral 4 length of head. Ventrals equally 
distant from centre of eye and base of caudal. Scales 82 
(16 in a transverse series) ; lateral line reduced to a few 
scales. Pale brown above, darker on the middle of the back ; 
a dark grey lateral band, narrower on the head and passing 
through the eye, edged with black above on the body and 
both above and below on the head; white beneath; fins 
white, with two black spots on the pectorals and one on the 
ventrals, dorsal, and anal; caudal with a black median streak 
and. two oblique ones on each lobe, converging behind. 

Total length 210 millim. 

A single specimen from Manaos, collected by Mr. Antony. 


450 Ona Genus of Frogs peculiar to Madagascar. 


LII.—On a Genus of Frogs peculiar to Madagascar. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


I HAVE hitherto associated with Rana a number of species 
previously referred to Limnodytes or Hylorana, a group of 
frogs which they closely resemble externally, but from which 
they differ in a character first pointed out by Peters in other 
Batrachians of the same family, viz. the presence of an addi- 
tional ossification between the distal and proximal phalanges— 
the existence of which I wasnot awareof at the time I published 
my ‘ Catalogue’ in 1882. As these frogs cannot be referred to 
the genus Rhacophorus, on account of their T-shaped distal 
phalanges, I propose to establish for them a new genus, to be 
named Mantidactylus. Many of the species possess, at least 
in the male sex, the curious femoral glands to which Ihave 
previously called attention. 

This genus contains numerous species, of which a list is 


appended. 


MANTIDACTYLUS. 


Pupil horizontal. Tongue free and deeply notched behind. 
Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct or hidden. Fingers 
free ; toes webbed ; tips of fingers and toes dilated into small 
disks. Outer metatarsals separated by web. Omosternum 
and sternum with a bony style. A small ossification between 
the proximal phalanx and the distal, which is T-shaped. 

Madagascar. 


1. MW. guttulatus, Blgr. 1881. 
2. M. ulcerosus, Bttgr. 1880. 
3. I. curtus, Blgr. 1882. 
4, M. betsileanus, Blgr. 1882. 
d. M. biporus, Blgr. 1889. 
6. M. redimitus, Blgr. 1889. 
7. M. flavicrus, Blgy. 1889. 
8. M. lugubris, A. Dum. 1853 (femoralis, Blgr. 1882). 
9. M. albofrenatus, F. Mill. 1892. 
10. Mf. Cowanii, Bley. 1882. 
11. MW. tnaudax, Peracca, 18938. 
12. M. opiparis, Peracca, 1893. 
13. M. erumnalis, Peracca, 1893. 
14. MW. pliciyerus, Blgr. 1882. 
15. MM. asper, Blgr. 1882. 
The genus ana is represented in Madagascar by FR. labrosa, 


Cope, 2. mascareniensis, D. & B., and 2. madagascariensis, 
A. Dum. 


Mr. O. Thomas on Putorius ermineus. 451 


LIU.—On the Representatives of Putorius ermineus in 
Algeria and Ferghana. By OLpFIELD THOMAS. 


WHILE investigating the constancy of the markings and 
other characters of Putorius ermineus for comparison with the 
newly discovered P. hibernicus *, the differences presented by 
certain representatives of the species found on the southern 
and eastern outskirts of its Old-World range have appeared 
to me worthy of notice. 

One of the forms to be considered is from Algeria and the 
other from Ferghana, Central Asia; and both show a marked 
reduction in size as compared with typical individuals of the 
species from Northern Europe, a fact instructive in its bearing 
on the question as to what is the real centre of distribution of 
this widely spread animal. But curiously enough, contrary 
to the usual rule, the southern (Algerian) form is charac- 
terized by a particularly short tail, while elsewhere, even in 
the Arctic Regions, the tail is always long. That from Fer- 
ghana, on the other hand, has the normal proportions of the 
species, although combined with reduction in size and a colo- 
ration apparently due to desert influences. 

As tending to oppose the generally received ideas on the 
relative value of size and proportions as against that of colour- 
markings, special attention may be drawn to the constancy of 
the distribution of the markings of P. ermineus amid all the 
variations found in size, proportions, and actual shades of 
colour. 


Putorius ermineus algiricus, subsp. n. 


Decidedly smaller than in typicus, with a shorter tail. 
Colour of back with a much stronger fulvous suffusion, and 
of belly more markedly sulphur-yellow. Distribution of 
colours quite as in typicus. Upper lip and chin and edge of 
ears white. Yellow colour of belly running down inner sides 
of hind limbs on to the digits, leaving the outer halves of the 
metatarsals brown. 

Skull small and slender, with a particularly low and narrow 
brain-case. 

Dimensions of type (an adult female skin) :— 

Head and body 205 millim.; tail, without hairs 52, with 
hairs 76; hind foot 31°5. 

Skull: length from gnathion to upper edge of foramen 
magnum 39 ; zygomatic breadth 19°8 ; interorbital breadth 9 ; 
breadth of brain-case 18; height of brain-case above levei of 


* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Apr. 1895, p. 374. 


452 Mr. O. Thomas on the Representatives of 


bulla 13°3 ; palate length from gnathion 15:2 ; palate breadth 
between outer corners of ®4 12; horizontal length of 24 4:2, 
Ohary D: 

Hab. Algeria. Type from “ Environs d’Alger” (Parzu- 
daki). 

Type: B.M. 56.3.12.13. 

The specimens now described are those called by Dr. Gray * 
“Mustela erminea, var. 1. africana,” a term assigned without 
much inquiry to the Algerian representative of the Weasel 
group ft by Lataste, who was evidently not aware that any 
member of the ermineus group occurred in that country. In 
this he was the more to be excused, as the only description 
given by Gray was, “ Tail very short, black-tipped, one sixth 
the length of body,”’—a description quite true of some 
members of the Weasel group. Gray, however, was here 
perfectly correct, as the specimens really prove to represent 
a tenable variety of erméneus, and, had he not used a name 
already preoccupied, his designation would have had to be 
adopted. 

When laid beside a series of ordinary European P. ermineus, 
the Algerian skins are very readily distinguishable from all 
by their shorter tails and more fulvous colour. Curiously 
enough, in the last-named character these southern Stoats are 
most nearly matched at the furthest northern point of the 
range of P. ermineus, the only skins in the Museum series at 
all like them being some from the Polar Region (Greenland, 
82° N.) and extreme north of North America (Fort Simpson, 
Mackenzie River). But the northern specimens have the 
long tails of P. e. typicus. 


Putorius ermineus ferghane, subsp. n. 


Similar to P. e. typicus in proportions and essential respects, 
but very much smaller, the male considerably smaller than 
the female of that form. General colour pale, almost matching 
Ridgway’s “isabella colour,” with a distinct suffusion of 
yellowish throughout above and below, except just on the 
chin and throat, which are pure white. Head especially 


* P.Z.S. 1865, p. 111; Cat. Carn. B. M. 1869. Nec I. africana, 
Desm. 1818. 

+ P. numidicus, Puch. Rev. Mag. Zool. .vii. p. 893 (1855). The type 
specimen ofthis form has been most kindly re-examined on my behalf by 
Dr. Trouessart, and he informs me that it unquestionably belongs to the 
Weasel group, and is, in his opinion, a mere variety of P. nivalis. I am 
also indebted to him for a complete list of all the specimens of the present 
group in the Paris Museum, with their measurements, which have natu- 
rally proved of the greatest value to me. 


Putorius ermineus in Algeria and Ferghana. 453 


paler than in typzcus, about matching the dorsal colour of an 
English weasel (P. nivalis), and less conspicuously darker 
than the back. Distribution of colours as in typicus; the 
small white spot behind the eye and the white ear-rim well 
marked, and the underside of the proximal half of tail pale 
sulphur-yellow, like the belly. 

Skull scarcely equalling in size that of a large male 
weasel. 

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin, ¢) :— 

Head and body 200 millim.; tail without end-hairs 63, 
with end-hairs 88 ; hind foot 31. 

Skull: length from gnathion to upper rim of foramen mag- 
num 35; zygomatic breadth 18-2; interorbital breadth 8°6 ; 
intertemporal breadth 8°4 ; breadth of brain-case 17°8 ; palate 
length from gnathion 14:2; palate breadth between outer 
corners of ®-4 and ™111°3; horizontal length of ¥-4 4:1, of 
mi 4‘3. Upper canine, cingulum to point behind, 3:1. 

Hab. Ferghana. Coll. Th. Barey, June 10, 1893. 

Type: B.M. 94.9.2.2. Received from the Branicki 
Museum, Warsaw. 

This peculiar little animal, owing to the identity of the 
distribution of its colours with that found in P. ermineus, I 
retain within the same species, but consider that its diminu- 
tive size and markedly paler colour necessitate its separation 
as a subspecies. So great is the difference in size that, as 
already noticed, its skull is even smaller than that of a large 
male weasel. 

It will be of much interest to find out what is the exact 
range of this little stoat, and whether it is confined to the 
near neighbourhood of its type locality or is the representative 
of the ordinary stoat throughout the highlands of Central 
Asia. It may be noticed that a specimen from Narimskaja, on 
the Ob (Dr. Otto Finsch), although rather smaller than 
average Norwegian examples, is nothing like so small as the 
Ferghana one, while its colour is absolutely normal. 

With the Pygmy Stoat Mr. Barey obtained a weasel 
which I refer to the form called by Blanford P. Stoliczkanus, 
but which will probably prove to have very much the same 
degree of distinction, whether specific or subspecific, from 
P. nivalis that P. e. ferghane has from P. e. typicus. 

As both of the subspecies above described are small repre- 
sentatives of a single species, the question naturally arises 
whether they have any direct relationship to each other ; but 
for the elucidation of this point specimens from intermediate 
localities must be obtained and compared with each of them. 
There appears to be a certain faunistic community between 


454 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the Genus Goniopleura. 


Algeria and Central Asia so far as mammals are concerned *, 
and it is probable that we have in this southern fringe to the 
“ Palearctic’? Region a zone corresponding with the Sonoran 
Region of N. America, similarly interposed between the 
Boreal Region and the tropical ones south of it, and perhaps 
once similarly distinct from those to the north and south, 
however it is now obscured by the migrations and other modi- 
fications induced in the west by the sinking of the Mediter- 
ranean and in the east by the rise of the Thibetan plateau. 
Such speculations must, however, be reserved until our know- 
ledge of the exact distribution of the mammals of the Old 
World is enormously advanced and in some slight degree 
comparable to that which in America has enabled Dr. Merriam 
to make his valuable and far-reaching observations on the 
faunistic regions of that hemisphere. 


LIV.— Note on the Genus Goniopleura, Westwood, with the 
Description of a new Species. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A. 


THE genus Goniopleura contains some of the most striking 
and remarkable species among the whole of the Phytophagous 
Coleoptera; but, strangely enough, none of the authors who 
have been more especially engaged in the study of this group 
of beetles succeeded in discovering the true affinities of the 
genus. Westwood, its founder, contented himself by stating 
that it came near Chrysomela. Clark, who described the second 
species, referred the genus without further comment to the 
subfamily Galerucine. Subsequent writers, with the single 
exception of Chapuis, do not seem to have questioned this 
position. But even Chapuis, though he recognized in the 
genus certain Eumolpidous characteristics, did not venture to 
remove it from the Galerucine, but formed for it a special 
group—the Goniopleurites—which he placed at the end of 
this subfamily. 

Having been recently engaged in studying the genus, I 
find its characters such that I have no hesitation in assigning 
it to the subfamily Eumolpine, where it has a very close ally 
in the genus Aulexis of Baly. The antenne of Groniopleura 
are as widely separated at their points of insertion as in many 
genera of Humolpine, and more widély than in any genus of 
Galerucine ; so that I fail to appreciate Chapuis’s objection 
to placing it in the Kumolpine on account of the approxima- 


* Witness the distribution of the genera Merzones, Otonycteris, &c. 


Mr. C. J. Gahan on the Genus Goniopleura. 455 


tion of the antenne. But, in addition to this, the shape of 
the legs, the structure of the pronotum, and the form of the 
pro- and mesosterna, together with other minor characters, all 
point to the Eumolpine as the proper position for the genus. 
The peculiar form of the intercoxal processes of the pro- and 
mesosterna, which it possesses in common with Aulevis, 
Metaxyonycha, and other Kumolpine, hasnever been adequately 
described, though it could scarcely have escaped observation. 
The prosternal process is rather strongly arched, and at about 
the middle of its length is angularly dilated on each side, with 
the angle fitting into a corresponding niche in the coxa; 
behind this point it is slightly narrowed, and then gradually 
widens out behind. The mesosternal process is somewhat 
similarly dilated between the middle of its length and the 
hind border. This form of the sternal processes is all the 
more important, inasmuch as, so far as | am aware, it nowhere 
occurs in the Galerucine. 

One of the chief characters of Aulewis is that the epistome 
is emarginate in the middle of its anterior border and is 
furnished with a tooth on each side which overlaps the 
labrum. This character is even more pronounced in (Gronio- 
pleura. In other points of structure these two genera exhibit 
the greatest resemblance, notwithstanding that the species of 
Gontopleura average more than twice the size of those of 
Aulexis. 

Up to the present only four species of Groniopleura have 
been described; and the last of these was probably founded 
on female examples of the first. I have now to add to the 
number the following new species :— 


Goniopleura bicoloripes, sp. n. 


Rufo-testacea, dense punctata, griseo sat sparsim pubescens ; elytris 
(parte quinta basali excepta) cyaneo- aut viridi-metallicis, tarsis, 
tibiis, genibus et antennarum articulis octo distalibus, nigris. 
Elytris maris setis griseo-fulvis, longissimis, erectis, sparsim 
hirsutis. 

Long. 14-15 mm. 


Hab. Java. 

This species resembles G. auricoma, Westw., but may be 
easily distinguished by the narrower reddish area at the base 
of the elytra, and by the colour of the legs and antenna, 
which in awricoma are entirely testaceous. In both species 
the males only have the elytra furnished with very long and 
erect pale tawny hairs; in the females the elytra have a 
shorter greyish pubescence. ‘This sexual difference does not 


456 Miscellaneous. 


seem to be present in G. viridipennis, where in both sexes 
the pubescence is rather short. 
The following brief synopsis may help to distinguish the 


species of the genus :— 
1. G. auricoma, Westw., Griffith’s Cuv. An. Kingd. xv. p. 149, pl. xvii. 


fig. 3 (1832). 
Reddish testaceous ; with hinder two thirds of elytra metallic blue or 
green. Hab, Penang. 


2. G. bicoloripes, sp. n. 

Reddish testaceous ; with hinder four fifths of elytra metallic blue or 
green; with tibie, tarsi, apices of femora, and distal eight joints of an- 
tennze black. Hab. Java. 


3. G. viridipennis, Clark, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xv. p. 146 (1865). 
Reddish testaceous ; with elytra entirely metallic blue or green. 
Hab. Penang. 
4, G. Chapuisi, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1875, p. 168. 
Black ; with elytra metallic blue, regularly and strongly punctured. 
Hab. Borneo. 


5. G. basalis, Jac., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 58. 
With characters of auricoma, Westw. (2). Hab, Sumatra. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Description of a new Species of Butterfly from Taganac Island, 
N.E. Borneo. By H. Grosz Surru, B.A., F.EAS., F.Z.8., &e. 


Nectaria. nigriana, 


Male.—Upperside resembles NV. leuconoé, Erichs., but the outer 
third of both wings is much darker, the marginal and submarginal 
rows of pale greyish-white spots and irregular markings being 
almost obsolete, and the veins on the posterior wings, where they 
cross the pale area of the inner two thirds of the wings, being more 
widely greyish brown; both wings are less elongate and compara- 
tively broader than in JV. leuconoé. The underside is also darker, 
but the pale spots and markings are more developed than on the 
upperside. 

The female differs from the male only in being larger and 
blacker. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 314, 9 44 inches. 

Hab. Taganac, a small island near the north-east coast of Borneo 
(Cator). 

A pair only were sent. It is an insular form of NV. leuconoé, but 
the shape of the wings and its much darker general appearance 
render it, I think, worthy of description. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 90. JUNE 1895. 


LV.—On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By 
Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board 
for Scotland, and AnpREw Scort, Fisheries Assistant, 
University College, Liverpool. 

[Plates XVI. & XVII] 


Attheyella MacAndrewe, sp. n. 
(Pl. XVI. figs. 1-6.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length *58 millim. 
(7; of an inch). In general appearance this species somewhat 
resembles Attheyella pygmea, but is rather smaller and less 
hirsute. Antennules moderately stout and eight-jointed, the 
end-joint being distinctly more elongate than any of the others ; 
the first four joints are also stouter than the last four (fig. 2). 
The proportional lengths of the various joints are nearly as 
follows :— 


Proportional lengths of the joints.. 9.9.9.6.6.7 
Number of the joints’ ......5.5..% I 2ASe 4 os 6 


The secondary branches of the antennz are two-jointed and 
the end-joint is only about half the length of the other. The 
second joint of the posterior foot-jaws has the inner margin 
fringed with short stout setze arranged in a pectinate manner ; 
there is also a short stout seta on the inner distal angle of the 
first joint, which is plumose on one side (fig. 3). In the first 
pair of swimming-feet the end-joint of the two-jointed inner 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 32 


26 oat 
aa 


458 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


branches is considerably shorter than the first joint, being only 
about two thirds the length of it; the end-joint is also 
narrower than the other; both the branches of the first pair 
are short and are of nearly equal length (fig. 4). The inner 
branches of the next three pairs of swimming-feet, which are 
also two-jointed, are very short, being not much longer than 
the first joint of the outer branches; the outer branches, on 
the other hand, are elongate and robust, and consist of three 
nearly equal joints, as shown by the drawing (fig. 4). In 
the fifth pair the inner produced portion of the basal joint is 
subcylindrical, rather longer than broad, and furnished with 
four stout coarsely plumose sete and two smaller hairs, 
arranged thus—the two small hairs are on the outer margin, 
two of the larger plumose sete spring from the apex, and the 
other two are subterminal, one on each side of the apical sete : 
the secondary joint is in form somewhat like that of the 
produced part of the basal joint, but rather broader ; it is 
furnished with a stout, elongate, and coarsely plumose apical 
seta, in addition to which there is interiorly a smaller sub- 
terminal seta, also plumose, and three small plain sete 
exteriorly—that is, on the distal half of the outer margin, as 
shown in the drawing (fig. 6). Caudal stylets short, narrow, 
and having a wide space between them; each stylet is pro- 
vided with a stout, very long, and coarsely plumose apical 
seta articulated near the base; there is also a smaller apical 
seta, the basal part of which forms a stout conical enlarge- 
ment. 

Habitat. Lochan a Chaite, on the south-east shoulder of 
Ben Lawers, Perthshire, altitude 2400 feet above the sea- 
level; specimens not very common. 

Remarks. The characters by which the species is distin- 
guished are the structure of the antennules, the armature of 
the posterior foot-jaws, and, especially, the structure of the 
first and fifth pairs of thoracic feet. ‘The short end-joints of 
the inner branches of the first pair form so marked a character, 
that by them alone we had no difficulty in distinguishing 
specimens of this species from among others of the same 
genus by the use of an ordinary hand-lens. 

The name we give to this species is the maiden surname of 
her who, as wife and mother, has, by a lifelong self-denial 
and ever-ready sympathy, enabled us to overcome difficulties 
in the course of our natural history studies that would other- 
wise have been well nigh insurmountable, and whose native 
home in the beautiful valley of Strathtay is but a few miles 
from the famous mountain on whose giant shoulder rests the 
little loch in which the species was found. 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 459 


Canthocamptus palustris, var. elongatus, var. n. 


(Pl. XVI. figs. 7-17.) 


Description of the Variety.—Female. Length *7 millim. 
(j of an inch). Body elongate and slender. Antennules 
eight-jointed ; the second, fourth, and last joints are subequal 
and longer than the other joints, but the seventh joint is 
considerably shorter than any of the others; the formula 
shows the proportional lengths of the joints very nearly— 


Proportional lengths of the joints.. 9.12.7.11.7.8.5.10 
Number of the joints ............ Le Cio ae oot ach 


Antenne moderately stout, three-jointed ; the first joint 1s 
short, the second and third are longer and nearly equal in 
length; secondary branch small, one-jointed (fig. 9). _Man- 
dibles slender and provided with a small two-jointed palp 
(fig. 10). Posterior foot-jaws moderately stout; a small 
seta springs from the inner distal angle of the first joint, and 
another from the margin of the second joint near the distal 
end; terminal claw about equal in length to the second joint 
(fig. 11). Both branches of the first pair of swimming-feet 
are short and of nearly equal length, and are both three- 
jointed ; the inner, which is slightly the longer branch, has 
the second and third joints short and subequal, their combined 
length being only a little more than two thirds of the length 
of the first joint, which is also considerably stouter ; the joints 
of the outer branch are moderately stout and gradually increase 
in length from the basal joint (fig. 12). The second, third, 
and fourth pairs are more elongate than the first, and the 
inner branches are all three-jointed and considerably shorter 
than the outer branches ; the first joint of the inner branches 
is also much shorter than the second and third joints (fig. 13). 
Fifth pair broadly foliaceous ; the produced inner portion of 
the basal joint is shorter than the secondary joint and broadly 
rounded at the end, where it carries five slender sete, having 
a somewhat pectinate arrangement; the two outermost sete 
are much longer than the others and plumose; the secondary 
joint is subrotundate, but somewhat longer than broad, and 
furnished with five long slender hairs (fig. 14). Caudal 
stylets very short (fig. 17). The abdomen is only sparingly 
hirsute, and the ovisac is large. 

Male. The male resembles the female very closely except 
in the antennules and fifth pair of feet; the antennules are 
elongate, nine-jointed, and strongly hinged. In the fifth pair 
of thoracic feet the inner portion of the basal joint is scarcely 
produced and broadly rounded, and bears three terminal and 

32* 


460 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


slender subequal spines (fig. 15); the secondary branch is 
somewhat subcylindrical, the breadth is about two thirds of 
the length, and it is furnished with two set on the inner 
margin and four on the truncate apex (fig. 15). Spermato- 
phore large. 

Habitat. Pools above high-water mark near the head of 
West Loch Tarbert, Argyleshire; not very common. 

Remarks. There seems to be little doubt that this is a 
variety of Canthocamptus palustris, Brady ; it agrees with 
that species in several of its more important characters, such 
as the general structure of the antennules and of the first and 
fifth thoracic feet of the female ; the second, third, and fourth 
pairs of thoracic feet are also similar to those of that species. 
The chief differences, on the other hand, are these :—(1) the 
secondary branches of the antenne of this variety are only 
one-, instead of two-jointed; (2) the proportionally shorter 
second and third joints of the inner branches of the first 
thoracic feet ; and (3) the structure of the fifth pair in the male. 
In the male fifth pair the secondary joint 1s comparatively 
large, being elongate and subcylindrical. 


Laophonte propingqua, sp.n. (PI. XVII. figs. 1-9.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length *72 millim. 
(about sof aninch). Body elongate, depressed; rostrum broad 
and with a minute seta on each side of the bifid apex (fig. 2). 
Antennules seven-jointed; the second and third joints are 
considerably longer than the others, and the second joint is 
also dilated and armed with a strong conical tooth on the 
external aspect (fig. 8). The proportional lengths of all the 
joints are nearly as follows :— 


Proportional lengths of the joints... 17 .22.23.6.5.7.11 
Number of the joints ............ eto sis V45 hemes 


Antenne strong; both the first and second joints are fringed 
with small setee on the inner edge ; secondary branch small, 
one-jointed (fig. 4). The second joint of the posterior foot- 
jaws is somewhat dilated and bears a powerful terminal claw. 
The inner branches of the first pair of swimming-feet are 
very strong; the first joint is of considerable length, being 
five times longer than broad, but the second is very short and 
is armed with a strong claw; the outer branches are slender, 
three-jomted, and about half the length of the first joint of 
the inner branches; the second basal joint is also densely 
hirsute, as shown by the drawing (fig. 6). The second pair 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 461 


are slender; the outer branches are elongate and strongly 
spiniferous; the second joint is rather shorter than the first 
and only two thirds the length of the last joint; the two- 
jointed inner branch does not reach to the end of the second 
joint of the outer branch ; the first joint is rather stouter than, 
but little more than half the length of, the second joint; the 
second joint bears four sete—the two apical and one of the 
marginal are very long, but the other is short (fig. 7). The 
third and fourth pairs are also slender and with short inner 
branches; in the fourth pair the first joint of the inner 
branches, which only reach to about the middle of the second 
joint of the outer branches, is so short as to be almost rudi- 
mentary (fig. 8). In the fifth pair the inner produced portion 
of the basal joint is somewhat cone-shaped and bears three 
moderately long and stout plumose sete on the inner margin 
and two smaller sete at the apex; the apex of the basal joint 
only reaches to about half the length of the secondary joint ; 
the secondary branch is elongate-ovate in form, being nearly 
three times longer than broad; the apex is lengthened into a 
narrow process, from the end of which springs a moderately 
long seta; on each side of this there is a subapical seta, also 
of moderate length, while three other setee spring from the 
distal half of the outer margin (fig. 9). Caudal stylets 
narrow and about equal in length to the last abdominal 
segment. 

Habitat. Port Erin, Isle of Man; and near the mouth of 
the River Alness, Cromarty Firth ; rather rare. 

Remarks, This Laophonte has a superficial resemblance to 
L. denticornis, T. Scott, but on closer examination it was 
found to differ very markedly, not only from that species, but 
from any other Laophonte known to us. 


Idya longicornis, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. figs. 10-17.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length 1°7 millim. 
(75 of an inch). This form resembles /dya furcata, Philippi, 
. in general appearance, but is larger. The antennules, which 
are eight-jointed, are very long and slender; the first four 
joints are elongate, especially the third and fourth, which are 
nearly of equally length, the fourth being slightly longer than 
the other; it is also longer than all the last four taken 
together. The formula shows the proportional lengths of all 
the joints— 


Proportional lengths of the joints.. 380 .40.45.47.7.10.8.18 
Number of the joints 20.6.5... « L123 a" oe Goon 


462 Messrs. T'. and A. Scott on some 


The antennules are sparingly setiferous, and the long some- 
what slender filament springs from the end of the fourth joint 
(fig. 11). The antenne are slender, and the first and second 
joints are each provided with one seta, while the last bears a 
few sete at the apex (fig. 12). The mouth-organs are some- 
what similar to those of Zdya furcata, but the posterior foot- 
jaws have the terminal claws void of supplementary sete 
(fig. 13). The swimming-feet are also somewhat similar to 
those of Idya furcata, but the second joint of the outer branches 
of the first pair is about twice the length of the first joint, 
and the spine which springs from the outer distal angle of the 
first joint is comparatively slender (fig. 14). The fifth pair 
are also more elongate than those of Jdya furcata, being fully 
four times longer than broad (fig. 17). 

Habitat. East Loch Tarbert, Loch Fyne. Several speci- 
mens of this species were taken with the dredge in 5 to 6 
fathoms water in February 1886, but have not been previously 
recorded. 

Remarks. Idya longicornis is easily recognized, not only 
by its larger size, but also and especially by the length and 
structure of the antennules. ‘The proportional lengths of the 
joints of the outer branches of the first pair of swimming-feet 
and the elongate fifth pair also serve to distinguish this from 
any other British form of Jdya. Though this Jdya is the 
largest form of the genus with which we are familiar, the 
armature of the first pair of swimming-feet is not so powerful 
as that of the first pair in Idya furcata, a much smaller 
species. We are not altogether unfamiliar with the lability 
of Jaya furcata to variation, and also with the observations 
of several eminent naturalists on this lability to variation in 
Idya furcata; but we have seen no explanation that could 
account for the great differences between Idya furcata and 
the species we have now described on the principal of local 
variation, for both forms were taken together by the dredge 
on the same ground and at the same time. Had the two 
forms been taken in different localities hundreds of miles 
apart, there might have been some reasonableness in con- 
sidering them merely as varieties of the one species; but, 
taken as they were, under similar conditions of time and 
place, we can only judge of the differences between them as 
we judge of the differences between forms belonging to other 
genera. 


ADDITIONAL NOTES. 


An interesting addition to the freshwater Crustacea of 
Scotland has only lately been obtained, viz. Ophiocamptus 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 463 


(Canthocamptus) brevipes, G. O. Sars. It was discovered in 
some hand-net gatherings from Loch Lubnaig, Perthshire, 
collected in September last. A description, with drawings, 
of it will be published in the ‘Thirteenth Annual Report of 


the Fishery Board for Scotland.’ 


PSsEUDOTHALESTRIS, G. S. Brady. 


Pseudothalestris, G. 8. Brady, Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Copepoda, 
p. 100, pl. xlii. figs. 1-8 (1883). 


In the Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Copepoda Dr. Brady 
has described a new genus of the Harpacticide under the 
above name. He had only asingle specimen (a male), which 
he describes as being like Tha/estris ; its characters were so 
marked, as to be of generic rank. This Copepod was 
obtained by Dr. Brady in a gathering from Betsy Cove, 
Kerguelen Island (lat. 49° 16’ S., long. 70° 12! E.). 

Last year one of the authors of this paper instituted a new 
genus— Pseudowestwoodia—tor the reception of a Copepod that 
closely resembled Westwoodiu nobilis (Baird) in general 
appearance, but differed in some important structural details. 
The genus Pseudowestwoodia was described, witb illustrative 
drawings, in the ‘Twelfth Annual Report of the Fishery 
Board for Scotland,’ published last year. Descriptions of 
other two species of the same genus were published by us in 
the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for January 
last. 

A short time ago, when looking over the Report on the 
‘Challenger’ Copepoda, we happened to observe a certain 
resemblance between Dr. Brady’s Pseudothalestris and our 
Pseudowestwoodia; a careful study of the two was then made, 
with the result that we believe them to be identical. It is 
unfortunate that Dr. Brady had only a single specimen (and 
a male) to describe from; had it been a female, the identity 
of the two genera would no doubt have been more clearly 
established. Though our name— Pseudowestwoodia—is more 
in accord with the general form of the British species of the 
genus, there can be no question as to the priority of Pseudo- 
thalestris. 

It is surely of much interest to find in this little group of 
Copepoda another instance of the remarkably close similarity 
between organisms living on opposite sides of the globe. 


464 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PLATE XVI. 


Attheyella MacAndrewa, sp. n. 


Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 80. 2. Antennule, x 380. 3. Pos- 
terior foot-jaw, x 506. 4. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, 
x 380. 5. Foot of fourth pair, x 380. 6. Foot of fifth pair, 
x 3880. 


Canthocamptus palustris, var. elongatus, var. n. 


Fig. 7. Female, seen from the side, x 80. 8. Antennule, x 169. 
9, Antenna, X 266. 10. Mandible, x 380. 11. Posterior foot- 
jaw, X 400. 12. Foot of first pair, x 200. 18. Foot of fourth 
pair, X 183. 14. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 266. 15. Foot 
of fifth pair, male, x 253. 16. Spermatophore, x 380. 17. Last 
two abdominal segments and caudal stylets, x 190. 


PuaTE XVII. 
Laophonte propingua, sp. n. 
Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view, X 64. 2. Rostrum, x 380. 3, Antennule, 
x 3800. 4. Antenna, xX 253. 5. Posterior foot-jaw, xX 253. 
6. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 255. 7. Foot of second 


pair, X 253. 8. Foot of fourth pair, x 169. 9. Foot of fifth 
pair, X 253, 
Idya longicornis, sp. 0. 
Fig. 10. Female, dorsal view, X 24. 11. Antennule, x 66. 12. An- 
tenna, X 100. 13. Posterior foot-jaw, x 130. 14. Foot of first 


pair of swimming-feet, x 66. 15, Foot of third pair, x 66. 
16. Foot of fourth pair, x 66. 17. Foot of fifth pair, x 180. 


LVI.—The Amphipoda of Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British 
Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ By ALFRED O, WALKER. 


In February 1892 I published in this Magazine a paper on 
the Lysianassides of Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British Sessile- 
eyed Crustacea,’ in which I endeavoured to bring them into 
line with Prof. G. O. Sars’s Amphipoda of Norway by an 
examination of the collection of Bate’s types in the British 
Museum. Since then Sars’s work has been completed so far 
as the Amphipoda are concerned, and as, from the extreme care 
and accuracy with which the species (a very large proportion 
of which have been found on our own coasts) are described 
and figured, it is likely to become the standard work on this 
order of Crustacea, ] have throughout adopted its nomen- 
clature. J am aware that another work—important in size, 


of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 465 


cost, and pretensions, but, so far as the systematic portion is 
concerned, worse than worthless, because misleading—has 
appeared during the same period, viz. Della Valle’s Gamma- 
rini of the ‘Fauna des Golfes v. Neapel.’ I have not 
thought it necessary to include those species in which there 
has been no alteration of name and no correction required ; and 
I would only add that I have found Mr. Stebbing’s ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Amphipoda invaluable in ascertaining the correct 
nomenclature. 


Allorchestes Nilssenit (Rathke). 
Now LHyale Nilssonii. 


Allorchestes imbricatus (Bate). 
This is Hyale Lubbockiana (Bate), male. 


Nicea Lubbockiana (Bate). 
= Hyale Lubbockiana, female. 


Montagua monoculoides (Montagu) and M. marina (Bate). 
Several specimens. = Stenothoé monoculotdes and S. marina. 


Montagua Alderi (Bate). One female. 
= Metopa Aldert. 


Montagua pollexiana (Bate). Two specimens. 
= Metopa pollexiana. 


Danaia dubia (Bate). 


= Cressa dubia. 


[For Lysianassides see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. ix. p. 134.] 


Lysianassa Audouiniana (Bate). One specimen. 


In my former paper I stated that the single specimen was 
in such bad condition that it could not be determined. With 
Mr. R. I. Pocock’s assistance I subsequently succeeded in 
cleaning it with liquor potassee, and satisfied myself of its 
identity with Perrierella crassipes (Chevreux and Bouvier), 
since described and figured by Bonnier*, who gives a full list 
of synonyms, as Perrierella Audouiniana (Bate). 


* “Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais, Travaux de la Station Zool. de 
Wimereux-Ambleteuse,” Bull. Scientifique, vol. xxiv. p. 174, pl. v. 


466 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


Ampelisca Gaimardii (Kroyer). One large and four or five 
smaller specimens. 

Both the figure in the ‘ Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ and the 
specimen in the tube appear to me to agree much more closely 
with A. spinipes (Boeck)—much the commonest species in 
Liverpool Bay—than with A. typica (Bate), to which G. O. 
Sars refers it, as described and figured by the latter. 


Ampelisca Belliana (Bate),=A. levigata (Lilljeborg). 


Three specimens. 


Phoxus simplex (Bate). One specimen. 


The single specimen is in bad condition, but the rostrum is 
straight, and not curved downwards, as supposed by Boeck. 
It appears to be an immature male of Phoxocephalus Holbolli 
(Kroyer). The upper antenna is badly figured ; the flagellum 
is wanting, but the accessory appendage remains, having four 
longish joints. 


Phoxus Holbolli (Kroyer). Two females. 
= Phoxocephalus Holbélli. 


Phoxus plumosus (Kr.). Two females in good condition. 
= Harpinia neglecta (Sars). 


Grayia imbricata (Bate). One specimen in very bad condi- 
tion; probably, as suggested by Mr. Stebbing, a young 
Amathilla homari (Fabr.). 


Westwoodilla cecula (Bate) and W. hyalina (Bate) are not 
in the collection, but are probably, as has been suggested by 
Canon A. M. Norman, the young of the next species. 

CEdiceros parvimanus (Bate). ‘Two specimens. 
This is rightly identified by Sars with Halimedon Miillert 


(Boeck), which name he retains. As, however, Bate’s name 
is the older, it should be Halimedon parvimanus (Bate). 


Monoculodes Stimpsoni (Bate). One specimen. 
Is Synchelidium (Kréyera) brevicarpum (Bate). 


Kriyera altamarina (Bate) is not in the collection. 


Darwinia compressa (Bate). Five or six specimens. 


Is Laphistius sturionts (Kroyer). 


of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 467 


Sulcator arenarius (Bate),= Haustorius arenartus (Slabber). 


Urothoé Bairdii (Bate). Six specimens. 


The species of this genus were compared with the “‘ Mono- 
graph” of the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing in Trans. Zool. Soc. 
vol. xiii. part 1 (1891). Judging from the form of the pleon- 
segments and the second uropods, the specimens named as 
above appear to be U. marinus (Bate), as suggested by 
Mr. Stebbing. Length about 6 millim. 


Urothoé brevicornis (Bate). Six specimens. 


All the larger specimens are females of U. marinus; the 
smallest may be U. brevicorne (Stebbing) from the shortness 
of the peduncle of the second uropods, which has two spines 
on it. All the specimens are similarly marked with dark red 
spots, which suggests the probability that the small specimen 
may be the young of U. marinus. Its length is 3} millim. 


Urothoé marinus (Bate). One imperfect specimen. 


The rami of the first and second uropods very decidedly 
curved, the peduncle of the second almost as long as that of 
the first. 

Urothoé elegans (Bate). 


Tube marked in Bate’s writing “ Unique,” and, in a note 
on the jar, “‘ Damaged or destroyed by the spirit.” Only 
small fragments remain, including the tail. 


Sars only describes one species of this genus, viz. Urothoé 
norvegica (Boeck), which appears hardly distinguishable from 
U. elegans (Bate), as described by Stebbing; the latter is the 


older name. 


Lilljeborgia shetlandica (Bate & Westw.) is not in the 
collection, but is no doubt, as suggested by Norman, Chevro- 
cratus Sundevalli (Rathke). 


Phedra antiqua (Bate). Not in the collection. 


Phedra Kinahani (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Now Lilljeborgia Kinahani (Bate). 


Iphimedia obesa (Rathke). Two specimens. 


This, as figured, looks more like J. ménuta (Sars) in the 
form of the third pleon-segment. The specimens in the tube, 
however, are both J. obesa. 


468 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


Iphimedia eblane (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Pereionotus testudo (Mont.). Not in the collection. 


Acanthonotus Owenti (Bate). Six specimens. 


Now Epimeria cornigera (Fabricius). 


Dexamine tenuicornis (Rathke). Not in the collection. 
G. O. Sars rightly conjectures that the species described 
by B. & W. under this name is not Amphithoé tenuicornis 
(Rathke), which he identifies with D. spinosa (Mont.), but 
D, thea (Boeck). 
Deaamine vedlomensis (Bate& Westw.). Not in the collection. 


Now Paratylus vedlomensis. 


Atylus gibbosus (Bate). 
Now Triteta gibbosa. T. dolichonye (Nebeski) is the 
adult male of this species. 
Atylus bispinosus (Bate). 


Now Apherusa bispinosa. 


Pherusa bicuspis (Kroyer). Four or five specimens. 
This, as I have shown elsewhere, is not Amphithoé bicuspis 
(Kroyer). It is probably Apherusa (Halirages) borealis 
(Boeck). 
Pherusa fucicola (Leach). Not in the collection. 
This, as shown in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. 
p. 418, is Gammarella brevicaudata (M.-Kdw.), female. 
Calliope Ossiani (Bate) and C. Fingalli (Bate & Westw.). 


Not in the collection. As pointed out by Boeck, these are 
respectively the young and old forms of Amphithoé (now 
Parapleustes) latipes (M. Sars, 1858). 


Calliope grandoculis (Bate). One large and two small 
specimens. 
These appear to be immature specimens of C. leviusculus 
(Kroyer). 
Eusirus helvetie (Bate). Not in the collection. 
According to Boeck this is #. longipes (Boeck, 1860). 


of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 469 


Leucothoé furina (Savigny). 


The tube thus labelled contains only two specimens of a 
male Bathyporeva of the form called by G. O. Sars B. Robert- 
soni (Bate), so far as can be judged in the absence of the 
colouring-matter of the eyes. 


Gossea microdeutopa (Bate). Fragments of two specimens. 


Appears to be Apherusa Jurindi (M.-Edw.). 


Microdeutopus gryllotalpa (Costa). 


The young male of J/. anomalus (Rathke), as suggested by 
Norman *, and not Costa’s species. G. O. Sars makes it 
(somewhat doubtfully) a distinct species under Bate’s earlier 
name of J. dumnoniensis. 


Microdeutopus Webster (Bate). 


Now Autonoé Webstert. 


Microdeutopus anomalus (Rathke). Not in the collection. 


Norman has suggested * that this is the female of Aora 
gracilis (Bate). From the description of the size, colour, and 
marking this is probably correct, though the females of these 
two species are almost indistinguishable. 


Microdeutopus versiculatus (Bate). 


The female is here described. The male was described by 
Norman * and again by Stebbing (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 12, pl. i. figs. 2-2/f). 


Protomedeia hirsutimana (Bate). 


An unrecognizable fragment only remains. Only the ante- 
rior half of the animal was seen by Bate; but Norman * 
supplied the description of the remainder in the above- 
mentioned Report. Sars describes and figures this species 
under the name of Leptocheirus pilosus (Zaddach) ; but as 
that species is described as having the first gnathopods with 
a somewhat swollen hand (manus modice tumidus ad 
apicem versus latior factus”), which agrees rather with the 
form described and figured by Grube+ than with Sars’s 
description, the identification is open to doubt. In Zaddach’s 
species also the secondary appendage of the upper antenne 


* Last Report of Shetland Dredgings, Brit. Assoc. 1868. 
+ “ Beitr. zur Kenntniss der istrischen Amphipodenfauna,” Arch. fiir 
Naturgesch, 1866, pl. x. 


470 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


was overlooked entirely by the author, and subsequently was 
said by Fr. Miiller (Arch. fiir Naturgeschichte, 1848) to be 
rudimentary and one-jointed, while in Sars’s and Bate’s species 
it is long and six-jointed. The form figured by Della Valle 
as L. pilosus (Zadd.) certainly agrees better than Sars’s with 
the original description, as also with L. pectinatus (Norman). 


Protomedeta Whitei (Bate). One specimen. 


Evidently Checrocratus Sundevalli, female, as suggested 
by Norman. 

Bathyporeia pilosa (Lindstrém). 

Two tubes so labelled. Of these no. 50 contains two 
females of B. norvegica (Sars); the other (no. 85) contains 
eleven specimens, all of which have dark eyes; some have 
dorsal spines on the fourth pleon-segment, others have not ; 
one (a large female) had a rudimentary tooth slightly in front 
of the rounded hind margin of the third pleon-segment. 


Bathyporeia pelagica (Bate). One adult male, 5 millim. long. 


This agrees with the form described by Sars under the above 
name. ‘The eye is large and dark, but it is impossible to say 
what colour it was when fresh, as red eyes sometimes fade 
entirely in spirit and sometimes turn dark. It must be con- 
fessed that, of the five species of Bathyporeia given by Sars, 
only B. norvegica (Sars) seems to be distinct, owing to its 
having the hinder angle of the third pleon-segment produced 
to a point, instead of being rounded, as in the other species. 


Gammarella Normanni (B. & W.). Not in the collection. 
Is G. brevicaudata (Milne-Edwards), female. 


Melita proxima (Bate). 


Of this Norman says it “is the common form of the male, 
and Megamera Alderi is the female of Melita obtusata (Mont.). 
The variety of the male with a central dorsal tooth on the 
second and third segments of pleonis far less common.” See 
also for this and M. gladiosa (Bate) the same author in Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1889, p. 133. 


Eurystheus erythrophthalmus (Lilljeborg) . 
Now Gammaropsis erythrophthalmus. 


Eurystheus bispinimanus (Bate). 


The female of the last species. 


of the ‘British Sesstle-eyed Crustacea.’ A471 


Amathilla Sabini (Leach). 


Now A. homari (Fabr.). I take this opportunity of ex- 
pressing my doubt as to the distinctness of A. angulosa 
(Rathke) from this species, notwithstanding the high authority 
of G. O. Sars and Boeck. The dorsal projections in the 
young of A. homar?, which swarm on the coast of Wales in 
summer, are only gradually developed, and the same may be 
said of the other characters on which these authors rely. The 
large mature animals only seem to resort to the shore in 
winter and spring to deposit their young. 


Gammarus campylops (Leach). Not in the collection. 


Gammarus tenuimanus (Bate). 


One specimen without telson and third uropods. This is 
clearly Mera Batei (Norman) female, the male being 
M. multidentata of the Supplement to Bate and Westwood’s 
work (vol. ii. p. 515). Norman’s name is slightly the older. 
The figure of the second gnathopod appears to belong to 
a different species ; that of the entire animal is more correct, 
as also are the description and figures in the Brit. Mus. Cat. 
of Amph. Crust. p. 214, pl. xxxviil. fig. 2. 


Gammarus Edwardsti (M.-Edw.). Not in the collection. 
Considered by Nebeski to be a variety of G. locusta (Linn.). 


Megamera semiserrata (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Now Mera semiserrata. 
Megamera longimana (Leach) and M. othonis (M.-Edw.). 
Male and female of Mera othonis. 
Megamera? Alderi (Bate). 


See under Melita proxima, ante. 


ont 


Megamera brevicaudata (Bate). 


Is Elasmopus rapax (Costa) female, as stated by Barrois 
(‘ Cat. des Crust. marins recueillis aux Acores’). 


Hiscladus longicaudatus (B. & W.). Not in the collection. 


Now Photis longicaudatus. The length of this species is 
given as 3 inch, while Sars says it scarcely exceeds 4 millim., 
which is the size of apparently adult specimens from the 


472 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


Welsh coast. I have, however, a specimen, dredged by 
myself off Guernsey, which is nearly as large as the type. 


Amphithoé rubricata (Mont.) and A. littorina (Bate). 


Now united under the former name. 


Amphithoé albomaculata (Kriéyer). Not in the collection. 
This species has also been united with A. rubricata. 


Amphithoé gammaroides (Bate). Not in the collection. 


Sars has restored Bate’s original genus Pleonexes for this 
species, uniting with it the following. 


Sunamphithoé hamulus (Bate),= Pleonexes gammaroides, ? . 


Podocerus pulchellus (Leach). Not in the collection. 


Generally allowed to be the adult male of P. falcatus 
(Mont.). 


Podocerus variegatus (Leach). Several specimens. 


Among these is more than one form; some are typical 
P. falcatus, but there are two or three of a form which I 
incline to think distinct, and which may be considered as 
being this species. The most obvious distinction is the 
massive character of the antenna, of which the upper (in 
adults) have a four-jointed flagellum, the first joint being 
nearly twice as long as the remaining three together, while 
in adult P. falcatus the flagellum is seven-jointed, the first 
joint rather shorter than the following three together. In the 
thickness of the antenne and in the form of the second 
gnathopods this species (P. vartegatus) approaches Janassa 
captllata (Rathke), with which Boeck confused it. It may, 
however, be at once distinguished from that species by its 
well-developed secondary appendage to the upper antenne 
and by the outer curved ramus of the third uropods having 
two secondary teeth, as in P. falcatus, whereas J. capillata 
has practically no secondary appendage and no teeth on the 
outer ramus. 


Podocerus capillatus (Rathke). One female with ova. 
Now Janassa capillata. The figure of the entire animal is 
very bad; that of the lower antenna is good. 
Podocerus falcatus (Mont.). Three specimens. 
This is the form considered (no doubt rightly) by Sars as 


of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 473 


the immature male. It certainly comes very near P. Herd- 
mani (Walker) [=P. odontonyx (Sars)], and I have a 
specimen which cannot be distinguished from a young male 
P. falcatus, but which has the last two joints of the upper 
antennze clothed with the dense plumose sete which are held 
to be characteristic of. sexual maturity in the male. As 
regards the tooth on the finger of the second gnathopods of 
P. Herdmani, two of the above three specimens have it, while 
the third, like them in other respects, has not; so that it 
seems to be a variable character. I am disposed to consider 
P. Herdmani and P. pusillus (Sars) as examples of arrested 
development and mere varieties of P. falcatus. 


Podocerus pelagicus (Leach). Not in the collection. 


No doubt, as suggested by Norman, the female of P. fal- 
catus. 


Podocerus octus (Bate). Not in the collection. 


The specimen described is probably a female. ‘This species 
has lately been described by Della Valle. I have specimens 
from Port Erin, Isle of Man. The male has the tooth at the © 
base of the palm longer than the central tooth. 


Cerapus abditus (Templeton) and C. difformis (M.-Edw.). 
Now LErichthonius abditus and E. difformis. 


Dercothoé punctatus (M.-Edw.). Not in the collection. 


Is Erichthonius difformis female, according to Norman, 


Siphonecetes typicus (Kroyer). One specimen. 


Apparently S. Collett’ (Boeck). S. typicus (Kr.) is an 
Arctic species, not even found on the Norwegian coasts. The 
species, however, seem to be barely distinct. 


Siphonacetes Whitei (Gosse). Not in the collection. 


Siphonacetes crassicornis 2 (Bate). 
Now Cerapus crassicornis. 
Nenia tuberculosa (Bate). 
Now Podoceropsis sophie (Boeck). 
Nenia rimapalmata (Bate) and N. eacavata (Bate). 


Respectively male and female of the same species, and 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 33 


474 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Amphipoda 


identical with Xenoclea Batei (Boeck). Bate’s name being 
the oldest, Sars calls this species after the female, viz. Podo- 
ceropsis excavata. 


Nenia undata (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Probably Podoceropsis Sophie, female. 


Cyrtophium Darwinti (Bate). 
Now Letmatophilus tuberculatus (Bruzelius). 


Cratippus tenuipes (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Now Colomastix pusilla (Grube). 


Dryope trrorata (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Dryope crenatipalma (Bate). Not in the collection. 


Male and female of the same species, now Unciola crenati- 
palma (Bate). JU. irrorata (Say) is a distinct species. 
Corophium longicorne (Latreille). 
Now C. grossipes (Linné). 


Corophium Bonellit (M.-Edwards). 


The tube (no. 114) is labelled C. spinicorne, Bate’s earlier 


name. The specimen is undoubtedly C. crasstcorne (Bruz.) 
female. 


Corophium crassicorne (Bruzelius). 


The tube which is labelled Cor. Bonellit and Cor. crassi- 


corne contains only one specimen, which is the male of 
C. crassicorne. 


Lestrigonus exulans (Kroyer). 


Hyperia galba (Mont.), male. 


Lestrigonus Kinahani (Bate). Not in the collection. 
Bovallius doubtfully refers this to Hyperia Latreillei 
(M.-Edw.), male. 
HHyperia oblivia (Kréyer). Not in the collection. 


Norman has pointed out that this is not Kroyer’s species, 


and named it H. gracilipes, now Parathemisto gracilipes 
(Norman). 


Proto pedata (Abildgaard). 
Now Pahtisica marina (Slabber). 


of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 475 


Proto Goodsirit (Bate). One specimen. 
Is the adult male of the latter species, as suggested 
by Stebbing. 
Caprella lobata (Miller). 
The adult male of C. linearis (Linné). 


Caprella hystrix (Kréyer). Tube marked C. acuminifera, 


This appears to be a young C. linearis. 


Caprella tuberculata (Guérin). Not in the collection. 
P. Mayer retains this species, though with some hesitation, 
as C. tuberculata (Bate & Westw.). 
Podalirius typicus (Kroyer). 
Now Pariambus typicus. 


None of the species given in the Supplement are in the 
British Museum collection; some are at the Laboratory of 
the Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, but I have not 
seen them. The following notes may, however, be useful. 

Orchestia brevidigitata (Bate & Westw.). 

Considered by Barrois as probably only a young, though 
somewhat abnormal, form of O, littorea. 

Montagua clypeata (Bate). 

Probably the female of Metopa pollexiana (Bate). 


Montagua norvegica (Lilljeborg). 
Sars considers this the adult male of Metopa Alderi (Bate). 


Opis leptochela (B. & W.),= Euonyx chelatus (Norman). 
Opis quadrimana (B. & W.),= Normania quadrimana. 
Kréyera brevicarpa (B. & W.),= Synchelidium brevicarpum. 


Chetrocratus mantis (Norman),= Cheirocratus assimilis 


(Lilljeborg), male. 


Megamera multidentata (Norman, MSS.), 
= Mera Bate (Norman), male. 


33* 


476 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


Unciola leucopes (Kroyer). 


Ts not Kréyer’s species, but U. planipes (Norman). 


Hyperia tenuiformis (B. & W.) and H. prehensilis (B. & W.). 


Bovallius retains both these species provisionally in his 
genus LHHyperoche, Bate and Westwood’s descriptions being 
very imperfect *. 


Themisto crassicornis (Kroyer) ,= Huthemisto libellula 


(Mandt). 


I have to thank the authorities of the British Museum, and 
more especially Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell and Mr. R. I. Pocock, 
for the valuable aid they have given me in going through the 
type collection there. 


LVII.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 
By the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. 


{Continued from vol. xiii. p. 283.] 


IsoPoDA (continued). 


61. Jera albifrons, Montagu. 


Tide-marks, Trondhjem. 


* By the kindness of Mr. E. T. Allen, Director of the Marine Biological 
Laboratory, Plymouth, I have been allowed to see what remains of 
Spence Bate’s type spirit-specimens of this species. Unfortunately these 
have been at some period allowed to dry up, and are in such bad con- 
dition that it isnot easy toidentify them. The first and second pereeopods 
and one gnathopod are, however, in fair condition, and these agree with 
Hyperoche Liitkent (Bovallius, 1887). In another tube of Spence Bate’s 
collection marked “‘Lestrigonus, sp.,” there are, besides five or six specimens 
of Hyperia galba (Mont.) male, three male specimens of H. Lutkent in 
excellent condition, which shows at least that Bate had taken this species. 
It may therefore fairly be assumed that Hyperia taurtformis (Bate) is 
identical with Hyperoche Liitkeni (Bov.). But Sars holds that this 
species is identical with H. Aréyert (Bov., 1885), a name which replaces 
Metecus medusarum (Fabricius), erroneously given by Kroyer. As 
Bate’s name is older than either of Bovallius’s, this species should be 
called Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate & Westw., 1868). There appears to 
be no trace of a type specimen of Hyperia prehensilis (B. & W.), a very 
doubtful species. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 477 


62. Cyproniscus cypridine, G. O. Sars. 

1882. Cryptothiria cypridine, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crusta- 
ceer, i. p. 73, pl. ii. figs. 17-21. 

1884. Cyproniscus cypridine, Kossman, “ Neueres iiber Cryptonisciden,” 
Sitz. der k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. p. 460 (translated Ann, & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 4). 

Two or three specimens in Cypridina norvegica from off 
Rédberg ; also taken by me in the Hardanger Fiord. Sars’s 
type specimens were from the Lofoten Islands. 

Kossman has instituted the genus Cyproniscus to receive 
this species. 


AMPHIPODA. 


The beautiful new work on the Amphipoda of Norway by 
Prof. G. O. Sars *, which is now almost completed, throws a 
flood of light upon this interesting group, and will henceforth 
make the study of the northern species comparatively easy. 
The descriptions and the figures in this monograph leave 
nothing to be desired. ‘The great work of Della Valle lately 
published (‘ Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Gam- 
marini del Golfe di Napoli,’ 1893) also adds much to our know- 
ledge of the South Huropean species; to this work I shall 
have occasion to, in some cases, refer t. I have followed 
Sars’s arrangement. 

In the opening sentences of these notes I mentioned that a 
chief reason of my going to the Trondhjem Fiord was a hope 
that by doing so | might meet with some of the new and rare 
Amphipoda which G. O. Sars had found there. I was not 
disappointed. The following list of 119 species is a good 
record for a month’s work. Some of these species are not 
recorded from the Fiord by Sars; but he has given that 
locality for 70 species which were not obtained by me, and to 
these numbers must doubtless be added many of the commoner 
forms of West Norway, for which Sars in his work does not 
record special habitats. It will be evident how rich the 
Amphipodal fauna of this Fiord must be, when I mention 
that in Stebbing’s great work on the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda 
the number of described species is 294; but of these no less 


* ‘An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. i. Amphipoda, 
pts. 1-80, pls. i-cexl. (1890-94). 

+ It is much to be regretted that Signor Della Valle has added to his 
work synonymy of Arctic species, with which he was not familiar. With 
respect to these much confusion has been introduced by the lumping 
together of widely distinct species under a single name. No naturalist 
who waspractically acquainted with the species, or, at any rate, had studied 
them in life, could have thus treated them. 


478 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


than 98 are oceanic species of the tribe Hyperidea; that the 
total number procured by the ‘ Voringen’ Expedition during 
three summers’ work was 149*; that the Amphipods of the 
‘Willem Barents’ Expedition, 1878-84, were 73 +; those of 
the ‘ Dijmphna’ Expedition 41 ¢. Moreover, the total known 
Amphipods of Greenland are 151§; of Denmark 122 ||; of 
the British Isles about 236; of the Mediterranean 143 {. 

Sars’s admirable and complete work proves how extremely 
rich the Norwegian seas are in Amphipoda; and the fact that 
I only found one undescribed species testifies to the thorough- 
ness of his examination of the fauna. 


63. Hyale Nilssont, Rathke. 


Rédberg, 3-5 fathoms. 

Surely this is H. pontica of Rathke. That anthor’s figure 
in ‘Beitrag zur Fauna der Krym’ closely agrees with 
H., Nilssoni of the same author’s ‘ Beitrige zur Fauna Nor- 
wegens,’ with one important exception. The last uropods of 
H. pontica are figured and described as two-branched; but 
there would seem to have been some mistake here, since no 
allied form has such uropods. Della Valle unites the two 
species; but then his figure (pl. xvi. fig. 5) of the second 
gnathopod of male, which gives a pyriform hand, with very 
oblique palm, does not agree with that organ in Hl. pontica 
as figured by Rathke, which is indistinguishable from the 
sameorganin H. Nilsson’, Rathke. Heller** gave ten Adriatic 
species of this genus, the whole of which Della Valle includes 
under H. Prevostit, M.-Kdwards (nec Rathke). 


* ‘Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78:’ Zoology, Crus- 
tacea, G. O. Sars. 

+ “Die zoologischen Ergebnisse in1878 und 1879 des ‘ Willem Barents’” 
(Niederl. Archiv fiir Zool. Supp. Band, 1881-2) ; ‘ Die Crustaceen,’ Dr. P. 
P. C. Hoek; and the Amphipoda, ‘ Voyages ‘ Willem Barents,’ 1880-84,” 
by Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing (Bijdr. Dierk. 1894). 

{ H. J. Hansen, ‘ Dijmphna-Togtets zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte, 
1887 : Krebsdyr.’ 

§ H. J. Hansen, “ Oversigt over det vestlige Groénlands Fauna af 
malakostrake Havkrebsdyr” (Vidensk. Middel. fra den naturh. Foren. i 
Kjobh, 1887). 

|| Fr. Meinert, “ Crust. Isop., Amphip., et Decap. Danize ” (Naturhist. 
Tidssk. 3 R. xi. B., 1877, and xii. B., 1880); Fr. Meinert, Det Vidensk. 
Udbytte af ‘Hauchs’ Togter, Crustacea Malacostraca, 1890. I have pre- 
viously in these notes (vol. xiii. p. 268) given the number of Danish 
Amphipods as 115, which is the number in the last of the three memoirs 
here quoted; I have here added some additional species mentioned in 
the two former. 

Della Valle and Mayer. 

** ©. Heller, ‘ Beit. zur niheren Kenntniss der Amphipoden des Adriat- 
ischen Meeres,’ 1866. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 479 


Under the last-mentioned name Della Valle also includes 
H. Lubbockiana, G. O. Sars, while H. Lubbockiana of British 
authors he retains as a distinct species; but HH. Lubbockiana, 
G. O. Sars, is undoubtedly the same as that of British authors, 
while the species described as H. Lubbockiana by the Italian 
author would seem to be something different, inasmuch as he 
could not in the large figure he gives have omitted to draw 
the remarkable serrated spines of the propodus of the perso- 
pods. ‘These spines have been figured by Bate, Stebbing, and 
Sars. 


64. Acidostoma obesum, Bate. 


Rédberg, 20-40 fathoms. 

65. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck. 

Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 

Della Valle makes this, as well as Z. affints and I. calceolus 
of Heller, synonyms of J. taurus, A. Costa. With regard 
to JL. calceolus he is probably right, but specimens of 
Heller’s L. affints, kindly given me by that author, agree with 
I. taurus, and these forms are markedly distinct from J. spint- 
cornis in the much more slender antennules and antennz and 
in the absence in these of calceola in the female, as well as 
the character of the nail of the second gnathopod (see Heller, 
fig. 22, and Della Valle, fig. 12). Sars makes I. calceolus of 
Heller the male of /. spinicornis ; and Heller’s figure of the 
first gnathopod of J. calceolus does not agree with that limb 
in J. taurus, moreover the differences illustrated in Della 
Valle’s figs. 12 and 15 look something more than varietal. 

Sars has not noticed the peculiar modification of the second 
uropod in the male of JL. spinicornis, which corresponds to 
that figured by Della Valle (pl. xxvii. fig. 2) as found in 
I. taurus, and which occurs also in some other species, for 
example in the male of the genus Triphosites (see Sars, 
plixxixe fies twp.) 


66. Ambasia Danielsseni, Boeck. 
Rédberg, 100-300 fathoms. 


67. Aristias neglectus, Hansen. 


1872. Aristias tumidus, Boeck (nec Kroyer), Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p- 148, pl. ili. fig. 4. 

1887. Aristias neglectus, Hansen, Oversigt Gronlands Amphip. Malakos. 
Hafskrebsdyr, p. 86, pl. ii. figs. 3-3 d. 

1890. Aristias Audowinianus, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, Amphipoda, 

. 48, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (nee Lystanassa Audouiniana, Bate). 

1893. Aristias neglectus, Della Valle, l. c. p. 844, pl. vi. fig. 9, pl. xxvi. 

figs, 16-31. 


480 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


Rédberg, one specimen in 40 and a second in 250-300 
fathoms ; also at ‘Trondhjem. 

I have specimens of this species from Shetland and Sleat 
Sound, Skye, and procured it at Naples in 1887. 

Aristias tumidus, Kroyer, seems to be confined to the 
Arctic regions; the specimens in my collection are from 
Greenland (/ansen) and Spitsbergen (Lovén). 


68. Perrierella Audouiniana, Bate. 


1855. Lysianassa Audouiniana, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 58; Bate 
and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. p. 79 (nec auct. plur.). 

1890, Aristias Audouinianus, Meinert, Vidensk. Udbytte ‘ Hauchs’ 
Togter, Crust. Malac. p. 152, pl. 1. figs. 1-6. 

1892. Perrierella crassipes, Chevreux and Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Zool. 
France, vol. xvii. p. 50. 

1892. Pararistias Audouinianus, Robertson, ‘‘ Amphip. and Isop. Firth 
of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. p. 201. 

1893. Perrierella Audouiniana, J. Bonnier, Amphip. der Boulonnais, 
Art. iii., Bull. sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 175, pl. v. 
figs. 1-10. 

A single specimen, agreeing on dissection in all points with 

Bonnier’s excellent figures, Laminarian zone, Rodberg. 

It will be seen that much has been written lately on the 
disputed Lystanassa Audouiniana, Bate; and it has now 
been satisfactorily shown that Perrderella is that species, a 
conclusion confirmed by the examination of the type specimen 
in the British Museum by Mr. A. O. Walker. But Bate, 
like others after him, confused his own species with allies. 
I have a specimen of this species from Polperro, Cornwall, in 
my collection which was determined by Bate as his Lysta- 
nassa Audouiniana. I have also taken Perrieredla at Oban 
in Ascidians, a habitat which is well knownas a favourite one 
of Aristias neglectus. I am also indebted to the Copenhagen 
Museum for a Danish example determined by Herr Meinert. 


69. Callisoma Hope, A. Costa. 


1851]. Callisoma Hope, A. Costa, in Hope, Cat. Crost. Ital. p. 44, and 
plate, fig. 2; id. Fauna del Reg. di Nap. Crost. p. 5, pl. viii. bis, 
rites 1 

1857. Scolepecheirus crenatus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 
vol, xix. p. 138. 

1890. Callisoma crenata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway Amphip. pl. xix. 
fig. 1. 

1893. Callisoma Hopet, Della Valle, J. c. p. 839, pl. vi. fig. 11, pl. xvi. 
figs. 1-15. 


Rédberg, 40-100 fathoms. 
The North-European form is identical with the Mediter- 
ranean species described by A. Costa. I have examined 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 481 


specimens from Naples: the carpus of first gnathopods is 
longer in proportion to the hand and the telson to the last 
uropods than figured by Della Valle, at least in the specimens 
which I have examined. 


70. Hippomedon denticulatus, Bate. 
Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. 


71. Orchomene serratus, Boeck. 


Rédberg, 40-300 fathoms. 


72. Orchomene crispatus, Goés. 


Rodberg, 150-800 fathoms. 


73. Orchomenella pinguis, Boeck. 
One specimen, Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. 


74. Triphosa Horingit, Boeck. 


Two specimens, off Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. 


75. Triphosa angulata, G. O. Sars. 
One, Rédberg, in about 150 fathoms. 


76. Zriphosites longipes, Bate. 
= Anonyx longipes, Bate, 2 ,= Anonyx ampulla, Bate, 3. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 20-150 fathoms. 


77. Anonyx nugax, Phipps. 

Common in the Laminarian zone, but the specimens all 
small. 
78. Haplonye similis, G. O. Sars. 

Roédberg, in 150 fathoms. 


79. Haplonyx albidus, G. O. Sars. 
Rodberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


80. Haplonyx ceculus, G. O. Sars. 


This species is, as yet, only known from the Trondhjem 
Fiord ; the two type specimens from which the species was 
described by Sars were taken in about 150 fathoms at Lex- 
vigen (as Sars spells it, or Lensviken, as it is spelt in the 


, 


482 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


chart) ; and I dredged also two specimens off Rédberg, in 
250-300 fathoms, the latter spot being only a few miles trom 
Sars’s locality. H. ceculus is distinguished by its want of 
eyes, the acutely produced lateral angles of the head, the 
produced lower hind margin of the third segment of the pleon, 
and the slender second gnathopods ; but the peculiarity which 
at once attracted my notice as belonging to a species new to 
me consisted in the very slender nails of the pereeopods, which 
recalled those of T’riphosites longipes. 


81. Urothoé norvegica, Boeck. 

In various dredgings down to 150 fathoms. I employ 
this name as certainly correct when applied to this form 
without expressing any opinion as to the British species, 
with which it must be synonymized, because I have not 
again carefully examined the latter since the publication of 
Stebbing’s memoir on the genus. Della Valle has united the 
whole of the northern forms, including U. abbreviata, G. O. 
Sars, together with Hgddia pulchella, A. Costa, and U. Poucheti, 
Chevreaux, under the name Urothoé trrostrata, Dana; and 
he maintains that marked differences occur in the third perao- 
pod of the two sexes (cf his pl. xxxvi. figs. 14, 15). Now 
specific characters have been drawn partially from the 
different structure of this limb. ‘The point therefore is of 
consequence, for Sars shows that the torm of this limb is 
not affected by sex in the case of U. norvegica. Stebbing’s 
elaborate memoir on this genus in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiii. 
p- 1, should be consulted. 


82. Argissa hamatipes, Norman. 


1869. Syrrhoé hamatipes, Norman, “ Last Report Shetland Dredging,”’ 
Brit. Assoc. Report, 1868, p. 279. 

1870. Argissa typica, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct., Vidensk. 
Selsk. Forhand. p. 45. 

A glance at the very peculiar little hook-formed last joints 
of the pereopods at once suffices to distinguish this species 
trom all others known to me. A single specimen, 'l'rondhjem, 
between Monkholmen and the shore. 


83. Leptophoxus falcatus, G. O. Sars. 

Rédberg, among the mud at the bottom of the Fiord in 
250-800 fathoms. 
84. Harpinia neglecta, G. O. Sars. 

= Phoxus plumosus, Bate (nec Kroyer),= H. antennaria, Meimert, 3. 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 20-40 fathoms. ‘This is our 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 483 


common British species, and it reaches the Mediterranean, 
whence I have received specimens from Della Valle, who 
records it under this name. 


85. Harpinia pectinata, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


86. Harpinia truncata, G. O. Sars. 


Five specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. Sars’s 
description was drawn up from two specimens also taken in 
the Trondhjem Fiord, which is as yet the only recorded 
habitat. 


87. Harpinia crenulata, Boeck. 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 20-300 fathoms. 
88. Harpinia levis, G. O. Sars. 


Two examples, Trondhjem, in 20-40 fathoms. 


89. Ampelisca typica, Bate. 

=A. Gaimardi, B. & W. (nec Kroyer). 

Trondhjem, between Monkholmen and the land. Della 
Valle’s description and figures clearly show that the Araneops 
brevicornis, A.Costa, 1853, and Ampelisca laevigata, Lilljeborg, 
1855, are the same species; and this I have confirmed by 
comparison of specimens, and the latter specific name must 
therefore give way to the former, of which another synonym 
is A. Belliana, Bate. But when Della Valle proceeds further 
to make Tetromatus typicus, Bate, and A. gibba, G. O. Sars, 
also synonyms of A. brevicornis, I am at a loss to understand 
on what grounds he has arrived at such a conclusion. 


90. Ampelisca assimilis, Boeck. 


Trondhjem, two or three specimens in shallow water. 


91. Ampelisca gibba, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms, frequent. 

92. Ampelisca macrocephala, Lilljeborg. 
Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms ; also at Rédberg. 


93. Ampelisca odontoplax, G. O. Sars. 
Numerous specimens, Rédberg, 100-300 fathoms. 


484. Rev. Canon Norman—4A Month on 


Della Valle unites this with A. Hschricht?, but I find not 
the slightest difficulty in distinguishing them. The pro- 
nounced character of the tooth of the anterior epimera is one 
well-marked distinction ; and under the microscope it is seen 
that the propodos of the penultimate pereeopod has not the 
lobe projecting beyond the base of the nail, which 1s so dis- 
tinctive a mark in A. Eschrichti (see Sars, /. c. pl. Ixi. fig. 1, 
p-); and the carpus of the last peropod is quite -different 
in form and spination. In A. Hschrichti the front side of this 
carpus is furnished with a little lobe bearing two spines, 
while in A. odontoplax, though there are two spines, there is 
no lobe. This may seem a trifle, but when familiar with 
species it is generally by some microscopic “ trifle” on a part 
easily seen that I am in the habit of identifying them; and 
the structure of the carpus of the last pereopods in this 
species at once separates it from all known allies. 


94. Ampelisca equicornis, Bruzelius. 


Rédberg, 10-150 fathoms. 


95. Ampelisca pusilla, G. O. Sars. 


Two specimens, Rédberg, one in 150, the other in 250-300 
fathoms. 


96. Byblis Gaimardi, Kroyer (nec A. Gaimardi, B. & W.). 
Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


97. Haploops setosa, Boeck. 
Rédberg, 100-300 fathoms. 


98. Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer. 

= Stegocephalus inflatus, Boeck &c. (nec Phipps). 

Rédberg, among Corals and Alcyonarians on the precipices, 
in about 150 fathoms. 
99. Stegocephalus similis, G. O. Sars. 

Rare, with the last. 


100. Andania abysst, G. O. Sars. 
Roédberg and Trondhjem, in 150-300 fathoms. 


101. Stegocephaloides christianiensis, Boeck. 
Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms ; Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 485 


102. Andaniella pectinata, G. O. Sars. 

One specimen only of this little species, taken at Rodberg 
in 8-10 fathoms. It is easily distinguished by the pectinated 
fingers of the gnathopods. 

103. Astyra abyssi, Boeck. 
Three specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


104. Amphilochus manudens, Bate. 
In 40 to about 200 fathoms, Rédberg. 


105. Gitana Sarsit, Boeck. 


A single specimen, taken in the tow-net at Trondhjem. 


106. Gitana rostrata, Boeck. 
Rodberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


107. Stenothoé megacheir, G. O. Sars. 


In 40-300 fathoms, Rédberg ; chiefly, as G. O. Sars ob- 
served in the same locality, among the coral Lophohelia 
prolifera. 


108. Probolium calcaratum, G. O. Sars. 
One male, Rodberg, in 250-300 fathoms. 


109. Probolium gregarium, G. O. Sars. 
‘Two only, Rédberg. 


110. Leucothoé spinicarpa, Abildgaard. 
= Leucothoé articulosa, B. & W. 


Common. 


111. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck. 


Only two specimens, in 40-100 fathoms. In Finmark I 
have taken it abundantly at Vads6é and in the Sydvaranger 
Fiords. Della Valle has united under the name Wdiceros 
nubilatus, Packard, no less than seven of the species described 
in Sars’s work, and also MW. simplex, Hansen. This genus 
seems to attain its maximum development in the Norwegian 
and Finmarckian fiords, the muddy still bottom and great 
range of depth being suitable for their delicate structure, I 
am not personally acquainted with JM. simplex, Hansen ; but 
of the distinctness of the several species in Sars’s work [ am 


fully satisfied. 


486 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


112. Monoculodes norvegicus, Boeck. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, in 20-40 fathoms. 


113. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman. 


1889. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. iii. p. 450, pl. xviii. fig. 11, and pl. xix. figs. 6-10. 
1892. Monoculodes falcatus, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 302, pl. evil. fig. 2. 


Three specimens, Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 


114. Pertoculodes longimanus, Bate and Westwood. 


= Monoculodes longimanus, B. & W.,= M. Grubet, Boeck,=M. equi- 
manus (Norman, MS.), Robertson, = IZ. longimanus, Norman, Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 451, pl. xx. figs. 6-9. 


Rédberg, Laminarian zone. 


115. Synchelidium haplocheles, Grube. 


= Kréyeria haplocheles, Grube, = Kréyera brevicarpa, B. & W.,= Kroyera 
haplocheles, Della Valle, = Synchelidium brevicarpum, G, O. Sars (nec 
Pontocrates haplocheles, Boeck, nec Synchelidium haplocheles, G. O. 
Sars). 

Several specimens, taken at Rédberg in 20-40 fathoms. 
This is the species which has been known in Britain as 
Kroyera brevicarpa, B.& W. In 1887 I procured a Synche- 
lidium in some numbers while at Naples which corresponds 
in all respects of colour and structure with Bate and West- 
wo0d’s species, and which would appear to be the true Kréyera 
haplocheles of Grube. 


116. Synchelidium tenuimanum, nov. nom. 


= Pontocrates haplocheles, Boeck,=Synchelidium haplocheles, G. O. 
Sars (nee Kréyera haplocheles of Grube and Della Valle). 


Three or four specimens at Rédberg, in 250 fathoms. 


117. Synchelidium intermedium, G. O. Sars. 
In 150 fathoms, Rédberg, three examples. 


118. Cdiceropsis brevicornis, Lilljeborg. 
Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. 


119. Halimedon Miilleri, Boeck. 


= Westwoodilla cecula, Bate, = Westwoodilla hyalina, Bate, = Gidiceros 
parvimanus, Bate. 


‘Trondhjem and Rodberg, 20-70 fathoms. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 487 


120. Halimedon acutifrons, G. O. Sars. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-150 fathoms. 


121. Bathymedon longimanus, Boeck. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms. 


122. Aceros phyllonyx, M. Sars. 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms. About fifty 
specimens, all young. Sars writes :—‘‘ More generally only 
young specimens are met with during the summer months. 
Mr. Schneider, who has recently published a most interesting 
paper on the biological relations of the Amphipoda, therefore 
opines that this form has only an annual existence, and that 
its breeding is restricted to the early spring, an opinion that 
is quite confirmed by my own observations.” 

123. Paramphithoé pulchella, Kroyer. 


= Paramphithoé euacantha, G. O. Sars (variety). 


Among deep-sea corals and Alcyonarians, precipices at 
Rédberg. Hansen and Sars have pointed out that, though 
Boeck’s description of Pleustes pulchellus is referable to this 
species, his figures represent an allied species named by the 
former author P. Boeckiv. 

124. Paramphithoé assimilis, G. O. Sars. 


Off Trondhjem, in 150 fathoms ; two specimens only. 


125. Stenopleustes Malmgrent, Boeck. 
A single specimen, Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 


126. Stenopleustes nodifer, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 40-150 fathoms. 


127. Parapleustes latipes, M. Sars. 
= Calliope Ossiani and C. Fingaili, Bate. 
A single adult specimen, Rédberg. 


128. Epimeria cornigera, Fabricius. 
= Epimeria tricristata, A. Costa,= Acanthonotus Oweni, Bate. 


On the precipiées at Rédberg, among deep-sea corals. 


129. Epimeria tuberculata, G. O. Sars. 
With the last, and, when alive, distinguishable at a glance 


488 Rev. Canon Nomaned Month on 


by its different colouring without examination of its specific 
characters with a lens. 
130. Epimeria parasitica, M. Sars. 

A single specimen at Trondhjem, in deep water. 


131. Iphimedia obesa, Rathke. 


Abundant both at Trondhjem and Rédberg in shallow 
water. 


132. Laphystiopsis planifrons, G. O. Sars. 

I was not a little pleased to meet with three specimens, 
of which two were young, of this remarkable Amphipod, with 
its Platypus-like, broad, vertically depressed, and flattened 
rostrum, in 150 fathoms at Rédberg. 


133. Syrrhoé crenulata, Goes. 

Only one young specimen, taken at the bottom of the 
fiord, Rédberg. 
134. Bruzelia typica, Boeck. 

Rédberg, 125 fathoms ; two examples. 


135. Pardalisca tenuipes, G. O. Sars. 
Two specimens, Rédberg, in 150-300 fathoms. 


136. Pardalisca abysst, Boeck. 
Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms ; a few specimens. 


137. Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius. 
Trondhjem, in 150 fathoms. 


138. Halice abyss, Boeck. 
= Halice grandicornis, Boeck, 3. 


A single specimen, 250-300 fathoms, Rédberg. 


139. Eusirus propinguus, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, in greatest depths ; two specimens. 


140. Eusirus leptocarpus, G. Q. Sars. 


In the same locality as the last, though in a different 
dredging ; one only. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 489 


141. Rhachotropis macropus, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, in 250-300 fathoms. 


142. Rhachotropis tumida, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, four specimens. 


143. Rhachotropis leucophthalma, G. O. Sars. 

Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms ; more numerous than the two 
preceding. 
144, Halivages fulvocinctus, M. Sars. 

= Pherusa tricuspis, Stimpson. 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, shallow water. 


145. Apherusa bispinosa, Bate. 
= Atylus bispinosus, Bate. 


Trondhjem, 5-10 fathoms. 


146. Calliopius Rathket, Zaddach. 
= Calliope grandoculis, Bate, 3. 
Trondhjem, 3 fathoms. 


147. Laothoé Meinerti, Boeck. 


Two specimens, Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. This species is 
remarkable on account of the immense size of the projecting 
buccal mass and the conspicuous character of the serrated 
edge of the great masticatory lobes of the maxillipeds. 


148. Amphithopsis longicaudata, Boeck. 
Rare, Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 


149. Leptamphopus longimanus, Boeck. 
A single specimen, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


150. Paratylus vedlomensis, Bate. 
= Dexamine vedlomensis, Bate. 


Rédberg, 5 fathoms. 


151. Dexamine thea, Boeck. 
= Dexamine tenuicornis, Bate. 
Rédberg, 5-10 fathoms. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xv. 34 


490 Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on 
152. Melphidippa spinosa, Goés. 


Two quite young specimens, Rédberg, 40-100 fathoms. 


153. Amathilla homart, Fabricius. 
= Amathilla Sabini, B. & W. 
Rodberg, 3 fathoms. 


154. Gammarus locusta, Linné. 


Laminarian zone. 


155. Melita dentata, Kroyer. 
= Gammarus purpuratus, Stimpson. 


Rédberg, 5-10 fathoms. 


156. Eriopisa elongata, Bruzelius. 


Not rare in the greatest depths. 


157. Cheirocratus Sundevalli, Rathke. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 20-70 fathoms. 


158. Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 10-150 fathoms. 


159. Lilheborgia fissicornis, M. Sars. 
Roédberg, 100-150 fathoms. 


160. Autonoé megacheir, G. O. Sars. 


1885. Autonoé megacheir, G. O. Sars, Den Norske Nordhays-Exped. 
1876-1878, Crustacea, p. 203, pl. xvi. fig. 7. 


Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


161. Autonoé longipes, Lilljeborg. 
Trondhjem, in 150 fathoms. 


162. Protomedeia fasciata, Kroyer. 
20-40 fathoms. 


163. Megamphopus cornutus, Norman. 


1869. Megamphopus cornutus, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet- 
land,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 282. 

1870. Protomedeia longimana, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. 
p. 160; Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 1872, p. 278, pl. xxv. fig. 4, 
pl. xxix. fig. 5. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 491 


1878. Podoceropsis intermedia, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 

vol. il. p. 367, pl. xv. figs. 8 af. 

Trondhjem, 5 fathoms. 

I have specimens of this species from Shetland (the type, a 
full-grown male); off Cumbrae, 20-25 fathoms, taken in 
company with Mr. D. Robertson, who has recorded this 
species under two of the foregoing names; and from Lofoten 


Islands (G. O. Sars). 
164. Podoceropsis Sophie, Boeck. 


=Nenia tuberculosa, Bate. 


Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. 


165. Amphithoé rubricata, Mont. 
= Amphithoé littorina, Bate, =A. podoceroides, Rathke. 
Tide-marks to 10 fathoms. 


166. Ischyrocerus anguipes, Kroyer. 

Specimens of this species occurred, including adult males, 
with the characteristic arched elongated hand of the second 
gnathopods. 


167. Ischyrocerus minutus (Lilljeborg). 
= Podocerus isopus, Walker. 


This so-called species was more abundant than the last; 
but I am not satisfied of its distinctness. J. angudpes attains 
a much greater size in Spitsbergen than it does in Norway. 
In rock-pools and shallow water in Norway, I, like Sars, have 
found J. minutus to be abundant, and, though small, the 
individuals are sexually mature; but that is no proof that 
they have attained their full growth. In the British Isles, 
whence I have it from Shetland, Oban, Aberdeen coast, 
and Cullercoats, Northumberland, in which places I have 
myself found it, and also from Colwyn Bay, North Wales, 
received as Podocerus tsopus from Mr. A. O. Walker, the 
examples are still smaller. ‘The form of the second gnathopod 
of the fully mature male is not materially different in the 
two so-called species, the arched form being peculiar to that 
age, and the number of teeth-processes on the upperside of 
the last uropods I find in different specimens to range from 
two to five; and all the characteristics of the larger form 
appear to me to be reconcilable with considerations of growth 
and size. I should. be satisfied of their distinctness had [ 
been able to find the arched gnathopod of male in very young 

34* 


492 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


specimens ; but the whole series appear to point to a process 
of gradual development of that organ with increasing size. 


168. Ischyrocerus megacheir, G. O. Sars. 


Rédberg, 40-150 fathoms ; several specimens. 

May at once be recognized by examination of some very 
small and microscopic peculiarities: Ist by the uncinate 
ramus of the last uropod having four (three to five, four more 
commonly) tooth-like serrations on the margin ; 2nd, by the 
dactyli of the hinder pereeopods being very minutely serru- 
lated on the anterior two thirds of their length. 


169. Corophium grossipes, Linné. 
=Oniscus volulator, O. F. Miill.,= Gammarus longicornis, Faby. 


Between tide-marks at Trondhjem, near the mouth of the 


Nidd. 


170. Corophium affine, Bruzelius. 


1869. Corophium tenuicorne, Norman, “ Last Report Shetland Dredg- 
ng,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 286. 

30-40 fathoms. 

In Britain I have found this species in St. Magnus Bay, 


Shetland, in Loch Fyne, and at Cumbrae in the Firth of 
Clyde. 


171. Corophium crasstcorne, Bruzelius. 
= Corophium spinicorne, Bate, ¢ . 


Trondhjem, in 5-10 fathoms. 


172. Neohela monstrosa, Boeck. 


An imperfect specimen of this rare and remarkable Am- 
phipod taken in 150 fathoms at Rédberg. 

The species was described from an imperfect specimen 
taken in the Christiania Fiord ; a perfect specimen was taken 
by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition in the Porsanger 
Fiord, Finmark, in 127 fathoms ; these are the only recorded 
occurrences of the species on the Norwegian coast. By the 
expedition just mentioned mutilated examples were dredged 
to the north of Finmark, to the north of Faroe, and to the 
west of Spitsbergen, down to a depth of 1215 fathoms; a 
male and female have been recorded by Hansen from Green- 
land; and it is probable that the Neohela phasma, 8. I. 
Smith, of which the type was taken off the N.E. American 
coast in 372 fathoms, is the same species, since Smith’s 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 493 


observations on the gnathopods exactly apply to my own 
specimen. Although numerically so scarce, and from its 
very slender body and limbs so difficult to procure in a perfect 
condition, Neohela monstrosa is thus seen to have a wide 
geographical range. 

The name given by Boeck to the genus Hela being pre- 
occupied, S. I. Smith changed it to Neohela; but Sars, by a 
lapsus penne, gave it in his ‘ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer ’ 
as ‘* Helella, Smith.” 


173. Dulichia porrecta, Bate. 


Rédberg, in shallow water; females only. 


174, Dulichia falcata, Bate. 


Rédberg, Laminarian zone. 


175. Dulichia nordlandica, Boeck. 


Rédberg, females only. 


176. Dulichia Normani, G. O. Sars, MS. 


Rédberg, females only. 

Finding difficulty in naming some of the females of Du- 
lichia, I sent them to Professor G. O. Sars, who kindly 
determined them for me. One species was new to him, and 
will be described in the Supplement to his work, now being 
published, under the above name, which he has given me for 
use in this report. 


177. Letmatophilus armatus, Norman. 


1869. Cyrtophium armatum, Norman, “Last Report Dredging Shet- 
land,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 285. 

1870. Letmatophilus spinosissimus, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et 
arct. p. 186. 

1872. Letmatophilus spinosissimus, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphipoder, 
p- 665. 

Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. The type and only British 

specimen yet known was a female, and was dredged off the 


Shetland Isles. 


178. Zenodice Frauenfeldti, Boeck. 


A male (quite perfect) and a female (perfect except an- 
tenne), Rédberg. The entrance of the Trondhjem Fiord is 
the only habitat in which Sars has taken this rare and remark- 
able species. 


r 


A94 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Insects from 


179. Phtisica marina, Slabber. 
= Proto pedata, Leach, 2? ,= Proto Goodseri, Bate, 3. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 10-40 fathoms. 


180. Aiginella spinosa, Boeck. 
Rédberg, 40-70 fathoms. 


181. Caprella linearis, Linné. 
Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. 


[To be continued. | 


LYIII.—Jnsects collected by Messrs. J. J. Quelch and F. 
McConnell on the Summit of Mount Roraima, By CHARLES 
O. WATERHOUSE. 


So far as I am aware, no Insects have been recorded 
from Mount Roraima; any species, therefore, from this 
locality would be of interest. But, as it turns out, the 
few obtained with considerable difficulty by Messrs. J. J. 
Quelch and F. McConnell during their visit to the summit of 
this mountain in November of last year are of double interest, 
as all the species are new to science. 


COLEOPTERA. 
HYDRADEPHAGA. 
Rhantus elegans, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovalis, sat angustus, leviter convexus, nitidus, niger ; capite 
linea transversa, altera mediana longitudinali, epistomo, ore, 
antennarumque basi flavis ; thorace lateribus flavis, linea mediana 
impressa ; elytris flavis, confertim nigro-vermiculatis et guttatis, 
disco fere toto nigro, sutura marginibusque anguste flavis ; pro- 


- sterni processu margineque anteriori flavis; trochanteribus rufo- 
flavis. 


Long. 43, lat. 23 lin. 


Hab. Venezuela, Mount Roraima, 8500 feet. 

At first glance this species is not unlike Agabus arcticus in 
general form and appearance, but is a little larger and a little 
less narrowed anteriorly. 

The anténne are black, with the two basal joints and the 
following ones on their underside reddish yellow. The thorax 


the Summit of Mount Roraima. 495 


is not much narrowed anteriorly (as compared with R. exo- 
letus, &e.), with a distinct impressed medial line; with a few 
punctures near the side and along the front margin ; obscure 
yellow, with a broad black stripe in the middle, widened in 
front and at the base, crossed in the middle by a broad trans- 
verse band. ‘The elytra are yellow, irrorated with black 
somewhat as in &. exoletus, but the black prevails to a much 
ereater extent, so that the discoidal area is almost entirely 
black, leaving a narrow yellow sutural line, and the yellow 
marginal stripe very narrow and somewhat interrupted, 
whilst the margin itself is more broadly black; the under 
margins are yellow. ‘The coxe are marked with reddish 
yellow, and the trochanters are almost entirely of this colour. 
The anterior tarsi are very little incrassate, with narrow pads ; 
the claws moderately long and slender, all but equal. 

The only species in the Museum collection which closely 
resembles this is one from Tahiti, and which | believe to be 
f. debilis, Sharp; but that differs from the present species in 
being less convex, lighter in colour, with more yellow legs 
and antenne, whilst the prosternal process is black. Both 
these species appear to be allied to R. pacificus. 


PECTINICORNIA. 


CHARAGMOPHORUS, gen. nov. 


Insect parallel, convex. Mentum transverse, obliquely 
narrowed in front, with the angles arcuately rounded, the 
front gently emarginate. Antenne as in Scortizus. Kyes 
less than one-half divided by the canthus, which in the male 
is flattened and projecting laterally. Prosternal process pro- 
jecting backwards, gently arched.  Mesosternum sloping and 
slightly concave. Anterior tibie denticulate. Intermediate 
tibia with one small spine. Posterior tibia without spines. 
Tarsi rather long, the first four joints with a fringe of long 
hairs arising from the apical margin of each joint. 

I think the affinities of this genus are evidently with 
Scortizus. 


Charagmophorus lineatus, sp. n. 


3. Parallelus, sat convexus, nitidus, niger; capite parum nitido, 
longitudine fere triplo latiori, antice arcuatim emarginato, im- 
punctato, oculorum cantho deplanato, angulatim producto; man- 
dibulis capite duplo longioribus, crassis, depressis, ad apicem 
acuminatis incurvatis et leviter reflexis, intus medio dente sat 
valido armatis, dente ipso trituberculato; thorace parum nitido, 


496 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Insects from 


dorso linea nitida vix impressa notato, marginibus et basi sat 

crebre punctulatis ; elytris sat parallelis, singulis lineis quatuor 

latis et marginibus crebre punctatis, interstitiis fere levibus, niti- 
dissimis. 
Long. (mand. exclusis) 9, lat. 32 lin. 

Hab. Mount Roraima, 8500 feet. 

The mandibles have the usual obtuse tooth at the base. 
The flattened expansion on the inner side is about the middle, 
and is furnished with three or four tubercles or teeth on its 
margin; but the two mandibles are not quite similar. Be- 
tween this expansion and the apex there is a small tubercle 
and near the apex an indication of another. The thorax is 
slightly compressed at the sides, which are very gently 
sinuate before the subbasal angle, where the thorax is 
broadest. The punctured stripes on the elytra are the same 
width as the shining intervals, the sutural one is lightly im- 
pressed ; each puncture is furnished with a minute whitish 
scale, but these scales are only visible in certain lights. 


SERRICORNIA. 
Elateridez. 


Heterocrepidius Macconnelli, sp. n. 


Elongatus, angustus, niger, nitidus; capite crebre punctato, fronte 
leviter biimpressa; thorace sat elongato, antice bene angustato, 
crebre subtiliter punctato, lateribus fere rectis (levissime bi- 
sinuatis), angulis posticis carinatis; elytris basi thorace vix 
latioribus, postice gradatim angustatis, sat fortiter punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis sat crebre subtiliter punctulatis, apice leviter 
impresso ; tarsis apice piceo-rufis. 

Long. 4, lat. 17 lin. 


Hab. Mount Roraima, 8500 feet. 

This insect has very much the appearance of a very small 
black Melanotus rufipes. It is clothed with nearly black 
pubescence, which is very conspicuous at the margins. ‘The 
antenne are slender, the third joint only a trifle longer than 
the globose second, the terminal joints almost linear. The 
epistome and front part of the head densely and finely 
punctured; the forehead has the punctures rather larger, very 
distinct, and slightly separated from each other. The eyes 
project only very slightly. The thorax is considerably 
narrowed from the base to the front, with the sides almost 
straight; the punctuation is fine, finer than on the forehead, 
and less sharply defined, the punctures slightly separated 


the Summit of Mount Roraima. 497 


from each other, becoming rather indistinct towards the hind 
angles. The elytra are very gradually narrowed posteriorly, 
rather acute at the apex; the punctures forming the lines 
are moderately strong, rather close together, but not equi- 
distant; the interstices are very gently convex, very finely 
punctured, the punctures irregular and slightly separated. 


PHYTOPHAGA. 


Cryptocephalus Quelchi, sp. n. 


Oblongus, convexus, flavo-rufus, nitidus; capite evidenter sat 
crebre punctato, inter antennas fovea transversa impressa ; an- 
tennis fere nigris, articulo basali rufo tincto ; thorace rufo crebre 
punctato ; elytris flavescentibus, seneo-viridi tinctis, sat fortiter 
striato-punctatis ; abdomine segmento ultimo fovea magna in- 
structo pygidioque rufescenti, pube pallida vestitis; pectore 
nigrescenti ; pedibus rufis; tarsis eneo-nigris, basi rufis. 

Long. 13 lin. 


Hab. Mount Roraima, 8500 feet. 

This species closely resembles C. viridipennis, Suffr., from 
Cuba. It is, however, rather smaller than any specimens of 
that species before me ; there is a well-marked fovea between 
the antenne; the thorax is moderately closely and distinctly 
punctured, although the punctures are not sharply defined. 
The scutellum is long and narrow, shining, brassy black. 
The elytra are of a brassy green tint, with the posterior 
margins and apex dirty yellowish. ‘There are lines of strong 
punctures, but the punctures are somewhat unequal in size, 
larger at the base than on the disk, scarcely half the size they 
are in O. viridipennis, and the lines are scarcely at all im- 
pressed except at the sides and apex, and consequently the 
interstices are scarcely convex. 


NEUROPTERA. 


ODONATA. 


The specimens of this order were so injured by transit as to 
be unrecognizable. The fragments, however, are evidently 
those of one of the Libellulide. ‘There are also larve of one 
of the Adschnide. 


498 On Cotylosoma dipneusticum, W.-M. 


LIX.— Observations on the supposed Semiaquatic Phasmid, 
Cotylosoma dipneusticum, W.-M. By Cuarues O. 
WATERHOUSE. 


In the ‘Annals’ for 1878 (i. 
Mason called attention to a 
species of Phasmidz in the 
British Museum, to which he 
gave the name Cotylosoma 
dipneusticum, and which he 
suggests may be ‘ modified 
for an aquatic life; for it 
breathes not only in the or- 
dinary fashion amongst in- 
sects by means of trachex 
opening by stigmata on the << 
exterior of the body, but also 4, 
by the structures known as 
tracheal gills,” &c. 

Dr. David Sharp having 
recently asked me questions 
about this insect, I think it 
well to figure it and to call 
attention to the following 
facts :— 

1. So far as I am aware, 
nothing is known of the 
habits of this species. It may 
or may not be aquatic. 

2. The specimen is a dried 
one, and I think Wood- 
Mason in the sentence above 
quoted assumes too much. 
There is nothing in the form 
of the lateral plates of the 
metathorax to show definitely 
that they are “tracheal gills,” 
although I would not, on the 
other hand, say that they are 
not. I notice, however, that 
an allied Brazilian insect— 
Prisopus phacellus—has very 
similar plates, one on each 
side of the insertion of the 


: re Z Cotylosoma dipneusticum. 
anterior tibia. For the 4g. Knee-joint of Prisopus phacellus. 


On the Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 499 


supposed aquatic habits of Prdsopus see Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 1866, xviii. p. 265. 

3. In the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1860, p. 7141, MacGillivray 
described an insect from Aneiteum, New Hebrides, under the 
name of Prisopus Carlotta. There is an insect in the Museum 
bearing this name from Aneiteum, which appears to be cor- 
rectly named, but it has five lamelliform plates at the sides of 
the metathorax, as in Cotylosoma; the posterior one, how- 
ever, is not visible from above, so that MacGillivray may 
have overlooked this when he gave the number as four. 
Cotylosoma is evidently very closely allied to MacGillivray’s 
insect, which ought not to be placed in the American genus 
Prisopus. 

4, Cotylosoma is from Taviuni, Fiji Islands; not Borneo, 
as stated in Wood-Mason’s remarks. 

It is not my purpose to characterize Cotylosoma dipneusti- 
cum ; in fact it scarcely needs more than the figure. 


LX.—WNotes, Morphological and Systematic, on the Madre- 
porartan Genus Turbinaria. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. 
Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


[Plates XIX, & XX.] 


HAvinG been engaged for the last eight months in studying 
and arranging the Turbinarians in the Natural History 
Museum, I propose to give a short abstract of some of the 
more interesting results obtained. 

The task has been one of very great difficulty, and I am 
deeply indebted to the constant consideration and sympathetic 
advice accorded tome during my work by Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., 
to whose kindness I owe my access to the specimens in the 
collection ; without such encouragement I should hardly have 
had the fortitude to proceed, in face of the apparent impossi- 
bility of ever being able to arrive at a satistactory system of 
classification. The nature of some of these difficulties I 
propose now to describe. I take this opportunity also of 
thanking Prof. Jeffrey Bell, who has the more immediate 
charge of the corals in the National Collection, for much 
assistance, advice, and friendly criticism, which has often 
been of great value to me. 

Without going into the history of the genus, I may briefly 
say that the Turbinarians, according to the classification of 
Milne-Edwards in ‘Les Coralliaires’ (which classification 


500 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


has not been revised in this respect), are the principal genus 
of the Madreporarian subfamily Turbinariine. This sub- 
family is distinguished by the following characters :—Growth 
always by gemmation; ccenenchyma abundant, always distinct 
from the mural tissue, spongy and reticulated; at least 
six principal septa, equally developed. Of the five genera of 
the Turbinariine three are fossil, leaving two—Turbinaria 
and Astreopora—the chief distinction between which is the 
absence of a columella in the latter. 

As compared with the subfamily Madreporine, containing 
the single genus Madrepora, the fundamental distinctions 
given are: in Madrepora the ccenenchyma is only slightly, 
or not at all, distinct from the mural tissue, which is very 
porous, and the chambers are divided by the directive septa. 

My work on the Turbinarians has convinced me that this 
arrangement is entirely artificial and that it does not accord 
with the facts. One of these assumed distinctions does not 
exist, while the most fundamental difference, viz. the methods 
of budding, is entirely ignored. 

It is true that in the introduction to the ‘ Coralliaires’ 
(p. 35) the method of budding of Turbinarians is referred 
to; but it is nowhere used in the purely systematic part as 
a character even of the slightest value. 

This abandonment of what appears to me to be the most 
fundamental taxonomic character of the genus was a retrograde 
step much to be deplored. ‘The value of the different methods 
of budding in the classification of the corals had been distinctly 
laid down by Ehrenberg in 1834*, while Dana, in 1848, 
endeavoured to carry it out in detail in his magnificent attempt 
to classify the zoophytes of the United States Exploring 
Expedition. The practical rejection of this character by 
Milne-Edwards in favour of other and more artificial distine- 
tions, whatever other consequences it may have had, has 
certainly delayed the establishment of a natural system of 
classification of the corals. It stands to reason that the 
different methods of budding, with their far-reaching conse- 
quences in bringing about the ultimate forms of the coralla, 
cannot be ignored. Its value is, as I shall show, abundantly 
exemplified in the case of the genus 7urbinaria, and it must 
take its place side by side with other characters if the corals 
are to be arranged according to the demands of the modern 
theory of descent T. 


* ‘ Korallenthiere des rothen Meeres,’ Berlin. 

+ That there is a very general revival of the recognition of the value 
of the method of budding for the classification of the corals may be 
gathered from the following papers:—S. O. Ridley, “On the Classifi- 


Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 501 


Earliest Cup-Stage of Turbinaria.—The corallum of the 
genus Turbinaria is somewhat peculiar in the fact that it 
typically appears in its earliest stage as a small cup. This 
cup-stage is, however, generally transitory. As the edge of 
the cup grows, its shape gradually changes in various ways 
presently to be described. This important fact has, I believe, 
never been thoroughly, if at all, recognized. ‘The cup-shape 
of the corallum was thought to be a specific * distinction, and 
not what it really is, viz. merely a phase in the ordinary 
development of the specimens of this genus. The confusion 
this has caused in the arrangement of the Turbinarians may 
be more easily imagined than described. 

Before, however, discussing the systematic arrangement of 
the genus, which must for the future be based upon this fact 
—that every corallum begins typically as a cup—it will be 
well to describe the method of budding to which this peculiar 
method of growth is to be attributed. 

The earliest development of Turbenaria I have not had 
any opportunity of working out, and all my conclusions have 
been drawn from an examination of the specimens in the 
National Collection. Among these are a great number of 
very minute cups, ranging from 1 inch across, and standing 
on stalks from 1 inch high. The stalk is always slightly 
expanded where it adheres to the substratum. 

The Stalk and the Axial Polyp.—A cross section through 
a stalk of a minute cup reveals a single rather large polyp- 
cavity, surrounded by a thick spongy wall which shows an 
irregular series of radiating plates (coste) bound together by 
irregular concentric synapticule ; near the surface the radiat- 
ing plates project as the ridges which run longitudinally down 
the surface of the stalk (Pl. XIX. fig. 1). 

This central polyp-cavity in the stalk is the parent polyp 
of the young corallum, and the spongy coenenchyma is a 
simple thickening of its walls by the outward radial growth 
of cost, which at more or less regular intervals are bound 
together by concentrically arranged synapticular plates. Sur- 
rounding thecentral cavity, then, there isaseries of longitudinal 
canals running parallel with the polyp-cavity. All these are 


catory Value of Growth and Budding in the Madreporide, and on 
a new Genus illustrating this Point,” Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. 
(1884); and A. Ortmann, “ Die Morphologie des Skelettes der Stein- 
korallen in Beziehung zur Koloniebildung,” Z. wiss. Z. Bd. }. (1890). 

* Ehrenberg appears to have made it a generic distinction. He re- 
vived Oken’s genus Turbinaria for the stalked forms, and retained 
Lamarck’s genus Explanaria for explanate specimens in which, if Tur- 
binarians, the stalk had been obscured. 


502 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


in open communication with one another and with the polyp- 
cavity through pores. 

This description disposes of Milne-Edwards’s distinction 
between the genera Turbinaria and Madrepora, that in the 
former the coenenchyma is distinct from the mural tissue of the 
polyp. The description above given would, if we allow for 
the different density of the structures, apply equally well to 
a section through an axial polyp of a typical Madrepore. 
“Concentric circles of thin calcareous structure are seen 
separated by radiating linear pillars, the circles having been 
in turn outside walls and the radii either spinules or costa ”’ *, 

An interesting question arises as to whether these radiating 
plates are true morphological cost, ¢. e. outward prolonga- 
tions of the septa. Mr. Brook t found no connexion between 
the so-called coste in Madrepora and the septa; and the 
same is true of the few sections of stalks which I have been 
able to examine in Turbinaria. In spite of this fact, 
however, I am persuaded that primitively such a connexion 
existed, and that it has been secondarily obliterated. My 
chief reason for believing that it was the primitive arrange- 
ment is to be found in the fact that in many Turbinarians 
the septa are directly continued into the ridges of the ecenen- 
chyma, and that the direct connexion between the septa and 
these coste can very often be traced in the young calicles 
forming along the margin of a corallum (Pl. XIX. fig. 2), 
On the other hand, secondary obliteration of the connexion 
when it ceased to have any special use might easily take place. 
The process can, indeed, perhaps be traced as follows :— 
Between each pair of septa the rudiments of new cycles of 
septa are in many cases visible. In those cases in which the 
septa are continuous with the ridges of the coenenchyma other 
ridges frequently run up to the edge of the polyp-cavity, 
terminating between the two septa, and are unmistakably 
suggestive of a fresh cycle of septa. We thus havea great 
many more radiating cost than septa abutting on the imme- 
diate wall of the cavity, the crowded cost representing not 
only the actually developed septa, but rudimentary cycles of 
septa. If, together with this crowding of coste round the 
polyp, we take into consideration the more or less accidental 
variations in their thickness in the gradual process of strength- 
ening the corallum, there is no difficulty in understanding 
how the primitive connexion between the coste and the septa 


* Martin Duncan, “ On the Hard Structure of some Species of Madre- 
pora,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1884, vol. xiv. p. 191. 

+ “The Genus Madrepora,” vol. i. of the British Museum Catalozue of 
the Madreporaria, 1895, Introd. p. 9. 


Madreporartan Genus Turbinaria. 503 


might be obliterated. It seems to me easier to believe that 
the coste have secondarily lost their connexions with the septa 
than that in those Turbinarians in which they are regularly 
continuous the arrangement has been secondarily acquired. 
It is difficult to believe that it is not the primitive arrange- 
ment. 

The Budding of the Axial Polyp.—The axial polyp in the 
stalk of a minute Turbinarian colony buds laterally, the buds 
forming a simple ring round the axial polyp. The new 
polyps radiate upwards and outwards around the axial 
polyp, which either does not grow any more or else grows 
very slowly. It is obvious that this single ring of daughter- 
polyps, cemented together by coenenchyma, which appears to 
stream down round the axial polyp, forms, together with the 
axial polyp, a stalked cup. This cup, according to the angle 
the ring of buds makes with the axial polyp, and also with 
the regularity of the rmg, may vary considerably in shape. 

It is to be noted that the budding from the axial polyp is 
lateral, as in Madrepora, and not basal, as Dana, following 
Ehrenberg’s “ Stolonformation,” described. The error of 
these distinguished naturalists in this respect was most natural, 
and arose from the fact that they examined only sections of 
fronds, not of young cups. A section of a frond alone cer- 
tainly seems to show at first sight that the budding is basal. 
This mistake led Dana to place the genus Turbinaria (Gem- 
mipora) ina different tribe from that of the genus Madrepora. 
In the former the budding was thought to be basal, while in 
the latter it was lateral, whereas in both cases the budding 
is lateral. 

Comparison between Turbinaria and Madrepora. — This 
central parent polyp of the Turbinarians appears to me, then, 
in every way comparable with an axial polyp of a typical 
Madrepore, and the fundamental difference between the Turbi- 
narians and the Madrepores is due to their different methods of 
budding (cf. Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 3a). 

In the Madrepores the buds appear laterally on the wall of 
the axial polyp, and the higher this grows the more buds are 
produced, till each axial polyp is thickly crowded with 
daughter-polyps, radiating out from it in all directions. 
Nutrient fluids stream down the channels between the coste, 
forming new layers of coenenchyma round the lower portions 
of the stock, which may increase in thickness so greatly as to 
submerge the lower and first-formed buds. If the stem 
branches, one of the buds becomes in its turn an axial polyp 
and gives off buds; otherwise the buds do not, as a rule, 
themselves again bud. In the Turbinarians, on the other 


504 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


hand, only one ring of lateral buds is typically produced by 
the axial polyp, which then appears to cease to grow any 
further, the work of building up the corallum being carried 
on by the ring of buds. 

If the facts justify this comparison, and I have little doubt 
but that they do, it follows that the coenenchyma which streams 
down round the axial polyp, thickening its walls and sub- 
merging its lowest and oldest buds, is strictly homologous with 
the ccenenchyma which in the Turbinaria streams down to 
thicken the wall of the axial polyp to form the stalk of the 
cup and to widen its base of attachment. The structural 
similarity of the two has been already noted. In Turbinaria 
the coenenchyma connects further the ring of buds, forming 
with them the wall of the cup, and ultimately the fronds 
(Pl. XIX. fig. 3). Mr. Brook *, led astray by the common 
belief that the budding in Turbinaria is quite distinct from 
that in Madrepora, drew a distinction between the ccenen- 
chyma in the two genera, which no longer holds good when 
the respective methods of budding are correctly understood and 
compared. 

Initial Variations in the Form of the Young Cup.—lf the 
ring of buds rising round the axial polyp is perfectly hori- 
zontal, the youngest cup is symmetrical; but if the ring is 
not horizontal, but forms a wavy line round the axial polyp, 
then the cup is not symmetrical, but has a wavy edge. 
Again, if the polyps grow upwards at a sharp angle, the cup 
is conical or vasiform ; if they grow out at a wide angle the 
cup flattens and may be quite disk-shaped or peltate; and, 
finally, if in growing outwards they bend downwards, the 
everted cup may easily form a hemispherical mass, the edges 
of which creep along the substratum. All these methods of 
growth take place. 

Second and following Generations of Buds.——We may now 
temporarily dismiss the axial polyp, whose further fate we 
shall return to presently ; the question which concerns us is 
how and when do the radiating daughter-polyps bud, in order 
to extend the edge of the cup. 

For clearness of description we may assume that, whereas 
the axial polyp forms a complete ring of buds, each radial 
polyp produces only a portion of a ring, and that on the side 
turned away from the axial polyp. 

The process appears, judging from a comparison of many 
specimens, to be as follows :—As soon as the polyps at any 
time forming the actual edge of the cup have, by outward 


* “ Affinities of the Genus Madrepora,’ Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. 
vol. xxiv. p. 353, 


Madreporartan Genus Turbinaria. 505 


radial growth, diverged sufficiently from their next neighbours 
to admit of buds appearing between them, these appear, while 
the parent polyps bend sharply upward towards the axis of 
the cup. As soon as this bending is effected, a fresh bud or 
fresh buds grow out close to the bend (cf. Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 
36). This new generation (or incomplete ring) of buds may 
remain for a time hidden in a ridge of the coenenchyma, which 
then forms the edge of the cup. 

Without the bending up of the polyps as each series ceases 
to form the growing edge, it is clear that the cup-shape could 
not be maintained, the corallum would droop and curl under 
on all sides. It was this more or less sudden bending up of 
each polyp-cavity, with the bud starting from the bend, which 
led Ehrenberg to describe it as stolonformation, and not 
gemmation, and Dana to assert that the gemmation was 
basal. The more or less sudden bendings upward of the 
polyps were very naturally mistaken for the bases of the 
corallites. This, however, is obviously not the case, if the 
process be followed up from its starting point, viz. the budding 
of the axial polyp of the stalk of the young cup. 

In this way, then, by the continual addition of a fresh 
series of polyps outside the one last formed, the edge of the 
corallum grows outwards into an ever-expanding cup or disk. 

The Flowing of the Canenchyma and the Thickening of the 
Stalk.—It is obvious that increase of size of the cup or disk 
requires a stouter stalk and walls—that is, the basal region of 
the cup has to be thickened. In Madrepora, as already de- 
scribed, the basal thickening of each upright branch (consisting 
of an axial polyp surrounded by irregular tiers of daughter- 
polyps) can often be seen to submerge the lower earlier-formed 
buds (fig. 8a). The downward streaming of the fluids can be 
gathered from the longitudinal channels between the costa 
and from the gradually increasing density of the ccenen- 
chyma. The same is the case with Turbinaria; while the 
ceenenchyma of the growing edge of the corallum is spongy 
both inside and outside of the cup, a short distance from 
the edge it is furrowed by a system of channels running 
downwards. The channels are separated by ridges which 
are, as we have seen, the most distal edges of the coste. In 
nearly all cases the gradual thickening of these coste can be 
followed from thin echinulate ridges, not thicker than septa 
near the growing margin, into dense masses in the stalk. 
This downward flow of matter, however it is to be explained 
physiologically, is a very striking feature in the Turbinarians. 
Within the cup it frequently fills up the bottom, often com- 
pletely submerging all the polyps which formed the cup at 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 35 


506 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


its younger stages. Outside it streams down over the stalk, 
not only thickening it, but expanding its base of attachment. 
If the slope of the outer surface of the cup does not permit it 
to run down the stalk, it may either merely thicken the 
corallum under the layer of intercommunication of the polyp- 
cavities, or it may even hang down like aerial rootlets 
seeking to attach themselves to the substratum independently 
of the original stalk. 

Besides giving the corallum the necessary strength to stand 
erect, this flow of matter is protective. It threatens every 
parasite which endeavours to gain a foothold. ‘The Balanids 
have found it necessary to develop elaborate fringes of bayonets 
to keep off the advancing tide. These are often successful on 
the upper surfaces, where the flow of the coenenchyma is not 
so strong ; but such defences are usually of no avail on an 
under surface. A Ba/anusattached to the under surface is soon 
engulfed by the coral-substance. In some cases, e.g. on per- 
pendicular surfaces where the flow is also great, the Balanus 
manages somehow to keep itself from being submerged ; but 
the efforts of the coral to get rid of the plague are evidenced by 
the length of the finger-like processes, in the ends of which the 
Balani vest secure. They appear to have risen on the coenen- 
chyma as it strove to surmount the edges of their bayonetted 

lates *, 

Factors in the Growth of the Corallum.—We have, then, a 
stalked corallum, with edges standing up to form a cup, or 
standing out to form a disk, or hanging down to form a hemi- 
spherical mass, and we have two factors to account for the 
further growth of the corallum:—(1) The typical method of 
budding; (2) the flow of the material building up the ccenen- 
chyma, this flowing being especially marked in Turbinaria 
owing to the great abundance of this tissue. Before showing 
how these primitive forms of the coralla become variously 
modified by these two typical elements of increase, it 1s 
necessary to describe a third, somewhat irregular, factor, viz. 
an adventitious bud-formation. 

Adventitious Budding.—In nearly all Turbinarian coralla 
with uneven surfaces the coenenchyma seems to accumulate in 
the valleys as it does in the bottom of the early cups, sub- 

* A very beautiful correlation exists between the size of the teeth on 
the plates of the Balanus and the echinulations of the ceenenchyma. The 
fine echinulations in the Turbinarians are met by fine teeth on the 
Balanus; the long echinulations of the Astr@opora are encountered by 
correspondingly long bayonets on the plates of the Balanus. 

While on the subject of parasitic or attached organisms, I may mention 


that many infesting sponges “ imitate ” exactly the colour of the corallum, 
and sometimes also the polyp-cavities in the size of their oscula. 


Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 507 


merging the polyps. In these cases it is not infrequent to 
find such places very thickly studded with minute polyps. 
So numerous are they that active budding can alone account 
for them. Without having much actual information to give 
as to the real origin of these adventitious buds, there seems 
to be little doubt that while normally the polyps of the 
Turbinarian colony merely produce their single ring (axial 
polyp) or portions of a ring (radial polyps), when submerged 
by ccenenchyma they may continue to put out buds. It is 
true that there is evidence to show that submerged polyps, if 
not too deeply covered, may break through again. But when, 
for instance, the axial and earliest-formed radial polyps are 
completely submerged in the bottom of the cup by an enor- 
mous thickness of coenenchyma, which is nevertheless thickly 
studded with minute buds, we can hardly escape from the 
conclusion that these are due to secondary buddings of the 
submerged polyps. Further, some glomerate forms, which are 
characterized by an enormous thickness of the coenenchyma, 
show a tendency to secondary budding of the polyps, which 
can be easily seen. In this connexion it is worth remarking 
that the limitation of the buds to one ring or to a portion of a 
ring is probably a derived condition, while the power of pro- 
ducing an indefinite number of buds one above the other, 
shown in Madrepora, is the more primitive. That this limita- 
tion actually exists there is abundant evidence, as may be 
gathered, for instance, from the very uniformity of the 
earliest cup- or disk-shape of the corallum, and again from 
sections of glomerate Turbinarians (fig. 7), which show enor- 
mous thickening of the ccenenchyma, with corresponding 
lengthening of the polyp-cavities, often without any traces 
of secondary budding. But that this adventitious budding 
undoubtedly exists and plays a part in the ultimate forms of 
the coralla, perhaps as a return to more primitive conditions, 
there can be no doubt. It seems, however, to play but a 
subordinate part, and in discussing the morphological basis of 
the classification of the genus it may be temporarily ignored. 
The two prime factors above mentioned are sufficient. 

Variationsin the Form of the Cup due to subsequent Growth, 
—Of the three initial forms, dependent in the first place 
on the angle at which the first buds leave the parent polyp 
(or, perhaps, on the curving of the daughter-polyp outwards), 
the cup-shape, the disk-shape, and the hemispherical, the first 
is that most liable to great modification during the subse- 
quent growth, while the last is naturally that in which form- 
changes are least to be expected. 

The second or disk-shape, inasmuch as it hovers on the 

35* 


508 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


borderland between convex and concave, may, according as it 
is the one or the other, develop either hemispherical masses or 
the typical cup modifications. In the former case the disk 
expands on all sides till it covers an enormous area, the centre 
constantly thickening till it approaches the true glomerate 
forms, without, however, being really the same; while in the 
latter its form-changes may follow, somewhat stiffly, the more 
numerous and luxuriant growths of the true cups. 

The instability of the cup-shape is hardly to be wondered 
at. Even though the first ring of buds is horizontal and 
uniform, it must obviously become increasingly improbable, 
as the edge of the cup expands, that the radial polyps round 
the edge should bud regularly enough and uniformly enough 
to keep the cup symmetrical. Large regular cups a foot in 
diameter must thus excite our admiration. There is only one 
really large cup in the National Collection; it is 16 inches 
across. 

A point which remains to be established by further research 
is whether this persistence of the cup-shape is accidental or a 
normal specific character. It is at present impossible finally to 
decide this question. For the practical purposes of classifica- 
tion we are, however, provisionally compelled to assume that 
it is a reliable character. 

In view, then, of the great improbability that the budding 
round the edge should be so regular as to keep the cup 
symmetrical, it is not to be wondered at that in the vast 
majority of cases the young cup is sooner or later completely 
obscured by the subsequent growth. The edge begins to fold 
or frill in various ways ; the folding or frilling becomes more 
and more complicated as it continues; the coral-substance 
continually streams downwards until the early cup is buried 
up in the ever-thickening base of the enlarging corallum. 

Apparent Periodicity in the Growth—Before describing 
the subsequent forms assumed by the cup which it is so far 
possible to distinguish, an apparent periodicity in the growth 
requires to be mentioned. In many corals, as is well known, 
the living colony, secreting the coral-substance, is progres- 
sively withdrawn from the older parts of the corallum. The 
process seems to be uniform and continues as long as the 
stock lives. The Turbinarians appear to differ from this. An 
old Turbinarian stock is found to consist of many apparently 
distinct growths. The whole corallum appears to die down 
periodically, starting into life again along its edges, where 
growth had temporarily ceased. ‘These new points of growth 
are not fresh ‘l'urbinarians; they form no stalked cups, but 
they continue the growth of the old and dead stock. This 


Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 509 


apparent periodical growth is specially marked in erect 
fronds, because at the boundary line between the new and 
the old a projecting ridge, studded along its edge with young 
calicles, often forms a sharp contrast between the two. 

This appearance, however, is, in this case at least, entirely 
delusive, and is due to the occasional streaming back of coral- 
substance from the living on to the dead portion of the 
corallum. Fig. 4 (Pl. XIX.) shows a portion of an erect frond 
which has fortunately fractured through one of these apparent 
border lines between newand old corallum. The growth 1s seen 
to be perfectly continuous, the lower part progressively dying, 
on the left face (height ¢) faster than on the right (d). Two 
floods of coral-substance have streamed down (to a and 0), 
but in neither case do they overflow the dead corallum, but 
they submerge the living. Fig. 5 shows a calicle being over- 
whelmed by finely reticulated coenenchyma. A study of a 
fracture passing through the edge of such an advancing flood 
of coenenchyma shows that the calicles thus overrun are able to 
work their way again to the surface. The earlier flood marked 
6 was so abundant that it formed the shelf shown in the figure, 
along the edge of which a number of minute calicles appear. 
The origin of these calicles I have not made out. I suspect 
they are due to the secondary budding of the submerged 
calicles which failed to break through the layer of coenen- 
chyma which overwhelmed them. 

The Turbinarians, then, are no exception to the rule of 
progressive dying down. ‘The gradual character of this is, 
however, obscured by occasional downflowings of coenenchyma 
forming projecting ridges, which appear to indicate distinct 
periods of growth. 

The continued downstreamings of the ccenenchyma, de- 
structive as they are to the lower polyps, clearly add to the 
thickness of the basal portions of the corallum as the growing 
edges of the fronds rise higher and higher. 

On the other hand, there are cases which can, I think, only 
be explained on some theory of periodicity of growth. There 
are specimens in the National Collection in which small points 
of fresh growth are to be found on the edges of otherwise 
dead coralla. Certain growth-forms, presently to be described, 
seem to require such regular periods; but in these cases the 
new growth, without passing exactly through the early cup- 
stage, repeats more or less independently the growth of the 
old stock. 

There is one very remarkable specimen in the National 
Collection in which a new cup develops from the margin of 
an old one. The old cup has, however, been turned com- 


510 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


pletely over, with the result that its margin has curved 
upwards all round, and at one point shot up to form a new 
cup. In this case there was evidently no periodical dying 
down of the first cup; its normal course was interrupted by 
an accident. 


I have distinguished eight principal growth-forms among 
the Turbinarians in the National Collection. In addition to 
these eight there are a few specimens whose method of growth 
comes under no heading; and, whether they be normal or 
accidental, we are not in a position to decide until the collec- 
tion of the Turbinarians is more complete. Hach of these 
eight forms requires description. 

First Type of Growth: Crateriform.—This, as the name 
implies, is a simple persistence of the early cup-form, not at 
all or but slightly modified. As above stated, the existence 
of large cups, in face of the great improbability of the budding 
being sufficiently regular, compels us to attribute a classifica- 
tory value to this method of growth. We cannot assume 
that it is the result of mere favourable chance until by experi- 
ment we have proved it. It seems further only natural that 
of all the various normal growths of the Turbinarians some 
species should depart less from the initial form of the corallum 
than others. Be this as it may, until our knowledge of the 
genus is much more extensive we have no other course open 
to us than to assume the persistence of the cup-shape through- 
out life to be a normal character distinguishing certain species 
from the remaining members of the genus. 

The group is also practically of great use, inasmuch as all 
cup-shaped coralla whose subsequent method of growth is 
unknown may be provisionally placed in it. 

On the outside of the large cup (referred to on p. 508) at 
various heights there occur several attempts to form small cups, 
which are generally much distorted owing to theanglesat which 
they project from the parent-stock. ‘These are, I think, to 
be associated with the streaming of the coral-substance. They 
appear, at least in many cases, to arise where the downward 
flow has been hindered by some obstacle. 

Second Type of Growth: Peltate—As above stated, the 
peltate growth may continue along two distinct linesof develop- 
ment, according as the early disk has the edges tending to 
fold upwards or downwards. We have here then, from the 
nature of the case, possibilities for great variation in growth 
in one and the same species, the peltate young form standing 
on the border-line between the cup and the glomerate or 
rather the flat encrusting type of growth. It is significant that 


Madreporarian Genus 'Turbinaria. 511 


it is exactly in this case that the specific value of methods of 
growth appears to break down, for we find specimens which 
all appear to belong to one species, viz. Turbinaria peltata, 
forming on the one hand enormous hemispherical masses * 
and on the other hand systems of erect fronds. 

Whether this particular “species” ought to be further 
broken up according to the different methods of growth it 
presents I find it very difficult to decide. There are thirty 
specimens apparently belonging to it in the National Col- 
lection, showing every stage of growth between the two 
extremes mentioned. Taking the coralla alone into account, 
it does not seem practicable to divide them. Perhaps when 
the living corals are studied, important differences which 
would justify their separation may be found. 

The large specimens show that as the old stocks die down 
they are overrun by fresh layers of living coral. The dying 
down spreads gradually over the surface, and then the dead 
surface is grown over again by a fresh layer starting from 
some still living portion. In this way great hemispherical 
masses are produced by layer overgrowing layer. The layers 
themselves, however, are not thickened. This fact distin- 
guishes these often glomerate masses from the true glomerate 
type of growth, in which each layer is itself enormously 
thickened in the centre and forms a hemispherical mass 
(Ble XX. fig. 7). 

Third Type of Growth: Frondens.—This method of growth 
seems to originate from a deep bow]-shaped cup, the margin 
of which grows vertically. The constant lengthening of the 
circumference by the formation of new buds, while the form 
of the cup does not admit of any great enlargement of the 
circumference, leads to the breaking-up of the margin into 
lobes which roll inwards and curl round. Complicated 
masses of erect fronds, some spirally coiled, may thus arise. 
I understand this to be what Dana meant by “ cucullately ” 
folded. This group is established to take Dana’s species 
T. frondens and a few specimens in the National Collection 
which approach this method of growth. 

In these forms accessory lobes seem often to spring out 
from the faces of the fronds. These were either once mar- 
ginal, the edge having again united, or are true accessory 
outgrowths, which are perhaps to be associated with the 
hindering of the downward flow of the coral-substance. In 


* Two magnificent specimens illustrating this method of growth, sent 
by Mr. Saville Kent from the Great Barrier Reef, are mounted in the 
public galleries of the Natural History Museum. 


512 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


the single specimen of a new species, which I propose to call 
T. auricular’s, some of the accessory lobes certainly spring 
from the border-line between the living and the dead coral. 
Even in some other cases, where the hindrance cannot be so 
easily concluded, it is probable that it occurs. 

Fourth Type of Growth: Foliate.—I propose to group under 
this heading all those cases in which the edge of the cup grows 
up into wavy fronds more or less erect, which may fuse irregu- 
larly together in every imaginable way. The fronds may be 
very deep and wide apart, or else very narrow, in which case 
they are generally very closely packed. Somevery remarkable 
variations in their method of growth are found. In some the 
under surfaces of the fronds (¢. e. the surfaces without polyps) 
are close together, while the spaces between the polyp- 
bearing faces of the fronds are wide apart ; this is the arrange- 
ment one would naturally expect to be most suitable for the 
life of the polyps. There occur forms, however, in which the 
polyp-bearing surfaces almost touch, and even fuse, while 
the spaces between the under surfaces where there are no 
polyps are wide apart. In all cases the early cup is soon 
completely overgrown and obliterated. 

Fifth Type of Growth: Mesenteriform.—This name is 
borrowed trom Lamarck’s species, Z’. mesenterina. The 
growing margin creeps outwards more or less horizontally, or 
even downwards. It is divided into lobes, which are sepa- 
rated by folds bent vertically upwards (cf. diagrammatic 
drawing, Pl. XIX. fig. 6). ‘These folds are grown round, and 
then form open cylinders or closed knobs or finger-shaped 
processes. As the corallum expands the stalk is completely 
obscured, and its origin from an early cup could never have 
been guessed. The method of growth is, however, fairly 
uniform, and is pronounced enough to be recognized without 
difficulty. There is, further, fortunately a specimen in the 
National Collection at about the stage figured in the diagram 
(fig. 6). It forms a connecting-link between the early cup 
and the flat, nodulated, encrusting masses which show the 
‘‘ mesenteriform ’’ method of growth only along their ex- 
panding margins. 

Sixth Type of Growth: Tabulate——I have adopted this 
name to designate a curious method of growth by no means 
infrequent. ‘The cup evidently grows out rather flat, with 
slightly curled-up edges. As it dies down a fresh layer, 
appearing to start from the edge of the old, not only expands 
further, but spreads back over the old, and not always in 
contact with it, but arching over. An old stock thus shows 
several tiers of more or less horizontal coralla, which may be 


Madreporarian Genus 'Turbinaria. 513 


separated by chambers or fissures. These flat coralla, seldom 
nodulated, are often of great thickness and strength, as indeed 
their form requires. They appear very often to be semi- 
circular, as if their shape were adapted to horizontal growth 
from a more or less vertical substratum. Such a horizontal 
growth requires far greater strength than does an erect frond. 
Consequently a section through such a tabulate form shows 
great thickness of the ccenenchyma both above and below the 
line of intercommunication between the polyp-cavities. The 
texture of the coenenchyma is also very massive and dense. 

In this case and in the next it seems to me as if we have 
periodical growths, or, at any rate, such a modification of the 
usual progressive dying down that it practically amounts to 
periodicity. 

Seventh Type of Growth: Glomerate—I was for a long 
time inclined to consider all glomerate forms as mere varieties 
of other species, varieties which had become glomerate owing 
to some accidental influence, perhaps of the form of the sub- 
stratum ; and it is undeniable that the likeness between certain 
glomerate forms and other Turbinarians found growing near 
them is very great. But this resemblance admits of another 
explanation, and will be referred to again. On the other 
hand, if any classificatory value is to be placed upon methods 
of growth, and I do not see how this can be disputed, we are 
bound to look upon the glomerate type of growth as one of 
the most marked and peculiar. 

The corallum expands very little superficially. The 
coenenchyma is built up, as it were, im sttu. It is therefore 
always irregularly reticulate—that is, it shows none of the 
regular channels which indicate streamings. The consequence 
is that the corallites have to lengthen enormously to keep their 
apertures at the surface of the ever-thickening ccenenchyma. 
The budding of the polyps is, however, of the usual Turbi- 
narian type, as is well shown in a section revealed by a 
broken specimen in the National Collection (Pl. XIX. fig. 7). 

Here again it appears as if we have periodical growth. A 
fine specimen in the collection (fig. 8) shows three successive 
growths in vertical series. It appears as if each new growth 
must have started from the highest point of the old (perhaps 
from adventitious budding in the thickest part) and crept 
slowly out in all directions, covering it up. 

We here have an excellent illustration of the great import- 
ance of recognizing clearly the essential morphology of the 
Turbinarians as shown in their method of budding. The 
method of budding and of growth of these glomerate ‘l'urbina- 
rians is quite definite and distinct, and, in spite of the occa- 


514 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


sional adventitious budding, conforms to the type. And yet 
these forms have been thought to represent a transition 
between Zurbinaria and Astrewopora, with their very different 
method of budding and of growth. 

Relation of Turbinaria to Astreeopora.—If there is any 
connexion between Yurbinaria and Astrewopora, it is not by 
way of their glomerate forms, for both genera have thin 
creeping as well as solid hemispherical methods of growth. 
Their affinity cannot be based upon the mere superficial 
resemblance of certain specialized growths. As far as I am 
at present in a position to compare them, it appears to me 
that they have no immediate connexion. The budding of the 
Turbinarians is probably one of the most specialized to be 
found amongst Corals, and that of Astrwopora shows no resem- 
blance to it. The polyp-cavities and the ccenenchyma are far 
simpler and more primitive in Astrwopora than they are in 
Turbinaria. The coste, of which it is built up as one of its 
chief elements, are in many cases simple echinulations, and 
still show the primitive connexions with the septa, a con- 
nexion which has apparently been secondarily lost in both 
Madrepora and Turbinaria. Further, the pronounced colu- 
mella of Turbinaria is not developed in Astreopora, although 
the elements out of which it might be formed are clearly 
traceable. 

In view, then, of these much simpler conditions found in 
Astreopora than occur in either Madrepora or Turbinaria, 
it seems to me to run counter to the most elementary 
canons of morphology to deduce the Astrwopora from a special- 
ized form of the specialized Turbinarians. Only the most rigid 
demonstration of ontogenetic simplification in the case of the 
former could justify such an order of descent. Failing such 
a demonstration we have to place Astrwopora as the most 
primitive of the Madreporide, from which, first Madrepora, 
and then Turbinaria, as I think, through Madrepora, may 
have been deduced. In Madrepora the first stage is an 
encrusting one, as, with some modifications, it always remains 
in Astreopora. ‘The typical method of growth by means of 
special axial polyps appears later. From such a specialized 
method of growth the still more specialized type of the 
Turbinarians can be deduced in the manner above described. 

However intelligible and satisfactory such an order of 
descent may at first sight appear, it can only be accepted 
provisionally, inasmuch as it is based upon the skeletal 
structures alone. It can hardly be considered to be esta- 
blished until the soft parts have been studied especially from 
this pot of view. Fowler has shown that differences 


Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 515 


occur between the polyps of Madrepora and of Turbinaria ; 
but the morphological value of these differences has to be 
estimated by extended comparative studies. We have yet to 
find out how far the living polyps are affected by the different 
conditions of life, due to the different forms of their coralla. 

Eighth Type of Growth: Bifrontal.—Typically the 'Turbi- 
narians carry polyps on only one side of the corallum. Forms 
occur, however, with polyps on both faces, this being brought 
about by the fusion of two fronds back to back. Such fronds, 
as might be expected, are always more or less erect. Among 
the specimens contained in Mr. Saville Kent’s collection there 
exist complete series, showing the early cup-form and its 
subsequent folding. The folds do not form open cylinders, 
as in the mesenteriform method of growth, but thin vertical 
plates by the opposing under surfaces fusing together. 

Similar fusions occur in all Turbinarians which form upright 
fronds, but irregularly, whereas in the type of growth under 
discussion they are the rule, and no free single fronds occur 
except here and there as horizontal expansions round the base 
of the corallum. These are to be considered as the continua- 
tions of the original edge of the cup, @. e. of those portions of 
the edge between the vertical folds. 

These bifrontal growths show the phenomena which I at 
first took to be indications of regular periods of growth, but 
which, as above stated, I now think are due to occasional 
downward streamings of the coenenchyma. 


These definite types cannot be supposed to exhaust the 
possible transformations of the early cup. When our collec- 
tions are more complete other normal methods of growth will 
no doubt have to be added. 

Among the methods of growth shown by the specimens in 
the National Collection which do not as yet admit of being 
ranked as types there is one which I should like to describe 
here, as it appears to be too definite to be accidental. Inas- 
much, however, as beyond being slightly indicated in one 
specimen, it actually occurs in only one other, it is not safe to 
claim it as a type. 

One side of a conical cup is pulled down, as shown in 
Pl. XX. fig. 1, which represents a specimen in the National 
Collection. ‘T'wo flaps, starting apparently in this way, 
grow round the cup closely fused with its outside. On 
meeting behind the cup they bend round again, and then 
again, the foldings on each side being almost symmetrical. 
Fig. 2a is a diagram of the singular method of folding. 
Fig. 2 gives a sketch of the specimen which has been 


516 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


built up in this way. The original cup is naturally obscured 
by the continual upward growth of the edges and by the 
development of tall conical folds (¢) and of wings (d) on 
the faces and sides of the original flaps, which have grown 
upwards with the growth of the cup, and also by the down- 
ward streaming of the ccenenchyma from within the cup 
carrying down the lower edge of the flap, so that the stalk is 
completely obliterated. The lower portion of the stock, 
especially certain masses of dead corallum, are not easy to 
understand ; it is possible that the cup shown in the diagram 
and figure as the foundation of the corallum was not the 
original cup, but a secondary cup-like growth of parts of an 
old stock. The question is, Is this strangely symmetrical 
method of modifying a cup typical or accidental? I would 
like to invite the attention of those who have access to any 
collections of Turbinarva to this point. 

Grouping according to Growth probably a natural one.— 
Accepting these eight types of growth as of practical value in 
classification, we find that they enable us to divide the 
specimens into more or less well-defined groups. It must, 
however, remain undecided whether these are natural groups, 
although this would certainly appear to be the case, in spite of 
certain somewhat serious objections. I would instance as the 
greatest difficulty the fact that certain forms of coralla seem 
to belong to definite localities. There are specimens from the 
Torres Straits, belonging to at least two species, which show 
the same form of corallum. This seems to imply that, at 
least in these cases, the form is due to the environment. But 
while this fact cautions us against attributing too high a taxo- 
nomic value to the forms of the coralla, it would be rash to 
deny them all value. In view of the definiteness of some of 
these types of growth, more.than one coming from the same 
locality, in view also of the possibility at any time of the 
living colonies being powerfully modified by exceptional con- 
ditions of the environment, we are, it seems to me, justified in 
assuming that these growth-forms are typical developments. 

The Taxonomic Characters supplied by the Calicles.—T hese 
are far more difficult to define than are the methods of growth. 
The calicles vary in size, shape, depth, and degree of protu- 
berance according to the part of the corallum they occupy * ; 
even the number of the septa and the size of the columella 
vary greatly on one and the same specimen. The only prac- 
tical course is to select those corallites which appear to be 
typical, 7.e. which appear to be growing normally on the normal 
fronds or lobes of the special type of growth of the specimens 

* Cf. Bell, “ Variations in Turbinaria,” J. R. M. 8. 1895, p. 148. 


Madreporarian Genus 'Turbinaria. 517 


under comparison. The average sizes of the calicles may be 
taken and the average number of septa. But certain other 
characters appear to me to be of even greater importance. 

1. Characters of the Protuberant Calicles.—I do not here refer 
to the fact that the calicles may or may not protrude, but, when 
they do protrude, to the way in which this takes place. Pl. XX. 
fiz. 3 shows three different ways in which the calicles may raise 
up the coenenchyma—the conical, globose, and cylindrical 
protuberances. Great as is the variation in the degree of pro- 
tuberance found in one and the same specimen, the character of 
the protuberance, when it does occur, is apparently constant. 
OF course these three types are subject to an enormous number 
of variations ; but every form approaches one or other of these 
three. 

2. The Character of the Septa.—I have not found dentition 
or granulation of the septa of much value, although perhaps 
they should be taken into account (see below on the coenen- 
chyma). Of greater value is the relation between the cycles 
of septa and the polyp-cavity. I have found it useful to 
draw an imaginary half-radius circle within the aperture of 
the calicle (Pl. XX. fig. 4, 6). The septa may (a) fall short 
of this, leaving a large central fossa (fig. 4, 7) ; (0) they may 
reach it, leaving a medium-sized central fossa (fig. 4, 2) ; 
(c) they may cross it, in which case the central fossa is very 
minute (fig. 4, 3) ; or (d) they may be quite irregular, some 
crossing, others not even reaching it. 

Again, the septa in thus projecting into the cavity may run 
in on a level with the margin and then dip suddenly down 
towards the columella, or they may curve regularly round, or 
they may slope down gradually so that the central fossa is 
funnel-shaped. 

We have accordingly many different sizes and forms of 
fossee. 

3. The Interseptal Loculi.—These are also of importance 
(Pl. XX. fig. 4); they may be large and open or narrow and 
slit-like. ‘They may be almost square or petaloid, 7¢. e. with 
neatly rounded peripheral margins; they may, indeed, have 
no distinct peripheral margins, 7. e. the interseptal space runs 
on continuously with the surface-furrows of the ccenenchyma. 
When this is frequent it is an index of the large size of the 
pores connecting the polyp-cavities between the septa with 
the canal-system of the coenenchyma. 

4, The columella offers characters of value. 


Important as these characters undoubtedly are, it has again 
to be pointed out that they are only strictly applicable to 


518 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


calicles which appear to be the typical normal calicles of the 
specimen. Great variations may occur even in these points, 
according to the position of the calicle and according to its 
degree of protuberance ; but, if'due caution is used, a number 
of good taxonomic characters are thus at hand for use. 

On the Influence of Position on the Character of the Calicles. 
—A great field of investigation is here opened up. I am not 
referring primarily to the effects of variations in the direction 
and in the force of the currents and in the quantity of nutri- 
tion received, all of which, no doubt, play an important part, 
but to modifications of form due to internal causes, notably to 
the streaming of the nutrient fluids in the canal-system. I 
have already pointed out that the streaming of the ccenen- 
chyma is a factor of prime importance in the building-up of 
the corallum. This streaming is sufficient in many cases 
actually to submerge living calicles, which, in some cases, 
may again break through or else apparently put out a number 
of secondary buds. In other cases the polyps have con- 
tinually and progressively to lengthen, in order to keep at 
the surface of the coenenchyma; and while calicles situated on 
rounded knobs are often abnormally large and protuberant, those 
onerect fronds project but slightly. These facts, taken together 
with the fact that the canals of the ccenenchyma are in open 
communication with the polyp-cavities, appear to me to make 
it highly probable that, just as this flow builds up the ccenen- 
chyma and gives it its appearance of streaming, so it must 
also affect the skeleton of the calicle itself, through which it 
doubtless runs. Indeed, in some cases it appears as if the 
calicles have to be protected against this. In coralla where 
the downward streaming is very marked by the deep regu- 
larly parallel furrows, these, in descending, are turned to right 
and left whenever they reach a calicle, converging again 
below it. 

This is no fanciful question, but one which may prove of 
profound significance ; for if, in any single coral, the down- 
ward flowings of the coenenchyma can in any way affect the 
morphology of the polyp, this would have to be taken into 
account in any attempt to classify the corals according to the 
type of the polyp. ‘he differences found in the soft parts of 
the polyp may be secondary and adaptive to the physiological 
conditions resulting from the forms of the coralla and to the 
streamings of the contents of the canal-system. 


The Canenchyma.—This intercalicular tissue is very pro- 
minent in Turbinaria. It is, as we have seen, comparable 
in every essential with the coenenchyma of Madrepora and 


Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 519 


of Astreopora; it differs chiefly in its greater abundance and 
in its distribution, both of these depending upon the method 
of budding. 

Rapidly growing ccenenchyma is always finely reticulate 
or spongy ; where streaming takes place it is often furrowed 
in the direction of the streaming. The relative breadths of the 
furrows and of the separating ridges are indicative of the 
density of the ecenenchyma. When the furrows are narrow 
and the ridges thick and solid the coenenchyma is very dense. 
The lower portions of a corallum are, as a rule, the densest, 
and this can be traced by the ever-increasing thickness of the 
ridges and corresponding diminution in width of the furrows. 

It is apparent, then, that before any systematic characters 
can be based upon the ccenenchyma its physiology requires to 
be understood ; for instance, the spongy texture of that of 
the margin of the cup is often given as a character, whereas 
it is an invariable rule that in all such rapidly growing 
portions the coenenchyma is spongy. 

There are, however, peculiarities which are to be noted, 
viz. the characters of the trabecule building up the ccenen- 
chyma. ‘They may be filamentous or lamellate, giving in the 
former case a spongy, in the latter a flaky appearance to the 
coenenchyma, or they may be close and granulated, making 
the surface look like sandpaper. In others, again, the ridges 
are continuous, 7. e. only broken by pores between the neigh- 
bouring canals at long intervals; in others the ridges are 
highly echinulate, even broken up into rows of points repre- 
senting so many open communications between the furrows, 
which, when covered over, will become canals. 

Further, a certain value may be put upon the fineness or 
coarseness of the texture. In some it requires a glass to see 
it at all, in others it is visible to the naked eye. 

In connexion with this subject of the general aspect of the 
coenenchyma, it is worth noting that this seems to vary with 
geographical position. There are groups of specimens from 
various parts of the world evidently in each case collected at 
the same time and from nearly the same spot. In each case 
all the specimens of these groups look at first sight strangely 
alike. ‘This is notably the case with a group from Formosa, 
with another from Tongatabu collected by J. J. Lister, and 
with another from Shark’s Bay collected by Saville Kent. 
So strong is the likeness between the specimens in each case, 
that without some definite principles of classification one could 
hardly avoid lumping them all together, as, indeed, I found 
had been done with the Formosa specimens. It was only 
when, little by little, the different methods of growth and 


520 On the Madreporarian Genus Turbinaria. 


certain characters of the calicles were recognized as of more 
value than mere superficial resemblance, that I found myself 
compelled to separate the groups into different species. The 
remarkable resemblances are due entirely to similarity in the 
general aspect of the coenenchyma. The Tongatabu speci- 
mens, for instance, have a velvety appearance. ‘The Formosan 
specimens have a rough look, like a gritty sponge. The 
Shark’s Bay specimens have a solid stony look, the gyrating 
furrows being separated by broad granulated ridges. Other 
examples of the same phenomenon might be mentioned. Its 
cause is no doubt to be sought in the varying physical con- 
ditions of their several environments. All corals must in 
some way be influenced by the varying climatic and other 
conditions under which they develop. The effects of these 
are perhaps specially visible in Turbinaria, owing to the 
great abundance of the coenenchyma in this genus. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PLATE XIX. 


Fig. 1. Section through the stalk of a very young cup-shaped corallum, 
showing the cavity of the parent polyp, the walls greatly 
thickened by coenenchyma. ; 

Fig. 2. A young calicle at the edge of a corallum, growing in the direction 
of the arrow. The ccenenchyma is built up by true cost con- 
nected by concentric trabecule ; distally the primitive costee are 
distinct, proximally they are already secondarily obscured. 

Fig. 3. Diagram to explain the method of budding peculiar to the genus 
Turbinaria. It is seen to be lateral throughout. The downward 
“flow” of the coenenchyma has both thickened the stalk and 
submerged the axial polyp. | 

Fig. 3 a. Diagram to illustrate the relation of the buds and ccenenchyma 
to the axial polyp in Madrepora. ; 

Fig. 3b. Diagram to show the budding of a radial polyp from below. 
1, the axial parent polyp; 2, a radial polyp; 3, three polyps 
budding from 2, one on each side and the middle one from 
below, after 2 has bent upwards as shown in fig. 3, 

Fig. 4, Fragment of an erect frond (of the dzfrons type), showing the 
appearance of periodicity in growth, due to the downward 
streamings of the ccenenchyma. a, the most recent downward 
flow, submerging the polyps below it (see fig. 5); 6, a previous 
very abundant flow, which threw out a ridge along which young 
calicles appear ; c, the line of progressive decay, which is ad- 
vancing more rapidly on the left than on the right, where it 
stands at d. 

Fig. 5. A calicle on the line a in the preceding figure, being submerged 
by the downward flow of the coenenchyma. ; ; 

Fig. 6. The initial modification of the young cup which gives rise to the 
mesenteriform type of growth (diagrammatic). 

Fig. 7. A portion of a section through a glomerate Turbinarian, showing 
that the method of budding peculiar to the genus need not be 
affected by the enormous thickness of the coenenchyma. 


Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian. 521 


Fig. 8. A speeunen of a glomerate Turbinarian, showing three periods of 
growth. 


PLATE XX. 


Fig. 1. A peculiar modification of a young cup exhibited by a specimen 
in the National Collection, which appears to be the first stage 
in the method of growth shown in the next figure. 

fig. 2. A specimen remarkable for the regularity and symmetry of its 
method of folding. For the letters see next figure. 

Fig. 2a. Diagrammatic horizontal section, to explain the method of 
folding. The letters mark the edges seen in the actual specimen. 
e and d are secondary outgrowths somewhat obscuring the 
original folding. 

Fig. 3. Three types of protuberant calicles, showing the principal 
methods in which the coenenchyma is raised by them. 

Fig. 4. Diagram to illustrate the principles of classification proposed as 
regards the form of the calicle. a, the margin of the calicle ; 
6, an imaginary half-radius circle; 2, four septa which do not 
reach the half-radius circle; 2, a single septum reaching the 
half-radius circle; 3, septa crossing the half-radius circle. 
Between the septa at 1 the interseptal loculi run over into the 
furrows of the coenenchyma; at 2? and 3 they are sharply 
bounded peripherally, and show different shapes of interseptal 
loculi. 


LXI.— Description of a new Batrachian (Oreophryne Quelchii) 
discovered by Messrs. J. J. Quelch and F. McConnell on the 
Summit of Mount Roraima. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


OREOPHRYNE, gen. nov. (Lngystomatid.) 


Pupil horizontal. Tongue elliptical, entire, and free behind. 
Palate smooth. No tympanum; eustachian tubes extremely 
minute. Fingers and toes short, blunt, without distinct web; 
foot for grasping, the inner toe opposable and longer than 
the second. Coracoids and precoracoids very strong, the 
former forming an extensive suture with the latter in the 
middle and enclosing on each side a rather small circular 
foramen; no omosternum; sternum cartilaginous. Diapo- 
physes of sacral vertebra strongly dilated. 

The genus Oreophryne is nearest allied to Atelopus, D. & B., 
from which it is, however, well distinguished by the stronger 
precoracoids and the curious conformation of the foot, which 
recalls that of the Hyloid genus Phyllomedusa. 


Oreophryne Quelchit. 
Physiognomy of Bufo (Phryniscus) nigricans, Wem., or 
Atelopus Stelznert, Wey. Snout short, rounded, not promi- 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 36 


522 On a new Anolis from Brazil. 


nent, with distinct canthus rostralis; interorbital space as 
broad as the upper eyelids. Fingers very short, connected 
by thick skin at the base, somewhat swollen at the end, first, 
second, and fourth equal, third longest ; toes likewise very 
short and connected at the base, first and fifth equal, fourth a 
little longer, second and third shortest; palms and soles 
warty, carpal and tarsal tubercles quite flat. The tarso- 
metatarsal articulation reaches the eye. Upper parts covered 
with prominent warts of unequal sizes; lower parts with 
smaller flat warts. Black; throat and belly spotted or 
marbled with bright yellow. Male without vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 22 millim. 

Several specimens were found by Messrs. Quelch and 
McConnell on the summit of Mount Roraima, between British 
Guiana and Venezuela, at an altitude of 8500 feet. 


LXII.—Description of a new Anolis from Brazil. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Anolis holotropis. 


Head once and two thirds as long as broad, a little longer 
than the tibia; forehead scarcely concave; frontal ridges 
absent ; upper head-scales keeled, mostly tricarinate on the 
snout; scales of the supraorbital semicircles strongly en- 
larged, in contact in the middle; several enlarged supraocular 
scales, separated from the supraorbitals by one series of 
granules ; occipital larger than the ear-opening, separated from 
the supraorbitals by two series of scales; canthus rostralis 
angular, canthal scales three ; loreal rows four or five; seven 
upper labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening 
small, oval. Gular appendage small (2). Gular scales 
keeled. Body cylindrical. Dorsal scales rather small, hexa- 
gonal, strongly keeled, passing gradually into the minute 
keeled granules of the sides; ventrals large, rhomboidal, 
imbricate, strongly keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches 
the posterior border of the orbit; digits very feebly dilated ; 
17 lamelle under phalanges II and III of the fourth toe. 
Tail cylindrical, covered with equal keeled scales, once and 
three fourths as long as head and body. Pale grey-brown 
above, with a yellow vertebral stripe edged with reddish 
brown; femur and tibia with a yellowish cross bar; pale 
eolden beneath. 


On Reptiles and Batrachians from Tropical Africa. 523 


millim 
lone llercthiyce apenas: 6 <tc «an ahasene 149 
Ibe eae Sokal 6 bs Cen ee ee 13 
IWildithwotsheadpnnmrieicnc tess). a.c05 cece 8 
letolihy, Was Ao: aisiec GOO OR Ie ee 41 
IHOremlimb mre iste idole s ekcle ads 21 
lined elim De were ek oe ooo Acie oe 38 
MRT aire eee eed cle: ecole anc ogporesaia 12 
pL ater Eee rk ciers Aveta cchcncicder the tec 95 


A single female specimen from the Province Matto Grosso, 


Brazil, collected by Dr. C. Ternetz. 


LXIII.—Notice of Reptiles and Batrachians collected in the 
Eastern Half of Tropical Africa. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, 
Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. 


[Plate XX1.] 


THE principal object of this paper is to give an account of 
a small collection of Reptiles made by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot in 
the Victoria region at an elevation of less than 6000 feet, and 
during his journey to and sojourn in Uganda. However, it 
was found convenient to include in it also the examination 
of several other small Hast-African collections received 
about the same time from other sources. ‘lhe differences 
that were at one time supposed to exist between the Hast 
and West, the South and North of the Reptilian Fauna 
of Tropical Africa gradually disappear as we become better 
acquainted with the local faune. 


I.—REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS COLLECTED BY 
Mr. G. F. Scorr Enuiort. 


Agama Gregorit, Giinth. 
Agama Gregori, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1894, p. 86. 


Specimens of an Agama collected in Buddu and other parts 
of Uganda, at elevations of from 38800 to 4500 feet, come 
nearer to this species than to either A. atricollis or A. cyano- 
gaster, to which this species is generally closely allied. The 
ventral scales are larger than in either of those two species, 
and keeled and acute on the hind margin, with the exception 
of those in the middle of the abdomen, which are smooth. 


None of these species have the scutes of the tail verticillated. 
36* 


524 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Batrachians 


Mabouta striata, Ptrs. 


Two specimens from Uganda (alt. 3800-4500 feet). In 
both the suborbital scute is entirely excluded from the labial 
margin; also the hind leg is conspicuously shorter than in 
typical specimens, not reaching the axilla; so that I enter- 
tain some doubts as to the propriety of identifying these 
specimens with Peters’s species. 


Chamesaura tenuior, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. B.) 


This species is conspicuously more slender than its con- 
geners, especially the head and snout are narrower and longer. 
Both the vertical as well as the single posterior frontal are 
elongate, nearly twice as long as broad; otherwise there is 
great similarity between this and the other species. The 
fore limbs are about as long as the orbit and without claw ; 
the hind limbs are not quite twice as long as the fore limbs 
and provided with a single claw. ‘Thirty-six scales between 
the ear and vent; twenty-four round the body. Back of the 
trunk with a pair of narrow parallel brown lines. 

One specimen from Kampala, Uganda, 224 inches long, 
of which the tail takes 18. 


Chameleon senegalensis, var. laevigata, Gray. 


Two specimens, one from Kavirondo (alt. 3900-4000 feet), 
the other from the foot of Mount Ruwenzori (5000-6000 feet), 
obtained together with the following species. 


Chameleon Elliott, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. A.) 


This species is represented by several specimens from the 
same localities as the preceding, and is apparently more 
common. The upper surface of the head distinctly concave, 
the superciliary edges and the canthus rostralis being raised, 
and coarsely granular. ‘Three rows of enlarged granules com- 
mence about the middle of the interorbital space, and converge 
to form a distinctly elevated occipital crest, covered with 
tubercles. A longitudinal row of small tubercles traverses 
the temporal region. No rostral appendages; no occipital 
lobes. Body finely granular, with small tubercles irregularly 
scattered. A continuous row of tubercles along the middle of 
the back and anterior portion of the tail, forming a low crest. 
A gular-ventral crest formed by pointed tubercles. No tarsal 
process. Scales on the side and upper surface of the head 
and of the temples small, flat. Tail as long as, or rather 
shorter than, the body and head. Frequently a whitish line 


from Tropical Africa. 525 


from the temporal crest to the root of the tail. Sometimes 
one or two whitish bands across the lower part of the temple. 

In the females the crests on the head are lower. 

A male measures 152 millim., the tail taking 75 millim. ; 
a mature female with fully developed ova is 102 millim., the 
tail taking 47 millim. 

The female of C. dtteniatus is very similar to that of the 
present species, but distinguished by much larger tubercles ; 
but the male of C. bétendatus differs greatly in having a very 
high occipital crest, covered with large scutes, and the extre- 
mity of the snout raised into a knob. 


Grayta Smythii, Leach (?). 

Only the head and tail of a specimen from Uganda have 
been preserved; they show no structural difference from 
West-African specimens, but the coloration is peculiar; the 
parts are black, the head-shields and scales of the neck being 
finely mottled with salmon-colour. 


Leptodira rufescens, Gm.* 


From the foot of Ruwenzori. 


Boodon lineatus, var. bipreocularis, Gthr. 


Uganda, alt. 3900-4500 feet. 


Elapsoidea Guentheri, Bocage. (Pl. XXI. fig. C.) 


Two specimens were obtained. One on the lower slope of 
Ruwenzori; it is half-grown and agrees perfectly with an 
adult specimen from Stanley Pool belonging to the variety 
figured by Bocage and described by him as var.C. Being of 
immature age, it has the abdomen of a darker colour. 

The second specimen (see figure) is quite young and was 
obtained in the Shiré Highlands. It is deep black above and 
below, with ten narrow white rings on the trunk, not reaching 
across the abdomen, and two on the tail. Hvidently these 
rings disappear with age, leaving their traces merely as the 
paired faint whitish lines observed in adult specimens of 


* Coronella cana, L. 


This common South-African snake extends as far northwards as 
Zomba; but the single specimen (adult) (which was collected by 
Mr. Alex. Whyte) presents a singular coloration. Each scale is black, the 
greater portion of it being occupied by a yellow spot; these spots vary 
in their extent and position, producing thereby the appearance of an 
irregular network of black lines. Scales in 27 series. 


526 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Batrachians 


var. C of Bocage. The head is dull whitish, with a tapering 
prolongation of the black ground-colour running along the 
occipital suture to the vertical—similarly to what Bottger 
describes of his £. Hessed, which I consider to be the young 
of a variety of the same species. 


Rana mascareniensis, Dum. Bibr. 


Shiré Highlands and Uganda, alt. 3900-4500 feet. 


Pyxicephalus adspersus, var. 


A half-grown specimen from the Shiré Highlands agrees 
with an adult obtained by Mr. Baxter in Ugogo in having 
the back covered with prominent rounded or oblong tubercles. 
These specimens therefore differ from typical specimens of 
P. adspersus, as well as of P. edulis (Ptrs.), which are distin- 
guished by characteristic longitudinal folds of the skin. On 
the other hand, P. Maltzani (Blgr.) is said to have a remark- 
ably smooth skin. 


Bufo regularis, Reuss. 
Shiré Highlands and Buddu. 


Rappia viridiflava, Dum. Bibr. 
Buddu and other parts of Uganda (alt. 3900-4500 feet). 


Rappia marmorata, Rapp. 
Mandala, Shiré Highlands, 3500 feet. 


1].— REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS COLLECTED BY 
Mr. E. J. BAXTER. 


Sepacontias modestus, Gthr. 


Ugogo. 

Rhinocalamus dimidiatus, Gthr.* 
Ugogo. 

Scaphiophis albopunctatus, Ptrs. 
Ugogo. 


* IT may here mention that the allied genus Xenocalamus, Gthr., is 
likewise an opisthoglyphous snake; I have overlooked the hindmost 
grooved tooth, which is hidden in the mucous membrane at some distance 
behind the preceding teeth. 


from Tropical Africa. 527 


Bucephalus capensis, Smith. 
Ugogo. 
Leptodira semiannulaia, Gthr. 


Ugogo. 


Lycophidium Horstockit, Schleg., var. Jacksonii, Bler. 
Ugogo. 
Naja hae, L. 


Uganda. Black variety. 


Atractaspis trregularis, Ruhrdt. 


Uganda. Two eggs with nearly fully developed embryos 
were obtained ; the species is therefore oviparous. ‘The eggs 
are elongate, subcylindrical, of large size, nearly 2 inches 
long, enclosing an embryo 9 inches long. Scales in 23 series. 


Pyxicephalus adspersus, var. 
Ugogo. Skin of a very large example: see above, p. 526. 


Rappia viridiflava, Dum. Bibr. 
Uganda. 
Rappia marmorata, Rapp. 
Uganda. 


ILI.—REPTILES COLLECTED BY Mr. F. J. JAcKSon. 


Mabouia varia, Ptrs. 
Two specimens from Mount Elgon, alt. 6000-7000 feet. 


Chameleon biteeniatus. 


Several specimens from Mount Elgon, 6000-7000 feet. 


Chlorophis neglectus, Ptrs. 


One specimen from Witu. 


CHLOROPHIS and PHILOTHAMNUS (Aheetulla). 


Adopting the limits and names of these two genera 
as proposed by Mr. Boulenger in Cat. Snakes, vol. i, I 


528 On Reptiles and Batrachians from Tropical Africa. 


modify the synopsis of the species, given by me in Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863, xi. p. 283, thus :— 


I. The subcaudal scutes without lateral keels: CHLOROPHIS. 


A. Ventral scutes not keeled. 
1. Three labial shields (the fourth, fifth, 
and sixth) enter the orbit. 
a. Ventral scutes 151-158. 
a. Uniform green; each scale with a 


white basal spot: 50... ce.ss16 20% C. Emini, Gthr. 
B. Back with black cross bands ; scales 
without white spots .......... C. Giintheri, Pfeff. 
b. Ventral scutes 180). i. 5 octane ens C. gracillimus, Gthr. 
2. Three labial shields (the third, fourth, 
and fifth) enter the orbit .......... C. ornatus, Boe. 
3. Two labial shields enter the orbit .... C. hoplogaster, Gthr. 


B. Ventral scutes keeled. 
Wee Amel ieriole: 4. 2 cine ite cine ture nate C. heterodermus, Hallow. 
2. Anal double. 
a. Upper labials nine, three entering the 
orbit. 
a. Fore part of the body uniform green. C. irregularis, Leach, 
8. Fore part of the body barred with 


DIRCE Sp sie cesensaeec vice weenie C. shirana, Gthr. 
6. Upper labials eight, two entering the 
orbit. 
a. The fourth and fifth enter the orbit. 
aa, One anterior temporal ........ C. neglectus, Ptrs. 
bb. Two anterior temporals ...... C. natalensis, Smith. 


8. The fifth and sixth enter the orbit. C. angolensis, Bocage. 
ce. Upper labials eight (seven), three en- 
tering theory sc. case es C. heterolepidotus, Gthr. 


II, The subcaudal scutes with lateral keels: PHrLorHamNnus. (Upper 
labials nine in all species known.) 


A. Scales in fifteen rows. 
1. Three labials entering the orbit. 
a. Two anterior temporals............ P. semivariegatus, Smith. 
6. One anterior temporal. 
a. Uniform green. 


aa; Ventrals 1640), 3 2... sce P. nitidus, Gthr. 
bb. Ventrals 207-219 ............ P. thomensis, Boe. 
8. A brown vertebral stripe ........ P. dorsalis, Bocage. 
2. Two labials entering the orbit. 
a. Ventrals 1692178) 4.025. teceeae. - P. Kirkii, Gthr. 
8: Ventrals LOG. oi... 6. een P. Bocagu, Gthr. 
B. Scales in thirteen rows............ vans Le Gurard,.Boc. 


Thrasops Jacksonii, sp. n. 


One specimen from Kavirondo. 
Scales in nineteen rows, keeled, in transverse, scarcely 
oblique series, those of the median row being somewhat larger. 


On a special Mountain Race of the Plantain Squirrel. 529 


Upper labials eight, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit. 
Loreal nearly as high as long. ‘The single anteocular just 
reaches the vertical, which is nearly as large as an occipital, 
very broad in front and narrow behind. ‘Three postoculars. 
Temporals 1+1, the posterior twice as large as the anterior. 
Ventrals 195. Anal divided. Subcaudals 146. Entirely 
black. 
Entire length 65 inches, of which the tail takes 20. 


Dendraspis Welwitschit, Gthr.* 


One specimen trom Kavirondo; it differs somewhat in 
coloration from the type; the skin between the scales is 
black, but the scales themselves have no black tips; tail and 
hindmost part of the trunk black. 


Causus rhombeatus, Wag. 


Common at Kavirondo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 


Fig. A. Chameleon Elhoti. 
Fig. B. Chamesaura tenuior (head). 
Fig. C. Elapsoidea Guenthert. 


LXIV.—Ona special Mountain Race of the Plantain Squirrel 
From Mount Dulit, E. Sarawak. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


DurinG the past four or five years Mr. Charles Hose has 
repeatedly drawn my attention to the difference in size and 
general appearance presented by the specimens of Scvwrus 
notatus obtained on Mount Dulit above 3000 feet from 
those got on the lowlands; but I have hitherto not ventured 
to describe them, on account of the known variability of the 
members of this group. However, the entire identity with 
each other of the five specimens taken at 3000 to 4000 feet, 
and their great difference from all the lowland ones, induces 
me now to describe the form, although the presence of one 
specimen somewhat intermediate in character from an inter- 


* Of Dendraspis intermedia, Gthr., the British Museum has received 
specimens from Kilifi (@. D. Trevor Rope, Esq.) and from ‘Tavita (Kerth 
Anstruther, Esq.). 


530 Ona special Mountain Race of the Plantain Squirrel. 


vening altitude (2000 feet) prevents my distinguishing the 
animal as more than a subspecies. 

Its original discoverer was probably Mr. John Whitehead, 
who obtained what is perhaps the same form on Mount Kina 
Balu; but unfortunately his only adult specimen has an 
imperfect skull, so that I am unable to be quite certain as to 
its identity with that from Dulit. In any case it seems better 
to be on the safe side by describing the form of which good 
material is available, leaving the identity of its Kina Balu 
representative to be settled later. 


Sciurus notatus orestes, subsp. n. 


Size very much less than in the typical form. Markings 
similar to those of ordinary blue-bellied specimens of S. notatus, 
without any trace of rufous or orange on the belly. Sides 
with the usual lines of black and white. Back with a peculiar 
buffy or dull fulvous shade, due to the light rings on the 
hairs, ordinarily pale yellow, being deep buff. Cheeks and 
sides of muzzle less ftulvous than the back, instead of more 
so. Asmall patch behind each ear white. ‘Tail with shorter 
hairs, and these more broadly ringed than usual, so that there 
is an indistinct barring of the tail, instead of its being merely 
grizzled. 

Skull conspicuously smaller than in lowland specimens, so 
much so that it seems difficult to assign both to the same 
species. In proportion also it is broader and more rounded, 
the muzzle shorter, and the bulle and postorbital processes 
are less developed. 

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin, ? ) :— 

Head and body 195 millim. ; tail 144 ; hind foot 33°3. 

Skull (of another specimen): greatest length 39°7 ; greatest 
breadth 25; nasals, length 11, greatest breadth 5:9; inter- 
orbital breadth 14°7; diastema 9; length of upper molar 
series exclusive of p.° 6:1. 

Hab. Mount Dulit, 4000 feet. 

Type: B.M. 94.6.2.24. Collected January 1892, and pre- 
sented to the Museum by Messrs. Charles and Ernest Hose. 


The intermediate specimen above referred to, from 2000 feet, 
has a wash of rufous on the belly and a skull-length of 
44 millim., while the normal lowland form, which in Borneo 
seems always to have an orange or rufous belly, has a skull- 
length of about 50 millim. It is noteworthy that the belly- 


On a new Banded Mungoose from Somaliland. 531 


colour in S. notatus in the Malay Peninsula is conspicuously 
variable, or, rather, dimorphic, rufous and blue *, whereas in 
Borneo the two colours seem to be respectively restricted to 
the lowlands and mountains. On one of the first specimens 
sent, shot in November 1891, Mr. Hose has noted that he 
had obtained thirteen specimens exactly like it during the 
month; and since then a considerable number of S. n. orestes 
have passed through my hands, so that its constancy on the 
mountain is evidently beyond question. 


LXV.— On a new Banded Mungoose from Somaliland. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Me. F. GILuert has submitted to my examination the skins 
of a few mammals which were shot by him when accom- 
panying, in a sporting capacity, Dr. KE. Donaldson Smith’s 
adventurous collecting expedition into Central Somaliland. 
Among these there are two examples of a Crossarchus be- 
longing to the group of banded species, but evidently quite 
distinct from anything hitherto described. 
It may be called 


Crossarchus somalicus, sp. n. 


Size of C. fasciatus and gothneh. General colour very 
pale. Dorsal bands almost obsolete. No black tip to tail. 

Colour grizzled ashy grey on head and fore quarters. 
Long hairs of back, where in C. fasciatus they are sharply 
ringed with deep black and bright orange-rufous, indistinctly 
blackish and dull yellowish white, so that the transverse 
dorsal bands are almost imperceptible, although they are dis- 
tinctly present, and not, asin C. gambianus, lost in the general 
grizzling. Under surface very sparsely haired, practically 
naked in the inguinal region, grizzled grey without any 
mixture of rufous, except just on the chin. Limbs coloured 
like body, scarcely darkening terminally, even on the ends of 
the fingers and toes. Tail as in C. fasciatus, except that the 
end is grizzled like the rest instead of being black-tipped. 

Skull in general form very similar to that of C. fasciatus. 
Four median upper incisors very narrow, not touching one 
another ; but how far this is due to wear I am not at present 


* Of, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 77. 


532 Geological Society. 


able to ascertain. Proportions of molars as shown by the 
measurements given below. 

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin, ?) :— 

Head and body 400 millim.; tail 250; hind foot (c.) 75. 

Skull: basal length 64; greatest breadth 39; interorbital 
breadth 14:3; intertemporal breadth 15°5; palate length from 
gnathion 35; breadth between postero-external corners of 2-4 
23; greatest diameter of 2-4 7, ™1 6°6, m2 4-4. 

Hab. Sunerdorler, Webi Shebeli, Somaliland, alt. 1500 feet. 

Native name ‘ Shak-shik.” 

Type killed Dec. 28, 1894. 

This striking animal is apparently a desert representative 
of the Banded Mungooses, being distinguished from all those 
known by its pallid ground-colour, concolorous tail, and almost 
obsolete stripes. Compared with other species it may, in addi- 
tion, be distinguished from C. zebra by its larger size and 
the absence of rufous in the coloration of the under surface. 
This latter character also separates it from C. gothneh, Fitz., 
to which I refer specimens in the Museum from Lado and 
Monbuttu, and which is probably its nearest ally. C. fasct- 
atus, its southern representative, is much darker throughout, 
with a particularly strongly marked black tail-tip. 

Mr. Gillett informs me that, on the day above mentioned, 
he met about fifteen individuals of this species hunting 
together in a pack, and that when they saw him several of 
them sat up on their hind legs and looked at him without 
fear. The ground they were found on was sandy and stony, 
and covered with thin scrub. Mr. Lort Phillips has also 
recently seen a large pack of what he believes to be the same 
species near Berbera. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 
February 20, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘ Notes on the Genus Murchisonia and its Allies, with a Revision 
of the British Carboniferous Species, and Descriptions of some new 
Forms.’ By Miss J. Donald. 


The generic characters of Murchisonia as now defined are given in 
the paper, and the various divisions of the genus are examined, 


Miscellaneous. Jao 


including four which appear to be intermediate between Murchisonia 
and Plewrotomaria. 

The Carboniferous species of the genus are revised and eleven 
new forms described, raising the total number of known Carbon- 
iferous forms to about forty. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On a New Method of Studying Cell-motion. 
By Cuaries Lesrir Leonarp, M.D. 


Since the enunciation by Virchow, in 1858, of his theory of cellu- 
lar pathology the attention of the scientific world has been centred 
about the study of this unit. Nearly all the unsolved problems of 
medical science involve, in one way or another, the consideration of 
some one of the functions of the cell. 

It is my purpose in this paper to call attention to a new method 
of studying one of these functions. I have chosen as illustrations 
some of the well-known facts of physiology already seen and described 
by competent observers, and have confined the greater part of my 
study to cell-motion as exemplified in the movements of the red and 
white blood-corpuscles. 

The possibility of these studies was suggested by the successful 
result of an experiment in instantaneous photomicrography. 

The method to be illustrated consists in the making of a consecu- 
tive series of instantaneous photomicrograplis of the same microscopic 
field taken at definite intervals, and the comparative study of the 
series. The results obtained by this method are the elimination to 
a greater extent of the personal equation of the observer, the pro- 
curing of incontestable proof of phenomena observed, the extension 
of the observations over any length of time, and the possibility of 
studying the changes occurring over the entire field at any one 
moment. The method also enables the student to study the con- 
dition of a fresh, living, unstained specimen for any length of time 
in fields taken at definite intervals. 

The original magnifications were one and two thousand diameters 
measured by the projection of a stage-micrometer upon the screen ; 
the lantern multiplies these diameters by forty, giving on the screen 
40,000 and 80,000 diameters. The time of exposure was instan- 
taneous, at least relatively with regard to the motion of the bodies, 
varying in different pictures from two to one fourth of a second. 

The results obtained as regards the photomicrography of unstained 
specimens is illustrated by six photomicrographs of human blood in 
the different forms which it assumes upon the warm stages. 

The method of study is illustrated by the following series :— 


534 Miscellaneous. 


Series A.—The amoeboid motion of the white blood-corpuscle. 
The change of shape and motion with relation to the surrounding 
stationary and identical fields is well marked. 

Series B.—This series shows the power of the white blood-cor- 
puscle in forcing its way through a mass of red crenated and adherent 
blood-corpuscles. 

Series C.—Is of marked interest; a white corpuscle has seized upon 
a red corpuscle, and a series of photomicrographs shows that it has 
dragged it through a considerable distance ina field which is proved 
to be stationary and identical in all the photomicrographs. 

Series D.—This series shows motion in a red blood-corpuscle, 
situated in a field in which the series proves no other motion took 
place during one half-hour. This motion must therefore have been 
produced by some inherent power in the red blood-corpuscle, and as 
the photomicrographs show that no twist has occurred, the motion 
cannot be due to a previous torsion, and may therefore be considered 
a truly ameeboid motion of the red blood-corpuscle. 

Series E and F.—Show the diapedesis of the red blood-corpuscle 
from a capillary in which the blood is in motion and from one in 
which there is stasis of the blood. This phenomenon therefore occurs 
under two opposite or nearly opposite conditions as regards intra- 
vascular blood pressure, indicating perhaps that diapedesis is not a 
filtration due to pressure, but is due to the amceboid motion and 
power of the red blood-corpuscles. 

Series G.—This series shows an empty capillary. Along the 
inner surface of its wall may be seen white corpuscles, in which the 
series indicates movement. The diapedesis of two red_blood- 
corpuscies from this empty capillary tends to strengthen the belief 
in the amceboid motion of the red blood-corpuscle. 

Further photomicrographs illustrate the position of the corpuscles 
within the capillaries, and show the presence of nuclei in the red 
corpuscles of the frog while in the living tissues. Different forms 
of the malarial plasmodia and the application of the method to 
pathological studies are illustrated by other photomicrographs. 

The pictures are not shown as the perfect results of this method 
or as the outcome of research by it. They are simply to illustrate 
the author’s method of studying cell-motion. Inferences based on 
the pictures are foreign to the purpose of the communication, which 
is intended merely to demonstrate a method of study worthy of 
scientific consideration. Its usefulness in producing accurate illus- 
trations, both for publication and for lantern-slides, cannot be over- 
estimated, as it supplies pictures whose counterpart can be found 
under the microscope.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Feb. 5, 1895, 
pp. 38, 39. 


Dae 


INDEX ro VOL. XV: 


ABDERA, new species of, 269. 
Acarida, on the position of the, 285, 
Achatina, new species of, 164. 
Acrantus, new species of, 417. 
Acronycta, new species of, 5. 
Adrapsa, new species of, 16. 

Adris, new species of, 126. 

Aigocera, new species of, 42. 

Agarista, new species of, 41. 

Agroeca, new species of, 26. 

Alicia, obseryations on the genus, 
213. 

Allecula, new species of, 250. 

Amenis, new species of, 372. 

Amphipoda of Bate and Westwood’s 
‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ 
464 ; new, 397. 

Amphithoé, new species of, 397. 

Anaulaciulus, characters of the new 
genus, 366. 

Andrews, C. W., on the develop- 
ment of the shoulder-girdle of 
Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, 353. 

Anolis, new species of, 522. 

Anomalurus, new species of, 188. 

Anoncodes, new species of, 459. 

Anthicomorphus, characters of the 
new genus, 428, 

Anthicus, new species of, 429. 

Anthomyza, new species of, 47. 

Anthribus, new species of, 417. 

Aparchites, new species of, 60. 

Aplysia, new species of, 404. 

Aplysiide, on a group of the, 403. 

Appias, new species of, 229. 

Arachnida, new, 25, 165; on the 
phylogeny of the, 285. 

Arnoglossus megastoma, on an ege 
resembling that of, 95. 

Arthromacra, new species of, 277, 

Asclera, new species of, 440, 


Asterropteryx, new species of, 186. 

Atherura, new species of, 89. 

Atrichatus, new species of, 419. 

Attheyella, new species of, 457. 

Austen, E. E., on the specimens of 
the genus Cutiterebra and its allies 
in the British Museum, 377. 

Badiza, new species of, 13. 

Beosilpha, characters of the new 
genus, 84. 

Baniana, new species of, 11. 

Barbus, new species of, 186. 

Barychilina, new species of, 63. 

Batrachia, new, 450, 521, 523. 

Batrachian, on a West-African 
apodal, hitherto confounded with 
Ceecilia seraphini, 528. 

Belemnia, new species of, 44. 

Bernard, H. M., on the Madrepo- 
rarian genus Turbinaria, 499. 

Beyrichia, new species of, 65, 

Blandford, W. F. H., on Scolytidee 
from Ceylon, 315. 

Bleptina, new species of, 14. 

Bogeria, characters of the 
genus, 391. 

Bollia, new species of, 65. 

Bombycia, new species of, 6. 

Bonzicus, characters of the new 
genus, 270. 

Books, new :—Taylor’s Monograph 
of the Land and Freshwater 
Mollusca of the British Isles, 126 ; 
Heaps Moths of British India, 
373. 

Bothrideres, new species of, 196. 

Boulenger, G. A., on a new eagle- 
ray, 141; list of freshwater fishes 
collected in Palawan and Balabae, 
185; on two new fishes from 
Sarawak, 247; ona West-African 


new 


536 


Batrachian hitherto confounded 
with Cecilia seraphini, 828 ; on a 
new snake, 329; on the American 
box-tortoises, 330; on two new 
fishes, 449; on a genus of frogs 
peculiar to Madagascar, 450; on a 
new Batrachian, 521; on a new 
Anolis, 522. 

Box-tortoises, on the American, 330. 

Broom, R., on the significance of the 
proliferated epithelium in the foetal 
mammalian jaw, 420. 

Broun, Capt. T., on new Coleoptera 

’ from New Zealand, 67, 194, 234, 
405. 

Bryaxis, new species of, 73. 

Bryozoa, revision of the Jurassic, 
223. 

Butler, Dr. A. G., on Adris sikhim- 
ensis, 126; on Charaxes azota, 
Hew., 248. 

Butschinsky, P., on the embryology 
of Gebia littoralis, 128. 

Byssacanthus, note on, 142. 

Cecilia seraphini, on a_batrachian 
hitherto confounded with, 328. 

Calamaria, new species of, 329. 

Calodema, new species of, 220. 

Cambalidee, synoptical table of genera 
of, 363. 

Cambalomorpha, new species of, 364. 

Cambridge, Rey. F. O. P., on British 
spiders, 25. 

Cancer pagurus, on an abnormal 
specimen of, 245, 

Canthocamptus palustris, new variety 
of, 459. 

Caradrina, new species of, 6. 

Carea, new species of, 9. 

Catada, new species of, 15. 

Catoptes, new species of, 405. 

Cell-motion, on a new method of 
studying, 533. 

Cephaloon, new species of, 444. 

Ceroplastes irregularis, observations 
on, 209. 

Ceroplesis, new species of, 222. 

Cheerodes, new species of, 241. 

Chameleon, new species of, 524. 

Chameesaura, new species of, 524. 

Charagmophorus, characters of the 
new genus, 495, 

Charaxes azota, Hew., observations 
on, 248. 

Chaster, G. W., on a new species of 
Lepton, 248. 


INDEX. 


Chilopoda from the Chinese seas, on, 
346, 

Chironomid, on the luminosity of 
the, 133. 

Chlorophis, synoptical table of the 
genus, 028. 

Choleva, new species of, 87. 

Chrysanthia, new species of, 443. 

Cirripedes, on the development of 
the kidney and of the ccelome in, 
281. 

Cis, new species of, 288. 

Cistela Haagi, note on the male of, 
252. 

Cistelidze of Japan, on the, 250, 422. 

Cistudo, notes on the genus, 350, 

Citharognathus, characters of the 
new genus, 179, 185. 

Cladactis, observations on the genus, 
213. 

Cockerell, T. D. A., on some insects 
from Chihuahua, 204. 

Coleoptera, new, 67, 194, 218, 234, 
250, 315, 405, 422, 454, 494. 

Coremiocnemis, new species of, 175. 

Corticaria, new species of, 197. 

Cosmosoma, new species of, 44. 

Cotylosoma dipneusticum, on the 
supposed semiaquatic Phasmid, 
498. 

Coupin, H., on the nutrition of the 
commensals Nereilepas and Pinno- 
theres, 210. 

Coxelus, new species of, 194. 

Craniodicticus, characters of the new 
genus, 317. 

Cratoplastis, new species of, 45. 

Crioprosopus, new species of, 220, 

Crossarchus, new species of, 531, 

Crossotarsus venustus, note on, 324. 

Crustacea, new, 18, 50, 59,397, 457 ; 
of the Trondhjem Fiord, on the, 
476. 

Cryphalus, new species of, 318. 

Cryptocephalus, new species of, 497. 

Cryptoclidus oxoniensis, on the 
development of the shoulder-girdle 
of, 335. 

Cutiterebra, on specimens of the 
genus, and its allies in the British 
Museum, 377. 

Cyclostoma, new species of, 164. 

Cyclostomata, on the specific cha- 
racters of the, 223. 

Cyphon, new species of, 237. 

Cyprobius, new species of, 236. 


INDEX. 


Dasytes, new species of, 238. 

Delias, new species of, 228. 

Demtrius, characters of the new 
genus, 245. 

Dendrostygnus, characters of the 
new genus, 409. 

Dermatobia cyaniventris, note on, 
395. 
Deutella, new species of, 400. 
Dichelaspis, new species of, 18; 
synoptical table of the genus, 21. 
Diplomystus, remarks on two species 
Olle 

Diplopoda from the Chinese seas, on, 
346. 

Direzea, new species of, 266, 

Ditylus, new species of, 454, 

Donald, Miss J., on the genus Mur- 
chisonia and its allies, 532. 

Doranaga, new species of, 7. 
Drepanella, new species of, 66. 
Druce, H., on new Heterocera, 41 ; 

on a new species of Papilio, 382. 
Dryoccetes, new species of, 320. 
Duerden, J. E., on the genus Alicia, 

213. 

Egnasia, new species of, 14. 
Elapsoidea Guentheri, note on, 525. 
Entomostraca, on the Paleozoic 

bivalved, 59. 

-Eobia, new species of, 458. 
Eucereon, new species of, 46. 
Eucyane, new species of, 46. 
Eunomia, new species of, 44.! 
Euphrosine, on the cephalic lobe of, 

279. 

Euplectus, new species of, 76. 
Eupyra, new species of, 43. 
Eurygenius, new species of, 423. 
Euryzilora, characters of the new 

genus, 265, 

Eustrophus, new species of, 259. 

Eutrapela, new species of, 276. 

Fischer, Dr. W., on gill-like organs 
in certain species of Sipunculus, 

131. 

Fishes, new, 3, 4, 141, 185, 247, 449. 
Fontaria, new species of, 359. 
Gadus virens, on the ova and larve 

of, 90. 

Gahan, O. J., on the genus Gonio- 

pleura, 454. 

Galeocerdo, on a supposed tooth of, 

from the English chalk, 4. 

Gebia littoralis, on the embryology 

of, 128. 


537 


Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 278, 532. 

Geophilus, new species of, 352. 

Geotrypetes Petersii, note on, 329. 

Gilchrist, Dr. J., on a group of the 
Aplysiidee, 403. 

Gloger’s generic names, on Dr., 189. 

Godman, F. D., on a new species of 
Amenis, 372. 

Goniopleura, new species of, 454; 
synoptical table of, 456. 

Gregory, Dr. J. W., revision of the 
Jurassic Bryozoa, 223. 

Gruvel, A., on the development of 
the kidney and of the ccelome in 
Cirripedes, 281. 

Gunther, Dr. A., on Reptiles and 
Batrachians from LE, Tropical 
Africa, 523. 

Hamilton, G. E. H. B., on the specific 
distinctness of the Irish stoat, 374. 

Helictis, new species of, 331. 

Helix, new species of, 164, 231. 

Heterocampa, new species of, 49. 

Heterocrepidius, new species of, 496. 

Holostrophus, new species of, 259, 

Huntemannia jadensis, note on the 
occurrence of, in Britain, 57. 

Hyblzea, new species of, 8. 

Hymenorus, new species of, 252. 

Hypena, new species of, 16. 

Hypocala, new species of, 9. 

Hypulus, new species of, 269. 

Idya, new species of, 461, 

Insects from Chihuahua, on some, 
204; from Mt. Roraima, on a col- 
lection of, 494. 

Ischognatha, new species of, 45. 

Isopods, notes on English terrestrial 
and marine, 22. 

Istrisia, characters of the new genus, 
254. 

Iulus, new species of, 366; on the 
subdivisions of, 369. 

Ivania, characters of the new genus, 
271. 

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the Palaeozoic 
bivalved Entomostraca, 59. 

Jordan, Dr. K., on new Coleoptera, 
218. 

Laophonte, new species of, 460. 

Lathridius, new species of, 196. 

Leonard, Dr. C. L., on anew method 
of studying cell-motion, 533, 

Lepidoptera, new, 5, 41, 126, 228, 
392, 372, 456. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xv. 37 


538 


Leporinus, new species of, 449. 

Lepton, new species of, 248. 

Leptopsyllus, new species of, 51. 

Lewis, G., on the Cistelide &c. of 
Japan, 250, 422. 

Lissodema, new species of, 255. 

Lithobius, new species of, 349. 

Lomemus, new species of, 234. 

Lumpenus lampetreeformis, notes 
on, 97. 

Lycosa, new species of, 28. 
Lydekker, R., on a sauropodous 
dinosaur from Madagascar, 279. 
Lyrognathus, characters of the new 

genus, 170, 175. 

McIntosh, Prof., on the ova and 
larvee of Gadus virens, 90; of the 
turbot, 94; on an egg resembling 
that of Arnoglossus megastoma, 
95 ; on Lumpenus lampetrzeformis, 
97 ; on Rhombus norvegicus, 99. 

Macratria, new species of, 424. 

Macrolagria, characters of the new 
genus, 422, 

Mammalian generic names, on Dr. 
Gloger’s, 189. 

jaw, on the significance of the 
proliferated epithelium in the 
foetal, 420. 

Mammals, new, 88, 187, 331, 374, 
529, 531. 

Mantidactylus, characters of the new 
genus, 449, 

Massospondylus, on the type of the 
genus, 102; new species of, 118. 
Mecistocephalus, new species of, 351. 

Mecodina, new species of, 12. 

Mecynotarsus, new species of, 427. 

Melandrya, new species of, 272. 

Melopceus, characters of the new 
genus, 179, 180. 

Melvill, J. C., on new terrestrial 
Mollusca, 163. 

Menimus, new species of, 242. 

Mesagyrtes, characters of the new 
genus, 85. 

Mesochra, new species of, 52. 

Microscapha, new species of, 262. 

Midges, on the luminosity of, 183. 

Mikadonius, characters of the new 
genus, 264. 

Millipede, on a new suctorial, 375. 

Mitophyllus, new species of, 199. 

Mollusca, new, 163, 230, 248, 403. 

Musagetes, characters of the new 
genus, 172, 


INDEX. 


Mycetochares, new species of, 253. 

Mygalomorphe, on the Oriental . 
genera of, 165. 

Nanina, new species of, 230. 

‘Naturalist’s Miscellany,’ on the dates 
of Shaw and Nodder’s, 375. 

Nectaria, new species of, 456. 

Neotragus, new species of, 187. 

Nereilepas, on the nutrition of the 
commensal, 210. 

Norman, Rey. A. M., a month on the 
Trondhjem Fiord, 476. 

Nothus, new species of, 276. 

Notoxus, new species of, 426. 

Nystalea, new species of, 50. 

Odontria, new species of, 203. 

(Hdemera, new species of, 442. 

Cistride, on specimens of, in the 
British Museum, 377. 

Oglasa, new species of, 18. 

Omedes, new species of, 244. 

Oncomera, new species of, 441. 

Oolite, on the formation of, 278. 

Orchesia, new species of, 260. 

Oreophryne, characters of the new 
genus, 521. 

Ornithoctonids, description of the 
new family, 179. 

Orthomorpha, new species of, 353. 

Oxacis, new species of, 439. 

Pactola, new species of, 407. 

Paleosaurus, remarks on, 144. 

Pandesma, new species of, 10. 

Papilio, new species of, 382. 

Paraiulus, new species of, 365. 

Paraphylax, new species of, 240. 

Pardosa, new species of, 52. 

Patiala, characters of the new genus, 
454, 

Pentarthrum, new species of, 414. 

Pérez, J., on the formation of new 
colonies by Termes lucifugus, 283. 

Pericopis, new species of, 47. 

Phasmidz, note on a species of, 498, 

Phellopsis suberea, note on, 447. 

Philothamnus, synoptical table of 
the genus, 528. 

Phlceotrya, new species of, 266. 

Phormingochilus, characters of the 
new genus, 179, 180. 

Pieride, new, 228. 

Pinnotheres, on the nutrition of the 
commensal, 210. 

Platypus, new species of, 325. 

Platyscelis, new species of, 447. 

Plecoptera, new species of, 10. 


INDEX. 


Plesiosaur, on the development of the 
shoulder-girdle of a, 353. 

Plotosus, new species of, 247. 

Plusia, new species of, 11. 

Pocock, R. I., on the Oriental genera 
of Mygalomorphee, 165; on Chilo- 
poda and Diplopoda from the 
Chinese seas, 846; on anew Milli- 
pede, 875. 

Pecilodiscus, characters of the new 
genus, 201. 

Peecilotheria, synopsis of the species 
Ouipaly ais 

Polychrisia, new species of, 11. 

Polydesmus, new species of, 356. 

Ponsonby, J. H., on new terrestrial 
Mollusca, 163. 

Porcupine, on the brush-tailed, of 
Central Africa, 89. 

Porrhomma, notes on the genus, 35. 

Primitia, new species of, 63. 

Psalmopceus, characters of the new 
genus, 170, 178. 

Pselaphidze, synoptical table of the 
genera of, 68. 

Pselaphus, new species of, 72. 

Psepholax, new species of, 408. 

Pseudapistosia, new species of, 46. 

Pseudonosoderma amurense, note on, 
447, 

Pseudothalestris, observations on the 
genus, 463. 

Pseudowestwoodia, new species of, 


Psilodontria, characters of the new 
genus, 200. 

Putorius, new species of, 374. 

—— ermineus, on the representatives 
of, in Algeria and Ferghana, 451. 

Pyrochroa, new species of, 452. 

Pyronota, note on the genus, 201. 

Racovitza, E.-G., on the cephalic 
lobe of Euphrosine, 279. 

Rasbora, new species of, 187, 247. 

Reptiles, new, 118, 329, 522, 523. 

Rhantus, new species of, 494. 

Rhinoptera, new species of, 141. 

Rhodoneura, new species of, 17. 

Rhombus norvegicus, remarks on, 
99. 

Rhysota, new species of, 231. 

Sagola, new species of, 73. 

Salpingus, new species of, 245, 255. 

Salvin, O.,on a new species of Amenis, 
372. 

Saphobius, new species of, 198. 


539 


Scelodolichus, new species of, 412. 

Schmidt, P., on the luminosity of 
midges, 133. 

Schylus, characters of the new genus, 
411. 


Sciurus notatus, new subspecies of, 
529, 

Scolytidee from Ceylon, on, 315. 

Scolytomimus, characters of the new 
genus, 519. 

Scotodes, new species of, 275. 

Scott, T. & A., on some new and 
rare Crustacea, 50, 457. 

Scutigera, notes on species of, 347. 

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the type of 
the genus Massospondylus, 102; on 
some bones of M. (?) Browni, 118 : 
on Thecodontosaurus and Palzo- 
saurus, 144, 

Selenocosmiidz, description of the 
new family, 168. 

Selenotypus, characters of the new 
genus, 170, 176. 

Seneratia, new species of, 14. 

Serropalpus, new species of, 263. 

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of 
Shaw and Nodder’s ‘ Naturalist’s 
Miscellany,’ 375. 

Silphotelus, characters of the new 
genus, 85. 

Siphonorhinus, new species of, 375. 

Sipunculus, on gill-lke organs in 
certain species of, 131. 

Smith, E. A., on new land-shells from 
New Guinea, 230. 

Smith, H. G., on new Pieride, 228 ; 
on a new species of Nectaria, 456. 

Somatidia, new species of, 418. 

Spiders, notes on British, 25, 

Spirobolus, new species of, 567. 

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., notes on 
Crustacea, 18; on two new Am- 
phipods, 397. 

Stereopalpus, new species of, 424. 

Sternotomis, new species of, 221. 

Stictoptera, new species of, 8. 

Stoat, on the specific distinctness of 
the Irish, 574. 

Stolius, characters of the new genus, 
435. 

Stomatopora, remarks on the genus, 
223. 

Strepula, new species of, 66. 

Strongylosoma, new species of, 354. 

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern 
Lepidoptera, 5. 


540 


Synchroa, new species of, 263. 

Syntomis, new species of, 43. 

Talapa, new species of, 16. 

Termes lucifugus, on the formation 
of new colonies by, 283. 

Thecodontosaurus, remarks on, 144. 

Thermesia, new species of, 12. 

Thomas, O., on the brush-tailed Por- 
cupine of Central Africa, 88; on 
two new E.-African Mammals, 
187; on Dr. Gloger’s Mammalian 
generic names, 189; on a new 
species of Helictis, 331; on the 
specific distinctness of the Irish 
stoat, 374; on the representatives 
of Putorius ermineus in Algeria 
and Ferghana, 451; on a special 
mountain race of the plantain 
squirrel, 529; on a new banded 
mungoose, 551. 

Thrasops, new species of, 528. 

Tifama, new species of, 49. 

Tosh, J. R., on an abnormal crab, 
246. 

Trichius, new species of, 218. 

Trisuloides, new species of, 9. 

Turbinaria, on the Madreporarian 
genus, 499. 

Turbot, on the ova and larve of the, 
94. 


INDEX. 


Veronatus, new species of, 237. 

Vitiacus costatus, new variety of, 
195, 

Wagner, J., on the phylogeny of the 
Arachnida, 285. 

Walker, A. O., on the Amphipoda of 
Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British 
Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ 464. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on insects from 
Mt. Roraima, 494; on the semi- 
aquatic Phasmid, Cotylosoma di- 
pneusticum, 498. 

Wethered, E. B., on the formation of 
oolite, 278. 

Woodward, A. S., on two species 
of Diplomystus, 1; on a supposed 
tooth of Galeocerdo from the 
English Chalk, 4; on the Devonian 
Ichthyodorulite, Byssacanthus, 
142. 

Xanthochroa, new species of, 436. 

Xanthoptera, new species of, 6. 

Xenosoma, new species of, 49. 

Xiphostoma, new species of, 449. 

Xyleborus, new species of, 321. 

Zeaglophus, characters of the new 
genus, 254. 

Zingis, new species of, 163. 


END OF THE FIFTEENTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


Hist.8.6. Vol. XV.PU_T. 


at. 


ai 


MG 


v 


Aniw.k& Me 


*SEUAUS st SOLO) BE Ow Gest D) 


Mintern Bros imp 


F.H.Michael del et lith 


So a aes 


7 \ 
: oad 
* 
PS 
‘ 
= 
Pi i 
* 
» 
* 
-“ 
= 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6. Vol. XV. PUL 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


TRR.Stebbing del. 


WU. Sp. 


7A 1D) MDW Cishe LO NSIE IS, IatOus ial 


Ww. Sp. 


Ly 


id= Ce, IDINCISUS ep-VSle ite: -AIN(ihite Uy. 


Ann.& May. NatHist.S.6Vol.XV. PldIL 


74 
PL 


Na 


Minter Bros. sc.et imp. 


Sere > 
‘ 
5 
: 
F AS 
. 
’ 
. 
= 
. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat fist. S.6. Vol. XV. PL IV. 


WW 


ip 


(| 


y 


if 


Me 


Mantern Bros. sc.et.amp. 


[kt 


Anw,& May.Nat. Hist..8. 6 Vol XV. PL. V. 


A. Scott del. Mintern Bros. hth. 


Ani. Mag. lat. Hist. 8. 6. Vol. AV PL VE 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


A Scott del. 


oT } a 
A oe 7 
5 
‘ $Y 3 
. - 
¢ 
A . 
< 
» 
~< 


me ate ee a ee eee 
= 


~~ 
« 


ny 
~ 


> 


Anr& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.6.Vol. 15. PvVIT, 


hte 


E.C.Kmght del.et lith. West, Newman imp. 


Devonian Ostracoda. 


G.Lems. Ani & Mag.Nat. Hust. §.6.Vol. XV. PU. VHL. 


M.H-Msher delet lith. Minterm Bros. imp. 
JAPANESE MELANDRYIDA.. &¢ 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XV. Pu. IX. - 


by jo 
LAF Teen 


Ie Dice. Minter Eros. imp. 


Ann. Mag. Nat. hist O66" Vol. XV GLE 


XS 


' 


( 


‘ 


ae 


\\ 

‘\ t\ \ 
\\" 

| 

| 


Viantern Bros, ith. 


Ann.& Mag. Nock Hist.S.6.Vol.XV. PUXL. 


‘Mintern Bros. hth. 


R.1Pocock del, 


Ani. & Mag. Nok. Hist.§.6 Vol.AV. PUXIL 


Mintey 


Ann.& Mag. Not. Hist. 5.6. Vol AV. PL. Xk 


Mintern Bros. lith.. 
MEW SP hr CLES Or Vu Ri rae SR NATE 


on 


Aren.& Mag. Not. Hist.S.6. Vol. XV. PL. XIV. 


T.R.R Stebbing del - Mintern Bros hth. 
AMPHITHOER MEGALOPROT OPUS, x.sp. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hust. 8. 6. Vol. XV. PL. XV. 


Mimtern Bros hth. 


BP AMPEETAOM ME GARG EROEOPUS. ni sp: 


JX IDO) WISIN, WYANAEIRUE, igh S79) 


TRR. Stebbing del. 


Annu & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vol_XV. PU. XVI. 


Rigs lito 14, C Scott del. Mintern Bros . hth. 
the others A.Scott del: : : 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.6. Vol XV. PU. XVIL 


Wintern Bros . hth, 


ies 
FO ay 

Bey 
mon 
Bu 
oe 
m 
— 
“3 
cart 
ins 


ae i rere 
ib ov ' 
ee _ 
4 
> 
\ 
7 


a” ee 


« 
a 
4 


Aan.& Mag. Nat Hist 86. Vol. XV. PL 


=~ 
= 
-s 
~ 
ty 


ee 


ee 


= 


5. 


—_—— 


J.D F Gilchrist del. 


PL. XIX. 


y 


é. 8.6. Vol. &V 
Mintern Bros. hth. 


Ls 


( 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. He 


H. Bernard & J Green del. 


H. Bernard & J. Green del . 


Ann, &.Mag. Nat. Hest. §. 6. Vol. XV. PU XL. 


Tyas 


Mintern Bros 


. hth. 


| 


Ann .& Mag. Nat. Hist.8. 6. Vol XV. PUXXL. 


R.Mintern del et hth. Mintern Bros. imp, 


A.CHAMA LEON ELLIOTI. B.CHAMASAURA TENUIOR 
C. ELAPSOIDEA GUENTHERIJUv. 


sere 


’ "lo i ee in) : 
se i Oe) 
: oe eo ae Othe ae ns a ee 
‘ _ ee a a Ne hi 7 rr i" Bre Rs 
'} nr Aimee) A) A CY Bia 
1 : ty Ae i tL ' ae ly a : fi oe i 
- : oa nt aT - 1 ns 
| a +i a aL Tae : ay 
oar cy toe a a 17, Te. LE 7 we 7 iu ' a i 
y A ‘ : 0 : : : i" is ! a An : * 
9 a : 7 - a ‘ : | i 7 
- - , i] | ras 7, ny 
: _ : , _ is Vi ae 7” 7 
: | Vice Wy 
yi Pigee | cy | 
_ 1 io i j ; Al t * 
soft a Sin 
ae ee ] : | t a 
- 7 ay i} a. 
’ 7 ; 
i : ; ; 7 ; . 
+ ~~ ' # , 7 r 
’ ’ ; a Tm 
: i a , 
7 7" - : 
t a a ; a) 
Oo ' : : 
a oh i 
: i 
7 : y 
D . o oy 7 
’ -_ 
' 
' ; : 
ia a : = ; 
a = J ae - 
’ y 
' 7 : a 7 | 
- a 7 
iy ; 7 _ 
Y 7 - 5 i : : : 
7) o : 7 7 
J : : = ’ 
- on 
: AS y , 
, 7 _ ‘ . 
: : 1 - 
7 o A 
i ; : 7 
7 ‘ : 
Co 7 b a, 
: ; , or 
‘ WW: 
¥ 1% 
1 os : : ie 
-_ : _ 
) i i 7 ? 7 
; 7 ia 
(Lae 
7 , > 
1 7 on 7 1 Pid 7 
’ : a nt 
. i, 
. 7 ’ ; a) (fs 
ian - " a} 
i , ar a 
¥ - — se 
- i 
® Tits 7 : 7 _ 
; . i" it 
7 : or _ y cit .v : : . _ 
7 an Tp a _ Po a 7 
iy ir : 
tt i AO) 7 
1 rh — ' i)> } i 1 m ae 7 7 
i? 7 i 7 iQ Sid . f : oe 7 7 a 
0 a Au ai) (any 7 7 7 P 
i - Deere 4 fat 
i" ' ry a a cir VN - 7 ned 74 i i. ; 
i a € arr a y ry h : 4 ” VAs ; P | , ial - vr i. "> a 
fant Ciol ly, il ac.) cr Det 
: ‘ “ti if dt s of 4 i ve Bee i 7 ; TF 7 7 a it: a 7 a 
ped) ol OR bet Ae eh i enon Th ae 


a, 


WstTy 


< 

< 

= 
Ss 


fyb i: 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS 


264* £“™)v 
2 [=) 
t = 
% by 


¥, 
dy Wa Saw 


. 


4 ES 
ay 0 a> 


SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITU 
satus 
INSTITU 


NVINOSHLINS S3iluVve 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 


2 
oe 


NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYd!I1 LIBRARIES 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI 


LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


tp) —_ a 
g a a 
oe = i. oe 
SAA “i AS 
a s a S = 
i SS ee S = 
SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION ANOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS Saluvuydl 
rad 
| s a ’ = 
a2@ — oes 
tf fgg R = 55 B 
‘ten a = po) oe 
“5 : ; : 
wo aa Ww s sacs ‘ 
NVINOSHLINS S23 \uYvua oul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO 
ey z = : 
<= <x Se = <x . 
= 2 = | 
= a oO NNT, aS =e fe) 
wn 3 7) NS ~ oD 
oO 4 xr NGS \\. fe) ae 
2 yea iS ed : 
> = > = 
= ” Pr Ww 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


: SIIYVUAl 
re * : | 
a, us a Wl SLRS 
= - : : 
S ‘e 5 ee 
Zs 9 ‘a 3 oe 
| z rs aad 
NVINOSHLIWS (S3/8VYaiT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTIC 
“S 
= : a 
sy SBE 4 = na 
WY = n° = 
_ w t =o Ww 
SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYg 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 
NVINOSHLIWS 


NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO 


RARIES SMITHSONIAN 


ul 2 y, = 
: 4 Yin, © 
ue boa} (ue A 
ow cS Wt? | 
eS + -+ 


NVINOSHLINS S31uVve 


JLN.LILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS 


NOILNLILSNI 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITUTION 


HINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES 


WSS 
NN 
SMITHSONIAN 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


Ww 
uJ ; : 
Sd: 
a ey P tip 
« Wey 
a UY 
, : a 
ILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS 
mo o 
> 
= RS 
= Ww 
rm SS 
ip SMITHSONIAN 
= 
= 
= 
: S 
AY 2 
v2 


1Ln 


LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS 


O UND 


S3IUVYSIT LIBRARIES 


_~ | “A = AJ 
- > val i> 
= 2 = 2 
Z 4 Z "4 
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS §S 
eS ar : 
> *) = GEE /> =z = 
2 \o i 2 = 
El Ae za roe, |e 2 
oS > = Ss — 
ep) es = w Zz 
S3AJIYVYAIT LIBRARIES U 
os Ae a 

& Ww & 

3 a te 

< $s 

: : : 

fe) sy fe) 

2 =) = 
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS §S 
z - ie z 

2 oo NS oa 

=) WG *& = 

i > Nx t 

= 2 SSE 

Z 4 22 

SMITHSONIAN | 

2) z n z 
= Pe = = 
= f it bi S ‘ NS = S 
SoH ER 8 : 
Zz Ligy = < = 
rae = re: = 
Fras ” ; 2 n 
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS 5 
> ep) = Re 2p) 
Oo Es 6 Ww 
as o = a. No mw 
S <x —- NON < 
= 5 YQ s 
S) = O pe 
ea a Zz zi cad 
S3JIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN | 
: : See 
— w _ Yff ; w 
: : 5 $% > 
Ee = oe EL 
- a a YP? f- ea 
w = wn : m 
z= (ap) < ep) 
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS § 
= * ” = 22) 
eo) = < = 
‘ ee z= = 

5 Na 5 i 2 
rT MONS 6 ae fe) 
= SNS zy = Zs 
= tee > = > 
7p) ty = 79) Zz 
S3!1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 1 
ad ss a 

2 if Zz 

7) . n 

a o Soa 

—- <x sat 

= a = 


SRARIES 


Ml 


I 


iT 


3 9088 013 


! 


| 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


| 


we 
FEA ap 


Wty re menye, 
Noses yyy fi 


elettetintuhe me ee 


Rheem 


we ssireselim irene 


ae 


ener riprnipioup yeas 


Pee, 


SOP Nea, 
HVE Weed ae 


‘Sunky 


panties, aoe 
a Mths Hind 
Efe emettge 


Yur sys 
ie ees eM 
pict le ttndn endnote 
ee cata 
Ferg 
Tatar as 


Settee: 
PMA ine 
TaN 


Send 
Vor w ire: we 


AOE ee weer 
edited tetnheptiens cee eat 
era. 
SNe Seg 
DEWEY Wt hirer ig 
SO ee inter e ay, 

. oN Sa er ey 


wrepeire 
Ory peirimenje 

PF merce ivnaps 
epee ayn ogee 


Neve? 
th ee 
Wee 


we 
we A. 


ieee, 
este nny ereré 


SAI Songs see pe 
LO Sepa 

Nes ing. 
et dit tent 


PEA ene tet ye 
segues SS 
mesa! Ur iersines Pr eronme 
wy SOS Se arte etree es as ao 
ng ee brine rye